m
i^iisSlPi'
«K'!t'j,:r,.,
i^^
■agsaax-a
M
''M
m
■W
..- V"^' ■ \' ■'4 '>■ '•■■:>" 4'^: Vie.'"" ■■■
■V 'SV►^■^i^^>%•
,^^::
■'■■ '■■' ■ V'^vH'
••4 • ■ -"rj.
' ^i.^^'^
^':M
-Sir
CATAL(JtuE OF JEWELLERY.
ED
ISH M
;rnard
[essrs. i
. Henk
CATALCK.UE
OK THE
JEWELLERY,
GREEK, ETRUSCAN, AND ROMAN,
IN TllK
DEPARTMENTS OF ANTIQUITIES,
^BRITISH MUSEUM.
R H. MARSHALL, M.A,
ASSISTANT IN Tin; DETAKIMEN r OF GKIiEK ANIi ROMAN AN'nniHITES.
LONDON :
PRINTED BY ORDER OF THE TRUSTEES.
Sold at the Kritish Museum ; and by Messrs. Longmans & Co., 39, Paternoster Row-
Mr. Bernard Quaritch, ii, Grafton Street, New Bond Street, W. ;
Messrs. AsHER & Co., 14, Bedford Street, Covent Garden :
and Mr. Henry Frovvde, Oxford University Press, Amen Corner.
191 I.
[AU rights reserved^
LONDON :
FRINTED BV WILLIAM CLOWtS AND SONS, LIMITED,
SL-KE STREET, STAMFORD STREET, S.E., AND GREAT WINDMILL STREET,
Art
Library
7307
3 77^^
PREFACE
The present Catalogue deals primarily with pieces of jewellery (other than linger
rings) of Greek, Roman, or Etruscan workmanship, in the Departments of Antiquities.
<: The finger rings have been catalogued in a volume previously issued (in 1907)
g which was also the work of Mr. F. H. Marshall. Only a small number are added
-' here by way of supplement, and certain rings are summarily re-described, if
required to complete definite groups, such as the treasure from Aegina {.') and the
finds from Enkomi.
The two volumes together are thus a description of the articles of personal
adornment in the precious metals of the schools of art in (juestion. To these must
be added a few objects in gold such as the vases and stamped bars, but the examples
CO of silver plate are reserved.
A considerable number of the objects catalogued were included in the bequest
of Sir Augustus Wollaston Franks, which is at present exhibited intact. Nearly all
2 of the remainder will be found in the Gold Ornament Room.
In the preparation of the present Catalogue and its Introduction Mr. Marshall
has made special efforts to collect and state such chronological data as are available
fur the several classes of objects.
The proofs have been read by Mr. H. B. Walters and Mr. E. J. Forsdyke, and
by myself
A. H. SMITH.
at Depauimkni ok Greek and Khman Antiquities,
^t// I an nary, 191 1.
a 2
291)59.S
I
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
Preface
Table ok Contents ......
List nv Plates .......
List ok the Prlnch'al Ahhrevtations Used
Introduction :
I. History of tlie Collection ....
II. The Jewellery of the Various Periods:
A. Mycenaean .....
B. Sub- Mycenaean, Geometric and Primitive Greek
C. Early Etruscan (or Italian) .
n. Phoenician .....
E. Archaic Greek .....
F. Greek Jewellery of the Fine and Later Periods
G. Later Etruscan Jewellery
H. Graeco-Roman and Roman Jewellery
Distinctive styles of the above Periods .
III. Technical Processes employed in the production of Ancient Jewellery
IV. Precious and other stones used in Ancient Jewellery
i:\GP.
V
vii
xi
xiii
XVI
x.xi
, xxvi
xxviii
xxix
xxxi
xxxi.x
xlii
xlix
li
Ivii
CATALOGUE.
A. Mycenaean Period.
I. From Excavations in Cyi'rus
(a) Strips of Gold Vo\\ (Nos. 1-196)
(i) Earrings (Nos. 197-545)
(c) Pins (Nos. 546-577)
{(/) Necklaces (Nos. 578-581)
((') Miscellaneous Rings (Nos. 582-60S)
(/") Miscellaneous (Nos. 609-682) .
Lists of tombs and objects from Enkomi, Maroni and Hala Sultan Tekk^
I
I
21
32
36
37
40
47
Vlll CATALfKlUK OF JKWEI.T.KRY.
I'AGE
II. TUF.ASURK, SAID To HAVE I5EKN FOUN'I) IN AECIXA (Nos. 683-768) 5 I
III. Miscioi.LANEous (Nos. 769-826) 57
15. Sub-Mycenaean, Geometric and Primitive Greek.
I. I'"k<jm 1'',.\cavation.s at Ei'IIEsus, 1904-5 .
(tr) Plaques, etc. (Nos. 827-914)
{//) Representations of Parts of the I hi man Body (Nos.
((") Earrings (Nos. 926-949)
(rf) Pins (Nos. 950-978) ....
(e) Beads and Pendants (Nos. 979-1034).
(/) Brooches or Fibulae and Miscellaneous (Nos. 1035-
(i,') .Silver or Lead Ornaments (Nos. 1049-1102).
II. From E.kcavations at Kameiros, Rhodes
III. Miscellaneous .....
(i.) From Excavations at Assarlik in Caria (Nos. 1212
(ii.) From other sites (Nos. 1217-1254)
C. Early Etruscan (or Italian)
(a) Diadems and Plaques (Nos. 1255-1285)
(/') Earrings and Spirals (Nos. 1286-1346) .
(<-) Pins (Nos. 1347-1355)
{ti) Bracelets and Armlets (Nos. I355*-I369)
((•) Fibulae, Studs, etc. (Nos. 1370-1448) .
(/) Necklaces and Pendants (Nos. 1449-1480)
D. Phoenician .....
(t^) Plaques, etc. (Nos. 1481-1488) .
{i) Earrings, etc. (Nos. 1489-1537) .
(c) Bracelets, etc. (Nos. 1 538-1 544) .
(«') Necklaces, Pendants, etc. (Nos. 1545-1574)
E. Archaic Greek .....
(<i) Plaques, etc. (Nos. 1575-1582) .
(/^) Earrings (Nos. 1583-1598)
(t) Miscellaneous (Nos. 1 599-1606) .
915-9
048)
1216}
65
OS
70
71
73
75
80
81
85
100
100
101
108
108
114
121
123
127
142
150
150
151
155
156
162
162
165
167
TAIU.K i)K CONTENTS.
IX
F. Greek of the Fine and Later Periods
[ii) Uiadenis and Wreaths (Nos. 1607-1633)
{l>) Earrings (Nos. 1634-1942) : —
(i.) S/uial type
(ii.) " Leech " tyf>e .
(iii.) Disk and Pendant typt
(iv.) Ring type
(v.) Figzire-pendant type
(vi.) Other types
{/) Necklaces, etc. (Nos. 1943-1984)
{(i) Bracelets and Armlets (Nos. 1985- 1998)
(e) Pins (Nos. 1999-2000)
(/) Pendants, Beads, etc. (Nos. 2001-2057)
(g) Other miscellaneous objects (Nos. 2058-21 12)
(Jt) Gold ornaments from Santa Eiifemia (Nos. 2 11 3-2 129)
(/) Terracotta imitations of Jewellery fNos. 2 130-2195)
G. Later Etruscan (or Italian)
(a) Earrings (Nos. 2196-2270)
{b) Necklaces (Nos. 2271-22S6)
(c) Bracelets (Nos. 2287-2291)
{d") Wreaths (Nos. 2292-2303)
(^) Bullae and Miscellaneous Objects (Nos. 2304-2323)
H. Graeco-Roman and Roman
(ti) Earrings (Nos. 2324-2693) :^ .
(i.) Earrings with pendent stones, etc.
(ii.) Earrings uf ring type ....
(iii.) Miscellaneons Earrings of''^ Itook " type
{b) Necklaces (No. 2694-2762)
(c) Bracelets, Armlets, Torques, etc. (Nos. 2763-2833)
id) Fibulae and Brooches (Nos. 2834-2882)
(«) Miscellaneous Pendants and .\mulets (Nos. 2883-302
(/) Hair-pins (Nos. 3029-3041)
{g) Embossed Plaques, etc. (Nos. 3042-3132)
{h) Miscellaneous (Nos. 3 133-3145) .
(/■) Inscribed objects (Nos. 3146-3157)
{k) Finger-rings (Nos. 3 158-3 167;
(/) Gold Vase (No. 3168)
I'ACF,
176
178
180
184
21 I
2 I 2
221
223
223
230
241
250
250
25.S
263
264
26S
272
2S5
302
310
323
333
342
362
364
374
376
382
383
CATALOGUK OF 1 KWF.LI.I'.RV.
INDEXES.
I. Index of Placks ......
II. General Index
III. Index of Stones, Pastes, Enamels, etc.
IV. Index of Inscriptions and Magical Words
V. Index to Introduction ....
385
38H
393
395
397
Tahle of the Relative Weights of English Grains and French
Grammes ........... 400
Scale for converting Millimetres into English Inches . . 400
LIST OF PLATES.
I. Giii.D Strips ikom Cvtrus. Mvcenae.vn I'f.rioh.
11. Gold Strips from Cyprus. Mycenaean I^eridd.
III. Mouthpieces and Earrings from Cyprus. Mycenaean Fikiod.
IV. Earrings, Pins, and Necklaces from Cyprus. Mycenaean Period.
V. Miscellaneous Ornaments from Cyprus. Mycenaean Period.
VI. Ornaments from Aegina. Mycenaean Period.
VII. Ornaments from Aegina. Mycenaean Period.
VIII. Miscellaneous Ornaments and Objects in Gold. Mycenaean Period
IX. Gold Ornaments from Ephesus.
.\. Gold and Silver Ornaments from Ephesus.
.\I. Gold Orna.ments from Kameiros in Rhodes.
.Xll. Gold and Silver Ornaments from Ka.meiros in Rhodes.
XIII. Gold and Silver Ornaments. Mainly Eastern Greek.
XIV. Gold and Silver Ornaments. Mainly Eastern Greek.
.XV. Early Italian Gold and Silver Ornaments.
XVI. Early Etruscan Jewellery.
X\ll. Early Etruscan Jewellery.
.X\'II1. Early Etruscan Bracelets.
Xl.\'. Early Italian Fibulae.
XX. Early Italian Jewellery.
XXI. Early Italian Jewellery.
X.XII. Early Etruscan Jewellery.
-XXIII. Early It.\lian and Phoenician Jewellery.
XXIV. Phoenician Jewellery.
XX\'. Phoenician Jewellery.
.X.Wl. Gold and Silver Ornaments of the Archaic Greek Period.
X.XVII. Greek Jewellery of the Fine Period.
.X.XVIII. Sta.mped Diadems and Gold Oak- wreath.
XXIX. Greek Gold Wreaths.
XXX. Greek Earri-ngs of the Fine Period.
XX.XI. Gold E.\rrings, from about the Fourth Century
Roman Period.
.X.X.XII. Gold Earrings, from about the Fourth Century
Roman Period.
XXXIII. Earrinc;s and Neckl.4Ces, from about the Fourth
Graeco-Roman Period.
X.XXIV. Greek Necklaces and Pendants of the Fine Period.
XX.XV. Greek Necklaces of the Fine Period.
XXXVI. Greek Neckl.\ces, Chiefly of the Later Greek Period.
XXXVII. Necklaces of the L.4ter Greek Period.
X.XXVIII. Necklaces and Breastband of the L.\ter Greek Period,
XXXIX. Greek Jewellery of the Fine Period.
XL. Greek Jewellery of the Fine Period.
B.C. to the Graec(j-
H.C. TO the Graeco-
Centurv B.C. TO the
Xll
CATALOGUE Ol-' JlCWKLl.KKY.
XI. 1. Gold Oknaments from Santa Eufemia, Calaiskia.
XLII. Greek Imitation Jewellery in Terracotta.
.\LII1. Etruscan Gold Earrings. L.\ter Period.
XLI\'. Etruscan Gold E.-vrrings. Later Period.
.XL\'. Graeco- Italian Jewellery.
.\LV1. Graeco-Italian Jewellery.
XLVII. Graeco-Italian Jewellery.
XI.VIII. Etruscan Gold Wreaths.
XL IX. Gold Wreaths. Later Etruscan.
L. Gold Wreaths. Later Etruscan.
LI. Graeco-Roman and Roman Earrings. Types maini.v Eastern.
LI I. Graeco-Roman and Roman Earrings.
LIII. Earrings. Mainly Graeco-R(xman and Ro.man.
LI\'. Graeco-Ro.man and Roman Earrings.
L\'. Later Roman Earrings.
L\'I. Necklaces. Graeco-Roman and Roman.
L\II. Necklaces. Graeco-Roman and Roman.
L\III. Necklaces of the Roman Period.
LIX. Necklaces of the Ro.man Period.
LX. Necklaces and Pendants of the Roman Pekihii.
LXI. Necklaces of the Roman Period.
LXII. .Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Roman Period.
L.XIII. Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Ro.man Period.
LXIV. Ornaments of the Roman Period.
LXV. Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Roman Period.
LXVI. Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Ro.man Period.
L.WII. Fibulae, chiefly of the Roman Period.
LXVIIL Pendants and Amulets of the Graeco-Ro.man and Roman Periods.
LXIX. Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Graeco-Ro.man and Roman Periods.
LXX. Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Graeco-Roman and Roman Periods.
LXXI. Miscellaneous Ornaments of the Graeco-Roman and Roman Periods.
LXXII. Stamped Gold Bars from Kronstadt and Aboukir.
LXXI 1 1. Gold and Silver Vases of Various Periods.
Xlll
LIST OF THE PRINCIPAL ABBREVIATIONS USED.
.U-nd. i/t-s Inscr. — Comptes-Kentliis. Acadcmie des Inscriptions ct IJellcs-Lcttrcs. Comptes-Rendus
des Seances. Paris, 1857, etc. In progress.
Aiinali. — Annali dell' Institute di Corrispondenza Archeologica. Rome, 1S29-55.
Ant. Dcnk. — Antike Denkmaler herausgegeben voin Kaiscrlich Deutschen .Xrchaologischen Institut.
Berlin, 1891, etc. In progress.
Arch. Anz. — .A.rchaologischcr Anzeiger. Beibhitt zum Jalirbuch des Archaologischcn Instituts.
Berlin, 1889, etc. In progress.
Arch. Caiiibr. — Archaeologia Cambrensis. Journal of the Cambrian Archaeological Association.
London, 1846, etc. In progress.
Arch. Cant. — Archaeologia Cantiana, being transactions of the Kent Archaeological Society,
London, 1858, etc.
Arch. Jouni. — The Archaeological Journal. London, 1845, etc. In progress.
Arch. Zcit. — Archaologische Zeitung. Berlin, 1843-85.
Arch.-ep. Mitt. — Archaeologish - epigraphische Mitteilungen aus Oestcrreich - Ungarn. X'ienna,
1877-97.
Athoi. Mitt. — Mitteilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaologischcn Instituts in Athen. .-Vthens,
1876, etc. In progress.
li.C.H. — Bulletin de Correspondance Hellcnique. Athens, Paris, 1877, etc.
Bunner Jahrb. — Jahrbuchcr des Vereins von Altertumsfrcunden im Rheinlande. Bonn, 1842, etc.
In progress.
U.S.A. — Annual of the British School at Athens. London, 1894, etc. In progress.
Dull. Com. — BuUettino della Commissione Archaeologica Comunale (formerly Municipale). Rome,
1872, etc. In progress.
v5////.a'<?//'/«.s7.— BuUettino degli Annali dell' Instituto di Corrispondenza Archcologica. Rome, 1829-S5,
Bull. Arch. Nap. — BuUettino Archeologico Napolitano. Naples, 1843-8. Nuova Serie, 1S53-63.
Bull. Arch. Sardo. — BuUettino Archeologico Sardo. Cagliari, 1855-9.
Chabouillet, Cat. — Catalogue general et raisonne des camdes et pierres gravees de la Bibliotheque
Imperiale, par M. Chabouillet. Paris, 1858.
C.I.G. — Corpus Inscriptionum Graecarum. 4 vols. Berlin, 1828-77.
C.I.L. — Corpus Inscriptionum Latinarum. Berlin, 1863, etc. In progress.
Ccsnola, .-///(?.*■.— Descriptive Atlas of the Cesnola Collection of Cypriote Antiquities in the Metro-
politan Museum of Art, New York. 3 vols. Boston, 1885 ; New York, 1894 and 1903.
Cohen. — Description historique des monnaies frappees sous I'Empire romain. 7 vols. Deu.xieme ed.
Paris, London, 1880, etc.
Coot/^'-A'iV/^///.:— Commission Imperiale Archi^ologique. Comptes-Rendus, 1859-88. From 1889
onwards the Reports are in Russian. These latter are here cited under Comptc-Kcudu, followed
by the date.
Cyprus Mils. C(Z/.— Catalogue of the Cyprus Museum by J. L. Myres and M. Ohnefalsch-Richter.
O.xford, 1S99.
Daremberg et Saglio. — Dictionnaire des Antiquites grecques et romaines, par C. V. Darembcrg et
E. SagUo. Paris, 1873, etc. In progress.
'E(p.'Apx- — 'E(jir)ixepis'ApxatoKoyiKr). Athens, 1883, etc. In progress.
£.x-c. in Cyprus. — Excavations in Cyprus, by A. S. Murray, A. H. Smith and H. B.Walters. London
(British Museum), 1900.
Fontenay. — Les bijoux anciens et modernes, par Eugene Fontenay. Paris, 1887.
Gaz. Arch. — Gazette Archdologique. Ed. J. de Witte and F. Lenormant. Paris, 1875-S9.
XIV CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
Iladaczck, Uhrstlimink. — Llcr Ohrschimick tier Gricclien u. I'Uriiskcr-, von Karl Hadaczek. V'ienna,
1903.
I.G. — Inscriptiones Graecac. Berlin, 1873, ^tc. In progress.
Hogarth, A]^/i«//j.— British Museum IC.xcavations at Ephesus. By H. <;. Hogarth and others.
London, 1908.
Jahrb. it. Arch. Inst. — Jahrbuch des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaologischen histituls. Berlin, 1886,
etc. In progress.
Joiini. Hell. Stud. — Journal of Hellenic Studies. London, l8<So, etc. In progress.
J0111U. Int. if Arch. Num. — Journal Internationale d'Archcologie Numisniatique. Dirigii par
J. N. Svoronos. Athens, i8g8, etc. In progress.
Michel, Reciieil. — Recueil d'Inscriptions grecques, par Charles Michel. I'aris, 1900.
.Milani, Studi c Mat. — Studi e Materiali di Archeologia e Numismatica. I'ubblicati per cura di
Luigi Adriano Milani. Florence, 1899, etc. In progress.
Mon. Ant. — Monunienti .-Xntichi puljblicati per cura della K. .'\ccad. dei Lincei. Milan, 1890, etc.
In progress.
.Mon. dell' Inst. — Monumenti inediti pubblicati dall' Instituto di Corrispondenza .\rcheohjgica.
Rome, 1829-85.
.!/('//. l^iot.- -Fondation Eug&ne Piot. Monuments et Mc-moires publics par I'Acaddniie des
Inscriptions et Belles Leltres. Paris, 1894, etc. In progress.
Miis. liorh. — Real Museo Borbonico. 16 vols. Naples, 1824-57.
.!//«•. Etr. Vat. — Musei Etrusci quod Gregorius .W'l. Pon. Max. in aedibus Vaticanis constiluii
monimenta. Ex aedibus Vaticanis, 1842.
Naiiknith I. — Naukratis, Part I., 1884-5, W W. M. Flinders Petrie. Third .Memoir of the Egypt
E.xploration Fund. London, 1886.
Ntiitkratis II. — Naukratis, Part II., 1885-6, by Ernest A. Gardner. Sixth .Memoir of the Egypt
E.xploration Fund. London, 1888.
Notizie. — Notizie degli Scavi di antichit^ communicate alia R. .Accad. dei Lincei. Roma, 1877, etc.
In progress.
Num. Cliron. — Numismatic Chronicle. London, 1837-60. New Series, 1861-80. Third .Series,
l8Si-igoo. Fourth Series, 1901, etc. In progress.
Ocsterr. Jahresli. — Jahreshefte des Osterreichischen Archaologischen Instituts in Wien. Vienna,
1898, etc. In progress.
Olympia. — Ergebnisse der von dem Deutschen Reich veranstalteten Ausgrabung. Herausgegeben
von E. Curtius und F. Adler. 5 vols, of Text and 4 vols, of Plates. Berlin, 1890-7.
Pcrrot et Chipiez. — Histoire de FArt dans F .'\ntiquitc, par Georges Perrot et Charles Chipiez. Paris,
1882, etc. In progress.
Pollak, Gold.'ichmiedearb. — Klassisch-antike Goldschmiedearbeiten in Besitze Sr. Excellenz A. J. von
Nelidow. Von Ludwig Pollak. Leipzig, 1903.
Proc. of Soc. of Ant. — Proceedings of the Society of .Antiquaries. London. I S49-59. Second Series.
1859, etc. In progress.
Rev. v4?r/;. -Revue Archeologique. Paris, 1844-52. N.S. = Nouvelle Serie, 1860-82. Troisieme
Serie, 1883-1902. Quatrieme Serie, 1903, etc. Blois and Paris. In progress.
Rom. Mitt. — Mitteilungen des Kaiserlich Deutschen Archaologischen Instituts. Romische
.Abteilung. Rome, 1 886, etc. In progress.
Schafer, Aeg. Goldschmiedearb. — Konigliche Museen zu Berlin. Mitteilungen aus der Aeg)'ptischen
Sammlung. Band I. Aegvptische Goldschmiedearbeiten. . . . Herausgegeben von Heinrich
Schafer. Berlin, 1910.
Tanis II. — Tanis, Part II., Nebesheh and Defenneh. By W. M. Flinders Petrie. P'ourth Memoir
of the Egypt Exploration Fund, London, 1888.
Winter, Typen. — Die Typen der figiirlichen Terrakotten [Kekule von Stradonitz, Die antiken 'I'erra-
kotten, Band III., i and 2J. Berlin and Stuttgart, 1903.
Note. — Objects marked t are of doubtful antiquity.
INTRODUCTION
L— HISTORY OF THE COLLECTION.
Among the antiquities collected by Sir William Hamilton, appointed British
Ambassador at Naples in 1764, were several examples of ancient jewellery.
These were purchased with the rest of the Hamilton Collection by Act of
Parliament in 1772. Charles Towneley acquired a certain number of gold
ornaments with his other antiquities from Italy, and these were included in the
purchase of the Towneley Collection of smaller antiquities effected for the nation
in 1814. The Payne Knight Bequest of 1824 also increased the British Museum
collection of ancient jewellery, although nothing of specitil interest in this branch
was to be found in his collections.
Italian jewellery of some importance was acquired from the Campanarl
Collections in 1841 and 1846, while the bequest of Sir William Temple in 1856
further enriched the national collection with jewellery of this class. In this same
year important specimens of Phoenician jewellery were obtained from excavations
carried out on the site of the ancient Tharros in Sardinia.
Meanwhile Greek jeweller\% in some cases of the very finest description, had
been acquired in 1842 with the collection of Thomas Burgon. A very important
addition for the history of early Greek jewellery was made by the purchase of
gold ornaments discovered by Messrs. Salzmann and Blliotti in the course of
excavations on the site of Kameiros in Rhodes (1860-1864). A varict)-
of ancient ornaments was obtained in 1866 as a part of the bequest of
antiquities by Mr. James Woodhou.se, of Corfu. It is probable that most of
these were found in that island, but some were doubtless drawn from other
sources as well. In the next year (1867) the Museum Collection was very
appreciably enriched by the purchase of ancient jewellery included among the
antiquities collected by the Due de Blacas. From this source are drawn some
of the finest specimens of Greek jewellery de.scribed in this Catalogue.
The above-mentioned acquisitions were, however, far exceeded as regards both
extent and importance by the gold ornaments obtained by the purchase of the
Castellani Collection in 1872 and at the Castellani sale of 1884. The jewellery
thus acquired comprised masterpieces of Greek, Etruscan and Roman work. The
Etruscan specimens may, however, be singled out for mention, more especially
those in which the fine granulated work is seen at the height of its perfection. In
1S76-7 a very fine series of Greek gold ornaments, dating from about 300 B.C.,
was obtained from a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Another interesting treasure of
nearly the same date came into the Museum in 1896. It had been discovered
in 1865 at S. Eufemia, in Calabria. Both these treasures well illustrate the
XVI CATALOGUE OF JICWF.LLF.RY.
exquisite effects produced lay the Greek jeweller's cmi)loyment of filigree. In
1879 a good series of Roman gold ornaments, found at Tortosa in Syria, was
obtained. These had formerly been in the collection of Prince Napoleon.
Recent years have witnessed several striking accessions in the shape of
jewellery belonging to the Mycenaean period. A few examples of Mycenaean
gold ornaments were obtained in 1870 and 1S72 from excavations at lalysos in
Rhodes. In 1892 a treasure of the highest interest came into the Museum from
an Aegean site, reputed to be the island of Aegina. The date of these ornaments
cannot be said to have been settled as yet beyond dispute. It is, however, highly
probable that they are to be placed at the end of the Mycenaean Age. The
British Museum excavations carried out in Cyprus from 1894-6 under the
Turner Bequest resulted in the discovery of imjjortant series of gold ornaments
belonging to the Mycenaean period.
A very fine collection of ancient jewellery ranging over all periods was
bequeathed in 1897 by Sir A. W. F"ranks. In 1907 a highly interesting selection
of the gold ornaments found at Ephesus in 1904-5 in the course of the IJritish
Museum excavations passed into the national collection. The bulk of the
jewellery tliere found is, however, in the Museum at Constantinople, duplicates
only having been ceded to the British Museum. These ornaments are of great
importance for the history of early Greek jewellery. In the same year (1907)
a series of ornaments of the Roman period was obtained from tombs at Olbia
on the Black Sea.
II.— THE JEWELLERY OF THE VARIOUS PERIODS.
A. MYCENAEAN JEWELLERY.
Mycenaean The earliest jewellery described in this Catalogue comes, for the most part,
from places other than Crete. It is, therefore, preferable to avoid the term
" Minoan " and to use that of" Mycenaean," since none of the objects appear to
be earlier in date than the shaft graves found on the Akropolis of Mycenae.
These shaft graves extend from about .1800-1450 B.C.' This period corresponds
to the " Late Minoan I. and II." of Dr. Evans. The objects found in the
lower town of Mycenae fall within a period of about 1450-1100 B.C.- ("Late
Minoan III.") The "Mycenaean" period may therefore be described for the
purposes of this Catalogue as extending from about 1800-1100 B.C., or perhaps
a little later. The main arguments for putting certain groups of jewellery
described in this Catalogue within this period may now be stated. There are
three principal groups in question, viz. : —
(i) The gold ornaments found in the course of the British Museum excava-
tions in Cyprus, chiefly at Enkomi near the site of the ancient Salamis
(Nos. 1-682).
' Burrows, Disc, in Crete, p. 85. Electrotype copies of some of the principal Mycenaean gold objects
in the National Museum at Athens are shown in the First Vase Room.
- Ilml., p. 9S.
INTRODUCTION. XVIl
(2) The gold treasure acquired in 1892 " from one of the Greek islands."
This island is believed to be Aegina (Nos. 683-768).
(3) Jewellery from excavations at lalysos in Rhodes (No. 772, etc.).
Finds at (i) Gold Ornaments from Enkomi and other Bronze Age sites in Cyprus.
Enkomi.
These and the other antiquities found with them arc fully described in
Excavatio7is in Cyprus. The most direct evidence for dating them is furnished
by Egyptian scarabs and rings found in the tombs. This evidence will first
be stated, and then the character of the designs on the gold ornaments will be
considered. The engraved scarabs and rings, which may be appro.ximatel)-
dated, are as follows ' : —
Tomb 2. Scarab of the XlXth-XXIst dynasty {E.vc. iii Cyprus, pi. iv., 6).
Tomb 19. Ring {B.M. Cat. of Riiii^.'i, No. i) of the XlXtli-,\.\Ist dynasty. Exc. in Cyprus,
pi. iv., 95.
Tomb 24. Scarab of Rameses III. (XXth dynasty). Exc. in Cyprus, pi. iv., 29.
Tomb 66. A ring (^B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 3), probably of the late XVI 11th dynasty-
(Found on the surface.) Exc. in Cyprus, pi. iv., 741.
Tomb 67. A ring of the late X\TIIth dynasty (^Exc. in Cyprus, pi. i\., 351 ; B..'\/. Cat. of
Rings, No. 8).
Tomb 79. Scarab of the XVIIIth-XIXth dynasty. Exc. in Cyprus, pi. iv., 435.
Tomb 84. Scarab of the XVIIIih-XJXth dynasty. Exc. in Cyprus, pi. iv., 465.
To.MB 93. Silver ring with inscription of Khu-en-Aten (late XV'IIhh dynasty). B.ii'f. Cat.
of Rings, No. 997. Exc. in Cyprus, pi. iv., 617. Scarab of the late XVUlth dynasty {Exc. in
Cyprus, pi. iv., 608).
The Hala Sultan Tekke site near Larnaka (see p. 50) yielded in tomb 5 a scarab of the
XlXth dynasty.
The Zarukas site (see p. 50) yielded in tomb 4 a scarab of the early X\TIIth dynasty.
Though the evidence of isolated scarabs can never be rated very highly, the
cumulative evidence furnished by the scarabs found in the tombs at Enkomi
cannot be neglected. It is strongly in favour of a central date corresponding to
the XlXth and XXth Egyptian dynasties. In other words a date of about
1 350- 1 100 B.C.
The evidence furnished by the gold ornaments themselves may next be
considered.
Nos. 136 ff. — The stamped designs on these strips are very similar to those on plaques
found in tombs of the lower town at Mycenae ('Ec^. 'ApX-i '888, pi. ix., 5, 6).
Nos. 150, 580, 678.— -The shields on these ornaments are of the characteristic " late Minoan "
or " Mycenaean " type. See, e.g., Evans, Prehistoric Tombs at Knossos, p. 44, fig. 41 (from a
chamber tomb, contemporary with the lower town of Mycenae).
Nos. 380 ff. — Spirals of this type have been found in tombs in the lower town of Mycenae
('E(^. 'A/Jx-, 1888, pi. ix., 14). Rings of e.xactly the same type as i/nd., pi. ix., 12, were also found
in these tombs at Enkomi {B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 880).
' This informalion has been furnished by Mr. H. R. Hall of the Dept. of Egyptian and Assyrian
Antiquities. The dates here given are considerably earlier than those suggested by the late Mr. A. S.
Murray in Excavations in Cyprus.
XVIll
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
Probable date
of Enkomi
Treasure.
Nos. 546 ff. — These pins are of a type exactly similar to those found by I'rof. Pelrie in the
Libyan settlement at Gurob in the Fayoum. This settlement is dated by him to 1400-1200 li.c.
(Petrie, Il/n/inii, pi. xxii., 1-3, p. 19 ; Joiiin. Hell. Stud., XL, p. 275, pi. xiv., 4).
Nos. 84, 140, 196. — Sphinxes of this type are of common occurrence on objects found on
Mycenaean sites. See, e.g. No. 772 from lalysos ; 'Et/j. '\i>\., 1888, pi. ix., 13 ; B.C.H.,
X.XVIU. (1904), p. 386, fig. 22.
No. 581. — Pectorals of this type were in vogue in Egypt under the X\'IIIth dynasty. See
Evans in .4>!/hr. /oiirn., XXX., p. 205.
No. 623. — The fine granulated work seen on this pendant is far from uncommon on
Mycenaean jewellery. It will be sufficient to refer to 'E(^. 'Apx-j '^975 col. 124 ff.
Nos. 666-9. — Cowrie-shell beads of this type are exceedingly common on Mycenaean sites.
Cf., e.g., No. 791, from lalysos.
In the face of the above evidence it can hardly be doubted tliat the bulk of
the gold objects found at Knkomi are roughly contemporary with the gold
ornaments from tombs in the lower town of Mycenae. 1300-1100 BC. may be
regarded as their approximate date. Possibly some of the gold ornaments may
be of rather later date.' A few of them are strikingly similar to objects found
on sites of a much later period. Thus the earrings Nos. 323 ff are of a type
also found in Graeco-Phoenician tombs of the seventh century B.C., while Nos.
470 fif. are almost exactly similar to earrings found in seventh to sixth century
tombs in Sicily.- The " leech "-shaped earrings Nos. 32 if closely resemble
those of the eighth to seventh century found at Ephesus (Nos. 9266".). The
spirals, Nos. 380 ff., are exactly similar to those found at Assarlik in Caria (Nos.
1 2 14-5) in tombs assigned to the sub-Mycenaean period. There arc two possible
explanations of these resemblances. One is that these comparatively simple
types continued in vogue for several centuries. The other is that a small
proportion of objects of a later date worked their way into the Enkomi finds.
The former is the more probable of the two alternatives, since the Enkomi
deposits in most respects were remarkably homogeneous.
The Aegina
Treasure.
(2) The Gold Treasure from Aegina (?).
Dr. Evans, who first published these ornaments,^ was inclined to date them
to about 800 B.C. This date was rendered plausible by the undoubted resem-
blance borne by the pendants Nos. '/6'^ ff. to certain early Italian bronze
ornaments.* This connection between the Aegina ornaments and ornaments
found in early Italian tombs can be carried still further. The owls which form
the pendants of Nos. 763 ff. bear a very striking resemblance to those embossed
on a strip of gold from the Bernardini tomb of the eighth to seventh century B.C.
at Palestrina.^ The analogy borne by the pendant with the figure in the Nile
boat (No. 762) to the seventh century Etruscan plaques Nos. 1265-6 can scarcely
' Cf. Hall in Pyoc. of Soc. of Bibl. Arch., 1909, pp. 143 and 228.
^ Cf. Slrfiia Helbigiaiia, p. 222.
^ fount. Hell. Stud., XIIL, p. 195 ff.
^ Cf. Hoernes, Urgcsch. d. bild. Kutisi, p. 414.
' Montelius, Civ. Prim., IL, pi. 36S, 4.
INTRODUCTION.
XIX
Probable date
of Aegina
Treasure.
be fortuitous. On the other hatul the Mycenaean elements in the Aegina
ornaments arc unmistakeable. The finger-ring A (p. 56), with the long axis of
its bezel at right angles to the hoop, is of the regular Mycenaean type (cf B.AT.
Cat. of Rings, No. 873), while the shield-shape is very close to the normal
Mycenaean type (see No. 150 of this Catalogue). In the character of their
glass inlay these rings from Aegina are fully in harmony with other examples
which are undoubtedly of the Mycenaean period. Such are certain inlaid rings
from Phaestos in Crete/ which are roughly contemporary with the lalysos finds.
Other rings of this period showing a similar technique are a gold ring from a
iholos tomb at Praesos,'-' rings from a t/wlos tomb at Vaphio,'' and a ring from a
thoios tomb at Volo in Thessaly.'' The spiral decorations on Nos. 692 ff., 691,
and No. 768 are thoroughly Mycenaean in character.'' The pendent disks which
appear in Nos. 761 ff. would seem to resemble those which have been found in a
tomb at Mycenae roughly contemporary with the shaft-graves." They appear
also on the figure of a goat from Crete (No. <Si5), which is closely related to
the Aegina ornaments.
A marked Egyptian element appears in No. 762 ; but Egyptian influence
can excite no surprise in the case of objects bearing Mycenaean features.
It has been suggested that all the objects in this treasure can scarcely have
come from a single tomb.' A study of the treasure as a whole does not bear
out this suggestion. On plate vi. of this Catalogue the most important objects
of the find (the gold cup excepted) are grouped together. It may be noted that
(i) the gold wires at the end of No. 683 are drawn out in precisely the same
fashion as those from the disks in Nos. 761 ff ; (2) the pendants of Nos. 746,
753. 7^?) bear a marked relationship to one another ; (3) the same is true of the
beads in Nos. 753, 760, 76^ ; (4) Nos. 691 and 768 have a kindred spiral
decoration ; (5) Nos. 692 and 762 show a similar ribbed technique ; (6) the
rings on pi. vii. and No. 761 are decorated with a similar kind of glass inlay.
The objects as a whole are perfectly homogeneous.
The impression given by the treasure is that it belongs to a period when
Mycenaean civilization still flourished. The spirit of eclecticism revealed in it
points, however, to a loss of vigour. The northern element in particular is very
marked. Prof Ridgeway has shown how intimate the connection between the
Balkan tribes and the Mycenaeans must have been," and it is not surprising to
find elements seen in the Aegina treasure appearing in ornaments found on
Italian soil, in some instances of a distinctly later date. They may well be
survivals from the art of an earlier period. A date of 1 200-1000 B.C. may serve
' Mmi. All/., XIV., cols. 592-3.
= ^..V..-^, VIII., p. 243, II.
' 'E(p. 'Apx-, 1889, pi. vii.
* '£</). 'Apx-, 1906, col. 233, figs. 10, II.
^ Cf. Scliuclihardt, ScliliciiianiiU Exc., p. 171, fig. 146 ; ibid., p. 1S9, fig. 166 ; ibid., p. 263, fig. 265.
'' Joiiin. Hell. Stud., X.\1V., p. 323, No. 4905.
■ '£((). 'Apx-, 1895, cul. 252.
' Early A'^c of Greece, p. 355 and passim.
w
CATALOGUK OK | KWKI.I.KKV.
to indicate the probable position of this treasure at the close of the Mycenaean
Age. The Phoenician feature of the hand clasping a breast (Nos. 753, 760)
would harmonize with the date suggested, for it is exceedingly probable that
Phoenician influence, as indicated in the Homeric poems, began to be strong in
the Aegean about that period.'
lalysos
Ornaments.
Characteristics
of these orna-
ments of the
Mycenaean
period.
(3) Ornaments from lalysos.
The few gold ornaments from excavations at lalysos in Rhodes are included
under the numbers 772-5, 785-6, 791, 793-4, 799, 807-813. The period to
which these belong is not in doubt. They exhibit the closest relationship with
gold ornaments found in tombs of the lower town at Mycenae, and in other
tombs of the same period, e.g., that at Volo in Thessaly.- The pottery found at
Talysos is in harmony with the period thus indicated. The two scarabs found in
these tombs are of the late XVIIIth and the XlXth dynasty respectively. The
date may therefore be placed between 1400 and 1200 B.C., practically the same
date as that assigned to the bulk of the ornaments from Enkomi. The lalysos
ornaments are perhaps slightly the earlier.
The chief characteristic of the above Mycenaean ornaments is the prevalence
of embossed design. This is most clearly seen in the case of the Enkomi
diadems. They exhibit patterns of circles, spirals, rosettes, " lily "-palmettes,
shields, etc., often combined with figures of animals such as lions, wild goats, or
Sphin.xes. The stamping is generally very unevenly done, probably by means
of punches. In the case of the spiral patterns the gold strips may have been
hammered over wires bent into that form. The work does not suggest that the
designs were produced by beating the gold into moulds such as those which
have been found on other Mycenaean sites.^ The only mould found on the
Enkomi site was evidently used for casting (No. 609). Another method may
have been to press the gold foil over models in relief, such as the glass paste
ornaments found at lalysos. These pastes (originally used in conjunction with
Nos. 81 1, etc.), were doubtless cast in moulds. Mycenaean embossed work is
further exemplified in the jewellery from Aegina (Pis. vi. and vii.), and in the
miscellaneous ornaments on PL viii. In these examples the upper embossed
plaque is generally backed by a flat plate folded over it at the edges.
Granulation is not frequently employed, but examples of its use are seen in
Nos. 623, 536, 538, etc. Filigree in the ordinary sense of the term is not found
at all, but drawn wires of a somewhat coarse kind are occasionally used (e.g. on
Nos. 549, 550). Enamel does not occur. Inlaid glass-paste, however, is some-
times used as a decoration.*
' Cf. Burrows, Disc, in Crete, ]>. 144.
-' '£<(). 'Apx., 1906, pi. XV.
^ Furtwangler u. Loeschcke, Myk. Vaseii
' Cf. Nos. 581, 761, pi. vii, A, B, C, D.
iiiKiid in the form of a cement.
p. 34 ; Schliemann, Myceticu and Tiryns, pp. 107, 109.
The paste in the pectoral. No. 581, was most probably
INTRODUCTION.
XXI
]5. SUB-MYCENAEAN, GEOMETRIC AND
GREEK JEWELLERY.
PRIMITIV]
Transition from
the " Myce-
naean " to the
" Greek "
period.
The transition from the Mycenaean to the earliest Greei< o-oUl ornaments, as
cxem[)iificd by the finds at Ephesus and Kameiros, is illustrated by several
objects included in this Catalogue. The objects found by Mr. W. R. Paton at
Assarlik in Caria (Nos. 1 2 1 2 ff.), though here tentatively assigned to the ninth
century n.c, may well be of somewhat earlier date. Spirals exactly similar to
those from I'-nkomi were found here (cf. Nos. 380 ff. with Nos. I2i4f.), while
another ring (No. 12 16) is again paralleled by rings found at Enkomi
(No.s. :iJi ff.). The zigzag ornament on No. 12 13 resembles that on No. 62. In
this connection it is worth recalling the statement of Herodotus,^ that the
Carians had reached Asia Minor from the islands, where they had been subjects
of Minos.
Another interesting example of Mycenaean tradition carried on into the
so-called Geometric period is furnished by the earring No. 1 240, which has a
setting for the glass inlay noted in the ornaments from Aegina and other
Mycenaean sites, and also shows the Mycenaean granulated work. This style
of jewellery was evidently in vogue in Attica in the Geometric period, for other
ornaments of exactly the same type have been found at Eleusis with Geometric
vases.- These finds show that the transition from the Mycenaean to the
Oriental granulated style (cf. Nos. 1220 ff.) was no violent one.-'
The transitional or Geometric period is also represented in the British
Museum collection by three stamped diadems, one probably from Athens, the
other two from the neighbouring island of Aegina (Nos. 1217 ff.). On No. I2iy
there is a stamped design which occurs on other plaques found at Athens and
Eleusis respectively in company with " Dipylon " vases. The figures of the
men with their narrow waists recall the Mycenaean type, and the spirals are also
Mycenaean in character, while the lions resemble those on the " Burgon " lebes
in the British Museum.' The design as a whole is akin to one on a vase of .the
Geometric period published in Arc/i. Zeit, 1885, pi. viii., fig. 2. The other two
stamped diadems from Aegina (Nos. 1217, 1218) exhibit marked As.syrian charac-
teristics. Assyrian influence has already been noted on some of the diadems
from Enkomi (e.g. on No. 138). The Aegina diadem No. 1217 has rosette
designs approximating very closely to those seen on the bronze bowls from
Nimroud w^hich may be dated at about 700 B.C., while in No. 12 18 the arrange-
m.ent of the animals on either side of a sacred tree is typically Assyrian.
Assyrian influence is equally traceable on the diadem from Rhodes (No. 1160).^
' I., 171.
■-■ "EcJ.. 'Apx-, 1S9S, pi. vi., 6, 7 ; cf. ibid., 1SS5, pi. ix., 3, 4.
' Cf. also the early ornaments from Megara figured in Daremberg et Sagliu, Diet, des Ant., s.v.
Caelatura, p. 788, fig. 934.
* Walters, Hist, of Anc. Pottery, I., p. 296, fig. 87.
= Cf. Layard, Mon. of Miveveh, 1st ser-, pis. 37 anii 93.
b 2
XXll CATAI.OGUK OK JEWELLERY.
Tliat Assyrian art had a lar^c share in transforming Mycenaean ornamentation
into that of the Orientalizing period is highly probable. Herodotus^ notes that
the Phoenicians were in the habit of bringing Assyrian wares into Greece. This
As.syrian style is again predominant in Nos. ii 57-1 159 from Rhodes, which
stand in the closest relationship to the gold strip from Aegina (No. 1217). On
the other hand another diadem from Rhodes (No. 1164) rather betrays
Mycenaean survivals, especially in the spiral designs and the narrow-vvaisted
women. The latter should be compared with the women portrayed on some
vases of the Mycenaean period from Cyprus.'- These facts seem to indicate that
the passing of the Mycenaean into the Orientalizing Greek style was a gradual
j)rocess, largely brought about by Assyrian influence,
The Ephesus ji^jg gQij ornaments of the Ephesus find (Nos. 827 ff.) further exemplify
this process. Points of relationship between these ornaments and those of the
Minoan and Mycenaean periods may first be noted. Mr. Hogarth drew atten-
tion to the parallels between the Ephesus ornaments and those found at
Hissarlik.'' Points of connection may also be traced with the Enkomi and
Aegina ornaments. Compare for example the bow spiral designs on Nos. 877,
880 with that on No. 131 ; the linked spiral pattern on No. 884 with that on
the cup No. 768 ; the earrings Nos. 926 ff. with No. 320 ; the Sphinx on
No. 905 with those on No. 196, etc. ; the bead No. 982 with those stamped on
No. 129. The figure of the goddess (.■■) with the lions (No. 908) bears a close
resemblance to designs on Mycenaean gems.* Yet the reminiscences of
Mycenaean motives in the Ephesus jewellery are not so striking as to exclude
the possibility of there being a considerable interval of time between the
Enkomi and Ephesus treasures.
The JCameiros On the other hand there can be no doubt that the ornaments from Ephesus
find their closest parallel in those excavated from tombs at Kameiros in. Rhodes
(Nos. ii03ff.^ A few instances may be given. The car-pendant No. 948
from Ephesus is of almost exactly the same type as No. 11 73 from Kameiros ;
No. 949 is closely akin to No. 1166. The rosette decoration on Nos. 1166 and
1 197 recalls Nos. 870 and 871 ; the heads wearing the klaft on No. 963 are
closely related to the heads of the Rhodian ornaments on Plates xi., xii. The
prominence of the bee is noteworthy in both groups of ornaments ; cf. No. 11 18
with Nos. 892, 1031, and No. 121 1 with Nos. 890 and 892. That of the hawk
is equally so ; cf No. 1107^ with Nos. 1036-9, 1041-2. With regard to the
dates of the Ephesus and Kameiros ornaments, we must be guided largely by
considerations of style. There can be no doubt that the Ephesus group is
appreciably the earlier of the two. Compare, for instance, the faces of
Nos. 1040 and 1090 with those of the heads on Plate xi. ; compare also the
- Cf. Excav. ill Cyprus, p. 73, fig. 127.
' Hog.irth, Ephesus, ch. vi., p. 94 ff.
■* Cf. Furtwangler, Atit. Geiiim,, pi. ii., 34.
' The hawk's head i.s probably to be seen on a plaque from Kameiros in the Louvre. See Daremberg
et Saglio, s.v. Caelatura, p. 789, fig. 936.
ornaments.
INTRODUCTION. xxiii
fibulae 1038, 1089 with I191 from Rhodes. How much cailier the Kphesus
jewellery is to be placed cannot, of course^ be decided with accuracy. Yet on
grounds of style the difference between the groups may hardly exceed fifty
years. The direct evidence for the dating of the Kameiros finds is scanty.
The tomb-records are of the most summary description, and, as far as the gold
ornaments are concerned, do not help to establish their date except in 'one
m.stancc.i The fine granulated ornaments Nos. 1103, 1128-30, and otiier
jewellery indicated in the text of the Catalogue are known to have been found
ui a tomb with the porcelain scarab of I'sammetichos I. figured on p. 85. This
IS, of course, not conclusive evidence as to their date, but lends probability to a
date at the end of the seventh century B.C., a period in harmony with the general
style of the objects found. If this date is correct for the Kameiros finds, the
Ephesus ornaments may be^ perhaps dated to the earlj- part of the seventh
century B.c.^
There is no direct evidence to show that the various gold ornaments from
Kameiros or other sites in Rhodes arc necessarily contemporary. The work is
very unequal. This will be readily seen by contrasting No. 1104 with 1106,
No. 1108 with mo, No. 1126 with 1131. Yet the diff"crence seems to be rather
one of execution than of period. It can be explained if we regard these plaques
as offerings made by persons of very unequal means. Thi.s, too, will explain
the differences in the metal, which varies from very pure gold, through electrum,
to silver. There is, too, a curious mixture of style in the ornaments. The
Assyrian elements in the diadems Nos. 1157 and 1160 have already been
noticed. The same influence is seen in the rosettes which form such a prominent
feature in the decoration of the Kameiros plaques. These same characteristics
appear in jewellery found in a foundation deposit in the temple of Shu.shinak
at Susa.-'' The earring there {Delegation en Perse, VII., pi. xii., 8) is almost of
exactly the same type as one from Ephesus (No. 1063), while certain heads of
lions {ibid., pi. xxiv., 3 a, /;, c) are strikingly similar to those on the armlets from
Kameiros (No. 1205, etc.). The plaque No. 1121 from Kameiros is closely
paralleled by one in ivory from Nimroud.'' Egyptian influence is seen in the
prevalence of the Haft. Yet for the rest the workmanship of the Kameiros
ornaments is Ionic Greek. The up-curve of the dress over the feet is most
characteristic of early Ionian sculpture.^ It may be remarked that the early
terracottas from Rhodes " show a similar mixture of styles and inequality of
treatment. The historical conditions prevailing about 600 B.C. and the situation
of Rhodes will go far to explain the mixture of Ionic Greek, Assyrian and
Egyptian elements in these ornaments.
' In Biliotti's diary C followed by the tomb number indicates " Cameircs " site ; P, " Papas Loiires "
site. ^ These are indicated in the Catalogue wherever identification is possible.
- Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, p. 242 ; he is inclined to date the treasure to the close of the Sth century B.C.
'■ Delt'galion en Perse, VII., pi. xii., etc.
' Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. xxix., 6.
= Cf. No. 1 132 with the note there appended.
" B.M. Terracottas, B 130-169.
XXIV CATALOGUE OF jKWKLl.F.KV.
Lydianelements The ImjIicsus and K;imeiros ornaments have certain points in coinmtjn which
in the Ephesus .. ^ irii ^i, r ,■
and Kameiros call lor more special remark. In both we find the presence of a lion-tammy;
ornaments. goddess' (Nos. yoS and 1 1 07, etc.), in botli the prevalence of the bee. The
hawk is also another feature in common. We can hardly doubt that the
goddess to whom these gold ornaments were ofifered was the same in both
cases, viz., the Ephesian Artemis. This goddess, however, was but a particular
manifestation of the great " mother-goddess " of Asia known .sometimes as
Astartc, sometimes as Kybebe or Kybele, or yet again as Rhea." It is at least
remarkable that jewellery representing a very close parallel to the Kameiros
ornaments has been found at Tralles (Aidin) on Lydian soil.^ Though more
archaic than the Rhodian jewellery these plaques from Aidin .show the same
type of heads and the .same use of granulation. We know that at Sardis there
was a " local " goddess Kybebe, whose temple wa.s burnt about 500 H.C. at the
time of the Ionian revolt.'' lliis Kybebe can hardly have differed materially
from the Ephesian Artemis and the great mother-goddess of Asia.'^ We hear
from many sources about the Lydian passion for jewellery." We know further
that Lydians must have been settled at Ephesus before the arrival of the Ionian
colonists.' It is therefore not unreasonable to suppo.se that, in addition to
Assyrian and Egyptian elements, there is also Lydian influence in the ornaments
from Ephesus and Rhodes. It should be borne in mind that it was early in the
seventh century B.C. that the great dynasty of the Mermnadae was founded in
Lydia by Gyges, and that the Kings of this dynasty made continuous efforts to
reduce the Greek coast cities under their sway.
Jewellery of the This special type of jewellery, however, marked by the profuse use of
the Greek granulation, b)- the presence of heads wearing the k/a//, by the prevalence of the
islands. Sphinx, the bee, and above all the lion-subduing goddess, is by no means
confined to the west coast of Asia Minor at this period. Plates xiv., xvi., xvii.,
xviii., and finds of gold ornaments made in other parts of the Hellenic world are
evidence of this. Nos. 1230, 1231, two profusely decorated rosettes, probably from
' The origin of the winged Arlemis is discussed by Mr. M. S. Thompson in Joiirn. Hell. Slmi.,
XXIX., p. 286 flf., with special reference to ivory reliefs and lesd figurines found in excavations at Sparta.
He believes that the animal-taming goddess at Sparta, whom he identifies with Artemis Orthia, is not of
Asiatic origin, but is rather derived from the late Minoan type of a wingless goddess, jierhaps by way of
Cyprus and Rhodes. No doubt the Rhodian type is ultimately derived from the same source as the
Spartan, but the Oriental character of the former is more marked.
- Cf. Radet, Ephcsiaca, p. 33.
^ B. C. H., III., pis. iv., v., p. 129 f. Another close parallel is furnished by the jeweller)' found at
.Megara (mentioned above, ]). .^;.\i, n. 3). This was discovered in a tomb on the Acropolis of " Caria " in
1S60. The objects, which betray maiked Oriental influence, are described by F. Lenormant in Les /•reniures
Civilisations., II., p. 383 fl. It can hardly be doubted that the jewellery found at Megara is an importation
Irom the same source as that from which the Kameiros jewellery is drawn, probably a site in Asia Minor.
The fact that they were found in a tomb at Megara is another indication of the part played by Oriental art
in transforming the Geometric style on the mainland of Greece.
^ Herodot., V., 102.
^ Radet, Kybebe, passim.
° Cf. Hesychius, s.v. AvSfla vifxifi : Dio (.)hrys., xxxii., 3.
' Pans., VII.. 2. 8.
INTRODUCTION. XXV
a diadem, clearly stand in the closest relationship with the Rhadian ornaments,
though they are of uncertain provenance. Their similarity to a rosette from
Molos (No. 1232), rosettes from Praesos in Crete (B.S.A., XII., pp. 6?, f., figs. 3,4),
and another from Thera {Allien. Mitt., 1903, XXVIII., pi. v., 5) points to their
having come from one of the Greek islands. These plaques show the same
/{■A?//-decorated heads as the Rhodian ornaments, and there is also a lion's head
in their centre. It seems certain that they have reference to the same lion-
taming goddes.s, the Asiatic Artemis or the Ephesian manifestation of her. It
should be noted that bee-figures analogous to No. 1 1 1 8 have been found with
the rosette from Thera in a tomb which contained vases of the seventh century
B.C.' If No. 1236 represents (as seems likely) a hawk, we have a counterpart to
the hawks of the Ephesus and Rhodian treasures. The pomegranate upf)n
which it stands is also in keeping with the Rhodian pendants. No. 1239, the
figure of a bee in the same style, also seems the product (jf the same religious
belief which is manifested in the bee ornaments of Ephesus and Rhodes. It is
well known that the priestesses of the Magna Mater were called Melissac^- and
seemingly those of Artemis were called by the same name.-' It is in this
connection doubtless that the bee appears upon the coins of Ephesus.
Connection with The intimate connection of the Ionian jewellery just described with the
Etruna. Etruscan jewellery on Plates xvi., xvii., and xviii. is at once apparent. Compare
the lions on No. 1 107 with those on No. 1376 ; or again the lion-taming goddess
on Plate xii. with the design on the earring No. 1294 and with the variety of the
same motive seen in the plaque from Caere (No. 1266). Equally striking is the
prevalence of the Sphinx on both the Kameiros and the Etruscan jewellery, as
.seen, for example, in Nos. 1108 fif. and Nos. 1371, I376,'' etc. ; noteworth)- also
is the frequency with which a single female head or female figure, surely that
of a goddess, occurs on both sets of ornaments. Instances will be found in
Nos. J103, I104, 1152, etc., on the one hand, and Nos. 1356, 1357*, 1362, 1366,
1370, 1449, 1453, etc., on the other. The fact that the.se heads are generally
accompanied by lions or Sphinxes points to the goddess being the Asiatic
nature-goddess or Artemis. In both sets of ornaments the granulation-technique
is very similar.
The intrusion of the Asiatic Artemis into Northern Italy and the West
is borne out by literary testimony. Strabo'' implies that the Phokaeans, when
they founded Massilia about 600 );.C., introduced with them the worship of
the Ephesian Artemis. It is doubtless this same goddess, accompanied by
hawk, lions, and deer, who is represented in the remarkable archaic bronze
found at Graechwyl in Switzerland.'' Nor is it possible to neglect the statement
' Atlun. Mitt., loc. at., pp. 91 f. and 285 fi".
-' Didynius ap. Lact., Inst, dm., I., 22.
^ Arist., Ran., 1274. Possibly the pendants of No. 1357 * represent Melissae.
■I For the hoises' heads on this fibula, cf. certain ornaments of about the same date found .at Sparla
{Joiirn. Hell. Stud., 1909, pp. 290, 291).
•■■ IV., i., 4. Cf. Herodot., I., 163 (activity of the ThoUaoans in the West).
" Fnrrt-r, Reiil-le.xikoii, frontispiece.
XXVI
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
of Herodotus ' that the Etruscans were of Lydian origin. The immigration
into N. Italy of a large body of Lydian settlers would explain the Oriental
character which is so marked in early Etruscan art, and it is difficult to account
for the Hterary allusions to the Lydians in Etruria- on any other hypothesis.
The connection between Lydians and Etru.scans is certainly rendered plausible
by the character of the gold ornaments studied in this section.
C. EARLY ETRUSCAN (OR ITALIAN) JKWELL1-:RV.
Earliest Italian The earliest specimens of Italian work in gold or silver included in this
Jewellery. Catalogue are Nos. 1255, 1256, and 1373. These three ornaments have features
of decoration in common, and it is probable that they all belong to about the
ninth-eighth century B.C. The fibula No. 1373 and thg diadem No. 1255 both
have upon them designs in the form of labyrinthine squares within squares ;
while both No. 1255 and the peculiar breast (.') ornament No. 1256 are decorated
with ducks. On No. 1256 there is in addition a series of human figures, almost
certainly wearing an Egyptian crown of the South. This feature recalls the
ornaments from Aegina, which also show so decided an admixture of Northern
elements (see p. .xviii f.), and is another indication of the free intercourse between
North and South which must have existed in the early Iron Age. Nor are
direct Mycenaean elements wanting in No. 1255, as may be seen by comparing
the rosettes and bucrania upon ic with those which appear on some of the
ornaments from Enkomi, e.g., on Nos. 102, 133, 190, 488, etc. Mycenaean
influence survives in the Italian no less than in the Greek Geometric age.
Orientalizing In Italy, as in Greece, a wave of Oriental influence sweeps in upon the
period in Italy. Geometric art about the seventh century B.C. The diadem from the PoUedrara
tomb at Vulci (No. 1257), contrasted with No. 1255, aptly illustrates the
character of the decoration produced by this invasion. Here are friezes of lions,
Chimaeras and palmettes of the usual Orientalizing style, such as may be seen
on Corinthian vases of this same period. Decoration of the same character
appears on many of the granulated Etruscan ornaments of this time, especially
upon those found at Vetulonia ^ ; the close connection of these with contemporary
Eastern Greek jewellery has been pointed out in the preceding section.
The earliest ornaments from Etruria showing this granulated work seem to
appear about the end of the eighth century B.C. Such is the probable date of a
pair of bracelets from Corneto (Nos. 1358-9). Parts of the decoration on these
should be compared with that on the early Attic earring No. 1240, and with the
Assyrianizing decoration on No. 1217. The bracelets are an excellent illustration
of the mingling of the Geometric and Oriental styles at this period. The rude
human figures resemble those which appear on " Dipylcn " vases, while the
' I., 94-
- See, e.g., Strabo, V., ii., 3 (campaign of Lydians against Agylla, the name of which was changed
to Caere). Cf. Karo, in Rev. des Etudes anc, VII. (1905), p. 196.
^ Karo in Studi c Mat., I. and II.
INTKDUUCTION.
XXVll
Etruscan
Jewellery of
distinctive style.
Development of
the Italian
fibula.
Sirens, lions and Sphinxes are in the Oriental manner. Karo, in his study of the
remarkable gold ornaments found at Vetulonia, assigns them to the latter part
of the eighth and to the seventh century B.f. This dating is rendered fairly
certain by the presence of Proto-Corinthian vases in the same tombs. To this
same period may be assigned the bracelets on PI. xviii., the "comb "-fibula No.
1372, the bulk of the ornaments on PI. xvii., and the very fine granulated fibula
No. 1 38 1. Side by side with the granulated work, which attains its acme in the
seventh century B.C., appears the waved filigree work termed by the Italians
decoration a (rinatui-a, or "lace-work." Examples are to be seen in Nos. 1360,
1362, 1364, and on the hair-spirals No. 131 1 ff.
The pieces of Etruscan jewellery of this period which show a marked local
style are the "comb" fibulae (as seen in No. 1372), the shoulder fibulae
(Nos. 1370 and 1371), and the earrings (Nos. 1286 ff.) called by the Italians
earrings a baule. The last are in the form of cylindrical coffers, generally
decorated on both long sides, and on one narrow end. The decoration on the
long surface seen from the front and on the disk seen from the side is especially
elaborate. The bulk of these earrings doubtless falls within the sixth century
B.C.,^ though a few may be as early as the late seventh, and a few as late as the
early fifth century B.C.- In their decoration granulated work pla)'s a part,
though not a prominent one. Looped wire work and rosettes of thin gold leaf
are very common, while embossed figures, especially those of animals, are often
found. These earrings are closely paralleled in style and technique by the
disks Nos. 1416 ff., the most probable use of which was to serve as ear decorations.
The continuance of granulated work in the sixth and early fifth century B.C. is
well exemplified by the pins Nos. 1347 ff., the disks Nos. 1427 ff., and the neck-
laces Nos. 1461 ff. In the fifth century Greek filigree work takes the place of
granulation, as may be seen in the fibulae Nos. 1409, 1410, etc., contrasted for
example with No. 1408. The transition is illustrated by the Italian pendant
from Locri (No. 1472), probably of the late sixth century, where filigree and
granulation are combined.
The principal types of Italian fibulae in gold or silver in the British Museum
collection are illustrated on Plates xix., xx. The following is a brief summary
of the evidence for their dating and development.
(i) Serpentine type. — Examples are seen in Nos. 1374, 1375, 1376, \n6a-c.
The date of these is from the eighth to the seventh century B. C. See Mon. Ant.,
XIII., cols. 227-9, figs- 7~8 (found in a tomb at Cumae shown by its contents to
belong to a period contemporary with early Corinthian pottery).
(2) Leecit type. — The earlier examples are represented by Nos. 1377-1381.
Here again the evidence points to a date of the eighth to the seventh century
B.C. See Mon. Ant., loc. cit., cols. 265-8 ; Notisie, 1895, p. 149, fig. 32 ; ibid.,
189S, p. 1 10, fig. 18.
(3) Leech type. — The later examples, Nos. 1382- 1392, are shown by their
' Cf. K.110 \ti Studi e Mat., II., p. 124.
■ Cf. Zannoni, Scavi delta Certosa, pi. x.\.\xiii., 12-14.
XXVIU
CATAI.OGUK (IK JKW la.I.KKV
kinship to tlu' (.arrini^^s <i hmile to belong mainly to the sixth century B.C. They
lead on to
(4) The later derivatives of the leech type which probably fall into the fifth
and fourth centuries B.C. Examples are seen in Nos. 1393-6, 1402-7, 1409-1412*.
Their date is indicated by their relationship to the fibulae found at the Certosa.
See e.g., Zannoni, Scavi delta Certosa, pi. 1., figs. 5, 20, 21 ; ibid., pi. xxx., <S, etc.
Besides this the filigree decoration upon them points to such a date, while their
lower limit is suggested by their likeness to the fibulae worn by women on
Capuan wall-paintings of the fourth century B.C. (see No. 402). That analogous
fibulae are found even as late as the third century B.C. is shown by other wall-
paintings {Moil. Ant., I., col. 954 ; Mon. delf Inst., X., pi. Iv., i).
ICtruscan jewellery proper reached its highest development in the seventh
and si.xth centuries B.C. This corresponds exactly with the period when
Etruscan political power was greatest. There is strong evidence of an Etruscan
domination in Rome during part of this time, and in their commercial dealings
the Etruscans spread far and wide, establishing themselves in the Volscian high-
lands and Campania, and at the same time maintaining a strong navy. This
explains the splendid finds of Etruscan ornaments which have been made at
Praeneste ' and Cumae,- as well as at places such as Vulci, Vetulonia, and Caere
on Etruscan soil.
At this same period, while the Etruscans were dominant in Northern Italy,
the Phoenician city of Carthage was exercising a great commercial influence on
the N. coast of Africa, Western Sicily, Sardinia, and the S. coast of Spain.
Carthaginian jewellery of this time is illustrated in the next section, mainly by
finds made at the Phoenician colony of Tharros in Sardinia.
Ornaments front'
Tharros in
Sardinia.
D. PHOENICIAN JEWELLERY.
Most of the Phoenician objects in this Catalogue, examples of which are
grouped together on Plates xxiii., xxiv., and xxv., come from the site of Tharros
on the west coast of Sardinia. Though the Carthaginians did not actually
conquer the island till late in the sixth century B.C., they doubtless had commer-
cial settlements there long before that time. The fact that objects exactly
similar in character to those from Tharros have been found at Carthage in tombs
of the seventh-sixth century B.C.," shows that a Phoenician settlement must have
existed in the Sardinian town at that date. There is, in fact, nothing surprising
in the existence of such a settlement at the close of the seventh century B.C.,
considering the comparative proximity of Carthage. Most of these ornaments
from Tharros stand quite apart in style from contemporary Greek and Etruscan
jewellery. This is the case with the cross-form earrings (Nos. 1499, etc.) which
The Bernardini Tomb. See Archaeologia, XLI., pi. vii. : Kbm. Mitt., II., 37
Mon. Ant., XIII., p. 227 ff.
Mon. Ant., XIV., p. 175, n. 3 ; cf. Mm. Lavigeru, I., pi. xx.\ii.
IN I'Ki )]:)ur'i'iON.
XXIX
show Assyrian influence,' the carrin^rs with the canopy-shaped pendants (Nos.
1490, etc.), the lion- and pyramid-headed amulets (Nos. 1556, 1560, etc.), and the
Egyptianizing pendants of the various necklaces (Nos. 1547, etc.). On the other
hand, the granulated work which .so frequently appears (Nos. 1542, 1495, 1546,
etc.) seems under the direct influence of the contemporary Greek and Etruscan
work where this forms so prominent a feature." The main forms of some of
the earrings (e.g. No. 1490) correspond to the common Greek "leech" type
(No. 946, etc.). The prevalence of the hawk at Tharros (Nos. 1490, 1495 j
seems hardly unconnected with its appearance oncontemporary ornaments from
Ephesus and Rhodes (Nos. 1036, 1 107, etc.). The variegated glass beads so
common on the necklaces from Tharros (Nos. 1545 ff.) occur equally on the
necklaces found in Italy (Nos. 1449 ff.), and it seems highly probable that a
great man>' of the latter are simply importations from Carthage. A good many
ornaments found in Cyprus are also very near akin to those from Tharros.
Compare, for example, Nos. 1490 ff with Nos. 1594-6. These resemblances are,
in fact, the perfectly natural outcome of the lively commercial intercourse which
must have taken place in the Mediterranean at this time.
Serlfourse at .^'^'' adventurous voyages of the Phokaeans in the West have alread>- been
this period. noticed (p. xxv). The Phoenicians also must have carried many of the trinkets
of Asia Minor to Italy and the West, as well as jewellery of their own manu-
facture. About 537 B.C. the Carthaginians and Etruscans were in alliance, and
successfully united to drive the Phokaeans from their settlement at Alalia in
Corsica.-" In 509 B.C. the Carthaginians are said to have made their first treaty
with Rome.* The fact that Eastern Greek elements can be observed in the
jeweller}' from Tharros, and that there are resemblances between that jewellery
and ornaments found in Northern Italy, particularly in Etruria, is in full accord
with the historical situation at this time.
E. ARCHAIC GREEK JEWELLERY.
of"r"cha"c"Gr''e"k '^'''^ "''"a^'^'its grouped under this heading are those which fall betxveen
ornaments. about 600 and 480 B.C. (Nos. 1 575 ff.). Whatever the cause may have been,
comparatively few of the ornaments worn by the Greeks in the sixth and fifth
centuries B.C., have come down to us. The vases show that jewellery was freely
worn by Greek women during this period. Thus earrings of inverted pyramid
form and necklaces are represented upon the Francois vase of the first half of
the sixth century B.C.' Earrings of the same type appear on archaic terracottas."
The commonest form of earring on archaic monuments is, however, a simple
' Cf. Perrot et Chipiez, 11., p. 100, fiy. 2j ; ;fo,/., II., pi. xiv. ; Hadaczek, Ohrkhmuck, p. 20, n. i.
- Cf. Plates .\i., xvii., xviii., etc.
•■ Herodot., I., 166.
' Polyb., III., 22.
■ Furtwangler-Reichhold, I., pi. xiii.
" B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, B 250.
XXX CATALOGUK OF JEWELLERY.
disk/ which, curiously enough, does not seem to be represented among the
Greek earrings of the British Museum Collection. On the other hand it is
likely that the Etruscan disks (Nos. I4l4fif.) were u.sed as car-decorations. In
Greece earrings in the form of disks with numerous pendants are represented on
vases as early as the middle of the fifth century. -
Two types of archaic earrings are included in this section, viz., the
" leech " type, seen in No. i 593, which exactly corresponds to an earring on a
sculptured relief of about 500 B.C. (fig. 47, p. 166), and a .series of spiral ear-
pendants, of which No. 1585 corresponds very closely to an earring seen on a
coin of Lycia of about 480 B.C. (fig. 55, p. 176). Earrings of this type appear on
a kylix of Sosias of about the same date.'' Both these types of earrings occur,
however, long before the period in question. None of the necklaces in this
Catalogue can be placed in this section. One or two bracelets (Nos. i6oi*fif.)
may belong to it. For the rest, a series of miscellaneous ornaments, for the
mo.st part from Cyprus, are all that can be included under this heading.
Cause of the It is not easy to account for the scarcity of gold ornaments belonging to this
scarcity of gold period. A partial explanation may, however, be found in the havoc caused by
ornaments of , -r, . . .ta-»t. i/-i-.- o-j i-
this period. the Persian invasions. In Asia Minor the Greek cities surleied severely in
consequence of the Ionian revolt, and must have been largely despoiled of their
treasures. On the mainland of Greece the Persian inroads must also have in-
volved a great loss of objects in precious metal, especially in the case of temple
treasures. The attempt on Delphi (unsuccessful as it was) shows that Persian
greed had been stimulated by booty gained from similar sources. The sack of
the temple of Apollo at Branchidae during the Ionian revolt had taught them
what riches were laid up in Greek temple treasuries.''
Discussion as to In connection with the archaic jewellery, something must be said on a point
the nature of which has sriven rise to much discussion, viz., the nature of the reTjiye^ worn b\-
T€TTL*Yc$, '-' . . -,
the men at Athens in early times, and also by their Ionian kinsmen.^ From the
passage in Thucydides we learn (i) that these golden "cicadas" were used by
the elder men (though women are not necessarily excluded) at Athens, and in
the Ionian cities ; (2) that they were used to tie up the Kp(i}j3v\o>;, which can
hardly be other than a knot or tress of hair, b)- being inserted into it ; (3) that
, the custom was an archaic one, but had not long died out towards the close of
the fifth century. Two main views have been advanced to explain the nature of
the /cpw/SyXos' and reTTi^,'' viz. (a) that of Studniczka, that the Kpw^vXo'; was a
' Furtw'angler-Reichhold, L, pi. v (on a vase of Euphronios).
'-' I/iii/., pi. vi.
^ J/t/. Dmk.^ I., pi. i.\.
' Herodot., VI., ig : iphv 5f t!) eV AiSuftoiffi, iJ ^-Tjiis Tt Ka.\ ti") xP'')'^''''')?""', <'vK-r\9ivra. fV«Tri^7rpoTo.
* Thuc, I., 6: KOi 01 TT^eafivTepot a'JTOts raty fvhaifi.ovwv Sta to a$po5iatTotf ou -KoXvs XP'^^OS fTr€i5rj
XiTwrds re \ti'oi>s 4-navtTavTo (fmpovvTfS Kal xp^^^^ reTTiyatv fVfpffft Kpw^v\oi^ ai/aSoiz/xfi^ot T'iv iv rij K€<pa\^
Tptx^i^' «•?>' oli Ka\ 'Iciji'an' Touy t:pi(TJiuTipovs Kara. Tii ^uyyei/is eirt ttoAu ay'r?; i] (TKfvrj Kareirxfi'^ Cf. Arist.,
£,/., 1331 ; id., A'jti. 9S4.
" Sec Studniczka mjahili.d. Arch. Just., 1S96, p. 248 ff. ; llauserin Oestcrr.Jahush., 1906, p. 75(1. ;
1907, p. gfi'. (Beiblalt) ; 1908, p. 87 ff. (Beiblatt) ; E. Petersen in Rhdii. .Mus., 1907, p. 540 ff. ; Ilelbig in
Coiniii. in hoii. .Monim., p. 6l6ff.
INTRODUCTION.
XXXI
thick tress of hair at the back of the head, and that the Terrt^ was a gold spiral
used to fasten it up (cf. Nos. I3iiff., 1590, etc.); (d) that of Hauser, that
Kpa>(3v\oi were fringes of hair over the forehead, and that the TdrTiryei; were
metal frontlets, embossed with imitations of ringlets, used to fasten these fringes
in position. Neither explanation can be regarded as conclusive. The British
Museum collection throws no direct light upon the problem, the only represen-
tation of cicadas being those on the gold wreath No. 1628. In spite of much
that has been said to the contrary, it is only natural to believe that the t&tti^
was, at all events originally, an ornament actually in the form of a cicada. Nor
would it be surprising if it were a clasp in that form used to fasten the fillets
which were sometimes employed to loop up the long back tresses of elderly men
portrayed on archaic vases.^ It is of course quite likely that the TeVrt^ in time
lost its earlier form, and became a mere clasp of no particular shape.
Transition to
the jewellery of
the Fine Period.
Its character-
istics.
Different classes
of jewellery.
(i) Crowns.
F. GREEK JEWELLERY OF THE FINE AND LATER PERIODS.
The most prominent characteristic of the Greek jewellery of the seventh
century B.C. was, as has been seen, the free use of granulation as a subsidiar\'
decoration. Little of the archaic jewellery of the sixth and early fifth centuries
having come down to us, it is not quite easy to trace the progress of the
transition to the style prevailing in the late fifth and the fourth centuries. The
pendant No. 1472, however, with its combination of granulation and filigree
work, serves to illustrate the transition. For the main characteristic of the
jewellery of the period under discussion, as compared vi'ith that of the earlier
period, is that granulation disappears and filigree takes its place. The character
of the change can be best appreciated by comparing Plates xx.x.-xli. with
Plates xi. and xiv. Besides this, in the fourth century the note of individualism,
which is dominant in the history of the period, finds its e.xpression in the
exuberant variety of motives which marks the productions of the Greek jeweller.
His main efforts are directed to modelling the gold into figures either human or
animal. Stones are not employed until late in the period, towards the third
century B.C. When colour is desired, it is introduced sparingly in the form of
enamel, as for example in Nos. 1653 (about 420 B.C.), 1957 (late fifth century),
1644-7, 1947. 1951 (fourth century). With the conquests of Alexander, the
precious stones of the East, especially the Syrian garnet, come to be more freely
used, but always with a marked feeling of restraint, which stands in decided
contrast to their lavish employment in Roman times. E.xamples of the use of
precious stones in Greek jewellery of late fourth and third centuries are seen in
Nos. 1607-8, 1709, 1803, 1936-42, 1961-2, 1966, 1974, etc.
The different classes of jewellery belonging to this period may now be
examined separately with regard to their uses and development.
(i) Crowns or Wreaths. — Examples are illustrated on Plates xxvii., xxviii.,
' Good examples occur on B 153 of the British Museum Collection.
XXX II CATALOGUE OF JEWKLI.KRV.
and xxix. These objects played a prominent part in Greek life. Not only
were crowns of natural leaves given as prizes in diffeient forms of athletic or
musical contests, but reproductions in gold and other metals were extensively
used for various purposes. They were frequently bestowed by the State as a
mark of honour, a certain sum of drachmae being decreed for the purpose.
Thus in 410-9 B.C. Thrasybulos, the assassin of Phrynichos, was honoured
with a gold crown.' They were used for religious purposes, as for example
in processions. One of the charges brought against Meidias was that he had
invaded by night the premises of the goldsmith who was preparing a gold
crown for Demosthenes to wear as choregos in the procession in honour of
Dionysos, and had endeavoured to destroy the crown.- Crowns were among
the commonest dedicatory offerings made in temples. This is abundantly
illustrated by the temple inventories preserved in inscriptions. A a-Te(f>avo<;
■Xjjvaovi dtdXiOoi; is mentioned in a Parthenon inventor}'.'^ At Delos'' a statue
of Apollo had two crowns, one of which weighed 144 drachmae avv r&J Xmo, the
last doubtless a fine cord used for tying together the ends of the crown, which is
often furnished with loops for the purpose (cf. Nos. 163 1-2). The dedicators of
these crowns were frequently persons of distinction, such as Ptolemy Lagos and
Demetrios Poliorketcs.' In the inventories mention is frequently made of pitch,
wax, or resin (irevKy], i<rjp6^, prjrlvi)) with which the hollow tubes or stalks of
these diadems were filled (see, e.g.. No. 1609).'' The leaves most frequently
mentioned in the inventories, and actually found on the diadems preserved, are
those of myrtle, laurel, ivy, and oak (cf Nos. 1628, 1632, 1633). Besides the
numerous crowns prepared for the living, there was also a most extensive
manufacture of crowns for purposes purely funerary. The signification of the
funerary crown is not quite certain. In many cases the crown was clearly a
mark of honour, as in the case of the crowns granted to the living.' But the
custom was so general that some other meaning must have attached to it.
TertuUian* suggested that the dead were crowned for the same reason that
images of the gods were crowned. They became as it were deified. It is
possible that some such notion lurked beneath the practice.
(2) Earrings. (2) Earrings. — The Greeks of the fifth and fourth centuries B.C. continued
to wear types of earrings which had been in vogue in the Aegean for several
centuries.
' /. C, I., No. 59. Cf. B.S.A., I.V., p. 165, where it is shown that up to 305 i:.c. the value of the
crown was usually either 1000 or 500 drachmae.
- Dem., c, Mdd., pp. 521-2.
^ /. C, II., 645.
' n. C. H., 1882, p. iigff.
'■ Dittenberger, Sy/iogt; II.-, p. 322, n. S.
*■ Cf. riin., H. .v., .\.\.\iii., § 25 ; alii bractexs infarcire leviore materia, propter casum tutius
gemmarum sollicitudiiii putant.
• .See Hiller von Gaertringen, Inschrijten vov Pricne, No. 99, 1. 138. : ... tOi' o'lKOvofiov t^s iriXias
&s OJ* p t(Jt€ (TTef^araJtrat u-jrep tov Srj^ou 0paav$ov\ov ATifxr]rpiov ftrl ttjj t k <p o p u s fTTetpdvoti xpi^trwi.
" Di coixma militis, 10 : nam et mortuorum est ita coronari, vel cjuoniam et ipsi idola statim hunt ct
habilu et cullu consecrationis. Cf. Siebnurt; in Archiv f. Rtligionswissetiuli., MIL. p. 390fl'.
INTRODUCTION. XXxiii
[.— Spiral type. This goes back at least to the eighth-seventh century n.c.
(sec the examples from Ephesus, Nos. 94S f.), but it is probable that it has its
origin in the plain spirals (Nos. 380, etc.) which were found in such large
quantities in tombs of the Mycenaean Age at Enkomi. Examples of the
seventh century (No. 11 66, etc.) and sixth century (Nos. 1583^) have been
noted. In the fifth and fourth centuries, in accordance with the general trend
of Greek art, the ends are decorated with figures, human or animal. Examples
are seen in Nos. 1634, 1641-47, 1651. The type, as maybe seen from the
earrings worn by the heads Nos. 21 I4ff., extends into the early third century li.C.
These ear-.spirals were sometimes passed direct through the ear (No. 1583,
fig. 46), sometimes suspended from a ring,' sometimes worn as pendants to a
disk,- sometimes (at least in Cyprus) strung in numbers on a band placed below
the ear.^
\\.— Leech type. This also goes back to Mycenaean times. We find it at
Enkomi (Nos. 292 ff., 32^ ff.) ; it appears in the eighth-seventh century find at
Ephesus (Nos. 934-946); in the seventh-sixth century Phoenician tombs at
Tharros (Nos. 1490, etc.); in a sixth century tomb in Cyprus (No. 1593).
Nos. 1653-4 show the development of the type in the hands of the Greek
jeweller of the fifth century, and well illustrate his resourcefulness; No. 1655 is
an example of the fully elaborated type in the fourth century, when the " leech "
has become a comparatively insignificant element. The " leech " type does not
seem to have survived the fourth century B.C., but in the modified form of a
flat crescent it is prolonged into the second century A.D. at least (Nos. 2454, etc.).
m.—Disk and pendant type. This occurs on monuments of the early sixth
century (e.g., the Francois vase), and from that date onwards the type is frequently
represented on Greek vases and coins. In the present collection No. 1653
certainly falls within the fifth century, and it is quite possible that Nos. 1666-8,
with their simple pendant, belong to that century. Nos. 1672-3 may be dated
with certainty to the fourth century. The type continues without interruption
into the third century after Christ, if not later (No. 2343, pi. li.). The Hellenistic
period is represented by a series of earrings with enamelled pendants in the
form of animals (Nos. 1675 ff.), which continue probably into the first century a.d.
It is likely that those with the disks are the earliest, and that those with the
crescents inlaid with stones (Nos. 1677, 1681) come late in the series. These
earrings stand in close connection with Nos. 2331 ff. and. 2356 fi". on pi. li.
w.—Riiig type. This is the commonest form taken by the later Greek
earrings, and is exceedingly popular in Hellenistic times. It would be useless
to attempt a strict chronological arrangement of these earrings in our present
state of knowledge. Certain broad indications are all that can be given. The
type would spring naturally from the form of early bracelets such as No. 1205.
Indeed the peculiar half-rings from Kameiros (No. 1204), whatever their original
' Salzmann, Nkr. de Cam., pi. i.
'■' Ant. Dcnii., I., pi. ix.
= Cf. Nos. 1635 ff. and fig. 56. For further details as to this type, cf. Hadaczeli, Olirschniuck, p. 12 ft".
c
XXXIV CATAr.OCUK OK JE\VF,I,r,KRV.
form may have been, in their present shape come vcr>' near to that of these
earrings (cf., e.g., No. 1781). The earliest known examples of the type seem to
occur at the beginning of the fifth century B.C., several having been found in the
Certosa cemetery near Bologna. The rings of these earliest examples are plain,
as for example is that of \o. 1781 (cf. Nos. 2206 ff.). The ordinary earring of
this type, however, has the ring composed of a series of wires twisted spirally.
A good examjile is furnished by Nos. 1728-9, a pair found in a fourth century
tomb at Curium, Cyprus. A well-marked variety of the fourth to third century
B.C. comes from the Campanian district, as is shown by the peculiar style of
lions' heads found in a treasure from Cumae of that period.' This style is
represented by Nos. 1768-80 of this Catalogue, where it will be seen that owing
to their weight and size they were suspended over the ear by chains, and not
inserted in the lobe in the usual manner. They are in accord with the traditional
luxury of the Campanian Greeks, a luxury which gradually corrupted even the
hard}- Samnites, and reached its iieight at Capua in the century preceding the
downfall of that city at the hands of the Romans in 211 B.C." The passion for
jewellery was rife among Campanian women in the fourth century, as may be
seen in fig. 33, p. 134, taken from a wall-painting at Capua of that period. The
ring-type of earring is frequently represented on monuments of the Hellenistic
period. An example from a m.irror-cover of about the third century B.C. is
shown on p. [84, where it will be noticed that the earring is worn with the
animal's head downwards. As regards dating, a division is made in this
Catalogue between the earrings with plain gold rings and those decorated with
beads of precious stones or paste. The latter (No. 2426 ff ) are put into the
Graeco-Roman section, since a comparison between these and earrings of known
early Imperial date suggests that they belong to this period.' At the same time
it is not unlikel}- that in some cases they may be earlier.
The great variety of motives used by the Greek jeweller in these earrings is
noteworthy.* Human heads represented are those of Maenads, Negroes, and
Erotes. Besides these we find heads of lions, bears, tigers, lynxes, goats, calves,
oxen, bulls and dogs. In addition. Sphinxes, horned lions, and other fantastic
monsters are sometimes introduced. Dolphins are common in the later
examples.
v. — Figure-pendant type. This class of earring, which became so popular
with the Greeks, does not seem to occur earlier than the fourth century B.C. The
rise of the type is thoroughly in accordance with the general artistic tendency of
this century, in which increased attention is paid to individual characterisation.
Nowhere does the distinctive spirit of Hellenism show itself more clearly than
in the varied designs of these little earrings, and in the preference seen in them
' See Sambon, Coll. Guilhou. Sale Cat. 1905, pi. iv., Nos. 66-72 (c).
- At the fall of Capua the Romans are said to have obtained 2070 pounds of gold, and over 30,000
pounds of silver (Liv., XXVI., 14).
' An earring of this type occurs on a mummy-case of aliout the second century A.u. .See Schafer,
At\i(. Goldsckmicdearb..^ p. 79, fig. 79.
"■ Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschiiiuck, p. 46 fl".
INTRODUCTION. XXXV
for representing the human figure. In the Catalogue the earrings are arranged
according to types, since any accurate chronological arrangement is not possible
in the case of objects such as these, about the finding of which there is little (jr
no information available. In some cases it is possible to distinguish broadly
between an earlier and a later variety of the same type. In the following study
of the different types this will be done wherever it is possible.
Victory.— Some of the earliest examples, dating probably from the late
fourth or early third century B.C., have a figure of Victory for a pendant. Such
is the fine pair, Nos. 1847-8, from Kephalienia, where Victory bears up a disk
with the Sun's head upon it, and the pair from Bolsena, Nos. 1845-6. The
goddess also appears with a torch and wreath (Nos. 1849 f), and with a trophy
(No. 185 1). No. 1852 shows the extreme flimsiness with which these ornaments
were sometimes executed for the tomb.
Maenads. — The.se are represented by ivy-crowned heads (Nos. 1855 6).
They occur, however, much more frequently upon earrings of the ring-form
(No.s. 1684 ff.).
Eros.— It is upon this type that the ancient jeweller lavishes much of his
skill from the fourth century B.C. to the third century A.D. l<:ros appears in the
most varied guises. Very frequently he adopts the attributes of the wine-god,'
holding a jug and bowl and having his breast tlecorated with a vine-spray
(Nos. 1858-87). In No. 1888 he appears with wreath, thyrsos and bunch of
grapes. He is found masquerading as a Papposilenos (No. 1884) or as the
horned Pan (No. 1896). In a fine pair of earrings of the late fourth century
from Kyme in Aeolis (Nos. 1889-90) the smiling love-god carries a writing-
tablet to record the lovers' names. In other earrings Kros appears as a musician.
Sometimes he carries the kithara and plectrum of the serious musician
(No. 1891), but more often he plays on the syrinx in the character of a shepherd
boy or of the rustic god Pan (Nos. 1892-7). His .shepherd character is further
emphasised by the carrying of the pedum (No. 1895). Elsewhere he becomes an
actor carrying a mask (No. 1898 ; cf No. 2694) ; now he is god of the toilet,
holding a mirror case (Nos. 1901, 1903) ; now again he turns the magic wheel to
subdue the heart with the potent spell of love (No. 1905 ; cf Nos. 1672, 1946).
In No. 1902 he is probably the ball-player who tosses hearts to and fro."
Accurate dating of these Eros earrings is, as has been said above, hardly
possible. Yet the study of a large series shows clearly that those examples
which have the hook soldered to the disk and the figure of Eros as a pendant
' Cf. Antk. Pal., v., 93 :
wTrKKTixat TTpos "EpojTa irfp] (TrepvoitTi Koyitrnoi',
oifSe fL€ viKTiaeu ^ovvus ^wv irphs era,
Ofarhs 5' adavdrtf: (TvffT'ilffojj.ai - ^v 5e ^oi}6'of
BcLKxui' ex]h Tf iiofos irpos Sv' eyoi Silj'a^iai ;
= Cf. .4)i//i. Pal., v., 214:
<T<patpiaTai' rbv "KpwTa rp^tpa: • irol 5'. 'H\w5wpa,
&aW£i rau iv ep-ol TTaKKop.ivav KpaSiav.
'AA\' &yf au/xiraiKTav 5e'|ai Uodov • €1 5' otto atv jue
^n//ots, ovic oXffui rav o.TTaKo.L(TTpov li^pii/.
X.XXVl CATALOGUE OK jlW 1,1,1,1 KV.
are as a rule the earlier, and that those with the hook soldered directly to the
body of Eros are mainly of the Roman period. Nos. 1889- 1 890 can be definitely
dated to about 300 H.C, while earrings such as Nos 1876, 1888, 1896, 1910 have
all the appearance of being of Greek workmanship. The same may be said of
pendants from similar earrings such as Nos. 1884, 1899. Of earrings with the
hook soldered directly to the figure, Nos. 1861 and 1S71 may, on account of
their close likeness to examples found at Pompeii, be dated to the first century
A.D., while Nos. 1862, 1869, 1877, 1895 and the like are almo.st certainly of later
date than these. In these later examples the careless treatment of the arms,
which are represented merely by thick wires, and the lack of modelling in the
body are particularly noticeable. A similar treatment is to be observed on the
earrings from Spain, Nos. 2374 5, which are probably as late as the 2nd -3rd
century A.D.
Other Figures. — Among other figures the cock (Nos. 1675-9),' ^he swan
(No. 1680), the eagle (Nos. 1930 fif.), and the dove (Nos. 1682, igigff.) are
prominent. The last probably owes its popularity to its close connection w'ith
Aphrodite.
This variety of types led to a variety of names being bestowed u])on
earrings by the Greeks. Pollu.x says of them'- : eKaXelro Se irapa tok icojfifphoU
Kcil eyKXaaTpiBia koI cnpo^iXia Kal ^orpvBia (cf. No. 2157^?) kuI TrXaarpa koI
napvcnihti; (cf No. 1 847 and fig. 62, p. 199) kcu Keinuvpihe^ (cf. No. 1 68 1) Kal
eirpocpoi/ Kai Tpi7rov<;, ^ijXov cof utto Tthv (j'^rj/xdrwi' 6e/u,eP(i)v avrtov tok evaiTioK Tas
TrpocrTjyopia^.
(3) Necklaces. (3) Necklaces. — Between the earlier Greek necklaces (ca. fifth fourth
century L.C.) and those of the later or Hellenistic period (ca. third-second century
B C.) there is a fairly defined contrast. In the former there is almost a
complete absence of stones or pastes, colour being introduced sparingly in the
form of enamel (pis. xxxiv., x.x.xv.). The chain is generally composed of finely
plaited wires. In the later necklaces on the other hand (pis. xxxvi.-xxxviii.)
wire links arc usually employed for the chain, and beads of garnet or glass paste
are often strung in the middle of the links. As is the case with the earrings of
this time, heads of animals are the favoiu'ite form of decoration for the ends of
the necklaces. The increasing popularity of the negro slave may be traced in
Nos. 1961-3 (cf No. 1909), and may be brought into connection with the
foundation of Alexandria. In the necklaces, as well as in the earrings (Nos.
1768-80) we find a well-marked florid type which is probably Campanian.
No. 1968 from Capua is a good example.
The temple-inventories, notably those found at Delos, ofifer an interesting
commentary upon these necklaces.' We find entries such as the following : —
op/xo'i d/j.(j}opea}j', oXkIjv avv Toii XtVot? hpaj^jial i^P\-\-\- ■
dpiOp,o<i dfj.(j)op€(i)v fPIII.'
' Cf. Korte, Meiiaiii/rea, 'EmTpcirovrfs, 1. i68 ; Jfoni. MM., XXV. (1910), p. 252 ff., where the cock is
mentioned as a pendant belonging lo jewellery.
- v., 16, 97. ■'' See B.C.H., 1882, p. 119ft. ' Michel, Rcaieil, p. 6S3, 1. 40.
S. Russia.
INTROUUCTION. XXXVII
This neckhicc, which wcii^licd with the stringing-thrcads iM drachmae (some
1 250 gins.), was composed of 5^ amphora-shaped pendants. It maybe com|)ared
with No. 1947, the fine necklace from Meios. .Another cntr)- runs : —
opfj.o's Xo'y'xcoro^ dpiO/jL,b^ Xo-y-^uov r'AAIIIl.'
This necklace, with its 74 "spear-shaped" pendants, may be compared witli
Nos. 1943 ft'. There can be h'ttle doubt these often mentioned \o7^(.rt arc to be
identified with the cu.sped pendants seen on these necklaces. Other pendants
mentioned in the inventories are poai (pomegranates ; cf. Nos. 1974, 19S4, etc.) ;
daTTihlaKM (small .shields; cf. No. 1981) ; jxrjviaKOi (crescents; cf No. 1952, etc.).
The (puKia, " seaweed " ornaments, may possibly find their explanation in tasscl-
like pendants such as Nos. 1936-42, 1954-5. Entries like /.lyXa XP^'^^ KrjproTrii;
fteaTa, or p.r)Xa T^;pi/o-a, evba -rrX^jp!} 77";?, are illustrative of the methods employed
for giving strength to hollow ornaments of gold foil, and find their counterpart
in many of the ancient ornaments in the present collection.
Ornaments from Three groups of ornaments from three widely sundered parts of the Greek-
world may now be discussed. The first is a small group (Nos. 2104 7, Plate xl.)
which comes from the Milesian colony of Pantikapaeon, the modern Kertch,
situated on the western side of the straits leading from the Black Sea into the
Sea of Azov. Most, if not all, of these ornaments seem to belong to the fifth
century ; they betray the fact that they come from a spot where Hellenic
civilization was brought into contact with Scythian barbarism. The Gryphons,
Nos. 2104, 2106a are well suited to a region where legend placed the Arimaspi
and the gold treasure guarded by Gryphons. In one case (No. 2104) the
Gryphon is tearing a sturgeon, a fish which abounded in the Black Sea district,
and which is represented on the coins of Pantikapaeon. The hare (No. 2io6<^)
was hunted in these parts, as is shown by the design on a necklace from a tomb
on the Taman pemnsula opposite Kertch.- The two Scythian archers (No. 2106^;')
are interesting on account of their native costume, consisting of a thick fur coat,
and trousers of skins. Their efifeminate appearance is in accord with the
description of the race given by Hippokrates,' except that one of them appears
to be bearded. It is probable that these plaques all come from the funeral
mound called Koul-Oba, which yielded so remarkable a series of gold ornaments.
All the plaques are pierced with several holes, apparently with a view to their
attachment to garments, a fashion sometimes represented on Greek statues.'
A pair of earrings (Nos. 1649-50) from this same place Kertch is in the pure
Greek style of the fifth-fourth century B.C. There is no doubt that a great deal
of jewellery was exported from Athens to the Greek towns on the Black Sea in
' .Michel, Reciieil, p. 682, 1. 24.
- Kondakov, Tolstoi et Reinach, Ant. de la Riiss. mer., p. 62.
^ irepl ae'pwl', I9, 72 f.
' See Daremberg et Saglio, s,v. Caelatura, p. 7S7, fig. 932. Raoul-Rochette. in Jourti. Jes Savans,
1832, p. 47, remarks that robes so decorated were called xpt^^oiracrTot, KaratrTiKToi or ^uSiwtuI. It should
be noted, however, that this relief of a Gryphon tearing a sturgeon appears also as the decoration of a silver
rhyton found at Tanais [Arc/t. A//z., 1910, cols. 203, 4, fig. 5). It was found with other objects of about
the middle of the fifth century B.C.
XXXVUl
CATALOGUE OF I lAVKl.l.KKV.
Ornaments from
Kyme in Aeolis.
Ornaments from
S. Eufemia in
Calabria.
exchange for the wheat aiul sail fish which was so freely imported into Attica
from these regions. We hear much of these commercial relations in the Attic
orators.^ A series of gold ornaments from this same district will be found
among the Roman ornaments (see Index l., under Olbia). They come from tombs
at Olbia, another outpost of Greek civilization on the Black Sea, and again
betray the influence of barbaric taste. They are interesting as illustrating the
civilization of this town at a period just preceding its destruction by the barbaric
tribes of the North in the third century A.D.
Another group of ornaments (No. i6i i, etc.) is said to have been found in a
single tomb at Kyme in Aeolis, together with a gold stater of Alexander the
Great. It is uncertain how far this statement is correct, but the ornaments
certainly present a homogeneity of style which renders the statement plausible.
There is no doubt that they are thoroughly representative of the type of
jewellery prevalent in the Greek cities of Asia Minor at the close of the fourth
century B.C. It has been found convenient to distribute the different ornaments
of this find into the several classes of jewellery to which they belong. The
numbers, however, have all been brought together in the note to No. i6li, .so
that the character of the find as a whole can easily be judged. In these
ornaments the Greek goldsmith has displayed all the resources of his art.
We see the characteristic figure-work (Nos. 1673, 1632, 1709, etc.), the most
varied use of filigree to represent palmettes, spirals, and tendrils (Nos. 1662,
1954, etc.), the effective stamped patterns on the diadems (No. 161 1, etc.), the
sparing use of enamel (No. 1946), and of precious stones (Nos. 1936 tif.), to lend a
touch of colour. This introduction of precious stones, restrained though it is,
reminds us that these ornaments are in point of date on the threshold of the
Hellenistic age, when the use of precious stones, and of garnet in particular,
becomes more and more frequent. In this connection Nos. 1677 ff., 1803, 1921,
1975 ff., may conveniently be studied.- It may be noted that the Kyme find has
yielded one of the most charming examples of the earrings with a pendent
figure of Eros (Nos. 1889-90). The degradation of that type in the course of
time is rendered clear by the comparison of these earrings with another much
later pair placed immediately below them (Nos. 1914-5).
The ornaments figured on Plate xli. were found together at S. Eufemia near
Wonteleone in Calabria with coins of Agathokles. They may therefore be
dated to the early part of the third century B.C. In style they are very close to
the almost contemporary objects from Kyme in Aeolis. In particular, the
filigree tendril design on the diadem No. 2113 maybe compared with those
stamped on the diadems Nos. 161 1 ff. The negro heads (Nos. 21 I4ff.) recall the
negro head on an earring from Kyme (No. 1709). The predilection for them is
characteristic of the aoe.' Another interesting feature of the find are the
1 Cf. Dem. c. Lept., p. 466)". ; id., f. Phorm., p. 917 f.
- Cf. Compte-Rendii, 1880, pis. i. and iii., a good example o.'' the use of precious stones at this period
from a S. Russian tomb of the 3rd cent. B.C.
^ Cf. Theophr., Char., x.\i. (vii ed. Jebb), where the Man of Pelty Ambition desires a negro to attend
on him : oiriy 6 a.K0Kov^Oi AidioiJ/ fiTTOl.
INTRODUCTION.
XXXIX
Terracotta
imitation
jewellery.
fragments of yokl belts of a type frequently depicted on S. Italian vases.' The
most outstanding merit, however, of the jewellery is the fine effect produced
by filigree.
The custom of burying jewellery with the dead, and of dedicating it,
led to the production of a special class of ornaments in terracotta to
meet the requirements of persons with limited means.- A selection of
such terracotta ornaments is included in this Catalogue, the more interesting
being figured on Plate xlii. They follow the real jewellery very closely in
style, pendants being attached by means of bronze loops inserted in the clay
before it was baked. Thus the elaborate necklace (Nos. 2190-1) may be
compared with No.s. 195 1-2 and 1947. It will be seen that the upper line of
ornaments is almost exactly the same as those of No. 1952, and veiy similar to
those of No. 195 1. The amphora pendants on the other hand are very close to
those of No. 1947. With No. 2154 may be compared Nos. 1845-6, for though
the position of the hands is different, the attitude and style are similar. Nos.
2169 and 1855-6 also show connection. No. 2164, which has attachments for a
disk and pendants now missing, is akin to No. 1655. These terracotta
ornaments are the Greek counterpart of the thin and flimsy Etruscan jewellery
which will be discussed shortly (f). xl). Both were clearly made for funeral
purposes. Some of them also recall the i^ayiSia in gilded wood mentioned in the
Delos inventories.' Compare, for instance, the votive terracotta group on
Plate xlii. (No. 2195) representing a boar-hunt. Such offerings were no doubt
made in the temples by poor persons.
Transition from
the earlier to
the later style of
Etruscan
jewellery.
Greek influence.
G. LATER ETRUSCAN JEWELLERY.
The break between the earlier and later st)'les of P^truscan jewellery seems
roughl)- to coincide with the overthrow of Etruscan sea-power in the battle of
Cumae in 474 B.C. The art was at its height in Etruria in the seventh and sixth
centuries B.C. (p. xxviii), when, in .spite of a predominating Oriental influence, the
forms of the ornaments show in several instances a marked national character.
This is especiall}- the casenvith the earrings a baiilc which are found in the
tombs up to the early part of the fifth century B.C.
Towards the middle of the fifth century B.C. a decided change takes place.
The native forms die out and Greek forms are adopted. This is particularly
noticeable in the earrings (Plate xliii.), where the "ring" form becomes universal.
The lingering use of filigree and granulation can be traced in Nos. 2196-7, 2272,
which are most closely related in style to certain Italian terracotta antefi.x
heads of the early fifth century B.C. {B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, B 605-6 from
Civica Lavinia), and in Nos. 2206-7, but as a whole this style of decoration i.s
' Cf. Furtwangler-Reichhold, Griech. Vaseniiia!., I., pi. x.
- Cf; Furt«angler, Saminluiif; Saboiiroff, II., \t\. cxiv.
■' Cf. B.C. If., 1SS2, p. 127 {3) : C^tiiitiov i^vXivov ^iriy^pv^ov.
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
Etruscan
passion for
jewellery.
(i) Earrings.
very scantily rcprcsciitcd. The prevailing; practice is to stamp palmettes,
tendrils or figures upon thin gold. Though in many cases these flim.sy
ornaments were doubtless destined exclusively for funeral use, they nevertheless
reproduce types in vogue among the living.
Though the jewellers' skill declined in this period, the Etruscan passion for
jewellery^continued unabated. The bulla was known as the Etniscnm aitnnn}
The Romans borrowed from the Etruscans most of their distinguishing badges,
among them the ring." The triumphal crown was called by the Romans
coromi Elnisca-' and there can be little doubt that it was from the Etruscans
that the Romans borrowed their practice of burying the dead with gold crowns,
a custom dealt with in the XII Tables (450 B.C.).^ The growing tendency to
employ gold for funcnu>- purposes is marked by a clause in the same Tables,
directed^against the habit.' The burying of gold with the dead was there
banned, exceptions being made in favour of crowns won as an honour and the
gold-stoppings of teeth. A study of the later Etruscan monuments, more
especially of their engraved mirrors and their urns, cannot fail to impress us
with a sense of the Etruscan fondness for personal adornment.
The different classes of the later Etruscan jewellery ma)- now be considered
in detail.
( I ) Earrings.— As has been already said, the I^tru.scan earring a bank dies
out at the beginning of the fifth century B.C. Its place is taken by the Greek
vincj-type, which, in the hands of the Etruscan jeweller, assumes a form highly
characteristic of Etruscan taste. This development can be studied on Plates xliii.
and xliv. At the beginning of the fifth century we find a very simple type,
ending in a human or animal head (PI. xliii., row i). In the next century a
bead Ts substituted for the head (ibid., row 2), and this in the course of the fourth
and third centuries gradually becomes more and more ornate {;ibid., lowest row ;
plate xliv., Nos. 2235, 2262, etc.). The most elaborate examples of this type,
those last named for instance, almost certainly belong to the third century B.C.
After this century Etruscan jewellery loses its distinctive character, and becomes
merged into the general Graeco-Roman type. See, for example, the note to
No. ^2335, and cf No. 2263. Parallel with the development of the " ring" type
we have a special development of the " leech" type in Etruria. Here again the
earlier examples are of the fifth century B.C. (Nos. 2243-5). I" the course of the
fourth and third centuries the type assumes a very baroque form, until we arrive
through examples like No. 2252 at huge ear-decorations such as No. 2256, where
every vestige of Greek taste and moderation has been lost. It may be noted
that contemporary Etruscan finger-rings show a similar degradation of taste (see
e.g., B.M. Cat. of Rings, No.s. 356-9)-
While these earrings of native manufacture were being produced in Etruria,
other types were imported from Greece. This is shown by the fact that earrings
' Juv., v., 164.
= Florus, I., 5.
■' Plin., ff.X., XXXITI., § II.
Cic, (/,• Leg., IL, 24, 60.
Cic, he. eit.
TNTRODUCTION.
Xll
(2) Necklaces
and Bullae.
(3) Wreaths.
.such a.s Nos. 1675 ff, liavc been found on Etruscan .soil, ami that others like them
have been excavated in the Crimea. This can hardly be e.xplained otherwi.si:
than on the theory that the type was e.xported from some common centre such
as Athens. Neither the Etruscans nor the Crimean Greek cities are very Hkel)'
to have carried on a foreign trade in jewellery at this period.
(2) Necklaces and Bullae.— The later ICtruscan necklaces, figured on
I'lates xlv.-.>clvii., are chiefly interesting on account of the extensive employment
of the bulla as a pendant. The bulla, as has been already remarked, was of
such distinctively Etruscan origin that it received the name of Ktruscuiu aumiu.
Its introduction into Rome is traditionally ascribed to Tarquinius Pri.scu.s.'
There it became the peculiar mark of free-born boys, who wore it until they
assumed the toga virilis? It was also worn by generals at their triumph.
Macrobius ■' says that bullae thus worn contained amulets to counteract envy.
This statement explains the true purpose of the bulla, which was undoubtedly
amuletic. It was for this reason that it was worn not only by children, but also
by domestic animals.'* It was for this reason that bullae were sometimes stamped
with repulsive designs, such as the Gorgoneion, and had occasionally a tusk-
pendant as well (No. 2304)." The form of the bulla is described as sometimes
globular," .'sometimes heart-shaped.' Both of these shapes occur on the fifth
century necklace No. 2271 from the Etruscan town of Tarquinii. The tvpical
Roman globular form is represented by No. 2310.
The subjects stamped on the bullae are generally borrowed from Greece.
No. 2285 with its representations of Hcrakles and of the re-birth of Dionysos is
typical. Sometimes a Greek subject seems to have been corrupted into un-
intelligibleness (No. 2307). These bullae, together with the stamped ends of
wreaths discussed below, give us a good idea of the extent to which Greek
mythology had permeated lUruria in the fifth to the third centuries B.C., thanks
to the trade w ith Greece and the intercourse with the Greeks of Campania and
Sicily. Their popularity may be gauged by the frequency of their representation
on Etruscan monuments, where they are worn by both men and women, not
onl}- on necklaces, but also on armlets."
(3) Wreaths.— Most of the examples of Etruscan wreaths in this collection
were no doubt destined almost exclusively for the tomb. This is shown b\-
their extreme flimsine.ss. The flat wreaths figured on Plates xlix., 1,, would
appear to correspond to W\Qcoroiiae sutilcs, not infrequently mentioned by Roman
' Plin., //. N., X.XXIII., § 10.
- Prop., V. (IV.), i., 131, 132.
" Sat., I., 6 § 9.
' Cf. Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Bulla, p. 755, n. 25. A fragmentary terr.acolla pigeon in the British
Museum wears a bulla. See also Nos. 1926, 2266 of this Catalogue.
> Cf. Anth. Pal., VI., 246 (of a horse) :
See Jahn in Ber. d. sticks. Gesellsch., 1855, p. 42, n. 48.
" riut. Q.R., loi.
' Macr. Sat., I., 6 § 17.
' Cf. Llerhard, Eh: Spii-g,-l, I., pis, xv., xvi., etc.
xlli
CATALOGUE OF JHWKI.I.KRY.
Characteristics
of late Etruscan
jewellery.
writers,' wlicrc the leaves were attached to a foundation by means of the fibres
of the Hme-bark. These wreaths are distinguished from those in which the
natural branch ^\•ith its leaves was imitated, e.g., Nos. 2292, 2294. The coronae
siitilcs are decorated at their ends with a stamped design, generally representing
some subject borrowed from Greek mythology. The subjects on those included
in this collection are a peacock, a Triton, Zeus destroying Semele, Helios rising
in his chariot above the horizon, an uncertain chariot scene, two Centaurs hurling
rocks on Kaineus, and a bearded Satyr. The leaves are restricted to the ivy,
laurel and bay. Myrtle is employed in the case of No. 2292, a crown of the
ordinary type, such as is often figured on Etruscan engraved mirrors. -
These Etruscan ornaments of the fifth to the third century B.C., are characterized
by their extreme flimsiness. This feature accompanies a preference for jeweller}-
of a large size. To this love of display all the fine effects previously produced
by filigree and granulation are sacrificed. Embossed designs are produced
mechanically from moulds. This explains the fact that ornaments with the
same designs are frequentl}' discovered in Etruscan tombs. In these designs a
preference is shown for adopting, and sometimes for distorting, subjects taken
from Greek mythology and legend.
The terms
" Graeco-
Roman " and
" Roman" de-
fined.
H. GRAECO-ROMAN AND ROMAN JEWELLERY.
The term " Graeco-Roman " is a convenient one to apply to the jewellery in
vogue in the countries bordering on the Mediterranean from about the second
century B.C. to the second century A.D. Within this period Greek t\pes such as
the ring earring ending in an animal's head and the various Eros earrings still
seem to hold sway. The most obvious distinction between this jewellery and
that of the earlier period is the increased use of precious stones. This is
certainly to be connected with the opening up of the East and its treasures as
the result of Alexander's conquests, and in a lesser degree by those of Pompey
also. In many instances the jewellery of this period bears a marked Oriental
stamp. The disk and feathers of Isis (No.s. 1808-9, 2328-31, etc.) are
frequentlj- introduced, while various deities of an Egyptian character appear,
and the uraeus is common (Nos. 2709, 2715, 2719, etc.). There can be no
doubt that Alexandria was one of the centres of the goldsmith's craft during
this period.'' Athenaeus' description " of the gorgeous displays of gold work in
the processions of Ptolemy Philadelphos shows that the city was noted for its
work in precious metal in the third century B.C. On the other hand it is likely
that Antioch was almost equally famous for its jewcUerj-. King Antiochos
' See Ov., Fasti, V., 335 f. ; Horace, Carmina, I., 3S, 2.
• Cf. Gerhard, Etr. Spiegel, I., pi. lx.\.xiii.
' Cf. Schreiber, Alexandr. Tor., pp. 293-311. A large proportion of the jewellery there mentioned
is, however, by no means certainly of Alexandrian manufacture. Such origin is probable only in the case
of objects bearing Egyptian features, and for certain pieces such as the bracelet Xo. 46, p. 309.
' .'\thcn., v., I96ff.
INTRODUCTION. xllll
F^piphanes (175-164 H.C.) is said to have been in the habit of frequenting the
shops of the goldsmiths and silversmiths in that city.' There must have been
of course an extensive manufacture of jewellery in Rome itself. This is
sufficiently indicated by the numerous epitaphs on goldsmillis and silversmiths
which have been found in Rome,- and bj' the fact that guilds of goldsmiths
existed there.-' Alexandria, Antioch and Rome would seem to have been the
principal centres of jewellery-production in the Graeco-Roman period.
" Roman " is a conventional term for the jewellery of the Mediterranean
C(juntries about the third antl fourtii centuries .x.D. It is not pretended that
the main types in vogue at this period were created in Rome. Indeed there is
evidence to show that they were introduced largeh* from .Syria. ]5ut the term
indicates that Greek influence loses its power in this epoch of the Roman
Empire. The profusely decked statues of Palmj-rene ladies' display the
jeweller)- in fasliion in the third century A.D., and suggest that much of the
jewellery of the Roman world at that day came either from Palmyra itself, or
through Palmyra from the farther East. An inscription from Palmyra (dated
258 A.D.) mentions "a guild of workers in gold and silver."^ That the Syrian
merchants penetrated far into the West is shown b\- epitaphs found in France
and Spain.''
In dealing with the difterent kinds of jewellery, an attempt will be made to
divide the earrings into types, indications of chronological development beintj-
given wherever possible,
(i) Earrings. ((?) Ring type. — This common Greek tj'pe, ending in heads of animals, is
continued within this period. The date of the examples given under Nos. 2426-
2445 cannot be determined with certainty, but the character of the stones
employed and the form of the settings render it probable that they belong to
the first or second century after Christ.' This particular type does not seem to
extend later. In the East, however, and especially in Cyprus, a peculiar variety
of the ring t}'pe is found prevailing, in which one end terminates in a loop, and
the other is twisted into it (Plate liii.). This type was much in vogue in Cyprus
and Syria in the first and second centuries after Christ, as is indicated by the
coins found with these earrings. Various pendants are suspended from the rin"-.
The type, which begins at least as early as the third century B.C.,- continues into
the third century A.D. (Nos. 2581, 2591, etc.).
{b) Ainpliora type. — The examples on Plate li. arc probabh- in many cases
from S\-ria or Egypt. Nos. 2324-5 are from Damascus, Nos. 2332-3 from
^ Athen., V., I93{/: ^aAzo-ra 5e trpb^ to7s apyvpoKoireiots eupiV/cero Ka\ ;^py(roxo€io(s ivpTjffiKoywv Ka'i
(piKorex^^^ Trpis rovs ropd'Tas Kal roits &\\ovs T€Xi'(Tay.
■-■ .See Dessau, /itscr. Lat. Sd., IT., 2, Nos. 76S5 ft'.
' Ibid., Nos. 72S1, 72S3.
' Good examples in De Kidder. Coll. i/,: CUiaj, IV., pis. xxx., xxxi.
^ Le-Bas-Waddington. III., No. 2602.
'• I. C, XIV., 2532, 2540.
■ An earring of this type occurs on a mummy-case of about the second century A. D. See Schafer
Ai'^'. Goldschinicdcaii),, p. 79, tig. 79.
' Cf. Coinptc-Riitdu, 1S80, pi. i., 10.
XllV CATALOGUE OF Ii;\VKI,l,l.l<\
Ashiiioimciii in I'^i^ypl. Tlic connection of this type with l'-gyi>t is further
indicated by the frequent appearance of the disk and feathers of Isis. We know
that the worship of this goddess became fairly common in the Roman world
outside Egypt in the first century B.C., and was widespread in the first century
A.D.,' and it is to tliis period that these earrings probably belong. In several
instances they must have been furnished with a chain connected with tlieir base,
which passed across the breast (as in No. 2331). Their date cannot be
determined with certaint)'. If, however, we compare the general style of the
necklace No. 2697, which can be dated with some confidence to the first century
A.li., with No. 27I.S (found with Nos. 2324 5) and with Nos. 2370- i, it seems
IHoh.iblc thai the first century A.D. may be taken as a central date. It is certain,
howe\er, that the amphora type with chain pendants occurs fairly frequently in
late Etruscan tombs of the 3rd- 2nd cent. B.C. (see note to No. 2356 f ), and a
connection ma\- thus be established between Graeco-Etruscan jewellery and the
jewellery of the Roman h'.mpire. Nos. 2332 3 were found with a bracelet of the
second-third century A.D. (No. 2822). The type therefore seems to continue to
that date.
(c) Earrings with ^-shaped hook. — A large proportion of the earrings
of the first to third century A.D. are furnished with a peculiar S-shajJcd hook
(cf , e.g., No. 2376), the practical use of which is not easy to make out. Coins
found from time to time with earrings of this type show that it extends roughly
over the period indicated. I-^arrings of the type of No. 2643, etc., with two
pendants are found at Pompeii, but certainly last into the third century (cf. No.
2655). Earrings of the same class with three pendants (Nos. 2656 ff.) appear
to be confined to the late second and the third century A.D.
(21 Necklaces. The most obvious difference between the necklaces of the Roman period
and those of the best Greek period is the comparative rarity in the former of
the plaited chain-work which was so prominent a feature of the best Greek
necklaces (cf Plate xxxiv.), and the prevalence of rather coarse links, generally
of 8-shape (cf. Plates lix.-lxi.). When chains of plaited-work do occur, they
are coarser than those of the Greek jeweller; contrast, for example. No. 2719
with Nos. 1944 ff. Not infrequently the links are ornamental in character, and
alternate with precious stones (Nos. 2730 ff., 2749, etc.) These Roman neck-
laces are further distinguished b\- the character of the pendants which are
frequently found on them. These are largely amuletic, and will be discussed
later in connection with the other pendants and amulets (p. xlvi).
(3) Bracelets, These are generally distinguished in this period by their massiveness. They
may be divided broadly into two classes, according as the)- are plain or deco-
rated with precious stones. In the former class the serpent t\-pe predominates.-
No. 2775 is an early example, perhaps as early as the fourth century B.C., while
No. 2774 may date from the second or first century B.C. No. 2780 is a
etc.
' Cf. Wissowa, Religion n. Kitltus d. Rihiier, ]>. 292 ff.
- Cf. Clem. Alexandr., Paed., II., c. xii., § 123 (written about 200 a.d.) : oBtoi Se koI ris a.KKa.'s
yvvaiKas u Kufffi.os o XP^"*^^^ ^^Kiari irpouxf>f*'^^vtiS tov utpsais rw ffxvf^ari i^ffj.-qi'ev ets uj8p€is, (tfivpaiva^
INTRODUCTION.
xlv
(4) Brooches,
Fibulae,
and Pins.
(5) Crowns.
char.icleristic c.\am]5lc of the first century A.n. Tn the .second century A.D., the
penannular form with two liead.s of serpents facing one another is largely
affected, examples being furnished by Nos. 2782, 2789. The favourite type
of bracelet in the thinl century A.D. is seen in Nos. 2801 2S15. Here the ring
is formed of thick wires twisted spirally round a foundation wire. ICgyptian
e.xamples of this type are frequently decorated in the centre with a stone or
paste in a deep setting (Nos. 2813-5). Other bracelets of the second to third
century arc elaborately begemmed with pearls, plasmas and sapjjhires (Nos.
2822, 2824).
The fibulae illustrated on Plates l.xii., l.xvi., and Ixvii. range in dale from
about the fourth century H.C. to the fourth century A.D. The earliest are
probably the peculiar type Nos. 2841-6, which appear tu be barbaric imitations
of Greek work, produced in the present Bosnia and Herzegovina about the
fourth century B.C. These fibulae present a curious combination of early and
late features. The curve of the bow is strongly reminiscent of early Greek and
Italian fibulae (e.g. Nos. 1379-80, etc.). On the other hand, the hinge instead
of a spring is a feature of Roman fibulae, such as No. 2840. The earlier Roman
fibulae are developments of the Latene type with bilateral spring (cf. Nos.
2834-7), and this type continues into the first century A.D. From it is
developed (apparently in the course of the second and third centuries) the
"cross-bow" type, where the bilateral spring is coiled round a pin passed
through a hole in the front part of the fibula (Nos. 2850-3). Side by side with
this type are found fibulae working with a plain pivot-hinge (Nos. 2840, 2854).
This simple hinge arrangement is also adopted in the third and fourth
centuries A.D. for large fibulae of the cross-bow type (Nos. 2856-9).
Besides the fibulae proper there are a number of ordinary brooches
working with a hinged pin (Nos. 2860, 2862 ff.). It is possible that some
of those with simple hooks at the back (e.g. Nos. 2876, 2867) were, on the
analogy of No. 2866, decorations for the hair rather than brooches for fastening
a garment. For brooches and ornaments of this kind coins of a reigning
Emperor arc frequently employed, as modern custom would lead us to e.xpect
(Nos. 2868 ff.).
Roman hairpins of this period (second to fourth century .'\.D.) are by prefer-
ence ornamented with figures of Venus and Cupid (Nos. 3034-5).
No. 3045, a fragmentary crown from Naukratis, is interesting as a probable
illustration of the custom among priests of wearing crowns decorated with the
figures of the deities they served ^ ; in this wa}' priests dedicated to the service
of the Augusti wore crowns with representations of them.- The crown bears
the name of Tiberius Claudius Artemidorus, and has the images of the sun-god
Helios, an Emperor in the character of Horus, Demeter-Isis, and other deities.
' Daveraberg et .Saglio, s.v. Cciv/nr, p. 1525, fig. 19S6.
- See Hill in Oestcir. Jahicsh., II. (1S99), p. 2456". Cf. .Suet., ;'//. Dam. ,4: (The Emperor
presided at the games) capite gestans coronam aureani, cum effigie Jovis ac Junonis Minervaeque, a<l-
sidentibus Diali sacerdote el eoUegio flavialiuni pari habitu, nisi quod illorum coronis inerat et ipsius imago.
XlVI
CATAIJICUK OK |K\VI 1 ,1,1-.K\ ,
(6) Pendants
and Amulets.
Crescents.
Gorgoneia.
Wheels.
Disks.
Diadems such as \o. 3044 were probably purely funerary in character, as is
shown by inscriptions found upon similar gold bands.'
The pendants which occur on the Roman necklaces and the pendants on
Plate Ixviii. show to what a degree the Roman world of the first to third
centuries A.D. was honeycombed with superstition.'- Most of the necklace
pendants and clasps are of a distinctly amuletic character, intended to ward off
from the wearer tlie malign influences of the evil eye. Perhaps the most
common of these amulets are the crescents (^i')i'iaKui. lunulae);' which were worn
not merely by women and children, but were also placed on the necks of
animals. In the Book of Judges they are mentioned as being strung round the
necks of camels,' and among the Greeks they were frequently used as a decora-
tion for horses." In the time of Plautus it was the custom to give these orna-
ments as birthday presents," The Roman examples in the present collection are
numerous. On Plate Ivii. are seen three attached to necklaces (Nos. 2718, 2723,
2743), and on Plate Iviii. are two others (Nos. 2719, 2720). A large variety of
these pendants will be found included among Nos. 2918 fif. It may be men-
tioned that these crescents are found attached to bracelets as well as to
necklaces,' ICgyptian examples are sometimes combined with the uraeus (Nos.
29^2 f.), which is also used alone as a pendant (No. 2709 ; cf. Xo. 2735).
Another favourite pendant-device is the Gorgoneion, an apotropaic device of
very earlv origin. No. 2737 is a good example on a necklace of the second
century A.D., and No. 2736* has Gorgoneia also. An example occurs too among
the separate amulets (No. 2886). With these Roman amulets may be compared
the Etruscan /wZ/rt^ Nos. 1460, 1473.
Necklace- or bracelet-decorations frequently take the form of a wheel,
which is possibly a symbol of the sun, or perhaps more probably a symbol of
the macric of love — the ainoris rota of the Romans,'* the ri'7^ of the Greeks
(cf. No.s. 1946, 2067). It occurs on the necklaces Nos. 2738, 2740, 2741, in one
instance (No. 2738) combined with a crescent pendant.
Here should be mentioned the pendants or necklace-clasps (Nos. 2887-9)
stamped with various magical symbols radiating from an eye. The symbols on
the British Museum examples are the elephant, .scorpion, winged phallus, lion (.'),
dog, serpent, swan, lizard (.'), bee(.'), thunderbolt, trident, child in vase, duck,
club, panther (.?), wild boar.^ These disks are clearly analogous to the terra-
cotta votive mirrors covered with similar symbols of deities and amuletic devices."
' e.g., 0ap(r(€)i. Euyevri. ouS{€)\s aBivaros {Arcliiv f. Rdigioiiswiss., \'III,. p, 390ft',),
-' Cf. throughout J ahn in Ba: d. siichs. Gcselhch., 1855, p. 28 ft'.
^ Cf. Hesych. s.v. (reATj^is: (pvXaKT'fipiov owep 4yKp^fj.aTai ro7s TraiSruts. Tertull., lU' ciiUu fcin.^ II.
. . . ut Esaias nullas lunulas reprobet.
' viii.. 21 ; cf. verse 26. For an early example from Enkomi, see No. 615, pi. vi.
•■■ youni. Hdl. Stud., X.\IX, (1909), p, 159 f, Cf, Statius, Thtb., IX„ 688 f.
" Plaut., £/;V/., v., i,, 639,
• OesU-rr. Jalires/i., Beihlatt. 1909, p, 103, fig. 74.
« Plaut., Cisl., ii, I, 4,
" Cf, Jahn in Bfr. d. siichs. Gesclhch., 1855, j). 97.
'» Cf. B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, E 129 ; Journ. Hell. Stud., \\\., p, 44 ff.
INTRODUCTIOX.
XlVll
Coins and busts.
Miscellaneous.
(7) Inscribed
tablets.
(a) Orphic.
(b) Magical and
Gnostic.
The thunderbolt as an amulet occurs scparatcl)- on No. 3015, which also ha.s
heads of Medusa as pendants.
A favourite pendant is a gold coin or coin-impression with portrait of the
reignini^- Emperor. These are especially frequent in the third century A.i>.
(Nos. 2727, 2937 ff.), but in a necklace from E<jypt (No. 2735) a coin of Domitian
is used in this wa\-. Pendants in the form of busts of Serapis occur from the
first to third centuries A.D., a time when the worship of Isis and .Serapis-was
prevalent in the Roman world (Nos. 2736, 2899).
Other pendants of an amuletic character are the phalli (Nos. 2958 ff.), the
hand making the gesture of the fica (No. 2964), the bells (Nos. 3008-9;, and
heads of animals (Nos. 2970 f.).
In close connection with the amulets described above must be placed the
inscribed tablets of gold or silver. The examples in the present collection fall
into two well-marked classes, the Orphic and the Gnostic. The Museum
possesses two tablets of an Orphic character (Nos. 3154, 3155)-' They are
widely separated in point of date. No. 3155, although found at Petelia in
S. Italy within an amulet-case which can hardly be earlier than the second
century A.D., almost certainly dates back to the fourth century B.C. No. 3154
can hardly be earlier than the second century A.D. The Petelia tablet contains
an Orphic formula giving directions to the soul of the initiated as to the course
to pursue in the other world in order to arrive at bliss and immortality. The
chief essential is to obtain a draught of water from the well of Memory. Other
tablets of a similar character have been found at Thurii and at Eleutherna in
Crete. The tablets found at Thurii were laid by the corpse, and there can be
no doubt that this was the original position of the Petelia tablet which is nearly
contemporary with them. It must hcwe been re-used as a charm in Roman
times, when it was enclosed in one of the cylinders commonly used for Gnostic
and other magical inscriptions. The other Orphic tablet (No. 3154). which was
found at Rome, can on palaeographical grounds be dated to the second century
after Christ. It has every appearance of having been rolled up in a cylinder
similar to that which contained the Petelia tablet. It introduces one Caecilia
Secundina to the chthonic deities Persephone, Plukles and Eubouleus, as one
who has been purified and made meet for immortality by the gift of Memorj'.
The parallelism between this and the Petelia tablet is very striking, though they
are probably separated by some five centuries : it bears testimony to the remark-
able persistence of Orphic ideas in Italy. These inscriptions are clear!}* extracts
from a large collection of Orphic literature bearing on the future life.-
Besides the Orphic tablets there are a number of other ancient inscriptions
on gold or silver of a magical character.^ That some historical connection
' These are included in the special study of the Orphic tablets made by D. Comparetti {Latninette
Orfiche, Firenze, 1910).
-■ Cf. Rohde, Psyche, II., p. Ii3fr.
= Cf. Siebourg in Bonner Jnhrb., CIII., p. 125 ff. ; CXVIII., p. 158 ff. with the other reff. there cited.
K good side-light on tliese l.iblets is furnished by references to them in magic ]i.ipyri. See Dietericli,
Abrastix, pp. 26, 203, etc.
XlVlll
CATALOGUI': OF JKWF.LI.ERV.
General
character of
Roman jewel-
lery illustrated
from literature
and inscriptions.
exists between the Oipliic and the mayicnl and Gnostic tablets is inherently
probable, though perhaps it docs not extend beyond a mere imitation of the
custom of writing inscriptions upon tablets of precious metal with a view to
depositing them in tombs.' As early as the seventh-sixth centuries li.C. the
Phoenicians had been in the habit of enclosing magical inscriptions on metal
plates within cylindrical cases (cf. Nos. 1557 IT.). A similar practice obtained
very extensively among the Gnostic sects under the Roman Empire.'- No. 3150
is a small vase-shaped pendant, within which was found the tablet of gold shown
underneath. The' tablet, which was folded up so.tightly within the vase that it
seemed a mere pellet, was only unfolded recently. Unfortunately the inscription
is almost illegible owing to damage, but enough remains to show that it is one
of the usual Gnostic formulae containing the names Sabaoth and lao. The
inscription on another gold tablet, No. 3153 from Amphipolis, though written in
very small cursive characters and rendered very obscure by the crumpling of the
gold which has been folded up like No. 3 1 50, can for the most part be deciphered.
It contains a lengthy Gnostic formula, beginning with an apostrophising in
Hebrew of Abrasax, the chief Aeons and the Archangels, and then degenerating
into a series of the cabalistic names in vogue amongst the sect ; it concludes with
an invocation of the Deity as sole guardian of the Aeons. Other Gnostic inscrip-
tions on metal plaques are Nos. 31 5 1-2.
Closely allied with the Gnostic inscriptions enclosed in cylindrical pendants
is the gold cylinder No. 3156 with its inscription EU Zev<; 'S.epairK 'ETrt^aw;?,
\\.aK\.ij7no<; SwTijp. It is a characteristic product of a period when it was the
custom to fuse together various deities, and was no doubt intended to be worn
as an amulet to avert the evil eye.' The same is the case with another cylinder
(No. 2981), which contained a number of silk thread.s. Threads of various
colours were considered an effective charm.''
Of the ornaments generally worn by women in the second or third century
after Christ we gain a good idea from inscriptions of that date found in Spain
recording the jevA'els which decorated certain statues.'' There we find diadems
{basilia), earrings (iiiaitres), necklaces .■' {septeiitrioncs, quadribacia), armlets
{spatalia). The stones mentioned are pearls (inargarita), emeralds and plasmas
{sinaragdi and cylhidri), and garnets (carbinicti/i). The sandals were decorated
with four cylindri each." It seems likely that the cylindri correspond to the
' Other connections between Orphisni and Gnosticism are pointed out by Dieterich, Abrasax,
pp. 142, 14S.
- Cf. Euseb., Dt'in, Ez>., III., 6 § 10 : ohV iarw ivw-jroTe Xpiariavov TT€piduij.art xpw/ieroi/ 6edcra(r6ai,
ou5' int\a\ia7s -^ TreraAwr Tivt^y TvepUpywy ^Triypa(pa7s,
^ Cf. Jahn in Ber. </. siic/is. Gesellsch., pp. 50 f. and 46. (Jn the latter page is quoted an inscription :
EIC-ZEVC CEPAniC
BACKANOC AAKHCETn.
^ Cf. Jahn, op. cil., pp. 41, 42, with reff. there cited, and Wolters in Air/i. /. Jxtligiotis-ti/iss., VIII.
{Bciheft), p. I flf.
'■• Iliibner in Hermes, I., p. 345 ff. ; C.I.L., II., 3386, and ibid., 2060.
*• Cf. Clem. Alex., Paed., II., xi., § 116 : ras tTnxpi^o'"i'y Kal 5mAt0ou? tuiv crapSaXlui' /.laraioTfx^'^^^ '•
Plin. //.A'., IX., § 114-
INTKODUCTION. xlix
cylindrical beads so often found on ancient necklaces. An examination of the
Roman necklaces Nos. 2694-2762 shows that numerous cylindrical beads of coral
(No. 2696), gold (Nos. 2697-8), and plasma (Nos. 2729, etc.) were employed, and
that the frequent appearance of garnets (Nos. 2697, 2700, 2714, etc.) and pearls
(Nos. 2709, 2732) is in harmony with the entries in these inscriptions. The elder
I'liny notes with considerable asperity the extensive jewellery worn by the
Roman ladies of his day,' and traces back the origin of the passion for jewellery
to the victories of Pompey in the East." The Oriental character of much of the
Roman jewellery has already been noted (p. xliii).
l^esides the prominence given to precious stones and paste imitations of
stones in Roman jewellery, there is another characteristic feature — the preference
for pierced work, especially in the third and fourth centuries after Christ. This
pierced work is probably the auriim ititcrrasiU' mentioned by Pliny. ' Numerous
examples will be found in the settings enclosing Roman coins of the third
century A.D. (Nos. 2937 ff.) and other pendants of that time (Nos. 2726,
2746, etc.).*
DISTINCTIV1<: STYLES OF THE JEWELLERY OF THE
ABOVE PERIODS.
A brief survey of the above classes of jewellery, with special regard to their
style, may be of interest. The decorations on the series of gold plaques from
Enkomi belong, it must be remembered, to a period of decline in art. Hence
the degradation displaj'ed in many of the motives, especially in the " lily "
designs, which are often but reminiscent of the original Egyptian type,'' and
have become confused with other motives, e.g., the ivy (cf. No. 136, etc.). There
is a commingling of Minoan, Egyptian and Assyrian elements, which are
frequently misunderstood in the process. The main idea is to decorate a plain
surface with a series of stamped designs, spirals, rosettes, degraded lily-pattern.
Sphinxes, etc., without any regard to meaning or s)-mmetry. A single e.xception
is furnished by No. 194, where a very rude attempt is made at representing a
landscape. The earrings with pendants in the form of bulls' heads also shovi'
degradations and misunderstandings of an original type. Naturalistic motives,
such as imitations of cowrie-shells, flies and pomegranates are not infrequently-
introduced. The mixture of various elements, which is seen in the objects from
Enkomi, is even more pronounced in the Aegina (.') treasure, though the merely
decorative instinct is less prominent.
The ornaments of the sub-Mycenaean and earliest Greek periods undoubtedly
carry on the decorative traditions of Mycenaean times, with an influx of Assyrian
1 Plin., H.N., XXXIII., § 40.
- Ibid., XXXVII., § 12.
= Ibid., XII., § 04.
* On this pierced work, see especially Riegl, .'ipdtrom. Kiinstind., p. i.|ofl.
'" Cf. Meurer, Vcrgleiclieiide Formenlehrc, p. 37.
1 rATALOGUF. OK jrAVKLLF.KV.
decorative motives, especially the rosette. In the hLphesus ornaments, in
addition to these traditional motives, new elements are introduced, notably the
figures of the hawk and the bee. The figure motive becomes more pronounced
in the ornaments from Kameiros in Rhodes, and this .same tendency is seen in
contemporary Etruscan ornaments, where the Oriental frieze of animals and
other figures is a favourite form of decoration. There can be little doubt that
this Etruscan jewellery of the seventh and sixth centuries is a faithful reflex of
that of contemporary Ionia, though but little of the archaic Ionian jewellery has
yet been found. It is characterised by a happy combination of figure-work and
fine decorative effect produced by granulation and filigree.
Phoenician jewellery of this time is, as might be expected, merely eclectic in
character, with but little pretence to artistic merit. An harmonious effect is,
however, produced on the bracelet No. 1542 by the combination of Phoenician
palmettes and lotus-flowers.
The Greek jewellery of the classical age is distinguished by its truth to
nature, both in its preference for human and animal forms (seen especially in the
earrings) and in its imitation of flowers and twining tendrils in filigree. These
effects are always marked by a great feeling of restraint, the use of fine-drawn
wires permitting the production of the most delicate patterns within a small
space. The effective massing of a series of small pendants is brought to perfec-
tion in the necklaces. In the third century B.C. this restraint becomes less
pronounced. Delicacy of workmanship is diminished owing to the introduction
of precious stones as ornaments, and a florid style is often substituted for the
fine workmanship of the earlier period (No. 1769, etc.). Wire links take the
place of the fine plaited work, and an attempt is made to lend variety to these
by placing beads or reel-shaped ornaments on the links.
There could, perhaps, be no more eft'ective contrast than that presented by
the fine Greek jewellery and the contemporary Etruscan jewellery. In the
latter all delicacy vanishes with the substitution of stamped patterns for those in
filigree, the result of this economy of labour being, a great increase of size in the
ornaments — a vain attempt to compensate for the loss of fine effect. The
stamped designs on some of the bullae and the wreath-ends (see especially Nos.
2271, 2318, 2300) are spirited, but they tend to become careless and stand in
marked contrast to the delicate embossed designs of the Greek jeweller (Nos.
1984, 2067, 2068).
In Roman jewellery from about the first century B.C. onwards there is an
ever-growing decline in figure-work and skill in modelling. This decline is
accompanied (whether this be cause or effect) by an increasing use of precious
stones. An endeavour is at first made to combine figure-work and precious
stones on the lines of the jewellery of the Hellenistic period (cf. note to Nos.
2356-7), but this effort soon dies away into the poverty of conception and
execution displayed in the earrings of the second to third centuries A.D. (PI.
liii.-v.). In the superstitious Roman world of Imperial times necklaces seem to
be regarded rather as vehicles for the carrying of amulets than as things of
INTRODUCTION. ll
beauty in themselves. A touch of Oriental splendour is sometimes introduced,
as in a .set of jewellery from Tunis (Nos. 2824-2866), in which we may see the
influence of the semi-barbaric opulence of Palmyra. Here the contrast of the
green and white of plasmas and pearls is striking, though there is little grace in
the torm of the jewellery. The only other feature in this late Roman jewellery
which merits praise is the pleasing effect of the above-mentioned (p. .kH.k) pierced
work seen in settings surrounding Imperial coins and in ornaments hke the
bracelet No. 2817. As a whole, however, the jewellery of the Roman period is
seldom distinguished by any fine feeling for design.
III.— TECHNICAL PROCESSP:S EMPLOYED IN THl".
PRODUCTION OF ANCIENT JEWELLERY.'
Moulds. Moulds. — Ancient jewellery was, as might be expected, rarely cast solid.
When moulds were employed, they were generally used for the impression of
a design upon a thin sheet of gold, which must have been beaten into them,
sometimes with a wooden hammer with the aid of wax placed between the
hammer and the gold, sometimes with finer wooden or metal tools.- In the
case of rings, stone moulds were sometimes used for making a solid cast.'' An
example is given under No. 609, which is part of a steatite mould, originally in
three pieces at least, used for casting a ring of typical Mycenaean shape. That
stone moulds were used for the production of Mycenaean jewellery we have
definite evidence in the discovery of such moulds on Mycenaean sites. Stone
moulds of this character were found on the acropolis of Mycenae.'' These
moulds probably had a sheet of gold foil first pressed into them, which was
then filled up with a glass composition. Several gold ornaments filled with
glass paste have been found at lalysos.^ Another stone mould for ornaments
of this kind was acquired in Asia Minor. '^ Nos. 793-8 of this Catalogue should
be compared with the stones mentioned.
Moulds for producing articles of jewellery were also used in the Geometric
and Orientalizing periods. A very interesting bronze mould, acquired in Corfu,-
casts light upon the means by which the stamped gold and bronze strips, which
are so often found in the periods mentioned, were produced. Mr. Stuart Jones,
who published the mould in question, assigned it to about the middle of the
seventh century B.C. It is of an irregularly oblong form, with intaglio designs
' See in general Bliimner, Tec/inologie, IV., pp. 227-321 ; Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Caelatura ;
Rosenberg, Geich. d. Goldschmiedektmst \ A. Ilg in Buclier, Gesck. d. Urhn. Kiinsle, §IX. (1878-80).
p. 109 ir.
- Cf. especially Pernice in Oesterr. yahresh., 1904, p. 192 ff.
^ Cf. Drirpfeld, Troja a. Ition, p. 420, fig. 454 ; .Scbiifer, .-/<-^. Goldsc/im,-id,arl/., I., p. 51, tigs. 31,
33 : ihid., p. 86, fig. S3.
* Schliemann, Mycenae and Tiryns, pp. 107 and 109. Cf. Peruice's remarks, loc. cit., p. iSi, n. 29.
' .See Nos. S08, 813 with note, and cf. Furtwangler u. Loeschcke, Myk. Vasm, pis. A, B, p. 7 f.
« Ibid., p. 34, fig. 22.
" Journ. Hdl. Stud., XVI., p. 323 ff.
Ill CATALOGUK OF JEWKLLEKY.
on the four long sides. These are separated into panels by bands of guilloche,
points, and intersecting Hnes. It is clear that thin sheets of gold or bronze were
pressed or hammered into the designs, which in general style closely resemble
those on the fragmentary brmd No. 1575. They are also akin to those on the
fragmentarj' plaque from Kameiros in Rhodes, No. 1164, which, though earlier,
is nearer to the mould in point of date. The fact that the designs on these gold
plaques were produced by hammering them into moulds explains the reason of
the constant repetition of subjects which is found in them. No. 12 19 furnishes a
good example. The design on that plaque occurs entire or in portions upon
other plaques found at Athens and Eleusis. The surrounding decoration of
spirals or maeanders is varied in the different cases, being clearly produced by
impression into separate moulds.
Moulds for the production of jewellery of the best Greek period do not
seem to have been found, so that it is probable that the jeweller of that period
did not avail himself to any considerable extent of this mechanical artifice.
The great variety of motive and design which characterises the best Greek
jewellery rather suggests that they were produced freehand. Such frequently
recurring types as the earrings ending in heads of Maenads or heads of lions
(Nos. 1684, 1721 ff.) differ among themselves in many slight details. This
would not be the case if it had been a widespread custom to produce large
numbers from a single mould. It is in the Graeco-Roman period that this
mechanical device was freely employed.
These moulds of the Graeco-Roman period ha\^e been collected together b)-
Schreiber, with especial reference to the jewellery of Alexandria.^ Most of the
small ornaments, as for example the disks Nos. 2884 ff. on Plate Ixviii., were no
doubt produced by pressing thin gold sheet into moulds of this type.- No. 21 12
of the present collection is interesting as showing that the same mould was
sometimes used partly for casting and partly for impressing. Objects requiring
solidity, such as the handle of the silver cup, were naturally cast solid. Pernice
in the article mentioned below thinks that in no case was a metal cast taken
direct from these moulds, but that they served simply for the production of wax
models from which the metal cast was afterwards taken. Where channels are
seen, these are to admit melted wax. Pernice carried out a series of practical
experiments to test his view, and found that not only did such stone moulds not
yield an}' satisfactory casts in metal, but that the hot metal destroyed the
moulds. On the other hand, mere ornaments, such as the figures of Bes and
Harpokratcs, were made hollow, by hammering the gold foil into the moulds.
The back of the figures might be produced from another mould and then
soldered to the front, or else be formed of a simple flat piece of metal. The
diadem No. 3045 shows how these moulds were sometimes used without any
backing being required. That they were common in Egypt in the Graeco-Roman
' Alexaiuir. Tor., p. 277 fi". (XIV. Band tier Abh. d. phil.-hist. Classe d. konigl. sacks. Gesellsch. d.
JViss.). Cf. also Pernice in Oeslerr. Jahresh., 1904, p. 180 ff. The present writer has not been able to obtain
access to Folnesics, Formen d. aiit. Goldschmucks in Mitlh. d. Oeslerr. Miis.f. Kinisl 11. hid., 1894, 1895.
- Cf. Cayhis. Reciuil. 1\'.. pi. Ix.xxix., 2 ami 3.
INTRODUCTION.
1111
period is evident, but it is very improbable that their use was restricted to that
country and to Alexandria in particular. An interesting slate mould/ found at
Ruvo in Apulia, throws light upon the method of producing earrings of the
type of No. 2565, etc. It seems fairly certain that casting was employed in
this case, and that the channels are original, and not (as the editor supposed)
a subsequent addition. An earring of sufficient solidity for wear could not
have been produced by pressing thin gold sheet into this mould. Pendants
of the type which appear on it would be fastened to the rings seen at the
bottom of the earrings. Pendants of this kind appear on Nos. 2650, 2589
of this Catalogue, and triangles of globules, like those seen on the mould, on
Nos. 2596-2600. The date of this mould is probably the second centurx' .\.D.
(though possibly later), and its finding suggests that casting in moulds was a
common method of producing these late Roman earrings.
Punches. Punches. — There can be little doubt that a great many of the stamped
designs on the diadems and other flat strips which appear in this Catalogue,
were produced by pressing a design in relief into a thin sheet of gold laid upon
pitch or some other yielding material. This must have been the process in the
case of the gold strips of the Mycenaean period found at PInkomi. It will be
noticed that the stamped figures, such as those of the Sphinxes on No. 84, have
been produced by .separate impressions from the same stamp. Sometimes the
stamping is so carelessly done that the impressions overlap one another
(No. 101). As is to be expected when this method is employed, the alignment
is often far from perfect. This is seen, for instance, in No. 140, where the
Sphin.x-stamp also is interpolated with scant regard for appearances. Exactly
the same features are noticeable in some of the early Italian diadems. No. 1255
apparently has its designs produced by a series of punches, though the stamping
is here carefully done. The border of No. 1257 is perhaps the work of a
roller, but some of the designs on that diadem were probably produced by the
application of single stamps, so irregularly are thc_\' placed. As a rule it may be
assumed that the execution of large figures, such as those which appear at the
ends of the litruscan diadems Nos. 2293, etc., was carried out by pressing thin
gold into moulds, while small designs of the character of those on the P^nkomi
plaques were the result of stamping with punches.
Designs embossed on gold, whether produced by pressing the gold into a
hollow mould or stamping it with a raised punch, were no doubt generally finished
b}- means of a graver. This instrument, together with scales and compasses, is
depicted on the funeral monument of a goldsmith of the Roman period.-
Granulation. Granulation. — By this is understood the decoration of a plain metal surface
by means of small globules soldered to it. Globules of this kind are easily
produced by cutting off minute portions of gold wire and fusing them on
powdered charcoal by means of a blow-pipe. This method of decorating
jewellery has a long history, stretching back as it does into the Alycenaean
' Notizie, 1880, pi. vi., 6, p. 234 ; reproduced from there on p. 296, fig. 86 of the present Catalogue.
- 1 )rirfmberg et Saglio, s.v. Caelatura, p. 792, fig. 945.
d 2
liv CATALOGUE OF JEWKLI.F.KV.
])eriod.' Good examples of this kind of work was found in the tholos tomb
at Vaphio,- and on other Mycenaean sites. It is therefore not surprising to find
an example on a Mycenaean site in Cyprus. Granulated jewellery is not
infrcquentl)^ found in the sub-Mycenaean and Geometric periods, where it is no
doubt merely a continuation of Mycenaean traditions. A good example from
this period is the earring No. 1240, which should be compared with the analogous
ornaments mentioned in the references appended to the description of that
object. The same traditions were carried on in Asia Minor and the Greek
islands. The jewellery from Kameiros in Rhodes (pi. xi.) offers some peculiarly
fine examples of granulated work in the seventh century B.C. Nos. 1220-38,
from Asia Minor or the Greek islands, show the same technique.
At a period contemporary with the Greek Geometric and Orientalizing styles
we find this granulated work brought to its highest pitch of perfection in Etruria.
Whether this art of producing fine granulated jewellery was derived from
Egypto-Mycenaean traditions or was introduced into Etruria from Asia Minor
must remain for the present a matter of doubt. In any case it is hardly likely
to have been of purely local origin, although the finds at Vetulonia, Caere, and
elsewhere indicate that the art was ultimately carried on by Etruscan craftsmen,
rather than by Greeks domiciled in Etruria. The examples of ICtruscan
jewellery on Plates xvii.-xxii. well illustrate this class of work, which has been
the subject of a special study by Dr. Karo.-' In these ornaments granulation is
employed with a profusion and a degree of fineness which has no parallel else-
where. The real difficulty of such work consists not so much in producing the
fine grains, as in soldering them in regular and complicated patterns to the
smooth surface. Nos. 1381 and 1359 show the almost incredible fineness of the
work produced by the Etruscan jewellers.'' It seems certain that the patterns
must first have been drawn out in some adhesive material, upon which the grains
were laid. When they were once in position the problem of soldering would not
present insuperable difficulties. Alessandro Castellani in the Memoir cited
below states that in his experiments the best results were obtained by substituting
arseniates for borax as a flux.
' See No. 623 and the references there appended.
= 'E:f>. 'Apx-. >8S9, pi. vii., 6, 12.
^ In Milani, StuJi e Mat., I., pp. 235-S3 ; II., pp. 97-147 ; HI., pp. 143-58.
' On this work cf. especially Aless. Castellani in Acail. d,-s Inscr. et Belles- Letlrcs, Comptes-Rendiis,
1862, p. 13 If. ; id., A Memoir on the y eit'elkry of the Ancients ; id., Degli Ori e dei Cioelli nella esposizioiie
di Parigi del MDCCCLXXVIII ; Aug. Castellani, Delia Orificeria italiatia, Roma, 1872, esp. p. 27 ff. ; A. Ilg
in Bucher, Gesch. d. techn. JCiitiste, Gohischiiiiedekiivst, p. iigff. Two passages maybe ipioted from the
Memoir of Aless. Castellani.
" It was only in a remote corner of the marches of .St. Angelo in Vado, a little district hidden in the
recesses of the .•\pennines far from ever)- centre of civilization, that we found still in use some of the
processes employed by the Etruscans."
" In substituting arseniates for borax as solvents and reducing the solder to an impalpable file-dust, we
obtained results of a sufficiently satisfactory nature .... Nevertheless, we are convinced that the ancients
had some special chemical process for fixing these strings of small grains of which we are ignor.-mt ; for, in
spite of all our efforts, we have been unable to reproduce some exquisitely fine workmanship "
On the composition of ancient solder (chiysocolla), cf. BUnnner, Techiiologie, I\'., p. 2960.; Daremberg
et Saglio, s.v. Very little can be made out of the ancient descriptions.
INTRODUCTION. Iv
Granulation, not indeed ap]n'oachin;4 that of l-'Aniscan jewellery in fineness,
, appears also on contemporary Phoenician jewellery. Examples are seen in
Nos. 1542, 1546 7, etc.
dranulation is used very sparingl\- by the Greek jewellers of the best period,
who rely mainly on filigree for the production of delicate ornament. Granulated
work, however, occurs on Nos. 1649, 1675-6, 1805, 1889-90 and elsewhere on
jewellery of this period. In the later Etruscan work (after the middle of the
fifth century) it is hardlj' ever found.
In ( iraeco-Roman and Roman jewellery coarse granulation is emploved from
time to time, as in Nos. 2335, 2356, 2437, 2442, 2462, 2624, 2S53 4, etc. The
grains, however, are so large that the technicjue can hardly be compared with
that of the early Etruscan jewellery.
Filigree. Filigree. — By this is understood ornamentation produced by soldering down
fine wires to a smooth metal surface. In Mycenaean jewellery it is rare, though
in a coarse form it appears upon some of the pins from Enkomi (Nos. 549-50),
and also upon some of the disks which formed the central ornaments of neck-
laces.^ Filigree is also rare in the earliest Greek jewellery. It is found,
however, occasionally on the ornaments from Ephesus and Rhodes. It occurs,
for instance, on the plaques Nos. S27, 840, 870, etc., and also on the earrings
Nos. 943 ff. and the beads Nos. 999, etc. On the plaques from Rhodes (Nos.
1103, 1 107, 1 128, etc.) it is used for framing the designs in relief. On early
Etruscan gold ornaments filigree plays a more important part. It is very
frequently found on earrings a batile, and also in a running waved form on hair-
rings such as Nos. 131 1-8, and on fibulae such as Nos. 1380, 1391, etc. ; double
spirals of filigree decorate No. 1382. Fine wire is employed to produce the plaited
ribbons of necklaces, examples being seen in Nos. 1461-3 on Plate xxii.
Filigree reaches its highest perfection in the hands of the Greek jeweller of
the fifth to third centuries B.C. He relies upon it for his subsidiary' decoration,
especially for palmettes, tendril patterns and spirals. Good examples of its use
will be found on the earrings Nos. 1649 (palmettes and spirals), 1652 (palmettes),
1653 (plaited work and spirals), 1662, etc. (tendrils). Double spirals in filigree
frequently decorate the necks of " ring " earrings, numerous instances occurring
on Plate xxxi. Plaited chains of fine wires are especially frequent in the Greek
necklaces of this period (Plates xxxiii.-xxxv.), while filigree is also used freely
as a subsidiary form of decoration (No. 1954). A good example of tendril-
design in filigree is furnished by the stephane from S. Eufemia in Calabria
(No. 21 13, Plate xli.). After the third century B.C. fiUgree in jewellery becomes
much rarer, doubtless owing to the increasing popularity of precious stones as a
form of decoration. On the later Etruscan gold ornaments it hardly occurs
at all, while in the Roman period, when it is used, it is comparatively coarse
(cf. No. 2697). Plaited chains are sometimes found in Roman jewellery (of.
Nos. 2719-20), though they do not nearly attain the fineness of the chains of the
best Greek period.
Cf. the ornaments from the tholos tomb at Vaphio ('£</;. 'Apx-! 1889, pi. vii.,
Ivi CATAI.OCUK OK jKWI'.LIJ-.KY.
Enamel. Enamel. — This form of decoration must be distinguished from decoration of
coloured glass paste. Enamel is a vitreous composition, often coloured with
metallic oxides, which is put on the metal in a molten state. Ordinary glass
paste is applied cold, either in the form of a cement or in a solid mass, which
is cut and fitted into compartments. Examples of the la.st two processes are
seen in the pectoral No. 581, where the glass composition has almost certainly
been inserted in the form of a paste, and in the rings (A, B, C, D, pi. vii.) and
neck-pendant {ibid.. No. 761) from Aegina, where blue glass paste has been cut
into strips and inserted into compartments in imitation of the lapis lazuli
decoration not uncommon on Egyptian gold ornaments. This same method of
decoration has been employed in the case of the hawk (No. 817), which, though
found in Crete, is probably of Egyptian workmanship, as also in the Ba-bird
(No. 1253) which is probably Egyptian too. In archaic Greek ornaments enamel
proper does not seem to occur, but cloisonne glass inlay has been employed in
No. 1240 and in ornaments of the same class found at Eleusis.^
Of enamel proper the earliest examples in the present collection occur on
the archaic figures from Caere (Nos. 1267-8) and on the earrings a Imule (Nos.
1289-90) of the sixth century. On Greek ornaments it is found on Nos. 1653-4,
which belong to the latter part of the fifth century B.C. Here the inner flower
of si.x petals is filled with enamel, probably white and pale green alternately. In
the fourth century enamel is more frequently applied to gold ornaments, though its
use is still comparatively sparing and subsidiary. Nos. 1646-7, 1947, 1951, and
the clasps No.s. 1607-8 with their delicate scale patterns filled with light and
dark blue enamel furnish good examples. Other instances will be found in
Inde.x HI. under Enamel.
In certain earrings belonging to the Hellenistic and Graeco-Roman periods
enamel plays a more prominent part (Nos. 1675-82). Here a number of
pendent figures, chiefly representing birds, are almost completely covered with
a white enamel, which has been spread over a foundation framework of gold.
The later Etruscan jewellery, so far as native forms are concerned, seems to
be rarely, if ever, decorated with enamel. Roman jewellery also is seldom
enamelled, inset glass pastes being preferred. There are, however, traces of
enamel in Nos. 2332-3 from Ashmounein in Egypt ; No. 2358, an earring of
about the first century A.D. ; No. 2699, a necklace of the Roman period from
Egypt ; No. 2763, a bracelet which probably belongs to the Roman period, but
is clearly of barbarian workmanship ; and Nos. 2798-9, parts of bracelets found
at Rhayader in Wales, .showing pronounced Celtic influence. Enamel in this
period is, however, chiefly employed in the case of bronze ornaments which are
not included in this Catalogue,- and these are supposed to be mainly of Gaulish
origin. The statement of Philostratos,^ who lived in the first half of the third
' 'E(/>. "Apx-, 1898, pi. vi., 6, 7.
- 'isi.e.B.M. Cat. ofBronzes, Nos. aissff. ; Cohausen, ^ffw. Schmehschmuck ; Daremberg et .Saglio, s.v.
Caelatura, p. 799.
•^ Imag., I., xxvii. (xxviii.) § 3 : Toura <^a(Ti ra. xpty/iora tous eV wK^av^ ffap^dpovs eyx^'^ ''^ x'^^'^V
Siawvpip, ra Se lucfffToo-floi (coi \iBovir6ai Kai adi^fiv & iypaifir).
INTRODUCTION.
I VII
century A.D., tends to show that the art of enamel was practically unknown in
the Graeco-Roman world of his day. His words seem to be borne out by the
almost complete absence of enamel ornament in Roman jewellery on the one
hand, and by the frequent finds of enamelled bronze jeweller}- which have been
made in the neighbourhood of the Rhine, in German}-, Gaul and Ikitain. It will
be noticed that the gold ornaments mentioned above as having traces of enamel,
come in three instances from outlying parts of the Roman world, and that in
one case there is marked Celtic, in another a marked barbaric influence. The
enamelled bronze ornaments belong chiefly to the second and third century A.D.'
In fibulae of the fourth centur}-, niello, a mixture of silver, lead, copper and
sulphur, is sometimes inserted in grooves cut out of the metal (Nos. 2857- 8).
This form of decoration, however, was known at a much earlier date.
Rarity of
precious stones
in early
jewellery.
IV.— PRECIOUS AND OTHER STONES USED IN ANCIENT
JEWELLERY.-
A good idea of the nature of the precious stones used in Greek and Roman
jewellery can be obtained from Index III., as also of their relative rarity or
commonness. Here something may be said as to the approximate dates at
which the various stones first appear in the jewellery, their use at different
epochs, and the ancient names by which the}- were known.
It ^\•ilI be seen that the use of precious stones in earl}- Greek and Etruscan
jewellery is extremely rare. Among the objects in the treasure found in Acgina(.')
were necklaces and pendants decorated with carnelian beads, and, in one case,
with an amethyst bead (No. 760). Carnelian is fairl}- common in this treasure
of (probably) the late Mycenaean period. It also occurs among the gold
ornaments from Enkomi (No. 580, etc.). Glass pastes, especially of a dark blue
colour imitating /apis lannli, are also not seldom found in the Mycenaean period. '
In Phoenician necklaces of the seventh-sixth centuries B.C., the use of glass
beads imitating stones is common (see Nos. 1545 ff. ). The stones imitated arc
generally agate and sardonyx, and these stones are sometimes actual!}' found
on the necklaces (Nos. 1546, 1550-1). Carnelian beads also occur in this
jewellery. Another material used in this group of ornaments is amber, which,
as is well known, was extensively employed in Italy about this same time for
larger objects." Among the objects described in this Catalogue amber is found
on certain early Italian and Phoenician necklaces (Nos. 1451, 1461. 1465-S. 1551).
The Greek jewellery of the sixth and fifth centuries B.C. is (as far as this
Catalogue is concerned) completely without decoration of precious stones. A
single garnet occurs on an Etruscan necklace of (probably) the fifth century B.c.^
' Cohausen, op. cit. ; cf. B.M. Cat. 0/ Bronzes, p. xxxvi.
- Cf. in general Furlwangler, Ant. Gemm., III., pp. 383 ft'., with the works there cited.
= Cf. Nos. 657, 658*, 753, 761, p. 56, A, B, C, D, etc.
' Cf. Archaeologia, XLI., p. 189 (from tombs at Veii'and Praeneste).
' No. 2271.
IVIII
CATAT.OGUF. OK TEWFXLERY.
Increasing: use
of precious
stones from the
fourth century
onwards.
The stones in
detail.
Agate.
.\chales).
Amethyst.
{'Aij-edvaTOS :
AmethystLis).
Carnelian or
Sard.
Sardius).
In the f<iiiilh cciilur}- precious .stones do not become at all frecjucnl in
jewellery until near its close. Then it is the garnet which is used almost
exclusively. This will be seen clearly from the list of <,rarncts given in the
Index. In the present collection Nos. 1607-8, 1677-8, 1709, etc., are character-
istic examples of fourth-third century jewellery thus decorated ; a third centur>-
tomb in S. Russia has also yielded excellent specimens.' It seems certain that
this use of thf Oriental garnet is in .some measure to be connected with the
conquests of Alexander, which opened up the treasures of the ICast. The stone
continued to be popular throughout the Graeco-Roman and Roman periods. It
is an especial favourite in a certain class of jewellery of the first-second centuries
A.l)., which is probably of Syrian or Oriental origin (see Nos. 2324-5 ff., 2718,
etc.). From the first century B.C. to the fourth century A.D. a variety of precious
stones are used in Roman jewellery. Pliny states that the increased use of
gems and pearls may be traced to Fompey's victories in the East,- and this
statement is in accord with the evidence of the ancient jewellery extant.
The various stones (and other analogous materials) used in ancient jewellery
may now be discussed separately in alphabetical order.
Agatr. — This is a variety of chalcedony, composed of different coloured
bands, which are often very ill-defined and irregular. The stone was com-
paratively rare in Roman jewellery, as is indicated by its infrequency in the
present collection. It is no doubt to be identified with the Greek a;^aT7/?, which,
as Pliny remarks,^ had fallen out of fashion in his da\-. The Romans preferred
the sardonyx, with its regularly alternating layers.
Amethyst. — There is every reason to suppose that the modern amethyst is to
be identified with the ancient aniethystus. The stone is defined by Theophrastus*
as being wine-like in colour. Pliny adds that it was tran.slucent and violet.'^
According to him the best amethysts were Indian, but they were also found in
Arabia Petraea, Armenia Minor, Egypt and Galatia. The worst sorts came
from Thasos and Cyprus. The stone is not infrequently used in Roman
jewellery, without being exceedingly common. In the present collection it
occurs on fourteen objects of the Roman period. Pliny also notes that the
stone was considered efficacious for amulets, and this belief is doubtless
illustrated by Nos. 2947-8, two bees in amethyst.*^ Amethyst is a quartz, and
owes its colour to the presence of manganese or a compound of iron and soda.'
Carnelian or sard. — This stone, which is a translucent variety of chalcedonj',
ranges in colour from a blood red to a golden yellow." In this Catalogue the
' Conipte-Rendu, 1880, pis. i-iii.
■■ H.N., XXXVII., § 12 (Ed. SiUig).
^ Ibid., § 139 : achates in magna fuit auctoritate, nunc in nulla est.
' Delap'd., v., § 31 (Ed. Wimmer).
^ See H..\'., XXXVII., §§ 121-124.
" Cf. Jahn in Ber. d. sdc/is. Grsellsch., 1S55, p. 99 f.
■ This and other descriptions of the composition of precious stones are derived from Rutley's Elements
nf Mineralogy (sixteenth edn.)
' Cf. Theophr., De lapid., V., § 30 : toO 8f aapS'mv, to ^ff iiaipavts, ipvBpuTffiov St, KaXfirai 8fi\v.
To 56 diaipaAs /tej-, piXavTQpov Sc, koX apatv.
INTRODUCTION.
llX
Chalcedony.
Coral.
{KopdWioy :
Coralliuni).
Diamond.
('ASd/zas :
Adamas).
Emerald.
(Xfxdpayhwi :
Smaragdus).
Garnet.
Carbunculus).
Heliotrope.
{'HMoTftairwi' :
Heliotropiuiu).
redder varieties arc termed Carnelian.' The stone is more naturally adapted
for use in seal engraving than for an ornament in jewellery. Examples of its
use in the production of seals occur in Nos. 2273, 2666, 2872-3, 3006. At the
same time it is occasionally used for merely decorative purposes (Nos. 2674,
2723, 2757, 2922), though in this respect it is co_nsiderably less popular than the
more translucent and fiery garnet.
Chalcedony. — This stone, which is probably a mi.xture of true quartz and
hydrous silica, was also popular for gem engraving, but was very rarely used
simply for jewellery. No. 2045 is the only example of this use in the present
collection. The ancient name of the stone is uncertain. Furtwiinglcr - would
identify it with the iaspis of Pliny.
Coral. — In this Catalogue this material is only found in the case of three
objects, all of the Roman period. Coral was- regarded as a powerful charm.'
Hence its employment in the case of the phalli, Nos. 2958-9, which in them-
selves were a charm to ward off the evil eye (see p. xlvii). As may be seen
from the passage in the Geoponica (see note), the ancients sometimes called coral
a stone.
Diamond. — This is rare in Roman jewellery. Here there is only a single
instance of its occurrence, viz. No. 2954, a seal of the third century A.U.,
ornamented with a diamond and a jacinth. Diamonds are occasionally found in
Roman rings (see, e.g., B.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 779, 785, 787-90). These
diamonds are inserted in their original octahedral form.
linierald. — In spite of the popularity of this stone in ancient times,* it is not
often found in antique jewellery. Here there arc only two examples of the true
emerald, viz. Nos. 2536, 2556. It seems certain that the term smaragdus. which
occurs often in descriptions of ancient jewellery,^ must have also included the
plasma which is so common in Roman times.
Garnet. — The garnets are classed under crystallized silicates. Their ancient
name was derived from the likeness of their colour to that of a glowing coal."
This is the commonest of all the stones used in Greek and Roman jewellery,
appearing uninterruptedly from the end of the fourth century B.C. to the fourth
century A.l>. During this period it was used both for seals and for decorative
purposes. In colour it ranges from a deep fiery red to a violet or amethystine
tone.
Heliotrope or Bloodstone. — This is a variety of chalcedony, speckled with red.
The stone is described by Pliny as " porracei coloris, sanguineis venis distincta, '■
' Cf. Kohler, Untcrsuclmng iiber den Sard, etc. (in Gcsamin, .Sc/iriftfii, IV.), p. 86 ft.
- Ant. Gemm., III., p. 387.
^ H.N., X.K.KII., § 2lff. ; Gcopon.. W .. i. 31 : u /cou^aAtus- \'Su^ Kelfxevo^ eV rf) oiKia ndyTa ipdovov
Kal eVi^ouA.Tjj' iXaivfi. Cf. Theophr., Dt- Lapid., \'I., ij 38 : ra -^i.f KitvpdKwi'. koI 70;; tuM' Siairep \ieos,
eV XP'*? M^*' fpuBpiJi', Trepttpepfs S' {lis ^t'^'a (piicTai S' iv ttJ floXoTTp.
' Cf. Plato, Phaedo, p. no D.
'• Cf., e.g. C.I.L., II., 3386, etc.
" Plin., H.N., XXXVII., § 91, 92 : principatiim habent carbimculi a siiiiilitiitline ignium appellali.
■ H.N., XNXVII , § 165. The belief in the magical virtue of the bloodstone continued into the
Middle Ages, as we Unuu from Dante, liijituo, .\.\iv.. 93 : senza sperav pertugio o elitropia.
Ix
CATALO(;UK OF JICWEI.LKRV.
Jacinth.
Lapis lazuli.
i^'Za.W(p€ipos :
Sapjihirus).
Onyx.
(JOfvxiuv : Onyx)
Pearl.
I Maf»7apiT7)S :
Murtcaiiln).
Plasma.
[npaaiui : Prasius,
Smaiagdus).
and as coming;- from Ethiopia, Africa, and Cyprus. There is only one example
in this Catalogue, viz. No. 2951. This green stone, spotted with red, was
considered of high magical virtue. Hence its not infrequent use for Gnostic and
magical intaglios.
Jaciiitli. — This orange coloured stone, a variety of zircon, is rarely employed
in ancient jewellery. It is perhaps to be identified with the ancient lyticwium.
There are probably three examples in the present collection (Nos. 2369, 2593,
and 2954), though it is impossible to identify this stone with certainty, unless its
specific gravity is tested.
Lapis Lazuli. — This stone is described as being composed of " silicate of
alumina, lime and soda, with iron and sodium." in colour it is an azure blue,
with glittering spots, due to its being spangled with iron pyrites.' Its gold-
spotted appearance made it a favourite stone with jewellers in very early times,
and it frequently occurs in Egyptian work, whence it is imitated in glass paste
by the Mycenaean goldsmiths.- After this the stone is hardly used in jewellery
till Graeco-Roman times, and then but sparingly. It is oftener emploj-ed for
rough gem-engravings. Nos. 2663-4 (a pair of earrings) and No. 2997 (with
Gnostic engraving) are examples of this use in the present collection.
Onyx. — This really differs but very slightly from the agate. It is a banded
variety of chalcedony, and the name is here applied to the stone when the
stripes are comparatively regular, dark alternating with light.-' How far such a
description is applicable to the ancient stones called by this name, it is difficult
to say. It seems, however, that the Greeks at all events made little distinction
between the onyx and the sardon)'.x. Theophrastus* says that the onyx was
formed of alternating layers of light and dark. The onyx is little used in
Roman jewellery, the sardonyx in regular horizontal layers being preferred.
Pearl. — Pearls are very rarely found in Greek jewellery proper. The single
Greek example in this Catalogue is No. 1999, a large votive pin, where the
large pearl is a freshwater pearl, the small a true pearl. Pearls begin to be
frequent in Graeco-Roman jeweller}' of the first century B.C.-first century .\,l).,
a fact which accords well with Pliny's statement that the fondness for pearls and
gems was the result of Pompey's victories in the East.^ Pliny elsewhere refers
to the taste for pearls among the Roman ladies.'^ They are certainly extremely
common in Roman jewellery, especially in earrings.
Plasma. — This is a green variety of chalcedony, coloured by metallic o.xide,
known to the Greeks as Trpdcrio<; and to the Romans as prasius and sometimes
' Cf. Theophrastus, De Lafid., IV., § 23, who says of it : a\m\ 5' ia^\v Hairfp xpi'o'i'TaiTTos. Pliny,
H.X,, XXXVII., §§ 1 19, 120, describes this stone under the names of both eyanos and sapphiriis.
- See Nos. 761, pi. vii., A, B, C, D. This paste is doubtless the Homeric kvixvo^.
^ Cf. Kcihler, Gcsamm. Schriftcn, IV., p. 83 ft". In the sardonyx, as it is understood in this Catalogue,
horizontal layers of sard and white onyx alternate regularly.
^ De Lapid.., V., 31 ; ri 5' ovvx^ov ^iKThv XfVKtfi Kal (pai<^ Tvap' aWijKa. The special variety of onyx
where a greyish-blue stratum alternates with black is termed iitcolo. \x\ example occurs in No. 2656.
^ H.N., XXXVII., § 12.
" Op. at., IX., § 117 : (LoUiam Paulinam) smaragdis margarilisque opertara alterno textu fulgentibus.
Cf. iliid., XXXIII., §40 ; Hiibner in Heriius, I., p. 355 fl".
INTRODUCTION.
1X1
Rock-crystal.
(KpuaraWus :
Crystallus).
Sapphire.
Sardonyx.
I'^apSuyv^ :
Sardonyx).
(probably) as siitaragdiis. Pliny remarks ' vilioris est tnrbae prashts, a
statement which is fully borne out by the commonness of this stone in late
Roman jewellery. It very frequently appears in the form of a facetted
cylindrical bead, a fact which makes it probable that it is to be identified with
the cyliiidri mentioned in Roman inscriptions describing jewellery .-
Rock-crystal. — We fmd this transparent quartz but rarely used in ancient
jewellery, though it was a favourite material with the Greeks for seals, and with
the Romans for carved cups. The examples in this Catalogue all belong to
the Greek period. No. 2o<So is an example of a rock-crystal scarabaeoid
mounted on a swivel. This kind of a swivel-ring with a rock-crystal engraved
or unengraved is a favourite one with the Greeks in the fifth century li.c.
Sapphire. —The ancient name of this blue variety of corundum has been the
subject of much discussion. It cannot be identified with the sapphinis, which
as has been seen, is almost certainly lapis lazuli. It seems most likely that
sapphire is to be identified with the ancient liyaciiithiis, though this is b\- no
means universall)- accepted.' Pliny' says: " multum ab hac (sc. amethyst(j)
distat hyacinthos, ab vicino colore dcscendens. Differentia haec est, quod illc
emicans in amethysto fulgor violaceus diluitur in hyacintho primoque adspectu
gratus evanescit antequam satiet, adeoque non implet oculos ut paene non
attingat, marcescens celerius nominis sui flore." This description is perfectly
applicable to the pale sapphire common in Roman imperial times. The deeper-
coloured sapphires approach very closely to amethysts in appearance. King ''
rightly lays stress upon the applicability of Solinus's description of the
hyacinthiis to the pale sapphire." He sa\'s : " inter haec quae diximus (in
Ethiopia) nitore caeruleo hyacinthus invenitur, lapis pretiosus, si quidem inculp-
abilis inveniatur. Est enim vitiis non parce obnoxius. Nam plerumciue aut
violaceo diluitur, aut nubilo obducitur, aut albicantius in aquaticum eliquescit.
. . . Praeterea in os missus, magis friget." The pale sapphire is very nearly
a sky blue.
In this collection of jewellery the sapphire is entirely confined to objects
of the Roman period, ranging in date from about the first century A.D. to the
third century A.D. The stone is an especial favourite as an earring-pendant,
where it is generally of pear-form.
Sardonyx. — As has been said above, this term is here confined to stones in
which sard alternates with white ony.x in regular la_\ers. The Romans prob-
ably confused it with the onyx. In jewellery it is generally used by them in
the form of a truncated cone, in which the dark and light layers alternate
horizontally. This was a form especially favoured b}^ the Roman crcm
engravers.' In this Catalogue examples of this form occur in Nos. 2554, 2726,
2813, 2815, 2993. The sardony.x was also much used by the Romans for
cameos. In earlier times, especially by the Phoenicians, the sardonyx had been
> .ff.iV., XXXVII., § 113.
- Cf. Ifirmes, I., p. 345 fi".
' Cf. Furtwangler, Ant. Ct-mm., [.. 395.
' //. .\'., \X\VI1., § 125.
^ Precious Stofies, p. 194.
'■ Solinus, c. .vxxiii.
■ Cf. £.M. Cat. i>/ Rin^s, Nos. 495, 505, 507, etc.
IXll
CATALOGUE OF TEWELLERY.
Topaz.
Chrysolithus).
Turquoise.
used in the form- of cylindrical bcad.s (of. Nos. 11.S9, 1550), and this form is
occasionally found in Roman times (Nos. 2426-7).
To/>as. — Literary evidence would point to this stone having been a favourite
one with the Romans.' It is, however, but rarely found in actual jewellery, and
there is only one example of it in this collection (No. 2747). It is generally
of a yellow colour, but it is sometimes pink. This latter colour is, however,
generally produced by artificial means.
Tjirqtwise. — The ancient name of this stone is uncertain. It has been
conjectured that it is to be identified with the Pcrsicus sviaragdus. Others,
perhaps with greater probability, think that it is the callais of Pliny,''' who says
of it : " optumis color smaragdi, ut tamen adpareat alienum esse quod placeat."
This description points to a green variet)', rather than to the commoner blue.
In another place,-' however, Pliny remarks : " callais sapphirum imitatur,
candidior et litoroso mari similis." The callais therefore would correspond
fairly well with the turquoise, which is found in both green and blue varieties.
' Prop., II., xvi., 44.
■-■ //. N., XXXVII., § liotf.
' XXXVII., § 151. Cf. Rev. Arch., 3'" ser., XIV., p. 295 ff.
ERRATUM.
P. 96, hg. 21, and note lo Nos. u66-7.-For " Kameiros ^
read " Naukratis."
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
A. "MYCENAEAN" PERIOD (or "LATE MINOAN ").
I.— FROM EXCAVATIONS IN CYPRUS (Nos. i 682;.
Note. — All objects ai-e from Enkoini {Salainis), u/ilt'ss the provenance is otherivise
stated, and tvere excavated by the British Museuiii under the Turner Bequest in 1896,
except in a fciu cases duly )ioted.
[The discovery of Egyptian scarabs of the late eighteenth and nineteenth
dynasties, coupled with the strong resemblance which exists between many of the
gold objects found at Enkomi and those discovered in tombs of the lower cit)- at
Mycenae and other Mycenaean sites of approximately the same period, points to a
date of about 1300-1100 B.C. for most of these objects. The analogy borne by some
of the objects to those found in tombs of the Geometric Period at Assarlik and to
those found in the British Museum excavations at Ephesus makes it likely that a
certain proportion belong to a somewhat later date. Sec Introduction, § II. A., and
cf Hogarth, Ionia, pp. 18, 54 ff.]
{a) Strips of gold foil. These were probably used for the most part as diadems,
but in some cases they covered the mouth of the dead.
No.s. 1-54 (plain).
1. Gold strip, plain and narrow. Pierced at each end. From Cyprus (probabl\- Plate I.
from Enkomi). Purchased, 1900.
L., 9 '4 cm. ; B., i cm. ; \vt., 37 grns.
2. Narrow strip as No. i. Tomb90(?).
L., I3'4 cm. : B., '9 cm. ; \\X., 22 grns.
3. As No. I, long and narrow, with rounded, pierced ends. Tomb 6y.
L., 13 '8 cm. ; B., • 7 cm. ; \vt., 17 grns.
4. As No. I, narrow, tapering towards the ends. Tomb 6j.
L., 12' I cm. ; B., i cm. ; xvt., 30 grns.
2 CATALOGUE OK JEWICI.I.KRV.
5. As No. ! . Tomb 67.
L., 9-9 cm. ; B., '8 cm. ; wt., 23 grns.
6. As No. I. Uncertain tomb.
L., 5-3 cm. ; B., i cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
7. As No. I. Tomb 92.
L., 10-5 cm. ; B., 1 •; cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
8. As No. I. Uncertain tomb.
L., 7-6 cm. ; B., i ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
9. As No. 1, with rounded ends, each pierced. Tomb 92.
L., I 5 '2 cm. : B., 1 'j cm. ; wt., 52 gnis.
10. As No. I, with tapering ends. Tomb 92.
L., 12-8 cm. ; B., rfi cm. : wt., 53 grns.
11. As No. 1. One end only is pierced. Tomb 90 (.').
L., 6-9 cm. ; B., 1-3 cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
12. As No. 1. Each end is pierced. Tomb 69.
L., 8-6 cm. ; B., 1-4 cm. : wt., 21 grns. Exxavations in Cyprus, pi. xii., 3S1.
13. As No. I, long and narrow. Tomb 58.
L., 12-5 cm. : B., 1-2 cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
14. As No. I. One end broken away. Tomb 19.
L., 1 1 -8 cm. ; B., i "8 cm. ; wt., 38 grns.
15. As No. I. Tomb 19.
L., 9-8 cm. ; B., i cm. : wt., 12 grns.
16. As No. I, complete. Tomb 19.
L., 14-8 cm. ; B., I '4 cm. ; wt., 39 grns.
17. As No. I. Tomb 19.
L., 11-5 cm. ; B., i cm. ; wt., 28 grns.
18. As No. I. Tomb 19.
L., 1 1 -8 cm. ; B., I "8 cm. : wt., 55 grns.
As No. I. Broken away at each end. Tomb 19
L., 8-2 cm. : B., 1 '2 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
19
20. As No. I. Complete. Tomb 19.
L., 9 cm. : B., i cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
MYCENAEAN PERIOD.— GOLD STRIPS FROM CYPRUS. 3
21. As No. 1. Tomb 19.
L., 7 "6 cm. ; B., i '5 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
22. As No. I. Tomb 19.
L., 8 • 7 cm. ; B., I • 2 cm. ; wt., 20 grns.
23. A.s No. I. One end broken away. Tomb 90 (.■').
L., 8-8 cm. ; B., '8 cm. ; wt., 18 grns.
24. As No. I, but fragmentary. Tomb 90 (?).
L., 3'4 cm. ; B., -7 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
25. As No, I. Tomb 90 (.?).
L., 3'7 cm. ; B., "65 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
26. Gold strip, broader than No. 25. Ends rounded and pierced. From Cyprus.
Purcliased, 1900.
L., I3'9 cm. ; B., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
27. As No. 26, but in two fragments. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900.
L., 14 '6 cm. : B., 2 cm. ; wt., 64 grns.
28. As No. 27 ; oblong, with rounded ends. Each of the latter is pierced with two Plate I.
holes. Tomb 67.
L., 14 cm. ; B., 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 43 grns.
29. As No. 28. Pierced singly at cither end. Tomb 93.
L., 9' 3 cm. : B., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
30. As No. 28. Tomb 93.
L., 9' I cm. : B., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
31. As No. 28. Uncertain tomb.
L., 1 1 '3 cm. ; B., i "4 cm. ; wt,, 24 grns.
32. As No. 28, but with tapering, rounded ends. Tomb 92.
L., I2"7 cm. ; B., I '2 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
33. Plain gold strip, rounded at one end, broken off flat at the other. Each end
pierced with a hole for fastening. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900.
L., 19 cm. ; B., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 8g grns.
34. As No. 33. Each end pierced with two holes for fastening. From excavations
near Hala Sultan Tekke, Larnaka, Cyprus. Tomb 8. Acquired, 1898.
L., i8'3cni. : B., 3'9 cm. ; wt., ] 19 grns.
35. As No. 34 ; one end is cut flat. Tomb 66.
L., 12 cm. ; B., 3'8 cm. ; wt., 47 grns.
B 2
4 CATALOCiUK OF JEWELLERY.
36. As No. 35, but with a single hole at each end. Tomb 66.
L., 14' I cm. ; B., 3' 5 cm. : wt., 60 grns.
37. As No. 36. Tomb 66.
L., I3-5 cm. : B., 3-7 cm. ; wl., 61 grn.s.
38. As No. 36. Tomb 66.
L., 18 '6 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 146 grns.
39. As No. 35. Tomb 66.
L., 12' I cm. : B., 4 cm. ; wt., 81 grns.
40. As No. 36. Much damaged. Tomb 61.
L., 13 cm. ; B., 3' 2 cm. : wt., 44 grns.
41. As No. 36, plain and very thin. Ends pierced. Tomb 69.
L., 13 cm. ; B., 3"5 cm. ; wt., 45 grns.
42. As No. T,6. Tomb 69.
L., 13 cm. ; B.. 3'5 cm. ; wt.. 44 grns.
43. As No. ^6 ; one end is cut straight, the other rounded. Each end is pierced.
Tomb 79.
L., io'5 cm. ; B., 3'5 cm. ; ut., 49 grns.
44. As No. 36. One end is rounded, the other is broken off very irregularly. Pierced
at either end. Tomb 93.
L., 16 cm. ; B., 5 ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 235 grns.
45. .As No. 44 ; broad, w ith rounded, pierced ends. Tomb 93.
I,., 17 cm. ; B., 5'6 cm. : wt.. 244 grns.
46. Gold strip of oval form. Mouthpiece (.'), with ends pierced. Tomb 93. Plate I.
L., io'3 cm. ; wt., 2iS grns.
47. As No. 46. Tomb 93.
L., to' 8 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
48. Plain oval gold mouthpiece (or diadem). It has been pierced with a hole at
either end ; one of these is now broken away. Toinb 61.
L., 1 2" 5 cm. ; B., 5' I cm. : wt., 71 grns.
49. As No. 48. Both ends pierced. Tomb 72.
L., 12' 7 cm. : B., 3"! cm. ; wt., 45 grns.
50. As No. 48. Tomb 72.
L., 12' 5 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 44 grns.
I
MVCF.NAF.AN PKRIOn. GOl.D STRIPS FROM CYPRUS. C
51. As No. 48. One end damaged, l-'iom Cyprus. I'uichascd, 1900.
I.., I3'2 cm. ; J}., 5-2 cm. ; wt., 74 jirns,
52. As No. 48. ICnds ])ierced. Tomb 69.
L., 9',S cm. ; B.. 3' 7 cm. ; wt.. 47 j^rns.
53- As No. 48, broad with rounded ends, which are pierced. Tomb 93.
L; ii'K cm. ; 15., 3'S cm. : wt., 72 grns.
54- As No. 48, but with one end cut flat. Tomb 93.
L., 12' 5 cm. ; B., 4 cm. ; wt.. 76 j;rns.
Nos. 55~I96 (strips with impressed patterns).
55- Gold strip, narrow, and surrounded iiy a band of dots. Hole at either end. Plate I.
Tomb fig.
L., 10 '4 cm. ; B., [ -5 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
56. As No. 55. Tomb 92.
L., 1 1 • g cm. : B., i • 8 cm. ; wt., 5 r grns.
57. As No. 55. Tomb90(.?).
L., S'8 cm. : B., 'y cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
58. As No. 55. Pale gold. Tomb 19.
L., 9 cm. ; B., 1 • 3 cm. ; wt., ig grns.
59. As No. 55. Tomb 19.
L., IO-2 cm. ; B., I '4 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
60. As No. 55. Tomb 19.
L., 9'6 cm. ; B., f3 cm. ; wt., 18 grns.
61. Gold strip, with dotted border as last, but broader and square at the end.s, each Plate I.
of which is pierced with two holes. Tomb 65.
L., If5cm. ; B., 3*5 cm.; wt., 66 grns.
62. Gold strip, very long and narrow, with tapering, pierced ends. The border is Plate I.
decorated with an impressed pattern of zigzags. Uncertain tomb.
L., i9"2 cm. ; B., i'5 cm. ; wt., 41 grns. Cf. No. 1213 fiom Ass.irlik for the stamped zigzag-
pattern ; also Arch. Zeit., 1884, pi. ix., 4.
63. Gold strip, decorated with impressed cross-hatched lines. Two holes pierced at Plate I.
either end. Tomb 61.
L., 15 cm. ; B., 2 cm. ; wt., 88 grns.
64. Gold strip, widest at the middle, decorated with cross-hatched lines. Pierced
with a hole at either end. Uncertain tomb.
L., 9' 3 cm. ; B., 2'3 cm. : wt., 30 grns.
O CATALOGUE OF JEWKI.LKKV.
65. Thin gold strip, long and narrow, tapering from the middle towards the ends, Plate I.
which arc pierced. It is embossed in the middle with five double spirals placed
vertically, and at either end with two double spirals placed horizontally, one of
the last incomplete. Tomb 19.
I... 1 1 '9 cm. ; B., I '7 cm. ; wt.. 42 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii., p. 43.
66. Oblong gold strip, with corners rounded off. It is decorated with a stamped Plate I.
pattern of double spirals, in two rows of twenty-two spirals placed one above the
other. Between the spirals are numerous punched circles ; round the edge,
which is damaged, runs a border of similar punched circles. Two holes pierced
at either end for fastening. From excavations at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897.
L., 22 "4 cm. ; B., 3-2 cm. ; wt., 149 grns. From a Bronze Age site known as Zarukas, Tomb 4
(which contained a scarab of the early .XVlIIth dynasty).
67. Thin gold strip, as before, stamped with a row of eight double spirals. Pierced
at each end. In two pieces. Tomb 19.
L., 14' 5 cm. : B., 3'g cm. : wt., 80 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii., p. 43.
68. As No. 6"], but with seven double spirals. One of the spirals has been double-
stamped. Edges rough and broken. Tomb 19.
L., 13-5 cm : B., 3-8 cm. : ut., 74 grns.
«
69. As No. 67, with both ends cut flat. Tomb 19.
L., 13 '2 cm. : B., 3^7 cm. ; wt., 66 grns.
70. As No. 67, with eight double spirals. Above and below runs a dotted Plate I.
border. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
L., 17 cm. ; B.. 4- 1 cm. ; wt., gi grns.
71. As No. 70. One end cut .straight. Tomb 66.
L., 17 • I cm. : B., 4 cm. ; wt., 85 grns.
72. As No. 70, but longer and narrower. Stamped with nine double spirals. One
end partly broken away. No dotted border. Toinb 15.
L.. l6'4 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 56 grns.
73. Exactly as last. Tomb 15.
L., l6'2 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 58 grns.
74. Similar strip, with nine double spirals in a vertical direction. Four bosses are f
placed between si.x of the double spirals. There is a border of dots placed on j
the upper and lower margins respectively. Two holes at each end. Tomb 93.
L., 14 '4 cm. : B., 3'5 cm. : wt., 70 grns.
75. Fragment of similar strip, stamped with eleven double spirals, arranged in
three horizontal rows of three each, and one vertical row of two. Tomb 66.
L., 12 cm. ; B., 5'2 cm. ; wt., 67 grns.
MVCF.NAF.AN PERIOD. — GOLD STRIPS FROM CYPRUS. 7
76. Similar gold Strip, witli three rows of double spirals .stam])ed liorizontally. The Plate I.
two lower rows each contain five double spirals ; the upper row three double
spirals and two single spirals. Two holes pierced at either end. Tomb 79
(which contained a scarab of the XVIIIth-XIXth dynasty).
L., 1 3-4 cm. ; B., 3'5 cm. ; \vt., 50 tjrns. Excavafions in Cyp?-ns, pi. xi., 445.
77- Fragment of similar strip, stamped with three rows of double spiials. Pierced
at the end with two holes. Tomb 79.
I... .S-6 cm. ; 1?., 3' 5 cm. ; \vt., 27 ^rns.
78. Fragment of similar strip, stamped with two rows of double spirals within a
border of dots. Pierced at the rounded end. Tomb 79.
L., I I '5 cm. ; B., 4' [ cm. ; wt., 53 gins.
79. Gold strip, cut very roughly at the ends. The border is stamped with single
and double spirals, and partially dotted. Each end is pierced with two holes.
Uncertain tomb.
L., 12-6 cm. ; B., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 83 grns.
80. Similar strip, stamped with two rows of double spirals (four in each), and with a Plate I.
double spiral of bow form at one end. Border of dots. Hole pierced at either end.
L., 14 "2 cm. ; B., 4 cm. ; wt., 63 grns.
81. Fragment of similar strip, stamped with si.x double .spirals, one single spiral,
and half a double spiral. Tomb 66.
L., u '8 cm. ; B., 4' 7 cm. ; wt., 68 grns.
82. Fragments of a narrow gold band, bordered on either edge with a row of dots
and stamped with four upright double spirals. There is a hole pierced in the
middle of one of the double spirals. Tomb 90 (?).
L., 2' 5 cm. : B., i cm. Tlic fragments arc mounted on a paper foundation.
83. Gold strip, rounded at one end, cut off irregularly at the other. It has been
stamped with a series of double spirals, most of which have been crushed out.
Above and below is a border of dots. At either end two holes are pierced.
Damaged. Tomb 93.
L., 14 cm. : B., 3'5 cm. ; wt., 64 grns.
84. Gold strip, rounded at the ends. It is stamped with two double spirals at each Plate I.
end ; within these, passing from left to right, are : {a) a winged Sphin.x seated
to right, stamped so that the head is directed vertically downwards ; {t>) three
winged Sphinxes seated to right, each with two locks of hair streaming away from
the back of the head. Each of these four figures is separated from the next by
a double spiral. There is a dotted border above and below, and two holes are
pierced at either end. Tomb 93.
L., 17 cm. ; B., 26 cm. ; wt., 63 grns. Excavations in CypniSy pi. vii., 518 : for the Sphinxes
cf. Nos. 140, 196.
8 CATALOGUE OF JEWEI.l.EKY.
85. Frontlet, cc)nsistiii<4- of a stout gold sheet of concavo-convex form, widest at the Plate I.
middle and tapering towards each of the rounded ends, both of which are pierced
with two holes for fastening. It is decorated by a line of six linked spirals
placed in a horizontal direction ; each has a raised boss in its centre. Round
the border of the frontlet are twenty-two larger bosses, apparently with a
concave depression across their diameter. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900.
Probably from Enkomi.
L., 15 cm. ; B., 5'4 cm. ; \vt., 448 grns.
86. Fragment of a gold strip, stamped with a pattern of five linked spirals, each
with a raised boss in the centre. There is a border of bosses, each boss placed
between two spirals. Tomb 66.
L., 8' 7 cm. ; B., 2 '6 cm. ; \vt., 30 gins. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. i.\., 269.
87. Fragment of a gold strip, stamped all over with small spirals. One end,
pierced with two holes, is preserved. Tomb 53.
L.. 1 1 '3 cm. ; B., 4 cm. ; \vt., 67 grns.
88. Fragment of gold strip, stamped closely with spirals. Tomb 79.
L., 2 '8 cm. ; B., 2' 1 cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
89. Strip of thin gold, broken away at one end. The other end is pierced with
two holes. Stamped with a series of curved lines (spirals .'), roughly of horse.shoe
shape, very irregularly arranged. Tomb 93.
L.. II '5 cm. ; B., 3'5 cm. ; wt. 47 grns.
90. Gold strip of oblong form, with corners rounded. It is stamped with six Plate I.
vertical rows, each consisting of three double, overlapping looped spirals. Two
holes at each end. Tomb 79.
L., l6'i cm. ; B., 3-7 cm. ; wt., 133 grns.
91. Strip as No. 90, stamped with four and a half pairs of triple spirals placed back
to back. The strip is of oblong form with corners rounded off. At each end is
pierced a hole. Uncertain tomb.
L.. 12 cm. : B., 3'5 cm. ; wt., 57 grns.
92. Similar strip, stamped with eight triple spirals, arranged in pairs. Ends pierced.
Uncertain tomb.
L., 12 '2 cm. ; B., 3"8 cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
93. Similar strip, stamped with a design of six pairs of double bow-spirals, each pair
placed back to back. A border of close-set dots runs along the upper and lower \
margins, and eight dots are interspersed among the volutes. At each end two i
holes are pierced. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
L.., 13-7 cm. ; B., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 78 grns.
i
MYCENAEAN I'ERIOD. — COLD STRIPS KROM CYPRUS. 9
94. Oblong strip, stamped with series of twenty-eight looped double spirals, which
overlap otic another. Small rings are interspersed among the spirals. Two holes
arc pierced at either end. Tomb 56.
L., 15-1 cm. ; B., 3-4 cm. : wt., 6; grn.s. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi., ly;.
95- Similar strip, .stamped with seven vertical rows of double looped spirals, each
row containing four double spirals. Much damaged. Uncertain tomb.
1... I4'6 cm. ; B., 5-5 cm. : wt., 40 gnis.
96. Strip with rounded ends, stamped with fourteen double looped spirals arranged
in four vertical rows of three?, with a single one at either end. Hole pierced at
each end. Uncertain tomb.
L., 12-7 cm. : R., 3-5 cm. ; wt., 33 yrns.
97- Pale gold oblong strip, bordered with stamped single spirals ; in one instance
there is a double spiral. The diadem is partly broken away. It has been
pierced with two holes at either end. Tomb 79.
L., I I • I cm. : B., 3-2 cm. ; wt., 55 gins.
98. Oblong Strip of thin, pale gold stamped with fourteen loops ending on cither
Side in a spiral. One end of the strip is rounded, the other, to which a separate
strip of gold has been soldered, is cut flat. Each end is pierced with two holes
for fastening. Tomb 15.
L., 15-2 cm. ; B., 3-6 cm. ; wt., 71 grns.
99. Similar strip of oblong form, stamped with series of irregularly placed looped
spirals. Pierced at either end. Tomb 79.
L., 14-6 cm. : B., 3-5 cm. : wt., 79 grns.
100. Similar strip (partly broken away at one end). It is stamped with eight
rosettes, each of sixteen petals. Hole pierced at complete end. Uncertain
tomb.
L., 13-2 cm. : B., i 'S cm. ; wt., 58 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi., 652.
Id. Similar strip in two fragments. It is stamped with two rows of seven-petalled Plate I.
rosettes, ten in the upper and nine in the lower row. A border of small raised
rings runs round the diadem, and similar rings are interspersed along its middle.
The rings are apparently formed of the centres of rosettes with the petals beaten
out flat. Two holes are pierced at either end. Tomb 32.
L., 22-7 cm. ; B., 5-6 cm. ; wt., 187 grns.
102. Broad gold strip, stamped with a series of small rosettes, fifty-four in all, Plate I.
arranged in eight vertical rows of four, six vertical rows of three, and two rows of
two. Hole pierced at either end. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900. Probably
from Enkomi.
L., 20 '8 cm. ; B., 5'2 cm. ; wt., 143 grns.
lO CATALOGUE OF JF.WELLERV.
103. Similar strip, stamped with sixty-five rosettes, arranged in fifteen vertical rows
of four each, with a row of three and two at either end respectively. At each
end is pierced a large hole. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900. Probably from
Enkomi.
I... 20 cm. : 15., 5' 1 cm. ; ut., 154 gins.
104. Thin strip with rounded ends. It is stamped with ten rosettes of sixteen
petals each. Itach cixl is pierced with a hole for fastening. Tomb 19.
L., i6' 5 cm. ; B., i '7 cm. ; \vt., 48 grns. ICxcavations in Cyprus, pi. viii., p. 43.
105. Fragment of similar strip, stamped with three large rosettes. Tomb 61.
L., 92 cm. : B., 3 cm. ; \vt., 3; grns.
106. Complete gold strip, stamped with nine large six-petalled rosettes (as last)
and eight small eight-petalled rosettes. It has been pierced with a hole at either
end. Tomb 61.
L., 25"9 cm. ; B., c;i. 4 cm. : wt., 175 grns.
107. Fragment of similar gold strip, stamjied with two large six-]ietallcd rosettes
and one small rosette of eight petals. It has apparently been pierced with a hole
at either end. Tomb 61.
L., 7'7 cm. : B., 3 cm. : wt., 27 grns.
108. Similar fragment (in two pieces), stamped with two and a half large rosettes
and one small rosette. Tomb 61.
L., 6-3 cm. ; B., 3 cm. : wt., 31 grns.
109. Similar strip, flat at one end, rounded at the other. Each end is pierced. It
is stamped with three rosettes of si.x petals each ; the rosettes are placed each
within a raised circle. At either end is stamped a smaller rosette of eight petals.
Tomb 61.
L., 9" 8 cm. ; B., 3'8 cm. ; wt., 51 grns.
110. Similar strip, flat at one end, rounded at the other. It is pierced with a hole
at each end, and stamped with eight nine-petalled rosettes, placed in two
horizontal rows of four. Tomb 61.
L., 7 '9 cm. : B., 3'6 cm. : wt., 56 grns.
111. Similar strip in pale gold. Tomb 61.
L., 12 cm. ; B., 3'8 cm. ; wt.. 109 grns.
112. Similar fragment, stamped with two rows of rosettes, seven in one row and
eight in the other. There is a hole pierced in the rounded end. Tomb 61.
L., 15 •! cm. ; B., 3'7 cm. : wt., 125 grns.
MYCENAKAN PERIOO. — GOLD STRIPS FROM CYPRUS. II
113. Similar strip, nearly icctant^nilar, witli corners slicjhtly rounded off. Each of
the corners is pierced with a hole for fastening. The diadem is embossed with
two rows of seven-petalled rosettes, eleven in each row. Tomb 24.
L., 31 '4 cm. ; B., ca. 4 cm. ; wt., 141 yrns.
114. Similar strip, stamped with two rows of nine antl eight seven-petalled rosettes
respectively. A piece is torn out of each end, where it has been pierced.
Tomb 47.
I... 21 '7 cm. ; B., 5 cm. : wt., 157 grns.
115. Similar strip, stamped with twenty rosettes of eight petals each ; interspersed
between the rosettes are small raised rings. Two holes pierced at cither end.
Uncertain tomb.
L., 20 '5 cm. ; B., 4 cm. : wt., 127 grns.
116. Similar strip, stamped with three rows of rosettes, nineteen in each row. Each
end is pierced. The rosettes are of twelve petals without central dot. Uncertain
tomb.
L., 21 '4 cm. : B., 3-2 cm. : wt., 79 grns.
117. Similar strip, stamped with thirty-eight rosettes of eight petals each ; in two
fragments, considerably damaged, with a small part broken awa\'. Hole pierced
at either end. Uncertain tomb.
L,, 23' I cm. : B., 5 cm. ; wt., 206 grns.
1x8. Three fragments of a similar strip, stamped with a pattern of small rings.
Tomb 75.
L., 6'2 cm. : 7 cm. : and i '7 cm. : wt. (total), 85 grns.
119. Similar strip, complete in three fragments. It is stamped all over with sinall
rings. Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 24.
L., 18 cm. ; B., 3 '6 cm. : wt., 150 grns.
120. Gold strip stamped with rings as last. It is narrow and considerably damaged.
Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 22.
L., l6'9 cm. ; B., 2'6 cm. ; wt,, 65 grns.
121. Similar strip, stamped with a series of small rings. Each end is pierced with Plate I.
a pair of holes. Tomb 66.
L., 14' 2 cm. : B., i '8 cm. ; wt.. 26 grns. Excavations iit Cyprus, pi. ix., 271.
122. Similar strip, broken into two fragments ; it is stainped all over with closely-
set rings. Two holes are pierced at either end. Uncertain tomb.
L., 17 '5 cm. ; B., 3 cm. : wt., 1 16 grns. .
12 CATALOGUK Ol'' JEWELLERY.
123. Similar strip, stamped with tlircc rows of rings. Hicrced at either end.
Tomb 84.
I.., t6'5 cm. ; B., 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 104 gins.
124. Similar strip, oblong, with rounded corners. Stamjied with three rows of
rings. Each end is pierced with two holes. Tomb 84a.
L., 16 -2 cm. : B., 2-7 cm. : wt., 81 grns.
125. Fragment of gold strip, stamped with bosses. The end is pierced.
Uncertain tomb.
I.., 6- I cm. ; B., 2 • -; cm. : wt., 28 j^riis.
126. Similar strip in three fragments. It is stamped with a pattern of closely-set
bosses. Pierced at either end. Uncertain tomb.
L., 13 '4 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 109 grns.
127. Fragment of very thin gold, stamped with reticulated pattern. Tomb 66. Plate I.
L., 3 '6 cm. ; 15.. 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
128. Narrow gold strip, flat at one end and rounded at the other, towards which it
tapers. It is stamped with fifteen bosses each witliin a ring. The band is broken
into three fragments. Tomb 92.
L., 1 5 • I cm. ; 15., 1 cm. : wt., 26 grns.
129. Strip of thin gold; one end is rounded, the other cut flat, with rounded Plate II.
corners. At each end were pierced two holes for fastening. At the 1. hand lower
corner are four raised dots, at the r. hand upper corner are seven dots. The
diadem is ornamented with sixteen striated ovals, probably representing beads.
Tomb 19.
L., 13' 5 cm. : B.. 3'6 cm. ; wt., 48 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii., p. 43.
130. Gold strip, stamped with chevrons, rings, and stars. Above and below runs a Plate II.
zigzag border. Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 75.
L.. \yj cm. ; B., 3-4 cm. : wt., 127 grns. Kxcava/ions in Cyprus, pi. x., 432.
131. Gold strip (broken in two), stamped with a pattern consisting of four double Plate II.
bow-spirals, arranged diamond-wise. Within the diamond are placed four small
petals. This pattern is repeated about twenty-eight times, in eight vertical rows
of three and two of two. The stamping is very carelessly done and the rows
frequently overlap. A hole is pierced at either end. Tomb 15.
L., 16 7 cm. ; B., 4-2 cm. : wt., 79 grns. Cf. No. 840 from Ephesus.
132. Gold strip, stamped with eighteen patterns similar to last, placed in two rows
of nine. Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 73.
L., i6'7 cm.
MYCENAEAN I'KKIOl). — GOLD STRIPS FROM CYPRUS.
13
Fig. I = p.irt of No. 133.
133. Strip of thin gold, broken into three pieces, two of which have been joined
together — apparently in ancient times by a clamp of gold soldered over them.
The stamped pattern is much obliterated by
crushing. It consi.sts of palmettes with three
leaves and side volutes alternating with a
Inicraiduiit (.'') Over each Inicrcxniniii (i) is a small
disk, and similar disks separate the alternating
patterns. Each end (one of which has a portion
broken away) has been pierced with two holes.
Tomb 6(i.
L., 24' 3 cm. : B., 3"4 cm. ; \vt., 256 gin.s. On this and the foUovvinj; designs, which are largely
variations of the Egyptian lily-pattern (" Sudzeichen"), see Meurer, Vcrgleichendc Foniieii-
/f/iri', p. 53 ff., especially pp. 57, 60.
134. Gold strip of oblong shape, in three fragments. It is stamped with the design Plate II.
of a lotus-flower rising from spirals. This design is repeated six times. At
either end two holes have been pierced. Tomb 84a.
L., 21 5 C[n. ; B., 5'5 cm. ; wt., 122 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. \ii., 461 ; Dussaud, Civ.
PrcIieH., p. 191, fig. 138.
135. Part of a gold strip. It is stamped with a double volute pattern five times Plate II.
repeated. (3n one edge nine circular bosses are impressed. One end is rounded,
the other has been broken off irregularly. I'^.ach end has been pierced with two
holes. Tomb 53.
L., 7'5 cm. : B., 2'8 cm. ; ut.. 33 grns. Exiavaiions in i'yprns, pi. xi., 192.
136. Gold strip, broken in two pieces. It is stamped with a pattern resembling Plate II.
ivy-leaves over two spirals placed in opposite directions. Three small leaves (.')
project above the ivy-leaf The pattern is repeated six times. Between each
pair of leaves two small ovals are placed in a horizontal direction. A hole is
pierced at either end. Tomb 45.
L., ii"2cm. ; B., 2'7 cm.; wt., 41 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi., 1S2. Cf. Meurer,
l-'orwcnlchre, p. 57, lig. iS : Dussaud, Civ. Prcliell., p. 192, fig. 139.
137. Similar strip with rounded corners. It is stamped with an ivy-leaf and double Plate II.
spiral pattern, twice repeated, at each end, each pair in an opposite direction to
the other. At the top of the ivy-leaves are three leaf-like projections, while
between the spirals and the ivy-leaves at the side are petal-like projections. The
middle of the strip is left plain except for two parallel oblong projections (lips
of mouthpiece .'). A hole is pierced at either end. Tomb 45.
L., 9' 7 cm. ; B., 2'7 cm. : wt., 36 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi., 183.
138. Similar strip of oblong form with rounded ends. It is stamped with a pattern Plate il.
of double volutes and palmettes repeated eight times. Above and below on the
margin runs a row of raised dots. At either end two holes are pierced. Tomb 45.
L., i7'3cm. ; B., 4'2 cm.; wt., 84 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vii., 184. This design
occurs on .\ssyrian monuments. Cf. Z?.J/. Guide to the Babylonian . . . Ant.", p. 25.
H
CATAI.OGUK OF lEWELLERV.
139. Similar strip, in two pieces, stamped with a combination of palmette and ivy Plate II.
pattern repeated twelve times. There is a cable border above and below.
Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 93.
L., 13-70111.; B., 2'2 cm.; \vl., 64 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 519. Cf. Meurer,
o/). lit., p. 60, lifj. 10.
140. Gold strip stamped with si.x palmettes, each of the same pattern, with three Plate II.
leaves and pendant buds. On the right of the palmettes is the figure of a seated
Sphin.x (inverted) on raised square panel. Two locks of hair stream away from
the back of her head. On the upper and lower border is a line of small rings.
At each end is pierced a hole, one of which passes through the body of the
Sphinx. Tomb 91.
L., 12-5 cm. ; B., 3"8 cm. ; wt., 66 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vii., 474 : cf Nos. 84, 196,
and Meurer, op. cit., p. 57, fig. 2.
141. Similar strip, of oblong form with corners rounded off. It is stamped with Plate II.
two rows of palmettes in sunk panels, fourteen in each. The palmettes in the
two rows are placed in opposite directions. Each end is pierced with two holes.
Tomb 84a.
L., i8'6 cm.; B., 3'5 cm. ; wt., 91 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\ii., 457. Cf. Meurer,
('/. (■//., p. 60, fig. 22.
142. As No. 141. Tomb 84a.
L., 19-7 cm. ; B., 3-7 cm. : wt., 91 grns.
143. Nine fragments of a gold strip, stamped with a pattern of two rows of
palmettes within sunk panels, as in No. 141. The palmettes are placed base to
base in opposite directions. Uncertain tomb.
B., 3'2 cm. ; wt. (t0t.1l), 56 grns.
144. Similar strip of thin gold with rounded .ends, each of which is pierced with Plate II.
a hole for fastening. It is embossed with various figures, viz. {a), below, in a
broad line from 1. to r, an eight-petalled rosette, a conventional lotus-flower
ri'4.'2 — ?Co, 144.
springing from two sets of double spirals placed one above the other, a wild goat
running upivards (before its head a small rosette), lotus-flower and spirals as
before, wild goat as before (with rosette) running downwards, lotus-flower and
MYCKNAEAN PERIOD. — GOLD STRIPS FROM CYPRUS. I 5
si^irals, rosette ; (/') above, from 1. side to r., three lions' masks, an altar (?) with semi-
circular incisions on each side, two lions' masks, a calf lying with head turned
back (upside down), human mask placed sideways, apparently of negro type, calf
as before but in natural position, two lions' masks, a bead of circular form with a
diametrical groove along its top (similar to Nos. 666, etc.). From a Bronze Age
tomb near Klaudia, Larnaka District, Cyprus. Acquired, 1899.
L., i6- I cm. ; IS., 4 cm. : \vt., 129 jjnis. Complete in two fragments. For tlie 'altar' oinamcnt,
cf. Das- Kiippcliinih In-i Mciiiili, pi. v., Nos. 9 and 34 : Schlicmann, Tiiyiis, pi. .\xi. c.
145. Gold strip of roughly rectangular form, with the corners rounded off. A Plate II.
fragment is broken away. One end is pierced with three holes, the other with a
single hole in the middle. The diadem is embossed with three rows of rams'
heads in a horizontal direction, twelve in each row. In one case a ram's head
has been double-.stamped. The heads have long, curved, beaded horns nearly
reaching to the muzzle. Tomb 22.
L., i8-2 cm. ; B., 5-2 cm. ; wt., 157 grns.
146. Similar strip, stamped with two rows of rams' heads facing one another in
opposite directions, eleven in each row. At each end of the diadem is stamped
a single ram's head (one much crushed). Beyond these is a hole for fastening.
Tomb 61.
L., 21-7 cm. ; B., 2-9 cm. ; wt., i 15 grns. Excavations in Cyprns, \,\. vii., 232.
147. Similar strip, stamped with very rude pattern of biicrania, arranged roughly
in three rows. Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 85.
L., 15-2 cm. ; B., 3-3 cm. ; wt., 134 grns.
148. Strip of fairly stout gold diminishing in size towards the rounded ends. It
is stamped with a series of ornaments in four rows, probably representing highly
conventionalised bucrania, placed in a horizontal direction. Each end is pierced
with a hole for fastening. Tomb 24.
L., I2"5 cm. ; B., 2'5 cm. ; wt,, 75 grns.
149. Similar strip, stamped with a series of patterns probably derived from bucrania.
They are placed very irregularly. Each end is pierced. Tomb 58.
L., 21 cm. ; B.. 3*4 cm. ; wt., 103 grns.
150. Broad strip of thin gold, embossed with two rows of 8-shaped shields. Plate II.
There are eighteen and seventeen shields in either row respectively. At the
points where the shields contract three horizontal impressed lines are drawn
across them. Round the rim of each is an impressed line. Along the top and
bottom edge respectively is a row of embossed ornaments (twenty-three and
twenty- two in number), in the shape of bucrania. They are decorated
with a lotus-flower surmounted by a palmettc. The corners at either end arc
1 6 CATALOGUK OK JEWELLERY.
rounded off ; each is pierced with a hole for fastening. From excavations near
Hala Sultan Tekkc, near Larnaka, Cyprus. Tomb 8. Acquired, 189S.
L., 21 -4 cm. ; B., 6-5 cm. ; wt., 351 grns. ; cf. for tlic shields, Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi.,
604 (= No. 580, below) ; Evans, Prehistoric Tombs of Kiiossos, p. 44, fij,'. 41.
151. Gold mouth- and chin-piece, with the lips marked in relief. It has been Plate II.
pierced at either end and at the chin. Pale gold. Tomb 86.
L., 10 cm. : B., 4' 2 cm. : ut., 55 t;nis.
152. Gold mouthpiece with lips and mouth marked. .At either end is ])ierced a
hole. Tomb 45.
I.., iO'4 cm. ; B., 4'4 cm. ; wt., 33 grns.
153. Pale gold mouthpiece of similar t\pc, stamped with indication of lips and
mouth. Tomb 45.
L., io'4 cm. ; B., 4 cm. ; wi., 41 k'hs-
154. As No. 153. Tomb 45.
L., 12 '2 cm. ; B., 4'5 cm. ; wt., 62 grns.
155. As No. 153. Uncertain tomb.
L., 12' I cm. ; B., 4'7 cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
156. Gold mouthpiece, vei)' tiiin. The lips are indicated in relief as is also the hair Plate II.
on the upper and lower lip. Hole at either end. Damaged. Uncertain tomb.
L., 7'2 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
157. Gold mouthpiece (?), stamped with three horizontal rows of rams' heads — si.x,
si.x, and four, respectively. Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 75.
L., 8 cm. : B., 3'7 cm. ; wt., 63 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\., 431.
158. Gold mouthpiece (.'), stamped with close-set heads of rams. One end is broken
a\\a\-. The other end is pierced. Tomb 95.
L., 7' I cm. ; B., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
159. Gold mouthpiece (.') stamped with series of fifteen rams' heads, indistinct.
The mouthpiece is very irregular in shape, broader at one end than the other and
swelling out at the middle in two curves. It is pierced with a hole at either end.
Tomb 24.
L., 7 cm. ; B., 3 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
160. Gold strip, stamped with a row of four rams' heads. Hole pierced at either Plate II.
end. Tomb 61.
L., 6-7 cm. ; B., 2-2 cm. ; «t., 23 gms. Excavations in Cyprus, pi x,, 233.
MYCENAEAN I'iiKlOD. — CJOLU MOUTHPIECIOS FROM CYPRUS. I 7
161. Gold mouthpiece (?) stamped with six bucrania in irregular positions. Inter-
spersed among the bucrania are five bosses with a circular depression on the top
of each. One end broken away and the other (which is pierced) damaged.
Tomb 2.
L.. 6-
7 cm. : B., 2 '9 cm. : \vt., 32 grns.
162. Gold mouthpiece (?) of oval form, decorated with a border of rings and a row
of rings in a horizcjntal direction across the middle. Hole pierced at cither end.
Tomb y--,.
L., 8'4 cm. : B., 3-4 cm. : \vt., 43 grns.
163. Fragment of gold mouthpiece (?) with design similar to last. Tomb 75.
'•■. 5 ■ 5 cm. : wt., 20 grns.
164. Gold mouthpiece (?) stamped with a series of bosses. Pierced at each end.
Uncertain tomb.
L., 6-8 cm. ; B., 3-3 cm. : wt., 32 grns.
165. Similar gold mouthpiece, stamped with a series of rings, which sometimes
overlap one another. Uncertain tomb.
I.., 5 '7 cm. ; B., 2-3 cm. : wt., 21 grns.
166. Small gold mouthpiece (?) stamped with a pattern of small rings. Pierced at
either end. Tomb ,S4a.
L., 5'4 cm. : B., 2'2 cm. ; wt.. 14 grns.
167. Gold mouthpiece, stamped in the middle with the rough form of a mouth, Plate II.
bordered above and below with a row of dots. Border of dots on the upper and
lower margins. At either end two holes are pierced. Tomb (i6.
L., 13 cm. : B., 3'5 cm. ; wt., 66 grns.
168. Gold mouthpiece (?) stainped with an irregular pattern of rings and chevrons.
Hole pierced at either end. Tomb 75.
L., 5 "7 cm. : B., 3" i cm. : wl. 41 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. x., 430. Cf Xos. 130 ff.
169. Gold mouthpiece, stamped with a pattern of palmettes over ivy-leaves within
a sunk oblong, eighteen times repeated. There is a slit at either end where the
holes for fastening have been pierced. Tomb 64.
L. 1 1 "4 cm. ; B., 3^4 cm. ; wt., 47 grns. Cf Nos 139, 141, above.
170. Pale gold mouthpiece with pattern as last, sixteen times repeated. In four
fragments. It has been pierced at the ends. Tomb 47.
L., IO-6 cm. : B., 3 cm. ; wt., 40 grns.
171. Gold mouthpiece (?) broken into two fragments. It is stamped with a series
of sixteen palmettes within sunk panels. Either end is pierced. Tomb 79.
L.. io'9 cm. ; B., 3 cm. : wt., 26 grns.
f8 CATAr.OGUE OF JKWKLI.KKY.
172. Mouthpiece of yellow gold with pattern as last, repeated five times. Above
and below is a border of small rings. Hole pierced at cither end. In two
fragments. Tomb 47.
L., 7'cS cm. : B., 2-5 cm. : wl., 35 gnis.
173. Gold mouthpiece (.'), stamped with two sets of three double spirals, each set
running horizontally from one end of the diadem. Between the two sets on either
side in the middle of the mouthpiece is a single spiral. Round the edge runs a
border of twenty-one small rings ; in the centre is a single ring, h^ach end is
pierced with a hole. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
L., 9-4 cm. ; B., 3-7 cm. ; \vt., 58 grns.
174. Gold mouthpiece, stamped with : (a) an inner frame of four triple bow-spirals Plate II.
surrounding markings of the lips ; {d} a double bow-spiral at cither end. The
ends are pierced. Tomb 79.
L., 10-7 cm. ; B., 4-5 cm. ; wt., 39 grns. Excnvatioits in Cyprus, pi. .\i., 448.
175. Gold mouthpiece {}) stamped in the middle with a jjair of triple bow-spirals.
On either side of these are two looped double spirals. Tomb 'i^.
L., 9-3 cm. ; B., 3'6 cm. ; ut., 31 grns.
176. Gold mouthpiece in two fragments. It tapers into very thin ends (pierced).
Round the margin are eight stamped double spirals. In the centre the lips are
marked. Uncertain tomb.
L., 10 cm. ; 1!., 3-3 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
177- Gold mouthpiece, with the lips marked in relief and a row of dots (indicating Plate II.
hair t) above and below them respectively. On either side is a stamped double
spiral. At each end two holes have been pierced. Tomb 93.
L., 9-2 cm. ; B., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 30 grns. Excavations in Cyprus^ pi. vi., 528
178. Gold mouthpiece (.^), stamped lengthwise along the middle with a row of
thirteen bosses. On either side of this is a row of six looped double spirals,
between which small raised rings are placed (two, and in one case three, between
each pair of double spirals). Round the margin runs a border of similar circles.
At either end two holes are pierced. Tomb 93.
L., 10 cm. : B., 3-2 cm. : wt., 49 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 525.
179. Gold mouthpiece (.?), stamped with pattern akin to last. In the middle is a Plate II.
row of eight bosses ; above and below is a row of four looped double spirals ; at
either end is a similar looped double spiral placed vertical!)-. Border of small
rings ; tv/o holes pierced at either end. Tomb 93.
L., 7-9 cm. ; B., 2-9 cm. : wt., 30 gins. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 523. f
180. Similar gold mouthpiece (.'), with looped double-spiral decoration. In the j
middle the mouth is indicated. At either end is pierced a hole. Tomb 84a. *
L., 12-4 cm. ; B., 3-4 cm. ; wt., 59 grns.
MYCENAKAN PF.RIOD. — COLD MOUTHI'IKCr.S FROM CYPRUS. I9
181. Gold mouthpiece (?), stamped with a series of looped double spirals. There is
a border of small rings. Outline of lips stamped in middle. Tomb 56.
L., 10- 1 cm. : B.. ", • i cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
182. Gold mouthpiece of pointed oval form. In the centre the moulh is m.arked
by a raised line (partly broken away). This is surrounded by eight looped
double spirals. At either end is a hole. Tomb 69.
L., 9'9 cm. ; B., 3'4 cm. ; wt., 57 grns.
183. Gold mouthpiece (?), stamped in the middle with a pair of vertical bow-spirals Plate III.
placed in opposite directions. Between each group of two spirals is placed a
single smaller spiral. On either side is a group of three spirals in a horizontal
direction. Pierced at either end. Tomb 72.
L., 9'9cm. : B., 3^9 cm. : wt., 42 grns. Excii7'a/ioiix in Cyprus, pi. x., 400*.
184. Thin gold mouthpiece (.') with pointed ends, each pierced with a hole. It is
stamped with two pairs of double spirals arranged capital-wise in opposite
directions. Between the spirals is a crescent-shaped object (the mouth .'). The
rest of the field is covered with ornaments of diamond shape. Tomb 93.
T... 8' r cm. : B., 3' 5 cm. ; wt., 31 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 524.
185. Pale gold mouthpiece (.'), with crescent-shaped ubject (representing the Plate III.
mouth and lips T) between two patterns made up of tlouble volutes, etc. A hole
is pierced at either end. Tomb Gy.
L., 8'8 cm.; B., 4'5 cm.; wt., 60 grns. The pattern is perhaps derived from the Egyptian
palmette-tree. Cf. Ricgl, Slilfyagcn, p. 103, tig. 40, and No. 135 above.
186. As last. Tomb 19.
L., 7-9 cm. ; B., 3'3 cm. ; wt., 33 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii., p. 43.
187. Gold mouthpiece (.-'), stamped in the middle with two double-volute patterns
with a triple raised band running horizontally across them as in No. 185. Round
the mouthpiece are stamped club-shaped ornaments made up of chevrons. Hole
pierced at either end. Tomb 79.
L., I 1 '5 cm. : B., 4'; cm. ; wt., 84 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi.. 450.
188. Mouthpiece (.') of thin gold, embossed with three double spirals and a rosette
of ten petals at either end. On the upper and lower border respectively are five
small raised rings (one has its centre punched out) ; and there is another similar
ring between two of the double spirals. Hole pierced at either end for fastening.
From excavations at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897.
L., 10 cm. ; B., 3-3 cm. : wt., 46 grns.
189. Gold mouthpiece (.'') stamped with two rows of rosettes, each containing five.
At either end is a single rosette and a hole pierced for fastening. Tomb 61.
L., 8 cm. ; B., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 24 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. x., 223.
C 2
20 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
190. Gold mouthpiece (?), broad in the middle, but narrow at cither end. The Plate IIL
middle is stamped with a large triple rosette ; there are two small rosettes on
each of the narrow ends. Either end is pierced with a hole. Tomb 22.
L., 9'9 cm. ; B., 2'5 cm. ; \\t., 41 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\ii., 16.
191. Gold mouthpiece (.'), in two fragments. It is decorated with a stamped
pattern of fourteen rosettes arranged as a border. Parts of the mouthpiece arc
missing. Each end has been pierced. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900.
Probably from Enkomi.
L., 8'8 cm. ; B., 2' 7 cm. ; wt., 25 grns.
192. Gold mouthpiece (.') as last. There are thirteen rosettes, very irregularly
stamped. Hole pierced at either end. From Cyprus. Purchased, 1900.
Probably from Enkomi.
L., 8 '9 cm. ; B., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
193. Gold mouthpiece stamped with the outline of the mouth and with a dotted Plate III.
border above and below. At either end are stamped respectively three and two
eight-petal led rosettes, each within a circle. A hole is pierced at either
extremity. Tomb 93.
L., 6' 7 cm. ; B., 2'S cm. : wt., 31 grns.
194. Gold mouthpiece (.') of pointed-oval form, stamped with a design of two Plate III.
goats standing inwards, one on either side of a group of three palm trees.
Beneath the muzzle of the goat on the right is a bush, beneath that of the goat
on the left is a spiral (plant .■'). Each goat stands on a line. At the left
extremity are three linked spirals, on the right a single large one, with a smaller
one over the back of the goat. There is a border of small rings above and
below. Three holes are pierced at either end. Tomb 93.
L., 13'8 cm. ; B., 3'9 cm. ; wt., 76 grns. Exca'<atioiis in Cyprus, pi. vii., 517.
195. Gold mouthpiece, stamped with two parallel lines representing the lips (.'), and Plate III.
with eight designs (six incomplete) of a half-seated lion within a square panel.
Between the panels is a series of small stamped rings placed very irregularly.
Pierced with two holes at one end. Tomb 93.
L., 9' 5 cm. : B., 3'5 cm. : wt., 39 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vii., 527.
196. Gold mouthpiece, stamped with twelve figures of Sphinxes, seated. There is Plate III.
a row of five placed horizontally between two rows of four and three respectively
with the figures placed in a vertical direction. In these latter rows parts of the
figures are in some cases cut away. The Sphinxes, which are in square panels,
have raised wings carefully indicated, and two locks of hair streaming away from
the back of their head. A hole is pierced at either end of the mouthpiece.
Tomb 91.
L., 9"l cm. : B., 5 cm. ; wt., 54 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vii., 473.
I
MYCENAEAN PERIOD. — EARRINGS FROM CYPRUS.
21
Fig. 3. — Terracotta
statuette.
(/') Earrings. Nos. 197-545.
[Fig. 3, ;i terracotta statuette from Enkomi (/>'. M. TcrracutUis^
,\ 14), .shows with what profusion these earrings were worn in Cyprus
in the Mycenaean Age.]
197-8. Pair of plain oval rings, with overlapping tapering ends,
partly broken away. Uncertain tf)mb.
Diam., ca. 2 "6 cm. : wt., 35 and 34 griis.
199-204. Six gold rings as No. 197. Uncertain tombs.
Respective diain. and wt., i "3 cm. ; 17 grns. : 2-7 cm. ; 50 grns. : i '8 cm. ;
43 grns. : 4 cm. ; 137 gins. : 2" i cm. ; 14 grns. : i cm. ; 10 grns.
205. Gold ring as No. 197. Tomb 16.
Diam.. 34 cm. ; wt., 52 grns.
206-225. Twenty gold rings as No. 197. Tomb 19.
Diam., ca. 3-1-7 cm. ; wt., 87, 85, 82, 69, 68, 67, 67. 67, 66, 62, 48, 48, 45, 44, 38, 36, 33, 22, 21,
18 grns. respectively.
226-228. Three gold rings as No. 197. Tomb 39.
Diam., ca. 1 ' i cm. ; wt., 8, 6, 6 grns. respectively.
229. Gold ring as No. 197. Tomb 40.
Diam., 2 '6 cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
230-241. Twelve gold rings as No. 197. Tomb 66.
Diam., 4-2-2 cm.; wt., 152, 141, 117, 115, 103, loi, 100, 70, 41,40,32, 23 grns. respectively.
Excavatiotis in Cyprus, pi. ix., 288-295.
242-256. Thirteen gold rings as No. 197. Tomb 67.
Diam., 3-2- i cm. ; wt., 85, 67, 48, 43, 45, 25, 23-5, 23 23, 23, 23, 22, 22 grns. respectivelv.
257-261. Five gold rings as No. 197. Tomb 86.
Diam. 1-6-1-5 cm. : wt., 46, 41, 18, 18, 16 grns. respective!).
262-283. Twenty-two gold rings as No. 197. Tomb 93.
Diam. 3-6-1-7 cm. ; wt., 1S7, 184, 146, 143, 140, 121, 120, 117, 117, nO, 115, 101, 98, 98, 88, 85,
85, 84, 51, 51, 47, 45 grns. respectively. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 593 (= No. -263) ;
ibid.', 'i<)^ (= No. 268).
284. Six gold rings as No. 197. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably
from Enkomi.
Diam., ca. 3 cm. ; wt., 102, 87, 83, 81, 76, 59 grns. respectively.
Plate III.
22 CATALOGUE OF JKWEI-LERY.
285. Two gold rings as No. 197, but larger. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900.
I'robably from Enkoini.
Diam., 42 and 3'S cm. ; vvt., 141 and 138 grns. respectively.
286. Two gold rings as No. 197. From excavations near llala Sultan Tekkc,
Larnaka, 1898. Tomb 2.
Diam., ca. 3 cm, ; \vt., 57 and 53 grns. rcspeclively.
287-288. Two gold rings with overlapping ends as before. One has a light-green Plate III.
glazed porcelain bead, with cross-hatched decoration, threaded upon it ; the
other a blue-grey bead of similar type, partly broken away. From Cyprus.
Acquired, 1900. Probabl)- from Enkomi.
Diam., 3' 5 cm. ; \vl., 103 and ro2 grns. respectively.
289. Gold ring with overlapping ends as before ; upon it is a porcelain (.') hollow
cylinder decorated with cross-hatched lines. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. ; \vl., 43 grns.
290-1. Fair of large stout gold rings as No. 287, with a gold cylindrical bead
threaded on them. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
Diam., 4' 2 and 4 cm. ; ut., 1S3 and 192 grns. respectively.
292. Gold ring as before ; thick below, and gradually tapering upwards into very Plate III.
thin overlapping ends. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2' 7 cm. : \vt., 1 iS grns.
293-296. Four gold rings similar to No. 292. Uncertain tombs.
Diam., 2(1-2 cm. ; \vt., i 2(), 119, 63, 62 grns. respectively.
297-300. Four gold rings similar to No. 292. Solid. Tomb 19.
Di.im., 22 cm.: ut., 141, 158, 136, 135 grns. respectively. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii.
The tomb contained a ring of the Xl.Xth-XXIst dynasty {B.A/. Cat. of l\iiii;s, No. i).
301. Gold ring as No. 292. Tomb 22.
Diam., I'Scm. ; \vt., 40 grns.
302-305. Four gold rings as No. 292. They are apparently covered with a casing
of gold placed on some other metal. Tombs 53 and 69.
Diam., 2' i-i '9 cm. ; wt., 80, 66, 63, 61 grns. respectively.
306. Gold ring, as No. 292. Tomb 75.
Diam., 2' I cm. ; wt., 65 grns.
307-314. Eight gold rings as No. 292. Tomb 86.
Diam., i '9-1 '6 cm. ; wt., 88, 85, 83, So, 52, 47, 46, 44 grns. respectively.
315. Gold ring as No. 292. Pale gold. Tomb 90.
111., 2' 1 cm. ; wt., 80 grns.
MYCENAEAN PERIOD. EARRINGS FROM CYPRUS.
23
316-319. Four gold rings as No. 292, From CyiJius. Acquired, 1900. Probably
from Enkomi.
Uiam., 2'2-i '8 cm. ; \vl., 145, 143, 69, 63 grns. respectively.
320. Earring as No. 292, but with a .spiral coil of wire .soldered round the bottom. Plate III.
One end broken away. Very small. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., I '3 cm. : wt., 18 grns.
321. Lower part of ' leech-shaped ' silver earring of nearly circular form. The over-
lap])in^ ends have been broken away. Type as No. 292, but thicker below.
Tomb 86.
Diam., i -9 cm. ; wt., 29 grns.
322. Lower part of similar earring. Tomb 86.
Diam.. i '8 cm. ; ut. 16 grns.
Fig. 4. TL'IT.'lCOtt.T
statuette.
323. Gold earring of ' leech ' shape, with very long overlapping
ends. Hollow. Tomb 16.
Ht., 5 '7 cm. ; wt., 64 grns. Cf. fig. 4, the upper part of a leriacotta
statuette from Kouklia, Cyprus (B.Af. Terracottas, A 123), which
shows that this type of earring continued into the Graeco-Phoenician
period.
324. As No. 323. Tomb 32.
Hi., 4-7 cm. ; wt., 73 grns.
325. As No. 323. Tomb 24.
Ht., 3 "2 cm. ; wt., 90 grns.
326. .\s No. 323. Tomb 24.
Ht., 4-8 cm. : wt., 91 grns.
327. As No. 323. Tomb 16.
Ht., 4'4 cm. ; wt., 65 grns.
328. As No. 323. Tomb 24.
Ht., 4' 5 cm. : wt.. 53 grns.
329. As No. .323. Tomb 24.
Ht., 4-7 cm. ; wt., 78 grns.
330. As No. 323. One of the overlapping ends is broken oft" short. From Cyprus.
Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
Ht., 3"7 cm. ; wt., 70 grns.
331-332. Pair of similar earrings, with very long overlapping wires, the ends in one
case broken away. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
Ht., 5 '6 and 4^9 cm. respectively : wt., 55 and 52 grns. respectively.
Plate III.
24 CATAl.DGUK OF .|KWKI,LKRY.
333- As Xo. 323. Tomb 61.
lit., 5-9 cm. ; wt., 70 grns.
334. As No. 323. Tomb 61.
Ht., 5 '4 cm. ; wl., 51 grns.
335-336. Two earrings a.s No. 323. Hollow, l^ale gold. Tomb 61.
Ht., 5 '7 ;iml 5-6 cm. ; wt., 53 and 7<S grns. respectively.
337-338. Two earrings as No. 323. A small portion of the overlapping ends is
broken away. Tomb 61.
Ht., 4' 5 and 4 1 n;. ; ut., 50 grns. cacli.
339-342. Four earrings as No. 323. Tomb 75.
Hi., 4'X, 4'5, 46, 42 cm. : wt., 75, 65, 74, and 70 grns. respectively. Excavatioiis in Cyprus,
pi. X., 412, 4>3. 414-
343-346. Four earrings as No. 323. Tomb 75.
Ht., 5 '3, 5' I, ;, 4' 2 cm. ; wt., 6S, 75, iS6, 66 grns. respectively. Exxavatioiis in Cyprus, pi. x.,
415-
347. Gold earring composed of small overlapping ring with tapering end.s. From Plate III.
the ling, attached by a loop, hangs a figure of a woman, formed of two stamped
plates folded over one another at the edges and soldered together. The woman
wears the klaft and a long sleeved garment girt at the waist, the knot of the
eirdle falling down in front. She has her arms folded over her breasts. Her
feet are indicated underneath. Toinb 95.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Excavations in Cyprjis, p. 19, fig. 36 ; Hadaczek, Olirsclinaiik, p. 8,
fig. 10 ; cf. Nos. 803, 804.
348-349. Pair of gold earrings, each consisting of two grooved bands twisted round Plate III.
one another and ending in plain overlapping wires. Tomb 92.
Diam., ca. 2' 5 cm. : wt., 61 and 59 grns.
350-353. Four gold earrings as No. 34S. Tomb 92.
Diam.. 2' 7-- cm. ; wl., 54, 38, 30, 18 grns. respectively.
354-357. Four gold earrings as No. 348. Tomb 19.
Diam.. 2'9-2'2 cm. ; wt., 63, 50, 47, 46 grns. respectively. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii. ;
W^diAcitV.OhrschmucI:, p. 7f., fig. 9.
358-361, Four gold earrings as No. 348. Tomb 57.
Diam.. 26-1 ■ ,S cm. : ut., 38, 36, 35, 28 grns. respectively.
362-363. Two gold earrings as No. 348. Tomb 58.
Diam., ca. 3 cm. ; wt., 54 and 49 grns. respectively.
MYCKNAliAN I'KKIOD.— KAKKINGS KKOM CYPKUS. 25
364-365. Two gold earrings as No. 348. Tomb 66.
Diuin,, 3-5 cm. ; wt., 80 and 77 ^frns. respectively. Excavntioiis in Cy/tnis, pi. ix., 274, 375.
366-369. Four gold rings as No. 348. Tomb 67.
Diam.. v<>-3'2 c;m. ; wt., 73, 6y, 61, 51 griis.
369*. Gold ring as No. 348. Uncertain tomb.
I'laiii.. 2'3 c:m, : wt., 42 i;rns.
370-372. Three gold rings as No. 348. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably
from iMikomi.
Diam., 3-23 cm. : wt.. 60, 55 and 50 grns. respectively.
373. Gold earring, consisting of a plain rounded ring tapering upwards. At the top Plate III.
the open ends are twisted round one another. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2-4 cm. ; wt., 39 Rrns. Cf. No. 12 16 from Assarlik ; J,>/i>-ii. HeH. Snii/.,\\U.,\i. 7(,tig-. 13.
374. As No. ^71. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2"2 cm. : wt., 37 grns.
375. As No. ijT,. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2'3 cm. : wt., 37 grns.
376. As No. 373. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 34 grns.
377. As No. 373. Tomb i.
Diam. 2'i cm. : wt., 31 grns.
378. As No. ^j^. Tomb i.
Diam., 2 '2 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
379. As No. 373. Tomb 32.
Diam., 2"3 cm. ; wt.. 37 grns.
380. Pale gold spiral (ear-pendant .'), tapering at the ends. Two turns. piate IV.
Diam., 24 cm. ; \\l.. 54 grns.
381. As No. 380, but rather less than two turns. Three small beads are strung on
it, but it is doubtful how far these belong. Tomb 41.
Diam , 3"2 cm. ; wt., 109 grns.
382. As No. 380. Tomb 13.
Diam., 2' 2 cm. ; wt. , 78 grns.
383. As No. 380, but with minute ring of gold attached to it. Tomb 19.
Diam., rg cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
26 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
384-9. Six gold spirals as No. 380. Tomb 19.
Diain., 3-2 cm. : ut., 147, 141, 125, 118, 29, 26 grns. respectively.
390-392. Three gold spirals as No. 380, one broken. Tomb 32.
Diam., 2'2-2 cm. ; wt., 38, 36, 18 grns. respectively.
393. As No. 380. Tomb 46.
Diam.. 2 '4 cm. : wt., 49 grns.
394. Large gold spiral as No. 380, of about one and three-quarter turns, with
tapering ends. Tomb 60.
Uiam., 3-3 cm. ; \vl., i)i grns.
395-404. Ten gold spirals as No. 380. Tomb 67.
Uiam., 2' i-i 8 cm. ; wt., 120, 71, 49, 46, 32, 28, 28, 27, 26, 25 grns. respectively.
405-411. Seven gold spirals as No. 380. Tomb 69.
Diam., 3'3 -2' 2, cm. ; ut., 137, 128, 95, 70, 65, 54, 27 griis. respectively.
412. Pale gold spiral as No. 380. Tomb 84.
Diam., 23 cm. : ut., 60 grns.
413. Gold spiral as No. 380. Tomb 84a.
Diam., 2 '3 cm. ; ut., 62 grns.
414 19. Six gold spirals as No. 380. Tomb 86.
Diam., 2'i-i"6 cm. : wt., 35, 24, 34, 21, 19, I4grns. respectively.
420-50. Thirty-one gold spirals as No. 380. Tomb 93.
Diam., 27-1 6 cm. ; wt., 70, 68, 66, 64, 60, 60, 60, 36, 49, 48, 47, 47, 46, 46, 42, 41, 39, 38, 38,
35, 34, 28, 24, 22, 19. 18, II, 10, 9, 8, 5 grns. respectively.
451. Gold spiral as No. 3S0. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from
linkomi.
Diam.. 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 80 grns.
452-455. Two pairs of gold spirals as No. 380. From excavations at Hala Sultan
Tekke, Cyprus, 1S98. Tomb 8.
Diam., 24 and 2' i cm. : ut., 93 and i 13 grns.
456. Gold spiral as No. 380. From excavations at Maroni,.i897. Tomb 22.
Diam . 2 cm. ; wt., 46 grns.
457-469. Thirteen gold spirals as No. 380. Uncertain tombs.
Diam., 2-7-2- 1 cm. ; wt., 78, 72, 69, 67, 59, 59, 53, 49, 45, 41, 37, 30, 30 grns. respectively.
MVCKNAKAN PKRIOD. EAKRINCS FROM CYPRUS. 27
470-471. Two pale gold earrings, cacii consisting of a ring with tapering over- Plate IV.
lapping ends, with a cluster of four globules soldered below. Tomb 57.
Ht., I '7 and i'6 cm. ; vvt., 20 grns. each. Cf. Strcna llelbigiana, p. 222 (from 7lli-6lh cent,
tombs in Sicily) : Hadaczck, Olirschinmh, p. 17, fij;. 28.
472. Earring as No. 470, but with larger clu.ster of numerous globules. Yellow
gold. Tomb 57.
Ht., I 'cS cm. ; \vl., 21 grns.
473. As No. 470. Tomb 57.
Ht., I '7 cm. ; \vl., 21 ;4ins. '
474. As No. 470, with small cluster of globules. Very rough. Apparently part is
of yellow gold, part of clectnim. Tomb 57.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; wt., ig grns.
475-476. Two earrings as No. 470. The globule cluster is small and worn.
Tomb 57.
Ht., I "5 cm. ; wt., 17 grns. each.
477-78. Two earrings of pale gold, as No. 470. Each has a cluster of four globules
soldered to the bottom. Tomb 39.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. each.
479-480. Pair of pale gold earrings, as No. 470, consisting of a penannular ring,
thickest below ami tapering at the ends. To the bottom of each is soldered a
cluster of four globules attached to a small disk. From excavations at Maroni,
1897.
Ht., I '8 cm. : wt., 19 grns. each. From the Bronze Age site known as Zarukas, Tomb 11.
The cluster of one earring has been broken ofif, but is preserved.
481-482. Pair of gold earrings as No. 470, e.xcept that at the bottom there is a
cluster of several very small globules. Much worn. From C\"prus. Acquired,
1900. Probably from Enkoini.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 27 grns. each.
483. As No. 470, with pyramid of four globules soldered to a ring at the base.
Uncertain tomb.
Ht., 1 '8 cm. : wt., 27 grns.
484. As No. 470, with cluster of four sinall globules. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., i'3 cm. ; wt., 18 grns.
485. As No. 470, with a cluster of several small globules soldered to the bottom.
Worn. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., I '7 cm. : wt., 29 grns.
28
CATALOGUE OF IliWliLLERY.
486. As No. 470. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; \v(., 22 f^rns.
487. Silver earring, consisting of ;i ring tapering from the bottom towards the
open overlapping ends. To the bottom a globule is soldered. Tomb 93.
111., 18 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
488. Gold earring, consisting of a hollow bncraniuin formed of two similarly Plate IV.
stamped masks soldered together. The hair over the forehead and face is
indicated. A plain ring with overlapping ends passes through two holes pierced
in the head ; a ring is soldered round the holes. Tomb 84.
III., V5 cm. ; u'L. 34 grns. Excavatimis in Cyprus, pi. \ii., 452.
489. As No. 488, but of rather paler gold.
Tomb 84.
Ht.. 3-5 cm. ; wl., 31 grns.
490. As No. 4S8. Smaller. Crushed. Tomb 84.
Ht., 2' 7 cm. : wt., 13 grns.
491. As No. 488. Paler gold ; hair indicated
in greater detail. Tomb 24.
Ht., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Fig. 5.
492. As No. 488. Tomb 75.
l:lt.,3'4cm. ; wt., 36 grns. Excavations in Cyprus,
pi. X., 403.
493-4. Two earrings as No. 488. Tomb 75.
Ht., 2-5 cm. ; wt. (each), 14 grns.
Fig. 5. — Diagram showing development of
' bucranium ' earrings, i ; i.
495. As No. 488. Tomb 61.
Ht.. 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 40 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. x., 234.
496. As No. 488. Tomb 61.
Ht., 3- 1 cm. ; wt., 28 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\., 235.
497. As No. 488. Tomb 61.
Ht., 3- I cm. ; wt., 28 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. x., 236.
498. As No. 488. Tomb 61.
Ht., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
499. As No. 488. Tomb 61.
Ht., 2-4 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
500. As No. 488. The hticraniniit is somewhat broken below. Tomb 38.
Ht., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 13 gTns.
MYCENAKAN PKRIOD. — EARRINGS FROM CVPRUS.
29
501. Akin to No. 488, but the bull's head is more conventional (almost human). Plate IV.
The muzzle and eyes are indicated by straight lines ending in spirals. Across
the forehead and nose respectively is a milled band. Tomb 67.
Ht., 3 cm. ; vvt., 38 grns. Fig. 5. E.rcavd/ioiis in Cyprus, pi. .\i., 357.
502. As No. 488, with biicrauium very carefully indicated on cither side. No
suspending ring. Tomb 24.
lit., I 'S cm. : wt., 23 grns. Fig. 5.
503. .As No. 502. Tomb 24.
lit., I -8 cm. : wt., 23 grns.. This tomb contained a scarab of Ramcscs 111. (X.Xth dynasty).
504. As No. 502. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., 1-3 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
505. As No. 502. Tomb 24.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
506. As No. 502. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., 2 cm. : wt.. 17 grns. '
507. As No. 502. Crushed. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., I '8 cm. : wt., 17 grns.
508-9. Two pendants as No. 502. The details of the bucrauiiiin are carefully
indicated. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probabl}- from l^nkomi.
Ht., 2 cm. : wt., 27 and 28 grns. respectively.
510. Gold earring akin to No. 488, roughly in the form of a biicranium. It is Plate IV.
Iiollow, composed of two embossed plaques decorated with overlapping scale
pattern. It is open underneath and has a hole on either side at the top through
which passes a plain ring with overlapping ends. To each of the three holes is
soldered a circle of twisted wire. On either side, beneath the holes, is a wire
volute projecting, perhaps a reminiscence of ears. From excavations at Hala
Sultan Tekkc, Larnaka, Cyprus. Acquired, 1898. Tomb 2.
Ht., 3-2 cm. ; wt., 29 grns. Cf. Ccsnola, Atlas. Vol. III., pi. xvi.
511. As No. 510, but with plain wires round the holes and a globule soldered beneath
the tvvo upper holes instead of volutes. From excavations near Hala Sultan
Tekke, Cyprus. Acquired, 1898. Tomb 2.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 29 grns.
512. Gold pendant akin to No. 510, but with ring lost. It is embossed with inter- Plate IV.
lacing spirals arranged in tree form. The bottom of the pendant is closed.
FroiTi excavations at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897. Tomb 17.
Ht., 2- 1 cm. : wt., 28 grns. Cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. .\vi., 19.
2,0 rATALO(;uE OK jkwki.i.i;r\ .
513-14- Two pendants as No. 512, with similar intcrlacincj sjiirals surmounted by a
palmettc. The bottom of the pendant is open and surrounded by two ring's of
grains. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Knkomi.
Ht., 2 cm. ; \vt., 30 grns.
515-16. Two pendants as No. 512. From Cj'prus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from
Enkomi.
Ht., 2 cm. : nt., 29 and 30 grns. respectively.
517. Pendant as No. 512, with conventional tree-pattern cmbo.sscd on either side.
I'Vom Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
lit., i'9 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
518. As No. 512. Crushctl. From Cyprus. Acquired. 1900. Probably from
Enkomi.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
519. As No. 512. Ring preserved. Tomb 75.
Ht., 2'7 cm. : ut., 21 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. \., 406.
520. As No. 512, with similar ])attern, but open underneath. The suspending ring
is lost. Tomb 75.
Ht., 1 'JS cm. : wt., 47 grns.
521-4. Four pendants as No. 512, with interlaced " tree " pattern in relief. The
bottom is open and surrounded with a plain wire between two rings of globules.
Each has a suspending ring of wire with open ends. Tomb 61.
Ht., 3' I, 3, 2'S, and 3'3 cm. : wt., 33, 30, 26, 21 grns. respectively. Exxavalions in Cyprus,
pi. X., 240-2.
525. As No. 521, but with a globule soldered on either side beneath the holes
through which the spiral ring passes. Tomb 61.
Ht., 3-2 cm. : wt., 36 and 35 grns. respectively. Fig. 5.
526. As No. 521. Tomb 79.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 33 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\i., 437.
527-8. Two gold pendants as No. 521. Tomb 79.
Ht., 3' 2 and 3 cm. ; wt., 41 and 33 grns. respectively.
529. As No. 521, with interlacing tree pattern. Closed below. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
530. As No. 521, but open below and decorated round the opening with a plain and
a beaded circle. Much crushed. No suspending ring. Uncertain tomb.
Ht., 2' J cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
MYCENAKAN rKKIOI). 1;ARRTNGS FROM (Yl'KUS. 3 I
531. As No. 521. Ring for suspension. Tomb 75.
Ht., 3 cm. ; \vt., 22 grns.
532. As No. 521. Tomb 69.
lU., yy cm. ■ wl., 37 gins.
533- Akin to last. The pendant is closed below, has no globule on either side, and
is stamped with a kind of spiral tree pattern. Below are three horizontal lines.
Tomb 69.
Ht., 3'6 cm. ; \vt., 42 grns.
534. Kindred pendant, decorated on either side with spiral patterns in filigree
bordered with globules. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from
Enkomi.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wt., 43 grns.
535. As No. 534, but much worn. It has been decorated with filigree and globules.
Remains of a spiral pattern in filigree are to be seen on either side. From
Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; wt., 40 grns.
536. Gold earring, consisting of a ring with overlapping ends, to the bottom of Plate IV.
which is soldered a pendant roughly in the form of a bucraiiiiiiii ; the pendant is
thickly covered with granulation Tomb 58.
Ht., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 25 grns. Fig. 5. Cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. xvi., 14.
537. Part of earring as last, but with most of the pendant broken aw.iy. Tomb 58.
Ht., I "5 cm. ; ut., 17 grns.
538. Pair of gold earrings, composed of an open ring tapering towards the ends, Plate IV.
which overlap. To the bottom is soldered a long, cone-shaped ornament
(probably developed from the bucraiii?iiii), encrusted with granulation, which
extends some way up the ring on cither side. To either side of the ornament
is soldered a wire ending above in a volute. A spiral of plain wire is soldered
round the cone beneath the volutes. From excavations at Maroni, Cyprus,
1897.
Ht., 2 '8 cm. ; wt., 35 and 37 grns. respectively. Fig. 5. From the Bronze .'Vge site known as
Zarukas. Tomb 2.
539-540. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 538, but without volute
decoration or wire spiral. At the base of the cone are loop-shaped decorations
in wire. From excavations at Hala Sultan Tekke, near Larnaka, Cyjirus.
Acquired, 1898. Tomb 8.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 35 grns. eacli.
541-542. Pair of gold earrings similar to No. 539. From the same tomb.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 34 and 33 grns. respectively.
32 CATAl.OCUi: OK iKVVKI.LERV.
543 -544- Similar pair of earrings. Spiral of wire soldered round base of cone.
Tomb 19.
Ht., ] '9 cm. : wt., 26 grns. each.
545. i\s last, except that the globules are coarser (imitation of grapes .'). Tomb 19.
ilt.. 1 '9 em. ; wt., 23 grns.
((•) Pins. Nos. 546-577.
546. Gold pin, the upper part of which is decorated with jjairs of raisecl rings Plate IV.
alternating with ribbed beadings. The middle is pierced and decorated with
a palm-branch pattern. To either side of the hole is soldered a plain ring.
Immediately below the hole is a cross-hatched pattern and four incised rings,
with a zigzag band underneath them. The lower part of the ]:)in is plain.
Tomb 92.
L., 6"6 cm. : wt., 108 grns. Cf. Petrie, Illaliini, pi. xxii.. 1-3, p. 19 (from a settlement at Gurob
of between 1400-1200 B.C.).
547. Gold pin, the upper part of which is decorated with double moulded rings
alternating with ribbed beadings. The middle of the pin (which expands) is
pierced ; immediately below it are two incised rings and a zigzag band.
Tomb 92.
L., 5 '7 cm. : wt., 97 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 19, fig. 38 Cextremc right) : Evans in
Joiini. Aitthr. Inst., XXX. (1900), p. 203, fig. _>.
548. Gold pin, the upper part of which consists of a series of circular ribbed bead- Plate IV.
ings ; in the middle, which expands, is a hole, immediately below which are two
rings and a band of zigzags. Tomb 92. ^
L., 7 '3 cm. : wt., 149 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 19, fig, 38 (extreme left) : E\-ans, loc. cit.
549. Gold pin. The lower part is plain, but about one-third of the way up spreads Plate IV.
into a series of twisted strands, arranged four on each side of a rod of square
section. At the top these pass through a white porcelain bead. Their upper
part above the bead (which probably imitated a pomegranate) is broken away.
At the lower end of the twisted strands a ring, formed of a flat band bordered
with plain wires, is lashed to the pin by a coiled gold wire soldered together.
Tomb 92.
L., 6'6 cm. ; wt., 109 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 19, fig. 38 (second from right) ; Evans,
loc. cit.
550. Gold pin, composed of a gold rod split up half way from the bottom into a Plate IV.
series of twisted wires arranged so as to give the appearance of plaited work.
These are again united at the head, where they pass through a ribbed porcelain
half-bead, and separate at the top into two leaves curling in opposite directions.
At the point where the twisted wires terminate is attached a ring formed of a
\
MYCENAEAN I'KKIOl). riNS FROM CYPRUS. 33
spiral wire of three turns, which is twisted round the pin and soldered to it.
Below this are three incised rings ; underneath these a row of zigzags.
Tomb 19.
L., I3'2cra. ; wt., 880 grns. Excmiations in Cyprus, pi. viii. : Amelung, Die Gewandung d.
n/f. Gr. 11. Pomei\ p. 12, fig. i,b (centre)..
551. Gold pin almost exactly as last. The top is broken away. The projecting
ring is solid with a deep groove on the outer side. It is bound to the pin by a
spiral wire of three turns. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from
Enkomi.
L., 10 cm. ; wt., 329 grns.
552. Gold pin, consisting of {a) a sevcn-petalled flower, the top of which has apparently Plate IV.
been inlaid with coloured paste ; {b) ten plain bead-like bands alternating with
double ribbed rings, and forming the upper part of the pin ; (c) a spiral of wire
soldered round the middle of the pin and securing a grooved ring of gold, only a
small part of which remains ; {d) immediately below the last, an incised spiral
ring terminating in a zigzag band. The lower part of the ring is plain. Repaired.
Tomb 92.
L., io'3 cm. ; wt., 193 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 19, fig. 38 (middle) ; Evans in Jouni.
Anthr. Inst., X.X.X. (1900), p. 203, fig. 2.
553. Gold pin, richly decorated. At the top is attached a movable head in the form Plate IV.
of a sevcn-petalled flower, slightly drooping downwards. The part of the pin
beneath this is decorated with ribbed and grooved rings. About midway down
is attached, by means of a spirally twisted wire, a double-grooved ring. Below
this is a scries of ribbed bands, finished off underneath with a zigzag pattern.
Tomb 19.
L., yi cm. ; wt., 213 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii.
554. Pale gold pin, the upper part of which is decorated with double moulded rings
alternating with ribbed headings. In the middle is a hole for fastening the
pin. Below this it is decorated with two incised rings and a row of chevrons.
Tomb 57.
L., 5 cm. ; wt., 47 grns.
555. Pale gold pin. The head is in the form of a rounded bead fluted vertically.
The upper part of the pin is decorated with bead-like ornaments alternately
ribbed and plain. Below this is an incised ring of zigzags. To the middle
of the pin is soldered a ring formed of a triple spiral of wire soldered together ;
the ends of the wire are twined round the body of the pin. Tomb 67.
L., 4 cm. ; wt., 88 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 19, fig. 38 (second from left) ; Evans, loc. cit.
556. Gold pin formed of a solid rod of gold ; the head is in the form of a biconical Plate IV.
bead striated vertically. Below the bead the shaft is in the form of a series of
alternate striated beads and double rings terminating in the middle in a pierced
D
34 CATAT.dcuE Or ii;\vi;[.i,i:rv.
bead. Underneath this is a scries of four incised rings with a band of zigzags
below them. Tomb 19.
1... 10 2 cm.; \vt., igogriis. Excavations in Cyprus^ pi. viii. ; Aniclung, Die Getvandiing der
all. Gr. II. Rihiwr. p. 12, lig. ifi (on r.).
557. Pale gold pin. The upper part is composed of three pairs of rings alternating
with a thicker beaded ring. In the middle is a hole. Below is a circle of zig-
zags. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
L., 4'6 cm. : \vt., 51 grns.
558. Gold pin, the upper part of which is decorated with a series of ribbed rings,
terminating below in an incised zigzag pattern. The middle of the pin, which is
broader than the rest, is pierced. It is incised with a palm-branch pattern. From
Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
Ht., 5'2 cm. ; wt., 73 grns.
559. Gold pin, decorated at the top with incised ring and pierced in the middle
with an eye-shaped hole. Tomb 19.
Ht., 4' 5 cm. ; wt., 27 grns.
560. Similar pin. I^'rom the same tomb.
Ht., 4'iS cm. ; wt., 27 grns.
561. Gold pin, consisting of a plain rod tapering downwards. About a third of the
way down is pierced a hole. Tomb 66.
Ht., 7 cm. ; wt., 74 grns. Excavations in Cyprus., pi. ix., 285.
562. Gold pin, consisting of a long rod decorated at the top with a striated bead of Plate IV.
blue porcelain capped with a disk of gold fastened in position by a V-shaped
wire formed by the splitting of the rod. Underneath the bead are placed at
intervals si.x gold disks with notched edges. The portion of the rod between the
disks is covered with a spirally twisted wire. About the middle of the pin is
attached a ring formed of wire twisted into a triple spiral, and bound round the
rod. Below this wire the rod is decorated with three incised rings. Tomb 19.
Ht., 8'9 cm. ; wt., 251 grns. Excavations in Cyprus^ pi. viii. : .■\melung. Die Gcwandung d.
alt. Gr. II. Roiner, p. 12, fig. 4^ (on 1.).
563. Electrum pin, nearly complete in two fragments. The upper part is ornamented Plate IV.
with a series of projecting rings incised on the outer edge. The lower part,
which is broken away at the hole pierced in the middle of the pin, is plain.
Tomb 67.
L., 7 '6 cm. ; wt., 73 grns.
564. Lower part of electrum pin broken oft" at the hole pierced in the centre.
Tomb 67.
L., 4-5 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
MYCENAEAN PERIOD. — PINS ERUM CYPRUS. 35
565. Plain gold pin with flattened hook at the liead. Tomb 19. Plate IV.
L., l:l'2-cni. : wl., 60 j^rns. Excavations in Cyfirus, pi, viii. ; cf. Dorpfcjid, Ti-oja, I., p. 356,
fig. 294^.
566. Pin as last, but smaller. From the same tomb.
L., 6'6 cm. ; wt., 28 grns. Excavalions in Cyprus, pi. \iii.
567. Lower part of a gold pin decorated with twisted i^roove.s. Tomb 19.
L., 6'6 cm. ; wt., 40 yrns. Excavations in Cvprns, pi, viii.
568. Lower part of similar pin. Tomb 19.
1.,, 3 '3 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
569. Lower part of similar (?) pin, much damaged. Tomb 19.
1... 4 1:111, : wt., 1 7 xrns,
570. Silver pin with rounded knob and ribbed decoration below it. In the middle Plate IV.
is pierced a hole. From excavations at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897.
L,, 7'6 cm. : wl., 1S7 grns. From a Bronie Age site known as Zarukas. Tomb 3.
571. Silver top broken from large pin, gold cased. The top is ribbed. Uncertain
tomb.
1.., 5 ■ 1 cm, : wl,, 179 grns.
572. Silver pin cased with gold. The upper part, where the silver core is lost and
the gold casing burst open, has been ribbed. Towards the middle a hole has
been pierced. Tomb 66.
L., S'3 cm. : wt . 51 grns. Excavations in Cvprns, pi. i.\., 2S6.
573. Top of silver pin decorated with raised bands — one beaded band alternating
with two raised bands. It is partly covered witli a gold casing. Tomb 19.
L., 2' 5 cm. : wt., 46 grns.
574. Gold casing from similar pin, embossed with alternate bands, double-beaded
and plain. Tomb 19.
I,.. 4 cm, : B., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt,, 14 grns,
575. Fragment of similar gold casing. From the same tomb.
L., 2 '6 cm, : wt.. 5 grns,
576. Gold pin-head (pin missing from underneath) in the form of a flat di.sk ; it is
bordered by a plain wire and two twisted wires soldered to it. Within these is
a thicker circular band of square section, and inside this has probably been inlaid
a glass paste. Tomb 67.
Diam., i'2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
577. Similar gold pin-head with part of the silver pin reiuaining. Tomb 6y.
Diam., '9 cm., ; lit., 1 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
36
CATALOGUE OF JE\VKl,Li:KY.
(d) Necklaces. Nos. 578—581.
578. Gold necklace (?) consisting of (ci) fifteen glandular beads with four project- Plate IV.
ing ribs running along them. They are hollow and pierced ; {b) fifteen circular
ribbed beads (small) ; (c) thirty-one small plain rounded beads, placed one on
either side of the previous beads ; {d) a round gold setting with six double
spirals running round it. Each of the flat surfaces is bordered by three plain
wires and a twisted wire ; the middle is open and contains the remains of a paste
filling. Pierced. A wire ring is soldered round each opening. The present
arrangement of the beads is arbitrary and uncertain. Tomb 79.
L. of {(i), I -4 cm. ; {b), '7 cm. ; (c), -5 cm. ; {tl), I '8 cm. ; wt., 323 grns.
579. Necklace reconstructed out of various gold beads, viz. (i) thirty-eight small Plate IV.
rounded beads ; (2) sixteen cylinders formed of gold wire twisted spirally and
soldered together ; (3) seven beads in the form of cowrie shells ; (4) two oblong
four-sided beads ; (5) circular gold box-setting, decorated round the edge with a
row of globules between two rows of twisted wires. The flat sides are decorated
near the circumference with four rows of wires alternately twisted and plain. The
centre is left open and shows a yellow porcelain filling. Tomb 69.
L., 25 cm. ; wt., 469 grns. Exxavatiois in Cyprus, pi. xii., 395.
580. Necklace formed of («) sixteen double-shield-shaped ornaments of hollow gold, Plate V.
each of the two sides like the other. They are formed by the soldering together
of two plates stamped each with two Mycenaean shields placed one next the
other. Each shield is surrounded by a dotted border. These ornaments are
pierced by four holes on either side for threading ; soldered round each hole is a
small ring ; {b) si.x biconical carnelian beads truncated at the ends ; (c) four plain
rounded carnelian beads ; (d) forty-two small cylinders formed of spirally twisted
gold wire soldered together ; (<') thirty-eight small biconical gold beads ; {f) a
biconical gold bead placed in the middle, with a ring at either end ; {g) -a. gold
bead formed of a milled central band, with t\\ o thick plain rings soldered on
either side ; {]i) a minute gold bead. Tomb 93.
L. of (rt) 3' 5 cm. ; (b) 2-2 cm. : (c) -g cm. ; (</) ca. '6 cm. ; {ei • 5 cm. ; (/) 1 cm. ; (£-) -g cm. ;
(//) •4 cm. ; wt. (inckiding silk threads, etc.), 1560 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 41,
pi. vi. 604 ; Reichel, Horn. Waffcn", p. 3, tig. 8. For the general arrangement, cf. Vernier,
Cat. du Mus. du Caire, Bijoux, No. 52.067, pi. vi.
581. Parts of a gold pectoral composed of {a) sixty-two long husk-shaped pendants Plate V.
with a loop soldered above and below, and with two depressed lines across
one end ; (3) twenty-one double pendants, composed of a quadrilateral figure
with raised edges and two curved strips soldered across it, forming cloisonne
compartments ; there is a small ring soldered belov/ on the right and left hand
sides respectively. The three divisions have been filled with a vitreous paste, the
top with blue, the middle with red and the bottom with blue. To the left (in
four cases to the right) of this figure is attached another in the form of a very
MYCENAEAN PERIOD. — MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS FROM CVI'RUS. 7)7
long isosceles triangle, apex downwards. The outer side is slightly convex
and the back is hollow. A small ring is soldered to the base (uppermost) of
the triangle, and there are two impressed lines below it ; (c) ten double pendants
(only partially preserved). They consisted of a semi-eiliptical figure with up-
turned edge ; a semi-circular hollow gold ornament projects from the straight
base, and another curved wall divides the remainder into two unequal compart-
ments, the larger of which has been filled with a red, the smaller with a blue
vitreous paste. Two small rings have been soldered to the straight, one tf) the
curved side. To one side of each of these figures has been soldered a triangular
gold ornament marked horizontally with parallel
striated lines ; a small ring of gold has been
soldered to the base of the triangle, (d) Eleven
double pendants and a part of a twelfth. Each
consists of a hollow, vase-shaped figure with small
ring soldered above and below. It is striated hori-
zontally on the neck, immediately below which is a
band of chevron ornament ; soldered to the left side
of the neck is an ornament of shield form with
raised walls. It is divided into three cloisonne Fig.6.-uiagra,„^showingpar..or
compartments by two curved walls of gold ; these
have been filled with vitreous paste— that in the upper, white (.'), in the middle,
red, in the lowest, blue, {e) Thirteen convex disks with chevron decoration below
the upper of two rings soldered at either end of a diameter. (/) Three egg-shaped
convex pendants decorated with series of impressed lines crossing one another at
right angles. A small ring is soldered to one end, the other is pierced, {g) Two
pendants in the form of lotus-flowers. They are composed of a flat backing-plate
on which the leaves are indicated by means of cloisonne divisions. In two cases
the leaf has been covered with a flat plate of gold ; the other divisions have been
filled with a vitreous paste— blue, red, and white. The two outer buds, which
are similarly divided into compartments filled with a vitreous paste, have been
soldered on separately, and have had stalks attached to the root of the flower.
This root is covered with a pelta-shaped gold plate and ends in a ring for
attachment. To the top of the flower is soldered a tube of gold pierced with four
holes for pendants. (//) Four fragments of similar tubes. Tomb 93.
Ht. of {a) 2-2 cm.; {b) 2-9 cm.; {c) 2-2 cm.: (,/) 2-5 cm.; {c) 1-9 cm.; (/) kS cm.;
{^) 6-6 X 4-9 cm. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. v. ; Evans in Joiirn. Anthr. Inst., XXX.
(1900), p. 205. Egyptian work, probably of the XVlIItli-XIXth dynasty.
{e) Miscellaneous rings. Nos. 582-608.
582. Gold ring:, composed of a flat band, soldered to the outside of which are four Plate V.
embossed bulls' heads with long curling rams' horns. The heads are placed
alternately in opposite directions. Along either edge of the ring runs a
quadruple band composed each of alternate plain wires and globules. On either
D 2
/^../»/i3.7» f
jS CATALOGUE OF JEWKl.l.KRV.
side bctv\een the Ijiills' heads a triangle projects from tliese bands, apex- out-
wards. Acquired, 1898. It was bought in Nicosia, Cyprus, but probably came
from I'.nkomi.
Diaiii., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 17; grns.
583. Gold ring, formed of a broad flat band of gold with a ring of gold soldered at Plate V.
either end. To the outside of the band are soldered two rows of hollow stamped
lions' masks, placed in opposite directions, six in each row. Tomb 93.
Diam., 2" 3 cm'. ; innt-r diam., 1 '8 cm. : wt., 326 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 548.
584. Gold ring, consisting of a ver)- flimsy concavo-convex band. Tomb 67.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. ; inner diam., f/ cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi., 359.
585. Gold ring as last. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. : iimer diam., I'g cm. : wt., 26 grns.
586. Gold ring as last, but narrower and broken in two. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2' I cm. ; inner diam., i '7 cm. ; ut., 9 grns.
587. Gold ring, convex on the outer side with thin edges. The flattened open ends
overlap. L^ncertain tomb.
Diam., 2' r cm. ; inner diam., i '8 cm. : wt., 52 grns.
588. Gold ring of type as last, w ith a broad groove running along its outer face, a
narrow one along its inner, ends flattened and spread. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2'3 cm. : wt., 31 grns.
589 590. Pair of gold rings, as last. The open, flattened ends are unpierced.
Tomb 93.
Diam., i '6 cm. : wt., 24 grns.
591. As last, but with the ends pierced. From the same tomb.
I )iam., ca. 1 'Ci cm. : wt.. 21 grns.
592. Pale gold ring, perhaps a finger-ring, with open rounded ends. Along the
tniddle is a raised ridge, flattened at either open end. From Cyprus.
Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
Diam., 2' I cm. : wt., 58 grns.
593. Similar ring of j'ellow gold ; the raised ridge is ribbed at intervals. From
C\-prus. Acquired, 1900. Probabl}- from Enkomi.
Diam., i'8 cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
594-595- Two gold rings siinilar to last, except that each of the open ends is
pierced.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; wt., 21 and 38 grns. respectively.
MYCKNAKAN I'l^RIoD. — MISCELLANKOUS OBJECTS FROM CVI'KUS. 39
596. Ring similar U> last. l\)iiib 66.
Diani., 2 ciii. ; \vt., 31 ;4rns. Excavalions in ('yftiiis, \i\. ix., 280.
597- Ring of plain flat ;4okl with overlapping ends, one of which is broader th;ui
the rest of the ring, the other narrower. Tomb 66.
Diam., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 42 grns.
598-599. Two gold rings formed of a grooved band of gold with flattened
overlapping eiuls. Tomb 75-
Diam., I '6 cm. ; wt., 35 and 32 grns.
600. Similar gold ring, with groove. Ends pierced. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., i '9 cm. : \vl., 1 .S grns.
601. Similar ring. Ends flattened, but nnpierced Tomb 84.
Diam., 1 '7 cm. : wt., 16 gnis.
602. Plain gold ring with flattened, overlapping ends soldered together. It is
angular on the outside, flat within. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2 '3 cm. : wt., 36 grns.
603. As last. The outside of the ring is rounded ; the overlapping ends are hardl)-
visible. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2 cm. : wt., 25 grns.
604. As last, but somewhat crushed out of shape. Uncertain tomb.
L,, 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
605. Gold coil of four turns. Thick solid gold. Tomb 99. Plate V.
Diam., 2'; cm. : thickness, 4 cm. ; wt., 631 grns. Excatfations ii: Cyprus, pi. vi., 549.
606. Three plain gold bands, each rudely fastened in ring form b\' folding over at Plate V.
the top. Tomb 19.
B., I'l cm.; wt., 15, 16, 19 grns. respectively.
606*. Plain thick rounded gold ring with open ends. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., 2-3 cm. ; wt., 89 grns.
607. Silver armlet, composed of a massive ring with open ends. U'he ends are Plate V.
decorated with cross hatched lines and zigzag ornaments. Uncertain tomb.
Diam., io'8cm. ; thickness, -9 cm. : wt., 2833 grns.
607*. Silver armlet, forming a pair with the last. Broken in two fragments.
Wt., 2358 grns.
40 CATAI,0(;UE OK JKWKI.I.KRY.
608. Silver bracelet coin|)o.scd of a rouiulcd hoop tapering towards the ends, which Plate V.
overlap at the top and are twisted round the hoop in spiral wires. Between the
spirals is placed a prism of gold. From excavations at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897.
Tomb 1 1.
Diam., 5 '4 cm. ; inner diam., 4' 7 cm. ; wt., 273 grns.
I
(/) Miscellaneous. Nos. 609 682.
609. Part of stone (steatite?) mould, apparently for casting a ring of characteristic
Mycenaean tyi)e, with oval bezel (concave underneath) set at right angles to the
hoop. There is a groove for pouring in the
metal. There are four holes for attaching
the other parts of the mould, viz., one
within the hoop of the ring, completely
piercing the stone (length 2 cm.) ; another
beside the groove, about "j cm. in depth ;
and two others on the side face of the
mould on either hand of the bezel of the
ring, I'l and -8 cm. in depth respectively.
On the rounded outer surface of the stone
are incisions which may represent a lion's
head, the hole forming the eye. Uncertain
tomb.
L., 3 '8 cm. ; B., 3'5 cm. ; thickness, 2' i cm.
Fig. 7 = No. 609, with indication of ring-sh.ipe.
610. Part of the gold casing from a cylindrical bead. It is decorated with incised
zigzags. The cap from one end is missing. Uncertain tomb.
L., 2' 3 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
611. Large gold bead, ribbed horizontally along its centre. Tomb 843.
L.. I ■ ; cm. : wt., 13; grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\ii. 467.
612. Plain gold bead with ring at cither end. Tomb 83.
L., I '2 cm. ; wt., 17 yrns.
613. Gold bead, consisting of an horizontally ribbed band in the centre with two
plain rings on either side. Tomb 69.
L., '9 cm. ; wt., 79 grns.
614. Concavo-convex gold stud with remains of bronze inside it. Tomb 88.
Diam,, i ' i cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
615. Gold pendant in the form of a hollow crescent. A ribbed cylinder for Plate V.
suspension is soldered above. Tomb 39.
L., I "8 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. This bears a close resemblance to a class of Roman pendants. Cf.
Nos. 2918 ft'., pi. Ixviii.
I
MYCKNAKAN I'liRIOI). — MISCKI-LANKOUS OBJECTS FROM CYI'KU.S. 4 1
616. Gold pendant, consisting of a thin, flat disk stamped with a star of four rays Plate V.
with four bosses interspersed. The upper part of the dislc projects and is folded
over in the form of a cyHnder ornamented with four incised lines. Tomb 39.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; \vt., 8 grns. Exximations in Cyprus, pi. xi., 166.
617-21. Four gold cylindrical beads formed of wire spirally twisted and soldered
together. Tomb 62.
L., I '3 cm. : wt., ca. 23 grns.
622. Sard bead in the form of a ring slightly angular on the outer side. Tomb 62.
Diam., I '3 cm.
623. Gold pendant in the form of a pomegranate (hollow). At the top is soldered Plate V.
a small disk with two-thirds of a cylindrical tube attached to it. The cylinder
is decorated with incised bands, and at its base are soldered two pairs of triangles
in globules. Round the body of the pomegranate arc soldered nine bands of
triangles in globules, and round the base three rings of globules and a ring of
plain wire. At the bottom are five projecting leaves which hold a ball of white
paste. Tomb 6"].
Ht., 3"6 cm. ; diam., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 140 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 18, fig. 35 ; Milani,
Stutii c Mat., I. (2), p. 277, fig. 45 (Karo) ; ibid., p. 283, fig. 45**. Karo, I.e., pp. 278, 9, notes
that this granulated work was known in Egypt from the sixth dynasty onwards, and that it
occurs on gold ornaments of King Amasis I. (Bissing, Ei}i tltcban. Grabfund dcs neitcn
Reichs, pi. iii.), about 1600 B.C. Cf. for the granulated triangles an ornament from the
"Cave of Zeus," Crete, in Museo Ital. di Ant., II., col. 750, probably of about the
9th cent. B.C. See also Hogarth, Ionia, p. 8gf. ; Athcn. Mitt., XXXIV., pi. xiii. 27, and
pi. xiv. 1 (from Mycenaean tombs at Old Pylos) ; 'E<^. 'Ap;^., 1897, col. 124 ff., where the
granulated ornamentation on objects of the later Mycenaean period is discussed.
623*. Hollow gold pendant in the form of a pomegranate. Wire loop (rectangular
in section) for suspension. From Cyprus. Acquired, igoo. Probably from
Enkomi.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 15 grns.
624. Gold bead of glandular form, with four ribbed projections running along it
lengthwise at equal distances. Pierced lengthwise. Tomb 40.
L., I '4 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
625. Gold bead of nearly circular form surrounded by a double sunk border with a
sunk diameter, all decorated with impressed dots. Pierced with four holes.
Tomb 40.
Diam., i"2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Cf. No. 666.
626. Flat glandular sard bead, bex'elled at the edges. It is pierced lengthwise for
threading.
L., 2 cm. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xii., 692.
42 CATALOGUK OV JEWEl.I.KK V.
627. Similar sard bead.
I... I ■ i rm.
628 630. Three biconical sard beads, pierced for threading. Tomb 67.
I.., I ■ 5 Lin.
631. Biconical flattened sard bead, pierced sliortv\ays tliroiii,di the middle.
L., I '6 cm.
632. Twenty-two minute rounded gold beads, pierced.
I)i:iin., ■ 5 cm.
633-4. Two larger rounded gold beads.
Diam., ca. "S cm.
635 6. Two ribbed gold beads.
L., ■ 7 cm.
637-8. Two ribbed cylindrical gold beads. Tomb 86.
L., I "3 cm.
639. Sard pendant in the form of a cone ; pierced above for suspension.
Hi., I '9 cm.
640. Sard pendant in the form of Ptah, with legs close together. He wears a close- Plate V.
fitting garment with an embroidered band down the middle in front. At the
back is a projection with hole pierced for stringing.
Ht., 2'o cm.
641. Two fragments of a gold cup with thick rim. In one, part of the bottom
remains. Much crushed. Tomb 93.
((7) Ht., 6- 5 cm. ; \vt , cS5<S grns. ; (/') Ht. 8-5 cm. : w;., 1 140 jirns.
642. Lump of molten gold. Tomb 93.
L., 6' 5 cm. ; wt., 1809 gnis.
643. Lump of molten gold of irregular form, cut at one end. From Cyprus.
Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
4" I X 3"3 cm. ; ut., 127S grns.
644. Small gold nugget or coin (.'), convex and smooth on one side, flat and Plate V.
striated on the other. Yellow gold. Tomb 93.
L., I • I cm. ; B. i cm. ; wt., 72 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. vi., 533 ; Ridgeway in
Cambridge Coinpanion to Greek Studies, p. 445, § 495 ; Evans in Corolla Numisiitatica,
p. 365, n. I, fig. 16, 3 ; Hill, B.M. Coins of Cyprus, pp. xxi, xxii. Evans, I.e., regards it
as the ecjuivalent of half a Kedet (Egyptian).
MYCENAEAN I'KRIOI). — MISCELLANEOUS OliJECTS FROM CYl'RUS. 43
645. Nugget or coin (?) of pale gold, convex and smf)oth on one side, markeil with Plate V.
an incuse on the flat side. Tomb 93.
L., 12 cm.; B., I'l cm.; \vt., 72"; grns. Kxcavalioiis in Cypnis, pi. vi., 533*; Kidgeway,
loc. (it. ; Evans in Corolla Niimismatica, pp. 355, 365, n. i, tig. 16, 2 ; Hill, B.M. Coins of
Cyprus^ pp. xxi, xxii. Evans regards this as equivalent to Haifa Kcdet (Egyptian).
646. Small ingot of solid gold, perhaps meant to imitate a biicraniiiin in shape. It
is picrcetl with a very small hole. From Cy[)rus. y\cquired, 1900. Probably
from ICnkomi.
III., 2 em. ; wt., 133 grns. Evans, in Corolla Numi.siiujtica, p. 365, fig. 16, i, considers that the
ingot " seems to represent a shekel of the light Babylonian standard."
647. Gold fragment nearly square, cut from a sheet of gold. One edge is bevelled.
Tomb 93.
■9 X 'S cm. : wt., 26 grns.
648. Gold bar of square section, in two fragments. Oiic is twisted into a loop shape.
The one fragment was obtained in the Turner Bequest Excavations at Enkomi
in 1897, the other (which fits the fracture of the first) was acquired in 1900.
Tomb 93.
Total length, l8"4cm. ; I. of frags., 12 '4 and 6 cm. respectively; total ut., 1 1 13 grns. (72" 12
grammes). Probably served as a medium of exchange, portions of a Hxed weight being
cut off from it. Hill, K.M. Coins of Cyprus, p. xxi. ; Evans in Corolla Nnniismatica, p.
355, according to whom the bar corresponds to S Kedets (ICgyptian^ of 9'025 grammes.
649. Pendant, formed of a flat plate of gold, pear-shaped, with a doubly grooved Plate V.
projection at the top rolled over to form a ring for suspension. It is stamped with
a female head, very broad and squat, apparently wearing a chain necklace with
two pendent disks and a crescent. Indication of sex below. Tomb 32.
Ht., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 26 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 19, fig. 37 : cf. No. 1012 from Ephesus.
650-1. Two movable funnels of thin gold, formed of a tube expanding upwards and Plate V
bent over at the top for fitting on to a bottle. From e.xcavations at Maroni,
Cyprus, 1897. Tomb 12.
Ht., 3'3 cm.; wt., 4S and 43 grns respectively. Cf. Cesnola, Cyprus, p. 325 : id.. Alias 111.,
pi. iv., 3 and 4.
652. Similar funnel, smaller. F^om excavations at Maroni, C)'prus, 1897. Tomb 8.
Ht., 2 cm. ; diam. of mouth, 1'5 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
653-5. Three similar funnels, slightly smaller than the last. F""rom the same
tomb.
Ht., I "S cm. : wt., smgly, 16 grns.
656. Gold setting, closed below, containing the remains of a glass paste. It is
pierced for a swivel attachment. Tomb 24.
Diam., 1 '9 cm. : wt., 53 grns.
44
CATALOGUp; OF JEWELI.KRY.
657. Gold setting, consisting of a circular band decorated with globules and twisted Plate V.
wire. It contains a bluish glass paste. Either face of the paste is half covered
by a series of alternately plain and twisted concentric wires, soldered together.
Each side of the band is pierced and surrounded by a thick ring of gold for
a swivel attachment. Tomb 19.
niam., 2'3 cm. ; \vl., 188 yrns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii.
658. Bronze cylinder, much corroded, with a gold cap at cither end decoratctl with
a beaded pattern. There is a hole at each end for a swivel attachment. From
Cyprus. Purchased, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
L., 3-3 cm.
658*. Ribbed blue glass cylinder with gold cap at either end.
cylinder runs from end to end through the glass. Tomb 19.
L., 2'8 cm. ; \vt., 73 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii.
A hoik
rold
659. Gold-mounted cylinder of grey porcelain. It is pierced lengthwise for a swivel Plate V.
attachment. iMthcr end is covered with a plain gold cap ; the intervening part
consisted of two bands of continuous spirals (one now missing) bordered by three
bands of double twisted wire (imitating plaited work). Tomb 66.
L.. 2" 3 cm. ; diam., i cm. ; ut., 59 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. ix., 284.
660. Porcelain cylinder, with gold cap rising in triple ring at one end ; the other
cap has been lost. The cylinder, which is pierced lengthwise, has an engraved
design of a man seated on a throne before a tree on the other side of which is a
stag. Between the throne and the stag stand two men. Tomb 75.
L., 2' 7 cm. ; diam., i "3 cm. ; wt., 46 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. iv., and x., 425.
661. Porcelain cylinder, decorated with a pattern of linked circles. Much broken
and damaged. It is pierced lengthwise for a swivel attachment and has a
gold cap at either end decorated with twisted wires imitating plaited work.
Tomb 75.
L., 3' 2 cm. ; diam., i ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 104 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. x., 426.
662. Series of beads, viz., (i) seventeen plain circular gold beads flattened on cither Plate V.
side, with large hole in middle ; (2) eleven small, biconical gold beads with
truncated ends ; (3) three striated, biconical beads with a raised ring at either '
end ; (4) a ribbed porcelain bead with a gold cap at either end ; (5) a gold bead
with two similar caps ; (6) a cylindrical, striated porcelain bead ; (7) a grey
porcelain bead in the form of three tubes side by side ; (8) a blue porcelain bead
in the form of two tubes side by side ; (9) gold pendant in the form of a palmette
with leaves in relief P>om excavations at Hala Sultan Tekke, Larnaka, Cyprus.
Acquired, 1898. Tomb 2.
Wt. (including wire), 209 grns.
I
1
MYCKNAKAN rKRIOD. MISCKLl.ANEOUS OCJKCTS IKO.M CVl'KUS. 45
663. Fourteen gold pendants in the form of flies, each composed of an u[)per Plate V.
embossed plate backed by a flat plate soldered to it. The head and neck are
ribbed. Kach is pierced with two holes on either side of the head. Tomb 19.
Ht., I cm. : wt., singly, i "5 avm. Kxcava/ioiis in Cyprus, \i\. viii.
664. Two similar gold pendants in the form of flies. Each is pierced on either
side with three holes for stringing. Tomb jo.
Ht., I " I cm. ; wt., together, 5 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xi., 397 and 398.
665. Series of gold beads of two types, viz., (i) fourteen glandular beads (hollow),
with four raised horizontal ribs; (2) twenty-one ribbed cylindrical beads, formed
of gold wire twisted in a spiral and soldered together. Tomb 19.
L. of glandular beads, I'jcm. ; of cylinders, '8 cm.; total wt., 387 grns. Excavations in
Cyprus, pi. viii.
666. Twelve gold beads, hollow and circular, stamped on either side with double Plate V.
dotted ring and diametrical dotted line, perhaps cowrie shells seen from below.
Each is pierced with two pairs of holes through which passed the suspending
threads. There is also one half of a similar bead. Tomb 19.
Diam., 1 ■ I cm. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. viii. ; cf. No. 625.
667-8. Two gold beads similar to last. In one the inner circle is plain, not dotted.
Pierced with two sets of double holes, as before. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900.
Probably from Enkomi.
Uiam., I '2 and ri cm. ; wt., 14 and 11 grns. respectively. ,
669. Gold bead of similar type, but of semicircular form (cowrie-shells seen from the
side), with double dotted sunk border round the curve. Pierced with two sets of
double holes. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. Probably from Enkomi.
I.., 1*3 cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
670. Series of twenty-five gold beads of various sizes with ribbed decoration.
Three have projecting cylinders on either side, through which the connecting
thread passed. Tomb 19.
L., I ■6-'4 cm.
671. Fifteen plain cylindrical carnelian beads, pierced for stringing. From excava-
tions at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897.
L., ca. '7 cm. ; diam., "8 cm. From a Bronze Age site known as Zarukas. Tomb 8. ,
672-3. Two gold beads, hollow, with striated decoration on their middle and a
raised ring at either end. From excavations at Maroni, Cyprus, 1897. Tombs
I and 14.
Ht., ca. 1 cm. ; wt., 18 and 14 grns. respectively.
46 CATALOGUE OK JEWELLERY.
674-5. Two porcelain beads, one plain and one fluted, with a gold cap at either
end. One cap is missing from the striated bead. From Maroni, Cyprus, 1897.
L., I '4 and i cni. respectively.
676. Series of gold beads, which have probabl>- formed a necklace. They consist
of (a) twenty-two cylindrical beads composed of spirally twisted gold wire
soldered together ; {/>) ten ribbed, biconical beads diminishing in size towards
either end of the necklace ; (c) one small plain bead. From Cyprus. Acquired,
1900. Probably from luikomi.
L., ca. 36 cm. ; wt., i22cS gni.s.
677. Series of eight beads, viz. : (i) a large bronze bead ; (2) a large gold bead,
ribbed along the middle ; (3) five biconical gold beads, striated horizontally ;
(4) a plain gold bead, much crushed.
Total 1., 6-7 cm.
678. Series of twenty-two gold beads, including: (i) Two hollow beads of shield
form, composed of two figure-of-8-shaped stamped plates, with dotted outlines,
soldered together. Each is pierced on either side with two holes for stringing ;
(2) two beads in the form of cowrie-shells, pierced on either side with two holes
for stringing ; (3) two hollow almond-shaped gold beads with border as last ;
(4) two biconical striated gold beads ; (5) two biconical plain gold beads ;
(6) seven small plain gold beads ; (7) a round porcelain bead with a gold cap
at either end ; (8) a pendant in the form of a pomegranate suspended by a loop ;
(9) three biconical carnelian beads.
L., 14 cm. ; wt., 145 t^nis.
679. Series of beads strung together. They consist of (a) two glandular sard
beads, one striated, the other plain ; (/;) thirty-one cylindrical gold beads formed
of a wire twisted spirally and then soldered together ; (c) a large, gold, biconical,
ribbed ring with double rings of wire at either end ; (d) two smaller ribbed gold
beads, with thick double wires at either end. In one case one of the end wires is
missing ; (e) a biconical gold bead, decorated with four horizontal lines of triple
wire ; plain ring at either end ; (/) sixty-four small gold beads ribbed down the
middle ; {if) nineteen small plain gold beads (one of very pale gold). Tomb 66.
L.. ca. 82 cm. ; wt., 1040 gins. Excavation.s tii Cypfiis, pi. ix., 283, 307, 308.
680. Gold mask (?), composed of a concavo-convex sheet of gold, now broken into
three fragments. Parts are missing, and the whole has been greatly crushed.
Tomb 66.
L., II. 7-5, 5-5 cm.
681-2. Two pieces of gold foil, each roughly in the form of a shoe with pointed
upturned toe. Tomb 66.
L., 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
MVCENAF.AN I'l'.RIOD. — MISCF.r.l.ANKOUS OHIKCTS FROM CYl'KUS.
47
LIST OV TOMBS AT I<:NK()MI, OBJECTS FROM WHICH
ARE INCLUDED IN THIS CATALOGUI':.
Number of Tomb.
Cataloguk Numbers of Objects.
If.
>9
24
32
38
39
40
41
45
46
47
53
56
57
58
60
61
62
64
65
66
67
69
70
72
73
75
79
83
84
84a
85
86
88
90
9'
92
377-8.
161.
382.
72-3,98, 131.
205, 323, 327.
14-22, 58-60, 65, 67-9, 104, 129, 186, 206-225, 297-300, 354-7, 383-9, 543-5,
550, 553, 556, 559, 560, 562, 565-9, 573-5, 606, 657, 658', 663, 665-6, 670.
loi, 120, 145, 190.
113, 119, 148, 159, 325-6, 328-9, 491, 502-3, 505, 656.
324, 379, 39°-2, 649-
500.
226-8,477-8,615-6.
229, 624-5.
381.
136-8, 152-4.
393-
114, 170, 172.
87, 135, 302.
94, 181.
358-361, 472-6, 554.
13, 149,362-3, 536-7.
394-
40, 48, 63, 105-112, 146, 160, iSg, 333-8, 495-9- 32 1 -5-
617-622.
169.
61.
35-9, 7', 75, 81, 86, 121, 127, 133, 167, 230-241, 364-5, 561, 572, 596-7, 659,
679, 680-2.
3-5, 28, 185, 242-256, 366-9, 395-404, 501, 555, 563-4, 576-7, 584, 623, 628-630.
i 12, 41-2, 52, 55, 182, 305, 405-41 1, 532-3, 579, 613-
! 664.
49, 50, '83-
132.
118, 130, 157, 162-3, '68, 306, 330-346, 492-4, 5'9, 520, 531, 598-9, 660-1.
43, 76-8, 88, 90, 97, 99, 171, 174, 187, 526-8, 578.
612.
123, 412, 488, 489, 490, 601.
124, 134, 141-2, 166, 180.413,611.
147-
151, 257-261, 307-314, 321-2, 414-9, 637-8.
175,614.
2(?), ii(?), 23-5(.?), 57(?), 82(?), 315.
140, 196.
7, 9, to, 32, 56, 128, 348-353, 546-9, 552.
48
CATALOGUK OF JEWF.I.LEKY.
NUMRK.R OF TOMII.
CATALOGUK Numbers ok Orjects.
93
30, 44-7, 53-4, 74, 83-4, 89, 139, 177-9, 184, '93-5, 262-283, 420-450, 487, 580-1,
583, 589, 590. 641-2, 644-5, 647-8.
95
158, 347-
99
605.
Uncertain lomlss
I, 6, 8, 26, 27, 31, 33, 62, 70, 79-80, 85, 91-3, 95-6, 100, 102-3, 1 15-7, 122,
125-6, 143, 155-6, 164-5, 173, 176, 191-2, 197-204,284-5,287-296,316-320,
330, 369»-376, 380, 451, 457-469, 481-6, 504, 507-9, 513-8, 529-30, 534-5,
551, 557-8, 571, 582, 585-8, 592-5, 600, 602-4, 6o6*-6o7*, 609-10, 623*,
626-7, 631-6, 639-640, 643, 646, 658, 667-9, 676-8.
LIST OF FINGER-RINGS FROM ENKOMI,
with the numbers of the tombs in which they were found. The numbers in
italics are those of the B.M. Cat. of Finger- rings, where several will be
found illustrated.
Number of Tomb.
19
24
65
Number and Description of Ring.
/. Pale gold ring with engraved inscription to Mat (not Maat). Egj'ptian.
XlXth-XXIst dynasty.
651. Gold ring with hoop decorated with plain and twisted wires. Circular
bezel with paste tilling.
00 f P'-i'" yold rings with broad convex hoop and bezel.
6Sj. Gold ring of same type as No. 68 r. The circular bezel
is now enipt}'.
J. Pale gold ring with engraved design of a standing figure
before a seated one. Probably an Egyptian queen before
a king. In the exergue is a lion. Egyptian. Late
XVIIIth dynasty.
12. Gold ring with engraved design of an uncertain quad-
ruped.
2yg. Gold ring with the remains of a scarab.
652. Gold ring of the same type as No. 68 1. The circular
bezel is now empty.
6S4. Gold ring of the same type as No. 681, but the hoop is
plain, except for some incised linear decoration.
688. Gold ring with circular bezel hinged to the ends of the
hoop. In it is set a glass paste.
N,\ 6S4.
MYCKNAF.AN I'F.RIOn. MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS FROM CVrRUS.
49
NuMliKR OF TOMIJ.
67
69
75
93
100
Uncertain tombs
NuMNKR ANiJ Description of Ki
NG.
S. Double gold ring engraved with design of four calves amid plants
Egyptian. XVIIIth-XIXth dynasty.
//. Gold ring with design resembling a human figure, but perhaps intended
for an finkh.
~ 0,1 ^olf' rings with porcelain scarabs.
6Sr. Gold ring of the same type as No. 681. The circular bezel is now
empty.
/^i6. Bronze bezel of ring, engraved with ligures of Isis, Ra and an adorer.
Egyptian. .Xl.Xth-XXlst dynast)'.
/2/~. Gold (/id/ bronze) ring with figure of Bes.
9. Double gold ring engraved with branches.
/o. Double gold ring engraved with two human figures.
S/6. Plain gold ring with triple hoop.
S//-. Plain gold ring with quadruple hoop.
^. Gold swivel ring with small gold scarab.
~. Gold ring engraved with the design of a palm-tree, two
wild goats, and two birds.
6S0. Gold ring, decorated with a guilloclie pattern in triple
wire. Circular bezel with glass tilling.
6Sj. Gold ring of the same type as last, Init with engraved
decoration on the hoop. Glass filling missing from
circular bezel.
iVa. 6S0.
S/Q. Plain gold ring with overlapping ends soldered together.
SSo.\ Gold rings formed of a twisted wire, bent into a spiral of four turns and
SSf.hhen soldered together. Cf. 'E<^. 'A,);,-., 1888, pi. ix., 12.
pp/. Silver ring with inscription of Khu-en-Aten. .W'lllth dynasty. Cf.
Joiini. Aiitlir. Inst., X.XX. (1900), p. 205.
ggS. Silver ring. The bezel has been cleaned, and show^s a figure of Bes.
13. Gold ring with engraved design of a bird.
2. Gold ring engraved with four uraei.
278. Gold ring with remains of a scarab in gold setting.
68g. Double gold ring with oblong bezels which have held
glass pastes.
874. Gold ring with bezel in form of spiral.
878. Plain gold ring with overlapping ends soldered
together.
op- X
886) ^"'"^ '''"S*^' °"^ plain, one engraved with a quadruped.
ggg. Silver ring with indecipherable design.
N.,. S7t.
50
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
TOMBS AT MARONI.
NuMP.ER OF Tomb.
Catalogue Numbers of Objects.
I
672.
2
538.
3
570.
4
66.
8
652-5,671.
1 [
479-80, 608
'4
673.
'7
512.
22
456.
Ring.
Number of Tomb.
Number and Description of Ring.
TOMBS AT HALA SULTAN TEKKE,
NEAR LARNAKA.
looi. Silver ring engraved with design of seated figure.
Number of Tomb.
Catalogue Numbers of Objects.
286, 510-11, 662.
34, 150, 452-5, 539-542, 769, 770.
Rings.
Number of Tomb.
Number and Description of Ring.
57^. Gold ring with Cypriote inscription.
S8j. Plain gold ring with angular hoop.
1000. Silver ring with plain oval bezel, engraved with a sacred tree,
worshipper, bucraniiim and bird.
MYCENAEAN I'EUIOD. TREASURE FROM AEGINA. 5 I
II.— TRICASURIC, SAID TO HAVE BERN EOUND IN AlCGINA.
(Nos. 683 768). Acquired, 1892.
[For the rings found with this treasure (marked A, B, C, D on Plate VII), see
B.M, Cat. of Finger-rings, Nos. 690-3, 888, and below, at the end of this section. Cf.
the rings from Phaestos of the Mycenaean Period with cement or gla.ss inlay {Mon. Ant.,
XIV., col. 592 f.). Besides the special references given below, cf in general, Reinach,
Chroniqne d' Orient (1894), p. 324, and ibid., App. I. {Le mirage oriental), p. 561, n. 3 ;
Arch. Anz., 1893, p. 186 ; Reinach, La Sculpture en Europe, p. 95 ff. ; Hall, Oldest
Civilisation of Greece, p. 62 ; Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece, p. 33 ff ; 'Ec^. 'Apx-'
1895, col. 252 f (where it is remarked that all the objects can hardly have come from
one tomb) ; Hogarth, Ionia, p. 38. The objects probably belong to the late Mycenaean
Period (1200-1000 B.C.). See Introduction, § II. A.]
683. Gold diadem, consisting of a plain flat band of gold tapering away towards Plate VI.
either end, where it terminates in a wire twisted into the form of a loop for
fastening. Broken into two pieces.
L., 37 '5 cm. ; B. (greatest), 2' 2 cm. ; wt., i27gTns. Evans m Jouni. Hell. Stud., XIII., p. 210 f.,
fig. 15 (l), where the weights are erroneous. See Corolla Niimismatica, p. 337, n. 4.
684. Series of fragments (12), belonging to a similar diadem, but narrower.
B. (greatest), i '6 cm. ; wt., 129 grns. Journ. Hell. Stud., loc. cit., p. 211.
685. Two fragments of a gold band, with square ends, one of which is pierced.
L., 14*7 cm. and g cm. respectively ; B., 4*8 cm. ; wt., 50 grns.
686. Five fragments, probably belonging to a diadem similar to last.
L. (in present condition), ca. 43 '2 cm. ; wt., Sg grns.
687. Three similar fragments, perhaps all belonging to another diadern.
L. (in present condition), ca. 23 cm. ; wt., gi grns.
688. Part of a narrow gold band, broken away at one end. The other end is
pierced with three holes for attachment.
L., 33 '6 cm. ; B., 'g cm. ; wt., 72 grns.
689. Similar strip, with one end pierced with three holes.
L., 38 '7 cm. ; wt., 128 grns.
690. Nine fragments belonging to diadems of a similar kind. One is an end piece,
pierced with a hole for attachment.
Wt., 222 grns.
691. Gold diadem in four pieces, tapering from the centre to the ends, one of which Plate VI.
is wanting. It is decorated with a dotted pattern, consisting of two lines of
52 CATALOGUK OV JF.WKLLKKY.
returning spirals, running in opposite directions and bounded by two plain dotted
lines. Nine small holes arc pierced in one end.
L. (in present condition), 39-7 cm. ; B. (greatest), i-9cm. ; wt., 133 grns. Evans \r\ Journ.Hell.
Stud., XIII., p. 2iof., fig. 16 (M) ; Perrot et Chipiez, Hist, de PArt, VII., p. 237, fig. 103.
692. Thin gold plaque, with stamped design. The centre is a raised boss, upon Plates VI.,
which an cight-pctalled flower is indicated in dotted lines. Round this is a
raised band with cable decoration upon it. The edge of the plaque has eight
spirals placed at regular intervals. Four of these are pierced with small holes,
evidently for purposes of attachment.
Diam., 4 cm. ; «t., 27 grns. Evans m Jouni. Hell. Stzid., Xlll., p. 210 (k), fig. 14 ; Perrot et
Chipiez, ///,v/. ,1,- PArt, VII., p. 237 f., fig. 104 ; Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece, p. 33.
693-745. Fifty-three plaques similar to the last, viz. :
(I.) 36 grns. With pointed oval gash in boss; (II.) 27 grns. Small oval gash in boss;
(III.) 27 grns. Large gash in boss ; (IV.) 24 grns. One spiral damaged ; (V.) 30 grns. ;
(VI.) 27 grns. Long slit in boss ; (VII.) 23 grns ; (VIII.) 23-5 grns. ; (IX.) 23 grns. Two
spirals damaged ; (X.) 27 grns. Large gash in boss ; (XI.) 24-5 grns. ; (XII.) 29 grns. ;
(XIII.) 25 grns. Slit and damaged ; (XIV.) 25 grns. ; (XV.) 29 grns. ; (XVI.) 25 grns. One
spiral damaged ; (XVII.) 23 grns. One spiral damaged ; (XVIII.) 27 grns. Slit in boss ;
(XIX.) 25 grns. One spiral pierced ; (XX.) 24 grns. ; (XXI.) 29' 5 grns. Slit in boss, and one
spiral damaged ; (XXII.) 29 grns. ; (.X.XIII.) 31 grns. One spiral damaged ; (XXIV.) 25grns.
Considerably damaged; (XXV.) 24grns.; (XXVI.) 24grns. Hole in cable border round boss;
(XXVII.) 26 grns.; (XXVIII.) 28 grns. ; (XXIX.) 28 grns. ; (XXX.) 26 grns ; (XXXI.)
27 grns. ; (XXXI I.) 26 grns. Broken and damaged; (XXXIII.) 26 grns. Gash in boss ;
(XXXIV.) 32 grns.; (XXXV.) 26 grns.; (XXXVI.) 31 grns.; (XXXVII.) 28 grns.;
(XXXVIII.) 27 grns.; (XXXIX.) 22 grns.; (XL.) 30 grns.; (XLI.) 28 grns.; (XLII.)
27 grns. Part broken away; (XLIII.) 31 grns.; (XLIV.) 24 grns.; (XLV.) 24 grns.;
(XLVI.) 24 grns. Slit in border; (XLVII.) 24 grns. Small sUt in border ; (XLVIII.)
27 grns. ; (,XLIX.) 30 grns. ; (L.) 27 grns. ; (LI.) 27 grns. ; (LI I.) 29 grns. ; (LIII.) 27 grns.
746. Gold pendant, composed of a lion's head, hollow, with two upright pointed Plates VI.,
ears. On each side of the ears is a hole for a suspending ring, bordered by a
plain circle of wire. The neck of the lion is ornamented with applied wire in the
form of circles and tangent lines. From the lion's head four pendants are
suspended by chains attached to wire spirals. Two are in the form of flying
ducks, and two are hollow, egg-shaped drops. Below the lion's head a hollow
basket-shaped object hangs on a wire, which passes through the top of the lion's
head and the bottom of the basket, being finally twisted into a spiral at each
end. The basket is decorated with three pairs of ribbed lines ; from its lower
part hang three pendent figures of flying ducks. An ornament in some perish-
able material has been lost from between the lion's head and the basket.
L., 8-6 cm. ; wt., 150 grns. Evans, loc. cit., p. 205 f. (d), fig. 7 ; Perrot et Chipiez, loc. cit., p. 241,
iig. loS.
747-750. Four egg-shaped gold pendants (as in No. 746), suspended from short
chains.
L., 2'3 cm. ; wt. (together), 34 grns.
MYCENAEAN I'KRIOI).— TREASURE FROM AEGINA. 53
751. Five gold rings, linked together. They arc plain, taper upwards, and have
their ends open.
Diam.. ca. 3 cm. ; wt., 87 grns., 76 grns., and (three ixamplcs) 86 grns. rcspei'tively. Evans,
loc. cit., p. 211 f. (o), p. 225 ; K\d,g&-vi-a.y, Early Age of Greece, pp. 33 and 35 f., where it should
be noted that the argument as to a weight-standard is founded upon an erroneous weight
in both cases.
752. Gold pendant, consisting of two embossed winged figures (owls .•") suspended Plates VI.
by chains from a biconical carnelian bead, capped with gold at each end, whicli
has a wire loop attached to it.
L., 6 cm. ; wt., 18 grns. Evans, loc. cit., p. 209 f. (.1), tig. 13 ; Weicker, Dcr Scclenvogcl, p. 9+f.,
who considers that the winged figures have human heads.
753. Necklace, composed of twenty-eight biconical carnelian and twenty-five gold Plate VI.
beads (the latter each covered with two rows of circular depressions), strung in
pairs alternately. At each end is a small acorn in olive-green stone, capped
with gold. From the necklace hangs a series of pendants, viz.: (i) Nineteen
hollow pointed-oval gold drops ; (2) five hollow pear-shaped gold ornaments in
the form of a right hand grasping a female breast, each surmounted by a carnelian
bead, with an olive-green acorn (gold-capped) below ; (3) two ornaments in blue
glass-paste (.'), also representing a right hand grasping a female breast ; these are
decorated with a carnelian bead and stone acorn. The original arrangement of
the necklace must be regarded as quite uncertain.
L., 38-5 cm.; wt., 703 grns. Evans, loc. cit., p. 208 (f), fig. 9; Perrot et Chipiez, loc. cit.,
p. 242, fig. no ; Tsountas-Manatt, The Mycenaean Age, p. 392, fig. 168 ; Ridgeway, Early
Age of Greece, p. 35, fig. 22 (d).
754-5- Two gold-capped olive-green stone pendants, in form of acorns with
loop for suspension. They are similar to those in the necklace. No. 753, and
probably formed part of it.
L., I cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
756. Part of a blue paste (?) pendant, representing a right hand clasping a female
breast. Probably from the necklace, No. 753.
L., 1 "2 cm. ,
757. Circular bead of rock-crystal, with a groove along its edge and a hole pierced
through it diametrically.
Diam., I'l cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Analogous beads have been found in the temple- treasure from
Ephcsus. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. xlvi.
758. Necklace, composed of twenty-six pairs of double gold crescents, decorated Plate VI.
with cable pattern and alternating with twenty-four ribbed gold beads. In the
centre is placed a gold bead with small depressions as in No. 753. At each
extremity is a long carnelian bead decorated with four bands incised vertically,
and with a small gold bead at the end.
L., ca. 33 cm. ; wt., 240 grns. Evans, loc. cit., p. 208 f. (h), fig. 1 1.
E 2
54
CATALOGUE OF IFAVRl.LKKY.
759. Necklace, composed of twenty-two pairs of double crescents similar to those
in tlic j)revious necklace, alternating with twenty-one biconical carnelian beads.
At either end is a long cylindrical carnelian bead, the one marked with three
vertical and four horizontal incisions, the other plain. Beyond these carnelian
760.
beads are small gold beads.
L., 31 • I cm. ; wt., 255 ^rns. Evans, loc. cit., p. 209, fig. 12 (1).
Necklace, composed of beads arranged in triple and double rows, (i) In the Plate VI.
centre is a carnelian bead representing a r. hand clasping a woman's breast ;
(2) strung longitudinally are fourteen long biconical carnelian beads of various
sizes ; (3) one hundred and ten small carnelian beads, rounder : (4) fifty-six
small ribbed gold beads ; (5) two minute plain gold beads ; (6) three amethyst
beads with triple perforation, resembling three biconical beads placed side by
side ; (7) two pointed oval gold drops suspended from chains attached to each
end of the necklace ; (8) a large rounded biconical carnelian bead. The original
arrangement of the beads is quite uncertain ; probably all do not belong to one
necklace.
Evans, loc. cit., p. 208 f., fig. 10 \^j) ; Perrot et Chipicz, loc. ci/.,
47 cm. : wt. 563
p. 243, fig. lit.
grns.
761
Gold pendant, probably suspended just below the neck. It consists of an
upper embossed curved plate with raised rims, backed by a corresponding flat
plate soldered to it. At each end is a beardless head in profile. The hair of
these heads is brought back in fine lines, and falls behind in two spiral curls.
The eyes and eyebrows, which are long and narrow, are indicated by spaces cut
out of the upper plate, and were originally filled with blue glass paste, traces of
this still remaining. From the chin of each head, and from the under side of
the curved plate hang ten gold disks (three partially broken), suspended by wires
drawn out of the disks themselves. Above each of the heads is a small loop for
suspension.
L., 10" 8 cm. ; «t., 3S4 grns. Evans., loc. cit., pp. 206, 207 (e), fig. 8 ; Tsountas-Manatt, The
Mycenaean Age, p. 391, fig. 167 ; Perrot et Chipiez, loc. cit., pp. 241, 242, fig. 109 : Walters,
Art of the Greeks, pi. cii. ; Reinach, La sculpture en Europe, p. 96. For the pendent disks,
cf. No. 815.
Plates VI.,
VII.
762. Gold pendant, composed of two thin openwork plates, the upper embossed and Plates Vk,
the lower flat, the latter having its edges folded over the former. A male figure '^^^^
(legs in profile, upper part of body to 'the front) strides to r. He wears a loin-
cloth girt at the waist, with embroidered sash, alternately ribbed and plain,
hanging down the front ; close-fitting upper garment, spiral bracelets on wrists
and upper arms, and a raised crown of four feathers, surmounted by a fluted
cylinder for suspension. His hair on each side of the neck ends in a boss
(earring.'). With each hand the figure grasps a water-bird by the neck; the
bird is turned outwards and pecks at buds which issue from two ribbed and curved
branches. The branches seem to rest on two lotus-flowers, which form the
terminals of a support (boat .') on which the figure stands. A third lotus-flower
1
I
MYCENAEAN l'i;kIOI). — TKKASUFU'. FROM AEOINA. 55
is placed between the legs of tlie figure. Each flower has a boss below it and
a pendent disk, ornamented by a raised dot in tiic centre and a border of raised
dots. Two similar tlisks liang one on each side of the curving branches.
B., 6-3 cm. ; lit., 6 cm.; wt., 138 grns. livans, loc. cit., pp. 197-203 (li), figs, za and zh ;
Perrot et Chipicz, loc. cit., p. 238 ff., fi),'. 106 ; S. Reinach, La .sculpture en Europe, pp. 94-
98, fig. 307 ; id. in L'Ajithropoloirie, 1895, p. 554 ; Hoernes, Urge.schichte der bihl. Kuii.st,
p. 415. fig- 129 ; Tsountas-Manatt, The Mycenaean Age, p. 390, fig. 165 ; Milani, SticdU
Mat., 1(2), fig. 3, p. 169 ff. ; ibul.. III., p. 320, fig. 6; Bull, di Paletnol., XX. (1894),
p. 173 f-, fig- 6 ; Rev. Arch., 1909, p. no, fig. 41 ; cf. Jahrb. d. Arch. Inst., XIX. (1904),
p. 36. For the pendent disks, cf. No. 81;, and Journ. Hell. Stud., XXIV'., p. 323^
No. 4905 (from a tomb at Mycenae, probably of the time of the i8th Dynasty— 1600- 1500
B.C.). For the branches, cf. the early Etruscan plaque, No. 1265. Ddchelette in Rev. Arch.,
loc. cit., supposes that the figure represents the sun-god.
763. Gold pendant, composed of a penannular ring formed of two embossed plates Plate VI.
secured together by the folding over of their edges. A ridge rises in the middle,
the edges are decorated with oblique lines, and the hollow of the ring is filled with
clay. The extremities of the ring are in the form of serpents' heads. Within it
is an openwork decoration consisting of two hounds with curly tails, standing
opposite one another, with one forepaw raised. The other forepaws rest each
on the head of a squatting ape, apparently engaged in munching an object held
in its raised paws. The hind-legs of the hounds rest upon curved objects
springing from the feet of the apes, which squat back to back. Between the
raised forepaws of the dogs and a projection uniting the backs of the apes is
a large carnelian bead, threaded on wire. All the figures are composed of double
gold plates with their edges folded over one another. Both sides are alike.
The openwork design is secured to the ring by wires fastened to holes pierced in
the rim, two being connected with chains attached to the dogs' necks. These
chains are decorated with carnelian beads. From the outer edge of the ring
fourteen pendants are suspended from chains, viz., seven plain disks and seven
winged figures (owls .?), 'placed alternately. Each of the chains is decorated below
with a minute carnelian bead ; those which secure the birds have also a larger
club-shaped carnelian bead at the top.
Diam. of ring, 6-5 cm. ; ht. (with pendants), 10-3 cm. ; wt., 387 grns. Evans, loc. cit., p. 203 f.
(C), fig. 6 ; Perrot et Chipiez, loc. cit, p. 240 f., fig. 107 ; Tsountas-iVIanatt, The Mycenaean
^g<:, P- 390 f-, fig- 166 ; Walters, Art of the Greeks, pi. cii. ; Weicker, Der Seelenvogel,
P- 94 f-, fig- 23; Hoernes, Urgesch. d. bild. Kiinst., p. 416 f. ; cf. Jahrb. d. Arch. Inst.,
. XIX. (1904), p. 36. For the birds, cf. a'gold strip from the Bernardini tomb at Palestrina
(Montelius, Civil. Prim., II., pi. 368, 4).
764. As No. -jdi. One of the carnelian beads above the necks of the dogs is missing
and several of the disks are damaged.
Wt., 464 grns.
765. As No. j6i, but two of the winged-figure pendants are missing.
^Vt., 339 grns.
56 CATALOGUE OF J KWEI.I.KRV.
766. As No. 763 ; no pcinlants inissinjr. Plate VII.
Wt., 475 grns.
767. Bracelet of solid sold. It is composed of an oval band, slightly concave on Plate VI.
the outside. The taperin<j ends just overlap.
L., 7 cm. ; inner diam., 6'7 cm. ; \vt., 525 grns. Evans, loc. cil., p. 211 (n), fig. 17.
768. Gold cup, in the form of a shallow bowl, with concavo-conve.\ rim. It is Plate
ornamented within by a stamped design of four returning spirals, in the middle of LXxil
which is a rosette of sixteen petals. There are three rivet holes where the handle
was attached.
Diam., 9'7 cm. ; ht. 3'8 cm. ; \vt., 835 gins. Evans, loc. cit., figs, la and li, p. 196 f. ; Perrot
et Chipiez, loc. cit, p. 236 f., figs. loi, 102 ; Tsountas-Manatt, The Mycenaean Age, p. 389,
fig. 164 ; Walters, Art of the Greeks, pi. cii. Cf. the cups from Mycenae (Schuchhardt,
.Schlicinann\s Excavations, pp. 239 and 263).
Finger-rings found with the Treasure.
A. Gold ring, with plain hoop, rounded on the outside. The bezel is in the form of Plate VII.
a lioeotian shield, divided into compartments by walls of gold which follow the
main outlines of the shield. These compartments are filled with blue glass
paste, part of which is missing.
Diam., 2"i cm.; \vt., 152 grns. Ji.M. Cat. 0/ Rings, No. 690, with reff. there given. Add
Afiinchener Arch. Stud., p. 419.
1;. Gold ring, with hoop divided into two grooves by means of walls of gold. It Plate VII.
ends in two loops, interlocked in the form of a nodus Herculcus. The grooves
are filled with strips of blue glass paste, now missing in many places.
Diam., i '9 cm. ; \vt., 68 gins. B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 691, with reff. there given.
c. Gold ring, with flat hoop having either edge upturned. These edges, together Plate VII.
with two bands soldered to the ring, form grooves, which have been filled with
pieces of blue glass paste. The broad band lying between the grooves is occupied
by a maeander pattern in gold, the spaces between which are filled with blue
glass paste.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 48 grns. B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 693, with reft", there given.
1). Gold ring, with the hoop in the form of a thin plate with either edge upturned. Plate VII.
The groove is filled with blue glass paste fluted spirally.
Diam., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 61 grns. B..M. Cat. of Rings, No. 692, with reft", there given.
E. Part of gold ring. The bezel is a convex oval decorated with cross-hatched
lines. Down the middle of the hoop runs a groove. Very flimsy.
Diam., 2" i cm. ; wt., 6 grns. B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 888.
MYCKNAEAN I'ERIOD. MISCEr,r,ANI':OUS f)BTECTS.
57
III.— MISCELLANEOUS (Nos. 769 826).
769. Gold strip, plain, rounded at the ends and pierced. I'^-om cxcavation.s at Hala
Sultan Tekke, near Larnaka (April, 1898). Tomb S.
L., 13'9 cm. ; B., ca. i '2 cm. ; \vt., 69 grns. Cf. Nos. i ff.
770. Fragment of a similar strip. The end is pierced. The broken end is also
pierced with a very small hole on either side. From excavations at Hala Sultan
Tekke, near Larnaka (April, 1898). Tomb 8.
L., 4' 8 cm. ; B., i 'g cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
771. Gold mouthpiece (.'), pierced at either end. Thin gold. From excavations at
Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Presented by the Committee of the Cyprus
Exploration Fund, 1890. Perhaps of the Hellenic period.
L., 7-5 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Journ. Hell. Stud., XI., pi. v., 8, p. 58. Cf. No. 48, etc. The tomb,
liowever, in which this mouthpiece was found, belongs to the Hellenic period.
772. Oblong gold rectangular plaque,
very thin, stamped with the figure
of a Sphinx recumbent to 1., wear-
ing a flat cap (.') A curl flows away
from the top of the Sphinx's head.
The plaque has holes pierced near
the inargin for attachment. From
excavations at lalysos, Rhodes.
Tomb 4. Presented by Professor
John Ruskin, 1870.
L., 13 cm. ; B., 6' 7 cm. ; wt. 47 grns. Furtwangler u. Loeschcke, il/i'A Vascii, pp. 7 and 8, fig. 2 ;
cf. the Sphinx on an ivory mirror handle from a chamber-tomb at Knossos, in Evans, Pre-
historic Tombs at Knossos, p. 64, fig. 9 ; 'E(^. 'Apx-, 1 888, pi. ix., 1 3 (thin gold plaque from
tomb in lower town at Mycenae) ; B.C.H., 1904, p. 386, fig. 22 (ivory plaque) ; also the
Sphinxes on the Enkomi plaques, Nos. 84, 140, 196, above. For the headdress, cf. the
figures on the Hagia Triada sarcophagus {Man. Ant., XIV., pi. iii.).
773. Gold plaque, as No. 772, w ith the same design. The front part, with the fore-
paws of the Sphinx, is broken away. Holes pierced in margin as before. Found
with foregoing.
Wt., 51 grns.
774-5. Two gold plaques, as last, much damaged. Made up from two and three
fragments, respectively. From excavations at lalysos. Presented by Prof
John Ruskin, 1870.
Wt., 47 grns. and 41 grns. respectively.
776-7. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a hollow inflated crescent, the ends of
which are prolonged into hooks which overlap one another. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht.. 3 cm. ; wt. (together), jj grns. Cf. Nos. 323 ff., above. No doubt from Cyprus
Fig. S — No. 772.
58 CATALOGUE OF JKWia.LEKV.
778. Gold earring of kindred type. The crescent is angular above, below, and on
either side. One cntl only is prolonged into a hook, which nearly reaches the
other end of the crescent. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2 '2 cm. ; \vt., 56 grns.
779 80. Pair of hollow gold earrings, in the form of biicrania. Hair and other
details indicated by incisions. Rings for suspension passed through holes in top
of head. Franks Bequest, 1 897.
Ht., 3 '6 and 3' 2 cm. respectively; wt. (together), 59 grns. Cf. Nos. 488 ff. No doubt from
Cyprus.
781. Gold earring, as last. Details indicated in rather greater elaboration. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 33 grns.
782. Gold earring, in the form of a conventional bull's head. It is composed of two Plate VIII.
plaques, stamped with palmette and spiral designs, and soldered together. The
ears (.'') are in the form of wire spirals (one now missing). Above each horn is
a hole, through which passes a wire ring with open overlapping ends. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3'5 cm. : wt., 43 grns. Cf. No. 510 ft'. No doubt from Cyprus.
783-4. Two gold spirals, each of two turns, tapering towards the ends. From a
Bronze Age toinb at the mouth of the Pouzi River, Larnaka district, Cyprus.
Excavated 1899.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. and 2'2 cm. ; wt., 73 grns. and 87 grns. respectively. Cf. No. 380 ff.
785. Gold ring, with overlapping ends. Probably from excavations at lalysos.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 42 grns. Apparently identical with Furtwangler u. Loeschcke, ^[yk. Vaseii ,
pi. n. 18, though that ring is described as of silver.
786. Spiral of pale gold ; two turns. F^rom excavations at lalysos, Rhodes.
Presented by Prof John Ruskin, 1870.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 72 grns. Cf. Furtwangler u. Loeschcke, My/:. Vaseii, pi. B. 18.
787. Gold necklace, composed of (a) fifty-two disk-shaped gold beads ; (i) eight P'^'« VIU.
small rounded gold beads ; (c) two cowrie-shell beads, hollow and decorated on
the edge with two milled lines. They are pierced on each side with three holes
for threading. Franks Bequest, 1897. Egyptian (?).
Diam. of large beads, -8 cm. ; L. of shell beads, i'27 cm. ; wt. (with wire thread), 285 grns. Cf
Nos. 579, etc., from Enkomi.
788-9. Two hollow gold beads, in the form of cowrie-shells, decorated along their
rounded edge with a triple milled border They are pierced on either side with
three holes for threads. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i '2 cm. ; wt. (together), 20 grns.
MVCENAICAN PERIOD. MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS. 59
790. Gold bead, in the form of a cowrie-shell, probably from a necklace. It is
composed of two semi-circular plaques stamped along the border with two beaded
lines. Pierced with two pairs of holes. l''rom Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1896.
Diam., i-2 cm. ; \vt., 5 grns. Excainxtions in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 28 ; p. 79. Tomb 34 (1).
791. Hollow oval gold bead, decorated with a sunk dotted circle running round
the edge and a sunk diameter (cowrie-shell seen from below). Pierced for
threading. From excavations at lalysos, Rhodes. Presented by Prof John
Ruskin, 1870.
L., I • 2 cm. ; \vt., 9 grns. Cf. No. 666 above.
792. As last, but circular. From Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations),
1896.
Diam., i cm. ; wt., 7 grns. E.vca"'atioits in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 32 ; p. 79. Tomb 34 (l).
793-4. Two hollow rectangular beads from a necklace. They consist of (a) an Plate VIII.
upper embossed plate with design of a double nautilus ; (b) a flat backing plate
folded over the upper plate at the edge. Each long side is pierced at the two
ends with a hole for threading the bead. The backing plate is damaged. From
excavations at lalysos, Rhodes. Presented by Prof John Ruskin, 1870.
L., I '4 cm.: B. i cm.; wt, 7 and 8 grns. respectively. Cf. Evans, Prehistoric Tombs of
Knossos, p. 26, fig. 20 ; Furtwangler und Loeschcke, Myk. Vaseii, p. 34, fig. 22 ; 'Et^. 'A/j^-,
1888, pi. ix., 4 ; ibid., 1906, pi. xiv., col. 228 ff. ; B.C.H., 1504, p. 384.
795. Gold bead of similar type to last, but semi-elliptical and stamped with two Plate VIII.
eye-like objects. Has formed the end of a necklace. Pierced with two holes
near the middle on either side. Provenance as last.
L., I '6 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. 'Et/j 'A/jx-i 'QO^, pi. .\v., 5, 6, where it is supposed that the scheme
represents a chrysalis.
796. Gold ornament, jjrobably from a necklace. Composed of two gold plates. Plate VIII.
The upper stamped with the design of a tree in the form of two pairs of volute-
like branches surmounted by a lotus-flower. Lower plate plain, Vvith its edges
folded over the upper plate, which is pierced on each long side with two holes
for threading. From Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896.
2 cm. X I '6 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. ExC(J7'atious in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 31 ; pp. 65 and 79. Tomb 50.
Cf. the design on No. 134.
797. Gold ornament, similar to the last. From Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1896.
2 cm. X I '6 cm. : wt., 12 grns. ExcdTiifious in Cvprus, pi. xiii., 29 : pji. 65 and 79. Tomb 50.
798. Gold ornament of similar tjpc, in shape of an ivy-leaf Upper plate stamped Plate VIII.
with dotted lines within plain lines. Probabh- the last bead on a necklace.
6o CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
Picrcefl with two holes above and below, i^'rom Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
JCxcavations), 1896.
L. ;uid B., I'Ci cm.; \vt., 7 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 30; pp. 65 and 79.
Tomb 50 ; cf. 'E0. '.V/>x-, if^SS, pi. ix., 6 (from a tomb in the lower town at Mycenae) ; also
Nos. 136 f. above.
799. Thirty-three gold beads, pierced for stringing, but otherwise solid, plain, and
rounded. With them is a small cylindrical bead covered with three rings of
granules. From excavations at lalysos, Rhodes. Presented by Prof John
Ruskin, 1870.
Diam., ca. '63 cm. ; wt., 474 grns.
800. Gold bracelet, solid, swelling out at the back and tapering at the bottom, Plate VI H.
where a small ring with a depression in the centre is soldered. One side of the
bracelet has been broken away from this ring. From Myndos. Acquired, 1902.
Ht., 5'5 cm. ; B., 5 '8 cm. ; wt., 347 grns. Arcii. Aiiz., 1903, p. 209.
801-2. Pair of gold bracelets, hollow, expanding from below upwards; above, in Plate VI H.
the centre there is a ridge-like projection, with a depression on either side.
From Mycenae. Acquired, 1.S94.
Diam., 7'3 cm. and 7'5 cm. ; wt., 369 and 367 grns. respectively.
803. Figure of a woman, formed of two stamped plates of gold soldered together. Plate VIII.
She wears a close-fitting bodice with flounced sleeves, and a wide flounced skirt,
apparently divided. The figure is very squat and has prominent breasts. A
hole is pierced in the top of each arm, apparently for stringing on a necklace.
Acquired, 1859.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 20 grns. Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece, p. 34 f., fig. 22c ; Furtwangler und
Loeschcke, ^^yk. Vasen, p. 48, fig. 27 (wrongly given as from Sardinia) ; Hertz Sale Cat.,
1859, 1662* ; cf. the figure from Grave III. at Mycenae (Schuchhardt, Sclilieinaitn's Exc,
p. 198, fig. 182). Similar figures have been found in clectrum at Gournia, Crete. See
Hawes, Goiirnict, pi. .\i., K 14a ('Late Minoan I.'). Cf. also the steatite pendant from
Knossos (Evans, Prehistoric Tombs of Knossos, p. 85, fig. 95), and the paste figure from a
tomb in the lower town at Mycenae ('E0. 'Ap;;., 1888, pi. viii., 9).
804. Gold pendant, consisting of the seated figure of a draped woman with curls Plate VIII.
falling on her shoulders. She wears a hood with long side lappets which fall
over her shoulders. The figure is stamped out of a thin piece of gold ; above
the head is a hook for suspension. Blacas Coll., 1S67.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wt., 7 grns. Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece, p. 34 f., fig. 22B. This figure gives
the impression of being Oriental rather than Mycenaean.
805. Gold bead, cylindrical, ornamented with dotted and cross-hatched lines. From
Curium, C\'prus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896.
L., I • I cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
MYCKNAKAN I'l.RIOI). — MISCELLANKOUS OliJKCTS. 6 I
806. Two plain cylindrical gold beads, w ith projecting rings at each end. From
Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896.
L., I '2 cm. ; wt. (each), 4 gms. Excavations in Cyprits, i)l.xiii., above 28 and 32 ; p. 79. Tomb
43 (2).
807. Three rosettes of very thin gold, composed of a plate embossed with a
rosette of eight leaves and backed with a flat plate. One of the rosettes is
larger than the others. Each is pierced with two pairs of holes at the sides.
From excavations at lalysos, Rhodes. Presented by Prof John Ruskin, 1872.
Diam., 1 '5 cm. to 1 • 1 cm. Cf. Furtwiingler u. Loeschckc, Myk. Vaseii. pi. A, i, etc. : Evans,
Pre/iis/on'c Tombs of Knossos, p. 71, fig. 80; 'E(/). '.\px-, 1906, pi. xv., 11, 16 ffrom a
" beehive " tomb at Volo, in Thessaly).
808. Four double rosettes of very thin bracteate gold, stamped. They are [)iercecl Plate VI 1 1,
with holes for attachment. P"rom excavations at lalysos, Rhodes. Presented by
Prof. John Ruskin, 1872.
Diam., ca. 3"8 cm. ; total wt., 27 grns. Cf. Furtvvanglcr und Loeschcke, loc. cit.
808*. Similar rosette, but apparently single. Much damaged. PVom lalysos.
Presented by Prof. John Ruskin, 1872.
Diam., ca. 4 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
809. Two rosettes of similar type— single. Pierced with several holes. From
excavations at lalysos. Presented by Prof John Ruskin, 1870.
Diam., ca. 3" 2 cm. : wt., 6 grns.
810. Three rosettes of similar type ; damaged. From excavations at lalysos.
Acquired, 1868.
Diam., ca. 3'5 cm.; total wt., 17 grns. "Found in the 4th chamber" [Biliotti report,
1 6th June, 1868].
811. Four eight-petalled rosettes of bracteate gold which have been folded over
a rosette of glass-paste. They are pierced on the sides with two pairs of holes
and have been strung together. From excavations at lalysos. Presented by
Prof. John Ruskin, 1872.
Diam., ca. 2' 2 cm. ; wt., together, 33 grns.
812. Gold rosette of kindred type, but stamped with a band of numerous small
petals between two beaded lines. There are remains of the glass filling. P'rom
lalysos. Presented by Prof. John Ruskin, 1872.
Diam., ca. I "8 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
813. Seventeen embossed ornaments of very thin gold open at the back. They Plate VIII.
are in the form of {a) a vase of oenochoe type (fourteen examples), and {b) rosettes
(three examples), and have served to cover glass ornaments with similar designs
in relief. Each ornament has been pierced with two holes on either side for the
62
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
connecting wires. From excavations at lalysos, Rhodes. Presented by Prof.
John Ruskin, 1870.
Hi., I -8 cm. Fiutwangler u. Loeschcke, Myk. Vaseii, p. 8 (2) ; cf. //)iii., pi. A, tig. 18 ; Perrot
ct Chipiez, 1 1 1., p. 745, fig. 533 ; cf. Das Kiippelgrab bet Mciiidi, pi. \. 10.
814. Rock-crystal signet, cone-shaped. Pierced laterally near the x'7^3'^ ^'^'* ^^''•
bottom. Through this hole, which is lined with gold, is passed a
gold wire swivel. The bottom of the cone is surrounded by a
plain gold setting decorated with two applied twisted wires. It
has an engraved design: star-fi.sh (.') between two palm-trees (.?). Fig. y = No. 8.4.
Above is another fish. Found at Maroni (not Moni), Cyprus.
Acquired, 1893.
Ht. (swivel included), yi cm. ; \vt., 131 grns.
p. 65 ff., fig. 6 ; cf. Hogarth, Ephesus,
Nos. 818-9. Very late Mycenaean.
Walters in Joiirn. Hell. Stud., XVII. (1897),
pi. vii., 9. Acquired and probably found with
815. Gold pendant, in the form of a wild-goat {agi-imi) lying to 1., with front legs Plate VIIL
doubled back. It is composed of an upper embossed plate soldered to a flat
plate below. The goat has long curved horns branching over to the back,
ornamented at intervals by pairs of impressed lines. The hair is indicated by
impressed lines between the raised smooth shoulder and flank. Below are
pierced three holes, from which three thin flat disks are suspended by means of
wires drawn out from the disk and twisted through the holes. Above, a small
flat ring is soldered to the goat's horns. From Crete. Acquired, 1876.
Ht. (pendants included), 5 cm. ; 1., 2-S cm. ; \vt., 102 '5 grns. Perrot et Chipiez, ill., p. 839,
fig. 610 (reversed). For the disks, cf. the Aegina treasure, Nos. 761 ff.
816. Gold pendant in tlie form of two lion's heads with long necks, springing each in Plate VIIL
an outward direction from the ends of a bow-spiral. Between the heads is a flat
plate (possibly representing a shell), ornamented with a series of parallel lines in
a horizontal direction and pierced at the top with a hole (now broken) for
suspension. The edges of the design are beaded. The pendant is formed of two
plates soldered together, the upper embossed with the design, the lower flat.
From Crete. Acquii-ed, 1876.
Dimensions, 2'9X 2'6 cm.; \vt., 69 grns. Perrot ct Chipiez, Hist tie lArl, III., p. 838,
fig. 608 ; cf., for the shell, Evans, Prehistoric Toinhs of Kiiossos, p. 76, fig. 85. See also the
pendant in the form of a head of Hathor in the Egyptian Dept. (Case J, No. 1 16-18, 278).
817. Gold pendant in the form of a hawk. Its body is composed of a stamped gold Plate VIII.
plate soldered to a flat plate below. The wings are in false perspective (cf. the
hawk on the Phoenician cup in Perrot and Chipiez, iii., p. 97, fig. 36). The
feathers are indicated by a series of cloisonne compartments which have been
filled with pieces of vitreous paste. Pieces still remain. The tail, which has a
raised border round it, has been similarly filled. Probably above the hawk's
back was a loop for suspension, now broken away. At the e.Ktremity of the wing
MYCKNAKAN I'K RIOD. — MISCIC LLANKOUS OISJKCTS. 63
(Ml the ri^ht is pierced ;i hole in which .'i small wire ring remains. A similar hole
is pierced throii,t;li the right talon. These holes may have been intended for the
reception of pendent disks. From Crete. Accjuired, 1876. ligyptian (.').
L., 4 cm. : lit., 2' I cm. ; wt., 45-5 gnis. I'crrot cl Cliipicz, III., p. 838, fig. 609.
818. Gold fibula of roughly quadrilateral form, with lofty bow consisting (on the Plate VIII.
spring side) of a rounded rod bounded above and below with trijile incised ring,
on the other of a flattened rod tinned up at the end to form the sheath. Spiral
spring. From Maroni (not Moni), Cyprus. Acquired, 1893.
L., 4-9 cm. ; ht., 3-1 cm. ; wt., 166 griis. Walters in Journ. Hell. Stud., XVII. (1897), p. 63 f.,
fig. 2; Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece, p. 562, fig. 115 ; cf. Journ. Hell. .S/nil., VIII.
(1888), p. 74, fig. 17 ; Cesnola, A/las, pi. .\li. I, etc. ; Excavations in Cyprus, p. 68, fig. 92
(with note I ). See No. 814 and cf. No. 1038. Very late Mycenaean.
819. Gold fibula of type exactly similar to last, except that the flat rod is ornamented Plate VIII.
on both sides with an incised zigzag. From Maroni (not Moni), Cyprus.
Acquired, 1893.
L., 4 cm. ; ht., 2-9 cm. ; wt., 84 grns. Walters in Journ. Hell. Stud., XVII. (1897), p. 63 f.,
fig. I ; Ridgeway, Early Age of Greece, p. 562, fig. 114; cf. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 68,
fig. 92. See No. 814, above.
820. Gold cup, the body of which is plain, with rim slightly bent outwards. Moulded Plate
foot, the lower part of which is strengthened by a core of bronze. Small handle,
consisting of a flat gold-plated silver band, with three grooves running down the
centre and a series of notches on each edge. This handle is riveted to the cup
by three gold nails above, and a single gold nail below. Acquired, 1900.
Ht., 7-1 cm.; diam., 8-4 cm. ; wt., 1,108 grns. Forman Sale Cat., 1899, No. 436; cf. Schlie-
mann, Mycenae and Tiryns, p. 240, fig. 348.
821. Silver cup, curving outwards from the bottom and decorated on the sides with Plate
. T V V T T T
three bands of triple lines. It has a single handle in the form of two strips of
silver connected by a cylinder and riveted to the cup above by three rivets, below
by one. From Enkomi (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896. Tomb 92.
Ht., 6'9 cm. ; diam., io'9 cm. ; wt., 2,376 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 17, fig. 33 ; p. 54-
822. Twenty-two gold nuggets of roughly pyramidal form with truncated top. Plate
They have been cast in moulds, and in some cases cut with a sharp instrument, ^ •
doubtless in order to reduce them to a particular weight. Their weights show
that they have been cast in pairs of different sizes, probably by the jeweller for
the manufacture of earrings. F"rom Amathus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Tomb 198.
The weights of the pairs are as follows: (1) 86 grns. (2) 84 grns. (3) 77 grns. (4) 69 grns.
(5) 65, 66 grns. (6) 64, 62 grns. (7) 57 grns. (8) 53 grns. (9) 51, 49 gms. (10) 35,
34 grns. Two others weigh respectively 77 grns. and 49 grns., thus going with (3) and (9)
respectively. Weights are given to the nearest grain. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. 102,
123 ; Evans in Corolla Num., p. 355. The latter's suggestion that these nuggets represent
the Egyptian \-kedet unit is clearly impossible in view of the differences of weight. This
tomb contained objects which were mainly post-Mycenaean, though a scarab of the XlXth-
XXnd dynasty was found in it.
64 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
823. Seven small nuggets of gold, similar in character to the last. From the
same tomb.
Wt., 12, 12, 6, 5, ;, 3, 3 grns. respectively. Evidently part of a jeweller's rough material as last.
824. Thirty-three silver nuggets, which have apparently been cast in moulds
similar to those of the foregoing, but in many cases have been broken into
irregular masses. From the same tomb.
Wt. : (i) III grns.* (2) 100 grns. (3) 99 grns.* (4) 96 grns. (5) 94 grns. (6) 93 grns.
(7) 87 grns. (8) 81 grns. (9) 80 grns. (10) 80 grns. (11) 78 grns. (12) 76 grns.*
(13) 74 grns. (14) 68 grns. (15) 67 grns.* (16) 64 grns.* (17) 58 grns. (18) 54 grns.
('9) 52 grns.* (20) 52 grns.* (21) 52 grns.* (22) 51 grns.* (23) 48 grns. (24) 48 grns.
(25) 42 grns. (26) 4t grns. (27) 41 grns.* (28) 37 grns. (29) 34 grns.* (30) 31 grns.
(3') 29 grns. (32) 28 grns. (33) 19 grns. Excavations in Cyprns, pp. 102, 123; Evans
in Corolla Num., p. 355, n. 2.
825. Thin oblong plate of gold, bent into the form of a tube, and closed at one end.
Has formed the sheathing of some object. From excavations at Hala Sultan
Tekke, near Larnaka (April 1898).
L., 8'5 cm. : wt., 36 grns.
826. Gold-plated bronze ring, ribbed. The ends are open. Bent into an ellipse.
l-"rom excavations at Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1894.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Probably post-Mycenaean.
* Those marked thus seem nearly complete.
65
B. SUB-MYCENAEAN, GEOMETRIC AND
PRIMITIVE GREEK.
I.— FROM EXCAVATIONS AT EPHESUS, 1904-5 (Nos. 827-1102).
[Date about the end of the eighth or early seventh century li.C. See Hogarth,
Ephesus, p. 94 ff., and Introduction, § II. B.]
{a) Plaques, etc. Nos. 827 914.
827. Gold plaque in cros.s-form, compo.sed of four bow-spirals ranged round a Plate IX.
central boss and outlined in beaded filigree. Hole pierced at extremity of each
cross-arm.
L.. I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
828-836. Nine gold plaques resembling No. 827, e.Kccpt that the four holes are
pierced round the boss. In two sizes.
L., I '2 cm. .ind i • i cm. ; \vt., ca. 6 grns. each. Hogarth, Efi/u\siis, pi. i.\.. 41 and 42.
837-9. Three pale gold plaques of type similar to No. S27, but w ilhout central boss
and holes for attachment.
L., I '7 cm. : «t. (together), 33 grns. Hogarth, Epiicsus, pi. i.\., 45, 46.
840. Gold plaque in cross-form, decorated with four bow-spirals in beaded filigree Plate IX.
and four small rings of beaded wire placed between the point of contact of the
spirals. The rings are pierced for the attachment of the ornament. Boss with
• ring of beaded wire in centre. Acquired in Smyrna, but doubtless from the
B.M. excavations at Ephesu.s, 1904-5.
L., I cm. ; \vt., 4 grns. Same type as Hogarth, Epliesus, pi. ix., 48.
841-863*. Twenty-four diamond-shaped gold plaques with central boss. Pierced Plate IX.
at the extremity of each of the cross-arms.
L., 1 cm. ; wt. (singly), i grn. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. ix., 39, 40.
864-9. Six gold plaques, exactly similar to No. 841. Acquired in Sm\Tna, but
doubtless from excavations at Ephesus.
L., I cm. ; wt. (together), 9 grns.
870. Gold star of four pointed rays alternating with four rounded rays. Embossed Plate IX.
gold outlined in beaded wire. Has been pierced at the ends of the pointed rays.
L., I "39 cm. ; wt., 7 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. ix., 49.
F
66 CATAUJCUK OF Ji:\Vl'.l,l,I.K\\
871. Pale gold stamped rosette of ciiiht petals, llolc in cciilrc. Plate IX.
IJiiiin., ■<) cm. : wl.. 2 j^nis.
872. Pale gold stamped rosette of six rounded petals. I'icrccd in four places. Plate IX.
Diaiii.. 1 ■ I c:ni. ; \vt., 3 giiis.
I
873. Gold disk slamped w ith a ro.sctte of twelve rounded petals. Two holes, one on Plate IX.
each side, for attachments. |
Diam., I'scin. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. Hogarth, .£■///««.(•, pi. X., 23; also Kiirte, Gordion, p. 113,
fig. qi. The other ivory plaques there figured bear a close relationship to these plaques
from Kphesus. The tumiikis in which they were found may be dated to about 600 li.C.
(Kfirte, p. T2g). ,
874. Gold plaque composed of a thin plate in the shape of an eye (.''), stamped with Plate IX.
a rosette of ten petals which takes the place of the pupil. A piece broken away.
L., \2 cm. ; wt., I grn.
875. Stamped gold rectangular plaque. Pattern : — a four-rayed star, decorated Plate IX.
with bosses and loops between the rays. Raised framework. ]'2i<,fht holes
pierced in margin for attachment. Acquired in Smyrna, but doubtless from
B.M. excavations at Ephesus, 1904 5.
1-2 X 1-4 cm. : wt., 3 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x., 32.
876. Pale gold circular plaque embossed with three bow-spirals arranged in a Plate IX.
triangle. Between each pair of spirals is a pear-shaped drop. At intervals in
the margin are pierced four holes.
Diam., 3' 5 cm. ; wt., 41 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. viii., 27.
«
877-9. Three thin stamped gold plaques, square. They are stamped with four Plate IX.
double bow-spirals, with a boss in the middle. At the corners are floral patterns,
in two cases of three, in one of four leaves. A hole is pierced at each corner of
the plaque.
L., ca. 2'2 cm. ; wt. (together), 27 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. viii., 23 and 25.
880. Pale gold plaque, square. Stamped with four double bow-spirals in a square Plate IX.
frame. Within the bows are two barley-corns and two pomegranates arranged
singl}' opposite one another. The corners are filled each with a loop.
L., 2- 1 cm. ; wt., 5 gi'ns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. viii., 11.
881. Square gold plaque as last.
I,., I '6 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x., 33.
882. Part of a square gold plaque stamped with a design of four bow-spirals
placed crosswise. Rosette in centre. Plain border. About two-thirds of plaque
remaining. Hole at one corner.
L., I •& cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Cf. Hogarth Ephesus, pi. viii., 26.
KAUI.V CkKI'K jKWI.I.LliRY FROM KI'IIESUS. 67
883. Fragmentary stamped gold plaque. A diamond with a rosette in the piate IX.
centre, terminatin<^ at each coiner in a doiii^le spiral. Two spirals broken away.
Two holes in opposite corners for attachment.
L., I '5 cm. ; wt., 2 grns. Hoj(;irlh, Epiicsus, pi. viii., 5.
884. Square gold plaque with stamped design of four conjoined double beaded Plate IX.
spirals round a diamond-shaped centre. Small loop of t^old for suspension.
L., I "4 cm. ; \vl., 3 gins. Hogarth, EpJicsiis, pi. .\., 5.
885. Thin stamped plaque of pale gold, nearly square. Stamped with a cross of Plate IX.
ribbed pattern within a ribbed square. A single ribbed line is stamped beside
two of the four sides of the square. A hole has been pierced at each of the
corners for attachment.
L., 1 'S cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x., 14.
886. Fragment of a pale gold strip, stamped with two rows of ribbed c_\lindrical Plate IX.
ornaments. Each side has been pierced with holes for attachments.
L., 1' I cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. ix., 56.
887. Fragment of pale gold strip, stamped with three rows of alternating bead Plate IX.
and linear pattern.
L., i'5 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Epltesiis, pi. x., 19.
888. Thin pale gold plaque, square. The pattern witliin a raised border Plate IX.
consists of four double pointed rays branching out from a double concentric
circle. Betwen the four pointed rays are four small blunt rays (= pointed rays
inverted). Four holes pierced, one in each of the pointed rays.
L., t"S cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Eplwsus, pi. viii , 15.
889. Thin pale gold plaque, roughly square. Stamped with a floral pattern within Plate IX.
a square frame. Eight-petalled flower of four long and four short i:)ointed petals,
alternating. Central boss.
L., ca. 2 cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
890-1. Two stamped gold plaques of rectangular form. In the middle is a square piate IX.
stamped with a rosette composed of four petals resembling bee-bodies alternating
with four plain rounded petals. At either end of the rectangle is a narrow
border, consisting of flowers of three petals alternating with the lower part of a
bee's body. P'our holes pierced, one at each corner
2"2 X I "5 cm. ; wt. (together), 29 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ep/usi/s, pi. viii., 13, and No. 121 1 from
Kameiros.
892-6. Five gold plaques, pierced for attachment at four equidistant points. Thej- piate IX.
are stamped with the same design, viz., four palmettes alternating with four
bodies of bees. In the centre is a four-petal flower with a bee-body stamped on
68 CATALOGUE OF JEWF.M.KRY.
each petal. The holes are pierced at the extremity of each palmette. "Sent
from Smyrna," Jan. 1883. Franks Request, 1897.
Diam., 2' I cm. ; wt. (together), 80 grns. Cf. No. 897, an example exactly similar to the present,
bill slightly smaller and lighter. It is probable that the above examples come from the site
of the .'\rtemision. Cf Nos. 952, 953, 1,048.
897. Gold plaque exactly as last, but slightly smaller and thinner. From Plate IX.
excavations at Ephesus, 1904-5.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Hogarth, Epltrsiis, pi. viii., 22.
898. Oblong pale gold plaque with four raised circles in four compartments formed Plate IX.
by a cross w ithin an oblong frame. Hole pierced in each of the four corners.
!.., I '3 cm. ; «t., 3 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. viii., 10.
899. Oblong gold plaque with stamped design in the middle within a square frame, plate IX.
Cross with a boss between each arm. Row of six embossed dots at each of the
short ends of the plaque. Eight holes for attachment pierced in the margin.
L., I '3 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x., 32.
900. Part of a square stamped gold plaque, put together from fragments. Pattern : Plate IX.
central boss surrounded b\' four three-quarter stamped bead and reel rosettes.
Bead and reel border.
L., 2 '9 cm. Cf Hogarth, Eplu-sus, pi. x., 4.
901. Part of a pale gold plaque with stamped pattern as last. The bead and
reel border is double.
L., 2'9 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x., 4.
902. Fragment of a square gold plaque with stamped design. Cross within
square, bordered with a line of raised globules.
L., 2' I cm. Hogarth, Eplicsiis, pi. x., 18.
903. Oblong gold plaque, stamped with two designs, side by side, of a cross within Plate IX.
a square. Between each pair of arms is an impressed circle. The whole is
within a border of chevrons, pierced with holes for attachment.
I,., I '9 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x., 9.
904. Pale gold circular plaque, very thin, stamped with a
figure of a Gryphon walking to 1. with head turned back.
Cross-hatched ground. Beyond the open mouth of the
Gryphon is a palmette (.''), very conventionally represented.
A long curl ending in a flower falls from the back of the
Gryphon's head. In the field are stamped circles and dots.
Parts of the plaque are broken away. Two holes remain
pierced for attachment.
Diam., 3 cm. : wt., 5 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. viii., 3. For the
curl and flower, cf. Schuchhardt, Sehlicinaiin's Excavations, p. 79, f'S- '° = '^'^- ^■t-
fig. 87.
KARr,Y CRF.KK IF.WEI.r.ERY FROM EI'IIESUS.
69
905. Two fragments forming a square pale gold plaque,
stamped with the figure of a Sphinx seated to r. She has
a curl floating behind her head. Border of basket pattern.
At one corner are the remains of a gold tube used for tlie
threading of the plaque.
I,., 2 cm. ; wt., 7 griis. Cf. Hogarth, Eplicsus, pi. viii., 2.
906. Two fragments of plaque as last,
away at two corners.
Wt., 5 grns.
Same design.
Broke
Fig. 11 = No. 905.
907. Fragment of a stamped gold plaque with the figure of
a Gryphon (.'') and a winged goddess (.'') advancing to r. and
1. respectively. Border of short impressed vertical lines above
and below.
Ht., 2'9 cm. Hogarth, Epliesiis, pi. iii., 6, and viii., 9. (A fragment witli
the second leg has since been added.)
908. Part of a stamped gold plaque with a design representing
a small nude figure (goddess .-') in profile to r., between two
No. 907.
^^-
909.
lions or lion-demons standing upright. Their outer paws rest ^f^'jcShs
on the figure's r. shoulder The r. arm of the figure passes
over the paw of the lion on the r. in the direction of the
mouth. Above, remains of lotus (.') border. Round the plaque
was a border of bosses.
3"2 X 2"3 cm. Cf. \\oga.xi\\, Ep/icsiis, pi. iii., 10 ; viii., 4. A near parallel
is furnished by the Mycenaean gem in Furtwangler, AtU. Geinin.,
pi. ii., 34. Cf. also Olyinpia, IV., pi. x.\.\ix.. No. 695.
Thin square gold plaque with stamped design of a winged
Gryphon walking to r. Above the Gryphon is a bird (.') or
perhaps a flower. Has been pierced for attachment at each of
the four corners.
L., I '4 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Hogarth, Eplicsus, pi. viii., 7.
No. 908.
Fig. 14 = No. f)0:_).
910. Gold strip with irregular edges, which have apparently been folded over some Plate IX.
object. Near each edge is a raised stripe.
L., II "5 cm. : wt., 31 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Epiiesiis, pi. i.x., 29.
911. Thin gold strip with rounded projection on one side. The strip is stamped Plate IX.
with plain cross-hatched lines ; the projection and the part of the strip opposite the
projection have wider cross-hatchings, each filled in with a dot.
L., 3 "9 cm. ; wt., 7 grns. Hogarth, Eplicsus, pi. ix., 55.
912. Thin gold plaque apparently in the shape of a segment of a circle and stamped
with a pattern similar to that on the projection of the last.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
F 2
70 CATAI-OGUI-: OF JF.WKLLERY.
913. Pale gold plaque in form of a three-quarter segment (jf a circle covered with
impressed dots.
Diaiii., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 gnis. Hogartli, Ep/usns, pi. x., 12.
914. Gold strip, thin and narrow. Granulated.
L., 4"7 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
(/;) Representations of Parts of the Human Body. Nos. 915 925.
915. Pale gold model of a leg and foot, the former composed of a bent wire, the Plate IX.
latter of the same wire flattened out.
L., 2'7 cm. ; ut., 6 grns. Hogarth, Ep/icsnx, pi. vii., 23.
916. Pale gold model of forearm and r. hand, composed of wire flattened out at piate ix.
the end.
L., i'3 cm. ; wt., 2 grns. Cf. Hogarth, EpAc.siis, pi. vii., 22.
917. Pale gold model of an eye in thin gold, pierced for attachment. Pupil Plate IX.
indicated by an impressed circle.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 gins. For a later parallel, ci..lcaif. t/rs //isc/:, Comptes-Rendus, 1909, p. 501,
fig. I.
918. Gold model of an eye. Pupil embossed.
1.., 1 cm. ; wt., I grn.
919. Gold model of an eye. Pupil indicated by impressed circle and central dot. Plate IX.
Hole pierced at each end.
L., I '3 cm. ; wt., I grn.
920. Gold model of an eye, partly broken away. The eyelashes are indicated by Plate IX.
parallel incised lines. Hole pierced in the extremity.
L., 2 ■ 4 cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
921. Model of an eye (?) in gold shell, originally plated on silver, traces of which
remain.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., S grns.
922. Gold plaque stainped with a pair of ej'es. The pupils are in relief. Hole Plate IX.
pierced at either extremity.
L., I '7 cm. ; wt., r grn. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. vii., 35 and 36.
923. Stamped gold model of an ear. Plate ix.
L., '9 cm. ; wt., 1 grn.
KARI.Y fIRF.F.K JFAVFF.T.KKY FROM FI'IIFSUS.
7'
924. Oblong gold plaque, st imped with ;in egg-shaped object between two parallel Plate IX.
lines (vulva ?).
I.., 76 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
925. Pale gold disk stamped with a rin<^. Eye (?).
Diam., I cm. ; wt., i gin.
(c) Earrings. Nos. 926 949.
926. Pale gold earring, slightly swelling below. Bent out of shape,
l.., I '5 cm. ; wt., 1 grn. Cf. Nos. 197 ff. from F.nkomi.
927. As No. 926, but with heavier swell.
L., I '4 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
928. As No. 927. Bent.
Diam , i cm. : wt., 3 grns.
929. As No. 927.
Diam., 'g cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
930. As No. 927. Very small.
Diam., 'S cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
931. As No. 927.
Diam., 'g cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
932. As No. 927.
Diam., I cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
933. As No. 927.
Diam., "g cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
934. As No. 927, but with thicker swelling.
Diam., i cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
935. As No 934.
Diam., i cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
936. As No. 934 ; pronounced ridge in centre of swelling.
Diam., I cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
937. As No. 934 ; crushed.
Diam., i cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
938. As No. 934.
Diam., i '2 cm. : wt., 17 grns.
Plate IX.
Plate IX.
72 CATALOGUE OK JKWKIJ.ERV.
939. As No. 934.
IJiaiii., I cm. ; ut., 9 grns.
940. A.S No. 934 ; thick swellin_t^ and ridge.
Diam., '8 cm. : wt., 7 grns.
941. As No. 934, but with tlie sweUing facetted. Plate IX.
niam., I cm. ; wt., 9 gnis.
942. Gold earring, of the " leech " type. Broad hollow " leech " with flutings across Plate IX.
it. The flutings arc filled in with grains, and there is a line of larger grains on
each side. Fin (partly broken away) attached to one end of the " leech."
L., 2-2 cm. ; wt., 135 grns. Hogarlh, Ephesiis, pi. vi., 72 ; cf. Schliemann, Itios, p. 489, No. 840.
943. Pale gold earring of " leech " type, in general form as last. Plain body Plate IX.
decorated with three broad bands of " ripple " pattern (cf. pin No. 959) between
beaded wires. Beaded wires also on each side. Remains of pin at one end.
L., I '9 cm. ; wt., 41 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsiis, pi. vi., 73.
944. Gold earring of similar type. Across the body are five bands composed of a Plate IX.
thick beadetl wire between two plain wires. Pin attached to one end.
L., I '7 cm. ; wt., 34 grns. Hogarth, Epiirsns, pi. vi., 75.
945. Earring of similar form, gold plated on sih^r. The earring is decorated with Plate IX.
beading, which follows the contour of the body. I'in broken away.
L., I '7 cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Hogarth, Epltesiis, pi. vi., 74.
946. Gold earring of similar type. Plain body. Beaded ring between two plain Plate IX.
rings at the end where the pin is attached. Plain wire ring the other end.
Ht., I "9 cm. ; wt., rg grns. Hogarth, Epltesiis, pi. vi., 69.
947. Gold earring, composed of three small " leeches " conjoined. The central one Plate IX.
is angular. The pin projects from one end of the earring, and has been broken
off in a small socket on the other side.
Diam., i cm. ; wt., 17 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vi., 52 ; cf. Schliemann, Ilios, p. 460
and 462.
948. Gold spiral ear-pendant, with reel-like ends. Solid. Plate IX.
Ht., 1-7 cm. ; wt , 131 grns. Hogarth, jE)^/;^/^, pi. vii., 49. Cf. No. 1173 from Rhodes, and
B.S.A., XII., p. 68, fig. 3 (a later variety of this type).
949. Gold-plated silver ear-pendant of type as last. The ends are in the form of
plain disks. The silver has burst out through the gold in several places, and is
much oxydised.
Ht., 3 '2 cm. ; wt., 77 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vii., 50.
EARLV GRICKK JKWKLl.KRV FROM EI'IIESUS. 73
((/) Pins. N<AS. 950 978.
950. Gold pin, with head in the form of a plain cone with a circular base. I'in Plate X.
marked with dotted Hnes, probably to prevent its slipping.
L., 5-5 cm. ; wt., 49 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. v., 8.
951. Gold pin. Head in form of a cone fluted horizontally above. Below are a ring Plate X.
of beaded wire and a disk surrounded by beaded wire. Pin marked with lines of
dots.
L., 6-7 cm. ; wt., 53 grns. Hogarth, Epiicsiis, pi. v., 37.
952. Gold pin. The head is in the form of a large hollow cone, flattened at the Plate \
bottom, where it rests on a disk surrounded by a beaded wire. " Sent from
Smyrna," Jan., 1883. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 6-3 cm. ; wt., 65 grns. Probably from the site of the Artemision. See above, No. 892.
953. Head from similar gold pin. " Sent from Smjrna." Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2- I cm. ; wt., 47 grns. Probably from the site of the Artemision.
954. Gold pin, with biconical head, the bottom .set in a cuj) with beaded top. piate X.
Traces of dotted lines on the pin.
L., 5-08 cm. : wt., 15 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsiis, pi. v., 15.
955. Gold pin. The head is in the form of a biconical bead, with stamped pattern piate X.
at the top (myrtle berry) surrounded by a ring of beaded wire. Under-part
of the cone surrounded by a ring of beaded wire. Traces of dotted lines on
the pin.
L., 5-5 cm. ; wt.. 16 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus. pi. v., 14.
956. Gold pin, with head in the form of a biconical bead w ith globule at the top. Plate X.
Dotted lines on pin.
L., 4" 8 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
957. Gold pin with head in form of a cone. T\\ o rings round the base. Plate X.
L., 3-5 cm. ; wt., S grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. v., 11 ; Schliemann, Ilios, p. 492, No. 865.
958. Gold pin. The head is in the form of a hollow globe surmounted by a flower piate X.
of six raised petals with a cup-like centre (pomegranate .'). Beneath, is a disk
surrounded by a beaded wire. The pin is marked with lines of impressed dots.
L., 6- 1 cm. ; wt., 46 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. v., 30.
959. Gold pin, with head in form of a circular basket with plaited lid. The sides are Plate X.
formed of two bands of ripple-pattern between three bands of fluted pattern.
Head decorated with lines radiating from a central point. Thick beaded bands
round bottom of lid and bottom of basket respectively.
L., 6-5 cm. ; wt., 106 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. v., 39.
74 CATALOGUE OF JEWELI.KRY.
960. Gold pin of type similar to last. The cover of the "basket " is impressed with a Plate X.
leaf i)atteni round it, the body is formed of three beaded alternating with three
plain wires. The pin has lines of small d<jts impressed upon it. Globule and
ring at top bent in.
1... 5' 7 cm. ; \vt.. 67 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. \ ., 41.
961. Gold pin. The head is composed of a disk bordered on the outer side with
beaded wire. Raised ring above and below, where the pin passes through the
disk. The upjier part of the head has no doubt been broken away.
L., 6' 3 cm. ; wt., 44 yrns.
962. Flat gold disk, surrounded with a beaded wire, with central hole round which is
another beaded wire. Probabh- the head of a pin, as in the foregoing example.
Diam., i •; cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
963. Pale gold pin-head (.') in the form of a square hut or box with hemispherical Plate X.
roof or cover. Each of the four sides has a human head in relief (of Egyptian
t)-pe, full-face, wearing the klaff), stamped in thin gold and soldered to it.
Beaded wire at each corner. The roof is decorated with lines of beaded wire
which radiate from the apex. Open underneath.
Ht., I '7 cm. : wt., 54 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsiis, pi. iii., 8. Cf. Nos. 1103 ft', from Rhodes.
964. Gold pin-head (.') Rounded top with moulded collar and flat base. No traces Plate X.
of pill attachment.
Ht., 'S cm. ; wt., 8 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephc^iis, pi. v., 29.
955. Pale gold pin-head (.''), an elongated oval in form, with longitudinal headings. Plate X.
At the top, a flower of four petals.
L., I cm. ; wt., 6 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsns, pi. vi., 26.
966. Gold pin-head (.'') formed of a shallow cup with beaded edge. From the centre Plate X.
of the cup rises a rod on which are two flowers, each of si.x petals.
L., I ■ 1 cm. : wt., 16 grns. Hogarth, Ep/iesiis, pi. vi., 34.
967. Gold pin-head (.') in the form of a flower of six upturned petals on a hollow Plate X.
stalk.
L., I cm. ; wt., 6 grns. Possibly half of a stud resembling thai figured in Schliemann, Ilios,
p. 460, 705-8.
968. Gold pin-head, hemispherical, with seven open-work petals at the top. Plate X.
Ht., '9 cm. ; wt., 10 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsi/s, pi. \i., 54.
969. Gold pin-head composed of a spherical mass of large and small grains on a Plate X.
concave collar.
Ht., '9 cm. : wt., 31 gins. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vi., 63.
EARLY GKlil';K Jl';\VliI.LERY FROM 1lI'H]':SU.S. 75
970. Gold pin-head, plain and conical, with ring round base.
Ht., 1 '3 cm. ; wt., 13 j^fi^- Hoj^arth, F,/)hcsns, pi. vi., 12.
971. As last, but smaller.
lit., r • I cm. : \vl., 7 grns. Hogarth, Ep/usi/s, pi. vi., 9.
972. Gold pin-head in the form of a ribbed cone. Ring at base.
Ht., 1 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
973. Gold pin-head in the form of a plain cone with ribbed ring round base.
Globule at top.
Ht., '8 cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Hogarth, Ep/u\ui.\, pi. vi., 38.
974. As last, but with part of pin remaining. No globule at top.
Ht., I cm. : \\t., 4 grns.
975. Gold pin-head, plain and rounded. Hole below for pin.
Ht., '6 cm. : wt., 6 grns. Hogarth, Epiu-siis, pi. vi., 16.
976. Gold pin-head (.'), cone-shaped, with ribbed band round base. This is pierced
with two holes opposite one another.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Hogarth, EplicsKs, pi. vi., 10.
977. Pale gold pin-head (.'), formed of a hollow ball, round the base of which are Plate X.
four double " axe-heads " ranged in a square ; to the middle of each double " axe-
head " is soldered a globule. Pierced vertical!}'.
Ht.,' '8 cm. ; wt., 10 grns. Hogarth, Epjicsiis, pi. x., 47.
978. Pale gold rod, now bent into a bow. One end has a blunt knob and a Plate X.
inoulded reel decoration, the other, a ribbed c}-lindrical decoration, ending in
a plain projection, which apparently fitted into a socket.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 20 grns. Variety of pin, upon which a flower-head was fitted f?,i. Or possibly
part of a spiral ear-pendant as No. 94S.
(^) Beads and Pendants. Nos. 979 1034.
979. Gold bead, composed of eight hollow globules .soldered together in cube form. Plate IX.
Hole in middle for stringing.
L., 1-2 cm. ; wt., 25 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsns, pi. vi., 13. Cf. Allu-ii. Mill.. X.\.\l\'., pi. .\iii.,
38, 39 (from a Mycenaean tomb at Old Pylos).
980. Pale gold bead, composed of four globules soldered together in a square.
Pierced in the middle for stringing.
L., '5 cm. ; wt., 2 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vi., 31.
76 CATALOGUE OF JliWELI-ERY.
981. Gold bead in the form of a barley-corn (?). Pierced at each end, where the Plate IX.
(ipening is surrounded by a ring of wire.
L., I cm. : wt., 9 grns. Not unlike the Mycenaean "cowrie-shell" beads, e.g. No. 666 above.
982. Three pale gold oval beads, striated longitudinally, and soldered together. Plate IX.
Each is pierced at the ends, probably for stringing on a necklace. Slightly on
the curve.
I '6 X I cm. ; wt., 12 gins. Hogarth, Ephcsus, pi. x., 45.
983. Triple gold bead formed of three ribbed cylinders soldered side by side. They Plate IX.
are decorated with eight double " axe-head " ornaments, each with a globule in
the middle. Three of the double " axe-heads " are soldered on each of the long
sides and one on each of the short sides of the triple bead.
L., 1 -5 cm. ; wt., 36 grns. Hogarth, Eplit\uix, pi. vii., 37. Cf. No. 977.
984. Gold bead, consisting of a ribbed cylinder with a kind of fringe below it, Plate IX.
composed of a stamped herring-bone pattern and four clievrons underneath.
L., '7 cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. ix., 27.
985. Gold cylindrical bead, ribbed. Plate IX.
L., 'S cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
986. As last.
L., '83 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. x., 68.
987. Gold bead in the form of a cylindrical cluster of three circles of five beads
each. Central circle of larger beads.
L., '5 cm. ; wt., 10 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. vi., 18-20.
988. As No. 9S7, but rather larger. Beads all of similar size.
L., '5 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
98p. As No. 987. Smaller globules.
L., '5 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
990. As No. 9S7. Globules again smaller.
L., '4 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
991. As No. 987. Pale gold. Smaller.
L., "4 cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
992. As No. 987. Very minute.
L., '3 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
993. As No. 987.
L., '3 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
J
KARLY GREEK JJCWIOELIORY I'KOM lU'llESUS. 77
994. As No. 987, but cubical instead <jf cylindrical. ICach of the three squares
composed of eight globules.
I.., '4 cm. ; \vt., 4 j^rns.
995. Gold bead in the form of a disk, pierced at either end, with a band of beaded Plate IX.
wire along its middle.
Diani., ■; cm. ; \vt., 7 grns. Hogarlli, Ephcsiis, pi. ,\., 81.
996. Gold bead, similar to last.
\Vt., 7 grns.
997. Gold bead, of type similar to last, hut fluted and beaded. Plate IX.
Di.'ini., "1 cm. ; vvt., 7 grns.
998. Gold bead of shape similar to last, fluted and striated. Plate IX.
Diam., '7 cm. : \vt., 6 grns.
999. Two gold beads, in the form of double truncated cones with horizontal Plate IX.
beadings in wire. At each end is a beaded w ire ring.
L., I '5 cm. ; \vt. (together), 44 grns. Hogarth, Ep/icsiis, pi. ix., 21.
1000. Pale gold bead in the form of a hollow flattened globe, decorated with Plate IX.
horizontal ribbed bands separated from one another by plain thin bands.
Diam., i'2 cm. ; \vt., 15 grns.
1001. Gold bead, globular, decorated with beaded lines. Plain wire ring round piate IX.
the hole at each end.
L., "8 cm. ; \vt., 9 grns.
1002. Gold bead, plain, in the form of a flattened globe. .Ridge round the middle, piate IX.
Diam., '7 cm. ; \vt., 6 grns. Hogarth, Efihesiis, pi. x., 63.
1003. Pale gold bead, in the form of a flattened globule, fluted vertically. Plate IX.
Diam. 'b cm. ; ut., 4 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. x. 78.
1004. Pale gold bead, in the form of a flattened globe, with alternate horizontal and Plate IX.
vertical flutings.
Diam., '7 cm. : vvt., 2 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. vi. 28.
1005. Gold ovoid bead, fluted lengthwise. Plate IX.
L., S cm. : ut., 6 grns. Hogarth, Ep/icsi/s, pi. x., 49.
1006. Pale gold bead, barrel-shaped, with flutings breadthwise. Plate IX.
!,., 8 cm. ; \vt.. 5 grns. Hogarth, Efihesiis, pi. x., 80.
1007. Gold bead, biconical, with truncated ends. Round the bod}- are three Plate IX.
band? of ribbed wire.
L., I ■ I cm. : \vt., [3 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ep/wsus, pi. ix., 24.
78 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1008. Large biconical pale gold bead with truncated ends in which are holes. Plate IX.
Ribbed, with a fluted band [jassed round the middle of the bead.
Diam., 1 "5 cm. : wl., 25 Krns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesits, pi. vi., 3.
1009. Gold bead of flattened globular shape. Fluted, with a rai.sed ring round Plate IX.
cither hole.
Diam., I '3 cm. ; wt., 17 g^rns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vi., 5.
1010. Gold globular bead, fluted, with vertical lines of globules. Wire ring at each Plate IX.
end round the hole.
Diam., I" i cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Hogarth, Ephcuii, pi. vi., 36.
1011. Gold bead in the form of two truncated cones set base to base. Plate IX.
L., '9 cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
1012. Gold pendant, consisting of a tongue-shaped flat plate of gold, the upper Plate X.
part of which is rolled into a spiral to form a ring for suspension.
L., 2-5 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesns, pi. vii., II ; also No. 649 from Enkomi.
1013. Gold ornament as last, but the plate is flat-sided and pointed, and the upper
part is unrolled.
L., 3 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vii., 2;.
1014. As last. Loop rolled ; plate shorter, with rounded sides.
L., I '2 cm. : wt., 4 grns. Hogarth, Epliesiis, pi. vii., 12.
1015. Gold pendant, resembling an egg-shaped vase with pointed base. Plain loop
for suspension.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephestis, pi. x., 50.
1016. As No. 1015. Loop plain.
Ht., I '4 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
1017. As No. 1015. Small wire ring round top of globe.
Ht., I "5 cm. : wt., 10 grns.
1018. As No. 1015. Beaded ring round top of globe.
Ht., I ■ I cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
1019. As No. 1015, but with ridge round middle of bead. Bottom of bead indented.
No beaded ring.
Ht., I • I cm. ; wt.. 8 grns.
1020. As No. 1015. Ribbed loop for suspension.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
KAKLY (;RKKI<. JICWKLLKRV FROM El'llKSUS. 79
1021. As No. 1015, but with horizontal ridge in centre of bead, .ind plain wire loop. Plate X.
Plain wire ring round top of pendant.
Ht., 2 cm. ; vvt., 15 grns. Cf. Hofjarth, Ephesiis, pi. .\., 52.
1022. As No. I02I. Pale gold. Lari^^er loop.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 2 grns. lIoKiirth, E/ihcsnx, \i\. x., 55.
1023. As No. I02I. Loop ribbed. Ridge round upper part of vase.
Ht., "9 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
1024. As No. I02I, but without ridge and with plain loop.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
1025. Pale gold pendant in form of a myrtle berry (>). Loop for suspension. Plate X.
Hi.. I cm, : wt., 6 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephcsiis, pi. x., 88.
1026. Pale gold pendant in form of a ribbed globe with ribbed loop for susi)cnsion. Plate X.
Ht., 1 cm. ; wt., 6 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsiis, pi. x., 74.
1027. As last.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
1028. Gold pendant in the form of a pomegranate, decorated with lines of granulation Plate X.
and furnished with a wire loop for suspension.
Ht., I '2 cm. : wt., 12 grns.
1029. Gold pendant in the form of a hollow globe (fruit t) with plain loop for
suspension. Crushed.
Ht., 1 '3 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
1030. Pale-gold pendant in the form of a slightly flattened globe, pierced in the Plate X.
centre. Plain wire loop for suspension.
Ht., I cm ; wt., 5 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. x., 48.
1031. Gold pendant in the form of a bee's body, with loop for suspension. Flat at back. Plate X.
Ht., I •() cm. ; wt., 8 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. x., 79.
1032. Gold pendant of long conical form, with ribbed ring for suspension. Beading Plate X.
round top and base of cone.
Ht., 1-5 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vii., 17.
1033. Gold pendant in the form of a double cone, base set to base. From the point Plate X.
of one cone issues a rolled ribbed loop for suspension. Solid.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt., 69 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. vii., 46.
1034. Pale gold pendant, cone-shaped, with ribbed loop for suspension. Band of Plate X.
beading round upper part of cone.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
8o
CATALOGUE OK JKWKLl.KRY.
( /) Brooches or Fibulae, and Miscellaneous. Nos. 1035 1048.
1035. Gold fibula, composed of a thin disk of p,dc ycjjd, decorated with a series of Plate X.
applied ornaments in thin stamped gold. In the centre is a rosette of four pointed
leaves ; round the circumference arc four rosettes with
four pointed leaves, alternating with four flowers, which
have four raised petals. One of the latter flowers is
missing. To the back of the disk is soldered a pin with a
two-coil spring. The point of the spring fits into a catch.
IJiam., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 42 gins. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. iv., 30. Cf.
the technique of the slightly later Etruscan earrings a haiilc,
e.g., No. 12S8, below.
1036. Gold fibula in the form of the stamped figure of a
hawk with wings spread ; flat behind. I'in with spring of
two spiral coils at the back.
Ht., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 42 grns. Hogarth, Efi/icsiis, pi. iv., 21. Cf. the
ivory fibulae from Sparta (B.S.A., .\I1I., p. 85, fig. 21).
1037. Gold fibula in the form of a hawk, hollow. The front
is stamped, with details engraved. Flat behind. At the
back, behind the head, is an attachment of two grooved
rings, and below an attachment of three grooved rings
(behind the tail). Into these fits a two-pronged pin with
ring attachment above. No doubt a pivot pin originally
passed through the rings above, and a fastening pin
through those below.
Ht., 3' I cm. ; wt.,94 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. iv., 28, 29 ; .\., 4o_
1038. Pale gold fibula, with semi-elliptical bow, decorated
with three equidistant beaded mouldings. One end
terminates in a spring of two coils carried
form of a pin. The other end is flattened
bent catch.
L., I '9 cm. : wt. 8 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ep/icsiis, pi. v.
Fig. 15 = No. 1035 (hack).
Plate X.
Plate X.
Kig. 16 = No. 1036 (Iraclc).
on
out
in the
into a
Plate X.
4.
Kig. 17 = No. 1037 (back).
1039. Pale gold figure of a hawk perched to front. Details in impressed dots. Plate X.
Crushed in at back and restored with plaster. Three small holes pierced along
the edge of the r. wing for attachment.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
Wings Closed.
1040. Pale gold figure of Artemis (?), composed of a gold shell stamped with the Plate X.
figure of a woman wearing long girt chiton and veil, with hands placed stiffly by
her sides, and holding jug in r. hand and phiale in 1. No feet are indicated, or
possibly they are broken away. The shell is in two halves, one for the front, the
other for the back. They were originally joined by being folded over one another.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt. (with modern phister filling), 18 grns. Hogarth, Ep/wsiis. pi. iv.. 4 ; cf. the
ivory statuette, ibiii., pi. .x.xii.
EARLY GREEK JEWELLERY FROlvr EPIIESUS. 8 1
1041. Gold figure of a hawk cut out of .1 strip of thin gold, seen from behind. Plate X.
Feathers indicated by engraved dashes, and the tail by engraved lines. Mead
turned to 1.
Ht., I "5 cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
1042. Gold figure of a hawk, standing on a perch set on a thin base of oblong Plate X.
shape with incurved sides. His tail is soldered to the back of the base. Details
carefully rendered by chasing. Solid.
Ht., t'7 cm. ; wt., 39 grns. Hogartli, F./>/icsiis, pi. vi., 62.
1043. Pale gold figure of a hawk (hollow), set on a roughly circular stand, so sloped
that the hawk appears to be leaning forward.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
1044. Gold figure of a hawk in profile, hollow and somewhat crushed. Details not
indicated.
Ht., 1 • I cm. : wt., 2 grns.
1045. Gold horn composed of a strip of gold rolled into that shape. Pierced with Plate X.
two holes near the bottom.
Ht., 2 "7 cm. ; wt., 1 8 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Eplu-siis, pi. i.\., 15.
1046. Gold horn as before, but bent in a greater curve and ending in a sharp point. Plate X.
Apparently broken off at the bottom, so that there are no holes for attachment.
L., 4 '2 cm. ; wt , 45 grns.
1047. Gold leaf, long and narrow (olive .'), broken off at the stalk. Plate X,
L., 2 '7 cm. ; wl., i ■ 5 grns.
1048. Amulet consisting of an ivory tusk (.?), mounted with gold caps at either end. Plate X.
The caps are fastened on by small gold studs. The tusk (.') is pierced towards
one end. It probably was suspended by a chain and served as an amulet. " Sent
from Smyrna," Jan., 1883. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 8 cm. Possibly from the site of the Artemision. Cf. Nos. 892, 952.
{g) Silver (or Lead) Ornaments. Nos. 1049-1102.
1049. Silver plaque (fragmentary), with stamped design of a diamond surrounded by Plate X.
beaded lines, which form a cross with hooked arms. Originally pierced with eight
holes for attachment.
I„, I '5 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Hogarth, EfiliesKs, pi. .\ii., 26 (reversed) ; pattern as ibid., pi. x., 16.
1050. Silver ornament, imitating an eye(?). In the centre is a high boss. Each side
is pierced.
L., I • 1 cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
G
82 CATALOGUE OF JEWKI.I.KRY.
1051 -1060. Ten examples of the " leech " type of earring in silver. The ends in Plate X.
several instances have been broken away.
Oiam., I -4 cm. — I cm. ; «t., 35, 23, 20, 15, 14, 13, 13, 13, 1 1, 8 grns. respectively.
1061. Silver earring of type akin to last, but w ith sharp ridge along the bottom of Plate X.
the " leech." Ends broken away.
Diam., 1 •; cm. ; wt., 23 grns.
1062. Silver earring of "leech" type. Flat and broad body with three moulded Plate X.
ribs along its length. One end prolonged into a pin.
Diam., i '5 cm. ; wt., 44 grns. Hogarth, EphcsKs, pi. xii., iS.
1063. Silver earring of " leech " form, the body encircled by seven projecting bands. Plate X.
Each of the ends is surrounded by a small ring. The bronze pin, which was
inserted in one end, is missing.
Diam., I'Scm. ; wt., 40 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephcsus, pi. .\ii., 17; De Morgan, Ddegation en
Perse, VII. (1905), pi. xii., 8 (from a temple deposit at Susa).
1064. Silver earring of " leech " type. Body decorated with five beaded bands. Plate X.
One end is prolonged into a pin, which is bent and broken.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; wt., 53 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesns, pi. .\ii., 13.
1065. Silver earring of " leech " type. Body decorated with five triple moulded Plate X.
bands. One end prolonged into a curved pin.
Diam., i ^^ cm. : wt., 43 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. xii., 16 (reversed).
1066. As last, but with double moulded bands corroded. End broken awa\'.
Diam., i -9 cm. : wt., 41 grns.
1067. Silver earring of " leech " type. The body has a ridge along its middle, on Plate X.
either side of which is a ribbed pattern. One end is prolonged into a pin.
Diam., I '9 cm. ; wt., 92 grns. Hogarth, F.phesiis, pi. xii., 14.
1068. Silver earring of " leech " t)'pe, ribbed and decorated with three rows of bosses. Plate X.
Pin at end broken ofl".
Diam., 2' i cm. ; wt., 57 grns. Hogarth, Ep/iesiis, pi. xii., 15.
1069. Silver ear-pendant of spiral type, formed of a plain thick coil. Corroded to Plate X.
it is a small earring (silver) of the " leech " type, with the ends broken away.
The spiral ear-pendant was probably suspended on the " leech."
Ht., I '7 cm. : wt., 66 grns.
1070. Silver ear-pendant, consisting of a coiled rod with a diamond-shaped plate Plate X.
soldered to one end of it. The diamond is filled with a disk with four projections
issuing from it.
Ht., 2'6 cm. ; wt., 56 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. xi., 30.
I':aki,v (iKi;i;K jJ':\vei,ij:kv kko.m i-.I'Iiesus. 83
1071. Silver pin; plain ;^r|obuIar head, with small liii!,' iiiulcrncath. Pin bent. Plate X.
lit.. 3/ cm. ; ul., 7 .i;nis. Mo^ailh, hfilu'siis, pi. xi,, 35.
1072. Silver pin, broken off at the point. I lead biconical, with a horizontal ridge Plate X.
along the middle. Beneath the cones i.s a double ring.
Ht., 3 "4 cm. ; wt., 20 <jrns. Ilogaitb, liplicsiis, pi. .\i., 39.
1073- Silver pin, with hollow, biconical head, and a large ring and a small ring
underneath. Lowest part of pin broken away, and top of cone.
Ht., 3' I cm. : wt.. 16 f^nis.
1074. Top of a silver pin. Biconical head, with projecting ring below. Round the Plate X.
head is a series of horizontal engraved rings.
Ht., I -7 cm. : wt., 27 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. xi., 34.
1075. Hollow silver pin-head, as last. Projecting ring at base. 1 lolc at top of pin.
lit., I ■ I cm. : ut., 9 grns.
1076. Silver pin-head, conical, with a thick beaded ring underneath. Hollow.
Ht., I • 5 cm. : ut., 24 ,s;rns.
1077. Large conical silver pin-head, sharp-pointed, sinall ring at base.
Ht., I '4 cm. : wt., 57 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. xi., 28.
1078. Silver pin-head, as last. Larger ring at base. Plate X.
Ht., I "6 cm. : wt., 63 grns.
1079. Biconical silver bead, probabI\- a pin-head. Hollow ; hole at each point.
Ht., I '3 cm. : wt., 28 grns.
1080. Biconical silver bead. The ends are truncated and have a ring round them. Plate X.
Strong ridge round the middle of the bead.
Dinni., 1 '4 cm. : wt., 27 grns.
1081. Silver bead-pendant. The bead is in the form of a long narrow cylinder, Plate X.
ribbed. Below it is attached a pear-shaped pendant, rounded in front, flat
behind.
L., i'6cm. ; wt., 25 grns. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. xii., 10. Similar bead-pendants have been
found at Sparta in the excavations of the British School. See B.S.A., W ., p. 140, lig. 11,
Nos. 20-24.
1082. Silver cylindrical bead, as last, but w ithout pendant.
L., I '9 cm. ; wt., 25 grns. Hogarth, Ep/iesiis, pi xii., i.
1083. Silver bead, as last, but shorter.
L., I '5 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Hogarth, Ephesus, pi. xii., 2.
84 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1084. Silver pendant (hollow) in the form of a double cone. Loop for suspen.sion, Plate X.
with .small ring below it.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; vvt., 31 grns. Hogarth, Epliesiis, pi. xii., 9.
1085. Silver pendant, a.s last, but smaller. Crushed, and loop broken.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
1086. Silver pendant, as last, with ribbed loop for suspension. No ring below loop.
III., 2 cm. : wt., 22 grns. Hogarth, Ephesits, pi. xii., 8.
1087. Eiectrum pendant, as last, with plain loop for suspension. The top is more
rounded, and the ridge is higher up.
Ht., 1 '4 cm. ; wt., 10 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsus, pi. xii., 7.
1088. Silver pendant in the fonn of a pear. Above is a disk pierced for suspension. Plate X.
Solid.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; wt., 27 grns. Hogarth, /i/>/u\\//s, pi. xii., 6.
1089. Silver fibula ("Asia Minor" type); senii-clliptical bow, enriched with three Plate X.
band mouldings. Raised reel at each end ; in one of these are the remains of
the bronze pin, now broken away. The other end is prolonged into the triply-
ribbed sheath.
Diam., 3' 5 cm.; wt., 136 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsns^ pi. xi., 7; cf. Korte, Gordion, p. 103,
figs. 81, 82 (from ;i tumulus of the 7th cent. B.C.).
1090. Silver statuette (solid), of a nude man (ithyphallic), with arms held close by Plate X.
his side, lie is standing, with legs close together. One leg broken at the knee.
Top of head flat, as though he were wearing a cap.
Ht., 3 ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 97 grns. Hogarth, Eplicsns, pi. xi., 23. Cf. the entries in the (of course, much
later) Delian inventories of an I'n'BpuwTla-Kns (ip-yu/KjOt, e.g. /j.C//., \'l. (1882), p. 127, n. 5.
1091. Silver figure of a hawk, standing on an oblong basis, rounded at the front.
The tail touches the back of the base, as in the gold example. No. 1042.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., 75 grns.
1092. Silver figure of a hawk (headless) with wings spread. Cf. No. 1037.
B., 3'7 cm. ; wt., 53 grns. Hogarth, Epliesiis, pi. xi., 10.
1093. Part of a circular silver rim (.' of small mirror), flat, decorated on the upper Plate X.
surface with ribbctl band and a band of herring-bone pattern. In two fragments.
Slight projection on inner rim for fastening central object.
Diam., 3 cm. ; wt., 59 grns. Hogarth, Epliesiis, pi. xii., 25 (reversed). Larger piece only.
1094. Silver bracelet {}') of small diameter. Plain solid tube, ending in small knobs.
IJiam., 4'6 cm. ; wt., 274 grns. Hogarth, Epliesiis, pi. xi., 13 (slightly over size).
1095. Silver ring, plain, divided at one point.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 49 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephesiis, pi. xi., 19.
KAKLY GKKI'.K JF.WKLr.F.RY 1-ROiM RHODES. 85
1096-9. Four plain silver rings, as last. In one case the two open ends are
corroded together.
Diam., c;i. 2'2 cm. ; wl., 32, 36, 36, 37 grns. respectively.
1 100 I. Two silver rings, as last, but twisted cable-wise.
Diam., 2' 2 and 3 '4 cm. ; wt., 38 and 42 grns. respectively.
1 102. Lead (?) bracelet (fragmentary). One end terminates in a knob, decorated
with a band of wavy pattern cut out in the lead. The other end is broken off.
Diam., 5 '8 cm. ; wt., 368 grns. Hogarth, Ephcsiis, pi. .\x., 12.
II.— FROM EXCAVATIONS AT KAMEIROS, RMODE.S (except as
otherwise indicated). Nos. I103- I2II.
[The bulk of these ornaments probably dates from the latter part of the
7th century B.C. With some of them (Nos. 1103, 1128-30, 1 154-5, 1190, 1209) was
found a scarab of Psammetichos I. (666-612 B.C.). See fig. 18.
They should be compared with the slightly earlier ornaments
found at Aidin in Lydia. See B.C.H., III., p. 129, pis. 4 and 5 ;
cf. Hogarth, hmia, p. 92. The provenance of some of these
objects is not certainly known, but it is probable that all are
from Kameiros, unless another provenance is specified. See
Introduction, §11., B. Cf Athen. Mitt., VI., p. 7 f. ; Rev. Arch.,
3"'= Sen, XXVII., p. 182 ff. The diadems Nos. 1 157-8 and
1164, and the pendant No. 11 59 are of rather earlier date *■ ' psammrtkhol"'" ^'?"'' ""^
(Geometric period, ioth-8th century, B.C.)]
1103. Seven oblong plaques of pale gold, which have been strung together to form Plate XI.
a decoration for neck or waist. The central one is longer than the others. It is
composed of a thin gold plate, with a border of twisted and plain wires. The
plate is divided into three panels by vertical twisted wires. The smaller central
panel contains a boss decorated with granulation. Above and below is a ring of
plain wire, the lower one surrounded with granulation. Each of the two outer
panels has a head in relief of Egyptian type (probably representing Artemis-
Kybebe) soldered to it ; over the forehead is a diadem surmounted by three
triangles— all in granulation. The klaft is ornamented by a series of horizontal
granulated lines, and finished off below by seven triangles. Above each head is
a circle of plain wire. At either upper corner of the plaque (which here projects)
is soldered a small semi-cylinder, striated, with raised border at the ends, through
which the connecting wire has passed. At the bottom are five rings from which
are suspended five beads composed of two hollow bosses soldered together. The
six remaining plaques are divided into two panels only, each containing a similar
head, and having four beads suspended from below. There are various minute
differences of granulation, and in one case a plain wire circle remains at the top
G 2
86 CATAT.OCUF. OK IIAVKM.r.RV.
right-hand corner of the placjue. Tlirec ni' tlie pemlent beads are missing'. At
each end of the stringing wire is a striated cylindrical bead. I'ound in a tomb.
Acquired, 1861.
B. of central plaque, 2' 7 cm. ; of side plaques, 2'2 cm. ; \vt. (together),
265 grns. Cf Arc/i. Zeit., i8«4, pi. 9, figs. 11, 12 ; Rev. Arch. (N.S.),
VIII., pi. X. ; Trans, of Roy. Soc. of Lit., VIII. (2ncl scries), p. 570,
10; also ihc earrings from Lydia figured in B.C.H., III. (1879),
pi. iv. 5, p. I29f ; Excavations in Cyprus, p. 10, figs. 17, 18 ; Darem-
berg ct Saglio, s.v. Caclatura, p. 788, fig. 934 (from a tomb at
Megara). Found with Nos. 1128-30, 1154-5, 1190, 1 209, a scarab of
Psammetichos I. (fig. 18), and a gold ring (fig. 19 =- B.M. Cat. of ^-^^ .^^IlGTldring
Rings, No. 15) engraved with a Phoenician design of human figures, found with No. 1 103, etc.
a hawk, and a cat (?).
1 104. Oblong pale gold plaque, with border of two twisted wires. It is divided Plate XI.
into two com[)artments by a vertical line of five bosses between two twisted wires ;
there is a similar line of nine bosses below in a horizontal direction. In each
compartment is soldered a head of Egyptian type (Artemis), wearing a klaft
decorated by horizontal granulated lines. Above, three strips of the plate are
rolled over to form cylinders for the stringing wire ; below were fom- pendent
beads, three of which remain. Acquired, i860.
B., 2'6 cm. ; wt., 35 grns. Trans, of Roy. Soc. of Lit., VIII. (2nd series), p. 570, 10. Cf. the
gold ornaments from Hungary, where this type of jewellery is barbarized {Rom. .Mitt., XXL,
p. 390 ff.).
1105. Gold plaque, exactly as last, but with only two pendent beads remaining.
Acquired, 1861.
B., 2 '6 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
1106. Gold plaque (of yellower gold than last, and nearly square), with border of Plate XI.
three embossed cable lines above and below, and of two at the sides, Down the
middle run two similar cable lines, which divide the plaque into two panels, each
of which has a head (Artemis) in relief, wearing the klaft, soldered to the plaque.
One suspending cylinder remains at the top left-hand corner, the right-hand
corner of the plaque is broken away. Below were soldered four loops with
suspended beads, two of which remain. From Rhodes. Acquired, 1885.
2'2 X 2'1 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Biliotti Sale Cat., 1885, lot 575.
1107. Pale gold plaque, oblong in shape, with a border of twisted, beaded, and Plate XI.
plain wires. On the plaque is soldered the figure of a winged goddess (Artemis)
in relief. She is clothed in a long dress elaborately decorated with granulated
patterns, floral and scale patterns on the breast, apparently terminating each side
in an uraeus, and zigzag below. .She wears the klaft, ornamented with vertical
lines of granulation. Her wings are recurved, and covered with a branch-like
pattern in filigree. Her arms are held out stiffly on each side, and grasp two
lions by the forepaws ; these are in the round, composed of two plates soldered
together and decorated with granulation. Their heads (from which the tongue
EARr.Y GKEKK JKWKI.LICRY FROM RIIODKS. 87
protrudes) are turned backwards. The goddess, whose dress is curved upwards
so as to show the feet, is apparently on a base, below which are two triangles in
granulation. The plaque is extended above her head in an oblong, strengthened
by a crescent of gold soldered behind. To this projection is attached a ten-
petalled flower, with details in filigree and granulation. Behind each top corner of
the plaque is soldered the figure of a hawk, composed of two stamped plates
soldered together, with details in granulation. Below, at each corner, is attached
a wire loop, and at the bottom of the plaque two small holes are pierced for
pendants. Acquired, 1861.
Ht., 5-2 cm. ; \vt., 125 grns. Trans, of the Royal Soc. of Lit., WW. (2nd scries), p. 569f.,fig.g,
No. 7 ; cf. Rev. Arch. (N.S.), VI 1 1 ., pi. x. ; Milani, Stiidi e Mat., I (2), p. 194, fig. 26b ; Arcli.
Am., 1904, p. 41, 2-12 ; Koscher, Lex., s.v. Artemis, col. 564 f. For the lions with back-
turned heads, cf. the Etruscan fibula, No. 1376; for the hawks, Hogarth, Ephesits, p. 336 f.
(where this example of the association of Artemis with hawks is not noticed). For a study
of the type, see Radet, CyMb^, pas.nm ; Jonrn. Hell. Stud., XXIX., p. 286 ff. Cf Hogarth,
Ionia, p. 63 ; Torr, Rhodes in Ancient Times, p. 109.
1108. Pale g-old oblong- plaque with border of double twisted gold wire soldered to Plate XI.
it. In the top of the plaque are three plain cylinders (formed of projecting strips
rolled over), through which passed a suspending thread ; from the bottom four
pomegranates were suspended by short chains from loops ; three pomegranates
only remain. Within the wire frame are soldered (i) an embossed figure of a
Sphinx walking to 1. with head to front : she wears the klaft ornamented with
rosettes, triangles, and lines in granulation. The details of her wing are also
indicated in the same way. Above her wing is a circle of wire ; in front of,
between, and behind her legs respectively are four wire ornaments, loop-shaped.
Below the Sphinx are (2) three embossed heads in a row (of Artemis .'), wearing
the klaft, which is decorated with granulation in the same way as the headdress
of the Sphinx. Acquired, i860.
Ht,, 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 47 grns. Trans, of the Roy. Soc. of Lit., VI 11. (2nd series"), p. 570, fig. 6.
1 109. Gold oblong plaque, as last. Over the back of the Sphinx is a double loop,
instead of a circle. All four pendent pomegranates are preserved. Acquired,
i860.
lit., 3' 5 cm. : wl., 51 grns. Trans, of Roy. .Soe. of Lit., loc. cit., fig. 6.
1110. Plaque of very pale gold, embossed with the figure of a Sphinx (who wears Plate XII.
the klaft) walking to 1., with face to front. There is a cylinder for suspension on
each side at the top, formed of a separate strip soldered to the back of the plaque.
Acquired, i860.
B., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 20 grns. Trans, of Roy. Soc. of Lit., Vlll. (2nd series), p. 571, fig. 5.
nil. Gold plaque similar to last. Acquired, i860.
B., 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
88 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1112. Gold plaque as last, without cylinders for suspension. Two holes are pierced
in the top near the corners. Acquired, i860.
B., 2' 7 cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
1113. Pale gold plaque embossed with similar design. Above the back of the Plate XII.
Sphinx are four pointed embossed ovals. Beaded border. Two hollow globular
beads are suspended below. There are remains of suspending cylinders above.
Castellani Coll., 1S72.
2 '4 cm. square ; wt., 17 j^rns.
1114. Gold plaque as last, except that there are two cylinders for suspension, and
that over the back of the Sphinx there are three bosses instead of ovals. The
upper half of one of the four pendent beads remains. Castellani Coll., 1873.
B., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
1115. Pale gold plaque of trapezoid form with embossed design : Centaur, female (?), Plate XI.
wearing klaft and girdle, standing to 1., with face to front. The body is in
profile. The r. hand is placed on the breast, the 1. grasps the neck of a deer and
holds it over the equine back. The design is bordered by two embossed cable
lines, which intersect at the corners. At the top is a row of embossed ovals,
below, a row of circular bosses. At the bottom five pomegranates are suspended
from rings passed through the plaque. At the top is a rosette, fastened to a
hook which was originally in one piece with the plaque. Acquired, i860.
Ht. of plaque, j'l cm. ; wt., 78 grns. Cf. yali;m.inn, AVrr. dc Camiros, pi. i. ; Trans, of Roy.
Soc. of Lit., VIII. (2nd series), p. 570, fig. 8 ; Daremberg et Saglio, p. 789, fig. 935, and
p. loii, fig. 1285; Roscher, Lex., s.v. Kenlauren, col. 1076, fig. 10; Arch. Anz., 1904,
p. 41, figs. 5, 6 ; Fontenay, p. 144 ; Radet, CybeM, pp. i and 9.
1116. Gold plaque as last. The hook is complete. Acquired, i860.
Ht.. 5' I cm. : wt.. Si grns.
1117. Gold plaque as last. A cable line forms the border, and the plaque is
nearly a true oblong. The rosette and four pomegranates are larger. Acquired,
i860.
Ht., 4"3 cm. ; wt., 93 grns. Trans, of Roy. Soc. of Lit., \'III. i2nd series), p. 570, fig. 8.
1118. Oblong plaque of ver\- pale electrum with design of the Bee-goddess (Melissa) Plate XII.
in relief within a raised cable border ; it is surmounted by a series of vertical
lines, bounded by another cable border. The upper part of the goddess is in the
form of a female bust, with recurved wings and fore-arms stretched out stiffly on
cither side : the hands are clenched. She wears the klaft, and is girt at the
waist with a girdle represented by a series of short vertical lines. From the waist
downwards the forin is that of the lower part of a bee. On each side of the
figure, below the arms, is a flower, the one eight-, the other seven-petalled.
EARLY GREEK JEWELLERY FROM RHODES. 89
Above the plaque arc the remains of a cylinder for suspension. The two at
the corners are broken away. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3 cm. ; ul., 14 grns. Cf. Arch. Zcil., i86g, p. i i i ; /mini. /Id/. S/iii/., XV., p. 12 ; Arch.
Am., 1904, p. 41, figs. 7-1 1 ; Milaiii, Stiidi c Mat., I (2), fig. 50, p. 209; Aihcn. .Mitt.,
XXVin., pi. v., figs. 1-3 ; J. Harrison, Proh\<;: to Gk. Relii^ion, p. 444, fig, 137 ; Hogarth,
Ephcsus, p. 337 (2) ; Radct, Cybebc, p. 44, fig. 57. Cf. No. 1132.
1119. Similar plaque. J5oth the flowers are eight-petalled. Three cylinders are
preserved. The r. lower corner has been broken off. Acquiretl, i860.
Dimensions as last. Wt., 16 grns.
1120. Gold plaque, with design stamped in relief At the top is a row of ovals, at
the bottom a series of nine circular bosses in relief Within a framework of
twisted wires stands a female figure with recurved wings (Artemis), clothed in a
long garment. In each hand she holds a lion by the tail, head downwards. Below
each lion is a rosette of six and seven petals respectively. At the top are three
cylinders for a suspending wire. They and the whole plaque are badly crushed.
Ht., 4' I cm. ; wt., 31 grns. Cf. Trans, of Roy. .Soc. of Lit., toe. cit., fig. 4 ; Fontcnay, p. 144 ;
Arch. Ans., ]). 1904, p. 41, fig. 3-4.
1121. Pale gold plaque, with design nearly as No. 11 20. The rosettes arc of eight Plate XI.
petals, and the border (which is of cable pattern) is maiiily broken away.
Ht.. 4 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
1122. Fragment of gold plaque as No. 1121. The 1. hand of the goddess holding
the lion by the tail, and part of the cable border are visible. Acquired, 1864.
Ht., I " 5 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
1123. Oblong gold plaque, embossed with design as No. 1121. Below the rosettes
is a line of dots, and round the design is a border of two cable lines. Put
together from fragments. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3'9 cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Cf. Trans, of Roy. ■'<ol. of Lit., \'1U. (2ncl series), p. 569, rig. 4 ;
Fontenay, p. 144.
1124. Oblong plaque of very pale gold, as No. 1121, embossed with a similar design.
The rosettes are smaller, and the r. hand lower corner of the plaque is broken
away. Small cylinder for suspension at top. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
1125. Pale gold plaque, as No. 1121. Slightly damaged on 1. side. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. : wt., 21 grns.
1126. Pale gold plaque, as No. 1121, except that the rosettes have loop-shaped Plate XI.
petals. There were four pendent pomegranates, two of which remain intact
together with the upper part of a third. Part of a suspending hook remains at
the top Acquired, i860.
Ht. (without pendants), 4 cm. ; wt., 41 grns.
go CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1127. Silver plaque, similar to No. I121. Remains of hook above, and two pendent
]iomei^ranatcs below. Acquired, i860.
lit. Ill" plaque, 4 cm. ; wt., 41 grns.
1128. Series of five gold plaques belonging to a necklace or belt. Each plaque i.s Plate XI.
oblong, with a border of four twisted wires. Soldered to the plaque is the figure
of a winged goddess (Artemis) in relief, clothed in a long sleeveless garment.
She wears the klaft and armlets (in one case a bracelet as well). Her dress is
richly ornamented with patterns in granulation — rosettes, triangles, and maeanders,
which are varied in the case of each figure. The details of the klaft and wings are
also in granulation, and over the forehead is a diadem adorned with granulated
triangles. Her arms are stretched out on each side over a lion, which .stands on
its hind legs, with its near forepaw resting against the dress of the goddess, and
its head turned back. Details are marked by granulated lines and clusters.
Above each plaque are three striated cylinders for suspension, formed by rolling
over projecting strips ; below, are soldered five loops, from each of which a small
pomegranate is suspended by means of a short chain. Two pomegranates are
missing. Acquired, 1S61.
Ht. of plaques, 4' 2 cm. : wt. (together), 538 grns. Cf. Trans, of Roy. .Soc. of Lit., VII I. (2nd
series), p. 569, fig. 7 ; Rev. Arch., VI., 1862, p. 267 ; Salzmann, AVrr. de Camiros, pi. i. ;
Curtius, liber Wappcngebraucli, fig. 22 ; Langbchn, Fliii^etgettutteii, p. 77 ff. Found with
Nos. 1103 and 1129-30, etc. Sec No. 1 103.
I129 -30. Two gold plaques, in all essentials similar to the last, except that each is Plate XI.
surmounted by a rosette of twelve petals soldered to a hook inserted under the
head of the goddess. This hook takes the place of the central cylinder. In one
case one c)-linder, in the other three of the pendent pomegranates, are wanting.
These plaques were probably the end plaques of a series, and were hooked into
a belt. One of them is damaged, and has the forearms of the goddess missing.
Dimensions as last. Uiam. of rosettes, 3 cm. ; ut., 144 and 133 grns. respectively. Found with
the foregoing. 'I'rans. of Roy. .Soc. of Lit., VIII. f2nd scries), p. 569, fig. 7.
1131. Silver plaque with embossed design : goddess (Artemis) with recurved wings, Plate XII.
standing to front, clothed in long girt garment. She holds her arms out stiffly
on each side, and grasps a bird by the neck. On each side, and below the figure,
is a border of dots. Above are pierced four holes. Acquired, i860.
Ht.. 4 cm. : wt. 29 grns. Trans, of Roy. Soc. of Ut., toe. cit., p. 569, 5.
1132. Oblong gold plaque, stamped with a figure of a winged goddess (Artemis), Plate XI.
standing to the front on a small platform, with arms held out stiffly from the
elbow on each side. .She wears the k/aft, and a close-fitting long garment, turned
back over the feet in a curve. Beneath her hands, on each side, is a rosette of
eight petals, and below each rosette is a single vertical petal. The goddess
appears to hold the flowers. Round the edge of the plaque is a raised cable
I'-.ARI.V GKK1:K jKWia.l.KRY I'KOM RMODKS. 9I
border. The to[) of the pl;i(|iie is rolled over to form a tube for a suspending
wire. Acquired, 1SC4.
L., 3' I cm.; wl., 23 yriis. "'I'Diiib 1' 7." Trans of Roy. .Sol. of Lil., VIII. (2nd scries),
pp. 568-g, fig. 3 ; for the turning \.\\i of the chiton over the feet (apparently an Ionian
fashion), cf WiegancI, Mitel, II., |). 112, tig. 103, the lower part of a statue inscribed
['Ai']a|i/jrii'S/)i) ; llogartli. Kfihcsiis. pi. xxi., 6. Cf No. I 1 18 for the general attitude.
1133. Gold plaque similar to last. Acciuired, 1864.
Dimensions as last ; wt., j8 grns. "Tomb 1' 7."
1134. Gold plaque similar to last, except that below cither rosette are three vertical
petals. Acquired, 1864.
Dimensions as before ; wt., ig grns. '' Tomb I' 7."
1 135. Gold plaque similar to last. Acquired, 1864.
Dimensions as before ; wt., 20 grns. "Tomb P 7."'
1136. Gold plaque as the last, except that below each rosette is a single petal placed
horizontalh'. The left side of the plaque is damaged towards the top. Acquired,
1864.
Dimensions as before : wt., 20 grns. " Tomb P 7."
1137. Pale gold oblong plaque, slightly expanding downwards. It is embossed Plate XII.
with the design of a winged goddess (Artemis), standing to the front. She wears
a klaft with triangular projections at the ends, and a long garment girt at the
waist. Her hands are placed on her breasts, the thumbs projecting upwards.
The wings are recurved, and touch her head on each side. There is a boss on
either side of the skirt. Round the plaque runs a border composed of three rows
of dotted lines. At the back is part of a hook, to which is soldered a concave
rosette of eight petals. Below, is one of a series of loops, with a ring for a
pomegranate pendant. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4'4 cm. : wt., 48 grns.
1138. Pale gold plaque, in all respects similar to the last, except that the hook
is complete, and one pendent pomegranate remains entire. Castellani Coll.,
1S72.
Dimensions as before ; wt., 59 grns.
1139. Pale gold plaque with embossed design similar to last. Instead of a boss Plate XII.
there is a rosette on each side of the skirt. The border round the plaque
consists of dots between two parallel lines. No rosette above. The top of the
plaque has probably been bent into a tube for a suspending thread, but that is
now broken off. At the top on each side is pierced a bole. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3'7 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Trims, of Roy. Sot. of Lit. ^ \'III. !'2nd series), p. 568, fig. 2.
92 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
I139*. Pale gold plaque as No. 11 39, pierced at each of the upper corners.
Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3'9 cm. ; B., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 20 gins.
1140. Gold plaque similar to No. 11 39. Three holes pierced in top. Broken away
at 1. upper and r. lower corner. Acquired, i860.
lit., 3'9 cm. ; wt., ry grns.
1141. Gold plaque similar to No. 11 39. Pierced above with two holes; broken
away at either corner below. Acquired, i860.
lit., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 12 k''"s.
1142. Gold plaque similar to No. 11 39. Two holes above; broken away at the
lower r. hand corner. Acquired, 1 860.
Ht., 3 '9 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
1143. Gold plaque similar to No. 11 39. Broken away above, and at the r. and 1.
hand corners. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3'9 cm. : wt., 18 grns.
1 144. Pale gold plaque, similar to last. Broken away at top r. hand and lower
1. hand corner. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3 '8 cm. : wt., 15 grns.
1145. Gold plaque with embossed design, female figure (Artemis .') standing to Plate XIL
front in long girt garment. She wears the klafl, and her arms are raised from
the elbows. On each side and below is a border consisting of a line of dots
between two plain lines. The top is turned over to form a cylinder for
suspension. The cylinder is ornamented vertically with four rings of double
inapressed lines. Acquired i860.
Ht., 3 cm. : wt., 13 gins. Cf. Tmns. nf Roy. Sue. of Lit., VIIL (2nd series), p. 568, fig. I.
1146. Gold plaque, as No. 1145. It has no cylinder, but two holes are pierced at
the top. Part of the border is broken away on the left. Acquired, i860.
Ht.. 2'7 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Trans, of Roy. Soc. of Lit., toe. cit., fig. i.
1147. Gold plaque, as No. 1145, with cylinder. Partly broken away below and on
the r. side. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 1 1 grns.
1148. Gold plaque, as No. 1145, without cylinder. There are two holes above,
and two on each side of the plaque, apparently for joining together the two
pieces into which it is broken. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
KAKLY GREEK Ji;WEI.LERY FROM RHODES. 93
1149. Plaque of pale gold, as No. 1 145, without cylinder. Two holes above and
one below at 1. corner. .*\c(iuired, i860.
Ht., 2'8 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
1150. A.S No. 1 145, with cylinder. No holes pierced. Acquired, i860.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
1151. Gold plaque, in the main similar to No. 1145. On each side of the .skirt
is a small boss, and the bottom of the dress is ornamented with a line to
represent trimming. There is a border of two cable lines in relief, placed
so as to imitate a plaited band. Above are three small cylinders for suspension.
Acquired, i860.
Ht., 2-7 cm. ; wt., 14 k''"^.
1 152. Oblong gold plaque, with design stamped in relief within a cable border Plate XII.
and an inner frame of dots. Above, are two lions' masks side by side ; below,
midway between the lions' masks, is a female bust, wearing a girdle. She has
the klaft, and holds her breasts with her hands. A line of dots runs on each
side of this figure, and turns aside into the dotted frame below the lions' heads.
The plaque is surmounted by a rosette of eight petals, cut flat below and now
broken off. It is pierced with two holes in the rosette and with three below for
a pendant. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht. (excluding rosette), 3"3 cm. ; ht. of rosette, 1*9 cm. ; wt., 35 grns. Ridgeway, Early Age
of Greece, p. 35, fig. 22.\ ; for the attitude of the goddess (Artemis), cf. H.M. Cat. of
Terracottas, A 63, and the beads from Aegina, Nos. 753, 756.
1153. Part of a similar gold plaque, the lower portion broken away. The rosette
is in one piece with the plaque. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4' 7 cm. ; wt., 28 grns.
1154. Pale gold band with rounded ends. It is decorated with three rosettes Plate XII.
composed each of a boss surrounded by nine dots. These rosettes are
separated from one another by two double vertical lines of dots. A dotted
border runs round the whole of the band, which is in two fragments. Two holes
for attachment are pierced at each end. Acquired, 1861.
L., i2'3 cm.; wt., 59 grns. Found with Nos. 1103, 1128, etc. See No. 1103.
1155. Similar band in three fragments. Portion of one rosette missing. Acquired, 186 1.
L., 12-3 cm. ; wt., 56 grns. Found with No. 1154.
1156. Pale gold strip made up of fragments. It is decorated at intervals with
stars of eight rays, and with a dotted border. Acquired, 1S64.
L., 17 '6 cm. ; B., I • I cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
1157. Gold diadem, composed of a strip of thin gold with rounded ends, slightlj- Plate XIII.
broadening at the middle. It is stamped with a series of seven eight-petalled
rosettes within compartments forined by small rosettes. Towards each end
94 CA rAr,of;uK ok ji,vvi;i.i,i,ry.
arc ;i band of lattice pattern and two d(jtted lines tcnninaliny in spirals. Each
end has a silver clasp fastened by means of a silver pin, passed through the
band, and then inserted into a plate of silver, which is furnished at the end
with a hollow cylinder for the attaching string. From Kamciros in Rhodes.
Acquired, 1908. 8th cent. B.C. (?)
L., 26 cm. ; wt., 147 grns.
1158. Pale gold band, decorated with impressed patterns. The corners are rounded Plate XIII.
off, and one end has been broken a\\a_\-. Round the border is pierced a series
of holes for attachment. The patterns, which are repeated thrice, appear to
have been impressed from a cylinder. They consist of a rosette of six petals,
the petals being separated from one another by triangles interspersed with dots
The rosette is surrounded by two circular bands, the first filled with figure-
of-eight ornaments, the second with obliciue lines. On each side of the rosette
arc two vertical bands, the inner filled with two sets of triangles formed by a
zigzag line. One set is filled with dots, the other has a single larger dot in the
middle of the triangle. The outer band is filled with a maeander pattern on a
ground of oblique lines. In each of the corners left \acant by the circles enclosing
the rosette is a small boss surrounded by a dotted circle. Dotted border along
top and bottom of band, and a maeander border at each end. Acquired, 1861.
8th cent. B.C. (.').
L., 29-4 cm.; B., 4 cm.; wt., 192 grns. Cf. Arch. Zci/., 1S84, pi. i.\., 6; also the bronze
Nimroud bowl, Perrot et Chipiez, II., p. 741, tig. 405.
1159. Gold pendant, consisting of a circular plaque of thin gold stamped with four Plate XIII.
concentric bands of decoration, ranged round a plain central disk, the latter
bounded by a raised wall of gold soldered to it. In the first band is a star of
si.x rays on a dotted ground, in the second a series of oblique lines ; in the third
a series of triple zigzag lines forming two series of triangles, plain (except for a
single dot in the centre) and filled with dots alternately. The fourth band is
decorated with a dotted line. Part of the plaque has been broken away.
Above is attached a cylindrical tube of thin gold decorated with vertical
striations. Acquired, 1868. 8th cent. B.C. (.').
Diam., 5-2 cm. ; wt., 40 grns. Furtwangler and Loeschcke, Myk. Vasf/i, p. 17, fig. 5 : cf. the
bronze Nimroud bowl figured by Perrot et Chipiez, II., p. 741, fig. 405 ; also .-i/r/i. Zeit.,
1 884, pi. ix., 6. Perhaps the centre of the pendant %vas filled with glass paste.
1160. Diadem of very pale gold. It is composed of a thin strip of metal, slightl\- Plate XIII.
broader in the middle than at the rounded ends. To it are attached five concave
rosettes, the three central of twelve, the two outer of sixteen petals each. The
central rosette is the largest and is attached to the diadem by a ribbon soldered
to its back and passed through the strip. The other two pairs of rosettes, which
diminish in size towards the ends, have now modern attachments. Between
these rosettes is an embossed pattern consisting of a rosette of fourteen petals
within a circle of dots with a " double-a.xe " pattern in dots on either side. This
EARLY GKKKK JKWKl.l.KRY KROM RHODES.
95
pattern is repeated in all six times. Round the diadem
runs a dotted border ; a hole is pierced at each end for
attachment. Acquired, i860.
L., 30 '5 cm. ; greatest B., i '9 cm. ; wt., 179 grns. Fontcnay, p. 381.
Though Fontenay is not correct in definitely assigning an Assyrian
provenance to this diadem, it has distinct affinities with diadems
represented on Assyrian monuments.
1161. Fragment of a thin gold band, stamped with a i^uillochc
pattern and bounded witli a row of dots on each side. Hole
pierced for attachment. Acquired, 1864.
L., 7'3 cm. ; B., r2 cm. ; wt., 13 gins. "Tomb P 3." Cf. the guil-
lochc band on the Rhodian pi/ia.v {B.M. Guide to Creek ami
RoiiHiii Life, p. 77, fig. 55).
1162. Long strip of very pale gold with rounded ends. Com-
plete, but broken into several fragments. Acquired-, 1864.
L., 69 cm. ; B., '9 cm. : wt., 99 grns. " Tomb P 3."
1 163. Fragment of a thin gold plaque with stamped designs :
(i) Below, is a border of chevrons ; {2) immediately above
this is part of a disk, consisting of two concentric circles
connected by oblique lines with a star in the centre, divided
by a partition of cross-hatched lines from another compart-
ment, in which is a winged Gryphon walking ttj 1. ; (3)
beyond this are the remains of a partition of cross-hatched
lines ; (4) above is a series of crosses in two rows, gradu-
all}' merging into one another ; (5) above this is a part of
another frieze, with remains of a partition and a quadruped.
Acquired, i860.
3'4 X 3'3 cm. : wt., 5 grns. Cf. Arch. Zeit., 1SS4, pi. x., i.
1 164. Fragment of a thin pale gold band, perhaps part of a
diadem, with design embossed in low relief. The band is
divided into panels by vertical divisions ornamented with
different patterns. On the r., within two bounding lines of
maeanders, are two panels, divided from another by a band
of double returning spirals. In each panel is a lion. That
in the r. panel walks to 1., looking back over its shoulder,
that in the I. panel walks to r. in a similar attitude. Next
to 1. come two more panels, separated by a band of chevrons.
In each of these is a Sphinx, standing to 1. and r. respectively
and wearing the klaft. Their wings are decorated with
rosettes and linear designs. Above the wing of one arc two
concentric circles. Next comes a small fragment of border
with pattern of zigzags, then another panel with remains of
Plate XII.
Z Plate XII.
96 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
two crested birds (fighting cocks ?), facing one another ; between them is the head
and wing of a third, which has fallen to the ground. Beyond this is a border of
maeander and a panel with two women, who wear the klaft and are half-facing
each other, with outer arms resting on their hips. Between their heads and
embroidered skirts arc rosettes. Beyond this panel are the remains of another
border of double zigzags. The r. end of the diadem is rounded, and pierced
with three holes for attachment. Acquired, i860. ioth-8th cent. B.C.
L., i6-2 cm. ; li., 21 cm. Cf. in general, Arch. Zeit., 1884, pi. viii.-.\. ; Athoi. Mitt., -XVIIL,
p. 109; 'E0. 'Apx-, ■''^85, pi. 9; Piot .Sale Cat., 1890, No. 504; Olyinpia, IV., pi. lix. ;
No. 1 2 19 below. A portion of the sphinx on the r. is wanting. For the panel-scheme, cf. a
"geometric" vase in the B.M. (Walters, Hist, of Anc. Pottery, 1., p. 284, fig. 84), and the
bronze mould published xn/oiirn. Hell. .Stud., XVI., p. 323 IT.
1 165. Fragment of thin gold, embossed with figure of wild goat to r, rearing on Plate XU.
its hind legs. Remains of a raised border are visible. Before the goat are
traces of a tree or plant. Acquired, 1S64.
Ht., 22 cm. ; 1. 2'3 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Marked "Tomb P." Biliotti's diary, however, indicates
that it was found in a hole in a wall on the Kameiros site.
1166-7. Pair of gold ear-pendants of the spiral type, consisting of a rod bent into Plate XII
the form of a long loop and then twisted back at the ends in opposite directions.
These bent ends have small disks soldered to them. The
disks have a border above and below of beaded wire, and at
the top a pyramid of four globules within a circle of beaded
wire. The ends of the rods below the disks are decorated
with two beaded and five plain rings. To the top of the
loop is soldered a disk, ornamented with a rosette of eight
petals within circles of beaded wire, plain wire and globules.
Acquired, i860.
Ht., 5'9 cm. ; wt., 219 and 223 grns. respectively. These earrings were
suspended from the ears by means of a ring. Cf. Salzmann, Necr.
de Carniros, pi. i. ; Hadaczek, p. 12, fig. 18 ; Arch. Zeit., 1884, pi. ix.,
tigs. 9 and 10 ; Fontenay, p. 97 ; B..S.A., XII., p. 68, fig. 3. .A. terra- rig. 21. -Terracotta head
cotta (fig. 21), found at Kameiros {B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, B 326;, from Kameiros.
shows how these ear-pendants were worn.
1 168. Thin rod of silver with a disk soldered to one end. Has probably formed Plate XII.
part of an ear-pendant of the foregoing type. Remains of gilding.
Ht., 5'5 cm. : wt.. 76 grns. Cf. .4rch. Zeit., 1884, pi. viii., 9, 11, and 12.
1169. Gold-plated bronze spiral ear-pendant, expanding towards the ends. Much
corroded. Acquired, 1864.
Ht., 2- 5 cm.
1170. Part of a bronze spiral ear-pendant, gold-plated. Much corroded. Similar
to the last. Acquired, 1864.
Ht., 2'9 cm. "Tomb C 8."
EARLY GREEK JEWELLERY FROM RIKJDES. 97
I171-2. Two bronze spiral ear-pendants, with ends broken away. Acquired, 1864.
Ht., 2 cm. '''I'cmibs ]' 2 and P 3.'
I173. Pale gold ear-pendant of spiral type. The ends terminate in reel-like Plate XII.
moulded oinamcnts, each with a small depression in the centre of its cap. From
excavations in Rhodes. Acquired, 1885.
Ht., 2'6 cm. : «t., 196 grns. Hiliotti Sale Cat. (Sotheby), 1885, lot 574 ; cf. Arch. Anz., 1892,
p. 169, lig. 45 ; Fontenay, p. 144; Olympia, IV., pi. 66, No. 1155 ; Hogarth, Ephesus,
pi. vii., 49 ( = No. 948 above).
I174-5. Pair of pale gold earrings, of type similar to last. The ends are decorated Plate XII.
with a coil of ribbed wire, which on one side is surmounted by four gold globules
in the form of a pyramid. Acquired, 1 860.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 198 grns. For the type, cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsi/iiiiiiik, p. 14 ff.
1176. Two fragments of a necklace, composed of a ribbon of five plaited wires Plate XII.
interwoven. At regular intervals on the ribbon are fastened rosettes— three
on one fragment and part of a fourth on the other. Two of the rosettes are
composed of a nine-petalled foundation surmounted by a flower of six pointed
petals, the third of a nine-petalled foundation surmounted by eleven pointed and
granulated petals. At the ends is a lion's or leopard's head in repousse work
backed with a flat plate ; soldered to the top of each is a cylinder for the
suspending thread, which was fastened to a loop soldered behind the head.
Acquired, 1861.
L. of fragments, IJ'S and 6'5 cm, respectively ; B., 'j cm. ; wt., 148 grns. Cf. No. 1157 for the
cylinders.
1 177. Pale gold rosette of sixteen long narrow petals outlined in hligree and
radiating from a central boss. The rosette is slightly concave. A hole is
pierced on either side of the boss for attachment.
Diam., 3 cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
1178. Two rosettes of very pale gold with sixteen leaves springing from central
boss. No filigree. Pierced as before.
Diam., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. each.
1179-84. Six similar rosettes, smaller. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. each.
1185. Similar rosette of twelve petals, flatter. Acquired, 1864.
Diam., 2'i cm. ; wt., 11 grns.
I186-7. Two concave silver-gilt rosettes of ten petals with ribbed wire border.
Three holes pierced for attachment. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., r-j cm. ; wt., 14 and 13 grns. respectively.
II
gS CATALOGUE OF JKWKI.I.KKV.
1188. Necklace coiniKJsed of nineteen large flat green-blue porcelain beads of Plate XUI.
roughly oval form. The ujiper side is striated, and may perhaps represent very
conventional double masks of lions. I'^ach of these porcelain beads is separated
from its neighbour by a ribbed biconical bead of gold (twenty in all). At either
end of the necklace are two plain gold beads. Acquired, i860.
I.., ca. 52 cm. ; wl., 516 griis.
1189. Biconical sardonyx bead with truncated ends ; pierced lengthwise (for
stringing on a necklace.'). Acquired, i860.
I.., 3 cm. Cf. Cesnola, A/Ziis, III., pi. vi., 2.
1190. Ninety-two bosses of pale gold, pierced on opposite sides for attachment. Plate XII.
Round the boss is a flat margin with a .series of dots in relief Acquired, 1861
and 1864.
Average diam., "y cm. I'errot et Chipicz, III., p. 83S, tig. 607. See No. 1 103.
1191. Fibula w ith leech-shaped bow, composed of three sections of ivory fastened Plate XII.
together by silver studs. One of the two outside sections is missing. The bow-
is ornamented with an incised cable line crossed by a triple line. The spring of
the silver pin remains. Above, two loops of gold wire are fastened into the top
of the fibula (for chain attachment ?). Acquired, 1864.
L., 3 cm. ; \vt., 54 grns. Marked " C. Acropolis." '
1192-3. Two pale gold pendants in the form of disks stamped with a flower of four Plate XII.
petals. Above, is a tube for suspension ; below, are three wire loops for smaller
pendants. The leaves of the flower and rim of the disk are bordered with
filigree. Acquired, 1864.
Ht., 1 -7 cm. ; wt., 6 grns. Marked " C. Ddbris." Cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. iii., i, 2.
1194. Series of twenty-six biconical gold beads. One is large and ribbed, three Plate XIII.
are plain, the remainder are decorated with cross-hatched lines and incised
chevrons. Acquired, i860.
Uiam., I • i-"8 cm. ; total wt., 102 grns.
1 195. Series of seventeen pale gold beads ; one is larger than the rest and is Plate XIII.
decorated with alternate ribbed and milled lines in a horizontal direction. The
remaining beads are of two sorts, viz.: (i) decorated with cross-hatched lines;
(2) decorated with zigzag lines on either side cf a milled band which runs round
the middle. Acquired, 1885.
Diam., i cm.- '8 cm. ; total wt., 67 grns.
1196. Series of twenty-two small pale gold beads of biconical form, decorated
with zigzag and striated lines. Acquired, i860 and 1885.
Diam., ca. 'j cm. ; wt., 61 grns.
KARLV (IKKKK J K\\ l.l.l.KRV FROM KIIOIii:.S. gC)
1197. Gold ornament (pait of ;i necklace ?), composed of a long biconical bead Plate XII.
(hollow), with three small vase-shaped decorations soldered below. To the
middle of the upper side of the bead is attached a rosette of eight petals, with
a small rosette of six jietals lower down on each side. Bands, composed of a
beaded wire between two plain wires, pass round the midille and ends of the
bead respectively. Acquired, i<S6o.
L., 2 • 3 cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
1198. Pale gold pendant, hollow, in the form of a bull's head, It is formed of two Plate XII.
halves soldered together along the middle of the face. Horns and ears are
attached separately. Details are indicated in granulation. It is closed at the
back by a flat plate, pear-shaped and bordered with a double beaded wire.
There is a V-shaped slit in the plate. Above the head is soldered a beaded ring
for suspension.
Ht. of pendant, 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 61 grns. Cf. the rosette figured by Fontenay, p. 152.
1199. Pale gold ring, composed of a thin strip of gold, angular in the middle.
Acquired, 1864.
Diam., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. "Tomb I' 3."
1200. Similar ring. Yellow gold. Smaller.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 8 grns. "Tomb C 6."
1201. Silver bracelet composed of a stout rod bent into elliptical form with moulded Plate XIII.
reel-like ends, between which there is an open space of about I -g cm. Acquired,
1S60.
Diam., 5 "2 cm. ; wt., 202 grns.
1202. Silver armlet of elliptical form. It is composed of a thin rounded rod Plate XIII.
expanding at the open ends into heads of lions, faintly indicated. They have
been covered with embossed heads of gold worked in detail. Acquired, i860.
Diam., 9' I cm. : wt., 981 grns.
1203. Heavy open silver armlet of elliptical form, as last, ending in heads of lions.
Originally covered with gold-plating (.'). Acquired, i860.
Diam., 8' 5 cm. ; wt., 1019 grns.
1204. Two parts of a similar silver armlet with the gold casing of the lion's Plate XIII.
head preserved in one instance. Round the neck of the casing are two double
.spirals in filigree. The bracelet has apparently broken at the thinnest point
below. Acquired, i860.
Diam., ca. 8 cm.; wt., 855 and 783 grns. respectively. Parrot et Chipiez. III., p. 833,
tig. 597 ; Odobesco, Jresnr de Petrossa, I., p. 223, fig. 94('.
lOO CATALOGUE OF JEWELLKRY.
1205. Bronze armlet, silvcr-plalcd. ihick hoop, considerably corroded below, Plate XIII.
ending in very conventional lions' heads, which are gold-plated. The top of the
lions' heads is decorated with lines of zigzags and spirals in granulation.
Acquired, 1 861.
Diam.. g'y cm. : \vt., 2352 grns. Smith. /'/(/. of A/:/?, s.v. Aniiilla. p. 192 (below).
1206 7. Pair of gold lions' heads, broken fn^m bracelets resembling the last. Plate XIII.
They are composed of two plates, decorated with embossed chevrons. Round
the neck is a collar ornamented with double spirals in filigree. Acquired, i860.
I... 2-5 and r-g cm. rcsi>ectively ; wt., 53 and 43 gins.
1208. Gold pendant in the form of a growling lion's head. It is hollow, and closed Plate XII.
at the back by a plain gold plate with a V-shaped cut in it. Over the lion's
forehead is a gold loop for suspension, originally masked by a rosette of six
petals, only the lower half of which remains. From excavations in Rhodes.
Acquired, 1885.
Ht., 2-1 cm. ; wt., 59 grns. Biliotli Sale Cat. (Sotheby), 1885, lot 571 ; cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III.,
pi. iv., 31ft'.
1209. Eighty-eight gold flowers, each with eight rounded petals. Thej- are
stamped in thin pale gold, and have two holes pierced for attachment. Concave.
Diam., i ■ i cm. See No. 1103. Seventy-six of these were acquired in 1861.
1210. Fifteen ornaments in the form of flowers, with eight pointed petals, stamped Plate XII.
in thin pale gold. The flowers are concave, and are pierced for attachment on
each side of a central projecting boss. Acquired, i860.
Diam , I '4 cm.
1211. Fifteen disks of thin pale gold, each stamped with a pattern within a dotted Plate XII.
border, and pierced with two holes. Three have eight rays (bees' bodies .') fluted
obliquelj- and separated by dots, one has eight similar rays without dots, eight
have plain rays, and three are ornamented with three concentric circles of dots
ranged round a central boss. Acquired, 1S60.
Diam., ca. i '5 cm. Perrot et Chipiez, III., p. 837, fij,'. 606. Two of the disks are fragmentary.
Cf No. 892 from Ephesus.
III.— MISCELLANEOUS (Nos. 1212-1254).
i. Nos. 1212-1216. From excavations at Assarlik, in Caria. [Sub-Mycenaean.
About the gth century P..(;.]
1212. Part of a pale gold pendant of circular form, with a segment cut away from Plate XIII.
the top, which was bent into a tube form to serv-e for suspension. The disk has
a raised boss in the centre round which is a circle of punctures. Beyond this is
a larger circle of raised dots. The outer rim has been pierced by a series of
minute punctures. At the flat top of the ornament are five punctured triangles
KARLV GREEK |i:\VEI,Ll':RY FROM VARIOUS SITES.
lOI
inverted. From excavations at Assarlik, Caria. Tomb ('. Presented by W. R.
Paton, Esq., 1887.
Diam., 4-7 cm. ; wt., 101 grns. Journ. Hell. Sim/., VIII., p. 71, fig. 1 1 ; cf. Arch. Zcil., 1884,
pi. ix. 6, 8 (Kameiros) ; Coll. Cuilhoiu pi. ii., Nos. 51, 139; (for the wearing of these
ornaments) Excav. in Cyprus, p. 26, fig. 26 ; B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, pi. xi\-., A 88.
Analogous pendants have been found in Italy fPraeneste), see Man. /Int., X\'., col. 557-8,
fig. 163 ; /hill., col. 571-2, fig. 168.
1213. Oblong plaque of gold with cornens rounded oft". It is stamped witlr two Plate XIII.
lines of zigzat^s, bounded by double plain lines, and at the ends with a single
plain line. Hole pierced at each end. From excavations at Assarlik, Caria.
Tomb C. Presented by W. R. Paton, Esq., 1887.
7-5 X 3-7 cm. ; wt., 71 grns. Joiirii. Hell. .Stud., VIII., p. 71, fig. 12 : cf. Arch. Zeit. 1884,
pi. ix., 4 (Athens).
1214-5. Pair of spiral ear-pendants, consisting of a plain bent gold rod, slightly Plate XIII.
fined down at the ends. From excavations at Assarlik, Caria. Tomb B.
Presented by W. R. Paton, Esq., 1 887.
Diam., <:a. i '9 cm.; wt. (together), 108 grns. Jourii. Hell. ,S7«r/.. \'lll., p. 6g. fig. 7. Cf
Xos. 380 ff. above.
1216. Gold ring, consisting of a plain wire, the ends of which overlap and are Plate XIII.
twisted round the ring. From excavations at Assarlik, Caria. Tomb C.
Presented by W. R. Paton, Esq., 1887.
Diam., 1-9 cm. ; wt., 11 grns. Jouni. Hell. Stud., VIII., p. 71. fig. 13 (wrongly described as
actual size) : cf. No. 373 from Knkomi in Cyprus.
ii. Nos. 1217-1254. From other sites.
1217. Diadem of thin gold with rounded ends. It is stamped with designs in Plate XIII
relief, viz., a rosette of eight petals with central boss surrounded by a ring of dots,
the whole within a square frame of tiny rosettes. This design is seven times
repeated along the length of the diadem, each panel being separated from the
next by two lines of dots. Round the whole diadem runs a double border
composed of a milled pattern and rosettes. Five sets of double holes are pierced
at intervals along the middle of the diadem which is much torn at the edges.
From Aegina. Acquired, 1893. 8th-7th century B.C.
L., ig'8 cm. ; B., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 69 grns. Cf PoUak, Goldschfniedearbeit, pi. iv., 5 ; .Schuchhardl,
Schliemann's Excavations, p. 181, fig. 153 ; p. 216, fig. 210 ; also Nos. 1 157 ff. above.
1218. Fragment of a diadem in thin pale gold with stamped design : in the centre Plate XIV.
is an Assyrian sacred tree with a triangular stand surrounding the base. The
tree has three pairs of branches, above the lowest of which is a bird on each side.
The tree is approached from either side by a series of animals which stand on
their hind legs and stretch out their forepavvs. On the r. side are an antelope
and lion (.'), and the legs of a third quadruped ; on the 1. an antelope, a lion (.?),
and an uncertain quadruped (with the head partly torn away). Uncertain objects
II 2
I02
CATAl.nciUF. OF IF.WEI.I.KRY.
(plants ?) a])pcar beneath the lions on cither side. Below are the remains of a
dotted border. Hole pierced at each end. l'"rom Aei,nna. Acquired, 1893.
7th cent. n.C. (.').
L., 103 cm. ; B. (greatest), 3 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Arch. An:., 1894, p. 176. Cf. Kiirte. Ci/ri/i'tm,
p. 162, fig. 146 (a terracotta slab froman early sixth century temple).
1219. Pale gold diadem of thin gold (broader at the centre than at the ends), with Plate XIII.
stamped designs. The central design represents a group (twice repeated) of a
man half fallen to 1. Before him stands a lion, which has seized his head within
his widely-opened mouth. The man wears a crested helmet and a loin-cloth, and
grasps with his raised r. hand the muzzle of the lion, and with his lowered 1. the
r. leg. Behind him stands a second lion, which raises his r. paw and places it on
the man's back. Between the two groups is a man standing to r., who wears
a crested helmet, and seems about to attack one of the lions with a dagger held
Fig. 22 = No. 1219.
in his r. hand. His 1. hand is raised. The design is surrounded by a milled border
which has been partially cut away owing to the shape of the diadem, which
diminishes towards the ends in a curve. The narrow part at either end is filled
by a series of linked double spirals within a border similar to that of the central
design. The extremities of the diadem are rounded, and each is pierced with
two holes for attachment. The designs are crushed and sometimes obscure.
Acquired, 1878. lOth-Sth century B.C.
L., 36"5 cm. ; B. (greatest), 3 '8 cm. ; wt., 105 grns. For gold bands with exactly similar designs,
cf. A>r/i. Zeit., 1884, pi. ix., 2, from Athens (= Collignon, Sculpture grecque, fig. 43) ; Ath.
Mitt, XVIII. (1893), p. 126 (found at Athens with Dipylon vases) ; 'E0. ' ^px-, 1885, pi. ix.,
I, from Eleusis (= Collignon, op. cit., fig. 44) ; cf. Arch. Zeit., 1885, pi. viii., fig. 2, col. 135
(geometrical vase) ; and No. 1164 above. The present diadem was mentioned by Furt-
wangler in Arch. Zeit., 1884, col. 103, n. 4, but he did not recognize that the design on it
was exactly the same as that on a diadem from Copenhagen there published by him. It is
clear that these designs were impressed from different stamps or moulds upon a large sheet
of gold, which was afterwards cut up (often very carelessly) to suit particular requirements.
Mycenaean tradition may be seen in the human figures and spirals. See also Arch. Zeit.,
1879, p. 102.
1220-5. Six pale gold rosettes, each of seven petals outlined in globules. To each Plate XIV.
of the petals, and to the centre of the rosette, is soldered a small boss surmounted
by a globule. A loop of ribbon has been soldered to the back of each rosette,
but only remains in one case. Blacas Coll., 1867. 7th century B.C.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 52 grns. Cf esp. Alh. Mitt., XXVIII. (1903), pi. v., 5, p. 225 fif. (similar
plaque from Thera). Probably worn on a diadem. Several similar rosettes in silver-gilt
have been found adhering to a skull excavated at Praesos, in Crete (see B..S.A., XII.,
p. 69 ff., fig. 3).
ICARLV GKEKK JKWELLKKV FROM VARIOUS SITES. I O3
1226-7. Two similar rosettes of pale gold. Acquired, 1884.
Diam., 3 cm. iind 1 '9 cm. ; wt., 9 i^rns. each.
1228. Rosette (if kindred type, but of yellow gold. There are no bos.ses, and a Plate XIV.
second small rosette of eight petals is fastened to the centre. .Acquired, 1884.
Diam., 2 cm. : wt., 10 grns.
1229. Pale gold rosette, with six rounded petals. These petals are bordered with Plate XIV.
a double line of granulation. In the centre of each petal is a raised stamped
. boss decorated with granulation. In the middle is a small rosette with .seven
pointed and seven rounded petals, now somewhat damaged. At the back is a
loop of fliat ribbon for attachment. Acquired, 1884.
Diam., 2'9 cm. ; wt., 28 grns.
1230. Pale gold rosette with si.x rounded petals, each outlined with twisted wire. Plate XIV.
The petals arc decorated alternately b>' a female head in relief, wearing the klaft
(Artemis .'), and by a ro.sette of seven pointed petals surmounted by a smaller
rosette of si.x rounded petals. In the centre is a lion's head in the round,
decorated with granulation, and terminating at the base in a rosette of sixteen
petals. The rosette is profusely ornamented with granulation, arranged in
rosettes, zigzags, triangles, cones, etc. At the back of the plaque is a loop of flat
ribbon. Probably from a diadem, as last. Acquired, 1S84.
Diam., 4-3 cm. ; wt., 88 grns. Cf. Fontenay, p. 151 ; U.S.A., XII., p. 69 ; for the heads, cf.
Nos. 1 103, etc.
1231. Pale gold rosette of six petals, each petal outlined by a border of twisted Plate XIV
wire and granulation. The petals are ornamented with heads (of Artemis 1) and
rosettes alternately, as in the foregoing. Two of the rosettes are missing, but the
cylindrical projections to which they were fastened remain. In the centre is a
lion's head, projecting from a rosette as before. This is fitted by a tube into a
socket. The granulated patterns are coarser than in the last instance, but of a
similar character, except that the wave-pattern is freely employed. The loop
behind is missing. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 4'3 cm. : wi., 71 grns.
1232. Rosette stamped in thin gold, nearly as No. 1229. It has six rounded Plate XIV.
petals, each with a small boss in the middle. The leaves and bosses are outlined
in fine granulation, a small rosette of which is placed in the centre of each boss.
In the middle is a small flower, composed of a star of six rays, with a pointed
leaf in filigree and granulation soldered on each ray. At the back is soldered a
small gold loop for attachment. From Melos. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Diam., 3- 1 cm. ; wt., 24 grns. Cf. AtJieii. Mitt., XX\^II!., pi. v., 5, a very similar rosette from
a tomb at Thera ; U.S.A., .XII., p. 69.
104 CATALCXiUK OK jl•:W^:LLl•■.R^■.
1233. Pale gold rosette of seven petals. Details arc indicated in filigree and
granulation, and a short tube is soldered to the back. Apparently' part of a
fibula.
Diam., '8 cm. : \vt., 4 grns.
1234. Pale gold ornament in the form of a Gryphon's head (hollow), with open Plate XIV.
mouth and protruding tongue. Over the forehead is an erection consisting of a
granulated knob on a short tube (crest .'). The whole head is decorated with
small rosettes, triangles, and lozenges in granulation, and at the back is an
ivy-leaf decoration, also granulated. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 2-5 cm. ; \vt., 32 grns. Arcli. Zeif., 1884, col. in (cf. ibid., pi. ix., 9) ; Koscher, Lex., s.v.
, Giyp.s,x>. 1767; cf. C/rw/zV?, IV., pi. 47, Text. |). 123; B.Af. Cut. of Bronzes, No. 391.
Probably from an ear-pendant.
1235. Similar Gryphon's head in rather paler gold, decorated with coarser granules. Plate XIV.
The knob above the head is plain. " Collected by the Rev. F. Arundell in Syria
or Asia Minor." Acquired, 1852.
Ht., 2 cm. : wt., 35 ^rns.
1236. Gold pendant, in the form of a pomegranate with a bird (hawk ?) perched Plate XIV.
upon it. The bird and flower of six petals below the pomegranate are held
together bj- means of a bronze pin which passes through the intermediate bead.
Decorated with lozenges and curvilinear pattern in granulation and filigree.
There are slits in the shoulder of the bird for wings or for a suspending loop.
" Collected by the Rev. F. .\rundcll in S\Tia or Asia Minor." Acquired, 1852.
Ht., I "8 cm. : wt., 26 grns.
1237. Gold pendant (hollow) in the form of a pomegranate, suspended from a hollow Plate XIV,
pierced bead. It is decorated with small diamonds and triangles in granulation.
Excavated at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Presented by the Committee of the
Cyprus Exploration Fund, 1890.
Ht., 2-1 cm. ; ut., 16 grns. Journ. Hell. Stud., .XI., p. 54, "Ac, where, however, the pomegranate
pendant is called an amphora. Found with Nos. 2031-2, and probably of fifth century date.
1238. Pale gold ornament in the fonn of a hollow bead, composed of two concave Plate XIV.
plates solderetl together, with a small rosette suspended from a ring below
(pomegranate 1). The pomegranate is covered on the one half with small
triangles, on the other with leaves outlined in double lines of granulation.
Soldered above is part of a gold tube (probably for suspension), also decorated
with triangles. " Collected by the Rev. F. Arundell in Syria or Asia Minor."
Acquired, 1852.
L.. 2-2 cm. : wt., 15 grns. Cf. Allien. Mitt, XXVIII., pi. \., 4, 7 (from Thera).
1239. Gold ornament in the form of a bee. It consists of a flat plate, to which piate XIV.
is soldered an upper embossed plate forming the body of the bee. The upper
part of the body is decorated with granulation, except for two depressions
KARLY GREKK IF.WELLERY FROM VARIOUS SITES.
105
(perhaps originally filled with glass paste) which form the eyes, and a circular
space in the middle of the back. This space and the eyes are bordered by circles
of wire. The lower part of the body is decorated with alternate lines of plain
wire and granulation placed transversely. The middle part of the wings is left
plain. Round their edge runs a border of granulation bounded by plain wires.
From Crete. Acc[uired, 1875. 8th-7th century B.C.
I'errot et Chipie/, III., p. 829, tig. 592 : Joiini. Hell. Stud., ,\V.
I.., I '9 cm. : \vl.,
fiS95), p. I.
17 g-ms.
1240. Gold earring, in the form of a flat crescent decorated with geometrical Plate XIV,
patterns in granulation (zigzags, circles, etc.). Near each end of the crescent is
a circular ^^ctting, which has been filled with some substance (stone or glass ?)
now missing. The crescent terminates on each side in wires which overlap one
another. Below arc four pendants hanging from loops. Each is in the form of
a straight rod, composed of plain and twisted wires soldered together, which
terminates in two globules. From Athens. Burgon Coll., 1842 (.^). ioth-8th
century B.C.
Ht., 4-7 cm. : wt. 48 grns. Ant. Deiikmdler, I., pi. xii., 16. Cf. H.adaczek, Ohrsckniuck, p. 8 f.,
tig. 12; 'Ei^. 'i\px-', 1898, cols. 103, 106, pi. vi., 6, 7 (found at Eleusis with vases of the
Geometric Period) ; also, for the style, 'E<^. Wpx-, "885, pi. ix., 3-4, col. i79f (from Eleusis).
With the examples from Eleusis were found scarabs, perhaps of the 8th cent. B.C. ('£(/>.
'•Vx.. 189S, col. 120). Cf the later derivatives of this type, pi. liii.. 2451. etc.. below. This
earring is contempnr.iry witli the diadem No. 1219.
1241. Gold earring- of the " leech " type (hollow), with one end prolonged into a Plate XIV.
wire for insertion into the ear. Excavated from a Cypriote tomb at Nebesheh
(tomb 26), t886. Presented by the Egypt Exploration Fund, 1888. Ca. jth
century B.C.
Diam., I'l cm.; wt., 12 grns. Tanis 11., pi. viii., 18, — "X.Wlth Dynasty, or earlier." Cf
No. 1593.
1242. Gold earring of type similar to last ; hollow and filled with some substance.
Pointed below and open at one side. The other side is prolonged to a thin point
which overlaps the opening. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I '2 cm. ; wt., 1 i grns.
1243. Gold earring, as last, but smaller. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 ■ 1 cm. : wt., 5 grns.
1244. Small plain gold earring, hollow and " leech " shaped. On one side it is
open. From excavations at Curium, C\-prus (Turner Bequest j, 1896. Tomb 25.
Diam., '9 cm. : wt.. 11 grns.
1245. Pale gold spiral ear-pendant, consisting of a thick rod bent into loop form, Plate XIV.
with overlapping ends twisted up in opposite directions. These ends^ which are
rather larger in diameter than the rest of the rod, have incised designs, viz., a ring
of zigzags half filled with dots (above), six rows of zigzags (in the middle), a
I06 CA'I'AI.OGUE OF jKWKM.I'.RY.
riiif^ of dots (below). On the top of each extremity is a small depression. l'"rom
Myndos. Acquired, 1894. Ca. 8th century B.C.
Ht., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 277 grns. Cf., for the incised decoration, /ln:/i. /.eil., 1884, pi. i.\., 6 ; Thera,
il., p. 29S, fig. 488 <•.
1246. Silver ear-pendant of same type as last, i^old-plated. At one end it expands Plate XIV.
into a flat tlisk ; the other end has been broken away.
H., 4' I cm. : wl., 320 grns. Cf. Arch. Zcil., 1884, pi. viii., tigs. 9, 11, 12 : No. 1168, above.
1247. Part of a gold-plated silver fibula of "Asia Minor" type. Only the bow Plate XIV.
remains, decorated in the middle and extremities with rings of silver wire. The
gold casing is worn off, except at the ends, l^lacas Coll., 1867. 8th-7th century
n.c.
L., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. Cf. Hogarth, Ephcsus, pi. xi., 22, etc. ; Furtwanglcr, Ac\i(iiui, pi. 116,
30, etc.
1248. Gold bracelet of penannular form, hollow and filled with sulphur (.'). At the Plate XIV.
bottom it swells considerably, and slightly at each end. From Mesopotamia.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 6-2 cm. : wt. 260 grns. Uncertain date.
1249. Silver pin. The head is in the form of a large circular silver bead, flattened, Plate XIV.
with a narrower moulded disk above, and two similar disks below. The pin is
flattened. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., lo- 1 cm. : wt., 54 grns. Cf. Olympia, IV., pi. x.w., 486.
1250. Silver pin, with elaborate head, composed of: (a) a disk engraved with a flower Plate XIV.
of twelve rounded petals surmounted by a knob. On the under side are twenty-
six petals, lightly engraved ; (/;) two moulded rings on either side of an inverted
truncated cone ; [c) a large ribbed bead ; {d) six moulded rings. On the pin
itself is an inscription t A r^ B E ff z^/^, ra? "Hpa?. Said to have been found
near the Heraeum, Argos. Acquired, 1S96. Ca. 7th cent. B.C.
L,. 1 1 "6 cm. ; wt., 461 grns. Waldstein, Argivc Heraeum, 1 1.. pi. cxxxvii., p. 339 ; /. C, IV.
(Argolis), No. 508 ; Arch. Anz., 1897, p. 196; c{. Moii. Ant., 1., cols. S09, 816 (7th-6th cent,
pins from Megara Hyblaea) ; B.S.A., XV., pi. ix., 22.
1251. Cylinder, composed of a blue stone pierced lengthwise, with a gold cap at each Plate XIV.
end. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I '4 cm. ; wt., 39 grns.
1252. Sardonyx pendant in the form of a double cone with truncated ends. At Plate XIV.
one end is a silver mount (corroded) with a loop for suspension. From Amathus,
CypruS (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. Tomb 36.
L., 3'(j cm. ; wt., loi grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. 102, 117, pi. xiv., 36.
EARLY GKKI:K JKWKLLERV FROM VARIOUS SITES. lOJ
1253. Gold pendant in the form of a bird's body to front, with a human head and Plate XIV.
long, outspread wings. The back of the wings and tail is divided into compart-
ments by means of thin strips of gold soldered to the ground plate. These com-
partments have been inlaid with coloured glass, traces of which still remain. To
the bird's breast is soldered a suspending ring. Castellani Coll., 1884.
B., 4' 3 cm. : wt., 35 grns. Cus/rllaiii Sale Cat., Paris, 18S4, No. 163 ; cf. Weicker, Der Secleii-
vogel, p. 85 ff. Egyptian (X.XVIth dynasty (.') = 7th cent. B.C.), representing the Ba-l)ircl
(the soul) ; or perhaps a Clreek imitation. Cf. fVoehner, Coll. Goluchnw, pi. i., 2 ; id., Coll.
lyszkiewics, pi. xi., 2, 3 : Schafer, Aeg. Goltisc/iiniedcaiii., pi. i.v., 38(1, li.
1254. Gold amulet of irregular oblong form, engraved with designs representing : Plate XIV.
{a) [above] Two heads of deities, Shu and Tefnut. The former is represented by
a man's head wearing feathers, the latter by the head of a lioness wearing a solar
disk and uraeus ; (b) [in the middle] .Sekhet standing to r. holding ank/i and
sceptre ; {c) [below] I^ish swimming to r. To the back is soldered a loop for
suspension. Froin Cyprus. Acquired, 1900.
Ht., 2-3 cm. ; wt., 34 grns. Egyptian, probably between 500 and 300 B.C. Arch. Aiiz., 1901,
P- '57 (57)- Cf. Naukratis, 1., pi. x.\., 8.
io8
C. EARLY ETRUSCAN (or ITALLAN).
(About the eighth to the fifth century is.C.)
(ti) Diadems and Plaques. Nos. 1255 1285.
1255. Silver diadem or belt, originally mounted on a bronze foundation, over which Plate XV.
the edges were folded. It is in the form of a long thin strip with rounded sides,
decreasing in width regularly towards the ends, which were rounded. The
diadem (.'') is ornamented with stamped patterns arranged in vertical rows and
separated from one another by lines of S-shaped figures, which also form the
border. The patterns consist of " labyrinths," bucrania, bow-spirals, crested
Corinthian helmets, ducks, swastikas, double triangles, and rosettes. Said to
have been found at Benevento. Castellani Coll., 1884. Ca. 8th cent. B.C.
I... 44' I cm.; \vt., 401 grns. Afo/t. deW Inst., X., pi. x.\iiii"., Nos. ^a and '^b ; Annali, 1875,
p. 225 : Castellani Sale Cat.. Paris, 1884, No. 461 ; Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Caelatura,
p. 781, tig. 925 : cf. Milnni, Stitiii e Mat.. II.. p. 140 ff. (Karo). Broken at the edges.
1256. Silver-plated bronze ornament, perhaps for the breast, composed of two long Plate XV.
strips, ending on each side in a curved sickle-.shapcd decoration. The strips
have designs in relief, consisting of a standing nude male figure, wearing Egyptian
crown of the South (.■'). This figure is repeated ten times on the upper strip and
eight times on the lower. Between each pair of these figures are two ducks
swimming to r., one above the other. There is a dotted border round each strip.
The strips are connected together by fifteen rods of spirally twisted silver wire,
fastened to rings which pass through holes in the strips. Fifteen holes are
pierced in the bottom of the lower strip, and there are five holes in the upper
margin of the upper strip. Restored. From a tomb at Praeneste. Castellani
Coll., 1872. 8th-7th cent. B.C.
L., 21 cm. ; lit., io'2 cm. .4rchaeoli-'gia. XLl., pi. vii., i ; cf.. for the decorations, Montelius,
Civ. Prim., II., pi. 378, 4 ; ibid., pi. 341, I5(Z ; pi. 288, 13. Found with Nos. 1356-7, 1357*,
but probably rather earlier in date.
1257. Gold-plated bronze diadem, roughly oblong, but broader in the middle than Plate XV.
at the ends, which are slightly rounded. Below, two semi-circular spaces are cut
out to enable the diadem to be fitted over the ears. Designs in low relief.
Round the whole runs a border in the form of a plaited band. Above and below
is a wide band of palmettes connected by interlacing festoons of triple lines, which
join together alternate palmettes. Below the upper band is a line of ten lions
(advancing in opposite directions in sets of five), with seven chimaeras advancing
EARLY ITALrAN TEWELLKRY.
109
to 1. on either sitle. Three ornaments in the form of lotus-flowers (?) are placed
at either extremity of the line. Underneath this upper line is a second, com-
posed of groups (jf seventeen (left) and fifteen (right) lions advancing towards
each other from opposite directions. l?eyond on the 1. arc three chimaeras
Fig. 2^ = part of No, 1257.
advancing 1. and a lotus-ornament ; on the r. extremity are two chimaeras
advancing r., and three lotus-ornaments. A space above the lions on the 1. is
filled with a line ornamented with squares in relief From the Polledrara tomb,
Vulci, opened 1839. Acquired, 1850. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 51 cm. ; B. (greatest), 6-3 cm. ; wt., 213 grns. Micali, Man. Iiied., pi. viii., 14 : Montclius,
Civ. Prim., II., pi. 265, 7 ; Dennis, Etruria, T., p. 460; Bull, dell' Inst., 1839, p. 72. Cf.
Mits. Eli: Val., I., pis. Ixxxii., Ixxxiii. ; Olyiiipia, IV., No. 693. With the ' lotus-flowers,'
cf. No. 133.
1258-1261. Four thin strips of gold, tapering towards each end and terminating on Plate XVI.
one side in a hook, on the other in a loop. The strips are striated obliquely with
impressed lines. From Vulci. Campanari Coll., 1846.
L., ca. 12 '7 cm.; B. (greatest), r2cm. : wt. (total), 93 yrns. Cf. Nos. i ft', (from Enkomi,
Cyprus) ; No. 683 (from Aegina).
1262. Part of a pale gold band, decorated on each side with a border of looped Plate XVI.
wire, and on the surface with a peculiar maeander pattern in double lines of
granulation, bounded by beaded wires. The band is cut off roughly at each end.
Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 7th cent. B.C.
L.. 4'7 cm. : wt., 20 grns.
1263. Stout gold strip, ornamented with three crescents which are stamped in relief Plate XVI.
and decorated with lines of granulation. Above and below are borders of twisted
wire. The space between the crescents is filled with triangles and very irregular
maeanders in double lines of granulation. Traces of thin gold plates, which have
I lO CATALOGUE OF JEWELLKRY.
been soldered within the crescents, aic visible, and at the back is a portion of a
gold band with looped wire border. One end of the strip has a finished edge,
the other is roughly cut. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 4'8 cm. ; wt., 43 grns. Cf. Milani, Sludi c Mat., 11., ]). 141, fig. 134 fKaro) ; also (for the
crescents") the tops of the bracelets Nos. 1358-9.
1264. Pale gold rosette. The upper surface is ornamented with filigree and Plate XVI.
granulation ; in the centre, within a circle formed of two twi.sted wires, are five
bow-spirals in filigree and granulation, with granulated lozenges, triangles, and
rosettes interspersed. The outer border consists of a series of rounded leaves
outlined in filigree. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 2" 5 cm. : wt., 21 grns.
1265-6. Two thin gold plaques, each stamped with the same design. Head of a Plate XVI.
goddess (Artemis ?), with curled lock falling on each shoulder. Below her breast
two thick branches curve away upwards in opposite directions. They terminate
in palmette-like ornaments, with a lion's head below on each side. The arms of
the goddess are thrust out straight from the elbow, and appear to grasp at the
branches. Below is a large palmctte-ornament (inverted). All details are
indicated in granulated lines. The borders of the plaques have been bent over
behind ; no doubt they were mounted on a bronze foundation. From Caere.
Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 7th cent. B.C.
lit., 4' I cm. ; wt., 37 grns. and 32 grns. respectively. Cf Mus. Etr. Vat., I., pi. lx.\. ; Fontenay,
p. 336 { = Cat. lies bijoux du Mus. Nap., No. 348) ; also the ornament from Aegina, No. 762
(especially for the branches), and the plaques from Rhodes, especially No. 1 1 18 (Plate .\ii.)
for the attitude of the hands.
1267-8. Pair of gold plaques of oblong rectangular form, with a female figure in Plate XVI.
relief attached to them by means of two double wires, the ends of which have
been passed through the gold plaque and a silver plaque behind it, and then bent
back on each side, rivet-wise. The woman or goddess is dressed in long chiton
and peplos, the former of which she pulls tight round her legs with her left hand.
She wears a necklace with bulla and two pear-shaped pendants in filigree and
enamel. Her hair falls on her shoulders in two straight locks on each side ; these
are represented by twisted wires, ending in globules. She wears a crown with
pear-shaped rays, in which traces of enamel remain. Her eyes were filled with a
paste or enamel globule ; the feet are missing. The plate has a raised ribbed
border of thick gold-plated silver wire. A hole is pierced at each corner. From
Caere. Castellani Coll., 1872. 6th cent. B.C.
3'8 X I '7 cm. ; wt., 65 and 31 grns. respectively. Cf Arcltaeoloiria, XLI., p. 205, 7.
1269. Two thin gold plaques, together forming a buckle, (i) Embossed design of Plate XVI.
Siren to front ; the upper half of the figure is in the form of a woman, wearing
sleeved chiton and bracelets, with hands placed beneath her breasts. Her hair is
brushed straight back from the front. The lower half is in the form of a bird
KARl-Y ITALIAN JEWKLLKRY. I I I
with legs tucked up in front. The Siren has four wings with feathers indicated by
incised lines. There are five holes pierced at the edge of the plaque and a hook
of double beaded wire is soldered by the r. elbow. (2) Similar design. A ring
of beaded wire is soldered close to the 1. elbow. Holes as before. From Chiusi.
Castellani Coll., 1884. 6th 5th cent. B.C.
Ht., 2'5 cm.; wt., 13 grns. Caslcllaiii Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, No. \(iz ; cf. Weicker,
Seelciivogcl, p. 192, fig. 96 ; ibid, p. 190 ; Notizk, 1893, p. 4'3. t'K' 7 (^n object found in a
vase of the early 5th cent, n.c.) ; also the Sirens on Nos. 1419 and 1461 below.
1270. Two gold plaques, together forming a buckle, (i) Embossed design of a Plate XVI.
nude horse-h(jofed Satyr reclining on his 1. side, with his r. hand resting upon
his raised r. knee. Round his r. thigh is a band. The upper part of each hoof is
ornamented with a row of vertical lines. He has a moustache and beard indicated
by fine lines. This design is within a border formed by a plain line and a beaded
line, and there is a hole for attachment at each corner. The edges of the plaque
are bent over towards the back, and to the edge beneath the figure two hooks of
looped wire are attached. Each has a beaded wire down its middle and a globule
on its end ; one end of each double wire pierces the rim of the plaque. (2) Em-
bossed design of a Maenad reclining on her r. side, with her 1. hand resting on her
raised 1. leg. She wears a sleeved chiton embroidered with stars over the breasts,
and a mantle round her lower limbs, and leans her r. elbow on a cushion.
Border and holes as in last. To the edge of the plaque below the figure are
fastened two rings, each composed of a plain wire and a beaded wire one above
the other. The two rings are soldered together, and below their point of juncture
is a globule. The attachment of the rings to the plaque is strengthened by means
of two wires, which pierce the edge and are bent round below it. Pourtales
Coll., 1865. 6th-5th cent, B.C.
2 '3 X 2 cm. ; ut., 69 grns. I'mir/alcs Sa/c Cat., 1865, Nos. 1336, 1338.
1271 4. Four small embossed plaques of gold, representing a reclining Sphinx Plate XVI.
to 1., with head to front. I'ierced in two places for attachment to a garment.
6th cent. B.C.
L., I cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
1275 6. Two small embossed gold plaques representing a Siren flying to 1., with Plate XVI.
face to front. Her wings are in false perspective. Pierced at the tip of either
wing and below the body for attachment. 6th- 5th cent. B.C.
L., 1-7 cm. ; wt., 2 grns. Cf. Notizie, 1893, p. 415, fig. 8 (an object found in a vase of the early
5th cent. u.C).
1277. Series of twenty-three thin stamped gold plaques. Five are square and
stamped with a flower of four petals (or combination of four acorns .'), with a
palmette at each corner ; si.x arc oblong and stamped with a large rosette of
twelve petals ; eight are circular, stamped with a small rosette of eight petals and
a border of leaves ; two are circular, with uncertain designs ; two are square and
I I
CATAI-OGUl-; OF [KWELLERY.
Stamped with two acorns and two lotus-buds, with which four flies alternate (see
fig. 24). All these plaques are modern-mounted on bone or mother-of-pearl. There
are two other thin square plaques, one stamped
with the figure of a seated Sphinx (see fig. 24),
the other with that of a Siren. These plates
are pierced at the corners, one having a hook
remaining in it, the other an eye. The plaques
are now fastened to one another by means of
small rings (modern). Their original arrangement
and destination are quite uncertain, but they may
have formed the decoration of a large necklace.
L. of square plaques, ca. 2' i cm. : diam. i)f circular plaques, 2 cm.
1277*. Series of twenty-five rosettes, or parts of rosettes in thin gold. The largest Plate XVI.
(central) ones have six semi-circular leaves, with a rosette in the centre on a
lozenge-shaped ground. There are three of these rosettes and two lozenge-
shaped plaques from the centre of similar rosettes. The remaining rosettes have
each a plain boss in the centre. There are thirteen of larger and seven of smaller
size.
Diam., 35 cm , 3 cm., and 2' 4 cm. respectively.
1278. Part of a gold necklace (?), composed of four rosettes of six petals each, with
an inner flower in a diamond-shaped frame, stamped in very thin gold. They
alternate with four disks with fluted borders, similarly stamped. They are
modern-mounted on mother-of-pearl and joined with modern rings and clasp.
Diam, of rosettes, 3 '3 cm. ; of disks. i'6 cm.
1279. Six rosettes and eleven disks similar to the last. With these are combined
six smaller disks of si.K petals each, with plain boss in the centre. All have been
modern-mounted on mother-of-pearl, and strung together with rings to form a
necklace.
Diam. of smaller rosettes, 2 "9 cm.
1280. Series of ornaments in thin stamped gold, now mounted on mother-of-pearl Plate XVI.
and strung together in the form of a necklace. They consist of (a) ten sets of
two ivy-leaves joined base to base by a rounded boss ; (d) eleven disks with
ribbed edge ; two have lotus-flowers suspended from them ; (c) three figures of
hippocamps ; from one hangs a ring of seven flattened globules and a palmette.
All these plaques are pierced with holes for attachment.
L. of (a) 2 '9 cm. ; (/>) i '4 cm. ; (c,) 3 cm.
1281. Series of ornaments in thin stamped gold, now mounted on mother-of-pearl Plate XVI.
and strung together in the form of a necklace. They consist of : (a) four sets of
two ivy-leaves joined back to back by a rounded boss ; {/?) two sets of three ivy-
leaves ranged round a similar boss ; (c) four figures of a woman reclining on her
KAKI.V ITALIAN JEWELLERY.
113
side with the farther leg bent up at the knee. In three cases she reclines with
feet to r., in the other with feet to 1. Below two of these is suspended a rounded
boss above a lotus-flower ; {(f) fourteen rounded bosses ; {e) two shield-shaped
ljla(|ues, stamped with a flower of four pointed leaves ; (/) an oblong placjue
stamped (apparently) with a Hower ; {g) in the centre is a female figure to the
1. in archaic running attitude. She apparently has four wings — two proceeding
from the breast and back, and two from the feet, but the details are very
indistinct. To this figure were attached a ring of seven globules and an oval
plate stamped with a palmette.
L. of (a) 2-7 cm. ; {i) 2-4 cm. ; (f) l'7 cm. ; (if) i cm. ; (f) 2-2 cm. ; (/) i-4cm. ; C.^) 2*3 cm.
The plaques are pierced as though for attachment to a garment. For fig. »-, cf. Miinchencr
Arch. StiiiL, p. 388, fig. 58.
1282. Series of nine thin gold plaques, modern mounted and
arranged in the form of a bracelet : (11) four are round and
stamped with a rosette ; {b) four oblong and stamped with a
flower of four leaves ; (c) the central plaque is also oblong,
but larger. It is stamped with the figure of a man, from
the waist upwards, between two horses galloping to the front
(chariot group). The man wears a cuirass and (probably) a
lion's skin (.Herakles i"). Sec fig. 25.
L. of (a) 2 cm. : (Ji) i '6 cm. ; (r) 2' 2 cm.
1283. Series of nine gold plaques, modern mounted, as before.
There are {a) four round plaques stamped with rosettes, and
(b) four oblong plaques stamped with four-leaved flowers.
In the centre is (c) the upper part of a Siren with head of
Fig. 25 = part of No. 1282.
Egyptian type and wings raised. See fig. 26.
L. of {a) 2 cm. ; U>) I '6 cm. : (c) 2 '4 cm.
V\g. ^'6 = part of No. 1283.
1284. fFourteen gold ornaments, consisting of: {a) Si.x pieces representing crouching
Sphinxes, soldered to a plaque with the ends rolled into a tube. The Sphinxes
are in the round, composed of two plaques soldered together ; (b) six pieces
representing a flower with conical bud in centre, soldered to a plaque with a
raised circle ; (c) two pieces tapering towards one end. Each is stamped with
a male head. Said to have been found at Corciano, near Perugia. Acquired,
1893.
L. of {a) I '3 cm. ; [b) i -3 cm. ; {<:) f i cm. ; wt., 59 grns.
1285. tSix gold ornaments, resembling last. On an oblong plaque, either end of
which is bent up into a tube, is soldered a triple flower with a bird in the round
perched upon the top. On either side of the flower is soldered a crouching
rabbit and a palmette, each in the round, composed of two stamped plaques.
Said to have been found at Corciano, near Perugia. vYcquired, 1893.
L., 3' 2 cm. ; wt. (together,!, 266 grns.
I
114 CATALOGUK OK JK\VKLLP:KV.
(I>) Earrings and Spirals. Nos. 1286-1346.
[Nos. 1 286- 1 306 arc earrings of the type called a bank, or "box " type. They first
appear in the 7th cent. B.C., are common in the 6th cent., and continue into the
5th cent. Sec Brizio in Mon. Ant., IX., col. 728 ; Zannoni, Scavi della Certosa,
pi. xliii. 12-14. They are probably represented in side view liy the disk-earrings
so frequently worn by women on Etruscan wall-paintings.]
[Nos. 1,11 1346 are perhaps hair-binders, but may also have been used as earrings.
Their probable use is seen in fig. 55, from a coin of Lycia of about 480 B.C.,
where the spiral is used to bind up the back hair. These spirals occur from the
7th to the 5th centuries B.C. It is tempting tn see in them the T€TTt7e? of
Thuc. I. 6. 3, but it must be admitted that Ilauser (Oesterr. Jahresh., 1906,
p. 75 ff., etc.) has made such an identification doubtful. See also Studniczka
in Jalirh. d. Arch. Inst., 1896, p. 284 ff; Gsell, Fojiilles de Vulci, p. 289 fi". ;
Helbig in Coiiiiii. in Iwn. Monini., p. 616 ff. ; id., Hovi Epos'', p. 243 ff. ; Milani,
Sindi c Mat., II., p. 115 ff. (Karo).]
1286. Gold earring of the type called a bank (" box " type). It is open at both Plate XVI.
ends. The front is decorated with four bosses covered with small circles of
beaded wire, each within a compartment formed by the intersection of lines made
uj) of looped gold ribbon. Above these bosses are five leaf-shaped objects
decorated with beaded wire, which served to mask the suspending gold ribbon
now missing. The lateral ends of the c\linder arc covered with plaited wires.
The back of the earring is plain, except for two parallel vertical wires placed
between two horizontal wires.
L., I cm.: \vi., 23 grns. Cf., in geiiei-al, lladaczek, Olirscliiniicl;, p. 56 ft'., tigs. L01-113, uiili
• references tliere gi\ en.
1287-8. Pair of gold earrings of the same type as No. 1286. The cylinder is Plate XVI.
closed at one end with a palmette in filigree and openwork. In front are six
rosettes within compartments formed of looped wire. The back of the cylinder
is decorated with four vertical beaded wires. The suspending handle is masked
by five upright leaves outlinetl in filigree, with a bead surmounted by a globule
on each side.
L., 1 'j cm. ; wt., 45 grns. each.
1289. Gold earring of the same type as No. 1286. The ends are open and Plate XVI.
ornamented with a single beaded wire. The semicircular plate is divided into
two sunk panels, bordered by two beaded wires. At the top is a row of small
leaves outlined in beaded wire, at either end of which is placed a small gold
bead surmounted by a globule. Between these is an ornament consisting of a
leaf with volutes on either side, outlined in beaded wire, and possibly once filled
with enamel. In the two panels are fastened (by gold strips piercing through to
the back) a rosette of thin gold with globule in the centre and an ornament
consisting of four pointed leaves filled in with smaller leaves — all outlined in
I'.AKLV ITALIAN | laVKI.I.I'.KV.
I I
bciidetl wire ami dccoralcd with miniitc globules. 'I'lic liiiigctl suspending hantllc
is ornamented with a beaded wire between two plain wires. Casteliani Coll., 1872.
L., I "4 0111.; wt., 34 grns. Cf. Hadaczck, Ohrsc/iiiutc/c, lig. 109; Noti"ic, 1X93, p. 412, fig. 5
i'mii obioct fdiuirl in a vase of the early 5th cent. H.i .1.
1290. Gold earring nearly as last. The row of small leaves bears traces of the Plate XVI.
green and red enamel, with which the alternate leaves were filled. One sunk
panel has a rosette fastened to it, the other has five parallel beaded wires placed
verticall). The hinged suspending ribbon is preserved as before. Casteliani
Coll., 1872.
L., I '2 cm. ; \vt., 19 yrns.
1291-2. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 1286. Both ends are open Plate XVI.
and undecorated. The c)-lindrical body of the earring is divided into two
unequal compartments by a thin cross-wall of gold. In the larger division are
soldered twelve bosses in four rows of three each. The rows consist alternately
of one plain boss between two granulated bosses and vice versa. Between the
bosses are four rows of four globules each. At the top of each boss is a small
globule. In the smaller division is a filigree decoration of four leaves outlined in
beaded wire, with two smaller leaves and four small circles interspersed. The
hinged suspending ribbon, now missing, was masked by a semicircular plate
placed above one extremity of the earring. This contained twelve smaller
bosses, part plain and part fluted, with eight globules soldered at the upper edge.
Casteliani Coll., 1872.
L., I 2 cm. ; ut., 26 grns. eacli. Cf. iladaczck, O/iisi/iiiiiu/:^ fig. 106.
1293. Gold earring of type similar to No. 1286. The disk which closes one end Plate XVI.
of the cylinder is ornamented with a triple rosette in filigree. The front is
decorated with rosettes of granulation and wire, one in the centre within an
oblong frame, four at the corners of the frame, and four others (of thin gold)
between each pair of corner rosettes. On the semicircular masking plate are a
duck in relief with wings raised, and five rosettes. Handle for suspension
Burgon Coll., 1S42.
wt., y2 grns.
missing. From Magna Graccia.
L., I '8 cm. ; wt., 82
1294-5. Pair of gold earrings of t\'pe similar to No. 1286.
One end of the cylinder is closed by an openwork plate in
the form of a rosette, decorated with globules and plain and
twisted wires. The front of the cylinder is decorated with a
rosette within a square framework of raised dots. This is
enclosed in another frame made up of eight rosettes and eight
small figures of ducks in the round. The back of the cjlinder
has a row of volutes in beaded wire down the centre and
three beaded wires on either side between two horizontal
beaded wires. The semicircular masking plate is hinged, and is ornamented
with a female mask in relief, wearing Egyptian headdress (Artemis T), with a
Plate XVI.
27 = No. 1294.
1
ij6 cataloglik ok jiavkii.kkv.
lion 1)11 each side, which rests its outer forcpuw aLjainst her heaii, and turns its
own licad backwards. The designs in relief are interspersed with rosettes.
Above the semichclc is soldered a row of small tjlobuies. Suspending handle
wanting. From Chiusi. Castellani Coll., 1872.
I.., 2 cm. ; wt., 95 and 96 gins, respectively. The flat plate on the inside is fastened to the outer
plate by three pins with s])ht ends.
1296-7. Pair of gold earrings of type as No. 1 286. Both ends of the cylinder are Plate XVI.
open. The front is decorated with nine large bosses (four granulated), and si.x
small bosses, the central boss having a globule in its centre. The back of the
cylinder has a leaf pattern outlined in filigree. Above its front rim are soldered
three gold beads surmounted by globules. The suspending handle, hinged on
a pin of silver, is preserved. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 1 ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 62 grns. and 65 grns. respectively. Cf. Helbig, Das lioin. Epos', p. 273,
figs. 95 and 96.
1298. Gold earring of the same type as No. 1286. The ends are both open. Plate XVI.
The panels, which are bordered by a line of globules between beaded wire,
contain respectively, a rosette cut out of thin gold and fastened by a pin, and a
flower, the leaves of which are outlined in filigree. The front of the cylinder
is surmounted by two gold beads with a globule above them, while the end of
the suspension handle between them is decorated by a similar bead. Castellani
Coll.. 1872.
L., I " 2 cm. ; wt., 47 grns.
1299-1300. Pair of gold earrings of the same type as No. 1286. The ends of Plate XVI.
the cylinder are open ; they are decorated with a border composed of
continuous wire loops between plain wires. The front panel has, in the centre, a
rosette made up of gold wire, with four similar but smaller rosettes at the
corners. Between each of these latter is a small rosette cut out of thin gold.
The back panel is divided into two oblong compartments with borders of
impressed tongue patterns. The suspending handle is masked by a relief
representing a plant between two Sphin.-ves, which are couched in opposite
directions. Suspending handle missing ; there are remains of silver pins.
Campanari Coll., 1841.
L., 1-5 cm.; wt., 46 and 44 grns. respectively. Cf. Hadaczek, Olirschmiick, p. 58, fig. 105 ;
J/«.i'. Etr. Vat., I., pi. Ixxii. (10).
1301. Gold earring almost as last. Back of cjlinder much crushed. Between the
Sphinxes is a leaf composed of filigree and globules. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L. I "4 cm. ; wt., 33 grns.
1302. Gold earring of the same type as No. 1286. Both the ends are open and Plate XVI.
decorated with a border of continuous loops in filigree between plain wires.
The front panel is fill«d with double intertwined volutes of beaded wire, with
KARLV ITALIAN JEWELLERY.
I I'
t^lobulcs interspersed, within a border of looped ribbon. The (jther panel has
a series of vertical beaded wires soldered between two horizontal wires. There
is a semicircular masking-plate above the front panel, decorated with two ducks
in relief, facing one another. Between the ducks is a lozenge in granulation.
Round the edge of the semicircle is a .series of triangles in granulation, and
behind it, along the line of juncture with the cylinder, are six small rosettes.
The suspending handle is missing, but part of a bronze hinge-pin remains.
1... 1 '2 cm. : «t., 38 grns.
1303 4- Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 1286. One end of the Plate XVL
cylinder is closed b)- a circular i)late, decorated with designs in filigree : within
a border formed of twisted and plain wires are leaf-patterns outlined in
beaded wire, partly in openwork. Above is a palmette in filigree. The front
of the cylinder is decorated with nine bosses (in three rows of three), five
granulated and four with flower devices in filigree. Each boss is in a compart-
ment of its own, formed by intersecting lines of double loops. The back of the
cylinder is decorated with three pairs of vertical lines of beaded wire within a
frame of impressed tongue pattern. There is a curved ribbon for suspension,
hinged on silver pins. J^'rom Chiusi. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I '9 cm. : \vt., 97 gins, and 95 grns. respectively.
1305. Gold earring of the same type as the last. The closed end of the cylinder Plate XVL
is ornamented by a circle of raised dots in addition to the filigree and openwork.
The nine bosses are in separate compartments as before, five granulated and
four plain. At the corners of the compartments arc small gold globules. The
back of the cylinder is decorated with a vertical line of double spirals between
two beaded wires, and with a vertical line of dots between beaded wires on
either side. These lines are bounded horizontally above and below by a line
of impressed tongue pattern. The hinged ribbon is masked by a semicircular
plate of gold soldered above the bosses. This is decorated with a palmette in
filigree, a semicircular beaded wire, a semicircle of eleven small bosses, alternately
granulated and plain with small globules at the top, a semicircular twisted wire,
then a row of loops, ne.xt nineteen plain globules, followed by another line of
loops, and bounded by a plain gold line. The open end of the earring is
ornamented with twisted wires imitating plaits. For the r. ear. Acquired, 1844.
• L., 2 cm. ; wt., 133 grns.
1306. Gold earring of similar type. One of the ends of the cylinder is closed by an Plate XVL
openwork flower made up of four sets of triple leaves, with a small rosette in the
centre. The front of the cylinder has nine bosses (ranged in three rows) in
separate compartments formed by intersecting looped wires. The middle vertical
row is granulated. The back panel has the usual vertical wires. Suspending
handle wanting ; no masking plate.
•4 cm. ; wt., 49 grns.
I 2
ii8
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1307. Semicircular gold plate (from earring ir daie/c /). It is decorated with Plate XVL
applied ornaments — a female head to front in relief, with a semicircle of seven
hollow disks, beaded wires, and globules above. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diani., 2"i cm. ; wt., 22 grns. Cf., for the decoration, an Etruscan earring of later type given
in Mux. Etr. Vat., 1., pi. Ixxii., 3r(l row, on the extreme r. ; Noli"i(\ 1*^93, P- 4'2, fig. 5
(an obiecl foimd in a vase of the early 5th cent. H.c).
1308. Pale gold earring of " leech " sliapc, with wire issuing from one end and Plate XVL
curving over to the other. The surface is covered with a series of macandcrs in
granulation, in the midst of which is a seven-rayed star with a globule in the
centre. Ca.stellani Coll., 1872. 7th cent. B.C.
L., I '8 cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Cf. Mihmi, Sliiili <■ Mat.. I (2), ]). 252, fig. 21 (Karo) ; Hadaczek,
0/nschmiick, p. 21 f. Cf. No. 1381.
1309-10. Pair of gold pendants, consisting of an openwork disk with a small Plate XVII.
crescent- shaped e.xcision above. Round the edge is a double row of globules, in
the middle a raised band of gold surrounded by a ring of bosses in relief. The
openwork patterns are decorated with filigree and granulation. On each side of
the crescent-shaped excision are soldered a pair of rings and a single ring (one
missing) for suspending. Back plain. From Canino. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Uiam., 3'8 cm. : wt., 102 grns. each. Possibly ear-pendants, suspended over the ears by chains.
1311. Gold spiral of three turns, perhaps a hair- Plate XVI.
binder. It is composed of a plain tube, which
passes at each end into a larger tube decorated
with a looped pattern in filigree, and terminating
in roughly-modelled heads of lions. The tube
at one end has been broken awa\'. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
Diam., ca. 2 ' 5 cm. ; wt., 54 grns. Cf. Milani, Stutii c Mat.,
II., p. 119, figs. 91, 92 (Karo) ; Schumacher, Bronze/:
sii Karlsruhe, pi. iii., i ; Helbig, in Comm. Phil, in
hon. Montm., p. 619 ; Studniczka, in Jahrb. d. Arch. Inst., 1896, p. 284 ft. It is possible
that these spirals were used to loop up the hair in the manner seen on the archaic
antefix from Capua here illustrated (fig. 28 = B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, B 591). Cf. also
the coin of Lycia (p. 176, fig. 55). Spirals of this type, however, have been found in the
ears of the heads on " Canopic " urns. There is an example in the .Archaeological Museum
at Florence.
Fig. 28
rr.icoli.i .\nteli\ from Capu.i.
1312. Gold spiral, as No. 1311. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., ca. 2'4 cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
1313. Gold spiral, fragmentary ; a coie of bronze shows beneath the gold tube,
and there are remains of chevron decoration.
Diam., 28 cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
EARLY ITALIAN JEWELLERY. I I9
1314. Gold spiral, as No. 1311, decorated at cither end with running loops of wire,
and terminating in heads of lions, which are covered with lines of globules.
Diani., 3'/ cm. ; \vt., 26 grns.
1315. Gold-plated bronze spiral, as No. 131 1. One end (with the lion's head) is
broken away. Castellani Coll., 11X72.
Diani., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 67 grns.
1316. Gold-plated bronze spiral, as No. 1311. One half is broken away. Castel-
lani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2' 8 cm. ; wt., 65 grns.
1317. Pair of spirals ; bronze, gold-plated. One end is broken away. Behind the
lion's head is a decoration of maeanders in granulation ; on the tube are zigzags.
Diam., 2'S cm. : wt. (together\ 112 grns.
1318. Similar gold spiral of three and a half turns. Each end is decorated with Plate XVI.
double lines of zigzag in granulation. The ends are of reel-form, not decorated
with a lion's head as before. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 90 grns.
1319. Gold spiral, as last. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2 '7 cm. : wt., 80 grains.
1320. Pale gold spiral, of five turns, probably for the hair. It is composed of a Plate XVI.
ribbon made up of three plain and two twisted wires. At each end of the spiral
is a small embossed mask. Presented by H. R. Tomkins, Esq., 1885.
Diam., 2 • i cm. ; wt., 1 1 1 grns. Cf. Milani, Sliidi c Mat.. 1 1., p. 1 16, fig. 83 (Karo) ; Mon. deW
lust., 1855, pi. 10 ; Helbig, in Coiinn. in hoii. Mo?nm., p. 619, fig. 4 ; Studniczka in Jahrb.
d. Arch. Iii.st., 1896, p. 284 ff. : Schumacher, Brotizcn zii Karhnihc, pi. iii., 2.
1321. Gold spiral of three turns in the form of a serpent. It is composed of two Plate XVI.
plain and two twisted wires, and ends in a granulated serpent's head. The spiral
is decorated with four lines of bosses, decorated with a border of globules and
plain wire. Below the serpent's head are six bosses, and on each of the other
coils eight. One end of the spiral is broken away. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm.; wt., 34 grns.
1322. Gold spiral of two complete turns. It is composed of two twisted wires
(within) and two plain wires (without). At the ends are small gold disks.
Diam., I'5 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Cf. Milani, Stitdi e ISIat., 11., p. 116, fig. 83 (Karo).
1323-4. Pair of gold spirals, as last.
Diam., ca. i '2 cm. ; wt. (together), 38 grns.
1325. Similar gold spiral, but with cluster of globules at the end.
Diam., i '5 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
1 20 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1326. Gold spiral, as last. One end missing.
Diaui., I •; cm. ; wl., 9 grns.
1327. Similar gold spiral. Disk at each end.
Diam., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
1328. Gold spiral, w ith loop in its middle, ending in heads of serpents, the scales Plate XVL
being imitated by raised dots. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I • 1 cm. ; wt., 22 >;rns. Cf. Helb!,^, in Comiii. in lion. Moinin., p. 6ig, fi^. 4.
1329. Gold spiral, looped in the middle and decorated with four oblong strips, which Plate XVL
are ornamented with a line of globules down their middle and end in two globules
and two small leaf-shaped decorations respectively. A small filigree leaf is
soldered to the bottom of the loop. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diain., ca. i '2 cm ; wt., 31 grns.
1330-1. Pair of gold hair-rings (.'), composed of a wire, which is bent double, and Plate XVI.
covered at the extremities with oblong curved plates ending in hollow beads.
The plates are decorated with a series of globules. The loop formed by the
bent wire is covered by a similar plate surmounted by a palmette in filigree.
Diam.. I ■-] cm. ; wt. (together), 37 grains. Cf. Helbig, in Comiu. in hon, Momtn., p. 619, fig. 5.
1332. Gold hair-ring (.'), similar to No. 1330. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i '4 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
1333- Gold hair-ring (.'), of type similar to No. 1330; the decorated plates are
narrower. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i '4 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
1334. Gold hair-ring (.'), similar to No. 1330. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., I '3 cm. : wt., 21 giT.s.
1335. Gold hair-ring (.'), similar to No. 1330. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., I '2 cm. ; wl., 11 grns.
1336. Hair-ring (.') of kindred type, composed of a gold wire bent into loop-form.
To each end is soldered a plate decorated with filigree and globules. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
Diam., i'7 cm. : wt., 18 grns.
1337- Gold hair-ring (.^), in the form of a wire spiral of two turns, with thickened Plate XVIL
grooved ends.
Diam., 2 cm. : wt.. 35 grns.
1338-9- Two gold hair-rings (?), as No. 1337.
Diam., i " 5 cm. ; wt. (together), 25 grns.
EARLY ITALIAN jKWELLKKY. 12 1
1340. Similar gold ring, but with grooved ends only just overlapping.
Diani., I 5 cm. ; wl., 5 grns.
1341. Gold hair-ring (?), consisting of a plain wire spiral of nearly two and a half
turns.
Diaiii., 2. cm. ; vvt., 25 grns.
1342. As last, but smaller.
Diam., I '5 cm. ; xvt., 7 yrns.
1343. Gold hair-ring (.'), in the form of a spiral of five turns, ending in beaded Plate XVIL
decoration and a cluster of four globules. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I '8 cm. ; \vt., 30 gnis. Cf. Helbig, in Coinvi. in hon. Moiniii., p. 6ig, tig. 3.
1344. Pair of gold spiral hair-rings ( .') of four complete turns each. One end is
beaded, the other is plain. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Diam., i'3 cm.; wt. (together), loi grns. Cf. Moii. Ant., L, col. £09 (from a 7lli-6lh ccnl.
tomb at Megara Hyblaea).
1345-6. Pair of gold hair-ornaments (.''), each composed of an S-shaped rod of Plate XVli.
gold terminating in buds. The larger bud has petals outlined in beaded wire,
and is surmounted by a palmette, below which are two pellets ; the smaller bud
is plain. Hollow. 6th cent. B.C.
L., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 55 grns. (together). Cf. Helbig, Das hoin. Epos-, p. 282, tigs. I04(?; //. Helbig
suggests that the Homeric KdXuKcv may have been of this type. These ornaments are said
to be found in Etruscan tombs with black figure vases.
{c) Pins (7th-early 5th cent. B.C.). Nos. I347-I355-
[Cf. the granulated pins in Milani, Stiidi e Mat., I. (2), p. 266 (Karo).J
1347. Gold pin, the head in the form of a bead covered with granulation, and Plate XVIL
decorated abo\e and below with two sets of four pointed leaves in plain gold
bordered with filigree (pomegranate .'). The bead is surmounted by a second
small plain bead, over which is a cluster of three globules. On the pin, a little
below the head, is a projecting circle of beaded wire. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 5 '6 cm. : wt., 20 grns.
1348. Gold pin. The head is in the form of a large bead decorated with two sets of Plate XVIL
three pointed leaves with small circles between them, left plain on a granulated
ground (pomegranate t). This bead is surmounted by a small plain bead with
a globule at the top. Round this arc three clusters, each of three globules.
Below, where the head joins the pin, are four small triangles in granulation.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 5-3 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
1 22
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1349. Part of a gold pin. The head is formed of a large bead decorated Plate XVI L
with pointed leaves and small circles, left plain on a granulated ground, and
bordcretl with filigree (pomegranate ?). Above are soldered four plain globules,
each with three smaller globules above them. The lower part of the pin has
been broken away ; its hollow tube has been filled with glass paste. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
L., 3' 2 cm.; wt., 20 grns.
1350. Gold pin. The head is formed of four beads soldered together into the shape Plate XVH.
of a cone. Each is finely granulated and surmounted by a small plain bead with
a cluster of three globules at the top. Below the head is a collar formed of seven
beads soldered together. From Chiusi. Castellani Coll., 1872. 6th 5th cent. B.C.
L., 8m cm.; wt., 75 gnis. Cf. Notizie, 1893, p. 416, fig. 16 (found in a vase of the early
5th cent. li.c). There is a similar pin in the Archaeological Museum at Florence. It was
found in the cinerary statue figured in Gerhard, Akad. Abhandl., pi. xlix., 4, 5, which also
contained an oenochoe in the form of a woman's head (date about 500 B.C.).
1351. Gold pin. The head is formed of a large bead covered with granulation and Plate XVII.
surmounted by three smaller plain beads, each of which has a cluster of four
globules above it (pomegranate .'). There appear to be the remains of a rosette in
the middle between the smaller beads. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 5 -8 cm. ; wt., 27 grns.
1352. Gold pin. The head is formed by a gold bead, decorated with granulation Plate XVII.
and with six plain leaves outlined in filigree, with a smaller leaf in filigree within
them. The six leaves are placed in two sets of three, base to base. Above the
head is a cluster of three globules, each surmounted by three smaller globules,
with a flat bead, decorated with four small globules, in between them. Probably
intended to represent a pomegranate. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 6' 5 cm. : wt., 37 grns.
1353. Gold pin. The head is formed by a gold bead, decorated with granulation Plate XVII.
and leaves left plain and outlined with filigree (pomegranate ?). These leaves
(ten in number) are placed base to base at intervals round the bead. On the top
of this bead is a plain gold globule, surmounted by four smaller globules placed
pyramid-wise. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., &• I cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
1354.. Gold pin-head, in the form of a gold bead decorated with four palmettes,
outlined in filigree on the plain gold and surrounded with granulation. Modern
mounted on bone pin.
L. of head, 9 cm.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
1355. Gold pin-head.
raised rings below.
L. of head, 1 ' 1 cm.
It is cone-shaped, with a globule at the top and a series of
Modern mounted on bone pin. Castellani Coll., 1872.
F.ARLY ITALIAN JEWKM-KKV, 1 23
{d) Bracelets and Armlets. Nos. 1355* 1369.
I355-* Gold bracelet (circular), composed of six coils of stout gold wire soldered Plate XVII.
one ab(n'e the other, terminating^ in waved loops at each extremity. From
Corneto. Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856. Ca. cSth cent. li.c.
Di.im., 5 cm.; wt., 209 j^tos. Cf. Nolhic, 1907, p. 600, fly. 5 (from a tomb ui about the
Htb com. l'..c. at Tcrni, in Umbria) ; ihid., 1S94, p. 129, fit;. S (found witli Init-urns at
Capodimonte).
1356 7- Pair of gold votive bracelets, composed of a thin rectangular gold plaque Plate XVIII.
with embossed designs, to which an additional plaque with embossed design
is soldered on each side at both ends. The first plaque is bounded on the
outside with a series of plain and twisted wires soldered together, and inside this
is a maeander border in granulation. The inner space is divided into four panels
by three horizontal bands of embossed maeander, the details of which are picked
out in granulation. The central band is of double width to allow for the
bending. In each of the four panels is a similar design, seen in relief on the
outer side of the bracelet (No. 1356 in the Plate) and in intaglio on the inner side
(No. 1357 in the Plate). On the outer side all details are picked out in granula-
tion. Three female figures (Artemis .'), clothed in a long girt garment, stand to
the front, with feet in profile to 1. Their hair falls in a curled lock over each
shoulder, and in each hand they grasp a sceptre terminating above in a palmette.
Beneath the palmette is a volute on either side, and in the case of the outer
sceptres there is an additional pair of volutes below (lotus-flowers }). The
applied plaques have the same design in relief on both sides, but on the '
exterior side the details are picked out in granulation. In the middle stands a
man in profile to I. He has a curled lock falling over his shoulder and wears a
short chiton (or possibly a cuirass) ; between his legs is a lotus-flower (.'), with
volutes, as in the case of the sceptres. With each hand he grasps one forepaw of
a winged lion, which stands on its hind-legs, and places its other paw upon his
shoulder. The r. hind-paw of the 1. lion is placed on the man's r. foot, while the
latter's 1. heel rests on the 1. paw of the lion behind. At the back of each lion
stands a man, dressed similarly to the first, who grasps the lion's tail with one
hand and with the other holds an object resembling a curved sword or dagger
(apparently confused with the tail of the animal). All the men have curled
locks similar to those of the woinen. The design is bounded on either side
by a plant with three volute-like off'-shoots, surmounted by a palmette. At
each corner of the whole oblong bracelet is a double female head, with hair and
side-locks indicated by granulation. On the inside of the bracelet, at about a
third of the distance between the heads, is soldered a double hook, and at a
corresponding point of the other extremity is a clasp ending in two loops. The
clasp is decorated with a series of chevrons in granulation. From a tomb at
Praeneste. Castellani Coll., 1872. 7th cent. B.C.
L. (e.xclusive of heads and clasp), iS'j and iS'6 cm. ; B., 5'6 cm. ; wt., 419 grns. and 421 grns.
respectively. Cf. Miis. Etr. Vat., I., pi. 76 (= Montelius, Civ. Prim.., II., pi. 341, 4 [cf.
124
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
tig. i]) ; Milan!, Sludi c Mat., IL, ]). 113 (Karo) ; Hull. dclT lust., 1836, p. 60; l''onteiiay,
pp. 263 ff. ; Archaeol(\i^ia, XLL, p. 204 (i) ; Canina, Etncria Maritthna, pi. liv., 4. The
bracelets are described as from Caere in the CastcUani Cat., but they are no doubt from
Praeneste (see Archaeologia, loc. cit). For the man with the lions, cf. B.M. Cat. of Rings,
No. 209. The example in the Vatican makes it clear that these bracelets were votive, and
suspended by chains. This will explain the unpractical character of the clasps, which arc
only adapted for view when the bracelets arc suspended .side by side. The deity, to whom
they were offered, can hardly have been other than the Yllnvui et;/)iv. One bracelet is of
yellower j^old and slightly longer than the others. The two clasps are placed near opposite
sides of the respective bracelets so as to balance one another. Found with Nos. 1256, 1357-*
1357*. Pair of silver pendants, each consisting of
a broad band decorated with filigree, plain wires
alternating with lines of waved wire. It is sur-
mounted by the figure of a winged goddess
(Artemis) with a winged lion on each side of
her. The figures arc composed of two similarh-
stamped plates soldered together. To the head
of the goddess is soldered a ring for suspension.
To the lower part of the band is attached a
ribbon of plaited chains, which ended originall)'
in nine plaited strands, each with a pendant at
the bottom. These are now very fragmentary.
The strands end in heads of lions from which
were suspended — (i) five figures of a draped
winged goddess, nearly as the one above, but
longer and apparently with two pairs of wings ;
the back of the figure is modelled, and shows a
long plait of hair reaching almost to the back of
the knee ; (2) four caps in the form of a round
cista with a lid. Chain-work, now missing, was
perhaps suspended from these caps. Beside
fragments of chains there remain parts of six
winged figures (two complete) and parts of four
of the caps. From a tomb at Praeneste.
Original ht., ca. 10 cm. .Irchacologia, .\LL, pi. vii., 2,
p. 205, II ; Montelius, Civ. Pnm., IL, pi. 364, 14.
Found with Nos. 1256, 1356-7. The accompany-
ing drawing (tig. 29) gives a reconstruction of the
pendants as indicated by the existing remains.
Fig. 2<j ^ Xu. 1357* (reconstructed).
1358-9. Pair of gold votive bracelets, composed of an oblong band of gold, covered Plate XVIII.
with fine patterns in granulation. The corners of the plaque are rounded and
masked by crescent-shaped ornaments, covered with zigzags in granulation.
Each long side of the plaque is covered with a guilloche pattern. The broad
band in the middle has rude figure-designs in granulation, viz., {a) combat of
two bearded men, with spears ; {b) mounted warrior to 1. holding spear and
KARI.Y ITALIAN [KWIOLLERY. I 25
staff; (t) repetition of (rt), upside dcnvn. Above and below (a) and (b) are zigzag
and maeandcr patterns in granulation. On each of the upper two crescents is
seated a human figure, each with the inner arm stretched out. They are covered
with lines in granulation. Between them is a rosette in granulation, and above
this another crescent. At each end is a narrow band forming the clasp. These
bands arc decorated with maeanders and zigzags in granulation, and with the
embossed figures of two Sphinxes and a single Sphinx respectively, each walking
to r. The details are indicated in granulation. The inside of the bracelet is
lined with a stamped sheet of gold, covered with designs, viz., {a) on the clasp,
guilloche pattern and tv\o Sphinxes to r. ; {b) on plaque, three Sphinxes one
above the other, three Phoenician palmettes, band of guilloche, two Sirens side by
side each within a crescent, guilloche band, two rows of Phoenician palmettes
inverted, guilloche band, three Sphinxes one above the other ; (c) on the other
clasp, lion with head turned back and two Gryphons walking. The bracelets were
fiistened by means of loops attached to the clasp-ends, which were secured by a
pin, now missing. From Corneto. P'ranks Bequest, 1897. 8th- 7th cent. B.C.
L., i6'5 cm. ; B. 3-3 cm.; \vt., 212 grns. each. Mon. dcW Inst., 1854, p. 112, pi. xxxiii., I, 2
(from Corneto ; formerly in Fdjervary Coll.) ; Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. c, 5, 6 ;
Milani, Studi e Mat., II., p. 114, figs. 74, 74^ (Karo) ; Montelius, Civ. Prim., II., pi. 294,
\oa, lob ; Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Annilla, p. 437, tig. 532 ; Chabouillet, I'ould Coll.,
"37-
1360-I. Pair of gold bracelets, composed of elastic gold ribbon twisted into two Plate XVIII.
spirals. The inner portion of the ribbon is narrower than the ends. It consists
of a central twisted double wire, on either side of which are soldered six wires —
four twisted and two plain ; this narrower ribbon expands at either end into a
wider ribbon, consisting of the central double wire, with three twisted wires
soldered on either side ; beyond these on either side are waved wires bounded by
a border composed of a twisted and a plain wire. The ends pass into pear-
shaped hollow plates of gold (representing serpents' heads .-'), bordered by a thick
twisted wire. From Caere. Castellani Coll., 1872.
; wt., 113 and 116 grns. respectively. Cf. M\\a.m, Studi e Mat., II., p. 117,
Archacologia, XLI., p. 205, 3 (possibly identical with the present).
Diam., ca. 3'i cm.
fig. 85 (Karo) ;
1362-3. Pair of gold bracelets, composed of four ribbons of gold, folded double and Plate XVII.
ornamented with two incised lines down their centre. These ribbons are con-
nected together by three rows of openwork, the two outer rows consisting of a
continuous looped wire, the inner of two lines of 8-shaped wires soldered together
horizontally. The ends of the bracelet are formed of double gold plates, stamped
with figures in relief The larger has three rows of five female busts (Artemis 1),
which terminate in a kind of shell (cf. Nos. 1449, 1453) and have their hair falling
in a curl on each side. Alternating with these embossed figures are (in each row)
six figures of Sphinxes in the round, standing upright (one and two missing
respectively). The smaller oblong plate is embossed with a row of si.v similar
female heads, with eight small rosettes below them. Each of the two jjlates is
126 CATAI.OCUl'. OF JlAVKl.l.KRV.
Ijorilcrcd by ;i dcniblc twisted wire soldered to it, aiul its under part is decorated
by an embossed conventional lotus-pattern, much crushed. Each end of the
jjracelct is provided with two cylinders for the insertion of a fastenintj pin, now-
missing. Campanari Coll. Acquired, iiS4i.
Diam., 3'S cm. and 4' 5 cm. ; wt., 148 j^rns. aiul 134 f^rns. respectively. Kor tlic female busts,
of. Milani, S/itdi c Mnt.. II., pp. 126, 127 (Karo).
1364. Pale gold bracelet, composed of a wire spiral of two turns, with a ribbon Plate XVII.
soldered to each extremity of the wire. The ribbons consist of two strips of gold
connected by a line of waved wire soldered in the middle. At the end of each
ribbon is a roughly-modelled serpent's head. One of the ribbons is for the most
part broken away. From Caere. Castcllani Coll., 1872.
Diam.. ;^'6 cm. : wt.. 49 grns. Cf. Milani, Studi e Mat., II., p. 116 IT. (Karo).
1365. Pale gold bracelet, similar to last. Broken away as before at one end and
damaged. From Caere. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Wt., 57 grns.
1366. Gold-plated bronze bracelet, consisting of a tube bent into penannular form. Plate XVII.
The tube is ornamented with small triangles and zigzags in granulation, and
passes through a series of gokl beads and masks. At each extremity is a large
bead covered with lines, triangles, and zigzags of granulation. Next come a
female bust (Artemis .'), another bead, a second female bust, and a third bead —
all decorated with granulation. The outside of the ring is in addition decorated
with two lions' (.') heads and a half bead, all similarly decorated with granulation.
Repaired. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 4' 5 cm. ; wt., 85 grns. Cf. Milani, Studi c Mat.. II., p. 1 19, fig. 92 (for the lions' heads) ;
ibid.,1^. 112, fig. 72 (for the female heads) : also Helbig, in Coinm.in hon. Moinm., p. 619, fig. 2.
1367. Bracelet as last. Considerably damaged. The end bead of one side is
missing. Repaired.
Wt.. 78 grns.
1368. Silver-plated bronze armlet, solid. It is octagonal in section, with over- Plate XV.
lapping ends. These are in the form of lions' heads, cased in electrum ; the
casing is formed of two hollow plates joined together, the line of juncture being
masked by a ribbon with three beaded lines in relief. The lions' heads are
connected with the body of the armlet by means of silver cylinders decorated
with waved and straight lines of silver filigree. From Tarquinii. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
Diam., lOM cm.: wl., 5027 grns. Cf. Milani. .Stiidi r Mat.. II., p. 99, fig. 52, and (for the
cylinders), /bid., p. 98, fig. 50 (Karo".
1369. Silver-plated bronze armlet, very similar to last. The place of the filigree Plate XV.
decoration on the c\'lindrical collar is taken by a thin plate of electrum stamped
KARLV ITALIAN jKWEI.I^KKV. I 27
with dotted chevrons and lines. The ribbon, which masks the join of the electrum
phites covering the lions' heads, is also ornamented with dotted chevrons. From
Tarquinii. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diaiii., i)-6 cm. ; ut., 4292 grns. (T. Milaiii, Uh. cil., ]). 99, fig. 52 (K;iro).
[e] Fibulae, studs, etc. Nos. 1370 1448.
1370. Pale gold fibula, consisting on the one side of four horizontal tubes of gold, Plate XVII.
curving downwards towardstheir ends, which are masked by double female heads
with klaft-\\Vc coiffure indicated by granulation (cf those on No. 1356 7 at the
corners). These tubes are connected together by a transverse oblong plate of gold,
surrounded b)' a border of twisted wire. Upon the plate are seated four figures
in the round, consisting each of a seated Sphin.v with a female head substituted
for the usual wing. All the figures arc ornamented with granulation. From the
inner ends of the two outer tubes run long gold pins, which are sheathed in tubes
belonging to the other part of the fibula. This second part of the fibula corresponds
in every wtiy to the first, except that the pins are absent and the ends curve up
instead of down. The two halves of the fibula are connected together by two
double hollow oblong plates of gold, each exactly corresponding to the transverse
plates above mentioned, and surmounted by similar figures. These plates are
connected with the body of the fibula antl with each other by means of hooks
and loops placed in pairs. Their function is to lock the fibula when the pins
have been inserted in the tubes. Said to have been found in the Roman
Campagna. Blacas Coll., 1867. 7th cent. B.C.
L. (when closcdi, I2'i cm.; ut., 1116 griis. .li'iliaeolo'^ia. XLl. (1IS67), p. 20311.; cf. ibid.,
pi. vii., 3, p. 201 : Bull. (Icll^ Inst., 1866, pp. 178, 179 ; Moii. lic/P hist., X., pi. .\x.\i., 6, 7 ;
AiiiKili, 1876, pp. 249, 250 ; ibid., 1879, Tazi. d' r.gg., C. 9 (p. 15 fif.) ; Helbig, Das horn. Epos',
p. 377 ff., figs. 99, 100; Uaremberg et Saglio, s.v. Fibula, p. iiii, fig^. 3027; Fontenay,
p. 326; Mon. Ant., XIII. (1903), col. 232, fig. 10 (from an archaic tomb near Cumae) ;
Lcs Arts (Mars 1909), ]). 8 (Barbeiini Coll.).
1371. Pale gold-plated silver fibula of structure similar to the last. There are Plate XVII.
only three tubes on each side. These are fluted and end in cone-shaped beads,
granulated. The inner locking-plates are hinged to one another and fastened
to the outer connecting-plates by hooks and eyes. The si.xteen Sphinxes are of
the normal type, not double-headed. All are decorated with granulation. The
fibula is much damaged by oxidation. From Caere. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 9' I cm. ; wt., 577 grns. Fontenay, p. 326 (hg.) ; Bull, dell' lust., loc. tit.; Arihaeologia,
XLl. (1867), pi. vii., 3, p. 201 ; cf. the references cited in the foregoing.
1372. Fibula, composed of a silver tube, divided into five sections, with a gold-plated Plate XV.
cap (one now missing) at each end. The cap is decorated with circles and
maeanders in gold granulation. The two outer and the middle of the five
sections are gold-plated and decorated respectively with maeanders and zigzags
128
CATALOGUE OK JICVVKLLKRY.
in gianulation. The two rcmainint,' sections arc decorated with plain Hues, imita-
tion plaits, and waved lines in silver filigree. Soldered to the tube underneath is
a silver frame of stout wire, forming a long projecting loop on each side. Into
these loops arc hooked two long comb-like objects (one on each side). They
consist of thirty-one stout double silver wires, bent back at one end and soldered
to an oblong plate of bronze, the latter pierced with two rows of holes (sec fig. 30).
These bronze plates were apparently sewn through the holes to the ends of a
thick cloak, which were secured on the shoulder by hooking the comb-like silver
attachments into the loops connected with the tube. One of the bronze plates is
broken, and has a modern brass rod soldered to it as a support. Acquired, 1840.
7th cent. B.C.
Fig. 30. — Underside of No. 1372.
Fig. 51. — Etruscan terracotta figure
wearing fibula similar to No. 1372.
L. of tube (in present state), 12 '4 cm. ; wt.. 2S90 grns. Cf. Moii. delV Inst., X., pi. x.xxi., 2 and
xxxi «., 4 ; Notizie, 1887, pp. 310, 31 1, pi. vi., 7 ; Milani, Stiidi c Mat., I. (2), p. 271, figs. 41, 42
(Karo) : ibid.. III., p. 147, figs. 7 and 7<7 ; JMoii.Ant., XIII. (1903), col. 234 ff., figs. 11 and 12 ;
Les Arts, Mars 1909, p. 8 (Barberini Coll.) ; Pinza, in Rlhn. Mitt., XXII., p. 62 f., where
further references are cited. See also B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, D 219, 220 (fig. 31), from
which it is clear that these buckles were used on the shoulder. They are too long for a
belt-fastening. Cf Archacologia, XLI., p. 201 n. b. : Bull. de/P Inst., 1866, p. 178.
1373. Gold fibula. The bow is of the " leech " type, decorated with incised chevrons Plate XV.
and zigzags. There is a cross-bar (in one piece with the bow) similarly decorated
with zigzags and lines, while from either end are suspended double spirals in wire.
The sheath is in the form of a large flat plate curving spiral-wise from the
cross-bar. Its upper surface is decorated near the margin with zigzag lines within
plain lines, and inside are four incised groups of " labyrinths " as in No. 1255, two
EARLY ITALIAN [EWELLERY.
129
large and two small. The "leech" bow is prolonged into a kind of loop which
joins the cross-bar. On this loop rests the pin, which springs from the farther
end of the bow, where it is twisted int(j a double spiral spring. Acquired, KS94.
Sth-7th cent. li.C.
74 cm. ; wt., 307 grns. Cf. Mon-
telius, Civ. Prim., L, pi. ii., 13, 17
(Sdrie A). The spiral ornaments
are frequently foimd on objects of
this period from N. Italy (cf. Moii.
Ant.. XV., col. 577-8, fig. 171, etc.);
cf. also Notisie, i S94, p. 1 29 (fibula
of this type found with hut-urns at
Capodimonte). The pin does not
seem to have passed over the spiral
plate in this fibula.
Fig. ^2 = Xii
1374. Silver fibula of serpentine type. The bow consists of two " leech "-shaped Plate XIX.
portions, each projecting in a point on either side. They are connected by a
short rod ending in disks. The upper '" leech " parts into two spirals continued
in the form of rods, which again unite into the pin. The other " leech "
merges into the sheath which is hollowed like a strigil. Castellani Coll., 1872.
8th-7th cent. B.C.
L., 1 1 '3 cm. ; wt., 476 grns. Type nearly as Milani, Stiuli e Mai., I. (2), p. 241, fig. 5 (Karo) ;
cf., for the double rods, Moii. Ant., XI IL, cols. 227-9, figs- 7, 8 (from an archaic tomb near
Cumae). See in general, Montelius, Civ. Prim., I., pi. x\ii. (Serie A) ; also Man. dell''
Inst., X., pi. x''., figs. 7, 8, II, 13.
1375. Gold fibula with double serpentine bow decorated on the part nearest the Plate XIX.
sheath with four bosses, and below, where the two branches of the bow unite to
form the pin, with a double ring of wire. Long sheath, into which the pin is
inserted laterally. The top of the sheath is decorated with a series of triangles
marked with incised lines. Blacas Coll., 1S67. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 8-1 cm. ; wl.. 185 grns. Montelius, Civ. Prim., 1., pi. xix., lig. 267 (.Scrie A) ; Milani, Studi
e Mat., 1.. p. 243 (Karo) ; cf. Man. tlell' Inst., X., pi. xxxviiii a., fig. 7.
1376. Gold votive fibula with serpentine bow. The sheath is ornamented at the
top with three lines of granulation, between which stand two rows of eight lions
(hollow and in the round) looking back over their shoulders. The lions are
ornamented with granulation, and their feet are fi.xed in small cylindrical
settings. The under part of the sheath is covered with elaborate patterns in
granulation — maeanders, zigzags, and geometrical designs ; and the sheath itself
ends in two lions' heads, richly granulated. The bow is triple, and is covered
with granulated chevrons. It is supported by four cross-bars of varying thickness :
the first ends in a horse's head on each side, the second in a large globule, the
third again in a horse's head, the fourth in a round cap, all decorated with granu-
lation. From the point where the bow and sheath join, two rows of three lions
with heads turned back climb upwards. Between these rows are two larger lions,
K
Plate XVII.
130 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
with faces to the front. The triple part of the bow ends above in three h'ons'
heads, below in two horses' heads ; the extremity of the middle tube is broken
off. Above these lions' heads are four figures of Sphinxes in the round, facing
the ascending lions. All are richly decorated with granulation. Found in a
tomb at Vulci, 181 2. Acquired, 1862. 7th cent. B.C.
L., i8'6 cm. ; \vt., 712 grns. Formerly in the collection of Mr. Thomas Blayds. Micali, Mon.
Iiied., pi. .\.\i., figs. 6 and 7, p. 130 ; Montclius, Civ. Prim., I., pi. xix., fig. 269 (Sdrie A) ;
cf. Moti. dell' Inst., 1855, pi. .\-. ; Fontenay, p. 328. Micali and Montelius say that the fibula
comes from Cervetri. For the lions with back-turned heads, cf. No. 1107 from Rhodes.
For the horses, cf.Joiini. Hell. .Stud., XXI.X., pp. 290, 291.
1376(7. Silver-gilt fibula. Unilateral spring ; broad flat bow with serpentine Plate XIX.
windings at the back and with two projecting knobs on each side. The top of
the bow is decorated with two disks with a silver globule in the centre, the front
one with a series of bosses round it. The top of the sheath, which is broken
away, has been decorated with a rude cable border. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Trobably 7th cent. B.C.
L., 4*4 cm. ; wt., 207 grns. B.Af. Cat. of Bronzes, 2112 ; cf., Montelius, Civ. Prim., L, pi. xx.,
279-281 (Sdrie A), to which this fibula is akin.
1376^. End of sheath (silver-gilt), from similar fibula. The top has a border of
dots between two lines, with a small knob at the end ; below this on each side is
a larger knob. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 89 grns. B.RF. Cat. 0/ Bronzes. 21 12.
I376(-. Silver-gilt fibula of kindred t)-pe. Unilateral spring fastened to a large flat Plate XIX.
plate of trapezium-form. To the top three silver-gilt strips are fastened by a
series of silver knobs ; the strips rise at each end into loops, with a silver knob at
each side, and are fastened down by other knobs. A large knob is fastened on
each side of the middle of the fibula. The strips are decorated with rough incised
cable pattern. The sheath is broken away. From Ravenna. Castellani Coll.,
1872. Probably 7th cent. B.C.
L., 9" 5 cm. ; wt., 674 grns. B.M. Cat. of Bronzes, 2111 ; cf. .Montelius, Civ. Prim., I., Serie A,
pi. xvii., 250 ff. (from which this type is probably derived).
1377. Silver fibula. Large thin convex bow, expanding on each side, and covered Plate XIX.
with incised lines, plain and cross-hatched. Double-spiral spring. The sheath
is long and narrow, bent into about three parts of a tube to hold the pin.
Hamilton Coll. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 7-6 cm.; wt., 197 grns. Cf. Notizic, 1895, p. 149, fig. 32 (found at Syracuse with Proto-
Corinthian lekythos) ; Milani, .Studi e Mat., I. (2), p. 246, fig. 12 (Karo) ; Proc. Soc. Ant.,
XXII., p. 128.
1378. Gold fibula, with bow in the form of a lozenge, convex without, concave Plate XIX.
within ; long narrow sheath gradually tapering toward the end, which has been
broken away. The pin issues from a double spiral spring. Campanari Coll.,
1846. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 7-6 cm. ; wt., 55 grns. Cf. i\Iontelius, Civ. Prim., I., pi. ix., 107 (Serie A).
KARI.Y ITALIAN JEWELLERY. 131
1379. Gold-plated bronze fibula. Only the " leech "-shaped bow with the spiral Plate XIX.
spring of the pin remains. It is covered with a series of incised chevrons placed
one over the other, and has been decorated with thin gold ribbon, which has been
wound round the bow and pressed into the incised lines. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 3-6 cm. ; wt., 208 grns. Cf. Milan!, Stitiii c Mat., I. (2), p. 246, fig. 1 1 (Karo) ; Nolizie, 1898,
p. rio, tig. 18 ; Rosenberg, Ccscli. </. GoldsclimiLiickunst, p. 125, figs. 145, 146.
1380. Silver fibula of " leech " type (hollow). The bow is octagonal and the Plate XIX.
alternate facets are decorated with waved lines of filigree between lines of cordetl
and plain wires. The pin and sheath are broken away. The double spiral sprinf
of the former is preserved. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 5' 5 cm. ; wt., 300 grns. Cf. Milani, Studi e Mdt., \. (2), p. 250, fig. i6a (Karo).
1381. Gold fibula of the " leech " type. The bow is hollow, the sheath is an oblong, Plate XIX.
diminishing towards the outer end, and bent over above and below. The pin,
issuing from the further end of the bow, is bent into a double-spiral spring. The
bow and the sheath are covered with patterns in double lines of granulation of
extraordinary fineness. The bow has a projecting boss on each side, surrounded
by a rosette pattern. On each side of these bosses is the figure of a wild goat
(forepart only indicated on the r. side), outlined in granulation. The rest of the
bow is covered with maeanders, double spirals, and guilloche patterns in granula-
tion. The outer side of the sheath is similarly covered. In the centre is a
guilloche pattern within an elaborate border of intersecting curved lines. The
part turned over at the top is decorated with double spirals. From Toscanella.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 7th cent. B.C.
L,, 8'9 cm. ; \vi., 88 grains. Cf. Milani, S/iidi c Mat.. 1. (2), pi. vi., 4, 5 (Karo).
1382. Gold-plated silver fibula. The " leech "-shaped bow is covered at the top Plate XIX.
and round the extremities with twisted silver-gilt wires. On each side was a
thin plate of gold, decorated with double-spirals in filigree. Only one of these
now remains. The sheath is plated both at the top and the side, and is decorated
with double-spirals and loops in filigree. Pin wanting. Blacas Coll., 1867. Ca.
6th cent. B.C.
L., 3"8 cm. ; wt., 123 grns. Cf. the decoration on Nos. 1414, etc.
1383. Gold fibula \\ ith " leech "-shaped bow, covered along the line of juncture witli Plate XIX.
nine rosettes of thin gold leaf (one missing). On each side of the bow is a
rosette, surmounted by a second smaller one ; its ends are decorated with circles
of plain and beaded wire. The oblong sheath has at the top three rosettes
fastened within compartments formed by vertical twisted wires, and at the end
the figure of a recumbent Sphinx. The top is surrounded by a low wall of gold.
The pin issues from a unilateral spiral spring of three turns. Castellani Coll.,
1872. Ca. 6th cent. B.C.
L., 3-8cm. ; wt., 30 grns. Cf. Milani, Studi e Mat., \. (2), pi. vi. i (Karo); Martha, Lart
etrusquc, p. 581, fig. 389-90; Mus. Etr. Vat., pi. Ixix. The decoration of this type of
fibula is closely akin to that of the earrings a baule, e.g. Nos. 1288, 1299 ^'c.
132 CATALOGUK OF JEWELLERY.
1384. Gold fibula of type similar to No. 1383. The line of juncture, where the two Plate XIX.
halves of the "leech" bow meet, is masked by a band made up of two twisted
and two plain wires. There is a rosette on each side and at the top. The long
sheath has on the top four rosettes fastened within compartments formed of
twisted wire, the whole being surrounded by a low wall of gold. The spring of
the pin is of two spiral twists. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 3'd cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Cf. Milani, loc. cit.
1385. Gold fibula of type similar to No. 1383. Along the line of juncture of the bow Plate XIX.
is a row of nine globules ; on cither side, a globule within a circle of wire. Along
the top of the sheath at either side run beaded wires, between which are two
stirrup-shaped beaded wires ending in globules. At the end are three globules.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 2 "4 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
1386. Gold fibula of type similar to No. 1383 ; the line of juncture in the bow is Plate XIX.
masked with a row of three small rosettes on each side of a large rosette of four
petals. A similar large rosette between two smaller ones is placed on each side
of the bow. From one end issues a pin with spring of two spiral twists, now
bent out of shape ; the sheath, which was once attached to the other end of the
bow, is now missing.
L., 5-1 cm.; wt, 24 grns. Cf. Arc/tacoloiiia, XXXII 1., p. 174, pi. vii., 4 (said to have been
fcnmd in a Gallo-Roman tomb at Amiens).
1387. Gold fibula of type similar to No. 1383. A row of five rosettes along the back
of the bow, a row of three on either side. Three rosettes on the top of the
sheath, with two globules encircled by beaded wires at the end.
L., 2"6 cm. ; wt., 14 gl'ns.
1388. Fragment of gold fibula with " leech " bow. Only the hollow bow, decorated
with three lines of globules, remains. Presented by Miss Preston, 1899. Ca.
6th cent. B.C.
L., I • 3 cm. : wt., 4 grns.
1389. Gold fibula of kindred type. " Leech " bow with beaded ends ; oblong sheath Plate XIX.
decorated at the top with three incised crosses. Presented by Miss Preston, 1899.
L., I '4 cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Cf. Montelius, Cin. Prim., I., pi. .\i., 148 (Sdrie A).
1390. Gold fibula. The oblong sheath consists of a thin plate bent over at the top, Plate XIX.
where it is embossed at the edges with two corded lines connected by three
shorter corded lines placed at intervals. The plate is bent back at the bottom
to receive the pin. At the end of the top of the sheath is placed the hollow
figure of a horse in the round, lying down with its forelegs bent up. The place
of the bow is taken by the figure of a Chimaera, likewise in the round, recumbent.
The fore part of the Chimaera is soldered to the sheath ; from its hinder part
KARL\- ITALIAN JEWELI.KKV. 1 33
issues the pin with its spring of two spiral coils. There are traces of granulation
where the tail and the pin are attached to the Chimacra. Blacas Coll., 1867.
6th cent. B.C.
L., 6-8 cm. ; vvt., 117 grns. Smith, Diet, of Greek ant/ Rom. Ant?, I., p. 841 ; cf. J/«.v. Roib.,
XVI.. pi. xiii.
1391. Gold fibula. The bow is formed by the hollow figure of a recumbent lion Plate XIX.
(mane carefully indicated by engraved lines), to the back of which is soldered a
cylinder with three wires springing from it ; these wires unite in a single bead,
and then form the pin. Soldered to the front paws of the lion is the rectangular
sheath, the top of which is ornamented with two rows of waved wire separated by
plain and beaded wires. From Cervetri. Castellani Coll., 1884. 7th-6th cent. B.C.
L., 7-6 cm. ; wt., ill grns. Smith, Diet, of Greek and Rom. Ant?, I., p. 841 : Castellani Sale
Cat., Paris, 1 884, pi. i., No. 97.
1392. Gold fibula. The bow is formed by the figure of a recumbent winged lion, Plate XIX.
composed of two similarly embossed gold plates soldered together. The pin,
which has a spring of two spiral turns, is attached to the hind quarters of the
lion. Soldered to the front was the sheath, now missing. 6th cent. B.C.
L., 1-6 cm. ; wt., 7 grns. Cf. Mon. dclP Inst., 1854, p. 94, pi. x.\iv.
1393- Silver fibula. Plain bow, swelling in the middle. The further end terminates Plate XIX.
in a spring of two twists, which was continued into the pin, now lost. At the
other end of the bow is the catch, consisting of an upper and side plate, the latter
bent up into a sheath. The top and side of the catch are ornamented with
geometrical patterns in incised lines. The sheath is prolonged in the form of a
thin rod, split at the end. On this are the remains of a cylindrical bone bead.
Transferred from Brit, and Med. Dept, 1905. 6th-5th cent. B.C.
L., 7-2 cm. ; wt., 177 grns. Cf. Montelius, Civ. Prim., I., pi. .\., No. 122 (Sdrie A). Akin to
the Certosa type.
1394. Silver fibula. The bow is in the form of a flat band, slightly spreading out Plate XIX.
on each side. Along the middle there is a raised ribbed line with a plain line on
each side. The edges have a band of small incisions. Double .spiral spring for
pin ; sheath in the form of a flat plate decorated with incision representing a
beetle (.'). One side is bent into a catch for the pin, and the back is prolonged
into a rod on which is strung a piece of bone. 6th-5th cent. B.C.
L., 6' I cm. : wt., 136 grns.
1395. Silver fibula, exactly as last, but with a large part of the sheath broken away.
L., 4 cm. : wt., 93 grns.
1396. Silver fibula of similar type, but plain, except for a ridge along the middle of
the bow. The sheath is prolonged into a rod which passed through a bead now
missing. Payne Knight Coll.
L., 5' 5 cm. ; wt., 56 grns.
K 2
134
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1397. Gold fibula with double-arched hollow bow of the " leech " type, angular above, Plate XX.
facetted below. The sheath, oblong and nearly rectangular, is open at the side, and
ends in a boss. The pin issues from a spiral spring of two turns (unilateral).
In the middle of the under part of the double bow is a hole (for the insertion of
a bead now missing.'). Castellani Coll., 1872. 6th cent. B.C.
L., 7'8 cm.; wt., 374 grns. Cf. Montcliiis, Civ. Prim., I., pi. ix., 113 (S^ric A); Nolizie, 1908,
p. 254, lig. 2 (from Picenum, 6th cent. n.C.) ; ibid., 1909, p. 257, fig. 20.
1398. Silver fibula of type similar to last. The bow is smooth underneath and has piate XX.
no hole for a bead. On the side of the sheath, near the bow, is engraved a
lotus-flower. Along the top of the sheath is engraved a zigzag line. Acquired,
1897.
L., 7' 5 cm. ; wt., 290 grns.
1399. Silver fibula forming a pair with the last. Acquired, 1897.
L., 7-5 cm. ; wt., 325 grns.
1400. Silver fibula of the same type as No. 1398. Bequeathed by Miss Auldjo, 1859.
L., 8"i; cm. : wt., 463 grns.
1401. Silver fibula of kindred type. The double-arched bow is in two unequal piate XX.
portions, with a knob of silver on each side of the depression between the arches,
and a knob at each end of the bow. Long sheath opening at the side, partly
broken away. Pin missing. The back of the bow is decorated with corded
silver wires. In poor condition. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L.. 7-7 cm. ; wt., 386 grns.
1402. Silver fibula. The bow is in the form of a thin " leech," decorated in the Plate XX.
middle with a double band of beaded and corded wires, and at each end with a
similar single band. The spring of the pin is in
the form of a double spiral ; the sheath is in the
form of a flat horizontal plate bent round on the
one side to form a catch for the pin, on the other
side bent vertically and decorated with a line of
zigzags. The upper part of the plate is decorated
with incised lines, mostly rubbed away ; the end
is prolonged into a rod, on which a bead has
probably been threaded. 5th-4th cent. B.C.
L., II '2 cm. ; wt., 731 grns. Cf. the fibula worn by a lady
represented on a wall-painting from Capua (fig. 33).
This is probably of the early 4th cent. B.C. {Jalirb.
d. Arch. Inst., 1909, pi. xi., 22).
"ig. 33, — Lady wearing fibula. Wall-
painting at Capua.
1403. Silver fibula, nearly as No. 1402, but much corroded and damaged,
sheath is broken away.
L., 7 cm. ; wt., 601 grns.
The
EARLY ITALIAN JKWELLERV. 1 35
1404. Silver fibula of type similar to No. 1402. The central band on the bow is in Plate XX.
the form of three twisted wires between two thick corded wires, the end bands
each in the form of a thick corded wire. The top of the sheath is decorated
with cross-hatched lines ; the catch-plate is broken away. Payne Knight Col!.
L., 8 '3 cm. ; wt., 165 grns.
1405. Silver fibula of type similar to No. 1402. The three bands on the bow are
formed by a thick ribbed wire between two thin jjlain wires. Sheath broken
away. Payne Knight Coll.
L., 3 cm. ; wt., 83 grns.
1406. Silver fibula. Thin bow, spreading out on each side slightly, where it is Plate XX.
surmounted by a globule in a wire ring. The bow is surmounted by a band
consisting of two twisted between two plain wires, which are now broken away.
The sheath turned up at the bottom and ended in a short projecting rod.
L., 5 cm. ; wt., 71 grns.-
1407. Silver fibula, as last. The pin is broken away. Part of the wire decoration
on the bow remains.
L., 4-3 cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
1408. Gold fibula of " leech " type ; the bow is decorated with four rows of triangles Plate XX.
in granulation, separated from one another by four lines of beaded wire. The
bow has a flattened bead at each end. Long sheath, with a series of returning
spirals in filigree and two small gold reels soldered along its top, and two rows
of granulated triangles soldered along its side. It terminates in a ram's head,
decorated with granulation. From Ruvo. Bequeathed by Sir William Temple,
1856. 6th-5th cent. B.C.
L., 7 cm. ; wt., 174 grns. Similar fibula figured in ATiis. Borh., XVI., pi. 13 ; IMontelius, Civ.
PriDi., I., pi. X., 130 (Serie A).
1409. Gold fibula, with bow of " leech " type consisting of two halves soldered Plate XX.
together. The middle and ends of the bow are ornamented with tongue patterns
in filigree, with small globules interspersed. The cylindrical sheath, which is
similarly ornamented, ends in a gold globe and rosette, both decorated with
tongue pattern in filigree. The pin has a spiral spring of two turns. Damaged.
Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
L., 5" I cm. ; wt., 47 grns. Cf. Montelius, loc. ctt., pi. x., 128 ; Martha, Vari ctrnsguc, p. 581,
fig- 391-
1410. Gold fibula akin to last. The bow is concavo-convex, projecting on each side Plate XX.
and decorated with palmettes and wave-pattern in beaded filigree. The sheath
is in the form of an irregular four-sided plate, decorated with a honeysuckle
136 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
ornament in beaded filigree. Beyond this is a gold globe covered with tendrils
in filigree and a flower of seven petals. Payne Knight Coll.
L., 48 cm. ; vvt., 178 grns. Cf. Arncth, Gold- uiui Silbermoii., pi. (',. 1 1, Nos. 131, 135, and the
references quoted above; Nolizie, 1893, p. 416, fig. 15 (found in a vase of the early
5tli cent. B.C.).
1410*. Silver fibula of similar type. The bow is plain, with sharp ridge across it.
The top of the sheath is decorated with four incised lines with tw(j rows of dots
in between. "From the Rhine." Chaffers Sale, 1855.
L., 2'9 cm. : wl., 29 gins.
1411. Gold fibula of type similar to last. The bow is plain, except for a beaded Plate XIX.
wire across its centre. Each end is decorated with a circle of beaded wire. The
part beyond the sheath, which is decorated with a palmette in filigree and a
beaded border, has been broken away. Payne Knight Coll.
L., 3-8 cm. ; wl., 77 grns.
1412. Silver fibula of type similar to No. 1410. The bow is plain, and the top of Plate XX.
the sheath is decorated with a scroll pattern in relief. The bead from the end of
the fibula is missing. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 5 '7 cm. : wt., 129 jjrns.
1412*. Silver fibula akin to the Certosa type. The bow, which is decorated with Plate XX.
flutings, ends in a unilateral spiral spring ; part of the pin is broken away. The
sheath, which is partly broken away, is decorated with an incised palmette and
prolonged above into a back-turned deer's head. " From the Rhine." Chaffers
Sale, 1855. 5th cent. B.C. (.')
L., 4' I cm. ; wt., 124 grns. .'\pparently between the Certosa and Lat6ne 1. types.
1413. Part of a buckle, composed of a hook formed of stout doubled silver wire Plate XX.
which is bent below into two rings. The silver is covered with fine twisted wires
of pale gold, and each of the rings is filled with a thin convex plate of pale gold,
bordered with twisted wires and ornamented with geometrical patterns in double
lines of granulation. In the centre is a globule. Just above the point where the
rings touch is an archaic female (.') head in relief, bordered by two twisted wires.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 7th cent. B.C.
L., 2-3 cm.: wt., 97 grns. Cf. Milani, Studi e Maf.^ \. (2)., p. 270, tig. 39; Mus. Elr. I'a/.,
pi. Ix.xi. : Pinza in J^om. MM, .X.XIL, p. 61 f.
1414. Gold disk formed of a circular .sheet of gold, with rim which projects both Plate XX.
above and below. The central ornament consists of a granulated bead, sur-
rounded by seven small rosettes of gold wire. Round these are six concentric
bands, consisting of (i ) a granulated belt ; (2) a series of disks in filigree ; (3) series
of bow-spirals in filigree ; (4) series of double spirals in filigree ; (5) a line of
EAKLV ITALIAN JKWELLERY.
^?>7
looped ribbon ; (6) a line of beaded wire. At the back is soldered a con-
cave rosette of fluted gold, from the centre of which projects a hollow tube
terminating in a looiJ (cf fig. 36, p. 138). Said to be from Magna Graccia.
Burgon Coll., 1842. 6th cent. n.c.
Diam., 3 '4 cm. ; \vt., 108 grns. Decoration akin lo that of the earrings a baulc. Walters,
Art of the Greeks, pi. ciii. ; cf. Fontcnay, p. 335 ; Mti.t. Etr. Vat., pi. Ixx. ; Hadaczek
in Oesterreicli. Jaliresh., V., p. 210; Moti. delP Inst.
p. 24.5 ; Nos. 2059 ff. below. The use of these disks is not
certain, but it seems probable that they were ear-decorations
such a:s are frequently seen on women in Etruscan wall-paintinj<s
of the si,\th century. See, e.g., Moh. delP Inst., Villi., pi. .\iii" :
ibid., pi. xiv. la (= fig. 34). The tube, which on the average
is slightly under i cm. long, would be passed through an ear-cap
or the lobe of the ear and secured by a pin inserted in the loop
at the end. This pin would be fastened by a chain or cord to the
second loop, which is generally found near the edge at the back
of these disks. The tube is
hardly strong enough for the
fastening of a garment, nor
would these objects have been
convenient as fibulae. If, how-
ever, this latter explanation
(which is possible) be correct,
the mode of wear may be illus-
trated by the accompanying
archaic terracotta statuette
from Boeotia (fig. 35), where
the circular fibulae are con-
nected by a chain {B.Af. Terra-
cottas, B 50;. The chain would
be attached to the side loops.
II., pi. 7 - Aiinali, 1834,
^'g- 34- — Head of Etruscan woman
from a wall-painting.
Fig. 35. — Archaic terracotta
statuette, illustrating use
of fibulae.
1415. Gold disk of the same type as No. 1414. The centre of the disk is depressed, Plate XX.
and ill the depression is inserted a lion's head in the round, encircled by nine
globules, alternately granulated and plain. This central device is surrounded by
seven concentric bands, composed of: (i) filigree bow-splral pattern ; (2) double
spirals in filigree; (3) bosses; (4) imitation plaited wire; (5) beaded wire;
(6) globules ; (7) beaded wire. Tube with loop at end soldered to back. Blacas
Coll., 1867.
Diam., 3-8 cm. ; wt., 144 grns. Walters, Art of the Greeks, pi. ciii. ; cf. Martha, L'art c'trusgiie,
pi. i., fig. 8 ; B.M. Cat. cf Bronzes, No. 2706 (Etruscan bronze shield (?), with lion's head in
relief).
1416. Gold disk as before, composed of a thin sheet of gold, elaborately decorated Plate XX.
on the upper surface. In the centre a small circle is cut away, and at the back
of this space is soldered a concave rosette of gold, embossed with radiating lines.
In the hollow thus formed is inserted a rosette of three petals with a lion's head
in the round placed between each. On either side of each lion's head is a wire
ending in a globule (a berry). Round this central rosette is a series of concentric
138
CATALOGUI'; OF JEWELLICRY.
bands ; the first of globules, the second of granula-
tion, the third of globules, the fourth of granulation.
Then come two bands of rosettes and flowers,
separated from one another by looped ribbons.
Round the outer edge of the disk is soldered a
series of globules. At the back in the centre is
a gold tube ending in a loop, and between that
and the edge of the disk another loop (for securing
a chain ? ).
Diam., 6'i cm. ; ut., 330 grns. Cf. Martha, Uaii I'/rnxqite,
pi. i., fig. 8, p. 583.
Fig. 36 = No. 1416 (back).
1417. Gold disk as before, ornamented with a granulated boss and a rosette of wires Plate XX,
in the centre. These are surrounded by a series of concentric bands, viz. : (i) of
bosses ; (2) of double spirals in filigree ; (3) of circles in filigree ; (4) of a beaded
wire between plain wires. At the back is soldered a concave rosette (tube and
loop missing).
Diam., 2"i cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
1418. Gold disk composed of a thin gold plate, with raised inner rim, to which a Plate XX.
beaded wire is soldered. Within this rim is a rosette, composed of a gold bead
in the centre and radiating petals of thin ribbon with a beaded wire running
along their middle. The outer rim is pierced by numerous holes for attachment.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 1 '9 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
1419. Gold disk formed of a thin plate of gold, with a border projecting above and Plate XXI,
below, soldered round its edge. At the back in the centre is a projecting gold
tube, ending in a loop. On one side, at the edge, is soldered another loop. The
upper surface of the disk is elaborately orna-
mented with a series of concentric bands placed
round a central rosette, the petals of which are
formed by thin ribbons with beaded wires along
their middle ; in its centre is a round bead of
blue vitreous paste encircled by waved, beaded,
and plain wires. The first circle consists of a
ribbed tube, decorated transversely with lines of
globules and bordered by a looped ribbon. Next
is a band composed of six designs, each con-
sisting of an oval blue vitreous paste within a
beaded wire, flanked on each side by a bow-spiral
ornament containing a conventional lotus-flower
and finely granulated, alternating with the figure of a four-winged Siren, with
hands placed below her breasts. One of the vitreous pastes is missing. Between
the different decorations are interspersed globules. A looped ribbon separates
Fig. 37 = No. 1419 (back).
EARLY ITAIJAN JF.WELI.EKY. I 39
this band from the next, which consists of granulated lotus-flowers alternating
with bow-spirals placed horizontally. Hctwcen this band and the outer edge is
a looped ribbon and a beaded wire. As before, there are globules interspersed.
Acquired, 1881. 6th cent. B.C.
Diani., 6'8 cm. ; wt., 31S grns. Formerly in llic Bale Collection.
1420. Pair of gold disks of rosette form, consisting of a broad circular band, to the Plate XX.
under part of which is attached a concave fluted plate of gold, with projecting
tube soldered at the back. In front, in the centre, is a cluster of small rosettes
formed of gold leaf and wire with a central bud of porcelain. The rim is orna-
mented with a band of small rosettes between looped wires. Campanari Coll.,
1841.
Diam., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 56 and 61 grns. respectively.
1421. Gold disk, composed of a circular band, to which a concave plate of gold with
embossed flutings is attached below. Tube wanting. The upper surface of the
rim is decorated with bow-spirals in filigree and globules. The central hollow is
filled with a wire rosette surrounded by volutes in wire. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 47 grns.
1422-3. Pair of gold disks. In the centre is a small relief in the shape of a female Plate XX.
head, with a wing rising from below on each side (Siren). The relief is sur-
rounded by five bosses, and over it is a minute rosette. It is encircled by four
concentric bands, divided from one another by partitions of beaded wire. The
first and third are formed of small circles of beaded wire ; the second and fourth
of small bosses. Round the rim are a plaited and a beaded wire, separated by a
plain wire. In the centre of the back of the plate is a hole, where was the tube
for attachment.
Diam., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 18 grns. each.
1424-5. Pair of gold disks, elaborately ornamented on the upper surface. At the Plate XX.
centre is a rosette formed of eight narrow ribbons, with a line of globules along
their centre, and of eight wires with a globule at their extremities. This rosette
is surrounded by a series of concentric circles separated from each other by a
plain wire. The first is a finely granulated band ; the next consists of globules ;
the third is granulated ; the fourth is of small loops (cf. the earrings a hanle,
No. 1288, 1303, etc.). Along the outer edge of the disk runs a beaded wire.
The back of the disk is plain, but for a small wire circle in the centre, surrounded
with granulation. Here was the tube for attachment, now missing. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2'8 cm.: wt., 43 and 44 grns. respectively. Cf. Fontenay, p. 335; Martha, L\ji-t
ctrusgue, p. 583, and the centre of No. 1416.
1426. Gold disk, decorated in the centre with a rosette of nine petals in filigree and Plate XX.
thin gold, with a large granulated globule in the middle. Round this rosette are
140 CATAI.OGUK OF JEWKLLKRY.
five concentric bands of ornament, separated from each other by plain wires :
(i) bow-spirals in filigree placed back to back; (2) double spirals; (3) bosses;
(4) plaited and beaded wires ; (5) beaded wire. At the back in the centre is a
tube with a loop at the end of it.
Diam., 2'8 cm. ; wt., 59 grns.
1427 8. Two hollow bosses of thin gold. The upper or convex xt^^T"^ P'^'^ XXI.
side is decorated with horizontal concentric bands, alternately
granulated and plain. These are terminated below b\' a beaded
wire. At the top is a gold globule, and underneath is soldered
a double cylinder for connecting threads. The centre of this
under side is pierced. From Perugia. Castellani Coll., 1872. Fig. 38 = ^0. 1427
^ ° ' (back).
Diani., I 'cS cm. : wt., 47 grns. and 65 grns. respectively.
1429-30. Two similar gold bosses with different decoration, viz., pear-shaped rays Plate XXI.
and ivy-leaves in plain gold surrounded by granulation, placed alternately.
From Perugia. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i 8 cm. ; wt., 52 grns. and 49 grns. respectively. Cf. the heads of the pins Nos. 1347 ff.
1431. Similar gold boss, with decoration of iv)'-lcaves and inverted lotus-flowers. Plate XXI.
From Perugia. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; wt., 45 gins.
1432. Similar gold boss, decorated with ivy-leaves and pear-shaped ornaments, the piate XXI.
latter placed alternately in opposite directions. From Perugia. Castellani Coll.,
1872.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; wt., 50 grns.
1433-9. fSeven pale gold bosses, as last. The upper convex surface is elaborately Plate XXI.
decorated with granulation and filigree. In the centre is a gold globule, surrounded
by a continuous loop pattern in filigree. Below this is a band of five lotus-flowers
in plain gold outlined with filigree. Above the intervals between each of these
is a small circle, and below, a small leaf, similarly outlined. The space between
the designs is entirely covered with fine granulation. Round the base of the boss
run a plain wire and a plaited wire. At the back are two tubes for attachment.
From Chiusi. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 26-2S grns. each. Walters. Art of the Greeks, pi. ciii.
1440. Gold button, convex above and hollow , the upper surface covered with very
fine granulation, which is bounded below by a circle of wire. At the back, in
the centre, is a hole, on either side of which is a ring for attachment. Somewhat
crushed.
Diam., i'7 cm. ; wt., 15 grns.
EARLY ITALIAN JEWELLERY. I4I
1441- Gold stand, pcihai).s for supporting a small glass amphora. It is in the form Plate XXL
of a short cylinder with a broad rim above and a narrow rim below. The surface
of the upper rim is decorated with an imitation plaited band between two waved
bands of filigree. Acquired, 1840. 7th-6th cent. B.C.
Ht., 2 cm. ; diam., 4'3 cm. ; \vt., 1S5 gins. Found with a coloured glass amphora.
1442. Gold stand, as last. The upper rim is decorated with bands of beaded, jjlain
and twisted wires, and with two bands of waved filigree work. Blacas Coll., i<S67.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; diam., 5 '7 cm. ; \vt., 181 grns.
1443. Gold stand, us last, but without any filigree decoration. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; diam., 5'2 cm. ; \vt., 48 grns.
1444. Gold stand, as No. 1443. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 44 grns.
1445. Upper rim of similar gold stand, the lower part of which has been broken
away. It is decorated with rings of plain, beaded, twisted and waved wire,
Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 22 cm. ; wt., 129 grns.
1446. Gold bulla, pear-shaped. It is hollow, with surface decorated with horizontal Plate XXL
bands of decoration, divided from one another by bands consisting of a plain wire
between beaded wires. The granulated decorations are in the form of triangles,
F-shaped ornaments, zigzags, 'and a swastika at the bottom. At the top is
soldered a ribbed ring for suspension. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2' 5 cm.; wt., 51 grns. Probably identical with the pendant from Nola figured in Bull.
Arch. Nap., VL (1848), pi. iv., 6, p. 82. Cf. Fontenay, p. 171, and the pendant of the
" Phoenician " earring, No. 1495, below.
1447. Pale gold bulla, shaped as last. It is decorated in a similar manner with Plate XXL
granulation, the ornaments taking the form of vertical lines, triangles, and small
circles, with a zigzag at the bottom. Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht., 2-5 cm. ; wt., 33 grns.
1448. fGold flask, with long, narrow body and pointed base, covered with patterns in
double lines of granulation. On the outside of the rim are three lines followed
by a band of double spirals. Round the neck of the vase is a guilloche band
between two pairs of parallel lines ; below this are seven rows of zigzags, followed
by four more lines. The body of the vase is covered with zigzag lines. Round
the pointed base are three granulated lines. Somewhat crushed. Said to be from
Palestrina. Castellani Coll., 1884.
Ht., I5'2 cm. ; wt., 406 grns. Castellani Sdh Cat., Paris, 1884, No. 154.
142
CATAT,Or,UF. OF JEWELLERY.
(/) Necklaces and pendants. Nos. 1449 1480.
1449. Necklace, consisting of eight groups, composed each of a light blue porcelain Plate XXL
bead between two dark glass beads, alternating with nine gold pendants in the
form of a female head (Artemis ?) witii curled lock falling on cither side and
terminating in a shell-like appendage. Each of these pendants consists of two
similarly embossed gold plates placed back to back, with a cylinder of spirally
twisted wire above, through which jjassed the suspending thread. At either end
is a shell pendant w ith volutes between two cylindrical blue porcelain beads.
L., 19'5 cm.; ht. of head pendants, i"4 cm.; wt. (including silk), 141 grns. Cf. Mo)i. An/.,
XV., cols. 555,6, fig. 162c (from a tomb at Praeneste) ; also the bracelet. No. 1362 above, and
No. 1453 below.
1450. Necklace, composed of eight gold beads with filigree and granulation Plate XXL
ornaments, four large plain gold beads and one small one, sixteen narrow gold
rings, each consisting of six gold globules soldered together, used to separate the
larger beads, and fourteen glass beads (green, spotted with white and blue). In
the centre is a pendant in the form of a bearded human head ; it is hollow and
formed of opaque blue and white glass. It is suspended by means of a gold ring
of wire and globules. At the top of the head is a cap of gold with dentated
border. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht. of pendant, 3' i cm. ; wt., 428 grns. Cf. Perrot et Chipiez, III., pi. \., p. 825. Possibly
Phoenician work. Some of the beads are perhaps modern.
1451. Necklace, composed of {a) nineteen beads of variegated glass (dark blue and
white spots upon greenish blue ground), diminishing in size from the centre
towards the ends ; (/') fourteen plain gold beads also diminishing in size from the
centre ; {c) four ribbed flattened biconical beads ; (d) twenty-three rings, composed
each of si.x globules soldered together. These rings were placed one on each
side of the beads. Several are missing, {e) A central pendant, consisting of a
pear-shaped amber (.-') bead, with zigzag ornament incised round the bottom ;
the amber is suspended from a large gold bead decorated with triangles in
granulation. A gold wire, ending below the ornament in a large convex bead,
connects the amber and gold beads together. The thread upon which the
necklace was strung passed through the gold bead. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., ca. 27-9 cm.,; ht. of central pendant, 3' i cm. Cf. the beads and pendant from 7th-6th
cent, tombs at Narce in Moii. Ant., IV., cols. 317, 31S.
1452. Necklace, composed of fourteen round gold beads (thirteen ribbed and one Plate XXL
plain) ; two ribbed gold beads in the shape of truncated cones placed base to
base ; fourteen glass beads (green spotted with blue and white). Ten of these
beads have caps of gold in the shape of four double bow-spirals conjoined at each
end. In the centre is an amber vase-shaped pendant. At one end of the necklace
is a hook in the form of a swan's head, passing into a globule and cylinder
decorated with a line of looped filigree. The gold-plated silver eye at the other
EARI.V ITALIAN JEWELLERY. 143
cml uf tlic necklace, and a small snake-headed cylinder with t,M-anulated decoration,
do not belong to this necklace. Castcllani Coll., 1872.
L., ca. 26 '6 cm. Cf. for the gold c.ips. tlic plaques from I'lpliesus (Nos. cS27, etc.).
1453. Necklace composed of: (a) in the centre, a rain's head in blue, white, and Plate XXIL
yellow opaque glass ; (d) two gold beads, each in the form of two truncated cones
placed base to base and covered with granulated maeandcr patterns ; (() ten
pendants in the form of a female head with curled lock falling on either side,
terminating in a shell. The details are indicated in granulation. The u|)per
side of the pendant is in relief, the back is filled in with a smooth plate of gold ;
(i/) twelve beads of light blue porcelain, alternating with these pendants ; (e) at
each end a cylindrical bead of blue-green porcelain. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., lyj cm. ; ht. of central pendant, 2"i cm. ; wt., 142 grns. [including silk thread]. Cf. .Milani,
Studi e Mat., II., p. 127 f., fig. 1 10 (Karo) ; Archaeologia, XLI., p. 204, 10 (from Praeneste,
possibly identical with the present), and Nos. 1362 and 1449 above. See also Notizie, 1888,
pi. xiv., p. 219 f., where the lady on an Etruscan sarcophagus wears a necklace with a ram's
head pendant and beads similar to those of No. 1453. Cf Dennis, Cities and Cfinetcries'-,
II., p. 376 f
1454. Necklace, composed of twelve variegated glass beads (blue, white, and yellow), Plate XXIIL
thirty gold beads (plain, granulated, and decorated with double-spirals in filigree),
four glass pendants in the form of round-bellied vases, and a rain's head of white
opaque glass in the centre. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 23 '6 cm. ; wt., 449 grns.
1455. Necklace, composed of thirteen variegated glass beads, the central one con-
siderably larger than the rest. They are green, with spots of dark blue and
white. These alternate with twelve hollow gold beads, seven plain and smooth,
three with a ridge in the middle at their point of juncture, and two covered with
flowers of four petals and circles in filigree upon a granulated ground. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
L., 25-9 cm.
1456. Gold necklace composed of thirty-five hollow gold beads — sixteen plain, two Plate XXIH.
covered with granulation, seven decorated with filigree and granulation com-
bined, one with a series of granulated triangles, one of porcelain with leaves in
gold filigree, one with Phoenician palmettes in granulation, the remaining seven
with globules of various sizes.
L., 28 '4 cm. ; wt., 240 grns.
1457. Necklace, composed of twenty-one carnelian beads, sixteen small ring-shaped
gold beads, seven larger polygonal beads of porcelain, gold plated, a ring of two
plain wires connected by a series of transverse wires, and three gold pendants
in the form of acorns, the upper portion marked with a kind of scale-pattern.
The arrangement of the beads, etc., is quite conjectural. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 21 cm. ; wt., 296 grns.
144
CATALOGUK OP JEWELLERY.
1458. Gold necklace, composed of (a) twenty-three gold cylinders, each decorated Plate XXIU.
with five rings of raised dots ; (d) eleven round-bellied vase-shaped pendants, each
with two rings above for suspension ; (c) three pendants in the form of acorns,
the upper part decorated with cross-hatched lines ; (c/) twenty-four flattened beads
of plain gold, placed on either side of each pendant. Probably each pendant
was separated from its neighbour by two cylinders. From Tarquinii (Corneto).
Found with No. 2271. Castellani Coll., 1872. ICarly 5th cent. li.c.
2S' 7 cm. : \vl. I with sil
3.S4 ^nis. JAw. (/,•//' /lis/., vi., pi. .\Ivi., a ; Annali, i860, p. 474.
1459. Series of gold beads and pendants, which have perhaps formed a necklace.
They consist of : (a) thirteen small round beads finely granulated; (d) twenty-
five round beads, with a globule attached below, suspended from a small ring
(these var)' somewhat in size ; one large one is suspended by two rings) ; (c) three
small vases ; (d) ten cylindrical ribbed beads ; (<?) a small vase-shaped pendant
covered with minute triangles in granulation ; ( f) an oval striated pendent bead ;
{jf) a cluster of four rounded beads.
VVl., 194 grns.
1460. Gold necklace, consisting of eight hollow bullae alternating with six oblong Plate XXL
plates with incurved sides, decorated with a wire rosette surmounted by a
granulated globule, and with a series of globules upon a granulated surface. One
at least of these plates is missing. At either extremity of the necklace is a
hollow semi-elliptical ornament, upon which is stamped the mask of a lion. At
the back of each of the plates are soldered two tubes, through which passed
the connecting threads. The bullae are formed of two convex plates of gold,
soldered together. Each plate is stamped with (a) a Gorgoneion (archaic type) ;
(d) a lion's head, with eyes inlaid with enamel. The juncture of the two plates is
masked by a beaded wire soldered over it. At the top of each bulla are soldered
two rings, and between these rings a hole is pierced in the top of the bulla, and
fitted with a movable stopper, the upper part of which is in the form of a cylinder
decorated with filigree. This cylinder, together with the rings, forms a tube for
a suspending thread or ribbon. All except three cjf these stoppers have been
lost. From Atri in the Abruzzi. Hamilton Coll. 6th-5th cent. li.C.
Diam. of bullae, 2 cm.; ht. of connecting pendants, I'J cm.; total wt., 782 grns. Micali,
J/o/!. Ined., pi. li. 4 (there said to be from \'ulci) ; Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., II.,
pi. xciii,, 10, p. 208, n. 3 ; found with the ring, B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 216, the earrings
Nos. 2196-7 below, and with the bronze mirror, B.M. Cat. of Bronzes. No. 542. For the
double cylinder at the back of the pendants, cf. Nos. 1427 ff.
1461. Gold necklace, composed of a ribbon of gold wire plaits, ending on either side Plate XXI L
in flat gold bands, which are decorated with a looped pattern in filigree and
terminate in rings. From this ribbon hangs a series of intersecting chains. There
are in all four rows of pendants. The first hangs directly from the plaited ribbon,
and consists of sixteen small embossed heads of a horned deity (river-god .•"),
wearing beard and moustache. Over his head is a cylindrical projection, from
which it is suspended. The second row consists of six figures of Sirens seated to
EARLY ITALIAN JEWELLERY. 1 45
the front, with hands placed under their breasts and legs tucked up. Each has
two wings, and is suspended from the j^oint where tlie chains diverge by a small
cylindrical projection over her head. In this row there arc also seven acorns,
decorated above with embossed feather-pattern, and below with pointed leaves
outlined in filigree. Three of these acorns arc placed in the middle of the neck-
lace, the others alternate with the Siren figures. From the first points of inter-
section hang fourteen inverted lotus-flowers, partly granulated. From the second
points of intersection hangs a fourth row of pendants, consisting of eight figures
of Sirens, alternating with seven gold settings for stone or amber. Each Siren has
a pair of wings above and a pair of wings below and rests her arms beneath her
breasts. Her bird-legs are tucked up to the front. Over her head is a cylin-
drical projection. The settings are decorated with a band of waved filigree at the
side, and with a globule at each end. They are furnished with a series of
triangular claws for keeping the stone in position. Three onyx scarabs and one
amber scarab remain in these ; the other three settings are empty. All the
figures are composed of two embossed plates soldered together ; the Sirens are
modelled back as, well as front. Found in the Marcmma of Toscana. Acquired,
1856. 6th cent. B.C.
L., 27'6 cm. ; wt., 703 grns. Booker .Sale, 1856. Heiiszlnuuin, Cat. of Ihc Fejervihy Coll.,
1853, No. 168 ; Moil. delP Ins/., 1854, pi. xxi\ ., p. 94 f. : Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc.,
pi. cxliii., 3 ; Weicker, Dn- Seelenvogel, p. loi, fiy. 30; cf., for the Sirens, Notisic, 1893,
p. 413, fig. 7 (found in a vase of the early 5tli cent. r..i:.\
1462. Gold necklace, composed of a triple plaited wire ribbon; at either end is a Plate XXII.
filigree-decorated gold plate, terminating in a ring. Below is a series of inter-
secting chains suspended from wires, which pass through the ribbon and are
surmounted by small globules. There are three rows of pendants: (i) a row of
fifteen small beads, alternately granulated and plain, suspended from the ribbon ;
(2) a row of fourteen rosettes with granulated globule in centre, suspended from
short chains; (3) a row of thirteen inverted lotus-flowers, parti)' granulated,
suspended b)- short chains from the points of intersection, and alternating with
acorns and lotus-buds ornamented with granulation and suspended from the
lowest point of intersection of the chains. Hlacas Coll., 1867.
L., 36-6 cm. ; wt., 419 grns. Walters, Art of ihc Greeks, pi. ciii. ; ct. Martha, Lait etntsqiie,
p. 573 f., fig. 384; Mils. Etr. Vat., pi. Ixxx. For the acorns and lotus-buds, cf. No. 1277
above,
1463. Gold necklace, composed of a round chain of plaited gold wire, to either end Plate XXII.
of which is attached a gold cylinder with a loop at its extremity. From the chain
hangs a pendant in the form of a Satyr's head, composed of two plates soldered
together, the upper in relief, the lower flat. The Satyr has pointed ears, and
wears a long moustache and beard. The hair of the beard is indicated by zigzag
lines in granulation. Over the forehead, which is deeply furrowed, is a maeander
pattern in granulation. The hair of the head is indicated by straight vertical
lines of granulation, the eyes and eyebrows are outlined in the same. Behind
the head a broad gold ribbon is soldered, bent up into a tube over the crown, and
L
146
CATALOGUE OK [EWKLI.KRY.
forming a ring whereby the iicad is suspended from the chain. lM(5m Cervctri.
Castellani Coll., i(S84. 6th^ 5th cent. ii.C
I., of chain, 32-7 cm. ; lit. of pendant, 3-6 cm. ; wt., 312 grns. Castellani Sale Cat., I'aris,
r.S84, pi. ii., 144 : cf. Martha, L'arl (■Inisqiie. pi. i., fig. M ; Fontcnay, p. 163.
1464. fNecklace, compo.scd of twelve gold beads decorated with granulation and
filigree ; seven smaller gold beads, all plain, except one which is covered with
granulated diamonds ; six green glass beads encased in gold filigree work ; eight
smaller ribbed green glass beads ; two hexagonal cylindrical beads of green glass.
In the centre, susjicnded from three gold rings decorated with plaited wire, is a
convex oblong gold plaque (fig. 39) with rounded ends and raised beaded border.
njri*»uiiM*-""- -•"' •**•"
Fig. 39." — Part of No. 1464. 2 : 1.
On it is a design in relief representing Dionysos in a chariot drawn to r. by two
panthers. His r. hand rests on his head, his 1. holds a thyrsos (.'). He has a
himation twisted over his raised r. arm and falling over his legs. By the side of
the car are two Satyrs, the one with drapery over his r. arm, the other playing on
the double flutes. The car is preceded by a goat-legged and horned Pan who
carries a pedum in his r. hand. Above are three flowers of five petals each, and a
vine-leaf (.•') over the head of Pan. The background is covered with small circles
punched into the gold. Said to have been found at Perugia. Acquired,- 1894.
L., 29'2 cm.; »t., 490 grns. The gold beads, if genuine, would be early Etruscan; the
cylindrical glass beads, Roman ; the pendant, Roman. The design on the pendant is
probably a modern copy of one on the gold patera from Rennes, figured in Millin, Galeric
MyihologiqHi', II., pi. cxxvi. ; Gusman, L\vt dccoratif de Rome, pi. Ixi. The gold beads
therefore fall into the present section, the pendant belongs to section H.
EARI.V irAr.tAN [F.WF.LLF.RV.
147
1465. Amber pendant, in open ^^olcl mount of oval form willi dcntatcd edges. One Plate XXII.
side convex, the other flat, ("iixjoved rintj for suspension. l^Vanks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. ; vvU, 30 jjnis.
1466. As last, but longer and thinner. The edge of the mount is decorated with a
beaded wire between plain wires. I-'ranks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2'S cm. ; \vt.. 36 grns,
1467. Amber pendant of U-form in gold box-setting, with plain loop for suspension.
The side of the setting is decorated with tongue pattern in filigree. The amber
is held in b\^ tooth-shaped projections. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Ht., 2 cm. ; \vt., 29 grns.
1468. Gold pendant, composed of a scarab-shaped piece of amber in open gold Plate XXI I.
setting ornamented with a row of triangles in granulation along the top and two
plaited wires between plain wires round the sides. At one end is soldered a large
bead covered with granulation and pierced ; in the hole is inserted a loop of gold
wire for suspension. At the other end is a small plain bead. The piece of
amber is pierced lengthwise.
L.. 2 '4 cm. ; \vt.. ly grns.
1469-70. Gold pendants. Thin oval banded onyx in open gold setting, ornamented
at the top with granulated triangles, and on the side with a band of wavy wire
between plaited wires. Above are soldered two rings connected by beaded wire
and decorated with two globules. Below are three rings from which three beads
are suspended — -a small one in the centre and larger ones at the sides. Cam-
panari Coll., 1846.
L., 2 ■ cS cm. : \vt.. 32 grns. each.
A globule
On each
1471. Gold pendant in the form of a hollow vase with rounded body,
is soldered to the bottom and two wires round the body of the vase,
side is soldered a high looped handle of corded wire. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; \vt., 18 grns.
1472. Gold pendant in the form of a pome-
granate. The top is decorated with a ten-
leaved rosette of plain and beaded wires
within a circle of beaded wire. Below this
is a band consisting of a double row of
palmettes, the lower row inverted. The upper
palmettes have a volute below on either side,
and these volutes are prolonged in a semi-
circle above the palmettes. The lower pal-
mettes are separated from one another by
inverted lotus-flowers, outlined in filigree and
Plate XXIII.
V'lg. 40 = No. 1472
148 CATALOGUE OF JKWKLl.KRY.
filled with granulation. The underpart of the pomegranate has four reclining
female figures in relief, ranged in a circle and separately attached. Liach reclines
on her 1. elbow with r. knee raised and r. hand placed upon her raised knee.
She is clothed in a long chiton and pcplos (.'), the latter indicated by a mass of
granules. The hair is granulated. Jktwcen each figure, above and below
respectively, is a lotus-flower (partially granulated) and a rosette (one now
missing). At the toi) of the pomegranate is a ring for sus]:)ension. " I'Vom
Locri." Castellani Coll., 1872. 6th-5th cent. B.C.
Ht., 5 cm. ; diam., 4' 7 cm. ; wt., 755 gms. Cf. Bull. Arch. A'rt/. (nuova serie), V. (1857), p. 119,
pi. vii., tigs. 2, 3, ;i pendant exactly similar to this, and said to have been found " in the
province of Bari, in a place called Fontana il Frio." No doubt identical with the present.
1473. Gold bulla, composed of two embossed plates of gold soldered together. Plate XXIII.
Each has the same design — a Medusa winged, squatting upon the ground with
legs turned outwards. She wears a short chiton girt at the waist ; her arms are
wide apart and uplifted. She is decapitated, and from her neck issue two Pegasi
back to back. Round this design arc a circle of cross-hatched lines, another of
tongue pattern, and a third composed of a beaded wire between two plain wires.
At the top is a tube for suspension decorated with three circles of thick plain
wires, with beaded wires on either side. Below the tube are wire decorations in
the form of volutes interspersed with globules. The bulla is filled with some
composition. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 155 grns.
1474. fGold bulla in the form of a vase, with cylindrical suspension tube decorated
with three beaded wires, and with a plain thick ring at each end. The body of
the vase is decorated with two designs in low relief placed on opposite sides and
separated from one another by : {a) two palmettes placed horizontally end to
end, and {b) a second palmette W'ith volutes underneath placed beneath the first ;
{a) and {b) are parted by a lotus-flower on each side. The details of the flowers
are indicated by a series of dotted lines. The designs are: (l) a bearded Greek
warrior wearing a crested helmet, cuirass, and chlamys which flutters in the back-
ground ; he thrusts with his r. hand a spear into the r. breast of a youthful
kneeling warrior armed with a cuirass. The latter supports with his 1. hand a
large mass of rock behind his shoulders, while with the r. hand he tries to tear
away his opponent's spear. [Above the warrior's shoulders there is a pair of
arms supporting the rock. Apparently the goldsmith originally intended to
represent the youth as supporting the rock with both hands, but afterwards
changed his mind.] (2) Horseman, nude save for a chlamys which flutters away
behind him, charging to r. with short sword in his r. hand. He wears greaves (.').
Acquired, 1894.
Ht., 4'5 cm. ; diam.. 3'5 cm. ; wt., 505 grns. Arch. A/12., 1895, p. 169.
1475. Two biconical gold beads, with four indentations at the middle: ribbed at Plate XXI.
either end.
L., I cm. ; wt., 3 grns. each.
KAKLV ITALIAN JKWKI.LF.RV. 149
1476. Four biconical gold beads decorated witii dmiblc volutes, small rosettes, Plate XXI.
lines, etc., in fine granulation.
[.., I cm. ; \vt., 3 xriis. cacli.
1477. Series of six small gold rings, each made up of seven small globules Plate XXI.
soldered together.
Diani., '8 cm. : \vt., 4 grns. each.
1478. Series of eight small gold rosettes composed of four rounded and four Plate XXI.
small pointed leaves decorated with twisted wire. Pierced with four holes for
attachment. In the centre is a globule with a depression in it.
Diam., '8 cm. : \vt., 2 grns.
1479. Forepart of a galloping horse to 1., cut flat in the middle of the back. It
is composed of two embossed gold plates soldered together, the legs separately
attached. The joints are indicated by small globules. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I '2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Cf. Archaeologia, XX.W'., p. igo, pi. viii., tigs. I and 3.
1480. Square gold ornament, composed of a flat framework supported by diagonals. Plate XXI.
To it are soldered rosettes and leaves very finely decorated with beaded wire.
Attached to the frame behind is a short hollow tube. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., I -8 cm. ; wt., 23 grns.
L 2
■50
D.
'HOENICIAN.
lliey dale fin-
\(^TE. — TIic majority of these objects are from Tharros in Sardinia.
tlic most part from the yth-6th Cent. b.c.
(a) Plaques, etc. Nos. 1481-1488.
1481. Small mouthpiece of thin gold, pierced at the extremities. The band taper.s
towards the ends. From Tharros (Grave xxxii.), 1856.
].., 4-6 cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Cf. Nos. i ff.
1482. Silver relief, fragment, in the form of the fore-part of a lion to front. From
Tharros (Grave iv.), 1856.
2' 2 X I '60111.; wt., 31 grns.
1483. Fragment of a silver plaque, embossed with the two fore-legs of a lion (.').
Pierced at the one remaining corner. l""rom Tharros (Grave ix.), 1856.
2 '8 X 2 '9 cm. ; ut., 41 grns.
1484. Semi-elliptical plate of silver, with the remains of a human figure in relief
(Bes or Harpokratcs ?). Very much corroded. From Tharros (Grave ix.),
1856.
Ht., 2'4cni.; B.. 2'2cm. : \vl., 56 grns.
1485. Gold plaque of oblong form, divided into two
unequal fields by two raised lines drawn hori-
zontally across the oblong frame. In the upper
and smaller field is an embossed design of two
figures walking to the r. Each wears a radiated
tiara, and a diadem, an Egyptian loin-cloth and
close-fitting sleeved upper garment girt at the
waist, and carries a lotus-flower in each hand.
In the lower field is a chariot (possibly intended
for a two-horse chariot) drawn by a mail-clad
horse to r., with ornament over head. In the
chariot, on the nearer side, is a man holding a
whip in his I. hand, on the farther side a second
bearded man who holds the reins. Both wear
girdles (and possibly cuirasses), and one wears
a wreath 0). In the r. hand top corner is a solar pig. 41 = No. 14S5.
rilOKNICIAN JKWKI.LIIRY.
151
disk with ;i crescent above it. Each corner seems to have been pierced with two
holes for attachment. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1891.
111., 7-4 cjii. ; B., 4-6 cm. Similar phiqucs are figured in Froehner, Coll. Go/iickow, No. 22,
pi. vii., 29 ; Ohnefaisch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. xxv., 10 ; Arch. Afiz., iSgi, p. 126, fig. uj ;
cf. Myres, Cyprus Miis. Cat., p. 34 ("from Amatluis. Lanili Coll.").
i486. Gold plaque, exactly as last. From Cyprus. Ac-
quired, 1891.
L., 7'4 cm. ; B., 4' 6 cm.
1487. Gold plaque, very thin, embossed with the figure of
a nude goddess (Astarte T) to the front, with feet close
together and turned outwards. She grasps her breasts
with each hand, and wears the klaft. The figure is en-
closed within an oblong frame, and has holes for attach-
ment pierced round the edges. From Cyprus. Ac-
quired, 1 891.
L., 5-3 cm.; B., 3-4 cm. Similar plaque figured in Froehner,
op. cit.. No. 16, pi. vii., fig. 26 ; O.-Richter, op. ci(., pi. x.xv., 13 ;
Arch. Am., 1891, p. 126, fig. if, where the arms seem wrongly
placed in each instance. Cf. Roscher, Lex., col. 647, s.v. Astarte.
1488. Gold plaque, embossed with a figure of a nude goddess
(Astarte .'') to front. She wears bracelets on her wrists,
and a fillet (.■') on her head. Her arms hang down by
• her sides, her feet are both tiu'ned in profile to the r. On
each side of her is a pine-cone. The figure stands within
an oblong frame formed by a double row of leaves (.').
There is a large hole at each corner of the plaque. From
Cyprus. Acquired, 1891.
L., 5 '7 cm.; B., 3 '7 cm. Similar plaque in Froehner, op. cit.,
Nos. 23-24, pi. vii., 30 ; Ohnefaisch-Richter, op. cit., pi. xxv., 12 ;
Arch. Anz., 1891, p. 126, fig \b. Fig. 43 = No. 14
Fig. 42 ~ No. 1487.
(/>) Earrings, etc. Nos. 1489-1537.
1489. Gold-plated bronze spiral hair-ring (?), originally of about two turns. It is PlateXXIll.
flat inside, rounded on the outside, and tapers towards the extremities, one of
which is in the form of a hook ; the other is broken off. From Tharros (Grave i.),
1856.
Diam., 3 '6 cm. ; wt., 181 grns.
1490-1. Pair of gold earrings (hollow), composed of a ring of "leech " type with PlateXXIll.
long wire loop open at one end ; from a ring attached to the bottom of the
"leech" is suspended the figure of a hawk (made up of two embossed plates
152 CATAI.OGUK OF JEWELLERY.
soldered together) ; from another ring below the hawk's feet hangs a pendant in
the form of a cube surmounted by a canopy. Upon the cube is a pyramid of
globules. Perhaps this represents a basket filled with ears of corn. I'^rom
Tharros (Grave vi.), 1856. 7th-6th cent. B,c.
lit., 7 cm. ; wt. (each), 54 grns. Perrot ct Chipioz, III., p. <S2i, tij,', 579; cf. Hadaczek,
Olirschiimck, p. 24, fig. 46, and above, Nos. 946, etc. These earrings are of about the
same (late as the earring figured in Joiint. Hell. Stud., II., p. 324, which in turn shows
kinship with the objects from Rhodes, Nos. 1 103 ff.
1492. Gold earring of the same type as No. 1490, e.xcept that there is no hawk-
figure. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Ht., 4 cm. ; wt., 41 grns. Excavatiotis in Cyprus, pp. loi, 119, pi. xiv., fig. 14, tomb S8 ; cf.
Cesnola, Cyprus, pi. xxvii. (upside down) ; Mon. delV Inst., XL, |)1. lii., fig. 22 ; Bull. Arch.
.Sardo, II., p. 59.
1493^4- Pair of silver earrings of type as No. 1492. The bottom of one is broken PlateXXIII.
away. Acquired, 1S57.
Ht., 5'5 cm. : wt., 59 grns. each : cf. Bull. Arch. .Sardo, IV'., pi. opp, p. 33, fig. 8.
1495. Gold earring, akin to No. 1490. The "leech" terminates on each side in a PlateXXIII.
rudely indicated hawk's head. It is decorated with lines of granulation, and
has a long loop-shaped wire soldered into it at one end and masked by a
spirally twisted gold wire at the other. Below is soldered a ring, from which
hangs a vase-shaped pendant decorated with triangles and lozenges in granulation
and with filigree. From Tharros (Grave viii.), 1S56.
Ht., 6'6 cm. : wt., 106 grns. Perrot et Chipie/, III., p. S21, fig. 57S ; cf. Moii. dfll' lust., XI., pi.
lii., fig. 27 ; Bull. .4rc/i. .Sardo, II., p. 60. For the pendant, cf Nos. 1446 f, above. •
1496. Silver pendant from earring as No. 1493. From Tharros (Grave x.xvi. ), 1856.
Ht., 2'4 cm. : wt., 14 grns.
1497. Earring, composed of a cylindrical carnelian bead suspended by a wire loop PlateXXIII.
frorii an open gold ring, which slightly tapers towards the ends. From Tharros
(Grave .xxix.), 1856.
L., 2' 5 cm. : wt., 26 grns.
1498. Gold earring, composed of a small "leech "-shaped ring, now bent out of PlateXXIII.
shape and fastened by a minute hook and loop. From this ring hangs a pendant
in the form of a chrysalis (.''). The suspending loop is formed by two twists in
the body of a serpent, which extends down the entire length of the chrysalis.
From Tharros (Grave .xxviii.), 1856.
L. of pendant, 3'4 cm. ; of ring, 1 -7 cm. ; wt. 95 grns. Cf. Bull. Arch. .Sardo, III., p. 21 ;
Perrot ct Chipiez, III., p. 822, fig. 583.
1499. Gold earring, composed of an open elliptical ring, swelling out slightly at the piate XXIII.
bottom, to which is soldered a gold plate in the form of a cru.v ansata. F'rom
Tharros (Grave xii.), 1856. 7th-6th cent. B.C.
PHOENICIAN jEWFXLERY. I 53
Hi., 5 cm. ; wt., 59 grns. Cf. I'crrot et Chipicz, III., pp., 822-3, lig- 5*>- : Bnll. Arch. Sanlo,
I v., pi. opp. p. 33, tig. 1 . This type of earring appears on Assyrian reliefs, e.g., on the royal
l)roccssion of Sargon in the Louvre. Sec I'crrot et Chipiez, II., p. 100, fig. 23. The cross-
sliapcd plalc is perhaps derived from the I'gyptian dnkli. An earring of this type has been
found in a Phoenician tomb at Nora of the 6th cent. ti.C. (J/o//. y4«/., XIV., pi. .\v., i).
Similar earrings have been found in 7lh-6th cent, tombs at Carthage {ibid.^ |). 175, n. 3).
1500. As No. 1499. From Tharros. CastcUaiii Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4 '8 cm. ; wt., 60 grns.
1501. As No. 1499. From Tharros (Grave .xii.), 1856.
Ht., 5-2 cm. ; wt., 55 grns,
1502. As No. 1499. From Tharros (Grave xix.), 1856.
Ht., 3'3 cm. ; wt., 20 grns.
1503. As No. 1499. From Tharros (Grave xxxi.), 1856.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. ; wt., 66 grns.
1504. As No. 1499, but of paler gold. From Tliarros (Grave xix.), 1856.
Ht,, 3'5 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
1505. As No. 1499. From Tharros (Grave xxii.), 1856.
Ht., z' <-) cm. : wt., 18 grns.
1506. As No. 1499, but with tlte lower part of the cross rounded. From Tharros
(Grave xxii.), 1856.
lit., 2'9 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
1507. As last. Ring partly broken awa)-. From Tharros. Castellani Coll., 1872.
fit., 2'7 cm, ; ul,. 26 gniN,
1508. Gold earring of kindred type to No, 1499. ihe rint; is nearl\- round, the Plate XXIII.
cross is large and angular. From Tharros (Grave xxxii.), 1856.
Ht., y I cm. : wt.. 24 grns. Cf. Ihill. Arch. .^anh\ 1 \'., pi. opp. p. 33, fig. i,
1509. As No. 1508. From Tharros (Grave xxxii.), 1856.
Ht., 2 "8 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
1510. Gold pendant in the form of a crux aiisnta, with grooved loop for suspensi(jn. PlateXXIII.
From Tharros. Castellani Coll., 1872.
2"7 X 2 cm. ; wt., 65 grns.
1511. As No. 1510, but suspended from a gold hook. Castellani Coll,, 1872.
Total ht., 4'S cm. : B., 2'8 cm. : wt.. 24 grns.
1512. As No. 1510, but narrower. Above is pierced a small hole for a suspending
hook. From Tharros (Grave i.), 1856.
Ht. 1 "9 cm. ; B., i '2 cm. ; wt. 6 grns.
154 CATALOGUE OV JKWKI.LKRY.
1513. Gold pendant in the form of a crux ansa ta. It is ornamented with horizontal Plate XXIII.
impressed lines on either side, and with crosses and double zigzags along tlie
centre (butterfly ?). Small moulded loop for suspension. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
III.. 1 ■41111.: n., I'Scm. ; wl., 7 grns.
1514. Gold earring (?) consisting of a thick rounded rod of gold with tapering ends, PlateXXIII.
bent into ring form. The ends overlap and are twisted in a spiral round the
shoulders of the ring. From Tharros (Grave x.), 1856.
Diani., 1 4 cm. ; \vt.,26 grns. For the type, cf. /lull. Arch. Sardo, IV., pi. opp. p. 33, 17 : Mon.
Ant., XIV., pi. .w. I (about M\ cent, li.c.) ; AcaiL ikx /«j-<v., Coniptes-Rendus, 1900,
p. 192-3 (4th cent. B.C.).
1515-25. Eleven gold earrings (?) as No. 1514. From Tharros, 1856.
Diam., 1-1-4 cm. : wt., 15, 15, 15, 17, 28, 28, 29, 30, 34, 34, 45 grns. respectively. From Graves
i. (2), vii. (2), xii. (2), xii., xviii. (2) and .\xi. 1 2) respectively. The two from grave xxi. are
of silver, gold-plated.
1526. Gold earring (?), as No. 15 14, but flattened, not rounded. Pale gold. From
Tharros (Grave xxiv.), 1856.
Uiam., I '2 cm. ; wt., 15 grns.
1527. Gold earring (?), as No. 15 14, but angular on either side. P>om Tharros
(Grave x.), 1856.
Diam., 1 4 cm. : wt. 30 grns.
1528. As No. 1527.
Diam., i '2 cm. ; wt.. 39 grns.
1529. Gold earring (?) akin to last ; it is thin and rounded, and the ends overlap
nearly a half circumference. From Tharros (Grave xxiv.), 1856.
Diam., i'3 cm. : wt., 14 grns.
1530-1. Two electrum earrings of the same type as No. 1529. From Tharros
(Grave xx.), 1856.
Diam., ca. 1 '9 cm. ; wt., i 1 grns.
1532. Bronze earring (?), gold-plated. The ends overlap and are twisted (in the PlateXXIII.
form of wires) round the body of the ring. Between the parts which overlap {i.e.,
about two-thirds of the circumference of the ring) is soldered a ribbed, curved rod
of bronze, gold-plated. From Tharros (Grave xii.), 1856.
Diam.,3'i cm. ; wt., 117 grns. Cf Iht/L Anh. Sanli, 11., p. 57tt; Mon. Aril., Xl\'., pi. xv., i.
1533. Gold-plated bronze ring tapering towards the ends, which overlap one another PlateXXIII.
and arc twisted round the body of the ring. From Tharros (Grave xi.), 1856.
Diam., 2'7 cm. ; wt., 66 grns. Cf. Bn/i. AicJi. Sardo, II., p. 58.
I'llOKNTCIAN [KWEI.I.KKV. 1 55
1534. Gold-plated bronze ring, ;is last. Poor C(jnditi()n. I'^roin Tharros (Grave
xxxii.), 1856.
Di.uii.. 2- r cm. ; \vt., 24 grns.
1535- Gold-plated bronze ring as last, but damaged. From Tharros (Grave xxviii.),
1X56.
Diam., 2'7 cm. : wt., 47 j^rns.
1536- Gold plated bronze ring, similar to last. I-'rom Tharros (Grave xxxii.), 1S56.
Diam., J' 1 cm. : wt., 2(1 grns.
1537- Gold ring, tapering towards the ends, which are fastened together in the form
o( a. iiod!/s J-/£ra/k//s, ant\ then wound round the hoop. From Tharros (Grave
vii.), 1856
Diam., i '9 cm. : wt. 28 grns.
(c) Bracelets, etc. Nos. 1538-154.4.
1538. Small bracelet (?) composed of sixteen sets of four double cone-shaped gold Plate XXIV.
beads soldered together. They are strung on either side of an ivory button, the
upper side of which is convex and carved in the form of a rosette of eight petals ;
the lower side of the button is flat, and has an engraved Egyptian design, a
fictitious cartouche, probably of the Middle Empire. The bracelet was fastened
by a pin passing through rings at its extremity. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 10 cm. ; wt., 160 grns.
1539- Part of a silver bracelet (?), consisting of two stout silver cords of twisted Plate XXV.
strands imitating plaited work, and confined at the end by a broad gold band
decorated with an eye (of Ra) in filigree and granulation. A silver nail is driven
through this band on each side. At the end is a silver pin in three grooved
rings of gold (part of clasp).
L., 4' 2 cm. ; wt., 144 grns.
1540. Fragment of a similar bracelet (?), with gold band also ornamented with an Plate XXV.
eye. To the end are soldered two grooved rings with part of a silver pin
remaining in them.
L., 3 cm. ; wt., 108 grns.
1541. t Gold bracelet (part of) composed of six oblong gold plates, each with two
bands soldered at the back for the connecting ribbon to pass through. Each
plate has a wall of gold round its edge, and is divided into two unequal
compartments by a transverse wall. In the larger of these compartments is a
bald human head in relief The eyes are indicated by pellets, the mouth by a
long dent. Round the head is a border of globules, and on either side of the
chin is a pointed leaf in cloisonne work. The two outer plates are prolonged at
156 CATALOGUE OK JlCWl.XI.KKY.'
tlicir cxlrcinilics into a liable lunn, l)urclcrcd with two walls (jf yold, one within
the other. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L. of inuL-r phUcs, i ■ 1 cm. ; 1!., '7 cm. ; wt. (total I, 63 ynis.
1542. Gold bracelet composed (in its present condition) of six separate gold plates, Plate XXIV.
in two cases still attached to each other by means of hinges formed by a silver
pin passing through grooved cylinders. The plates are of an irregular oblong
form, diminishing in size from the centre of the bracelet outwards. Each of the
four inner plates is decorated with an embossed Phoenician palmette, ornamented
with lines of granules, and soldered to a flat backing plate. From each of the
volutes hangs a small flower. The two outer plates are decorated with a lotus-
flower terminating in volutes on each side, with a small flower suspended from
either volute. The whole is ornamented with lines of globules. At least two
other smaller plates are missing, one from each end. From Tharros (Grave viii.),
1856.
L., 13 "2 cm. ; wt. (.totalj, 352 gnis. I'cnot <jl Chipicz, III., p. 835, tig. 603 ; Ohnefalsch-Richter,
Kypros, etc., pi. cl.\ii., 4. Cf. Mayr in Sitzim^sber. d. Bayer. Akad., 1905, p. 502, pi. iii., 2 B. ;
Mtis^c Lavigcric, I., pi. xxxii., 5 ; Moii. dclP Inst., .\I., pi. Iii., 28.
1543. Pair of gold bracelets, composed of a thick rounded hoop, soldered at one end Plate XXIV.
to a large round gold bead, which is decorated by four double spirals of beaded
wire each separated from the next by a hollow gold bead raised on two small
rings of globules. The other end of the hoop (which is free) tapers to a point,
and passes into a hole in the bead. From Tharros (Grave x.), 1856.
Diam., 7'3 cm. ; wt., 455 and 475 grns. respectively. Perrot et Chipiez, III., p. S36, tig. 604.
1544. Gold-plated bronze ring. At one point is a small raised band. I'Vom
Tharros (Grave viii.), 1856.
Diam., 5 '6 cm. ; wt., 722 grns.
{d) Necklaces, pendants, etc. Nos. 1545 1574.
1545. Necklace, composed of forty-eight glass beads and pendants, and fourteen Plate XXIV.
gold beads and pendants. The outer glass beads are in the form of lotus-flowers ;
two others in that of small amphorae, and two in that of fruit (pears .'). The rest
are rounded, of various sizes and colours. The gold beads arc cross-hatched and
ribbed ; one is decorated with circles in filigree. There are also three gold
pendants, two stamped with lotus-flowers, the other with a head of Hathor
wearing a fillet and the klaft, underneath which is a leaf outlined in filigree, and
probably set originally with a glass ornament. From Tharros (Grave i.), 1856.
L., 30 '2 cm. Perrot et Chipie/, III., p. S27, fig. j88.
1546. Necklace, composed of thirty-four carnelian beads, eleven gold beads (ribbed Plate XXIV.
and plain), together with eleven pendants. The central pendant consists of an
eye (of Ra), represented in relief on each side of a gold bo.x, which is pierced
PIIOKNICIAN JKWKI.I.KRY. I 57
for stringiny. From this hangs the small figure of a seated cat (?), carved in
sardonyx, with a gold setting at the bottom. Below this again is suspended an
embossed gold head of Egyptian type, wearing the klaft ; the part below the
head is adorned with small lozenges and triangles in granulation. The other
pendants are small, and consist of: (<?) Three figures of hawks in porcelain,
sardonyx, and rock-crystal respectively ; (/;) two seated figures of cats in rock-
crystal and a light-green stone respectively ; {c) four small objects in green
jasper .'' (two), rock-crystal and carnelian respectively, representing the Egyptian
sign for the heart (Ab) ; and [d) a grotesque porcelain figure of a woman with
an infant on each arm. The pendants are suspended by wires twisted into
rings and looped. From Tharros (Grave viii.), 1856.
L., 31 '48 cm. ; wt., 595 grns.
1547. Necklace of forty-seven glass beads of different colours and shapes (cylin- Plate XXV.
drical, biconical, round, and ribbed) ; the outer beads are in the form of lotus-
flowers. There are also five gold pendants. The central pendant is suspended
on a wire from a glass bead. It is of pale gold and semi-elliptical in form ; in the
" centre of it is a vase standing between two uraei (all decorated with granulation)
upon a low table, in the middle of which is a globule surrounded by granulation.
Round the edge runs a frame consisting of a plain band between two lines of
granules. There arc three other pendants of "inverted heart" shape, two of
which are plain, the other granulated. Another small pendant consists of a disk,
surmounted by a crescent and decorated with granules. I'rom Tharros (Grave i.),
1856.
Dimensions of central pendant, 2' 2 X 16 cm. For the pendants, ci. Hull. Arc/i. Sardo, IV'.,
pi. opp. p. 33, fig. 4, ; Archaeoloi^ia. XLI., pi. viii.. 4 (from Praencste) ; Music Lavigeric,
I., pi. xxxii., 8.
1548. Necklace, composed of thirteen rounded silver beads (eleven large and two
small), four silver cylinders, and a silver amulet in the form of a cylinder open at
one end and suspended by a loop at the other. From Tharros (Grave ix.), 1856.
L., 20-S cm. : wt., 338 grns. For the amulet, cf. />'«//. Arih. Sardo^ IV'., p. 34)1.
1549. Necklace, composed of {a) thirteen gold beads of rounded form, covered with
cross-hatched lines ; these beads are of different sizes, and are now hollow, with
the exception of two which are filled with white porcelain ; {b) three glandular
beads of blue glass. That at the centre has a pale-gold mount at each
end, decorated with circles of coarse granules ; (c) four ribbed beads of dark blue
glass, and one plain bead ; {d) eight miscellaneous beads of porcelain, square,
round and glandular. From Tharros (Grave xxviii.), 1856.
L., 28-3 cm.
1550. Necklace, composed of (a) twenty-three rounded gold beads of different sizes,
decorated with cross-hatched lines. They were originally filled with porcelain,
but this only remains in one case ; [b) sixteen carnelian beads, rounded or
158 > CATAl.Of.UE OF jKWKI.I.I ,KV.
cylindrical ; (f) a large rounded crysUii (?) ; (</) a cylindrical sardonyx ; (e) five
glass beads, four rounded, and one wheel-shaped ; (/) a cylindrical bead of dark-
glass. From Tharros ((Irave xii.), 1.S56,
L., 29 '6 cm.
1551. Necklace, composed of: (n) fifteen carneiian beads, rounded, cone-shaped, Plate XXV.
and cylindrical ; {//) four agate beads, rounded and cylindrical ; (c) two beads of
truncated biconical form, in black stone ; (</) four gold pendants of inverted heart
shape, suspended from ribbed cylinders. Three are plain at the back, one has '
both sides similar ; in the centre of each is a small boss. In the middle of the
necklace is an amber pendant in the form of a tooth (.'), mounted in gold with
decoration of two rows of granulated triangles, and suspended from a tube.
From Tharros (Grave x.), 1856.
L., ca., igcni. ; wt., 432 grns. Cf. Bi/U. Aich. Sardo, IV., pi. opp. p. 33, figs. 5, 16, 19, and
pp. 69 and 72 f.
1552. Necklace, composed of eight long cylindrical beads of variegated glass,
separated from each other by nine small beads of glass, five of which are rounded.
The central one is triply facetted, with a knob of glass projecting from each of
the facets. The other three are facetted. From Tharros (Grave xix.), 1856.
L., ca., 34'3 cm. Cf., for tlic beads, Dhncfalsch-Richter, Kypni.i, etc., pi. c.xliv.. 16.
1553- Necklace, composed of thirty-six rounded glass and porcelain beads, variegated
and plain. From Tharros (Grave .xxvii.), 1856.
L., ca. 22'9 cm.
/ 1554- Necklace of thirty glass and porcelain beads, cylindrical and round, variegated
and plain. In the centre is an eye (of Ra) in green porcelain, with the pupil
and brow indicated in brown, pierced longitudinally. From Tharros
(Grave xxiv.), 1856.
1555- Gold necklace composed of four strings of minute gold beads, interrupted at pute-XXV.
intervals of about "8 cm. b\' a minute bead of white porcelain. These strings are
intersected by five vertical lines composed each of three small plates of gold in
the form of uraei, decorated with a line of white porcelain globules. Each
vertical line ends in a pendant. In the centre is a ijuadrangular plaque with a
decoration of globules on three sides and an uraeus in the middle. The
remaining four pendants are in the form of heads of Hathor with cow's ears,
wearing the klaft : there is a loop below for a pendant. The four horizontal
strings terminate at each end in the head of a hawk, decorated as are the
Hathor heads with gold and porcelain globules. Each hawk's head had a loop
soldered behind it. Blacas Coll., 1867.
L., 45 '2 cm. ; wt., 305 grns.
PHOENICIAN JEWELLERY. I 59
1556. Gold pendant in the form of a pillar of square section with pyramidal top, Plate XXIV.
decorated with beaded wires, and with a globule on the summit. The base
projects slightly. On one of the sides of the pyramid is soldered a loop of
beaded wire between two plain wires. From 'I'harros (Grave i.), 1856.
Ht.. 3 cm. : \vt., 52 grns. C{. I'errtit ct Clilpicz, III., p. 234 f., figs. 172, 174, 175 ; A'fv. Arch.,
Serie III., Vol. XX., p. 294 (from C.idiz). .Apparently rcprescnls ;i cippiis. On these
pcntLints or amulets, which seem usually to have contained inscribed plates of metal, see
(laiickler in Acadein. dcs /user., Comptes-Rendus, 1900, p. 193 ff. ; Mayr in ■'^itaitiii^shcr. tl.
luiycr. Akad., 1905. p. 499 ff. : Comparetti, Lamiiteltf Orjiche, p. 3 n.
1557- Gold pendant, composed of a }jlain cylinder open at one end and suspended Plate XXIV.
from a ring formed of a beaded wire between two plain wires. Above and below
are circles of beaded wire. From Tharros (Grave .xxii.), 1S56.
L., 2'9 cm. : \vt., 26 grns.
1558. Gold pendant as last. From Tharros (Grave xxv.), 1856.
[,., 2 I ni. ; «t., 17 grns.
1559- Gold cylinder, probably part of a pendant, decorated above with a plain band
between two beaded wires. Slight projection below. From Tharros (Grave xxiv.),
1856.
L., I '9 cm., wt., 21 grns.
1560. Gold pendant in the form of a lion's head, wearing the solar disk and uraeus piate XXIV.
(Sekhet t). The disk is decorated round the edge with a series of wire loops and
a beaded wire. A series of similar loops or scales extends down the back of the
lion's head and neck, representing the mane. Beneath the lion's head is a raised
band between two beaded wires ; below this a fringe of loops, followed by vertical
flutings closed by a ring of beaded wire. At the back of the lion's head is a ring
composed of a twisted wire between two plain wires. The cylinder is lined with a
thin sheet of gold, which seems rather a backing plate than an inscribed plaque.
From Tharros. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 4-6 cm. ; wt., 89 grns. Cf. BhU. Arch. Sardo, IV., (1858), pi. opp. p. 33, figs. 2, 3 ; Bull.
deir Inst, 1880, p. 1 14 ff ; Mon. dclP Inst., XL, pi. lii., 23 ; Perrot et Chipiez, III., p. 237 f.,
figs. 183, 184; Acadeiii. des Iiiscr., Comptes-Rendus, 1900, p. 196; Kcv. Arch., S^rie III.,
Vol. X.X., p. 293.
1561. Hollow gold pendant in the form of a lion's head, w ith a ring of plain and Plate XXIV.
twisted wires at the back of it. The head terminates in a plain hollow cylinder,
open below. Beneath the lion's head is a raised ring. From Tharros (Grave vii.),
1856.
L., 3' 3 cm. : wt., 56 grns.
1562. Part of a similar gold pendant (hollow), in the form of a lion's head
(Sekhet .'), wearing disk and uraeus. Behind the disk is soldered a gold ring,
formed of a beaded wire soldered between two plain wires.
Ht., I '9 cm. : wt., 30 grns.
i
1 60 CATALOGUE OF JKWELLERY.
1563. Electrum pendant in the form of a vase with rounded bottom, suspended by
a rin;4 soldered to the top. From Tharros (Grave xxvi.), 1856. ^
III.. I -2 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
1564. Electrum pendant in the form of ;in amphora with two handles. It has a
pointed base, to which a globule is attached. The cover to which the loop is
attached is now broken away from the vase. From Tharros (Grave xx.x.), 1856.
Ht., I • 2 cm. ; wt., fi gins.
1565. Silver pendant, composed of a small and a large silver ring, united by an Plate XXV.
oblong plate of silver decorated on the one side with a Phoenician palmette in
filigree and granules, and on the other with an eye (of Ra) also outlined in
filigree and granules. From Tharros (Grave ix.), 1856.
Ht., 7- i cm. ; wt., 359 grns.
1566. Silver pendant of the same type as No. 1565. The silver plate is decorated
on one side with a series of obliquely incised lines between parallel vertical lines
(herring-bone pattern). Acquired, 1857.
Ht., 8 cm. ; wt., 38 grns.
1567. Silver pendant of similar type to No. 1565, considerably corroded. From
Tharros (Grave xxxi.), 1856.
Ht., 5-9 cm. : wt., 134 grns.
1568. Silver pendant as No. 1565. The oblong plate is ornamented with cross-
hatched lines on each side. Acquired, 1857.
Ht., 7'2 cm. ; wt. 171 grns.
1569. Silver pendant as No. 1565. Part of the larger ring broken away. Oblong
plate decorated with Plioenician palmette and eye, much corroded. From
Tharros (Grave iv.), 1856.
Ht.. 8-5 cm. : wt., 435 grns.
1570. Pale gold figure of Bes? (hollow), with legs bent apart, and hands resting Plate XXV.
on stomach. He stands on small oblong base. To his neck and shoulders is
soldered a ring for suspension. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 1 '6 cm. : wt., 19 grns.
1571. Gold pendant in the form of an eye (of Ra) indicated by gold cells, which Plate XXV.
have been filled in with strips of glass. The eye-brow is represented by a series
of slanting cells. Soldered to the back are the remains of a gold tube which
has served for the suspending of the pendant. Franks Bequest, 1897.
1-2X1 cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
PHOENICIAN jEWr.r.LERY. l6l
1572. Gold pendant in the form of an eye. It consists of a tliin hollow box of gold, Plate XXV.
one side of which is decorated with filigree indicating the outline of the eye.
The brow is represented by two twisted wires soldered side by side, luther end
is pierced with a hole to allow of threading. Franks Bequest, 1897.
I '6 X I '4 cm. ; \vt., 14 grns.
1573' Gold pendant, as last, but smaller. The eye is indicated in filigree on both
sides. Franks Bequest, 1897.
I cm. X '8 cm ; wt., ii grns.
1574. Gold bowl (candlestick ?). It is in the form of a phiale with twisted orna- Plate
mentation round the rim. In the centre is a depressed circle, within which is LXXIII.
soldered a broad ring of gold decorated with four circles alternately of plain wire
and globules. Along the top of the ring ran another row of globules now for the
most part missing. Within the inner sunk circle is a crescent indicated by raised
dots ; on the outside, round the circle, is an embossed design of six bulls,
apparently all impressed from the same stamp. They walk to 1. in slow pro-
cession. They have long upright horns, thick necks, and heavy legs, thin flanks,
and long tails. The bones and ribs are indicated prominently. Round each
of the figures runs a shallow groove. Found in a tomb in the village of Saint-
Angelo, ten miles from Girgenti, Sicil)-. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., I4'6 cm. ; ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 2893 grns. Houel, Voyage Pittorcsqiie de Sicilc, IV., p. 48,
pi. 237, fig. 2 ; Reidsel, Sicilc et la Grande Grcce, p. 55 (cited by Houel). In 1769 there
were four of these bowls, two (apparently) with bulls and two plain, in the Episcopal
Library at Girgenti. Houel complains that a canon had sold two to an Englishman,
as though they had been the bishop's private property.
M
l62
E. ARCHAIC GREEK.
(About 600-4.S0 B.C.).
[Many of these objects are clo.sely allied to the " Phoenician " of the previous section.]
{a) Plaques, etc. Nos. 1575-1582.
1575. Fragment of a thin electrum band (in two pieces) with stamped figures of
animals within panels formed by vertical lines and bands of punched disks.
Designs (from 1. to r.) : (a) hind part of a Gryphon to 1. ; {b) crane to I., feeding ;
{c) bird flying to 1. ; (,-/) as {a), but nearly complete. The band is rounded at the
left extremity and pierced with a hole for
fastening. Presented by C. H. Read, Esq.,
1907.
L., 8' 2 cm. ; wt., 15 gins. Cf. the designs on tlie
bronze mould published in Joiirn. Hell. Stud.,
XVI., p. 323 ff.
Fig. 44 = No. 1575.
1576'. Silver plaque, forming part of a girdle (.'). It is composed of two thin plates Plate XXVI.
of silver, the upper one embossed with a design. The edge of the lower plate is
folded back over the upper, the under rim being pierced by a series of rings from
which hang plaited silver wires for the suspension of bell-shaped pendants now
broken away. To the r. of the plaque are the remains of the hinge by which
it was fastened to the next plaque. Embossed design : lower part of a human
figure (Bes or Artemis .-'), clothed in long embroidered garment, striding to 1.
The r. leg, which is advanced, is bare from the knee. In each hand, pressed
close to the breast, the figure grasps by the hind legs a wild goat, which hangs
downwards, with head turned back. Below each goat is a palmette upon a stalk.
Above the goat on the r. is the forepart of a lion to r. with head reverted. The
figure evidently clasped a lion as well as a goat in each hand. Round the design
runs a border between two parallel lines. It consists of a row of Phoenician
palmettes at the bottom, and a line of bow-spirals at the side. Most of the
top of the plaque is broken away. Found in a grave at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou,
Cyprus, 1 886. Acquired, 1887.
3' I X 5'6cm. ; wt., 1 14 grns. Necr. II., grave ccv. Diimmler in _/(7//;i^. d. Arch. Inst., II.,
p. 91, pi. viii. ; Helbig, Das horn. Epos-, p. 209, fig. 61 ; Ohnefalsch-Richtcr, Kypros, etc.,
pi. xcix., 8, c. 7, clix., 6; p. 77, fig. 105 (restored), pi. xxv., 2 ; Class. Rev., I., p. 316;
Misc. Photos, ill Depart. Library, II., p. 50. Found with Nos. 1577, 1578 and 1593
and a number of silver spirals, " leech "-earrings, and bracelets in very poor condition.
The figure carrying the animals may possibly be Bes. See Diimmler, loc. cit., fig. 4 ;
B.M. Cat. of Fin jrer Rings, pi. viii., 288. Cf. for the general form of the belt one from
Vetulonia (Milani, Studi e Mat., I (2), pi. vii., 2-3) ; also the plaques from Kameiros,
Nos. ii03ff. The pendants recall the Homeric 6v<Tavoi..
ARCHAIC GREEK JEWELLERY.
163
1576-. Two silver plaques hinged together, forming part of the above-mentioned Plate XXVI.
girdle. The one on the r. is exactly similar to the foregoing ; that on the 1. has
a de.sign of two Gryphons seated back to back, separated from one another by an
oval flower upon a stem. Before each rises another flower upon a short stem.
Their wings are raised, their mouths are open, over their foreheads is a knob-like
ornament (crest). Round the design are two square frames. The inner has
for ornament a series of lotus-flowers and buds. The outer frame consists
of a maeander pattern. Below is a row of rings and chains as before for
suspending the bell-shaped pendants. From a grave at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou,
Cyprus, 1886. Acquired, 1887.
I0"2 X 4'8 cm. The crests of the Gryphons are vertical, not olihque, as in Foot's restoration
(fig. 45). The maeander pattern is also inaccurately drawn there. For the Gryphons,
cf. Nos. 1334-5.
1576'. Part of a silver plaque belonging to the foregoing girdle. The 1. hand lower
corner with part of the figure of a seated Gryphon is preserved. There are
remains of five bell-shaped pendants.
5 '2 X 3' 8 cm.
1576'. Parts of three silver plaques belonging to the girdle, viz., plaques with two
Gryphons (2), and a plaque with a human figure.
L., 13 '3 cm.
1576°. Part of a similar plaque, design undistinguishable. It differs from the
previous plaques in having at one end a narrow oblong panel (ca. 2-7 X 4*5 cm.),
and may have been decorated with a design of -Sphin.xes as given in Foot's
restoration.
L., 5 '6 cm.
1576". Parts of twenty-four bell-
shaped pendants, belonging
to the above girdle.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. The remains of a
silver pin belonging to a hinge
of the girdle, and various small
fragments are also preserved,
including one with the remains
of a half-seated Sphin.\ to 1.,
perhaps from a plaque corre-
sponding to i576\ The whole
probably consisted of nine
plaques hinged together, those
with the figure of Bes or
Plate XXVL
Kig. 45. — Part of No. 1576 (restored).
Artemis alternating with those stamped with the Gryphons. At each end was probably
a plaque with two Sphinxes, as indicated in the accompanying drawing (fig. 45), which
reproduces a portion of Foot's restoration. The attachments of the bell-pendants have
been modified according to the indications furnished by the existing remains.
164 CATALOGUK OF JEWELLERY.
1577'. Silver plaque, gold-plated. It is oblong and convex, composed of a triple Plate XXVI.
silver plate now considerably corroded. On it are panels in relief, representing
below, on the 1., a stag grazing between two cone-shaped plants on stems.
Above this was another panel. On the r., separated by a row of dots, are :
(i) a series of lines in relief, two broad alternating with three pairs of narrow
lines. Above this: (2) a panel with two lions in relief placed vertically back to
back in opposite directions, with their heads turned over their shoulders ;
(3) above this again a series of lines similar to (i). On the r., separated by a
vertical line of dots, are two rosettes of four large and four small leaves respec-
tively, separated by three broad lines alternating with four pairs of narrow
lines. On the 1. the plaque is broken away, but it is probable that the grazing
stag was in the centre, and that there were panels on the 1. corresponding to
those on the r. From the same tomb at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou as the girdle
No. 1576. Acquired, 1887.
7 '2 X 5' I cm. ; wt., 426 grns. Diimmler mjalirb. d. Arch. Inst., II., p. 86, pi. viii., figs. 2 and
la ; Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. xxv., i and 4(= cxli., 2), p. 75, fig. 103. Perhaps
the decoration of a round box, or possibly an annlet. Dummler's explanation, that this
plaque and the following formed the clasp of the above girdle, seems unlikely in view
of their strong convexity and their thickness.
1577'. Fragment of gold-plated plaque, similar to the last. It represents two lions
in relief, back to back in opposite directions, and formed part of a series of
panels as in the foregoing. From the same tomb at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou.
Acquired, 1887.
2" 8 X 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 21 grns. Other fragments belonging to this plaque are preserved.
1578. Part of a gold necklace, consisting of four embossed pendants, vis. {a) female Plate XXVI.
head with three straight locks falling on either shoulder ; at the back is a plain
plate of gold ; {h) similar pendant ; {c) head of Hathor, with cow's horns and
ears, and a curled lock falling on either shoulder. This design is on either side,
the pendant being composed of two thin stamped plates soldered together ; {d) a
square plate of gold surrounded by a thin wall of gold beaded at the top. In
this- compartment is an eye of Ra outlined in gold with beaded top. The inner
spaces have been filled with enamel, of which only slight traces now remain.
Each of these pendants has a ring soldered to the top of it for suspension.
Three striated beads belonging to the necklace remain. From the same tomb
at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus, 1886. Acquired, 1887.
L. of eye-pendant, i cm. ; total wt., 27 grns. Jahrb. d. Arch. Inst., II., p. 85 ff., pi. viii., 5 ; Ohne-
falsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. xxw, 7, and p. 208, fig. 170. Se&Misc. Photos, in Depart.
Library, II., p. 43. Found with the foregoing.
1579. Silver boss. It consists of a hollow convex disk with rim. From a tomb at
Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Acquired, 1887.
Diam. 4'8 cm. ; wt., 480 grns. Found with the following coin of Idalium (ca. 500 B.C.), and the
marble torso, B.M. Cat. of Sculpt., I., No. 207. Necr. II., grave xcii. Miscellaneous
Photos, in the Depart. Library, II., p. 40.
ARCHAIC GREEK JEWELLERY.
165
1580. Silver coin of Idalium, Cyprus. Obv. : Spliinx seated to r., with I. forepaw
raised. Rev.: irregular incuse. From Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Acquired,
1887. Ca. 500 B.C.
L., 2*6 cm. ; wt., 185 grns. Found with the foregoing in Necr. IL, grave xcii. Cf. Hill, n.M.
Coins of Cyprus, pi. v., 1, p. 24; B.M. Cat. of Sculpt., I., No. 207. Misc. Photos, in
Depart. Library, II., p. 40.
1581. Very thin gold plaque, stamped with a very indistinct design. Mask of a
lion (?). Remains of a coarse cable border. Found near Limassol, Cyprus.
Acquired, 1S92.
4' 8 X 2-8 cm.
1582. Silver plaque, square, embossed with Gorgoneion. It is of the archaic type, piate XXVI.
having a broad, grotesque face with protruding tongue, row of knob-like curls over
the forehead with a high knot in the centre, a wig-like lock on each side of the
face. Pierced at one corner ; the others arc broken away. Repaired. From
Tharros, Sardinia (Grave i.x.), 1856.
L., 6' 2 cm. ; wt., 184 grns.
(/') Earrings. Nos. 1583-1598.
1583. Gold-plated silver spiral earring. Each end was
capped with an eight-petalled rosette in filigree (one
now missing), below which is a ribbed gold band. On
the spiral is an inscription (very indistinct) in Cypriote
characters from r. to 1. -1 ''' x «c l> m -"r = lo-no-ja-i-
me-ne-e. From Salamis, Cyprus. Acquired, 1895.
Diam., f8 cm.; wt., 201 grns. Cesnola, Salaminia, p. 45,
fig. 47 ; Colhtz, Sammliing dcr Diahlctinschriftcn, I.,
No. 140; Arch. Am., 1896, p. 143. Prof. R. Meister
reads lo-no-ja-ru-me-ne-e. Earrings of this type were
sometimes worn by men in Cyprus. See fig. 46, from a
terracotta in the British Museum (A 106), roughly con-
temporary with these inscribed earrings (6th cent. B.C.).
Cf. Arch. A I! 3., 1889, p. 145.
Plate XXVI.
Fig. 46. — upper part of terracotta
figure from Cyprus.
1584. Gold-plated silver spiral earring as last. There are the remains of three Plate XXVI.
Cypriote signs, which are illegible. From Salamis, Cyprus. Acquired, 1895.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; wt., 217 grns. Cesnola, op. cit., p. 45, fig. 46 ; CoUitz, op. ci/., I., Xo. 139.
1585-6. Pair of pale gold earrings in the form of a spiral, with ends bent up in Plate XXVI.
opposite directions. To each end is soldered a pyramid of gold globules, and
below each pyramid is a circle of beaded and plain wire. Two similar pyramids
are soldered to the bottom of the spiral, which is further decorated with six
M 2
1 66
CATALOGUE OF lEWEIJ.ERV.
lozenges in granulation and four sets of three granulated triangles attached to
circlets of beaded and plain wire. Acquired, 1877. Early 5th cent. B.C.
Hi., 2- 1 cm.; wt., 234 and 229 grns. I'errot et Chipiez, III., p. 818, fig. 575; Hadaczuk,
Ohrscliiniick, p. 1 5, fig. 24 (in both cases the earrings arc erroneously described as
from Sardinia). Cf. Hill, Cat. of Coins of Lycia., pi. v, 8 (fig. 55).
1587 8. Pair of silver spiral earrings. Each end is decorated with a knob, with a Plate XXVI.
small rosette above it. One of these rosettes is broken away.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., g2 grns. and 94 grns.
1589. Silver earring similar to last, considerably rusted.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., 86 grns.
1590. Silver hair-spiral (?) of three twists (representing a serpent .'), which ends in Plate XXVI.
a female head of pale gold ; she has a thick ridge of hair which falls behind each
ear. End of spiral broken off. From Mari, between Larnaka and Limassol,
Cyprus. Acquired, 1S89.
L., 4' 3 cm. ; wt., 346 grns. Cf. Cyprus Museum Cat., pi. vii., 4 131.
1591-2. Two gold-plated bronze earrings, consisting of an open ring with over-
lajiping ribbed ends, in one case partly broken away. From Curium, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), i8g6.
Diam., 1-4 cm. ; wt., 7 and 10 grns. respectively. E.rcavatiotis in
Cyprus, \>. 83, Tomb S3 (d).
1593- Gold earring of " leech " form (hollow), decorated with
a small projecting ring at each end. The pin is attached
to one end of the " leech," and is bent over in a semicircle
towards the other end. From a tomb at Poli-tis-Chryso-
khou, Cyprus, 1886. Acquired, 1887.
Ht., 1 -8 cm. ; wt., J 2 grns. Jalirb. d. Arch. Inst., II., pi. viii., fig. 3,
pp. 87, 88 ; cf. Ohncfalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. cl.w.xii.,
rig. 5. For a good example of this type of earring on a
sculptured figure, cf Kekule von Stradonitz, Griecli. Skiilpt.,
p. 15 (= fig. 47). On the other hand a terracotta statuette in
the British Museum of the 7th-6th cent. B.C. from Tamassos,
Cyprus, shows that rings of this type were sometimes worn as
nose-rings (fig. 48). Found with Nos. 1576 ff. Cf. No. 1241.
Plate XXVI.
Fig. 47. — Archaic sculptured
relief showing earring.
1593*. Gold earring of " leech " type, one end of which is continued in the form of a Plate XXVI.
wire for insertion into the ear. Below is soldered a cluster of four globules within
a ring. From Smyrna. Presented by Sydney Vacher, Esq., 18S2.
Ht., 2' I cm. : wt., 23 grns.
1594. Electrum earring, consisting of a hollow " leech "-shaped body, from which is Plate XXVI.
suspended a wire pendant in the shape of a heart, inverted. From Amathus,
Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Total ht., 2' 5 cm. : wt., 22 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 119, Tomb 83. Found with a
black-figured lekythos.
ARCHAIC GRKKK lEWKLLERV
167
I59S' Gold earring of type similar to the last. The pendants consist of a carnclian Plate XXVI.
and a sardonyx bead, cut in the shape of shells, and suspended by double twisted
wires from a ring soldered to the " leech." From
Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations),
1894.
Ht. 4'7 cm. ; wt., 60 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. loi,
119, pi. .\iv., fig. II, Tomb 79. Cf. I'ollak, Coldschniicdc-
arbeit, pi. x., No. 190.
1596. Gold earring of type similar to last. The pendant /; 1' J II \ Plate XXVI.
consists of a thick gold rod with a cup at the end,
suspended from a small ring soldered to the " leech."
The rod is decorated with alternate bands of filigree
and granulation, the cup, which contains a large
round carnelian bead, with si.x triangles in granu-
lation. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1894.
L., 4' I cm. ; wt., 37 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. loi,
119, pi. .\i\'., fig. 12, Tomb 79.
1597-8. Pair of hollow gold earrings of "leech" form, with a ring of beaded wire Plate XXVI.
at each extremity. Just below each ring is a hole, through which passes a gold
wire with a knob at one end ; the other end is twisted round the extremity of the
crescent. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Diam., 2-1 cm. ; wt., 78 grns. Cf. PoUak, Coldschmicdcarb., pi. x., No. 199 ; Ohnefalsch-Richter,
Kypros, etc., pi. clxxxii. 3 ; De Morgan, Dil^gation en Perse, VIII., pl. v., 3, 4, fig. 78 (a
Persian 4th century development of the type) : Mou. dclf Inst., VI., pl. xlvii. h (5th cent. B.C.).
The present pair, however, are probably of Graeco-Roman date, though a continuation of the
early type. A very similar pair were found in a tomb at Adrianople with a finger-ring of
about the ist cent. A.u.
Fig. 48. — Terracotta statuette from
Cyprus, showing nose-ring.
{c) Miscellaneous. Nos. 1599-1606.
1599. Gold pendant seal (hollow). It is in the form of a finely modelled sheep's Plate XXVI,
head, with wool indicated by small engraved circles. It is furnished with a sus-
pending loop of thick gold wire passed through the neck of the sheep. Into the
back of the neck is fitted a disk with engraved design : wolf-headed tailed demon
with human body (probably male, but not certainly) in combat with
a panther or lion. The demon, in archaic running attitude to r.,
grasps the panther round the back with his 1. hand, and with the r.
thrusts a sword into its belly. The panther grasps the demon
round the neck with its forepaws, at the same time biting his neck.
Cable border. The disk is probably fastened by means of loops
attached to it on the inside, through which the suspending wire
passes. From Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Acquired, 1896. 6th cent. B.C.
L. of head, I -6 cm. ; diam. of disk, 1-4 cm.; wt., 124 grns. Furtwangler, Ant. Gcnim., pl.
Ixiv., 7 ; Arch. Am., 1897, p. 196 (23).
Fig. 49.
= impression
of design on
No. 1599.
1 68
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1599'. Silver figure of a lion in a croiichini^ atlitudc, with mouth ojjeiicd. The tail
is curled over the haunches, which arc very bony and prominent. The mane and
the tuft of the tail have been gilt. The underpart of the figure
is hollowed out and has a hole drilled into it, apparently as a
socket for a pin. The figure may have rested on a plinth, which
was engraved to serve as a seal. From Argos. Acquired, 19 lo.
Archaic work of about the 6th cent. B.C. Oriental style.
L., 2 cm. ; \vt., So grns. Cf. tlu; ivory seals from Sparta {/i.S.A., XIL, p. 320,
fig. 2, and XI IL, p. 87, tig. 22); also the seals from Argos (Wald-
stein, Ari^ivc Hcraciim, IL, pi. cxxxviii., Nos. 39-41), etc.
Fig. 50 = No. 1599*.
1600. Silver-gilt ornament (votive .■') of rectangular form, consisting of two silver Plate XXVL
plates soldered together. Each plate is embossed with a bearded mask of
Herakles wearing the lion's skin, in very high relief The masks are back to
back. Large parts of the ornament are broken away, and it is much oxydised.
Archaic Greek work of the finest style. Ca. 500 B.C.
6" 2 X 5 '8 cm. ; \vt., 320 grns.
1601. Bone Gorgoneion of the archaic type. Each eye is filled with a convex disk Plate XXVI.
of gold. A hole is pierced in the back of the Gorgoneion for fastening it.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
4' 5 X 4'2 cm.
1601*. Pair of silver armlets of penannular form, ending in heads of serpents.
Near the heads is incised ring decoration. From Curium, Cyprus (Turner
Bequest Excavations), 1896.
Diam., ca. 10 cm. ; \vt. (together), 3,687 grns. Excavations
in Cyprus, p. 82, Tomb 10 (5).
1602. Silver armlet, ending in heads of serpents.
Near the heads is incised ring decoration. The
bracelet is formed of two curved rods hinged
together at the bottom and overlapping at the
top. These were fastened at the top by pins
passed through holes pierced a little way below
the serpents' heads. From Curium, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896. Tomb 78.
Diam. when fastened, 8-9 cm. ; wt., 2407 grns. Excava-
tions in Cyprus, p. 83, Tomb 78 (2).
Fig. 51 = Xo. 1602.
1603. Pair of silver bracelets (for a child), consisting of a ring with overlapping Plate XXVL
ends, terminating in calves' heads. From Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1896. Tomb 73.
Diam., 4-5 cm. ; wt. (together), 1,167 gms. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 83, Tomb 73 (17).
ARCHAIC GREEK JEWELLERY. 1 69
1604. Series of gold beads from a necklace. There are tvventy-.six small plain
biconical beads, nineteen similar beads granulated, two similar beads ribbed.
From Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896. Tomb 80.
L., 21 '3 cm. ; ul., 107 grns.
1605. Silver stud, composed of a concave disk with a second silver-gilt disk above
it, decorated in the centre with a rosette of ten petals in relief, and on the
circumference with ivy-leaves and tendrils in relief. The leaves were once filled
with a light green enamel. At the back is a short tube. From excavations at
■ Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Diain., 2 '6 cm. ; \vt., 58 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 101, pi. .\iv., 9.
1606. Silver stud, consisting of a slightly convex disk with a tube soldered to the
back of it. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Diam., i "6 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Lower part of No. 1605.
170
F. GREEK OF THE FINE AND LATER PERIODS.
(About the fifth to the second century li.c.)
Note. — Objects of the Roman period are frequently included in this section with a
view to slunving the continuity of a type.
{a) Diadems and wreaths. Nos. 1607 1633.
1607. Gold diadem, composed of a centre-piece in the form of a nodus Herculeus Plate
covered with fine corded wires ; in the centre is a garnet in round setting. Six XXVII.
small rosettes are attached to the knot, two of them having their leaves filled
with light green and dark blue enamel. At. the corners are wire volutes (one
now missing). The ends of the knot pass on either side into flattened gold
cylinders, each finely decorated with filigree scales filled with light green and
dark blue enamel. On either side is a gold band, composed of three twisted
ribbons soldered together and fastened to the knot by wires. The central
ribbon is ornamented with, in the one case twelve, in the other eleven, rosettes.
The bands terminate in flattened cylinders, to which are attached one and two
small gold rings respectively (the rings probably modern). From Melos.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 27-'9 cm. ; wt., 503 grns. Cf. Stackelberg, Grciber d. Hi'llciu-n, jj!. Ixxiii. ; and for the
twisted ribbons, cf. the bracelets, Nos. 1991-2 below.
1608. Gold clasp ill the form of a nodus Herculeus, with raised walls surmounted by Plate
beaded wire. The spaces between the walls are filled with strips of garnet and XXVII.
decorated at intervals with small palmettes (in which are traces of light green
and dark blue enamel). In the centre is an oval convex garnet. To either end
of the knot is hinged a square plaque with square sunk compartment in the middle.
The compartment is bordered with twisted wire and decorated on two sides with
six small leaves, filled alternately with light green and dark blue enamel
(missing in several cases), and at the corners with small disks (also enamelled).
Two of these disks are missing. To the ends of the plaques two loops have been
attached. Blacas Coll., 1867. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 8' 6 cm. : wt. 283 grns. Cf. Comptc-Rt-ndK, 1S80, pi. i.. i, and Text, p. 32 ft'. ; Archacologia,
.XX.XIII., p. 50 (from Ithaka).
1609. Gold diadem (.'), composed of two hollow rods of gold, flat at the back and Plate
rounded in front, filled with sulphur (.'). The two rods are joined together at XXVII.
the centre by a nodus Herculeus, finely decorated with spiral tendrils in beaded
GREEK DIADEMS AND WREATHS. 171
filigree, and with a palmettc in the centre ornamented with fine filigree and
granulation. Kach end of the rods is decorated with a spiral pattern in filigree,
and the two outer ends have a loop soldered to them for fastening. Acquired,
1905. 4th cent. B.C.
L., 23-5 cm. ; wt., 274grns.
1610. Gold diadem, consisting of a long band of gold with rounded ends, slightly Plate
broadening towards the centre, where it is broken in two. It is stamped with : XXVII.
(a) The figure of a winged woman wearing a calathus. The lower part of the
figure is in the form of a leaf, with a tendril issuing on either side ; she grasps
the ends of the tendrils with her hands, (d) Lion, horned and winged, with
Gryphon's crested mane and with one paw raised. The body terminates in a
curling tail, (f) Same as last, but in the opposite direction. There are twenty-
four of these figures in all, the general arrangement being d, a, c, a, with some
variation. There is a border of small stamped rosettes above and below. To
each end is soldered a wire loop terminating in volutes. To the centre of the
diadem, apparently with the object of covering the break, has been attached a
thin gold plaque in the form of a krater, with stamped designs, representing two
figures of Nike, seated one on either side of an Ionic column. The shaft of the
column is composed of a piece of stamped gold separately inserted in a dentated
opening in the plaque, which was attached to the diadem by two holes pierced
above and below. The details of the column are indicated by dots. Acquired,
1905. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 51 cm. ; wt., 192 grns. For the winged Hgiiie wcruing the calathus, cf. that on a sculptured
capital from Cyprus, j5.i1/. Cat. of Scidpt.. II.. No. 1510, pi. x.wii. ; Coiiipte-Rcndii, 1866,
pi. ii., 30-
1611. Part of a large gold diadem w ith impressed design of honeysuckle ornaments
and tendrils between borders of dotted lines. The upper central part of the
diadem is raised to a point. On either side of this central part is a winged figure
of Eros seated on a curling tendril and holding a torch. There is, beside the
tendril pattern, irregular decoration in dotted lines, apparently incomplete. The
undamaged end of the diadem is pierced for attachment. P'rom a tomb at
Kyme in Acolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 32 cm. ; ht., 7 '7 cm. Found with a gold stater of Alexander the Great. For a kindred
diadem, probably forming a part of the same find, see Arch. Zeit., 1884, pi. vii., i, col. 89
(" From the Gulf of Elaea "). Cf. Pettier et Reinach, Myriiia, p. 200, n. 2. The objects
numbered as follows are said to have come from this same tomb at Kyme in Aeolis :
Nos. 1612, 1613, 1614, 1632, 1662, 1663, 1664-5, 1670-3, 1709, 1844, 1889-90, 1936-41, 1942,
1944-6, 1953-6, 2002-7, 20IO-I2, 2036-7, 2059-61, 2082-7, 2097-2103.
1612. Part of a similar gold diadem in three fragments. Round the edge runs a
border of dots. Within a second linear border is a tendril design, with rosettes
interspersed. On each side is a seated winged figure of Eros, holding out what
i;:
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
is probably a torch. A hole is pierced in the rounded end of the diadem. From
the same tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Dimensions of fragments, g'l x 5-7 cm., 3'5 x 3'5 cm., and io'4 x 3 cm.
Fig. 52 = No. 16
1613. Part of a similar diadem. Dotted border. Design much obliterated, but
probably consisting of honeysuckle pattern and seated winged figures of Eros.
From the same tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. li.C.
L., 2 1 " 6 cm. : lit., 5 ■ 4 cm.
1614. Part of a similar diadem, stamped with palmette in centre, and a figure of
Eros on cither side holding a torch. One of the figures might be female (Nike .').
Dotted border. From the same tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Fig. 53 = No.-i6i4.
1614*. Five fragments of a similar diadem, stamped with a pattern of lilies and
tendrils, on one of which is perched a dove. The central part is mostly broken
away, but there are remains of a figure of Eros on either side, flying inwards.
From the same tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877.
L. of diadem, ca. 26 cm.
Fig. 54 = No. 1614*
GREEK DIADEMS AND VVRKATIIS. 1 73
1614**. Thirteen fragments of similar diadems stamped with tendril patterns.
None of these can be fitted together with certainty. From the same tomb at
Kymc in Aeolis. Acquired, 1S77.
1615. Gold diadem (?), in the form of a very thin strip of gold with rounded ends. Plate
It rises to a point in the centre, this space being filled with an embossed palmette, XXVII.
with a bud on each side of it. The strip is embossed with a design of palmettes
and volutes, five times repeated. Each design is separated from the next by a
line of wave pattern. Two holes pierced at each end. Bequeathed by W. Burges,
Esq., 1881.
L., 15 '2 cm. ; ht., 3'iS cm. ; wt., 19 grns. Cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. .xii., 4, etc.
1616. Fragment of a thin silver-gilt band, stamped with a pattern of palmettes
alternating with lotus-flowers. The palmettes are surrounded by a semicircular
band, which terminates below in a double spiral twist on either side. Under-
neath are similar palmettes and lotus-flowers inverted. From Amathus (Turner
Bequest Excavations), 1894. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
L., 1 1 '6 cm. ; B. 4'7 cm. E.vcavations in Cyprus, p. 1 18, Tomb 51, pi. xiv., 25 ; cf. Arch. An:.,
1 89 1, p. 126, 2b. ; Complv-Rcndu, 1882-3, pi. vii., 2.
1617. Gold diadem, composed of a thin gold band with rounded ends. It is Plate
stamped with four palmettes, which are cut away at the bottom. Pierced at each XXVIII.
end with two holes. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations,
whence also Nos. 1618-25 were derived), 1894. Ca. 5th cent, i; c.
L., I 5 '9 cm. ; B., 2"8 cm. ; wt., 65 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. i ig, pi. xiv., 6, Tomb 88 ;
for the method of wearing these diadems, see De Ridder, Coll. dc Clercq, V., pi. xvi.
1618. Gold diadem as before ; stamped with a series of six narrow palmettes, whose Plate
apices and volutes are connected by festoons. Between the palmettes are lyre- XXVIII.
shaped designs, very indistinct. Pierced at either end for attachment. From
Amathus, 1894. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
L., 21 "6 cm. ; B., 3'6 cm. ; wt , 86 grns. E.vcavations in Cyprus, p. 119, Tomb 88.
1619. Gold diadem stamped with ten palmettes similar to the last ; they are not
separated from one another by any ornaments. From Amathus, 1894. Ca. 5th
cent. B.C.
L., 18 cm. ; B., 2' 7 cm. ; wt. 47 grns. E.vcavations in Cyprus, p. iig, Tomb 88, pi. xi\-., 35.
1620. Fragment of a thin pale gold diadem stamped with six palmettes. From
Amathus, 1894. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
L., II cm. ; B. (greatest), 2' I cm. ; wt., ig grns. E.vcavations in Cyprus, p. 119, Tomb 88.
1621. Similar gold diadem, with indistinct traces of a stamped honeysuckle pattern.
Hole pierced at each end. From Amathus, 1894.
L., 1 1 "6 cm. ; B. (greatest), i '6 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
I 74 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
1622. Similar diadem with stamped palincttes. From Amathus, 1894.
L., 17-6 cm. : B. (greatest), 2-3 cm. ; wt., 20 tfrns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 124, Tomlj 239.
1623. Fragment of similar pale gold diadem, stamped with nine palmettes. I'rom
Amathus, 1894.
L., I4-6 cm. ; B., i -9 cm. ; wt., 20 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 124, Tomb 239.
1624. Fragment of similar diadem, stamped with palmettes enclosed within tendrils.
From Amathus, 1894.
L., 10-8 cm. ; \vl., 5 gins. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 124, Tomb 239.
1625. Fragment of similar diadem stamped with series of Jioneysuckle ornaments.
Very pale gold. From Amathus, 1894.
L., 12-7 cm. ; B., ca. 1-7 cm. ; ut.. 15 grns.
1626. Gold wreath, composed of a long gold wire, with ends bent back into hook Plate XXIX.
form. To the wire long pointed leaves in thin gold are attached by narrow gold
ribbons (willow-leaves ?) which arc fastened into the leaves like a clip, and then
wound round the wire. The veins are indicated by very fine engraving. To the
centre is attached a quadruple flower (lotus-flower ?), and on either side smaller
triple flowers, the central petals of which have been filled with green enamel.
Found in a tomb in S. Italy. Acquired, 1879. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 43'2 cm.; wt., 676 grns. Formerly in the Coll. of Prince Napoleon. This and the
following gold wreaths probably date from the fourth to the second century B.C. Cf
Compte-Rendu, 1880, pi. ii., i and iii., i (3rd cent. B.C.) and ibid. 1882-3, pi. i., 11 (3rd-2nd
cent. B.C.). Wreaths have also been found in 4th cent, tombs {Ant. du Bosph. Cinini.,
pi. iv. 2) ; Mon. Ant., IX., pi. iii. (Brizio) — from 4th-3rd cent, tombs at Montefortino in
Umbria. At Pergamum, in a tumulus probably of the third century B.C., an elaborate gold
crown with a figure of Victory in the centre has been found in a sarcophagus {Athen. Mitt.,
XX.XIII., pi. XXV., i). This crown is in style very similar to No. 1628.
1627. Wreath of gold laurel and ivy-leaves, with berries interspersed. The twigs
are inserted into a bronze stem which has been gilt. Two loops of gold ribbon
are tied in a knot at each end of the wreath.
Uiam., 2 1 cm. Labelled " Blacas Coll.''
1628. Gold wreath, composed of two stems cut transversely at one end ; at the other Plate
end of each stem is a loop, and the loops are hinged together by gold ribbon XXVIH.
soldered to the underpart of the figure of a bee. On twigs of gold wire fastened
into the stems are a series of oak-leaves in thin gold, with acorns interspersed, and
on tubes placed on two wire twigs are the figures of two cicadas in stamped gold.
The cut ends of the stems are stainped with modern assayer's marks (Vg •
Found (with the following gold band), in a tomb at the Dardanelles. Acquired,
1908.
GREEK DIADEMS AND WREATHS. I 75
L. of slcm, ca. 77 cm. ; \vt., ca. 3629 grns. For the insects, cf. the Armento crown (Arneth,
Gold- n. Silbermon., pi. G. xiii.) ; for the ends, cf. Ant. du Bosph. Cimjii., pi. iv., 2 (from
a 4th cent, tomb) ; and in general A then. Mitt., X.X.XIII., pi. xxv., i (from a sarcophagus
in a tumulus of (probably) the 3rd cent. H.c. at Pergamum ; see above, No. 1626).
1629. Plain gold band, beaten out thin. It is mainly of an uniform breadth, but
narrows slightly towards the ends, one of which is rounded, while the other is
angular. Each is pierced, and the band is also pierced with groups of two holes
placed opposite one another at irregular intervals in the margin. Perhaps the
band was placed across the breast. From the same tomb at the Dardanelles as
the foregoing. Acquired, 1908.
L., 125-8 cm. ; B., 4-Scm. ; vvt., 576 grns.
1630. Silver-gilt wreath of myrtle(?)-Ieaves and flowers, inserted into branches
issuing from a circular stem with flattened pierced ends. Each flattened end is
pierced to enable the wreath to be tied round the head.
Diam., ca. 23 cm. ; wt., 1018 grns. Labelled, " Blacas Coll."
1631. Gold diadem, composed of a circular tube made up of four sections wired Plate XXIX.
together. The front of the tube is embossed with a bead-and-reel pattern, with a
thick beaded wire soldered above and below it. The tube terminates at either
end in a tapering cylinder, decorated with scale-pattern in filigree and beaded
wire circles, and having a wire loop at the end. To the upper part of the tube
are fastened fourteen openwork oblong plates, each composed of three horizontal
and four vertical bands of gold. They are hinged together and fastened down to
the tube by means of pins, which pass through it and end in globules underneath.
To the openwork plates are fastened, by means of wires, an immense number of
minute flowers (myosotis and others), in some cases filled in the centre with blue
enamel. The flowers are bordered with filigree. Along the top is a line of small
palmettes similarly fastened and decorated with dark enamel (missing in several
instances). Wired to the middle of the diadem is a figure of Eros in the round
wearing crown with fillets intertwined, scarf over arms, and crossband decorated
with globules passing from r. shoulder to 1. thigh ; he carries an oenochoe in his
raised r. hand and a phiale in his lowered 1. From Magna Graecia. Tyszkiewicz
Coll. Acquired, 1898. 3rd-2nd cent. B.C.
Diam., ca. 18 '2 cm. ; 1., ca. 52 cm. ; wt., 1529 grns. Froehner, Coll. Tyszkiewicz, pi. i., fig. 4 ;
id., Coll. Tyszkieivicz, Sale Cat., 189S, No. 175, pi. 22 ; cf. Arch. Ai:z., 1899, p. 204; Cat.
des bijoux du Must'e Napoleon III., No. i. One of the end sections, with two of the oblong
plates and the flowers attached to them, is modern. The figure of Eros probably belonged
to an earring. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmitck, p. 43, and No. 1S58, below.
1632. Gold myrtle diadem, composed of two long gold tubes bent into a curve. Plate XXIX.
Each is fastened by a hinge to the extremities of an oblong gold plate decorated
with an embossed head of Athena wearing triple-crested helmet, and two leaf-
shaped settings for stones, with four double spirals in filigree. Border of beaded
wire round plate and four small circular settings at the corners filled with green
paste. Into the tubes are inserted a large number of myrtle leaves and berries by
176
CATALOGUE OF [RWELLERY.
means of wires. At the end of either tube is a loop. The pin for fastcninj^ one
of the hinges is missing. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., I9'5 cm. ; wt., 749 grns. See No. 161 1.
1633. Half of a silver wreath of oak-leaves with acorns, the under part of which is Plate
gilt. The stem is composed of a silver tube bent into circular form, into which XXVII.
the wires representing twigs are inserted. Found in the province of Valencia,
Spain. Acquired, 1908. Late Greek or perhaps of the Graeco-Roman period.
Diam., 19-5 cm. ; wt., 653 grns. Probably found with No. 1950.
(/>) Earrings. Nos. 1634 1942.
(i). — Spiral type.
[This is of very early origin ; see Nos. 380 fF., 12 14, etc.
Female heads wearing this type of earring are seen on coins
of Lycia of the early 5th cent. B.C. (fig. 55), and on 5th cent,
coins of Syracuse {B.M. Coins of Sicily, p. 159, No. 103). An
example occurs on the 4th cent, necklace, No. 1952, below,
and on Nos. 2000, 21 14-6 (3rd cent. B.C.). The earrings
must, in many instances, have been strung on a ring or band,
as in the case of No. 1635.]
1634. Part of a silver earring of the spiral type, one half
of which is broken away. At the top and the end (whjch
has been bent out of proper shape) are attached
flat disks, bordered with a band of thick silver
beaded wire. Within either disk is a gold-
plated head of Athena to front in relief,
wearing triple-crested helmet. From Crete.
Acquired, 1898. 5th cent. B.C.
Ht., 6 cm. ; wt., 193 grns. Cf. No. 1 166.
1635 40. Six gold-plated bronze spiral earrings,
decorated at each end with three incised lotus-
leaves and three plain incised rings. From
excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Be-
quest), 1896. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., I '7 cm. ; wt., together, 884 grns. Excavations
in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 1-6, p. 82, Tomb 73, 4. Cf.
De Ridder, Coll. de Clcrcq, V., pi. .xxiv., 126, a
head which shows that it was customary to wear
several of these earrings at once, strung on to a
band below an ear-cap (fig. 56), and B.C.H.,
XV'., p. 119, n. 2 : 'Ap^lnnrji MvKovias cVuTiSm eVi
Tuividiov (item in a Delian temple inventory).
. 55. — Coin of Lycia, showing
earring. 2:1.
Plate XXX.
Plate XXX.
Fig. 56. — Cypriote terracotta head, showinc
method of wearing earrings.
GREEK EARRINGS. lyj
1641 2. Pair of silver-plated bronze spiral earrings, terminating in carefully- Plate XXX.
finished gold-plated heads of lions. Below the lion's neck is a rosette of six
petals, in which traces of enamel remain. The heads end below in a band of
broad leaves separated by beaded wires. Traces of enamel remain in the leaves.
From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., 2 '3 cm. ; wt., 192 and 188 grns. respectively. Excavalions in Cyprus^ pi. xiv., 8 and 8.\,
pp. 101, 123, Tomb 21 r.
1643. Gold-plated bronze spiral earring, ending on each side in a lion's head.
Franks Bequest, 1S97. 5th cent. i;.C.
Diam., 2"2 cm. ; wt., 240 grns.
1644 5- Pair of spiral earrings of bronze, gold-plated. Each terminates in a Plate XXX.
crested Gryphon's head. The sides of the neck are marked with small punctures
and below the neck is a single row of scales or leaves. The eyes are filled with
dark blue and white vitreous paste. In front of the neck is a double rosette of
six petals. One of the heads of the Gryphons is considerably damaged, and
shows that the heads have been filled with a white substance (sulphur .'). From
excavations at Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1894. 4th cent. B.C.
Ht., ca., 3' 5 cm.; wt., 1S9 and 200 gins. Excavations in Cyprus^ pi. xiv., i and 4, p. 125,
Tomb 256, Sarcophagus II. Cf. Arcli. Am., 1904, p. 42 (13) ; Cesnola, Atlas, III.,
pi. xvii., 12, 13, 16, 17.
1646. Gold-plated bronze spiral, terminating at the one end in a Gryphon's head, Plate XXX.
with spiked crest and -long, pointed ears. The neck is decorated with four filigree
spirals, a rosette of six petals in filigree enamelled in light green and dark blue,
and overlapping scales of light green and dark blue enamel. At the other end
arc five leaves rising to a point, enamelled dark blue and light green alternately,
with overlapping scales underneath, similarly enamelled. From Amathus, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. 4th cent. B.C.
Diam., ca. 2'9 cm. ; wt., 245 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiv., fig. 3, pp. loof. and 125,
Tomb 256.
1647. Gold-plated bronze spiral, nearly as last. The eyes arc filled with dark blue Plate XXX.
paste. Below the neck is a series of leaves filled with enamel. The scales are
larger, and the pointed rosette at the other end of the spiral is of six instead of
five petals ; the place of the scales is there taken by a series of ribbed horizontal
lines. From Amathus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. 4th cent. B.C.
Diam., ca. 2'8 cm. ; wt. 209 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiv., fig. 2, pp. 100 f. and 125,
Tomb 256.
1648. Pale gold earring of spiral type, with ribbed and moulded ends. The top of Plate XXX.
the loop is masked by a rosette of eight petals outlined in beaded wire. Franks
Bequest, 1897. 4th cent. B.C.
Ht., 2 "4 cm. : wt., 64 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Olirschmuck, p. 14, fig. 23.
N
178
cataloc;ul; of ikwelli-.kv.
1649 50. Pair of gold-plated bronze spirals, ending in pyramids of granules, and Plate XXX.
decorated bcncatii these pyramids with palmcttcs and scroll-i)atterns in filigree,
and with a fringe of granulated triangles. Damaged, and parts of one earring
missing. From Kertch. Presented by Dr. Duncan McPherson, 1856. 5th 4th
cent. B.C.
Ht., ca. 3'7 cm.; wt., 204 grns. McPherson, An/, of Kcilcli, \>\. i., jj. 55 ; cf. Hadaczck,
Ohrsc/imuck, p. 15, fig. 24 (note 3) ; Comptc-Rciuiit, 1876, pi. iii., 32 (5U1-41I1 cent. ll.c).
1651. Part of a spiral earring, comi^osed of a tube ending in a ram's head Plate XXX.
with collar of filigree. Upon the tube is a filigree decoration of spirals and
palmettes. Castellani Coll., 1872. 5th~4th cent. B.C.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 60 grns. Cf. Rom. Mi//., 1900, pi. iii. (sic for v.), p. 246 f. (pair of earrings
of this type from Sicily").
1652. Part of a spiral earring of similar type, hollow and broadening out at the Plate XXX.
centre. The front is finely decorated with four palmettes in filigree, and with
a rosette and double spirals in the centre. Damaged. The decorations placed
at the extremities are lost. Castellani Coll., 1872. 5th-4th cent. B.C.
Diam., 3" 2 cm. ; wt., 113 grns.
(ii). — " Leech " type.
[This type is seen on Greek vases of the late
5th cent. B.C. (e.g., Furtwiingler and Reichhold,
Gricch. Vaseninai, II., pi. 70), and on coins of the
4th cent. B.C. (e.g., B.M. Central Greece, pi. i., 9
(= fig. 57) ; B.M. Crete, pi. vii., 2 ; B.M. Pelopon-
nesus, pi. xxxvi., 7). The type is of very early
origin. See Nos. 321 ff.]
1653 4. Pair of gold earrings, each composed of
an eight-petalled flower, with an inner flower
of six petals, decorated with filigree and light
enamel probably white and pale green alter-
nately. To the back of the flower is soldered
a triple-branching wire, the upper branch bent
over to form a pin for insertion into the ear,
the two lower bent into loops, from which is suspended a
two rows of returning spirals and corded filigree
I'ig. 57. — Coin of Locris, showing earring of
*' leech " type. Cf. No. 1653. 2 : i.
Plate XXX.
eech " covered with
At each end of the leech is
a rosette of six petals, and above its middle is perched a Siren with outstretched
wings. Below, four small hollow shells are suspended from rings by means of
plaited chains. From Eretria. Acquired, 1893. Ca. 420 B.C.
Ht., 6 cm.; wt., 177 and 178 grns. respectively. Found in a tomb with a py.xis of late fine
style {B.M. Ca/. of Vases, III., E 775), a white lekythos {ibid., D 21), and w^ith an ivory
stylus {B.M. Guide to G>-ee/c and Roman Life, p. 186, fig. 193}. Weicker, Dcr .Scelcnvogel,
p. 167, n. 2 ; Arch. Anz., 1894, p. 176, 6. Cf fig. 57.
GREEK EARRINGS. I 79
1655 6. Pair of gold earrings in the form of disks, witli raised border of globules Plate XXX.
.surmounting a ribbed rim. Within was a rosette (now missing), surrounded by
a border of palmettes and small four-petalled flowers in filigree. At the back is
a hook, ending in the head of a bird (.'). From the disk was suspended a richly-
granulated " leech "-shaped pendant, with hanging vases and flowers, and a
minute bust of a bee-goddess on each side (one now missing). Tiie " leech " is
surmounted b,\' acanthus leaves, filigree spirals, flowers, etc. Only one of the
pendants remains, and that is much damaged. From Crete. Acquired, 1897.
4th cent. B.C.
Ht., 7 '6 cm. ; \vt. (total), 205 grns. Three horses in the round on a small oblong platform, found
« ith these earrings (and shown in the plate), probably formed part of one of them. Cf. the
chariot of Helios on a pair of earrings from Bolsena {Musth' Nap. III., 112; Fontenay,
p. 112). See in general, Hadaczek, p. 36 f, with the references there given, especially
Compte-Rendu, 1865, pi. ii., 3 ; Arch. A//::., 1898, p. 236 ; An/. di( Bosph. Ciiiiin. pi., xii".,
\a. Cf. Plin., H.N., vii., 85.
1657-8. t Pair of gold earrings, compo.scd of a "leech" finely decorated with Plate XXX.
palmettes, flowers, and tendrils on each side. Along the edge, where the two
halves of the " leech " are soldered together, is a triple row of small globules
placed on larger ones. The ends are continued in the form of wires, which curve
over in opposite directions and overlap. Above the " leech " is a double gold
plate, embossed on each side with a male head in relief. To the bottom are
attached in a mass seven strings of gold beads, five beads in each string. From
Tarentum. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 6'4 cm. ; wt., 291 and 294 grns.
1659. Gold earring of " leech " type. Round the middle of the " leech " is a band Plate XXX.
composed of a beaded wire between two plain wires. Underneath are soldered
two globules. From one side of the leech issues a gold rod, which has formed
the pin for passing through the ear, but the end of this rod has been broken
away. The end which remains is masked by a floral ornament of ten petals,
surmounted by a flower of si.x petals, outlined with filigree. Franks Bequest,
1897.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; wt. 75 grns.
1660 I. Pair of gold earrings of the " leech ' type ; the " leech ' is decorated with Plate XXX.
three lines, each consisting of a plain wire between rows of globules, and with a
palmette in filigree on each side. The ends of the " leech " are decorated with a
circle of globules, and above is a semicircle of wire for insertion into the ear.
Below is soldered a ring from which hang two plaited chains with two ribbed
seed-shaped pendants, and a seed-shaped and a bell-shaped pendant respectively
attached to them. One earring is of paler gold than the other From
Kalymnos. Acquired, 1901.
Ht., 4'4 cm. ; wt., 36 grns. and 32 grns. respectively. Cf. Hadaczek, Olirschmuck, p. 25, fig. 47.
I So
CATALOG UK OF JEWELLERY.
(Ill)
-Disk and pciiddiU type.
[A disk alone is worn about 500 B.C. (see, e.g., the vases of Euphronios, Furt-
wangler-Rcichhold, Griech. Vasenmalerei, I., pis. 5, and 23) ; it is also common on
earlier monuments. Disks with pendants arc represented about 460 B.C. {ibid., pi. 6).
Earrings with disks and inverted pyramids are represented as early as the Francois
Vase (1st half of the 6th cent. li.c). See Furtwangler Reichhold, I., pi. 13. Cf also
B.M. Cat. of Terracottas, B 250; B.M. Cat. of Riii};s, pi. ii., No. 53, and coins of
Locris {B.M. Central Greece, pi. i., 11 = fig. 58) and Elis (B.M. Peloponnesus, pi. xiv.,
^ = fig- 59). both the last of the 4th cent. B.C.]
Fig. 58. — Coin of T,ocris, showing e.^lTing with
inverted pyramid. Cf. No. 1673, etc. 2 : x.
Fig. 59. — Coin of Elis, showing earring with disk
and pendant. Cf. Nu. 1666, etc. 2 : r.
1662. Part of a gold earring, consisting of a disk with raised border, covered with a Plate XXX.
beaded wire. In the centre is a triple rosette surrounded by a band of spirals in
beaded filigree. Six pendants hang from the disk, viz., four " spear-heads " and
two small female figures, nude, and embossed in the gold. They are cut off short
at the elbows and knees. The lower pendant, probably an inverted pyramid, is
wanting. At the back is a gold hook. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis.
Acquired, 1876. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 93 grns. For the pendent spear-heads, cf. the temple inventories, passim,
e.g., Michel, Reciicit, 833, 1. 24 ; op^os \uyx(^TO'i . . . dj>c6ij.us Xoyx'w r^AAIIII. See No. 161 1.
1663. Gold earring nearly the same as last. The two upper parts of the triple Plate XXX.
rosette are missing and there are only two " spear-head " pendants. In the centre
is a pendant in the form of a draped Victory, kneeling on her r. knee, and
holding out in her r. hand some object represented by globules (a wreath ?).
From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1876. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 93 grns. See No. 1611.
1664-5. Two gold pendants, perhaps belonging to the two foregoing earrings. Plate XXX.
They are in the form of inverted pyramids, composed of globules, twisted and
GREEK EARRINGS. l8l
plain wiics, etc., and arc decorated with rosettes and globule clusters. The
rosette at the top, and the globule cluster at the bottom, are missing from one
rosette. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Accjuired, 1876. 4th 3rd cent. i;.C.
Ht., 2'<S and 2-2 cm. ; \vt., 114 and no gins, respectively. See No. 161 1.
1666 7. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a (juintuple rosette, made up of rosettes Plate XXX.
of six, eight, ten, twelve, and fifteen petals respectively, j^laced one over the
other. At the back is soldered a hook, to the lower part of which is fastened
the figure of a dove. Suspended below the dove is an inverted pyramid decorated
with globules and filigree. The junction of the dove and pyramid is effected by
loops, through which is passed a rosette-headed pin. From Cyprus. Acquired,
1906. 5th-4th cent. B.C.
Ht., 5'2 cm. : wt. together, 269 grns.
1668 9. Pair of gold earrings composed of : (a) a rosette, consisting of four rosettes Plate XXX.
of increasing size placed one above the other, with a hook soldered behind it :
(l)) a pendant in the form of an inverted pyramid, decorated with globules and
fih'gree, and suspended from the figure of a dove, which is itself suspended from
a ring attached to the rosette. Side pendants (now missing) were suspended from
rings soldered to the back of the rosette, one on each side of the hook. T' ranks
Bequest, 1897. 5th-4th cent. B.C.
Ht., 4' 7 cm. ; wt. together, 286 grns.
1670 I. Pair of gold earrings, each composed of a disk with projecting border
decorated with a beaded wire. The disk is covered with returning spirals in
filigree, with rosettes interspersed. In the centre are three rosettes diminishing
in diameter, and rising one above the other. In the centre of the topmost is a
small globule. From the lower part of the disk in the middle hangs an inverted
pyramid, decorated with globules, spirally wound wire, and rosettes ; it is con-
nected with the disk by means of a half-seated draped female figure holding out
a cluster of fruit (.') with her r. hand (Victory without wings .?). The rings joining
the figure to the pyramid are masked by a rosette. On each side of this central
pendant is a figure of Eros, with wings spread, holding out a cord or strap with
the magic wheel attached to the middle (strap and disk missing in one case).
Cf. No. 1946. These figures are suspended by two plaited chains, the juncture
of which with the head of Eros is masked by a rosette. Between each pair of
chains hangs an embossed nude female figure, cut short at the knees. From a
tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 6'i cm.; wt., 239 grns. Smith, Die/, of Ant? I., p. 1002, s.v. Inauris ; cf. Hadaczek,
Ohrschmiick, p. 31, fig. 53 ; B.M. Cat. of Rings, p!. ii., 53 (an earring of this type on a 5th
century ring) ; Man. Ant., IX., pi. v., 8, %a (Brizio). See No. 161 1.
1672-3. Pair of gold earrings similar to the last. The central rosette is quadruple, Plate XXX.
the wings of the Victory are preserved, and the place of the nude female figure is
taken by a " spear-head " pendant. The pyramid pendant is surmounted by three
N 2
l82 CATALOGUK OF JEWELLERY.'
small palmettos and clustcis (jf globules. l""rom a tomb at Kyme in y\colis.
Acquired, 1877. 4th- 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 6'5 cm. : wl., 272 and 264 grns. respeclively. Sec No. 161 ], and cf. No. 1946.
1674. Gold pendant (ijrobably from an caning), consisting of the head and trunk of
a woman (arms, and legs from below knees, wanting). The back and front of the
pendant are similar. Above the head is a loop of gold wire and the fragment of
a chain.
Ht.,'i-3 cm. : wl., 3 grns.
1675 6. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a disk, with a five-leaved granulated Plate XXX.
flower within filigree border. In the centre of the flower is a glass bead with a
rosette of granules at the top. From the centre of the disk hangs a cock in white
enamel, its breast ornamented with lozenges of granulation and with two gold
wires, which cross diagonally and are knotted (in the form of a nodus Herculeiis)
in the centre. The eyes, crest, feet, wings, and tail of the cock arc in thin gold.
On either side are three gold chains, the outer decorated with gold and glass
beads, the inner with gold beads only. The central chains are of plaited wire
and end in globule clusters (one now missing). From 'Prince Torlonia's excava-
tions at Vulci. Castellani Coll., 1884. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. : wl., 81 grns and 75 grns. Cas/i'llani Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, No. 76.
1677-8. Pair of gold earrings. Above is a semicircular plate of gold, ornamented Plate XXXL
with granulation and filigree and with a semicircular garnet, and over this is a
round garnet, with a minute dolphin, outlined in filigree and filled with light
green enamel, on either side. Below hang five pendants : in the centre is a cock
in white enamel on an oblong gold base. On each side arc two chains, each
strung with four pearls (?). The outer chains terminate in gold flowers, the inner
in four strings of globules. Behind the body of the earring is soldered a gold
hook terminating in a small globule. From Prince Torlonia's excavations at
Vulci. Castellani Coll., 1884. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., ca. 3'8 cm. ; \vt., 6 1 and 62 grns. Castellani Sale Cat., Paris, 18S4, No 72 : cf. Martha,
L'ail etrusgue, p. 570; Hadaczck, Ohrschmnck, p. 44: Conipte-Rendii, 1880, pi. iii., 4, 5
(about 250 l!.C.).
1679. Gold earring, consisting of a gold disk with gold-leaf rosette in the centre. Plate XXXL
From the middle of the disk hangs a pendant in the form of a cock in gold
covered with white enamel. On each side are three chains, two decorated with
gold beads and terminating in a flower, and one of gold links ending in a quad-
ruple cluster of globules. Behind the disk is a long gold hook ending in a
globule. From Chiusi. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., ca. 4 cm. ; wt., 97 grns.
1680. Gold earring, consisting of a disk ornamented with a circle of globules and Plate XXXL
with a rosette of five round granulated leaves and five plain pointed leaves.
GRKKK EARRINGS. 1 83
Krom tlie centre of the disk hangs a gold swan covered vvitli white enamel. The
raised wings are in gold ornamented with filigree. On either side of the swan
are two chains, the outer strung with small gold reels ending in a flower, the
inner plaited and ending in a small pendant. Behind the disk i.s'a hook ending in a
globule. From Falerii. Acquired, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 3' 5 cm.: wt., 55 grns. Arch. An::., 1898, p. 236; cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsc/imuck, p. 45;
Conipte-Rendii, 1870, pi. vi., II-14; Des Vergers, Etnirie, pi. [xxxi.] 7 I'from Vulci ; 3rd
cent. K.c). ,
1681. Gold earring, composed of a semicircular plaque ornamented below with Plate XXXI.
triangles in granulation, and above this with semicircles of plain, beaded, and
twisted wires, with a crescent-shaped garnet within. Above is a leaf of ivy-shape,
no doubt once filled with a garnet, which is now missing. On either side of thi.s
leaf is a dolphin in gold. Below hangs a pendant in the form of a Centaur in
white enamel, much damaged. The head is missing, but there are remains of
the crest of a gold helmet, which rose above the enamelled head. The Centaur
was apparently prancing, with a gold crown in his I. hand, and a torch (.'') in his r.
There were originally four chain pendants, two on each side. Three of these
remain, the outer decorated with glass beads and gold globules, the inner in the
form of plaited chains, with a small globule-cluster below. Hook soldered behind
earring. From Prince Torlonia's excavations at Vulci. Castellani Coll., 1884.
Ca. 3rd cent. H.C
Ht., ca. 3'Q cm. ; wt., 67 yrns. Castellani Sale Cat., Paris, 1S84, No. 71. Cf. I'ollux, v. 16,
97 : ^KiiK^Xrii 5e (ra ^vlnTia) ^apa tols kw^wSoIs- . . . Kcvruvpl^es . . . , briXnif wy otto twv
(TX>]fifiTcov Q^nivuiv avTbiv Tois €V(oTloii Tils 7rpn<rT]yopias.
1682. Gold earring, composed of a disk decorated with circles of filigree and Plate XXXI.
globules, and in the centre with a rosette of five petals filled with a glass paste.
From the disk hang five pendants suspended from chains : (a) in the centre, an
eagle in vitreous paste on a gold base. The beak, tail and wings are in gold, the
body is decorated with minute gold rosettes ; yd) on each side of this is a small
pyramid of globules ; (r) on the outside, a small bell-shaped floweret. Hook at
back of disk, masked by floral decorations. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd
cent. B.C.
Ht.. 4 cm. ; wt., 33 grns.
1683. Gold earring (?), consisting of an openwork plaque of semi-elliptical form, with
foliated edge decorated with corded filigree. The plaque is also decorated with
rosettes and leaves in filigree. Three small pendants hang from it. In the centre
is a disk with a ribbed rod ending in a globule ; on either side, a flower. The
plaque is itself suspended from a small vase decorated with filigree. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. ; wt., 28 grns. The pendants hardly seem to belong to the earring.
i84
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLKRY.
(iv).-
-Ring-type {earlier examples, ivithout beads of stone or glass strung on the ring).
[Earrings ending in heads ot lions were found in 6th 5lh cent, tombs at Certosa
(Zannoni, Seavi della Certosa, pi. xx., Tomb 31, 5 ; ibid., pi. xxxvii., Tomb Tl, 7, 8 ;
pi. Ixvi., Tomb 169, 4, 5). These earliest examples have the ring plain. In e.xamples
of the 4th 3rd cent. U.C. the ring is of spirally twisted wire, with decoration in filigree
on the neck. The later examples, chiefly with beads of stone or glass on the ring, are
given in the Graeco-Roman section (Nos. 2426 ff.). A few of the examples given in
this section have an inset stone. That the plain type of ring with twisted wire
continues into Imperial times is .shown by Nos. 1838-9 (included here for convenience),
which were found in a tomb of the 2nd cent. A.D.]
The types included in this section are as follows :-
Nos. 1 684- 1 705.
Nos. 1706-9.
Nos. 1710-1720.
Nos. 1721-1781.
Nos. 1782-1785.
Nos. 1786-1804.
No. 1805.
Nos. 1806-7.
Nos. 1808-19.
Nos. 1820-24.
Nos. 1825-27.
Nos. 1828-9.
Nos. 1830-7.
Nos. 1840-41.
Heads of Maenads.
Heads of women (including
negress).
Figures of Eros.
Heads of lions. Cf. fig. 60,
taken from the cover of a
bronze mirror-case of the
3rd cent. B.C. {B.M. Cat. of
Bronzes, No. 321 1).
Heads of horned lions, etc.
Heads of wild goats.
Head of tiger.
Head of lynx.
Head of ox or bull.
Heads of calves.
Figures of composite monster,
horned lion and sphinx.
Heads of bears ?
Heads of dogs.
Figures of doves.
Fig. 60. — Relief on bronze mirror-cover, showing
lion's head earring.
1684-5. Pair of gold earrings. The ring is of spirally twisted wire, terminating in Plate XXXI.
the head of a Maenad, whose hair is decked with two rows of ivy-leaves. The
eyes have been filled with light-blue enamel. The neck is decorated with a band
of spirals in beaded filigree, and beneath is a row of long leaves outlined in
filigree. The end of the ring passes into a hole at the back of the Maenad's
head. From Crete. Acquired, 1878. 4th cent. B.C.
Ht. 2' 3 cm.: wt., 70 grns. and 64 grns. Arch. Zeit., XXXVII., p. 102 ; cf. Pollak, Gold-
schiiiicdcarb., pi. vii., 45 ; Hadaczek, Ohrschmuck, p. 49 ; Ant. Doik., I., pi. xii., 22.
1686. Part of a gold earring as last. Most of ring broken away.
Burgon Coll., 1842.
L., I '8 cm. ; wt., 18 grns. Ant. Denlc, pi. xii., 22.
Crushed.
GREEK EARRINGS. I 85
1687 8. Pair of gold earrings of siinilai- type. The Maenad \vear.s a .stcphane-
shaped collar round her neck. Ring plain. I'^om Crete. Acciuircd, 1878.
Ht., 2 "6 cm. ; \vt., 57 and 58 gnis. respectively.
1689 90. Pair of gold earrings formed of a hoop of spirally twisted wire, ending in
the heads of Maenads, who wear an ivy-crown in filigree and earrings, the latter
represented by small disks. Round the neck is a collar decorated with double
spirals in filigree, and below this a ring of pointed leaves. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I 'S cm. ; «t., together, 71 grns.
1691. Gold earring composed of a ring of twisted wire ending in a head of a
Maenad, wearing an ivy-wreath. The thin end of the ring passes into a hole in
the top of the head. Round the neck is a spiral decoration in filigree between
two twisted and one plain wires. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 68 grns.
1692-93. Pair of gold earrings as last. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., together, 87 grns.
1694. Gold earring, as last. There are considerable remains of blue enamel in the
ivy-leaves. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 44 grns.
1695. Gold earring of type as last. Remains of blue enamel in the hair. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 69 grns.
1696. Gold earring as last. The head is more of a negro type, and there are traces
of blue enamel in the ivy-leaves. The spiral and leaf decoration below the neck
is finer than in the last. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. : wt., 68 grns.
1697. Gold earring. Head of Maenad wearing ivy-wreath, as last. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
1698. As last. Most of twisted ring broken away. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., I '9 cm., ; wt., 25 grns.
1699-1700. Pair of gold earrings. Plain ring, ending in head of Maenad wearing piate XXXI.
ivy-wreath in filigree. Back hair indicated by beaded loops in filigree. Collar
round neck, decorated with double spirals in filigree. Below this, ring of beads in
filigree. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam. 2'7 cm. ; wt. (together), 130 grns.
l86 CATALOGUE i>l' JEWELLERY."
1701 2. Pair of gold earrings resembling last. The neck is covered with a band
decorated with a pear-shaped ornament in beaded wire, with a wire spiral on
eitlicr side. There is a row of leaves in filigree underneath. The end of the ring
passes into a hole at the back of the Maenad's head. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., ca. 2' 5 cm. ; \vt. (tofjether), 81 grns.
1703. Gold earring composed of a plain thin ring, passing into a Maenad's head
decorated with an ivy-wreath. The hair is indicated by small loops of beaded
wire. The neck is decorated with spirals in filigree. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam.. 3 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
1704-5. Pair of gold earrings of the ring type. The ring is of twisted wire, and
terminates in the head of a Maenad, decorated with a garland of ivy-leaves
outlined in filigree and filled with green and blue enamel. A cluster of four
small globules (berries) is soldered in the middle above the forehead. Round
the neck is spiral decoration in filigree, and underneath this a ring of leaves.
The ring terminates in a hole made in the top of the Maenad's head. Acquired,
1896.
Ht., 2 cm. : \\f. iloj^etlicri, .S7 >;rns. Cf. A/r/i. Aiic, 1897, p. ig6 (30).
1706-7. Pair of gold earrings. The ring is of twisted wire terminating in the head Plate XXXI.
of a woman wearing earrings. Filigree decoration of double spirals and leaves
round neck. The pointed end of the ring is inserted into a hole at the back of
the head. Round the hole is a .spiral of beaded wire. Acquired, 1852. 4th
cent. B.C.
Diam., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 53 and 54 grns. respectively.
1708. Gold earring of similar t\pe. Ring of three twisted wires soldered together,
terminating in a female head with hair done in a knot at the back. Filigree
decoration of double spiral and leaf pattern round neck. The end of the ring
was fastened into a loop at the top of the head. Morel Coll., 1904.
Diam.. i"9cm. : wt., 19 grns.
1709. Gold earring. The ring, which is of twisted wire, terminates in the head of P'^te XXXI.
a negress. The head is carved in garnet and is inserted into a gold setting upon
which the hair is indicated by spirally twisted wire. The neck is decorated with
filigree spirals and leaves. The thin end of the ring was fastened into a loop at
the back of the head. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-
3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; ut., 30 gins. Cf. the necklaces Nos. 1961 li'., and see No. i6u.
1710. Gold earring, composed of a nmle figure, apparently female, bent backwards Plate XXXI.
in a curve, which is continued by the rod of the ring. The head, which has a
fillet, is of the Eros type. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 '3 cm. ; wt., 44 grns.
GREKK KARRI.NGS. 1 87
1711. t Gold earring composed of a figure of Eros, wearing cross-bam! with jjcndants.
His hands rest on his thighs, the back is curved. Soldered to the head is a curved
rod ending in a hool< which fastens into the feet. The arrangement does not
seem antique, and the rod has clearly been soldered separately to the figure.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
1712. Gold earring, composed of a plain hook ending in a grotesque nude figure of
liros, with large head (hair in plaited rolls) ; hands on hips and feet on square
base. To the base is soldered a loop. Figure flat at back.
Ht., I -7 cm. ; wt., 34 grns. Cf. Coiiipti--Rciidii, 1880, pi. iv., 5, 6 (3rd cent. li.c).
1713. Gold earring of type similar to last. Kros has very small wings. Gracco-
Roman.
Ht., I '6 cm. : wt., 18 grns.
1714-5. Pair of gold earrings of similar tj'pe. They are composed of a half-ring Plate XXXI.
of plaited wires, to which is soldered a nude figure of Eros (flat at the back}, bent
into a semicircle. The feet are close together, the hands are placed on the hips.
A cord, decorated with clusters of globules (vine-spray .'), passes over the r. or
1. shoulder, and under the 1. or r. arm respectively. Beneath the feet is soldered
a loop, into which the narrow end of the ring is hooked. From Crete. Acquired,
1896.
Diam., i"6 cm. ; wt., 88 grns. together. Cf. Arch. An::., 1S97, p. 196 (28), and, for the type,
Hadaczek, p. 50 f., fig. 94 ; Coinptc-Rciidu, 1876, pi. iii., 40.
1716. Gold earring of similar type. The ring is plain and ends in a figure of Eros
wearing a globule-decorated crossband, tied in the middle in the form of a nodus
Hcrcnleus. Over his head is a round, convex garnet in a gold setting bordered
by small leaves. Beneath the feet is a loop, into which the end of the ring was
inserted. From Athens. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Ht., 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 65 grns. An/. Dcnl;.. I., pi. xii., 18.
1717. Gold earring of similar type. A single band stretches from the r. shoulder to
the 1. thigh. Small rosette over head of Eros.
Ht., 2-4 cm. ; wt., 37 grns.
1718. Gold earring of similar type, composed of a twisted wire hook, to the end of Plate XXXI.
which is soldered a figure of Eros with legs bent backwards. He wears a loin-
cloth and holds a syrinx (with reeds of equal length) to his mouth in both hands.
Loop soldered to feet. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2 cm. : wt.. 16 grns.
1719. Gold earring of similar type, composed of a twisted wire ring ending in a small
cylindrical cap, to which is soldered (by the feet) a figure of Eros, with head and
1 88 CATALOGUE OV JEWELLKRV.
legs bent baclcwards. His liands arc placed ui>iin his liips. From Athens.
Burgon Coll., 1842.
1720. Gold earring of similar type, composed of a twisted w iic ring, to one end of
which is soldered a figure of Eros with legs bent backwards. His hands are
placed upon his hips, and he wears a globule-decorated band (inci.sed in the gold)
from the r. shoulder to the 1. hip. Above his head is a rosette of eight petals.
The back of the figure is flat. A loop is soldered to his heels. IMacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., I S cm. ; ut., 27 grns.
1721. Gold earring, composed of a plain ribbon with ridge along its centre, terminating
in a lion's head. P"rom Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest E.xcavations), 1894.
Diam., i '2 cm. : \vt,, 6 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 120, Tomb 95.
1722. Gold earring, as before, ending in a lion's head. Plain ring, the narrow end
of which is inserted into a hole in the lion's mouth. From excavations at Salamis,
Cyprus. Acquired, 1 881.
Diam., i ' i cm. ; \vt., 10 grns.
1723. Gold earring, almost similar to last, but the lion's head is much more rudely
worked. From excavations at Salamis, Cyprus. Acquired, 1881.
Diam.. 1 " i cm. : \vt., 7 grns.
1724. As last, but the lion's head is composed of two flat plates of gold, embossed in
low relief. From Melos. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Ht., 2 cm. : \vt., 1 1 grns. Ant. Dent;., I., pi. xii., 21, p. 5.
1725-6. Pair of small gold earrings ending in heads of lions. Plain ring. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam.. "85 cm. ; wt. (together), 13 grns.
1727. Gold earring, as last, but with ring of twisted cable wire. Double spiral and
row of leaves in filigree round neck. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 '5 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
1728 9. Pair of gold earrings of ring type, ending in a lion's head ; hoop of spirall}- Plate XXXI,
twisted wire. The neck is decorated with spirals in filigree, and with a
ring of pointed leaves. The pointed end of the ring passes into a hole in the
lion's mouth. From excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 2 ' 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 126 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 25, p. 83, Tomb 80 (i) ;
Walters, Art of tlic Greeks, pi. cviii. Foimd with silver drachm of .Alexander the Great.
GREEK EARRINGS. 1 89
1730. Gold earring composed of a ring of spirally twisted wire ending in a lion's
head. Neck decorated with double spiral and ring of leaves in filigree. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 ' 5 cm. ; « t., 24 grns.
1731. Gold earring as last, but the lion's head is of ruder workmanship. In the
mouth are the remains of a loop. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 • 5 cm, ; \vt., 30 grns.
1732 3- Pair of gold earrings composed of four intertwisted gold wires, passing Plate XXXI.
into a lion's head, with open mouth. The lion's neck is decorated with two
double spirals in filigree, and a ring of small leaves. F" ranks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I -7 cm. ; wt. (together), 73 grns.
1734-5- Pair of gold earrings as No. 1732, ending in lions' heads. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i '9 cm. ; wt. (together), 84 grns.
1736. Gold earring, of type No. 1732, but smaller, with ring of spirally twisted wire.
Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Diam., 1 '5 cm. ; wt. 20 grns.
1737- As No. 1736, but part of the spiral ring has been crushed smooth. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'5 cm. ; wt., 27 grns.
1738. Gold earring as No. 1736. Crushed. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I 'S cm. : wt., 23 grns.
1739- Gold earring as No. 1736. Small. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'3cm. : wt., 14 grns.
1740. Gold earring as No. 1736. Head crushed flat. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., r '3 cm. ; wt,, 24 grns.
1741. Gold earring as No. 1736. Rude style. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i "8 cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
1742-3. Pair of gold earrings as No. 1736. Large double spirals in filigree round
neck. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 131 grns.
1744. Gold earring as No. 1736. Small. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'3 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
I go CATALOGUE OF jEWELI,ER\ r
1745. As No. 1736. l'"iank.s Bequest, 1897.
Ui.mi., I '2 cm. ; wt., 21 yins.
1746 7. Pair of gold earrings, as last. I'ranks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 • 5 cm. : wl. (together), 69 gins.
1748-9. Pair of gold earrings as No. 1732. The ring is formed by four intcrt\vi.sted
wires tenniiiating in a lion's head. The neck is ornamented with twisted and
plain wires. Franks Becjuest, 1897.
Diam., 1-4 cm. ; wt. (together), 65 grns.
1750-1. Pair of gold earrings as No. 1736 in the form of a spirally twisted wire ring
terminating in a lion's head. liing of pointed leaves round neck. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 ' 3 cm. : wt. (together), 35 grns.
1752. Gold earring as No. 1736. There is a ring of rounded leaves in filigree
encircling the neck. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1 ' 1 cm. ; ut., 13 grns.
1753 4- P^ir of gold earrings as No. 1736. Beaded wire circles, and a row of beaded
leaves round neck of lion. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Diam., r; cm. ; wt. ^together), 74 grns.
1755- Gold earring as No. 1736, with ring of plain wire twisted spirally. Neck
decorated with double spirals in filigree and ring of pointed leaves. Franks
Bequest, 1S97.
Diam., I "4 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
1756. As No. 1736. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1-4 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
1757. Gold earring as No. 1736. No double spirals in filigree. Franks Bequest,
1897.
Diam., I '2 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
1758-9. Pair of gold earrings as No. 1736. Twisted wire rings and large heads.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I ^^ cm. ; wt. (together), 91 grns.
1760-1. Pair of gold earrings as No. 1736. The lion has a wreath of leaves round
the neck. The narrow end of the ring is inserted into a hole in the lion's mouth.
Ht., 1-6 cm. ; w^t. (together), 55 grns.
1762. Gold earring as No. 1736. Round the neck are double spirals in filigree.
Ht., 2-1 cm. ; wt., 92 grns.
GREKK K.\RRI.\{;.S. igi
1763. Gold earring as No. 1736.
Ht., 2 cm. : \vt., 92 grns.
1764. Gold earring as No. 1736.
Ht., I -9 cm. ; wt., 73 gnis.
1765. Gold earring as No. 1736. The lion's head is very carefully finished. From
Crete. Acquired, 1896.
Diam., ca. 2 ' 1 cm. ; wt., 107 grns.
1766. Gold earring as No. 1736. Ring much bent. Acquired, 1874 {?).
Ht., ca. 2 '2 cm. ; wt., 68 grns.
1767. Gold earring. The ring is of twisted wire terminating at the narrow end in a
globule, at the wider end in the head of a lion, with a beaded wire and a row of
leaves round the neck.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., 56 grns.
1768. Gold earring of ring type. The ring is covered with spirally twisted gold Plate XXXI
wire, and ends in lions' heads, one large and one small. The neck of the larger
is decorated with ivy-Icaves and tongue pattern in filigree, that of the smaller
with tongue pattern only. To the inouth of the smaller lion's head is attached a
coiled serpent, the .scales of which are indicated by cross-hatched lines. The
head of the serpent nearly meets the larger lion's head. From Ruvo. ilequeathed
by Sir William Temple, 1856. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 3-1 cm. ; Nvt., 96 grns. Cf. Stackelberg, Gniirr da- Hellene, pi. Ixxiv • Anl DeiiL- I
pi. xn., fig. 6. It is somewhat doubtful whether the serpent really belongs' to the earring'
Nos. 1768-1780, with large heads of florid style, seem to be a Graeco-Italian tvpc of the
4th-3rd cent. B.C. Cf. the necklaces No. 1968 f.
1769-70. Pair of hollow gold ear-pendants, resembling the last, but vNithout the Plate XXXI
serpent. They are m the shape of a cornucopia with a large and a small lion's
head at each end respectively. The necks are decorated with filigree. The
body of the earring is formed of spirally twisted corded wire. Fbrid st\-Ie.
From Capua. Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th-3rd cent. B.C. . '
Ht., 5-6 cm. ; wt., 268 and 247 grns. respective!)-. Cf. Stackelberg, Griiber der Hellene,,,
pi. l.x.xn-. ; bambon. Col/. Guillwu, pi. iv., Nos. 66-72 (c). These earrings appear to have
been suspended over the ear by means of chains.
1771. Gold earring of type similar to No. 1769. The mane rises high over the Plate XXXI
head. Round the neck are ivy-leaves in filigree, and soldered to the mouth is a
loop, probably for a suspending chain. The ring of corded wire is partially
covered with gold foil. Castellani Coll., 1S72. 4th~3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2 • 2 cm. ; wt., 38 grns.
192
CATALOGUK OF JEWELLERY.
1772 3. Pair of gold earrings. The lion's mane rises high over
the head as in the last. The ring is of spirally twisted, corded
wire ; the neck is decorated with ivy-leaves and tendrils in
filigree. The hollow eyes have probably been filled with
glass paste. Soldered to the ring is a globular projection
furnished with a hinge. This hinge must have belonged to
a pin, which was passed through the ear and fastened into
a hole in the lion's forehead (see fig. 61). Presented by Miss
Preston, 1899. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt. (together), 142 grns.
l-ig. fu =
hinged
Nu. 1772, with
pin restored.
1774-5. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 1772, but of finer workmanship. Plate XXXL
Round the neck is spiral filigree decoration, and below is a row of leaves. The
thin end of the ring passes into the open mouth of the lion ; loops are soldered
to the mouth and thin part of the ring respectively, and between them are the
remains of a gold ribbon which passed through the ear. Presented by Miss
Preston, 1899. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 3' I cm. ; wt. (together), 245 grns.
1776. Gold earring of type akin to No. 1772. The ring is of coarse spirally twisted
wire, ending in a large lion's head with upstanding mane. The neck is decorated
with plain and beaded wires, and a ring of leaves. The eyes were filled with
glass paste or enamel, traces of which still remain. Soldered to the mouth is a
loop. Castellani Coll., 1S73. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2 '3 cm. ; wt., 66 grns.
1777. Gold earring of type similar to No. 1771. There are traces of enamel in piate XXXI.
both eyes. The narrow end of the ring terminates in a smaller lion's head.
There is no loop in the lion's mouth. Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 61 grns.
1778. Gold earring, composed of a hollow tube broadening out gradually. It is Plate XXXI.
covered with fine corded wires. The wider end terminates in a large lion's head,
with eyes filled with garnets, and hair carefully indicated by chasing. The neck
is ornamented with ivy-leaves in filigree, and with a ring of long rounded leaves.
The narrow end of the tube terminates also in a smaller lion's head, now loose,
but originally fastened by a pin passed through the tube. This smaller head is
attached to the larger by means of two chains. A rosette of si.x; leaves, with a
garnet in the middle, is attached to a loop under the smaller lion's mouth, and is
fastened by a hook into a similar loop under the larger head. Apparently the
earring was suspended over the ear by a longer chain now missing. Hamilton
Coll. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 3-6 cm. ; wt., 113 grns.
GREEK EARRINGS. 1 93
1779- Gold earring, composed of a tube s^radually widcnins:; out. This lube consists
of fine corded wire twisted spirally. At its broail end it terminates in a lion's
^lead ; the neck is decorated with two double spirals in filitiree and a wreath of
pointed leaves. The narrow end terminates in a hollow bead. The tube is
broken in one place. Casteilani Coll., 1872.
Oi.ini., 2'g cm. : wt., 48 griis.
1780. Gold earring of ring type. The ring is of spirally twisted wire, terminating at Plate XXXI.
the wider end in the head of a lion. Details carefully indicated by cha.sing.
The eyes are filled with a blue and black paste respectively. The neck is orna-
mented with a tongue and ivy pattern, filled with a green enamel, admirably
preserved. Casteilani Coll., 1872.
Diam., ca. 2'2 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
1781. Gold earring of ring type. It is plated on .silver. The hoop is facetted Plate XXXI.
(tetragonal in section). It terminates in a lion's head with ring of pointed leaves
round the neck. Casteilani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i -g cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
1782. Gold earring of twisted wire, ending in the head of horned lion, whose neck is Plate XXXI.
decorated with filigree. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest E.vcavations),
1894.
Diam., 1-5 cm. : wt., 20 gins. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 121, Tomb 124 ; cf. Comptf-Rendu,
1877, pi. v.. 14 : 1S76, p. Nxxvi. (apparently a tomb of the 3rd cent. li.c).
1783. Gold earring of twisted wire, ending in the head of a horned lion. The end
of the ring is fastened into a loop issuing from the lion's mouth. From Amathus,
Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Diam., ca. i'2 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
1784. Gold earring, with ring of twisted gold wire, ending in the head of a horned
lion (.?). The head and neck are decorated with filigree. From Curium, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., ca. 1 '2 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 85, Tomb 69 (2), pi. .\iii., fig. 21.
Found with a silver drachm of Alexander the Great.
1784*. Gold earring as last, ending in head of horned lion. From Amathus (Turner
Bequest Excavations), 1894. 5th cent. B.C. t
Diam., 1 -5 cm. : wt., 19 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 1 19, Tomb 88, pi. xiv., 22.
1785. Gold earring of similar type. The one end is in the form of a horned dragon's
head, the other in that of a plain wire, hooked into a loop issuing from the
dragon's mouth. F'rom Cyprus.
Diam., ca. i -2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
O
194 CATALOGUK Oh jEWELLER\,
1786-7. Pair of gold earrings of tlie same type, with ring of twisted gold ribbon Plate XXXI.
alternating with double beaded wires arranged spirally. They terminate each in
the head of a wild goat, decorated with a kind of bridle of cable wire. Collar
of leaves and spirals in filigree. Underneath the mouth is soldered a loop, into
which the ihin end of the ring passes. Woodhouse Coll., 1866. 4th -3rd
cent. B.C.
Diain., 27 cm. ; wt., 74 and 76 grns. respectively. Cf. Arcli. /Ceit., 1884, pi. vii., 13 «, ^ (from
Asia Minor j, and, in general, Hadaczek, Ohrschmitck, p. 47, n. i.
1788-9. Pair of gold earrings, nearly as last. The ring is composed of two beaded
wires alternating with a plain wire, twisted spirally. Neck of goats decorated
with collar of leaves in filigree. Loop soldered below mouth. Woodhouse Coll.,
1866.
Diam., ca. 2' 5 cm. : wt. (singly), 49 grns.
1790- Gold earring of similar t}-pe, ending in the head of a wild goat. The ring is
of twisted wire, alternately beaded and plain. Ring of pointed leaves round neck.
The narrow end of the ring passes into a loop soldered beneath the animal's
mouth. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Ht., 2'7 cm. : wt., 45 grns. Aiil. Dcn/c, ]., pi. xii., 15.
1791. Gold earring of type as No. 1 790. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht.. 2'i-) cm. ; wt., 44. grns.
1792. Gold earring of type as No. 1790. The ring, the thin end of which is broken
away, is composed of fine parallel cable wires. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. : wt., 26 grns.
1793. Gold earring of type as No. 1790, but coarser. Flattened. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht.. 2' 1 cm. ; wt., 29 grns.
1794. Gold earring of type as No. 1790. Plain gold ring.
Ht.. 2'4 cm. ; wt., 18 grns.
1795- Gold earring of similar type, composed of a ring of spirally twisted wires, ending
in the head of a wild goat. The eyes have been filled with a dark vitreous paste,
which remains in one case. Ring beneath head, into which the narrow end of the
hoop is fastened. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Diam.. T^cm. : wt., 14 grns.
1796. Gold earring of same type as No, 1795. No glass paste in the goat's eyes.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3 cm. : wt., 49 grns.
1797. Gold earring of same type as No. 1795. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2'7 cm. : wt., 30 grns.
(JREEK KARRINGS. I or
1798-9. Pair of gold earrings of same type as No. 1795. Neck of goats ornamented
with double spirals in filigree. Comarmond Coll., 1851.
Diam., 2- 1 cm. : wt., 28 yrns. each.
1800. Gold earring of same type as No. 1795. The twisted ring passed originally
into a small hole underneath the muz/.le of the goat. JMom Amathus, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Duim., ca. 1-2 cm. : wt., 9 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 121, 'I'omb 124.
1801. Gold earring, consisting of a striated ring, ending in a goat's head. Beneath
the goat's mouth is a loop into which the thin end of the ring was fastened. The
neck is decorated with leaf decorations in filigree. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam,, 3 cm. : «t., 90 yrns.
1802. Gold earring, composed of a twisted gold wire, ending in the head of a calf or
goat. Small loop soldered below muzzle for the reception of the end of the wire.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
1803-4. Pair of gold earrings of the same type as No. 1786. Ring composed of a Plate XXXI.
tube of smooth gold decorated with lines of cable wire. The eyes of the wild
goats are filled each with a round garnet, and in front of the horns is a larger
round garnet in a gold setting. Below the mouth is a loop into which the narrow
end of the ring passes. The neck is decorated with a band of long leaves in
filigree. "Woodhouse Coll., 1S66. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., ca. 2-7 cm. ; wt., 117 and I2i grns. respectively.
1805. Gold earring of the ring type. Ring of spirally twisted plain and beaded Plate XXXI.
wires, ending in a tiger's head with details indicated by chasing. Eyes probably
filled with glass paste or enamel, neck decorated with zigzags, lozenges, triangles, .
and rosettes in granulation. From Vulci.
Diam., ca. 3 cm. : wt., 60 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschiiuuk, p. 47, n. 4.
1806-7. Pair of gold earrings of the ring type, composed of a spirally twisted uire Plate XXXI
endmg in the head of a lynx. Its eyes were filled with bluish paste ; in its mouth
is a gold loop into which the thin end of the ring is inserted. Collar of leaves
outlined in filigree. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Diam., 1-9 cm.; wt., 24 and 25 grns. respectively. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohruhmuck, p. 47 n. 9 :
Ant. dit Inisph. Cinim., pi. vii., 3.
1808-9. Pair of gold earrings of the samb type. The ring is formed of a gold Plate XXXI.
nbbon twisted spirally, and alternating with double beaded wires. It terminates
in the head of an ox ; the neck is ornamented with a collar decorated with two '
rows of granulated triangles. In the mouth of the ox is a solar disk between
196 CAT A r -OG U I', ' ) 1" J 1: W 1; L L I'. K ^ .
horns, over which are feathers ; this masks the loop into which the thin end of the
ring is fastened. VVoodhouse Coll., 1866.
Diam., 3 cm. ; wt., 79 and 80 grns. respectively. Cf. Hiidaczck, Olirschmiick, p. 46 ff.
1810. Gold earring of type similar to last. The eyes of the ox are inlaid w ith black-
glass. On the neck is a leaf decoration.
Diam., ca. 2*7 cm. ; wt., 45 grns.
1811. Gold earring of siiTiilar type, The neck of the ox is decorated with a globule
ornamented with leaf decoration above and below. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., ca. 2 cm. ; wt., 25 grns.
1812. Gold earring of similar t\pe, consisting of a plain ring ending in a bull's head.
Ring of pointed leaves round neck. The other end of the wire passes into a loop
beneath the bull's neck. From excavations at Curium, Cyprus, 1884.
Diam., ca. i ■ i cm. ; w't., 6 grns.
1813. Gold earring of siinilar t}-pe. Ring of spirally twisted wire ending in a bull's
head. The eyes are hollow (pierced right through), and have been filled with
stones or paste. Neck decorated with ring of large leaves. Loop below mouth,
into which the thin end of the ring passes. From Smyrna. Acquired, 1882.
Diam., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 49 grns.
1814. Gold earring of similar type, formed of a twisted wire ring ending in a bull's
head. Ring of pointed leaves in beaded filigree round neck. Loop soldered
below the bull's muzzle. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I"7 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
1815. Gold earring of similar type. Twisted ring, ending in bull's head. Loop
below mouth. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
1816. Gold earring of similar type. Ring of twisted wire ending in a bull's head, Plate
finely chased. Morel Coll., 1904. XXXII.
Diam., 2' 1 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
1817. Gold earring of similar type. Ring of twisted wire with globule at pointed
end and bull's head at wide end. Usual ring of leaves on neck. Well-modelled.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2' I cm. : wt., 47 grns.
1818. Bull's head in gold, hollow ; probably from the end of an earring. From
Curium, C\'prus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896.
L., 7 "6 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 20 {left).
GREEK KAKKINGS. 1 97
1819. Gold head of a bull, hollow, probabl)- from an earring. The details are
vigorously marked by incised lines. The hair is indicated by a series of spots
punched up in relief. The eyes were probably filled with stones or enamel. The
neck is ornamented with plain and beaded wires, and by a wreath of pointed
leaves. Ca.stellani Coll., 1872.
L., 2' 3 cm.; \vt., 30 grns.
1820-1. Pair of gold earrings, each composed of a ring of spirally twisted wire Plate
ending in a calf's head in garnet, bridled with gold. Underneath the mouth is a XXXII.
loop of gold into which the thin end of the ring is fastened. Franks Bequest, 1 897.
Diani., ca. i '5 cm. ; wt. ito;,'ellicr), 78 {,'ni.s.
1822. Gold earring of similar type. The twisted wire ring ends in the head of a
calf Band of garnet round neck. From Aegina. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Diam., ca. \"i cm.; wt., 23 grns. A plain gold ring and a coiled wire ring .arc at present
attached to the thin end of the earring. Ant, Dcnlc, I., pi. .\ii., 19.
1823 24. Pair of gold-plated silver earrings of similar type to last. The rings are
smooth, and terminate in calves' {.■') heads. Ring of pointed leaves in filigree
round neck. From Odessa. Acquired, 1889.
Diam., ca. 2 cm. ; wt., 15 and 18 grns. respectively.
1825. Gold earring, composed of the forepart of a monster with dappled (bull's .') Plate
body and leopard's head, horns, and bull's ears. The legs are broken away. XXXII.
The body is covered with triangles of impressed dots ; the middle of it is
decorated with double spirals, beaded wire circles, and a row of leaves. From
the last springs a thick plaited wire, which is soldered to a ring on the head. A
plain hook, for insertion in the ear, is soldered to the top of the head. Castellani
Coll., 1872. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt., 56 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, OhrscJnniick, p. 49 f., especially tig. 90 = Man. Ant.,
I.\., pi. viii., 5 (4th-3rd cent. B.C.).
1826. Part of a gold earring in the form of a lion horned and winged. The lion is piate
galloping. The hook, which was soldered to the back above the hind quarters, XXXII.
is broken away. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 41 grns.
1827. Gold earring, composed of a gold rod bent into a curve, which is decorated at Plate
the thicker end with a series of incised rings. Soldered to the thick end of the XXXII.
rod is the forepart of the figure of a Sphinx, with a decorative band crossing her
breasts. Underneath is an acanthus-leaf decoration, and above the head is
soldered a ring, into which the plain end of the rod was inserted. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
IMam., 2'9 cm. ; wt., Si grns.
O 2
198 CATALOGUE UK JKWtLLKKV.
1828 9. Pair of gold earrings of the ring type. The ring is of spirally-twisted wire,
and terminates at the wider end in a bear's (or possibly a dog's) head. Usual
wreath of leaves round neck. The narrow end of the ring passes into a loop
beneath the bear's mouth. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; \vt. (together), 42 grns.
1830. Gold earring consisting of a spirally twisted wire ring, ending in a dog's head. Plate
Franks Bequest, 1897. XXXII.
Oiam.. I 9 cm. : \vt.. 33 gnis. Cf. lladaczek. Ohrsclmiiicl;, p. 47, n. 7.
1831 2. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a ring of spirally twisted wire ending in
a (Molossian .') dog's head. Round the neck a ring of leaves (?) in filigree.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i • 5 cm. ; \vt. (together), 46 yrns. Cf. Atlicii. Mill., .XX.Xl 1 1., pi. xw.. 2. 3.
1833-4. Pair of gold earrings of similar type, ending in heads of (Molossian .') dogs.
Band of leaves in filigree round neck. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 12 cm. : \vi. (together), 30 grns.
1835-6. Pair of gold earrings of similar type, with ends in tiie form of dogs' heads.
The neck is decorated with a garnet bead, missing in one case. Franks Bequest,
1897.
Diam.. i '4 cm. : wt. (together), 41 grns.
1837. Gold earring of similar type, ending in a dog's head with pointed nose.
Round the neck is a ring of garnet, and below this leaf ornamentation in gold.
From Aegina. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Diam., I '4 cm : wt. 23 grns.
1838-9. Two gold earrings of twisted wire, which originally ended in animals' heads,
now missing. The wire, with the loop which issued from the animal's mouth,
remains in either case. From Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations),
1896. Probably 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., ca. i', cm. : ut., 7 and 6 grns. respecti\ely. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 82, pi. .\iii.,
rig. 19, Tomb 72 (i). Foimd with coins of Antoninus Pius.
1840. Gold earring of kindred type, composed of a dove on a square base, with Plate
feathers indicated in filigree. From the tail a double ring of twisted wire tapers XXXI .
into a single wire, which is fastened to a loop attached to an oval setting placed
above the head of the dove. This setting contains a convex garnet. Blacas
Coll.. 1867.
Ht., 2'9 cm. : wt.. 59 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Olirsclnniicic, p. 30, tig. 91 ; Fontenay, p. 109.
1841. Similar gold earring with details difi'erently indicated in filigree. Smaller
and flatter garnet. Blacas Coll., 1867.
III.. 3' 1 cm. : wt., 60 grns.
GREEK EAKRINCS.
199
1842 3. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a gold lube, tapering towards the end Plate
and decorated with corded filigree imitating plaits. The broad end is flattened, XXXII.
and to it is applied a decoration consisting of a looped double volute in twisted
wire, a double rosette, two small rosettes, and a palmctte. Castellani Coll., 1.S72.
Ht., 2-6 cm. : \\l., <Si anil 80 grns.
1844. Gold earring composed of a plain ring soldered at one end to a large gold Plate
bead, which is decorated with looped spirals in filigree and with globules XXXII.
interspersed. The other end is open and fits into a hole in the bead. From
Kymc in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
IJiam., 2 cm. ; wt., 35 gms. See No. 161 1.
(v. ) — Figiirc-pLiidaiit t vpc.
[This type begins in the 4th cent. li.C. (cf fig. 62, a
vase of the 4th cent. B.C., B.M. I'asrs, IV., G i ) and
continues into Roman times. All the examples in the
British Museum are here grouped together under types,
which should be compared throughout with those of the
later terracottas (Winter, Typcit, part 2). Earrings with
pendent figures of Eros are said to be frequently foimd in
tombs of the 3rd to the ist cent. B.C. ('E^. 'Ap;^;., 1902,
col. 167, fig. 10). No. i860 is from a Roman tomb at
Olbia, No. 1874 from a Roman tomb at Vaison. It is
probable that the greater number of the earrings here
given belong to the Graeco-Roman period, but they are
derived from Greek types. Nos. 1845-6, 1847-8, 1849-50,
185 1, 1855-6, 1876, 1884, 1888, 1889-90, 1S96-7, 1898,
1899, 1902, 1909-10, 1919 26, 1930 are probably Greek
of the 4th 2nd cent. B.C.]
The types included in this section are as follows : —
Fig. 62.— Greek vase of 4th cent. B.C.,
showing figure-pendant earring.
Nos. 1S45-1854. Victory.
Nos. 1855-7. Heads of Maenads.
Nos. 1858-1916. Figures of Eros fcf. Winter, Typcii (2), p. 320 ff.).
Nos. 1917-1929. Figures of Doves, etc.
Nos. 1930-1934. Eagles (in two cases with Ganymede).
No. 1935. Fish.
1845-6. Pair of gold earrings. They consist of a disk with raised beaded border, Plate
within which is a flower of fourteen petals. From the hook soldered behind the XXXII.
disk is suspended a figure of Victory (dancing .'), composed of two embossed
plates of gold fastened together b\' the folding over of the edges. Raised wings,
separately attached. One arm is lifted, the other lowered ; the legs are crossed,
the front one nude to above the knee.
She wears a long girt chiton with
200
CATALUUUK OK jl'AVKI.IJiRX ,
apoptygma, which leaves one of her shoulders bare. Her hair is gathered into
a high plait on the crown of her head. The position of the arms and legs is
reversed in the two earrings. From a tomb near Bolsena. Castellani Coll.,
1872. Ca. 3rd cent. DC.
Hi., 7*1 cm.; \vt. 112 gins, and 102 grns. respectively. Dennis, Cities and Cemeteries, II.,
p. 28; Bull, dell' Inst., 1S58, pp. 14 and 185; cf. Hadaczck, 0/irsc/imnc/c, p. 38 f. ;
Winter. Tvpeii (2), p. 186, 5.
1847. Gold earring of same type as last. Victory wears a long girt chiton and Plate
earrings in the form of disks. Her arms are raised above her head, and support
a disk embossed with the head of Helios, surrounded by rays in filigree. This
disk serves to mask the hook for the car. I'rom Kcphallenia. Blacas Coll.,
1867. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 4' I cm. : ut,, 67 grns.
1848. As last, but with rays indicated by \' -shaped leaves of gold witli raised edges.
From Kephallenia. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 41 cm. ; wt., 67 grns. Newton, Guide to the Blacas Coll., p. 27 f., No. i (erroneously
attributed to Itliaka). A recently discovered note in MS. in the Dept. of Greek and Roman
Antiquities shows that the above two earrings, the necklace pendants. No. 2027, and the
finger-rings, B.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 102 and 320, were all found together on the site of
the ancient Same in the island of Kephallenia.
XXXII.
184950. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to last. The pendants are in the form Plate
of winged Victories (.'), nude save for a long cloak which flies away behind from the
shoulders. One has the r. leg advanced and carries a torch in the r. and a wreath
of beaded wire in the 1. hand ; the other is exactly in a reverse position. The
figures are suspended from disks, within each of which is a flower of eight petals.
Usual hook soldered behind disk. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4"6 cm. ; wt., 64 and 62 grns. respectively. For the nude type of \'icton-, cf. Athen. Mitt.,
XXXIII , p. 431.
1851. Gold earring in the form of a figure of \'ictoiy carrying a trophy (solid goldj. Plate
.She flies to the front with her 1. leg advanced. .She wears a long split chiton with XXXII.
apoptygma. The chiton is girt at the waist, and has slipped down from her
1. shoulder, leaving the breast bare. Her 1. leg is seen through the open part of
the chiton. Her r. hand carries a trophy, formed of a long pole with a cuirass at
the top (helmet missing .?) ; her 1. hand is raised over her head. The hook which
was fastened to the top of her head is now broken awa)-. Franks Bequest, 1897.
3rd- 2nd cent. li.c.
Ht.. 3 '4 cm. : wt., no grns.
1852. Gold earring composed of a very rude draped figure of V^ictory in stamped Plate
bracteate gold, roughly cut to the shape. Above her head is a rosette, and in
this a wire hook is fastened. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Ht., 4' 3 cm., : wt.. 5 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Oh>scIuiiuck, p. 39, fig. 70.
GREEK I;AKKI.\GS.
20 I
1853. Gold earring (jf type similar to last. No disk. Hook broken. Victory is
clothed in lon^ chiton, and places her hands on her hips. There is a margin of
plain Ljokl muiul the stamped figure. Woodhoase Coll., 1868.
lit., 4'2 cm. ; vvt., 13 grns.
1854. Gold earring, in the form of a cliild as Victory, wearing chiton reaching Plate
to below the knees. Siic appears to be standing amid acanthus-leaves. Her XXXII.
r. hand is raised above her head, and holds a short cjlindrical object (alabastron ?) ;
her 1. is lowered and holds a plate. A gold wire loop is fastened to the back of
her head. Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht., 1-8 cm.: wt., 30 gnis. Cf. a figure of Victory in the National Museum at Athens,
mentioned by Hadaczelc, Ohi'schmuck, p. 38 ; also tig. 67 ibid.
1855-56. Pair of gold earrings, composed of disk with decoration of twisted wires Plate
and a rosette of eight pointed petals soldered to it. The petals have been filled
with blue glass paste. Soldered to the back of the disk is a hook from the lower
part of which is suspended the head of a Maenad, wearing ivy-wreath (filled with
blue paste) and spiral earrings (or possibly locks of hair). At the back of the
head is soldered a wreath of twisted wire. The neck is covered with a collar of
twisted wire, double spirals and globules in filigree, and a ring of leaves filled
with blue paste.
Ht., 5-3 cm. : wt. (togcthcr\ 158 grns.
XXXII.
1857. Gold earring, composed of a disk with a beardless head (of a Maenad.') in Plate
relief. The hair is in a thick roll over the forehead, and over it are seen two
berries. Border of beaded and plain wires. Hook (broken) soldered to back.
A pendant has been fastened to a loop soldered to the back. Hamilton Coll.
Ca. 1st cent. .\.D.
Ht., I -6 cm. : wt., 26 grns. Cf. />'..!/. Cat. of Rings, No. 226 ff., with which this is contemporary.
1858. Gold earring in the form of a winged Eros, wearing an elaborate cros.s-band Plate
XXXII.
of twisted wire and globules (vine-spray?) from the r. shoulder to the 1. thigh. He
has a chlainys, which passes round the back of the neck and falls over either
shoulder. On his r. side it reaches to his feet. In his raised r. hand he holds up
an oenochoe, in his lowered l.a phiale ornamented with a star. The anns are not
modelled, and consist simply of bent wire. Wire hook soldered behind shoulders
and head. From Ruvo. Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht., 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 61 grns. For 1;he type, cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmuck, p. 43 ; Bull. Arch. Nap.,
1848, pi. iv. 9, 10, 1 1 (p. 82) ; Ant. ilii Bosph. Cinim., pi. vii., 9, 9^ ; Froehner, Coll. Golucho-w,
pi. v., 22 : Winter, Typcii (2), p. 324, 5. The type begins in the 4th cent. B.C., and continues
into the Roman period.
XXXII.
1859. Gold earring-pendant similar to last. The breast-band is less elaborate.
The legs are short in proportion to the rest of the body. One wing missing.
202
CATALOGUE OF [KWIvLLERN'.
Chlamys over shoulders as before. In addition to a loop behind the head, there
are remains of a hook soldered to the back. IMacas Coll., 1867.
lit., 2'2 cm. ; wl. (with wire), 41 grns.
i860. Gold earring-pendant (solid) in the form of a figure of ICros with cross-band
over his chest. His r. arm is lowered and holds a patera, his 1. is raised. l-Vom
a tomb at Olbia. Acquired, 1907. Roman period (ca. ist cent. .\.U.).
Ht.. 2 '3 cm : wt., 37 grns.
1861. Gold earring in the form of Eros wearing a thick fillet with a ribbon twisted Plate
into it, a cross-band, decorated with globule-clusters (bunches of grapes ?), and
fastened in a nodus Herculais on his chest, and a long scarf thrown over his
shoulders. He holds a phiale in his lowered r. hand, and an oenochoe in his
raised 1. His r. leg is drawn back. A thick hook is soldered behind his
shoulders, and a wire ring is attached to the buttocks. Half of the hook is
decorated with spirally twisted wire. Hamilton Coll. Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
Ht., 4'4 cm. : wt., 185 gnis. Cf. Miis. Borh., II., pi. xiv. (from Pompeii).
1862. Gold earring, in the form of Eros carrying phiale in half-raised r. hand and Plate
oenochoe in raised I. The arms are formed of thick wires. He wears an
elaborate breast-band descending from either shoulder and meeting below the
chest in a nodus Herculcus, and from thence carried along the outside of either
leg to the feet. The lower part of the band is ornamented with globules,
representing vine-shoots {}). The legs are wide apart. Stout hook (with globule
at end) soldered behind shoulders. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3 cm. : wt., 61 grns.
1863. Gold earring, consisting of a semicircular shield decorated with filigree and Plate
with a setting for a stone now missing. From the shield hangs a figure of Eros
with legs bent backwards, wearing a scarf over his arms, which falls down to his
feet on either side. On his head is a calathus-like object, with spiral decoration
on each side. In his raised r. hand he holds an oenochoe, in his lowered 1. a
phiale decorated with rays. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht.. 3'g cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
1864. Gold earring-pendant in the form of an Eros holding a rayed phiale in his
r. hand, and an oenochoe in his 1. Both arms are lowered. Xo breast band or
chlamys. Loop behind neck. Towncley Coll.
Ht., 2 cm. : wt., 36 grns.
XXXII.
XXXII.
XXXII.
1865. Gold earring in the form of a figure of Eros, with cross-band falling from
1. shoulder to r. leg, holding oenochoe in raised r. hand and rayed phiale in
lowered 1. He wears a fillet of beaded wire over his forehead. Hook composed
of two twisted wires soldered behind head. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 3 cm. : wt., 61 ?rns.
(;REEK KARRINGS.
20^
1866. Gold earring of type similar to last. The phialc has a beaded rim, and two
bars crossing one another at right angles.
Ht., 3 cm. ; \vt.. 56 grns.
1867. Gold earring. Eros with oenochoe in raised r. luind, and phiale in lowered 1.
No cross-band or fillet. Plain hook soldered between shoulders. i'Vom Ruvo.
Bequeathed b)' .Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. : \vt., 27 sjjriis.
1868. Gold earring, composed of a hook to the end of which is soldered a figure of
Eros with globule-decorated band passing from 1. shoulder to r. thigh. In his
raised r. hand he holds an oenochoe, in his lowered 1. a phialc decorated with a
rosette in relief. The legs from below the knees are broken away. From Ru\o.
Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht., 2'9 cm. : \vl,, 31 grns.
1869. Gold earring, consisting of a figure of liros standing on a raised circular base, piate
He holds a rajed phiale in either hand. The r. hand is raised to the level of his XXXII.
head, the 1. is close to his thigh. Hook soldered behind shoulders, loop beneath
base (for pendant). Crushed. Rude work. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2-9 cm. : \vt., 54 yrns.
1870. Gold earring in the form of a figure of Eros flying to the front with feet close
together. In the r. hand he holds a phiale to his side, in the 1., an oenochoe (?).
His wings are raised. Hook soldered behind head of Eros. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I '9 cm. : \vt., 23 grns.
1871. Gold earring in the form of Eros wearing a fillet with ribbon intertwined in it. Plate
He has a cross-band, meeting on the chest in the form of a nodus Herciileiis. In XXXII.
his r. hand he carries what appears to be a short, thick staff with grooved ends,
in his lowered 1., a phiale. Strong hook of spirally-twisted wire soldered to back,
and wire loop above buttocks. Castellani Coll., 1S72. Ca. 1st cent. .-\.i).
Ht., 4-2 cm. ; wt., 76 grns. Cf. Comptc-Rcndu, 187S-9, p. 35, rigs, i, 2, and No. [S61 above.
1872. Gold earring, closely resembling last. Eros wears a single band passing
from 1, shoulder to r. thigh, and decorated with globules. He carries a .short
staff (.') with grooved ends in r.. and a rayed phiale in his 1. hand. Above his
head is a disk decorated with twisted filigree, and with a garnet in the centre.
To the back is soldered a stout hook of plaited wire. Castellani Coll., 1S72.
Ht., 4' I cm. ; wt., 61S grns.
1873. Gold earring, closely resembling the last. Eros wears a cross-band tied over
the chest in a nodus Herculcus and decorated with globule clusters, and a thick
wreath with ribbon wound round it. In his lowered r. hand he holds a phial^
against his hip ; his 1. arm is raised and carries a short staff, one end of which is
204 CATALOGUK OK JKWKLI.KRV. .
supported on his neck below the chin. Thick hook soldered behind shoulders,
and wire loop soldered above buttocks. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 3-7 cm. : wi.. Q7 jjnis.
1874. Gold earring in the form of I'.ros flying with legs bent back. He holds a Plate
crooked staff {}) in his raised r. hand, a phiale with raised rim in his lowered 1.
Loop and ring soldered behind head, to which is attached a hollow hook, which
does not, perhaps, belong to the earring. From Vaison. Found in the Roman
burial place in a red urn. Acquired, 1851.
III., I 'i) cm. ; wt.. 30 '^vns.
1875. Gold earring, composed of a figure of iCros flying with r. leg slightly drawn
hack. In the r. hand he holds a grooved staff, in the 1. (by his side), a phiale.
Hook soldered behind shoulders ; a lonp at hack- of legs. Hamilton Coll.
lit.
wt., 25 Krns
Plate
XXXII.
1876. Gold earring, consisting of a disk with a raised wall decorated with circles in
filigree and a star of eight rays, in the centre of which is an amethystine garnet (.').
Suspended from the disk by a loop (formed by the end of the hook) and two
chains is a hollow figure of lu'os advancing with r. foot forward. He holds a phiale
to his hip with lowered r. hand, and a short staff on his 1. shoulder with his 1.
Castellani Coll., 1.S72.
Ht., 3 '6 cm. : wt., 84 gins.
1877-8. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of the figure of a nude boy to front Plate
(without wings), holding a phiale in his 1. hand. The figure is stamped on bracteate
gold, and is backed with a flat gold plate. Hook soldered at back. Woodhouse
Coll., 1866.
Ht., 2-6 cm.: wt. (together), 17 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmiick, p. 43, tig. Si.
1879. Gold pendant in the form of a figure of Eros. He advances with 1. foot Plate
forward, clasping with both arms three large objects (bags .').
back of head.
Ht., I -5 cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Cf. Winter, Typen (2), p. 333, 10.
Loop soldered at
XXXII.
1880. Gold earring, composed of a wire hook, to the end of which is soldered a
figure of Eros wearing globule-decorated band passing from r. shoulder to 1. hip.
His r. arm (hand wanting) is close to his side, his 1. arm is raised and carries an
uncertain object (rhyton t). Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 3" I cm. ; wt., 42 grns. Cf. Winter, Typen (2), p. 361.
1881. Gold pendant in the form of Eros standing to front ; with his r. hand he
holds a phiale to his hip, with the 1., a rhyton (.') to his shoulder. Loop soldered
to back. Considerably crushed. Hamilton Coil.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 17 grns. Cf. Notizic, 1896, p. 171 (from I'aestum > : mention is there made
of a similar one found at Herculaneum.
GREER EARRINGS.
205
1882. Gold earring, composed of a disk bordered with a plain wire between two Plate
circles of globules. To the disk is attached the comic mask of an old man in XXXII.
relief. A hook is soldered behind the disk, and from the loop at its lower end
(below the disk) hangs a figure of ICros wearing globule-decorated band from r.
shoulder to 1. thigh. His r. hand is raised and holds a rhyton (?), his lowered 1.
holds a phialc. Small looj) soldered behind knees. Castcllani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 62 yrns.
1883. Gold earring, consisting of a disk decorated with circles of plain and twisted
wire, and w ith a beaded wire border from which hangs a figure of Eros holding
a phiale in his lowered r. hand. His 1. arm is bent, the hand being raised to the
face. The legs are wide apart. The r. fciot is wanting. Hook at back of disk
partly broken away. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I ■ 5 cm. : wt., 48 grns.
1884. Gold-plated silver (.?) ear-pendant in the form of a figure of ICros (solid), Plate
masquerading as a bearded Papposilenos. His body is covered thickly with hair, XXXII.
finely chased. His r. arm holds a phialc, the 1. is outstretched. On his shoulders
are small wings. Behind the head is a loop for suspension. Acquired, 1859.
Ht., !■/ ciu. : wt. (including modern suspending wire), 26 grns. Cf. Nos. 1896-7.
1885 6. Pair of gold earrings composed of a figure of Eros with w ings raised and Plate
curved. The legs are apart. He wears a mantle, which is spread out and com- XXXII.
pletely covers his back, and a cross-band, decorated with globules and meeting in
a nodus Hcrculens below the chest. His r. (or 1.) hand is raised, and carries a
wreath in which a taenia is entwined, the 1. (or r.) is lowered, and holds a phialk
inesomphalos. A very long hook and a loop are soldered behind. Woodhouse
Coll., 1866. Ca. 3rd cent. li.c.
Ht., 4' 2 cm. : wt. (together), 90 grns.
1887. Gold earring in the form of Eros, with a taenia thrown over his shoulders, pjate
holding an alabastron in his raised r. hand, and a phiale in his lowered 1. Legs XXXII.
slightly drawn up ; sandals indicated by chasing. Hook soldered to back.
Towneley Coll.
Ht., 2'2cm. ; wt., 53 grns. Cf., for the type, Hadaczek, Ohrsclimiick, p. 43; Cuiiipte-Rcndii,
1880, pi. i., II, 12 ; Arch. An::., 1892, p. 169 (42).
1888. Gold earring, composed of a disk with a raised wall decorated with twisted Plate
wire. Within the disk is a flower of six petals surrounded by wire tendrils. XXXII.
Hook soldered behind. From a loop below the disk hangs a figure of Eros,
advancing with 1. foot forward. He has a long scarf passing behind him, and
thrown over each arm. He wears a wreath, and carries a thyrsos decorated with
a taenia in his r. hand, and a bunch of grapes in his lowered 1. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 79 grns. Cf. for the type of earring, Coiiiptc-Rcndii. 1S80, pi. i.. 1 1, 12 (3rd
cent. B.C.).
XXXII.
2o6 CATALOGUr: OF JKWELLEKY .
1880 00. Pair of earrings, composed of a disk with raised outer wall. The inner Plate
VW III
part is decorated with a granulated disk surrounded by three concentric wire aaih.
circles with small triangles of globules soldcreil to them. Wire hook behind
disk. From a loop behind the disk hangs a rod of twisted wire. This is soldered
to the back of a nude figure of Eros with r. or 1. leg advanced respectivel)-. His
hands are raised, and in the r. or 1. hand he carries an open writing tablet. From
a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th 3rd cent. li.c.
Ht., 4' 2 cm. : ul. (logcthcr), 262 grns. See No. 161 ].
1891. Gold, pendant, in the form of a figure of J^ros standing with 1. foot .slightly Plate
advanced, and holding a kithara on his 1. arm, and 2l plectrum in his r. hand by
his hip. Loop for suspension soldered behind head. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 45 grns. Cf. /////. dii Bosph. Ciiiiiii., pi. \ni7, 13 ; 'E0. '-Vx-i '9"2, col. 162
(misprinted 262), fig. 10.
1892. Gold earring, consisting of a pelta-shaped plate, decorated with a border of Plate
beaded wire and filigree and with two settings for stones and a hollow figure of XXII.
Eros, soldered to the lower part of the plate. His legs are bent back and he
holds a syrinx (Greek type, with equal reeds) with both hands to his chest.
Hook soldered to back. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 64 grns. Cf. Pollak, Goldschmiedeayb., pi. viii., 60 and 62.
1893. Gold earring, in the form of a hollow figure of Eros, holding a syrinx (type as
last) below his chin with both hands. R. leg slightly advanced. Hook soldered
to back. Towneley Coll.
Ht., 2-8 cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
1894. Gold earring, in the form of a hollow figure of Eros to the front, wearing loin- Plate
cloth. His body is bent forward in a curve, and he holds a syrinx (type as last) XXXII.
to his mouth with both hands. He stands upon a small base, beneath which is
a loop for a pendant now missing. Above the head is a rosette with setting for
a stone now lost. Hook soldered to back of figure. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. : wt., 39 grns. Cf. Pollak, Goldschimedearb., pi. viii., 62. Cf. Xo. 2374.
1895. Gold earring in the form of Eros (hollow), holding a syrinx (type as last) to Plate
his breast with his r. hand, and a pedum (represented by a gold rod with either XXXII.
end ribbed) in his 1. Long hook with knob at the end soldered behind. The
legs of the figure are bent and damaged. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 3 "9 cm. ; wt., 68 grns.
1896-7. Pair of gold earrings composed of minute figures of Eros masquerading as Plate
Pan. He has two small horns above his forehead, shagg}' goat's legs, and plays XXXII.
on a syrinx of the Greek type (equal reeds). The figure hangs from a hook, to
which a small circular box-setting is soldered, containing an eight-petalled flower
in filigree. Found in Crete. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., ca. 3 cm. ; wt. (together), 2S grns. Cf. No. 1S84.
GREEK KARRINCS. 207
1898. Gold earring-pendant in the form of ;i winged Eros, wearing a crossband Plate
decorated with globules (vine-spray). In his lowered r. hand he carries a mask ; XXXII.
his 1. hand is raised. Loop at back of neck for suspension. Bequeathed by Sir
William Temple, 1856.
Ht., I "8 cm. ; wt., 34 grns. Cf. .////. di( Bospli. Cimiii., pi. vii., 6 (4th-3rd cent, ii.c.) ; Hadaczek,
Ohrsclimuck, p. 43.
1899. Gold earring-pendant in the form of a figure of Eros flying with 1. leg crossed Plate
over r. His wings arc raised, and both his arms are uplifted. His r. hand
holds the end of a scarf which floats over his 1. arm. A cloak passes over the
front of his body and streams away behind. His 1. hand holds a beaded rod.
Behind his head is soldered a ring for suspension. The wings and drapery are
strengthened by gold rods soldered behind them. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 48 grns. 3rd-2ncl cent. i:.c. It is related in type to the Myrina figures. Cf.
Winter, 'I yf'cn (3), pp. 331, 332.
1900. Gold earring, in the form of Eros with wings bent forward round his shoulders, Plate
holding a scarf across his breast. Hook soldered at back. From Kalymnos. XXXII.
Excavated by C. T. Newton, Esq., 1856. Presented by Lord Stratford dc Red-
chffe, H.B.M. Ambassador at the Porte.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
1901. Gold earring-pendant in form of Eros holding an open mirror-case by his side Plate
in 1. hand. L. foot broken away. Remains of loop soldered behind head. XXXII.
From Cyrene. Excavated by Lieutenants Smith and Porcher, 1861.
Ht., I 'Q cm. ; wt., 42 grns. Cf. />'. M. Cat. of Toriuottas, C 193 ; Winter, Typeii (2), p. 290, 6.
1902. Gold earring. Eros with r. foot advanced, wearing vine-spray
from his r. shoulder to 1. thigh. His r. hand holds a disk with a
diagonal of globules across it (a kind of battledore?), his raised 1. a
ball (.'). The figure is suspended by a loop from a hook masked by
a rosette of fifteen petals picked out in filigree. In the centre of
the rosette is a small circular setting, which has probabh- been filled
with a stone now missing. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3'7 cm. : wt., 46 grns. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C. Cf. .liith. Pal.., v., 214 : (Tr^M^narav
TfW "E|JC0T(I Tpi<j>(Mi K.T,\.
1903. Gold earring-pendant in the form of Eros with legs wide apart. = xo! 190=.
His r. hand is raised to his head, his 1. is lowered, and carries
an open mirror-case (?). Between the two disks of the mirror is a fragment
of his beaded cross-belt. Townelcy Coll.
Ht., I ■ I cm. : wt., 25 grns.
1904. Gold earring-pendant in the form of Eros with legs wide apart. His r. hand
rests on his stomach, his 1. arm is bent. There are remains of an attachment
behind the head. From .\thens. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Ht., 1 '2 cm. ; wt., 15 grns.
208 CATALOGUF. OF JEWICLLERV.-
1905. Gold earring-pendant in the form of Eros advancing to the front with arms Plate
outstretched and hands raised. Possibly has held the strap connected with a XXXII.
magic wheel. There are remains of a twisted wire hook behind the head. From
Smyrna. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Ht., I ■« cm. ; \vt., 40 .^rns.
1906. Gold earring-pendant in the form of a figure of Eros. He is nude, and bent
back in a bow, with liis hands on his hips and legs close together. His feet are
attached to a small platform from which the ring sprang, and behind his head is
soldered a small tube for the insertion of the open end of the ring. Franks
Bequest, i<S97.
Diam., i '6 cm. : \vt., 4<S ^rns. Cf. No. 1710, above.
1907. Gold earring-pendant in the form of Eros to front, winged. Both arms are
bent at the elbows. To his back is soldered a loop for the suspension of the
figure. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2 '3 cm. ; ut.. 60 gnis.
1908. Gold earring pendant, in the form of a figure of Eros flying to front. A
folded garment passes across his back and falls over both arms, which are raised.
Loop soldered behind for suspension. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2" 2 cm. ; \vt., 36 ,ffrns.
1909. Gold earring in the form of a figure of ICros, with r. foot somewhat advanced.
His raised r. hand holds a short ribbed rod, his lowered 1. a wreath (.') of twisted
wire. Over his r. arm is the end of a long sash, which passes behind him and is
carried round his r. foot. Attached to the figure is a loop, to which is fastened a
hook. To the front of the hook is soldered a round setting with a rosette within
it. Found in Crete. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht.. 4 cm. : wt., 104 grns.
1910. Gold earring, forming a pair with last. The drapery over the raised arm is Plate
broken awaj', and the staff in the hand is missing. The positions of the arms and
legs are reversed. Found in Crete. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 5 cm. ; \vt., 99 grns.
1911. Pair of gold earrings in the form of a figure of Eros holding a cord in both Plate
his hands across his middle. The wings are covered with a series of dots. XXXII.
The figure is attached by a loop to a gold hook, to which a disk is soldered,
bordered by a plain and beaded wire, and decorated in the centre with a
rosette formed of seven and six wire circles respectively. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 4 cm. ; wt. (together), 68 grns.
1912. Part of a gold earring. It is in the form of a thin sheet of gold, roughly Plate
oblong, but slightly broader at one end than the other. The broader end is XXXIII.
rounded. Embossed design ; abo\-e, a star of eight rays, below, a figure of
(IRKKK KARRINGS. 2O9
lu-os or Victory with wings raised— very indistinct. i\t the top is a small hole,
through which the hook probably i^assed. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
lit., 2' 7 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, OhrscJimiuk, pp. 39, 40 ; figs. 70, 75.
1913. tGold earring-pendant of thin stamped gold. IkMow is stamped a figure of
Eros (?) standing to front, with head to his 1. He has drapery spreading
behind him, and his r. hand is outstretched. His 1. arm is bent at the elbow and
raised. On his head are two feathers (.'). Above the head of Eros (.') is an
almost circular plate, stamped with an o.x-head to front. Border of dots. Traces
of hook attachment above ox-head behind. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3"g cm. ; wt., 12 gins.
1914-5. Pair of gold earrings (hollow) in the form of a figure of Eros, holding in Plate
one hand a phiale, in the other an oblong plaque stamped with a bee (.'). A XXXIII.
cross-band is engraved between his breasts. The figure is suspended from a hook,
masked by a disk, on which is a rosette of seven petals in filigree, originally filled
with blue enamel. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 4' 5 cm. : wt. (together}, 67 grns.
1916. fGold earring, composed of a nude figure of Eros 0.) to front, with raised
wings and hands on hips. He stands on a square base. Between the wings is a
rosette of beaded and twisted wires, with a flower of seven petals in the middle
and a honeysuckle ornament in filigree above. These ornaments are soldered to
a long hook attached behind Eros.
Ht., 6'6 cm. : wt., 66 grns.
1917. Gold earring, composed of a disk decorated with a filigree rosette which has Plate
a circular setting in the middle (stone or paste lost), and with a border of XXXIII.
beaded wire. To the disk is soldered a wire hook forming a loop below the
disk. From the loop a dove carved in plasma is suspended by a wire passed
through a hole in its body. Rlacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 2 '7 cm. : wt.. 30 grns.
1918. Gold earring, composed of a concave disk decorated with circles of plain and
beaded wires. There are three wire hooks soldered to the back. F"rom one of
these hangs the hollow gold figure of a dove, with wings outlined in beaded wire.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
1919-20. Pair of gold earrings composed of a rosette containing a double flower with Plate
filigree-bordered petals, surmounted by a palmette, which is also decorated with XXXIII.
filigree. To the back of these ornaments is attached a hook, from the bottom of
which is suspended a dove with feathers marked in filigree. It stands on a square
base. One of the doves is broken from the loop at the base of the hook. Franks
Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 6 cm. ; wt. (together), no grns.
1'
2 10 CATALOGUE OF jEWELI.F.RV.
1921-2. Pair of gold earrings, composed of io) a rosette decorated with filigree, with Plate
a convex garnet in the centre ; to the back of this is soldered a hook. From a XXXIII.
loop at the lower end of the hook is suspended {b) the hollow figure of a dove on
a square base, with feet indicated in beaded wire. The feathers of the wings are
also indicated in beaded wire. I'ranks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Hi., ca. 4' 2 cm. ; \vt. (together), 74 grns.
1923. Gold earring in the form of a hollow figure of a dove. Hook attached to back Plate
of neck and loop to tail. Details carefully incised. I'rom Ruvo. Bequeathed XXXIII.
by Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht.. I '4 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, p. 50, tig. 92.
1924. Gold earring similar to the last. Filigree is used to indicate the ej-es and feet.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2' I cm. : wt., 17 grns.
1925. Gold earring of similar type to the la.st. Quite plain. Castellani Coll, 1872.
Ht., ca. 2 cm. : \it., 11 grns.
1926. Gold earring of similar type to last, but more elaborate. The dove is Plate
ornamented with a row of pendent leaves in filigree on its breast ; they are XXXIII.
apparently suspended from a beaded wire. The hook is of twisted wire.
Castellani Coll., 1S72.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. : wt., 25 grns.
1927. Gold earring similar to the last. The hook is plain. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
1928. Gold figure of a dove, wliich has probably formed an earring. The wings are
indicated by fine incisions, the tail is separately inserted. Beneath the breast is
attached a rosette of eight petals. The legs and feet are indicated in filigree.
The figure has been filled with some substance {sulphur ?). At the back of the
neck is soldered a strip of gold, broken off at the top. It is probably the remains
of a hook. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2' I cm. ; wt., 38 grns.
1929. Gold pendant in the form of a bird (partridge .') standing. There is a loop piate
above for suspension and this is prolonged below so as to form the legs of the XXXIII.
bird. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., g grns.
1930. Gold earring in the form of an eagle, much damaged. The wings, which were Plate
spread, have the feathers indicated in filigree. All the lower part has been
broken away. A wire hook is fastened to the back. The head and body of the
eagle is very finely granulated. Greek, ca. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., I "9 cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
XXXIII.
GREEK EARRINGS. 2 I I
1931. Gold pendant in the form of an eagle with outspread wings, carrying Plate
Ganymede in his talons. Ganymede, who is nude, leans over to 1. with arms XXXIII.
outstretched. The design is embossed in relief on a thin gold plate, which is
backed by another flat plate. Details indicated by chasing. There is a loop for
suspension. y\cquired, 1875.
Ht., 2-3 cm. ; wt., 24 -rns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsdimiid;, jj. 41 ; FuiUfiiay, p. 108.
1932. Gold earring in the form of an eagle with wings spread, carrying off piate
Ganymede in his talons. Ganymede is nude, and lifts his 1. arm towards the XXXIII.
eagle's neck. The figures are in the round, and details are indicated by fine
chasing. Loop attached above the eagle's neck for suspension. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 31 grns. There is a similar earring in the Lou\Te figured by Fontenay, p; 108.
1933- Gold earring-pendant in the form of an eagle standing with outspread wings piate
on a square base. To the back of the eagle's neck is soldered a short hook, XXXIII.
to the back of the tail, a loop. The feathers are carefully indicated by chasing'.
Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt., 64 grns.
1934. Gold earring, consisting of the figure of an eagle with outstretched wings Plate
(finely chased), suspended from a hook with a phallus (i*) soldered to the lower XXXIII.
part of it. The loop to which the hook is fastened is in the form of a serpent's
head ; the body winds down the eagle's back. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3 ■ 2 cm. ; wt., 39 grns.
1935. Earring consisting of a gold hook which ends in a ring. The ring passes Plate
through a hole pierced in the mouth of a fish cut out of a sardonyx. Towneley XXXIII.
Coll. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-5 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
(vi). — Other types. Nos. 1936-1942.
1936-1941. Six gold pendants, all of similar form. They consist of small rosettes Plate
of seventeen petals, with setting in the centre for a stone. In two cases these XXXIII.
settings are filled with garnets. Above and below the rosette are pairs of wire
loops. To the upper pair a chain was perhaps fastened for passing over the ear.
From the lower pair hang two plaited chains, which both pass through one plain
gold bead, and are fastened to a single loop, the ends of which pass through a
smaller plain bead, and form another loop on the other side of the bead. From
this are suspended five short chains, with small six-leaved flowers at their ends.
Above the flowers are minute disks filled with blue enamel. Three of the flowers
are missing. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1S77. 4th-3rd
cent. B.f.
Ht., 7-4 cm. ; wt., 60-68 grns each. See No. 161 1, and cf. No. 1954.
212
CATALOGUK OK JEWKLLKKV.
1942. Gold pendant, consisting of a double rosette of fifteen outer and twelve inner Plate
petals, with three loops attached above for suspension. In the centre is a garnet XXXIIl.
in a circular band-setting. Below, two pairs of plaited chains are suspended
from double tubes soldered to the rosette. The inner chains of these two pairs
pass through a biconical gold bead decorated with filigree, and then, joining each
the outer chain, pass again through a similar biconical bead on either side.
Below these beads the chains pass again through four smaller and plainer
biconical beads, and terminate in four sets of triple chains with a bud of six
leaves suspended from each chain ; above each chain is a disk originally filled
with dark-blue enamel. One of the gold buds is missing. From a tomb at
Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th -3rd cent. B.C.
Hi., 7'2 cm. ; ut., 174 ^ins. Sec No. 161 1.
(t) Necklaces, etc. Nos. 1943-1984.
1943. Gold necklace, composed of a ribbon of five plaits, with a series of " spear- Plate
heads " [Xoyx'''') suspended from it. Their attachment to the ribbon is masked XXXIV.
by small rosettes. The " spear-heads " alternate with small amphorae suspended
from the ribbon by short chains. Above the amphorae are tiny disks with
remains of dark-blue enamel. Many of the pendants are missing. The ribbon
terminates at each end in clasps in the form of lions' heads. In the mouth of one
is a hook, in that of the other a loop. Where the ribbon enters the clasps is
a ring of pointed leaves. Blacas Coll., 1867. 4th cent. B.C.
L. 30'5 cm. ; wt., 608 grns. Cf. An/, dii Bospli. Cimtn., pi. ix., i ; Compte-Roidii, 1865, pi. ii., 5 ;
for the pendants, cf. the temple inventories, e.g., Michel, Rccucit, p. 682, 1. 24: op/ios
Xo'y;^a>Td9 . . . dpid^jios Xny^tayv PAAIIII ; ibid.^ p. 683, !. 4^ • ^PfJ^os dfKJyopiiov. n\Kr]v a-vv Tols
\ivnis ^pd^pai APhht-, (Iptdpiis lipcpnpfaiv PPIII.
1944. Part of a gold necklace, composed of a ribbon with three finely-plaited gold Plate
strands. Below, hangs a series of small " spear-head " pendants from rings XXXIV.
attached to the ribbon. The junction of the ring and the ribbon is masked b}- a
small rosette. Only twenty-three of the pendants remain. At the end is a
pointed-oval plate of gold decorated with filigree, with a loop at its extremity.
From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 1 1 '4 cm. ; ut.. 81 grns. See No. 161 1.
1945. Gold necklace of similar t}pe to last. The ribbon is broken in three places ;
forty-six " spear-head " pendants remain. The clasp at one end is preserved.
It is semi-elliptical in form, decorated with a palmetto and spirals in filigree, and
fastened to the ribbon by a wire passed through it. From a tomb at Kyme in
Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 28'6 cm. ; wt., 44g grns. Sec No. 161 1.
1946. Gold necklace of kindred type. Ribbon of seven plaited strands, terminating Plate
in semi-elliptical clasps decorated with a palmette and a rosette in filigree, XXXIV.
GKEKK NKCKLACIiS.
21
springing; from acanthus leaves. Suspended from the ribbon are " spear-head "
pendants (twentj-'-five remaining), surmounted by tiny six-petalled flowers
originally filled with enamel. In the centre are three plaited chains, each with
a figure of Eros turning the magic wheel (I'vy^) at the end (cf Nos. 1670-3).
Above the head of each Eros is a small flower of si.x petals. From a tomb at
Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1876. 4th-3rd cent. r..C.
L., 21 cm.; wt,, 431 grns. Cf. A///s. Borb., II., 14; Compte- Rendu, 1865, pi. ii., 5 ; for the
Erotes, cf. the design on the ,t;oId box, No. 2067 ; Naukratis, II., pi. xvii., 7 = B.M. Cat. of
Rings, 1258. .Sec No. i6ri.
1947. Gold necklace, composed of a ribbon of four i)laits, terminating in semicircular Plate
plaques of gold ornamented witli a palmetto in filigree. .At the ends of the XXXV.
plaques is a loop. From the ribbon are suspended : (i) a row of large fluted
amphorae hanging from two plaited chains arranged V-wisc ; the two upper
angles are decorated with small double rosettes, the lower angle with a single
rosette. (2) Between the arms of the V hangs a very minute amphora, its junction
with the ribbon being masked by a small enamelled ivy-leaf and disk. {3) Between
each pair of V chains is a short plaited chain, to which a small plain amphora is
attached. Above the amphora is a small disk decorated with dark blue enamel.
From Melos. Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th cent, i! c.
L., 33-6 cm. ; wi., 1026 grns. Smith, Did. of Ant:'
Bospii. Cimm., pi. xii", 4 ; Comptc-Rcndu, 1S65, pi.
P- '79,
p. 48.
s.v. iMonilc. Cf. Ant. dii
1948. Gold necklace, composed of a ribbon of si.x plaits, from which seventy-one piate
small amphorae are suspended, their junction with the ribbon being masked by XXXIV.
a small rosette with a globule in the centre. At each end is a pear-shaped clasp,
decorated with a rosette and acanthus leaves in filigree, and ending in a hook
and a loop respectively. From Capua. Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 37-8 cm. ; wt., 600 grns.
1949. Part of a gold clasp (probably from the end of a necklace), semi-elliptical in Plate
form, bordered with beaded wire. Within this border is a head of an Amazon (.') XXXIII.
in relief, wearing a Phrygian cap, and a flower of six petals in filigree. At the
pointed end is part of a thick wire hook, at the broad end five pointed leaves.
There is a portion of a plaited chain remaining, fastened to the clasp by a pin.
From Smyrna. Burgon Coll., 1842. 4th- 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 1 '7 cm. ; wt., 26 grns. Ant. Dlii/c., I., pi, xii., 20, p. 5.
1950. Part of a silver necklace, composed of a flat plaited band with a clasp piate
decorated with floral and spiral patterns in filigree. The clasp has a hook soldered XXXVI.
to it. The other end of the necklace has been broken away. To the chain are
attached nine flowers of four petals each with terracotta berries in their middle.
Three of these berries are wanting. Below each flower are suspended two silver
oak-leaves and a terracotta acorn (the latter has been gilt). Two of the leaves
P 2
214 CATALOGUl'", OF JKWKLLKRVn
and two acorns arc missing. I^'ound in the province of Valencia, Spain. Acquired
1908. Late Greek or perhaps of Gracco-Roman date.
L., 21 '5 cm.; \vt., 467 grns. Probably found with No. 1633. For the terracotta acorns,
cf. Atlicn. Mitt., -XX.XIII., p. 432 ; Jouni. Hell. Stud., .X\., p. 24 (from tombs of the 3rd-
2nd cent. H.c).
1951. Gold necklace, composed of plates of " double-axe " form, with a small rosette Plate
of five petals above and below and a globule in the middle, alternating with XXXV.
rosettes of seven petals. The leaves of the rosettes and the borders of the plates
are outlined in filigree. At the back of each plate are one large and two small
rings, at the back of the rosettes one large ring for the connecting threads. The
plates have been filled with light green enamel, extensive traces of which still
remain. The rosettes, nine of which are larger than the others, have considerable
remains of a dark-coloured enamel, with a faint reddish tinge. Towards one end
of the necklace is a plate of oval shape bordered with beaded wire ending in
volutes and decorated with a palmette in filigree ; the corresponding plate at the
other end is missing. At each extremity is an openwork ornament, composed of
three pairs of filigree spirals, surmounted by an acanthus leaf filled with light
green and dark blue enamel, two rosettes (which have also been enamelled) and
four small leaves enamelled blue and light green. In one case a small palmette
(similarly enamelled) remains at the top. The corresponding palmette is missing.
Acquired, 1S91. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L. 26 cm.; wt., 287 grns. Arch. Aiiz., 1892, p. 176; cf Comptc-Ri-iuhi, 1880, pi. ii., II
(3rd cent. H.c).
1952. Gold necklace, composed of {a) eight beads, decorated with looped double Plate
spirals in filigree, divided by a beaded wire down the centre ; (/') eight half acorns (?) XXXV.
(pierced, and flat at the back) hanging from triple rosettes decorated with filigree ;
{c) seven female heads (flat at back), each wearing a necklace with bulla, a pair
of spiral earrings with beaded ends, a broad ampy.x ornamented in five cases
with a zigzag pattern, in two with curved lines. The hair is brushed back at the
sides over the ampyx. Below are three rows of beaded wire round the neck, the
lowest of which has a loop-shaped drop in the centre. Two of the heads have a
cow's ears and horns, and probably represent lo. The central head has a small
plain amphora, surmounted by a rosette of six petals, suspended from it ;
{d) eight small female heads (one now wanting) in low relief, with hair parted in
the middle, and a long lock on each side. Each hangs from an ornament
composed of two crescents, with a rosette of six petals between them ; {e) at each
extremity is a club-shaped clasp ornamented with palmettes and double spirals
in filigree, with a loop at the end. These loops are connected by a double wire
hook masked by a triple rosette. The rosettes and crescent ornaments are
furnished with double cylinders at the back. Through these passed the connecting
threads. From Tarentum. Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th cent. r..C.
L. 30'6 cm. ; wt., 629 grns. With {a) and (h), cf. Coinptc-Roidu, 1869, pi. i., 14 (4th cent. B.C.) ;
Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. ill., 8.
GREEK NECKLACES. 2 I i;
1953- Gold necklace of fmcly plaited wire. At the extremities are plain cyliiulric-i!
casings, with ends ornamented by beaded wire rings. The)' terminate in loops
one of which is missing. Broken in two. Part probably lost, From a tomb at
kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. li.C.
L., 23 8 cm. ; \vt., 113 grns. See No. 161 1.
1954. Gold necklace, composed of two plaited chains, with a small cylinder attached Plate
to one end by a ring : the corresponding cylinder (with the hook) is missing. XXXIII.
These chains both pass through a biconical bead decorated with filigree palmettes,
and then each single chain passes through another smaller biconical bead
decorated with a double spiral in filigree and small clusters of globules, Having
passed through the bead the chain is divided into four smaller plaited chains, from
each of which hangs a small five-petalled flower with wire stamens and a minute
six-petalled floweret (enamelled) in their centre. The stamens and central
floweret are missing from two of the eight flowers. From a tomb at Kyme in
Aeolis. Acquired, 1876. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L. 39 cm, ; wt., 416 grns. Cf. a necklace from Smyrna engraved in Archaeoloiria, XXXV
pi. 8, 4, P- 190 ; and, for the general form of the necklace, the third century kc. jewellery
from a S. Russian tomh-ComJ,U-Re,idu, 1880, pi. i. and iii. Possiblv these tassel-pendants
are the (t>vK,a of the Delos inventories. See Michel, /^m>a7, 833, 43 : 0.Vm «o k,u
n,pcS„plSia xpv<Tu : Ibid., 1. loi : ,/>,Vto„ xpi-o-oD^ upo, t<^ <rr,.X,W6> ■ ,',X^n avv r<3 mm-r, • I- See
No. 161 1. . , r- .
1955- Gold necklace composed of two double chains of plaited wire. One of the Plate
double chains has a rectangular plate of gold attached to its extremity which is XXXIII.
decorated with a filigree scale pattern and has a ring soldered to it. The corre-
sponding plate (with the hook) is missing from the other chain. The chains pass
first through a biconical bead decorated with palmettes in filigree and then
separate, each passing through a similar, but smaller, bead decorated with double
spirals in filigree and globules. Subsequently each strand of the double chains
passes through another bead of similar type, and then divides into four chains
from the ends of which small pomegranates of gold, decorated with spirals and
globules, are suspended. Above each pomegranate is a small disk, which has
been filled with white enamel. Three out of the sixteen pomegranates are
missing. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 30-5 cm. ; wt., 537 grns. See No. 161 1.
1956. Gold stater of Alexander the Great. Obverse : head of Athena to r. helmeted
On the back of the helmet is a coiled serpent. She has earrings of inverted
pyramid form. Reverse : Victory standing to 1. Inscribed : aaezana. Found
with jewellery in a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1S77,
Diam., 1-9 cm. ; wt., 136 grns. See No. 161 1.
1957. Necklace composed of sixteen gold beads in the form of two ribbed tubes Plate
placed side by side and surmounted by a small six-petalled rosette (missing in XXXVI.
XXXV.
2l6 CATAI.ixa'l'. OF JKWiaJ.ERV,
three instances) ; ten o])aquc glass beads of similar shape (four green, three dark
blue, and three rcddish-brdwn), surmounted by a round bead with a globule at
the top ; and of a centi'al sard pendant of acorn form, mounted in a gold cap
decorated with three rows of granulated triangles. From Aniathus, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. 4th cent. I'..<'.
L., 21 cm. ; wl., 274 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, jil. xiv., 16, pp. 101 and 125, Tomb 256,
Sarcophagus II. Found with Nos. 1644-7, and witli the ring II. M. Cat. of Rings, No. 703.
Cf. Ccsnola, Atlas, III., pi. ix., 4.
1958. Necklace, composed of a gold chain of small links of 8-shape, ending in a Plate
lion's head decorated with a palmette in filigree. At one end the lion holds in
its mouth a iiodiis Hcraila/s with spiral twists at the corners, and an acanthus
ornament in the middle, terminating in a gold hook ; at the other end the other
lion holds a loop. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1887. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 31 • I cm. ; \vt. 89 grns. Cf. Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. jVoiius, fig. 5323 (from Curium), and,
for the chain, Coinptc-Rendti, 1880, pi. iv., 3 ; also Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. v., 5.
1959. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of finely plaited gold wire. At either Plate
end is a small gold cylinder, decorated with circles of beaded wire, and fastened XXXIV.
to the chain by means of a wire which pierces the cylinder and chain. Hook
(ending in a serpent's head) and loop soldered to the respective cylinders. From
excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest). 1896. 4th cent. H.C.
L. 56'2 cm. ; wt., 345 grns. E.xcavatious in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 26, p. 83, Tomb S3 1). Found
with the ling B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 67.
i960. Gold pendant from silver necklace. It is in the form of a vase with pointed
base, decorated round the shoulder with double spirals in fine filigree, and with a
floral design in filigree round the base. A small ring is soldered to the cover,
and through this passes a small portion of a plaited silver chain, much oxydized.
From excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896. 5th cent. li.c.
Ht. of pendant, 2 cm.; 1. i>l chain, 4' 2 cm. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 8, p. 82,
Tomb 73 (8).
1961. Part of a necklace, composed of sixteen glass beads with a gold setting each Plate
end of calyx form. At each end is the head of a negro and a negress respectively, XXXVI.
carved in garnet. The eyes have been filled with some substance, and the heads
are set in a plate of gold upon which the hair is indicated by means of fine wire
spirals soldered to it. Hook and loop soldered above the respective heads.
Found in a tomb in Melos, 18 19. Burgon Coll., 1842. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
I.., 2 1 • 5 cm. ; wt., 19S grns. Cf. No. 1709 above ; Arch. Anz., 1892, p. 168, 38.
1962. Necklace, composed of («) seventeen garnet beads, each on a gold wire link Plate
with the ends twisted into loops and fastened into the next link ; a gold setting XXXVI.
in the form of a flower calyx is placed at each end of the garnet beads.
Between each pair of garnets were originally one green porcelain bead and one
GHKKK NKCKLACES.
21 ■
small pearl, set as the garnets. (July fourteen porcelain beads and two pearls
remain. Tiie necklace terminates in two heads of ncgresses in garnet, set in gold,
npon which the hair is indicated by means of locks of gold wire, twisted spirally.
Below each head is a garnet bead, each with a gold cap at either end. I'Vanks
Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 42 '5 cm. : \vt., 197 gins.
1963. Gold necklace, consisting of a plaited wire chain of .square section, broken ofi"
at one end. The other end terminates in the head of a negrcss in garnet in gold
setting, upon which the hair is indicated by a .series of small spirals in filigree
soldered to the gold. To the head is soldered a gold loop. The hook of the
other end, together with part of the gold setting which contained a similar head,
is preserved. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 29 cm. : \\t., 1 3S grns.
1964. Gold necklace, composed of large links in the form of double loops bent Plate
upwards, ending in heads of horned lions, with a kind of crest between the horns. XXXVI.
The necks have been ornamented with cylindrical beads of glass paste, now
almost entirely broken away. The settings at the end, and the wire on which
the beads were strung, remain. Hook and eye s(jldered to the respective mouths
of the lions. Blacas Coll., 1867. Ca. 3rd cent. ii.C.
L. 36-5 cm. : \vl., 307 grns. Cf. ./«/. ,/// liosph. Cimiii.. pi. .\i., 7.
1965. Part of a gold necklace formed of links similar to the last (several now
missing), ending in heads of horned lions ; one has a hook, the other a loop
soldered to its mouth. Acquired, 1896. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 29 cm.: \vt., Ill grns. Arch. Anz., 1897, p. 196 ('31): cf. C,>mp/c-J^cn,in, 18S0. pi. iv., 3
(3rd cent. Ii.C).
1966. Necklace, composed of thirty-two links of double wire ending in loops, piate
Between the loops of each link is a garnet bead cut into two half-sections, with a XXXVii.
gold mount decorated with leaves in filigree, on each side. The necklace ends on
each side in the head of a horned lion in gold, the neck decorated with a garnet
bead in the form of a truncated cone. Triple loops are soldered to the mouth of
each lion and are connected by a gold hook. From Capua. Castellan i Coll.,
1872. 3rd cent. B.C.
41-1 cm.; «t., 573 grns. Cf. Compte-Raidii, 1880, pi. i.. 5 (ca.
1879, pi. 17 (from Capua).
250 n.c.) : Gazette Arch.,
1967. Gold necklace, composed of a finely-plaited chain ending in a horned lion's
head with a loop below its mouth ; the corresponding fastening on the other end
has been broken away, except for a ring of leaves in filigree which remain. The
chain is broken in two places. Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 35-5 cm. ; wt., 169 grns. Cf. Comple- Rendu, 1880, pi. ii., 9 (3rd cenf. B.C.).
2l8
CATALOGUE OF IF.WELLERV.
1968. Gold necklace, composed of a chain made up of large links in the form of Plate
double loops of beaded wire bent upwards. To each end is attached a large
lion's head in repousse work, with high upstanding mane. The details are care-
fully indicated by chasing, and the eyes are filled with bluish-green' enamel. The
neck is covered with tendrils and palmettes in filigree, and with small triangles,
and terminates in a wreath of acanthus leaves. Attached to the lions' mouths
are two hooks (one broken off) and two loops respectively : from each side of these
issues a serpent in gold wire. From Capua. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 3rd
cent. B.C.
L., 40-9 cm. ; wt., 1408 grns. For this florid style of lion's head, cf. the earrings Nos. 1768 ff.
This style was evidently in vogue in Italy about the 3rd cent. r,.c.
1969. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of 8-shaped links in stout gold wire. At Plate
either end is a hollow lion's head with upstanding mane. The neck is decorated XXXVII.
with beaded and plaited wires and with a ring of pointed leaves outlined in filigree.
It ends in a kind of cylinder, to which a wire ring is soldered for attachment.
A double wire hook ending in serpents' heads and a double wire ring are
attached to the respective mouths of the lions. Formerly in the Collection of
Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C. ^
L., 41 '4 cm. ; wt., 583 grns.
1970. Gold necklace, consisting of a chain of links of bent double-loop form, ending
in heads of lions, with plain tapering cylinders issuing from their necks. Hook
and eye respectively attached to lions' mouths. Blacas Coll., 1867. 4th-3rd
cent. B.C.
L., 30-4 cm. ; wt., 124 grns. Cf. Aiif. dii Bospli. Ciinm., pi. xi., 7 (found in a vase of the 4th
cent. B.C.).
1971. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of similar loop-shaped wire links, termi-
nating at each end in lions' heads, to which are soldered a hook and an eye
respectively. Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 29 cm. ; wt., 90 grns.
1972. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of similar loop-shaped links, ending in
heads of lions. In the mouth of one of the lions is soldered a hook, in that
of the other a loop. There is a ring of leaves in beaded wire round the neck.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 34-3 cm. ; wt., 134 grns.
1973. Long gold chain (probably a necklace passed twice round the neck) formed Plate
of links of double-loop form, ending in heads of bulls, with eyes indicated in XXXVII.
black and white enamel ; a loop is soldered below either mouth. The neck was
ornamented by a cylindrical stone or paste jiow missing. Blacas Coll., 1867.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 88 •! cm. ; wt., 1038 grns. Cf. Ant. du Bosp/i. Ciiiim., pi. xi., 7.
GREKK NECKLACES. 2iq
1974. Necklace composed of twenty-four garnet reel-shaped beads, each threaded Plate
between the loops of a double 8-shaped link of wire. These garnet reels alternate XXXVI.
with twenty-five gold reels, similarly threaded. The hook and loop for fa.stcnincT
the necklace are soldered to the mouths of two bulls' heads in gold. Each 0I"
these heads terminates in a garnet bead. Three small gold beads^'in the form of
pomegranates hang from chains attached to the back of each of the bull's
head clasps. One of the pomegranates is missing. Found in Crete Franks
Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 37-5 en. ; wt. 320 grns Cf. A>U. ,/u Bosph. Chum. pi. xi., z ; and for the pendants, ibid.
pi. X., 2, and No. 2064 below. ' '
1975. Necklace composed of nineteen round beads of dark red glass, slightly flat- Plate
tened on either side, and eighteen gold beads. On either side of the'' beads is XXXVIII.
a small disk of beaded and plain wire circles decorated with globules These
disks are soldered to the gold beads, and left loose on either ''side of the glass
beads. Each bead is pierced and placed in the middle of two double links of
wu-e with loops at the end. The different loops are coupled to one another
The necklace ends in heads of wild goats decorated with a kind of harness of
double twisted wires with disks covering the joins. Soldered to the front of the
horns is a semicircular gold setting containing a garnet. A second pointed oval
garnet is placed in a setting above the animal's nozzle (the stone is missing from
one head). A wire hook and eye respectively are soldered beneath the m^ouths
The eyes are represented by a hole, which has perhaps been filled with enamel
Blacas Coll., 1867. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 41 -I cm. ; wt., 605 grns. Cf. Compte-Rcndu, 1880, pi. i., 5 (3rd cent, n.c), and Nos. 1786 ft"
above. • "
1976. Gold necklace composed of links of reel-and-loop form, ending in heads of Plate
wild goats, one with a hook soldered below the mouth, the other with an eye XXXVIII.
On one side of the goats' heads is a small filigree ring with traces of blue enamel
remaining : the necks of the goats are decorated with a garnet bead Ca ^rd
cent. B.C. ■
L., 46-4 cm. ;wt., 209 grns. Cf. Ant. du Bosph. Cimm., pi. xi., 2 ; Des Vergers, Etrurie. pi.
[xx.\i.J, 3 (for the chain). ' ^
1977- Necklace, composed of thirty-five gold beads similar to last. In the middle Plate
are two heads of lynxes joined by rings attached to their mouths : their necks are XXXVIII.
decorated with beads of coloured glass. Between them hangs a pendent
amphora with two handles and a pointed base, formed of a bead of dark and
white glass mounted in gold decorated with triangles in granulation. Hook and
loop at respective ends. From Vulci. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 31-2 cm. ; wt., 249 grns.
1978. Gold necklace composed of plain wire links joined together at the end«
which are twisted into loops. The hook and loop at the end are attached to a
220 CATALOGUK OK JKWKl.LliKV. •
do^'s head (?) and a bull's head (?) respectively, wliich have had a stone or paste
set behind them. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L.. 38 '5 cm. ; wt., 42 grns.
1979. Necklace, composed of twelve gold beads decorated with granulated patterns Plate
(some wholly granulated, others decorated with triangles and diamonds, others XXXVIII.
with chevrons), five green glass beads, three plain glass beads. On cither side of
the beads is a small ring, decorated with globules. The beads are strung on
double wires with looped ends, and these wires are attached to one another by
two links of bent double-loop form. At either end is a clasp in the form of a
butterfly with the w ings represented in enamel (blue and white spots) bordered
with beaclcrl wire. The head and wings of the butterfly are in white enamel with
blue spots. The tips of the wings are green. Each butterfly has hooks soldered
beneath it. From Prince Torlonia's excavations at Vulci. Castellani Coll., 1884.
Ca. 3rd cent. li.c.
L., 3 "3 cm. ; wt., 410 grns. Cash'l/aiii Salr Cat., Paris, 1884, No. 140.
1980. Gold necklace (?), composed of twenty-two stars of six rays (decorated with
beaded wire), arranged equally on either side of a triple flower of eight rays.
The stars are connected by links of loop and reel form, which are fastened into
holes pierced in the extremities of the rays. Incomplete. From Chiusi. Cas-
tellani Coll., 1872.
L., 52 '8 cm. : wt., 17 grns.
1981. Part of a gold necklace composed of seventeen eight-rayed stars bordered
\\ ith beaded wire. They are connected with one another by means of small reels
with a loop at either side. There are three ]3endants connected with the stars
by similar reels : [a] In the centre, a pelta bordered with beaded wire. Hole
pierced for pendant below (now missing), {b) Two crescents similarly bordered.
L., 40'6 cm. : wt.. 114 grns. For the pendants, cf. Froehner. Co/L Goliicluiw. No. 55, pi. vii., 35.
1982. Part of a gold necklace, composed of thirty-six half-cylinders, each embossed
with a plant of six leaves. Each cylinder is pierced with two pairs of holes,
through which passed the connecting threads or wires. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., ca. 22 '3 cm. : wt., 97 grns.
1983. Gold necklace consisting of twenty-five round beads, alternating with twenty-
four small amphorae with pointed base, suspended from grooved cylinders.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 17 '7 cm. : wt., 169 grns. Cf. F'ontenay, p. 159.
1983*. Series of gold pendants, probably forming a decoration for the breast. Plate
They consist of a design stamped in thin gold, eight times repeated.' The design XXXIX.
represents Victory, clothed in a long chiton, driving a biga to r. She holds the
reins in her r. hand, in her 1. an object curving over the horses' heads — probabl}-
GREEK BRAfKLKTS AND ARMLETS. 22 1
;i palm-branch. Ground indicated below. Mach i)laquc ha.s been attached (by
.small ribbon-rings inserted near the heads of Victory and the horses respectively)
to a pair of oval ornaments of hollow gold, stamped on the face with two
palmettes placed base to base, and on the rim with a kind of leaf pattern. These
oval ornaments are joined in a continuous chain by means of wire links inserted
on each side. The chariot plaques have holes pierced near their edge for attach-
ment to a stuff foundation. One of the sixteen oval ornaments is missing. Said
to be from Athens. Presented by Sir Henry Howorth, K.C.I.E., through the
National Art Collections Fund, 1909. Spirited work, probably of the late 4th
or early 3rd cent. B.C.
].. of each plaque, 4'2 cm. ; of each oval, 1'5 cm. ; total 1., ca. 30 cm. ; wt., 257 grns.
Cf. Hadaczek, 0/irschiinick, p. 39, fig. 69 = Froehner, Co/l. 'ryszkiciijicz, pi. i., 2, an
ornament very similar in style to the present.
1984. Gold breast-band. In the centre is a nodus Heracleus of gold, decorated with Plate
double spirals in filigree and with globules. The ends terminate in wire volutes. XXXVIII.
In the centre is a rosette of eight petals. From the volutes on either side were
suspended two sets of three gold chains terminating in small pomegranates. A
chain and two pomegranates are missing from one side. From the knot four gold
ribbons with rounded ends spring diagonally, attached by a loop ending in double
spirals. Each ribbon is stamped with a similar design, within a border of raised
dots. On the I. is an Eros playing on the double flutes and striding to r. ;
separated from him by an amphora with pointed base is another Eros, who looks
into a similar amphora ; before him is a torch, which has been thrown away by
a third Eros, who runs towards an amphora on the r. Beyond this is a fourth
Eros, running away with torch lowered in 1. hand. Still further to the r. is a fifth
Eros, holding up a shallow cup in both hands before an am.phora. Next two
Erotes advance from either side to a large amphora. One carries a torch over
his 1. shoulder. Beyond another amphora, two other Erotes are seen rushing
towards a similar amphora, the one on the r. pursued by a third Eros, who has
flung a lighted torch after him. The extreme r. is occupied by two figures of
Eros running towards an amphora ; one plays on a kithara, the other on the
double flute. The rounded ends of one ribbon are broken off. At the ends of
the others are wire loops terminating in spirals. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L. of each ribbon, 22' i cm. ; 1. of knot, 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 282 grns. Dareniberg et Saglio, s.v.
Caelatnra, p. 798, n. 196. Cf. Ant. dii Bosph. Ciinin., pi. vi., 3 ; and for the pendants, Mon.
Ant., IX., 277, 278, fig. 72 (4th-3rd cent, jewellery from Kamarina), and Nos. 1974, 2064 ;
for the band, cf. also Compte-Rendii, 1882-3, p'- '•> J°- For the method of wearing these
ornaments, see Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Catena, figs. 1246, 1248.
{d) Bracelets and Armlets. Nos. 1985 1998.
1985 6. Pair of armlets of gold-plated bron/.c. I'lain massive hoop, ending on Plate
either side in a ram s head, with details finel)- chased. Roimd the neck is a rmg aaia.
of loop-shaped leaves in wire. The eyes have been filled with a green enamel,
2 22 CATALOGUE OF JEWKLLEKY,.
traces of which still remain. From excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner
Keijuest), 1896. About 400 B.C.
Diam., 8"4 cm. ; \vl., i66g grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. .\iii., 11, 12, p. 82, Tomb 73 (l).
1987 8. Pair of armlets resembling last. Thick silver-plated bronze hoop, ending
in embossed gold rams' heads, finely finished, Their eyes have been filled with
enamel, traces of which remain in one case. On the necks is a tongue ])attern
in filigree. From excavations at I'oli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus, 1889. Presented
by the Committee of the Cyprus Exploration Fund, 1890. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., 8 cm. : wt., 1397 and 1678 grns. respectively. Jonni. Hell. Slnd., .XL, pi. v., i, p. 54 (li).
1989 90. Pair of gold bracelets. They are composed each of six thick gold wires Plate
twisted together, and end in bulls' heads. Round the neck is a garnet bead in XXXIX.
the forrri of a truncated cone. The narrower end of the cone passes into a setting
of gold, decorated with a beaded wire and a ring of pointed leaves. The wider
end is inserted into the heads of the bulls, and is fastened by a wire pin, which
passes through the back of the head. The eyes were filled with a blue vitreous
paste, traces of which still remain. The hair is indicated by chasing. Klacas
Coll., 1867. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., S cm. ; wt., 935 grns.
1991 2. Pair of gold bracelets, composed each of three twisted gold ribbons with Plate
eight small six-petalled rosettes placed at intervals on the central ribbon. The XXXIX.
ribbons pass into a cylindrical band of gold at each end, ornamented in the one
case with a rosette of six petals, in the other with a palmette, with a double
volute pattern in filigree on either side. To the one band is attached a lion's
head with a loop in its mouth, to the other a loop of ribbon, flattened. Blacas
Coll., 1867. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 5 '2 cm. ; wt., 246 and 235 grns. respectively. Cf. No. 1607.
1993-4- Pair of gold-plated bronze bracelets, elliptical in form, with a depression
at the back. They have open ends. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1894. Tomb 84. 4th cent. B.C.
Diam., 7 '8 cm. ; wt., 733 grns. Cf. De Morgan, Diligatioti en Perse, VIII., p. 48, fig. 76,
pi. v., 1, 2 (bracelets of this type from a 4th cent. B.C. treasure found at Susa).
1995-6. Pair of bronze armlets (silver-plated), ending in large, flat serpents' heads,
with scales and other details incised. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1894.
Diam., lo'i cm. : wt., 2701 grns. Excavations in Cyprns, p. 119, Tomb 84.
1997. Gold bracelet (I), composed of a heavy plaited chain of links formed of
double-looped wire. The chain is of square section, and ends in rudelj'-shaped
lions' heads, each with a loop soldered to the mouth. Round the neck is a ring
MISCELLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS. 223
of (in one case) four leaves in twisted filigree, in the other of two filigree leaves
coupled with three cloisonnd \e:3.ves. Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 22-2 cm. ; wt., 398 grns. Cf. No. 1972, ;ibovc.
1998. Gold bracelet (.?), forming a pair with the last. To one of the loops in the
lions' mouths is fastened a hook for holding the ends of the bracelet together.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 22-2 cm. ; wt., 348 grns.
{c) Pins. Nos. 1999-2000.
1999. Pin of bronze overlaid with gold. The head is in the form of the capital of a Plate
column. From a series of eight acanthus leaves at the base .spring four goats' (.=) XXXIX.
heads, each with a tuft of hair standing up over the forehead. The hair is
carefully indicated. Between each pair of goats' (.?) heads is a shallow cup on a
fluted stem, decorated above and below with a small rosette ornamented with
filigree and granulation. On the necks of the gqats (?) rests an abacus with four
projecting angles, at each corner of which is a dove, leaning forward towards
the cup. Above this abacus rises a square base, surmounted by a large
fresh-water pearl (.?), set above and below in a gold cap with a foliated edge.
On it rests a second smaller pearl, crowned with a gold knob. The
pni Itself is ribbed at the top. On it is an inscription in punctured letters :
,^., i^.., ^.,. ,...,,. . ■ =• : : .01-...',-.: 'A^/3o8i,'[T]?;(t) Ua^ta{t) Eii^ovXa
evxivf] I ''; yvin) '>'} 'ApdTov Tod av'yye(y)ov<; \ koI 'Yajjuaa. From the temple of
Aphrodite at Paphos. Presented by the Cyprus Exploration Fund, 188S.
Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 17-8 cm.; wt, 538 grns. Joiirii. Hell. Slnd., IX., pi. xi., p. 222 f. ; Ohnefalsch-Richter,
Kypros, etc., pi. xxxii., 35 ; Rouse, Greek Votive Offerings, p. 253 ; cf. B.M. Cat. of Sculpt.,
II., No. 1510, pi. xxvii. The heads may be those of bulls, but in any case they are conven-
tionalized. For the Ptolemaic and Seleucid title, o-t^yyo'i/s, see Herwerden, Lex-Siippl., s.v. ;
Rheiii. Mus., 1900, p. 169 ff. It seems not unlikely that the present pin is to be connected
with the n-o/jTn; xP^'^n presented to the Gvyyivt^'fi {Archiv.f. Papyrusforscliung, \,^ p. 225).
2000. Gold head of a woman, wearing a stephank and spiral earrings with ribbed Plate
ends (cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsckinuck, p. 14, fig. 23). Round the neck is a band of XXXIX.
filigree decoration (two bands of waved pattern, and rings of plain, twisted, and
beaded wires). The head has perhaps formed the top of a spiral earring or a pin.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt., 25 grns. Cf. Nos. 2114-6, 1641, etc.
(/) Pendants, beads, etc. Nos. 2001-2057.
2001. Gold ornament (probably the centre of a bracelet), in the form of a nodus Plate
Herailais made of tubes decorated with double spirals in filigree and globules, XXXIV.
and bordered with beaded wires. There is a beaded spiral at each of the four
corners of the knot. Soldered to the centre of the knot is a nude figure of Eros
XXXV.
2 24 CATAI.OGUK OF JKWKI.I.KKY..
(with rudimentary wings) holding a bow in his r. liand. Over liis r. slifjulder he
wears a cross-belt, indicated by dots. Along the hack of the knot runs a rod of
gold broken off at cither end. From Syria. Castellani Coll., 1884. 3rd cent. B.C.
Hi., 3'3 cm. ; ut., 172 grns. Ctistcllaui Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, No. 101 ; cf. Pollak, Gold-
schmii-dcarb., pi. xiii., 329; Man. Ant., I\., jip. 277, 278, fig. 72 ; Arch. Am., 1906, p. 135,
fig. 6 (found with coins of Ptolemy I. ;uul II. - Vernier, Cat. dii Miis. ih- Caire, Bijoux,
No. 52,093, pi. xii.
2002. Gold ornament, probably from a necklace, in the form of two jjalmettes, each
with a small flower of five petals in the centre, connected together by a short rod.
The palmettes, which are outhned in filigree, are placed in opposite directions.
At the back is a loop of gold ribbon. Pierced with holes as if for sewing. From
a tomb at Kyme in v\eolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. li.C.
L., 2' I cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Cf. Coiiifi/r-Rcudii, 1876, pi. ii., 8. See No. 161 i.
2003. Gold ornament, resembling last. In the centre is a flower of si.x petals with
a palmette on each side. Pierced with ten small holes. From a tomb at Kyme
in Aeolis. Acquired, 1876. 4th 3rd cent. B.C.
L., I "9 cm. ; wt., 8 grns. Sec No. 161 1.
2004 7. Four gold ornaments, resembling the last. Each consists of a lozenge- Plate
shaped wire frame ending in volutes, with a rosette of eight petals in the centre
and a small disk at either end. To the back are attached two loops of gold
ribbon. I'rom a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., I '4 cm.: wt. (together), 44 grns. Cf. Coinpti--Reiidii, 18S0, p. 5 (3rd cent. i!.c.). See
No. 161 [ .
2008-9. Two gold ornaments as last, but with rosette of nine petals in the centre.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., I '6 cm. : wt. (together), 21 grns.
2010. Five small rosettes of seven petals each, decorated with filigree. They are Plate
provided with small double loops at the back for attachment. From a tomb at
Kyme in Aeolis (.') Acquired, 1877 (.'). 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., "5 cm. ; wt., 7 grns. Probably from a necklace, cf. Comptc-Reudii, 1S82-3, pi. v., 12.
See No. 161 1.
20II-2. Two gold pendants in the form of flowers of five petals. Details are
indicated by filigree and granulation. In one case a fragment of the suspending
chain of plaited wire with double ring attachment remains. From a tomb at
Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., i ' i cm. ; wt.; 38 grns. Cf. the pendant of No. 2053, and sec No. 161 1.
2013. Gold ornament, probably from a necklace, in the form of a nodus Heraikus Plate
decorated with small disks, which have been filled with green enamel, beaded XXXIX.
wire and globules. Two tubes soldered behind for threads. FVanks Bequest, 1897.
L., I 'S cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
XXXV.
MIS(.;i';i,l,A\KOUS i;KKKK OKNAMIiNTS.
225
2014. Small gold ornament ([)robabl\- part of a necklace) foniied of two IkjIIow tiiljes
entwined in the form of a luuins Ilerculcns. In the centre is an ivy-leaf with
raised border. From Meios, i8ig. Burgon Coll., 1842.
L., \i cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
2015. Gold ornament, exactly similar to the last.
I.., I ■ J cm. ; U'l., iS L;riis.
2016. Gold ornament, similar in form to the last, but with a rosette of si.x |)etals in
the centre instead of the ivy-leaf
Ht., 1 "2 cm. ; wt., S grns.
2017. Series of beads from a necklace, viz., ten roinuled carnelian, cjiie biconical
carnelian, two plain rounded gold, and five small grooved c)linders of gold. I'rom
excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Becjuest), 1S96. 5th cent. B.C.
E.rciwatioiis in Cyprus, pi. .\iii., 15, p. S3, Tomb 73 (11).
2018. Series of fourteen gold beads, eleven plain and roimded and three in the form
uf ribbed cylinders. From excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896.
L. of cylinders, -gem. ; diam. of beads, ■4 cm.; wt., 30 grns. Excuvations in Cyprus, pi. xiii.,
33, p. 81, Tomb 102 (3").
2019. Series of nine beads, biconical, with truncated ends. Three are plain, five
fluted, one covered with dots. F'rom excavations at Curium, as above.
L., ca. '8 cm. ; wl., 24 grns. Excavatious iu Cyprus, pi. .\iii., 27, p. Si, Tomb 102 (4).
2020. Series of gold beads, consisting of forty-four plain tubular beads alternating
with seventy-two small roiuid beads, probably placed originally in twos at the
ends of each tubular bead. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
.Average length of tubular beads, '(')3 cm.
2021. Eight biconical gold beads strung together.
1,., I '5, I, and '8 cm. ; wl. (together), 50 grns.
2022. Two biconical gold beads, ornamented at each end with a ring of six leaves
in filigree. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., I "5 cm. ; wt. (together), 18 grns.
2023. Gold pendant (solid .') in the form of a finely-modelled ram's head, the details Plate
carefully indicated. Round the neck is a band of globules. At the back, which XXXIX.
is smooth, a loop of ribbon with a beaded line running down the centre is attached.
Worn on one side. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1895. 5th cent. li.C.
L., I'ycm. : wt., 160 grns.
2024. Gold pendant in the form of a cylinder, closed at the top and surmounted by piate
a tube for suspension. This tube is ornamented with three raised gold rings and XXXIV.
two small ribbed filigree rings. The top of the pendant is covered with a series
of returning spirals and small circles in filigree. Its side is ornamented with
226 CATALOGUE OK JF.WEI.LERi.
bands of filigree — two bands of circles and two of waved jiattern, separated from
one another by plain bands. The inside of the cylinder is filled with some hard
whitish substance, through which a tubular hole has been cut. Probably the mount
of an amulet in tooth form. 5th-4th cent. B.C.
lit., I 'S cm. ; diam., I '8 cm. ; wt., 109 grns. Cf. No. 2278.
2025. Pendant of rather pate gold, composed of a hollow cylinilcr decorated with Plate
coarse beaded wire and globule clu.stcrs ; below it, and at right angles to it, are
attached two parallel clusters, each consisting of five members, which are in the
form of four pyramids of leaves soldered one on each side of a cube and separated
by beaded wire. Between the two long clusters are (a), on one side, a palmette
in filigree on a long stalk branching out into three pairs of volutes ; (/;), on the
other, side, three triple rosettes, with decoration of beaded wire. Eight small
rosettes remain out of a larger number dispersed over the pendant. Below, at
the end of each cluster, is a pomegranate with decoration in filigree. The
pomegranates are separated by a small rosette. Comarmond Coll., 185 1.
lit., 4' 8 cm. ; wt., 303 grns. Probably barbaric imitation of Greek work of the 5th-4th cent.
B.C. Most likely from the S. of France.
2026. Gold pendant in the form of an amphora with pointed base. Round the
shoulder and ba.se it is decorated with a ring of leaves in filigree. Small movable
cover pierced with holes corresponding to those for suspension pierced in the neck
of the vase.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
2027. Seventeen hollow gold pendants, strung together, which have belonged to
a necklace. Three are plain except for a raised ring of petals round the to]), and
three are in the form of corn seeds ; three, also in the form of corn seeds, are
fluted. The remaining pendants are in the form of small amphorae, surmounted
by double rosettes, with two globules below. Behind the rosettes are double
tubes for suspending threads ; each seed has a wire ring above it. From
Kephallenia. Blacas Coll., 1867. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., ca. 8"9 cm. : wt., 131 grns. Found on the site of the ancient Same with the earrings Nos.
1847-S and the rings, B.Af. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 102, 320.
2028-9. Two gold amphora pendants, probably from a necklace. The body of the
vase is in the form of an acorn. The neck of one of the pendants is missing ; to
that of the other is soldered a wire ring for suspension. From Athens. Burgon
Coll., 1S42.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 19 grns. Ant. Den/:., I., pi. yW., 27.
2030. Gold pendant in the form of a bell-shaped flower. It is composed of four Plate
lines of wa\ed wire soldered one above the other. Above is a calyx-shaped top XXXIX.
of thin gold to which a grooved ring for suspension is soldered. From excavations
at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896. 5th-4th cent. B.C.
Ht., I -6 cm. ; wt., 13 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pi. xiii., 7, p. 82, Tomb 73 (7).
MISCKLLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS. 227
2031. Gold pendant (liollow) in the form of an amphora. Round the shoiihler is a
(leHcatc filigree pattern of pahncttcs and volutes. Cylindrical ring for suspension
attached to a cover. From excavations at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Pre-
sented by the Committee of the Cyprus Exploration Fund, 1890.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Joiirn. Hell. Stud., XI., p. 54, 8c'.
2032. Gold pendant, as last. Beneath the lip is a series of small leaves in filigree.
l'",.N:cavateil at Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Presented by the Committee of the
Cyiirus I'^xploration I<\md, i8go.
lit., 2'3 cm.; wt., 15 grns. Joiiin. Hell. S/iid., XL, p. 54, Sr, pi. v., 5. Cf. No. 1237, wilh which
these were found.
2033. Four vase-shaped hollow gold pendants from a necklace. They are plain
at the back, ribbed in front, and ornamented round the shoulder with an embossed
leaf pattern interspersed with globules. Soldered to the head of the vase is a
hollow disk pierced for stringing. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wt., together, 34 grns.
2034. Gold pendant in the form of a vase. Body hollow and filled with clay ; loop
for suspension. Round the neck are two beaded wires, and to the bottom is
soldered a globule. Found with six gold beads of oval shape, two large and four
small, all except one fluted. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excava-
tions), 1894.
Ht., 2' 5 cm.; wt., 30 grns., including beads and string. ExiaViXtions in Cy/niis, p|). loi, 119,
pi. xiv., tig. 13, Tomb 84.
2035. Gold pendant in the form of a vase with pointed base, decorated round the
neck, shoulder and foot with beaded wire. Globule soldered to base. P" ranks
Bequest, 1897.
Ht., I '7 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
2036-7. Pair of gold beads in the form of clubs, decorated with bands of looped
double spirals in filigree, with globules interspersed. At the handle of each club
was placed a biconical bead. One of the pendants is damaged above and below.
Pierced. l-Vom a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., (together), 40 grns. Cf. Anl. dii Bosph. Cimin., pi. vii., 21, 23 ; Hadaczek,
Oltrschnnuk, p. 52, fig. 98. See No. 161 1, and cf. the ends of the necklace No. 1952.
2038-9. Pair of gold beads similar to last. The gold is yellower, and there are Plate
slight differences of detail. XXXIX.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., together, 37 grns.
2040. Gold pendant in the form of an acorn. Somewhat crushed. \ link of
a suspending chain remains. Bequeathed by Miss Auldjo, 1859.
Ht., I cm. : wt., 2 grns.
2 28 CATALOGUE OF JEWEI,I-ERV.
2041. Gold pendant in the form of an inverted pyramid decorated with wave pattern
and leaves in filigree, and with globule clusters. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., I '7 cm. ; \vt., 17 grns.
2042. Smaller gold pyramid pendant, decorated with beaded, plain, and twisted
wires. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., I '2 cm. ; \vt., 10 grns.
2043. Gold pendant composed of a ring of thin gold ribbon ornamented with a
rosette and palmettes and with a small disk— all decorated with filigree. From
the ring is suspended an inverted pyramid, decorated on each of its sides with a
flower in filigree. Ca.stellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3' 4 cm. ; \vt., 19 grns. Thin :md nuicli crushed. King and pmidant sccni h.irdly to belong to
one another.
2044. Series of twenty-three gold beads, together with a small flower-caly.x of piate
twelve petals. Each of the beads is decorated with two series of four looped XXXIX.
double spirals in filigree, separated from each other by a wire, and interspersed
with globules.
L., 12 '5 cm.; wt., 167 grns. Exactly similar to the bead figured in Compte-Rciidii, 1865,
pi. iii., 37.
2045. Gold pendant, consisting of a plain ring w hich passes through a small loop Plate
soldered to an open oval setting, containing a .scarabaeoid-shaped yellow chalcedony. XXXI .
The setting has a small ring of wire soldered to each end, and a fine wire running
round it ; it was apparently mounted originally on a hoop. From excavations
at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896. 5th-4th cent. li.c.
Dlam. of ring, 2 cm. ; 1. of setting, I '8 cm. ; wt., 90 grns. Excavniioiis in Cyprus, pi. .xiii.. 13,
p. 82, Tomb 73 (5) ; cf. Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. xx.viii., 12 and 14 (from a 5th
to 4th cent, tomb) ; ibid., pi. Iwii., 10 : Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. iv., 30.
2046. Gold pendant in the form of a lion's head. Traces of a light vitreous paste
still remain in the r. eye. V-shaped slit in back. Above is soldered a loop of
gold ribbon, with a row of embossed beads running down its centre. F'rom
Am.athus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest F^xcavations), 1894.
L., '9 cm. : ht., i"3cni.; wt., 14 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, \i. 1 18, Tomb 48, pi. xiv., fig. 19.
2047. Gold pendant. It is in the form of a hollow lion's head with open mouth and Plate
protruding tongue. The details are carefully indicated. At the back is a plain XXXIX.
gold plate with a V-shaped slit in it. Above is soldered a loop of gold ribbon
for suspension. From Cyprus. Acquired, 1900. 5th cent. B.C.
Ht. (including loop), i"2 cm. ; w^t., 13 grns. Cf. Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. xxxiii.,
23 (described in the text under 22) ; Ant. du Bo.tph. Cimm., pi. xxiv., 20.
2048. Gold pendant in the form of an embossed Satyr's head, bearded and Plate
moustached. with pointed ears. The back is covered with a thin plain plate of ^^ '
MISCELLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS. 229
gold with a V-.sliaped slit in the middle. Above the head is .soldered a loop for
suspension, with beaded edges. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1894. 5th cent. B.C.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; wt., 4 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. 101, 120, Tomb 96, pi. \iv., 20.
2049. Pendant of blue glass, repre.senting a beetle. It is mounted in gold wire with
a loop for .suspension. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations),
1S94.
L., I '3 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Excavations in Cyprns, pp. loi, I2[, Tomb i 10, pi. xiv., 21.
2050. Turquoise pendant in the form of a seated cat. On the back is a ring for
suspension. It is now furnished with a loop of gold wire fastened round the body
of the cat. From excavations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896.
Ht., 1 '5 cm. ; wt., 10 grns. Excavations in Cyprns, pi. xiii., 20, p. 82, Tomb 73 (9).
2051. Limestone pendant in the form of a couchant winged lion. It has a gold
looj) for suspension. Probably from Curium, Cyprus. Turner Bequest Excava-
tions, 1896.
Ht., I '2 cm. ; wt. , 6 grns.
2052. Silver pendant, in the form of a seated nude figure of Har])okrates, wearing
Egyptian crowns of the North and South. The arms and part of the legs are
broken away. At the back was a ring for suspension ; part of this is broken
away. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest E.xcavations), 1S94.
Ht., 2"8 cm. ; wt., 54 grns. Probably Phoenician work.
2053. Gold pendant of very thin gold, in the form of a six-petalled rosette, with a Plate XL.
cluster of wire stamens jaroceeding from the centre. The anthers have probably
been filled with enamel. Soldered to the top of the rosette are two nude seated
Erotes facing one another, with wings raised and with hair done in a knot above
their heads. A cock is perched upon the further leg of each. To the back of
the rosette are soldered three small wire rings. From the lowest hangs a plaited
chain, with a double flower of eight petals at the end, ornamented with
white enamel. From Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Presented by the CyjDius
Exploration Fund, 1891. 4th -3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 7-3 cm. ; wt., 37 grns. Jonrn. Hell. Stiii!., XIL, pi. xv., p. 323 ; Arcii. Akz., 1892, p. 176.
Found in the same tomb as Nos. 2054-2057 : perhaps all belonged to one necklace.
2054 -5. Two thin gold double rosettes. The larger flower is of eight petals out- Plate
lined in beaded filigree, the inner smaller one of six, with a globule in the centre. XXXIX.
Soldered to the back is a small ring of gold wire. From excavations at Poli-tis-
Chrysokhou, Cyprus. Presented b\- the Committee of the Cyprus Exploration
Fund, 1 89 1. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., i-2 cm. ; wt. (together), 12 grns. Jonrn. Hell. Stud., XII., pi. xv., p. 323. Found in
the same tomb as the following and No. 2053 : perhaps all belonged to one necklace.
Q 2
230
CATAI.OGUl". OF JF.WEI.I.ICRV .
2056-7. Two gold stars of six rays in thin gold outlined in beaded wire. In the Plate
centre is a small rosette of six petals. To the back of each is soldered a sinali XXXIX.
wire ring. From excavation.s as last. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Di.un.. 1-3 cm. : \vt. (t<ii;c'llier), 7 fiins. Juiirii. lUll. SI ml., loc. cil. I'diiiul in the saiiie tomb
as tin- foicgoin}4.
ig) Other miscellaneous objects. Nos. 2058 21 12.
2058. Gold plaque, forming one-half of a buckle. It is embossed with a Siren's (.') Plate
head to 1., wearing fillet. She has four wings, two at the top of the head, and
two others below these. The design is within a raised square frame decorated
with a beaded border. In the flat border round the frame several holes arc
pierced for attachment to a stuff foundation. To the r of the frame are soldered
two looped hooks of plain wire. vXcquired, 1855. Early 5th cent. IJ.C.
L., 2-2 cm. : wt., 18 grns. Nott Collection. Cf., for the double wings, Wcicker, Der Seelenvogel,
p. 6, fig. 1, and p. 120, fig. 45 ; iWjiiu. Chroii. (3rd scries), 1 890, pi. ii., 7. Probably from
Asia Minor.
XXXIX.
Fig. 64 = Xo. 2059 (back).
2059. Gold stud in the form of a disk. The rim is decorated with ribbed vertical Plate
lines surmounted by globules. Within concentric circles of globules and filigree XXXIX.
is a band of very fine filigree patterns, con-
sisting of palmettes alternately upright and
inverted. The volutes below the former are
prolonged on either side and form an ivy-leaf
border round the inverted palmettes. In the
centre is a cluster of small ivy-leaves and
four-petalled flowers, which have been filled
with white enamel. To the back is soldered
a plain gold tube, which fits into another tube
attached to a smaller disk with beaded wire border (see fig. 64). A wire ring
is soldered to the under side of the larger disk and a second to the upper side of
the small disk. Probably the rings were connected with a chai'n with a view
to the secure fastening of the stud. A breast-chain may also have been
attached to one of the rings. From a tomb at Kj-me in Aeolis. Acquired, 1S76.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 2'8 cm. ; ht., f4 cm. ; wt., iiSgrns. Cf. Nos. I4i4ff, and see No. 1611.
2060. Gold stud in the form of a disk with raised border surmounted by a beaded Plate
wire. The surface of the disk is ornamented with concentric circles of beaded,
plain, and twisted wires, which border two bands of filigree pattern — the narrower
a wave pattern, the inner, and broader, a pattern of returning spirals. In the
centre are three rosettes, placed one above the other and decreasing in diameter
upwards. The top rosette has a gold globule in the centre. At the back of the
MISCEI.I.ANKOUS GRKKK ORNAMENTS. 2^1
disk is soldered a gold tube ; into this tube fits a corresponding tube attached
to a smaller disk. This disk is bordered with a plain antl beaded wire, and
embossed below with a star of twelve rays. From a tomb at Kyme in y\eolis.
Acquired, 1877. 4th 3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 2'6 cm. ; lit., 1 '4 cm. ; ul., 136 grns. See No. 161 1.
2061. Gold stud in the form of a disk with raised and beaded border. It is
ornamented with a triple raised rosette in the centre, and with bands of spirals
and wave-pattern in filigree. Soldered to the back is a hollow tube which fitted
into a corresponding tube, now missing. From a tomb at Kyme in Acolis.
Acquired, 1878. 4th- 3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 3 '6 cm. ; wt., 107 grns. See No. 161 1.
2062. Gold brooch, consisting of a convex disk with elaborate filigree decoration, piate XL.
In the centre is a double rosette surmounting an eight-rayed star. Round the
star are leaves, palmettes and tendrils in filigree. Round these is a circle of
small bosses, and beyond these a circle of leaves, outlined in corded wire. There
is a border of plain, twisted, and beaded wires. At the back are a small loop for
suspension and the remains of the fastening of a pin. Castellani Coll., 1872.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 3 '4 cm. ; wt., 67 grns.
2063. Gold brooch, consisting of a disk with embossed female (.') head (perhaps Plate XL.
Medusa) to front with hair falling in curls on either shcnilder. The pupils of
the eyes are marked by a dot within a circle. Border of double spirals in
beaded filigree. The back is closed with a plain plate of gold with a slit cut in it.
The relief has been filled with some substance. The back has remains of
attachments, viz., two small wire rings for the hinged end of a pin, and another
ring with a larger ring inserted in it on the opposite side. There are also traces
of two other fastenings. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 3' 5 cm. ; wt., 146 grns. Chabouillet, Fould Coll., No. 1183, pi. .\i.
2064. Gold pendant, consisting of a disk of shield form, decorated round the border Plate XL.
with a wave pattern in beaded wire, and within this with a laurel wreath in two
sprays, which are fastened together in knots. In the centre is a flower of ten
pointed petals. The back is plain, and has a loop soldered in the centre, through
which passed a suspending thread. Attached below by a loop are three chains,
suspended from a beaded wire ring, which is fastened into a cube-shaped base
decorated with filigree loops. From these chains hang three small beads in
the form of pomegranates. Found in Crete. Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd
cent. B.C.
Diam. of disk, yz cm. ; total ht., 3-5 cm. ; wt., 78 grns. For the pendant, cf. Nos. 1974, 19S4
above.
CATAI.rHUII'. OK IIAVKIIKKV-.
2065 6. Two gold reels, hollow and pierced at the centre, where a
movable gold cylinder is inserted. The ends of the reel are orna-
mented with a series of concentric circles in relief. Castellan! Coll.,
1872. 5th 4th cent. i!.C.
Diani., 2'2 cm. ; wl., 67 and 63 grns. Torr, Rhodes hi Ancient Times, pi. i., B.
Similar reels were found in a lonib at Marion-Arsinoe (5lh -4lh cent. B.C.).
They are said to be always found in pairs, and only with the bodies of
women. See Ohnefalsch-Kichler, Kypros, etc., pi. .\xxiii., 10, 1 I ; ibid.,
I., p. 368. Most likely they were used for winding thread (see Juiirn.
Hell. Stud., XXIX. (1909), p. 165).
2067. Gold reel, in general form similar to last, but without any hole
pierced in tiie centre. The disks on each side are embossed with
designs : (l) Eros standing to r. and leaning against a fluted column-
In his outstretched hands he holds the thongs for turning the magic
wheel (liri'^) fastened in their middle. (2) Thetis or a Nereid riding
(in a dolphin to 1. ; she wears a thin chiton, which has slipped off
her r. shoulder, and carries a crested Corinthian helmet in her r.
hand. Her 1. hand rests upon the dolphin's back. From a tomb at
Kameiros. Acquired, 1862. 5th cent. li.C.
iJiam., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 63 grns. The reel was found in a tomb inside an alabaster
pyxis, together with -Apelike of late fine style {B..1f. Cat. of Vases, III.,
E 424) and a chalcedony intaglio representing a stork with antlers {B.M.
Cat. of Gems, No. \i\, Plate B). Torr, Rhodes in Ancient Times, pi. i.,
A a, I), p. 116; Miss Hutton, Greek Terracotta Statuettes, p. 73, fig. 33;
Walters, Art of the Greeks, pi. cviii. ; cf. B.Af. Cat. of Rings, No. 1258.
2068 9. Pair of hollow gold reels of form similar to last. On one side
is a head of the Sun-god in relief, turned slightly to his left, with
streaming hair ; on the other is a separately attached rosette of six
petals in filigree (in which are remains of enamel), surrounded by a
series of raised concentric circles. From Rhodes. Acquired, 1908.
4th cent. B.C.
Diam., f6 cm.; wt. (together), 40 grns. Joiirn. Hell. Stud., XXIX. (1909),
p. 165, tig. 18. Cf. B.M. Coins of Carta, pis. xxxvi., xxxvii.
2070. Gold sceptre, composed of a long, hollow gold tube, closed at
the lower end by a disk ornamented with a ring of plaited wire. A
flower of fourteen petals, with a large globule in the centre, occupies
the middle of the disk. The tube is covered with an imitation
network of gold wire, formed by successive rings of wavy wire. At
each point of contact is a small ring of beaded wire, filled with dark
blue or white enamel. The network is divided into sections by
twelve circles of beaded wire. The tube ends at the top in a
Corinthian capital with volutes, acanthus-leaves, and a flower of
five petals between each pair of volutes. This, again, is surmounted
Plate XL.
I
■I
%
Plate XL.
Plate XL.
Fig. 65
= No. 2070.
MISCELLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS. 233
by a large quince of opaque, greenish glass, surrouiuled by cighl large acanthus
leaves. The acanthus leaves arc bordered by beaded gold wiie. On the top of
the quince is a small flower of four leaves in gold, decorated with four bow-spirals
in filigree. From Tarentum. CastcUani Coll., ICS72. 3rd cent. 11. c. (.').
L., 52 cm. ; wt., 3ic;7 f^rns. Cf. lldl. i., I()5 lof tliu .\ssyrians) : eV e'Kiiirra fie irKij-mpm (ntiTTi
2071. Gold cylinder (hollow and open at the ends, where it is grooved). The body
is covered with an imitation network in waved wire, w illi a minute globule placed
above each point where the wires intersect. Hamilton Coll.
L., 2 "3 cm. : diam., '7 cm. ; wt., 40 grns.
2072. Hollow gold cylinder, divided into five .sections by vertical bands in relief
In each section are two palmettes in relief placed base to base. From Poli-tis-
Chrysokhou. Presented by the Committee cjf the Cyprus l'",xpl<iration h'und,
1890.
L., 4'3 cm. : diam., '8 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Joiirii. Ilctl. Sfiu/., .\1., pi. v., 4, p. 56 ; Arch, .litz.,
1891, p. 132.
2073. Agate cylinder, [)icrced lengthwise for stringing. At each end is a gold cap,
decorated with a double band of triangles in filigree. From Ciuium, Cyprtis.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 58 grns.
2074. Gold joint-piece of rectangular form and oval section. A gold tube is fi.xed at Plate
each end. The surface is decorated with filigree and triangles in granulation. XXXIX.
Pierced with seven small holes. From excavations at Amathus, Cyprus (Turner
Bequest, 1894). Ca. 4th cent. B.C.
Dimensions, I x '7 cm.; wt., 11 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. lor, 119, pi. .\iv., 18,
Tomb 79.
2075. Minute gold figure of a boar at bay, standing to r. with hind legs spread.
Back flat.
L., I cm. ; wt., 1 gin.
2076. Series of small stamped gold figures pierced with holes for attachment to a Plate
dress. There are three types, viz. : (<?) Victory in long transparent chiton to r., XXXIX.
alighting with wings raised. Her r. hand is raised above her head, her 1. is
lowered. Thirteen specimens. (/;) Maenad dancing to r. with head thrown back.
She is nude, except for a skin falling over her back from the 1. shoulder and
grasped with her r. hand. She carries a bunch of grapes in her 1. Eight speci-
mens, {c) Woman draped in long thin chiton with kuX-ko^, dancing to 1. Two
specimens. Accjuired, 1905.
Ht., 1 "5 cm., 1 '3 cm., and i '2 cm. respectively.
234
CATALUGUK OK JLWKI.I.I',R\ .
2077. Gold pendant in the form of a seated Sphinx with wings spread on cither side, Plate XL.
seen from the front. Below are a beaded line and a row of egg-moulding
The figure is stamped in relief on a thin plate of gold. Above is a wire ring
to which two links of 8-form are attached. From I'oli-tis-Chrysokhou. Presented
by the Committee of the Cyprus Exploration Fund, 1 890.
Ht., 2-9 cm. ; wt., 5 jfins. Joiirn. Hell. Stud., XI., pi. v., 7, p. 55 ; Arch. Anz., 1891, p. 132.
2078. Gold pendant in the form of a cow-bell decorated with four A-shaped designs
in granulation and filigree. From beneath hang seven chains with pearls at their
ends. At the top is a loop for suspension. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3' 6 cm. ; wt., 31 grns. Much damaged.
2079. Silver-gilt plate (belonging
probabh- to a dagger-sheath)
in three fragments (one of them
restored out of three pieces).
One side is straight with a plain
smooth border, the other is curved
at the pointed end. The up])er
surface (which is gilt) is decorated
with an incised pattern of over-
lapping feathers. The under side
has a raised rim of silver running
round it, and the remains of five
small rings serving to attach
the plate to the under casing of leather. From Rhodes. Acquired, 1885.
L., ca. 14 cm. ; width, 3-8 cm. ; wt., 643 grns. Sotheby's Sale Cat. (Biliotti Coll), 3rd-5lh Dec,
18S5, No. 573. For the feather decoration, cf. Compte-Rcndii, 1877, pi. i., fig. 7.
2080. Gold ring consisting of a plain flat band bent into stirrup-shape. The ends
arc in the shape of disks pierced for the reception of a gold wire swivel upon
which turns a plain rock crystal scarabaeold. The ends of the wire are twisted
round the ends of the band. Franks Bequest, 1S97. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., 2"4 cm. ; wt., 122 grns.
2081. Strip of gold foil which has been folded over some solid core. It is stamped Plate XL.
with a maeander pattern. Foimd with several other strips of the same pattern in
a tomb at Corinth. Acquired, 1907.
L., 10 •§ cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
2082. Gold strip, pierced on either side with holes for attachment and decorated with
a double line of filigree along the centre. On one side this ends in a palmette.
The other end is broken away. In two pieces. From a tomb at Kyme in
Aeolis. Acquired, 1876. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 6' 7 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Cf. No. 161 1.
Fig. 66 = Xo. 2079.
MISCELLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS. 235
2083. Three gold strips decorated along their middle with two twisted wires
imitating a plait between two plain wires, and along their borders witli a wave
pattern in filigree. At one end is a rosette of five petals. ICach has been pierced
with six holes for attachment. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired,
1877. 4th 3rd cent. l!.C.
L., 3'7 cm. ; \vt., 34 grns. See No. r6ii.
2084. Sixteen small gold disks, embossed with a female head to front, wearing
fillet, necklace, and earrings with amphora pendants. Each is jMerced with four
small holes for attachment. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Accjuired, 1877.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., i cm. ; total ut., 34 grns. See No. 161 1.
2084*. Gold disk, stamjjcd witli a ram's head to front. Border of dots. Seven
holes pierced for attachment. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acciuireti,
1877. 4th- 3rd cent. ]'..C.
Diam., i '4 cm. ; \vt., 2 grns. .See No. 161 1.
2085. Three thin gold disks, each stamped with a Gorgoneion within a beaded
border. Several holi,-s pierced near the edge. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeoh's.
Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., r5 cm. ; total wt., S grns. Se;; No. 161 1.
2085*. Three similar gold disks, each stamped with a star of twelve rays within
border of dots. Holes pierced for attachment, h'rom a tomb at K_\-me in
Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th~3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., \'4 cm. ; total wt., 6 grns. See No. 161 i.
2086. Gold plaque, oblong, decorated with tendrils in filigree and with border of
beaded wire. To one of the long sides, below, are soldered three double tubes of
gold. The plaque must have formed part of a belt or some similar object.
From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
L., 2 '4 cm. : wt., 19 grns. See No. 161 1.
2087. Series of thirty-six thin gold disks, composed of : (tt) a rosette of si.x pointed Plate
alternating with si.x rounded leaves, all outlined in filigree ; {l>) an inner small XXXIX.
rosette of six rounded leaves. Each is pierced with several holes for attachment
to a dress. From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1876. 4th-3rd
cent. B.C.
Diam., i ■ 2 cm. ; wt., ca. 4 grns. See No. 161 1.
2088. Gold parsley-leaf, stamped on thin gold plate. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner
Bequest E.xcavations), 1894.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 2 grns. Exajiuitioiis in Cyprus, p. 123, Tomb 211.
226 CATALOGUK OK IKWIJ.I.KRV.
2089. Gold rosette of eight petals, stamped on thin t^'old plate. From Amathus,
Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Diam., i '2 cm. : «t., i gni. Excavations in Cyfinis, p. 123, 'I'omb 21 1.
2090. Ornament of thin gold in the form of two crescents placed back to back. At Plate XL.
the point where the\- touch, they are decorated with four pointed leaves, and, at
the extremities, with circles in beaded filigree. A border of beaded filigree runs
round the ornament. Four holes are pierced for attachment. Campanari
Coll., 1846.
Dimensions, 1-7 x I'S cm. ; wl., 5 grns.
2091. Thin strip of gold, scimitar-shaped, pierced with holes at the edge. It is
covered with a scale-pattern in filigree. Campanari Coll., 1 846.
L., 4-6 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2092. Thin gold plaque, rtnighly in the form of a club, pierced at the edge with Plate XL.
numerous holes for attachment. Within a beaded wire border is an embossed
pattern, outlined in filigree. Design of palmettes, leaves, and volutes. Campanari
Coll., 1S46.
L., 4-5 cm. ; wt., 27 grns.
2093. Thin gold plate, in the shape of a bud, with numerous holes pierced round Plate XL.
the margin. It is embossed with an ivy-leaf, a lotus-flower, and a palmette,
outlined in beaded wire. A grotesque figure in greenish porcelain in setting
of veiy pale gold is suspended from the point of the bud. The pendant
.seems hardly to belong. The upper end of the plaque has been broken oft" and
is attached by two gold strips. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Ht., 4-6 cm. ; wt., 20 grns.
2094. Three thin gold plates, perhaps part of the decoration of a belt. The central Plate XL.
one is in the shape of a spear-head, and is outlined in filigree ; the two others are
club-shaped, outlined in filigree. They are decorated with lotus-flowers and
leaves in beaded filigree. Round the border of each plate is a series of holes
pierced for attachment. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3'9 cm. ; wt. (tot.il), 34 grns.
2095. Thin strip of gold (tapering slightly towards one end), decorated with a design
in filigree of a plant, a serpent, and a loop ending in volutes.
L., 5-3 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2096. Thin strip of gold, similar to the last, but longer, with a horn-shaped device Plate XL.
below in filigree. Pierced with seven holes for attachment.
L., 6-8 cm. ; wi., 17 grns.
MISCELLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS.
237
Fig, 67 = part of No, 2097.
Fig. 68 — part of No. 2099.
2097-8. Two thin strips of gold, together ftjiming
a diadem witli pierced rounded ends. They are
stamped with twenty-eight Gorgoneia of the
tran.sitional type, each within a circle of dots.
From a tomb at Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired,
1877. 4th -3rd cent. B.C.
L., 31 • 5 cm. ; wt. (together), 42 grns. See No. 161 1.
2099. Similar gold strip embossed with twelve
masks of lions, each within a circle of dots, in
every case left incomplete. Same provenance.
L., 14-3 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
2100. Similar gold strip embossed with eight masks of lions. Much crushed. .Same
provenance.
L., 9'54 cm. ; wL, l[ grns.
2101. Similar gold strip, but narrower. Stamped with fifteen stars, each partially
surrounded by a circle of dots. One end broken off. Same provenance.
L., iS cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
2102-3. Two similar strips of gold, stamped with three and fi\-e stars respecti\-ely.
Same provenance.
L., 6-1 cm. and 4-2 cm. respectively ; wt., 12 grns.
2104. Base gold plaque of irregular oblong form with embossed design : Gryphon Plate XL.
to 1., tearing a sturgeon, which he grasps with his hind talons. The nearer wing
of the Gryphon is raised, the extremitj' of the farther wing is seen behind his
bod}-. "FromVulci." Campanari Coll., 1846. Sth cent. r..C. (.?).
L.,3-6cm.; B.,2-9cm.; wt.,4ogrns. Ci. A/it. <ii, Bospk. amm.,-p\.\K.,i2{ed.'RtmAch p 66)-
Raoul Rochette m Join;,, d. Savans, 1S32, p. 45 ; A,inali, XV., p. 203 ; Mon. dc/P InsL,
in., pi. hi., 22; SahaUtY, Souvenirs, pi. vi., 11, p. 121; Chabouillet, Ca(., Nos. 265^-3 •
tomptc-Rendu, 1864, p. 73 ; ibid., 1872, p. 150 ; Linas, Origines dc POrfcvr., IL, p. 95 •
Furtwangler, Goldfiindvon Vcttersfcldc, p. 27. Cf. Arch. Anz., 1910, p. 203, fig. 5. Said to
be from Vulci, but clearly of S. Russian origin (Koul Oba, Kertch).
2105. Oval plaque of base gold, with embossed design : nude male figure running to Plate XL.
1. (archaic attitude), with his r. hand raised to his face, and his 1. lowered by his
side. Both hands perhaps hold some object. His hair is combed back in
furrows. Four holes are pierced at intervals in the edge of the placjue.
"From Vulci." Campanari Coll., 1846. Early 5th cent. B.C.
L., 2-5 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Cf. Aiit. du Bosph. Cimw., pi. x.v., i fed. Reinach, p. 65), with reff.
there cited. Said to be from Vulci, but clearly of S. Russian origin (Koul Oba, Kertch).
2106. Gold plaque with embossed design nearly as last, but very superior in details. Plate XL.
The objects held in the hands are apparently fruits. Four holes pierced in
23S CATALOGUl'. OK JEWKI.LERV.
margin as before, and a fifth (modern ?) between the legs. Yellow gold.
Acquired, 1909.
lit., 2-5 cm. ; B., 2 cm. ; wl., 13 grns. No doubl from Koul Oba, Kcrtch. Sec ^In/. dii Bosph.
Cimm., pi. XX., I (ed. Reinach, p. 65). Add lo the refif. there cited, Bull. Arch. Nap.,
VI. (1S48), pi. iv., 12.
2106a. Gold plaque embossed in the form of a Gryphon seated to r. The plaque is Plate XL.
cut into the exact shape of the animal. In the margin are pierced five holes
for attachment. Yellow gold. Acquired, 1909. 5th cent. B.C.(.').
Ht., 3 "7 cm. ; B., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 33 grns. Cf. Ant. dii Bosph. Cimm., pi. xx., 10 (ed. Reinach,
p. 66). No doubt from Koul Oba, Kertch. For further reff. see Reinach, loc. cit.
2106b. Gold plaque, oblong and rectangular. It is stamped with the design of a Plate XL.
hare running at full speed to 1. within a ribbed border. I'ierced with six holes —
one at each corner, and one on each long side within the border. Yellow gold.
Acquired, 1909. 5th cent. B.C. (.').
L., 2"2 cm. ; B., i'6 cm. ; wt., 13 grns. Cf. Ant. t/u Bosph. Cimm., pi. xx., 15 (ed. Reinach,
p. 66). No doubt from Koul Oba, Kertch. For further reff. see Reinach, loc cit.
2106c. Gold plaque with embossed design. It is in the form of a lion couchant to Plate XL.
the 1. The lion's head is turned round to the front and rests on his forepaws.
Relow the lion is a line of reel moulding. Two holes for attachment
have probably been pierced at each end, but only those under the hindquarters
are intact. Yellow gold. Acquired, 1909. 5th cent. IJ.C. (.').
L., 3'l cm.; B., \'7 cm.; wt., 20 grns. Cf Ant. dii Bosph. Cimm., pi. xx., 2 (ed. Reinach,
p. 65). No doubt from Koul Oba, Kertch. For further reff. see Reinach, loc cit.
2io6d. Gold plaque, embossed with a design of two Scythian archers, shooting back Plate XL.
to back, and cut into the exact shape. The one on the 1. is bearded, the other
on the r. apparently beardless. Each has his hair done in a knot behind and in a
cluster over the nape of the neck. They wear close-fitting sleeved jerkins of skin
with trimming, (of fur .'') at the edges, trousers of dappled skins (.-'), and boots.
Beneath their feet is a line of gold. Pale gold. Pierced in six places for attach-
ment. The upper parts of the figures have been broken off at the waist (where
there are indications of a belt), and have been mended with modern bronze
attachments. Acquired, 1909. 5th cent. ]!.€. (.').
Ht., 3'1 cm. ; wl., 26 grns. No doubt from Koul Oba, Kertch. Cf Ant. (in Bosph. Cimm.,
pi. XX., 6 (ed. Reinach, p. 65), with references there cited. Add Bull. Arch. Nap., VI.
(1848), pi. iv., 13. Cf the description of the Scythians in Harpokr., n-f/ji Ciipuiv, 19.
2107. Thin gold plate in the form of an equilateral triangle stamped with small Plate XL.
bosses. Each corner is pierced. Campanari Coll., 1846.
L., of side, i'"] cm.; wt., 6 grns. Cf Ant. du Bosph. Citnm., pi. xxii., 7 (Graeco-Roman) ;
Compti'-Rendii, 1865, pi. iii., 19, p. 75 (4th cent. li.C.) ; Bull. Arch. Nap., VI. (1848), pi.
iv., 7. Probably from S. Russia.
MISCELLANEOUS GREEK ORNAMENTS.
239
2108. Silver-gilt disk (probably a hor.sc-phalcra), slightly concavo-convex. On it i.s Plate XL.
an embossed design representing Helios, radiate, rising above the horizon. I lis
bust is just appearing, wearing a cloak clasped with a circular stud. On each
side of him are the heads of two horses belonging to his car, each with one raised
foreleg visible. Within an e.xergual space, cut off by a curved and beaded line
representing the horizon, are two dolphins, which plunge into the sea opposite
one another. There is a series of fine obliquely engraved lines round the border
of the plaque. From a tomb at IClis. Acquired, 1906.
Di.un., 6' 2 cm. ; \vt., 178 gms. C;i. 300 li.C. Joiini. Hell. Sliut., XXIX. (1909), p. 160, fig. 13.
.A. similar emljosscd disk is figured by Pollak, Goldscliiniedearb., pi. x.\., No. 533. He
mentions that another disk like it was seen in Athens in 1900. This is doulnless the present
one. With this pkupic, ijut in another tomb, were found a series of bronze ornaments,
undoubtedly horse-trappings. Cf. Coniplc-Rcintu (St. Petersburg), 1904, p. 125, fig. 218.
2109. Convex gold disk, composed of two thin sheets of gold, the upper embossed Plate XL.
with a youthful male head to r., wearing a fillet. Striated background, beaded
border. At the back is a loop (now broken) ; the edge is pierced with three
holes. Canipanari Coll., 1846. 5th-4th cent. J;.C.
Diam., 2 '3 cm. ; wt., 12 grns-
2110. Gold boss of concavo-convex form, composed of two sheets of gold, the cilge
of the upper folded over that of the lower. Round the rim is a beaded wire ; next
follows a wreath consisting of three rows of laurel or myrtle leaves outlined in
filigree, with a small rosette above and a small iiodiis Ilcrculcus below. In the
centre, within another beaded wire, is the head of a Maenad in relief, the hair
done in a plait down the centre. She wears an ivy-wreath over her hair, and a
fillet over her forehead. There are traces of enamel in the eyes. Blacas Coll.,
1867. Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
Uiam., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 3S8 grns. Cf. in general, Coiiiptc-Rcndu, 18S0, pi. i., 16 (3rd cent. B.C.) ;
Aiil. du Bosph. Citiiin., pi. .\ix., 3 (3rd. cent. B.C.).
2111. Rectangular sheet of gold with inscription in punctured letters :
rx'-yoJs.ei-^J^\ o ::^rc~f'':Ki!-\>^ oy \<^i
OC-
']■■''.
^^O
U.
■ *-' '~v,'
U^^-(^
:!l
■eY-^^y<o<:
v^i-; £> v.(:-/v/ ccA^
i
Plate XL.
Bao-tXeii? IlToXeyuatos-, UToXe/Maiou koI | 'Apaivorjt; @€0)v dBeXtpMV, Kat /SaaiXiaaa \
BepeviKT], rj aBeXcjyr) koX jvvf] avTov, \ to Te/u.evo'; Ocripei..
Found in the ruins of a temple at Canopus in 181S. Presented by Mehemct Ali
to -Sir Sidney Smith. Acquired, 1895.
L., 17' I cm.; width, 5 '8 cm.; wt., 803 grns. C.I.G., 4694; Letronne, Inscr. grccqites dc
rEgyplc, L, p. I ft'.; Strack, Dynastic der Ptolcmdcr, p. 233; Michel, Kcciicil, 1234;
240
CATALOGUE Ol'" IKWKLLEKY/
Ditteiibcrger, Or. Grace. Inscr. Set., I., p. ii4f., No. 60; cf. Thddtnat-Duvcnt, IJEj^yptc
sons M^hemcd-Ali, p. 98 f. ; Franz, Elcmenta Epitp-afihiccs Graccae, p. 218, No. 81 ;
Joinard in Rev. Enc., V. (1820), pp. 268-274 ; Arch. Anz., 1896, p. 143, I. (6). The
dedicators are Ptolemy Euergetes I. and Berenike (247-222 B.C.). A copy of the letter of
the British Consul-Gcncral in Egypt (dated Oct. 2, 1818), announcing the presentation to
Sir Sidney Smith, and other documents relating to this inscription, arc in the Library of the
Greek and Roman Dc[)artment. The plaque was discovered on a foundation-stone, between
two vitrified tiles, in the course of the construction by Mehemct-.\li of two dykes between
the lakes of Aboukir and Mareotis and the sea.
2112. Steatite half-mould for casting, or (in .some cases) impressing jewellery. In
form it has a rough resemblance to that cjf an animal's head. The part corre-
sponding to the nose is milled,
apparently to afford a gri]5 to
the thumb and forefinger. The
sides have rough zigzag incisions.
On one side are : (a) a mould for
a plain crescent-shaped earring
(cf. I'etrie, Tanis II., pi. 41, 2),
the centre marked with a compass
point ; {/') a mould for an earring
' of the ring type, ending in a
lion's head. There are traces of
what may be a channel for the
metal near the end of the ring
earring, and there is also a
passage between that and the
crescent. There are remains of
two dowel holes for attaching
this side of the mould to a corre-
sponding mould. On the other
side are : {a) mould for the
handle of a silver cup, decorated
with floral ornaments and ending
in heads of birds with long bills ;
below the handle is a channel for pouring in wax or metal ; {b) half-squatting
figure of Bes, with hands on hips : he wears a crown of feathers : {c) Harpokrates,
nude, wearing crowns of North and South, and carrying cornucopia and chlamys ;
projection below feet. These last two moulds have no channels, and must
have been used for impressing thin gold foil, {d) Mould for disk with a female
head in the centre with thick hair (mask of Medusa.'). It is surrounded
by two concentric circles, one corded and one plain. There is a channel for
pouring in wax or metal. Castellan! Coll., 1S72. Graeco-Roman period.
L., 9'4 cm.; width, 5"7 cm. Schreiber, Alcxandr. Torciitik, pi. iii., C a, b ffrom casts),
p. 287 ff. A mould closely resembling this one was formerly in the Raife Collection. See
Schreiber, op. cit., p. 288, E', and Fr. Lenormant, Dcscr. lies antiqnites compos, la coll.
A. Raife, No. 8ig. There can be little doubt that it is to be identified with the present.
Fig. «9
JKWELI.KRY KROM SANTA EUFEMIA. 24 1
{/t) Gold ornaments from Santa Eufemia del Golfo near Monteleone, S. Italy.
Nos. 21 13 2129.
[These ornaments were found 7th 81I1 April, 1.S65, with coins of Ai^athokles, and
may be dated to the early part of the 3rd century B.C. Acquired, i8g6. See
Antonio Francica, Oggetti d' arte green nel secolo III. avanti I'era volgare ; Le-
normant, La Grande Grke, III., p. 98 f ; Pais, Ancient Italy, p. 54, n. i.]
2113. Gold stephane. It consists of a long flat band with rounded ends, bent into Plate XLI.
a semicircle and impressed with horizontal lines and three rows of small circles.
In the centre a second gold plate of triangular form is soldered above the band ;
it is ornamented with large flowers of thin gold (convolvulus .') and tendrils of
filigree. Above area row of tongue pattern and a thick beaded wire, all separately
soldered to the back plate. The ape.v of the triangle has an embossed head of
Helios soldered to it. The flowers and tendrils are continued over that part of
the lower band which is immediately underneath the triangle. At either end of
the diadem is soldered a loop ending in double volutes. Early 3rd cent. B.C.
L. of chord joining the extremities of the diadem, 17 ■ 7 cm. ; greatest ht., 4' 2 cm. ; \vt., 70S grns.
Figured in the account of Antonio Francica, aheady cited, pi. [2]; cf. Arch. Zeit., 1884,
pi. [vii.], I — a gold diadem from the Gulf of Elaea.
2114-6. Three gold pin-heads {.') or pendants in the form of a female head Plate XLI.
(negroid I) with hair massed high over the forehead. She wears spiral earrings,
and beneath the neck is a collar of gold ornamented with beaded and corded
wires, and with two rows of wavy wires. Tlie head is hollow, made up of two
halves joined together.
Ht., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 26 grns. each, .'\ntonio Francica, toe. cit., [pi. 3]. Cf No. 2000, above.
2117. Gold pendant, in the form of two heads of negroes placed back to back. On Plate XLI.
each side is a single earring common to both heads, in the form of a ring, the
overlapping ends of which are twisted round the hoop. At the top of the heads
is a plain wire loop.
Ht., 2'6 cm. ; wt., 37 grns. Antonio Francica, toe. cit., [pi. 3].
2118. Gold necklace in the form of a finely-plaited chain, terminating at either end Plate XLI.
in heads of lions, each with a loop in its mouth.
L., 38 '7 cm. ; wt., 136 grns. Antonio Francica, op. cit., [pi. 3] ; cf No. 1967 above.
2119. Gold pendant in the form of a flat oval box, pierced at either end for swivel Plate XLI.
attachment. The borders are ornamented with beaded wire. The rim is deco-
rated with tendrils in filigree between double corded wires. The upper side
is embossed with a figure of Eros flying to r. with arms thrown up, surrounded
by tendrils in filigree, which spring from an acanthus plant : above is a disk
R
242
CATALOGUK OF JKWEr.LERV.
Plate XLI.
Fig. 70 = No. 3119.
compo.scd of corded and plain wire
circles. The other side i.s decorated
with a filigree design of four palmettes
which s[M'ing from acanthus - leaves.
This pendant not improbably belonged
to the preceding necklace.
L., 3' I cm. ; \vt., 1 15 grns. Antonio Francica,
/pc. lit.
2120. Five short plaited gold chains,
three of them with pendants in the
form of a shell, an amphora, and a
bud respectively. The two others have
remains of pendants.
Wt., 45 grns.
2121. Gold ornament from the end of a ' 3iP* Plate XLI.
necklace. It is in the shape of a leaf,
decorated with a tendril pattern in
filigree. At the back is a double tube
of gold through which the connecting
thread passed.
Ht., i'2ciii. : wt., 5 grns. Antonio Francica, <>p. cit., [pi. 2]; cf. ^[nt. dii Bos/>k. Ciiiiin.,
pi. xxiii., 9.
2122. Six gold beads (from a necklace .') in the form of insects (.'). Each consists of
an upper and lower plate of gold, the former marked with horizontal and vertical
impressed lines, the latter plain. Two holes are pierced in each side for stringing
the bead.
Ht., I '6 cm. : width, 'g cm. ; wt. (total), 28 grns. Antonio Francica, op. cit., [pi. 2] ; cf. PoUak,
Goldstiimifdcarb., 392.
2123. Two fragments of a gold belt (.'). They are broad flat bands of gold deco-
rated with four small horizontal bands separated from one another by double
lines in relief. The end of one of the fragments is rounded, and has a loop
soldered to it. Three holes (probably modern) have been pierced in each frag-
ment at the broken ends, probably with a view to joining them. One fragment
is also pierced with two holes at the opposite end.
L., 9'5 cm. and 7'8 cm. respectively: width, y] cm.: wt. (together), 253 grns. Antonio
Francica, op. cit., [pi. 2]. A belt of this type is worn by two youths on a S. Italian vase of
the 4th cent. B.C. See Furtuangler-Rcichhold, Griccli. Vascniiialcrci, I., pi. 10.
2124. Two similar fragments ; the bands are somewhat narrower. Each has one
end rounded, and one has a hole pierced near the border.
L., io'9 cm. and io'4 cm. respectively; width, 5'3 cm.; wt., 288 grns. Antonio Francica,
op. cit. [pi. 2].
Plate XLI.
TERRACOTTA IMITATIONS OF jKWEI.l.ERY. 243
2125-6. Two parts of a gold belt (?), decorated witli four grooves, separated from Plate XLI.
one another by five sets of triple raised lines. Each has a loop ending in double
spirals soldered to the end. Thick and heavy.
L. (includini; loops), i8'2 and i6" r cm. respecti\ely ; \vt., 1792 grns. Antonio Francica, op. cit.,
[pi. .].
2127. Gold tube (amulet T). The front i)art is fluted like a column, and is sur- Plate XLI.
moimted by ornamentation in relief consisting of a palmette and leaf pattern.
The tube is open above and below, and has a piece cut out behind the cap.
L., 4'7 cm. ; diam., i cm. ; wt., 54 grns. Antonio Francica, op. cit., pi. [2].
2128-9. Two thin gold disks, each of which has probably been stamped with a Plate XLI.
rosette, now cruslied and obliterated. To the back of each are soldered two
pairs of gold loops for attachment.
Diam., 5'5 cm. : wt., together, 53 grns. See also B.^T. Cat. of Rings, No. 224.
(/) Terracotta imitations of Jewellery. Nos. 2130-2195.
[These imitations appear to date, for the most part, from the fourth to the second
cent. B.C.]
(i). — Parts of earrings.
2130. Terracotta-gilt rosette (upper part of earring), with triple flower. The central Plate XLII.
flower is of si.x petals, the second of eight, and the third has eight remaining.
The rest is broken away. There are remains of attachments for the suspension
of the lower part of the earring. The gilding is on a white slip. Presented by
the Rev. Greville Chester, 1890.
Diam., 2' i cm.
2131. Part of a terracotta-gilt disk. In the centre a rosette of seven petals in
relief within a plain and beaded border. Remains of bronze attachment at back.
From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., i -9 cm.
2132. Similar disk, nearly complete. No bronze attachment. From the Cj-renaica.
Acquired, 1856.
Diam., i '9 cm.
2133. Terracotta-gilt disk, with design of a rosette of eight petals in relief in the Plate XLII.
centre within a double border of raised beads. At the back are the remains of
a bronze hook (.'). From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., 2 '6 cm.
2134. Terracotta-gilt disk (imitating part of a gold earring). In relief to the front Plate XLII.
is a bust of Athena wearing triple-crested helmet and necklaces. Tendril pattern
244 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY..
on background. Beaded border. Traces of bronze attachment at back and
below (for hook and pendant.'). Presented by George Dennis, Ksq., H.B.M.
Consul at Benghazi, 1866.
Diam., 3'2 cm. For these disks with the head of .Athena, cf. the coins of Tarsus of the time of
Mazaeus (361-333 B.C.), B.Af. Coins of Lycaonia, etc., pi. xxxi., 8 ff. ; Bull. Arch. Nap., IV.
(1846), pi. iv., 3.
2135. Similar terracotta disk. Gilding all worn away. Holes for bronze attachment
at back and below. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2' 8 cm.
2136. Terracotta-gilt disk, with head of Athena, as last. Bronze attachments as Plate XLII.
before. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., 2. 3 rm.
2137. Terracotta-gilt disk with head of Athena in relief, wearing triple-crested
helmet. Beaded border. At the back is the trace of a bronze hook, and below
of two bronze attachments for a pendant. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., 2' 3 cm.
2138. Terracotta-gilt disk, with head of Athena to front in relief wearing triple-
crested helmet. Raised and beaded border. Hole at back for bronze hook, and
remains of two bronze attachments for pendants, and two holes for others. Part
broken away. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., i "S cm.
2139. Terracotta-gilt disk as last, with similar head of Athena. Hole for bronze
hook at back and remains of two bronze pendant attachments below. From the
Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., i "8 cm.
2140. Terracotta disk, slightly concavo-convex. In relief is a head of Athena
wearing triple-crested helmet. Tendrils on background. Beaded border, partly
broken away. From Athens. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Diam., 2 "6 cm. Probably attached to a vase originally.
2141. Terracotta disk as last. Gilding worn away. Holes for bronze attachments.
From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1S56.
Diam., i '9 cm.
2142. As last. Two-thirds broken away.
2143. As last. Part broken awaj'. Indications of several bronze attachments for
pendants. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Diam., i '9 cm.
TERRACOTTA IMITATIONS OK JEWELLERY. 245
2144 6. Three terracotta-gilt disks from carrinfrs. ICach has in the centre a head Plate XLII.
of Apollo (or Helios) in relief, with hair streaming upwards. Beaded border.
ICach has the remains of one bronze attachment above and fjf three below.
Trcsentcd by Cecil H. Smith, Esq., 1906.
Diam., i '8 cm.
2147. Terracotta-gilt disk with relief, representing bust of Athena to front wearing Plate XLII.
triple-crested helmet. On either shoulder is a kneeling figure of Victory fastening
an earring into Athena's ear. At the back, which is slightly concave, is a hole,
probably for a bronze hook attachment. The disk probably served as an earring.
Acquired, 1906.
Diam., 2 cm. Similar disk published in Comptc-Rciidii (St. Petersburg), 1902, p. 58, fig. 112.
2148-9. Two terracotta-gil't disks belonging to earrings. The gilt has been laid Plate XLII.
upon a thick white sli|), now largely worn away. On the front in relief is a bust
of Athena, wearing helmet with triple crest and necklace. On the background
are tendrils. At the back are traces of three bronze fastenings. Above was
a hook, and below two loops for pendants. Part of one of the disks is broken
away. Acquired, 1906.
Diam., 2'5 cm. Cf. Furtwangler, Coll. Saboiirojf^ II., pi. c.\l\-.
2150-1. Two terracotta-gilt disks with a Gorgoneion in relief. Transitional type. At Plate XLII.
the back of each are the remains of a bronze loop, probably for stringing the disk
on to a necklace. Part of one of the disks is broken away. Acquired, 1906.
Diam., 2'S cm. CT. Coiii/i/i--/\rnd/i, 1903, p. 71, fig. 12S.
2152-3. Two terracotta-gilt figures of Sirens. Each has a small hole in the back Plate XLII.
of tiie head, probably for a bronze attachment. The Siren, with the head and
body of a woman and the feet of a bird, stands to front. Her wings are spread
and the bird's tail appears on the r. side of her 1. leg. Her r. arm is raised from
the elbow, her 1. hand holds a syrinx (.'). The back of the figure is flat. P'rom
Crete. Acquired, 189S.
Ht., 3 cm.
2154. Terracotta-gilt figure of Victory, wearing long chiton with apoptygma, girt Plate XLii.
under the breasts. She floats downwards with wings raised and 1. leg crossed over
r., and grasps the edge of her apoptygma with her hands. Tip of her r. wing
repaired. There are two pairs of holes at the top and bottom of the back respec-
tively for the attachment of bronze loops. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1S56.
Ht., 3'9 cm. Has probably formed the pendant of an carrmg. Cf. Furtwangler, Coll. Saboia off,
II.', pi. cxlv.
2155. Terracotta figure of Victory dancing to 1. with w ings raised. She grasps the
edge of her apoptygma with both her hands. Tip of wing on r. broken awaj- ;
slight traces of gilding. Flat at back. No trace of attachment. Acquired, 19C6.
Ht., 2-4 cm.
R 2
246
CATALOGUE OF JF;WEL1,ERY.
2156. Part of a terracotta-gilt figure of a girl, draped in thin transparent chiton, Plate XLII.
danciiiy to r. Her r. arm is bent and her hand is by her side. Her 1. arm was
extended. Her head and legs are missing. From Naukratis. Presented by the
Committee of the Egypt Exploration Fund, i.S,S6.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. A'aii/,Tn/i.\-, I., pi. xx., 25.
2157. Terracotta-gilt figure of a draped woman, moving slightly to 1. With her
r. hand she holds aside the edge of her veil, her 1. hand is behind her. Apparently
the pendant of an earring. There are the remains of a bronze loop attached to
the head. Presented by the Rev. Greville Chester, icSgo.
Ht., I '4 cm.
2157a. Four terracotta ornaments,
probably forming a pair of earrings
in imitation of gold. They consist
of two rosettes of nine petals each,
and two clusters of grapes, all flat
at the back. Burgon Coll., 1842.
Diam. of rosettes, I cm. ; lit. of grapes, i ■ 3
and I -4 cm. Ant. Deiik., I., pi. xii., 9,
10. Cf. the earring worn by Athen.i
on fig. 71, taken from a coin ol
Athens of about 200 ii.c. (Jl.M. Coins
of Attica, pi. viii., 2).
2158. Terracotta-gilt cluster of grapes,
with remains of bronze attachment
above. Probably the pendant of
an earring. Presented by George
Dennis, Esq., H.B.M. Consul at
Benghazi, 1866.
Ht., I '5 cm.
Plate XLII.
Fig. 71. — Head of Atlicna wearing earring. 2 : 1.
2159. Terracotta pendant of triangular form (resembling an inverted pyramid). On Plate XLII.
it is a figure of Eros in relief holding out a patera. The pendant has doubtless
been gilt, and imitates the pendant of a gold earring. The lower part has been
broken away. Above are the remains of bronze attachments. Presented by
George Dennis, Esq., H.B.M. Con.sul at Benghazi, 1866.
Ht., 2-Scm.
2160. Terracotta pendant of triangular (inverted pyramid) form. On it in relief is
decoration of tongue pattern, double spirals, and globules, representing the
original filigree and globule decoration of the gold. Globule decoration at the
corners, the lower broken away. No bronze attachment or gilding visible. Has
apparently been covered with a yellow slip. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired,
1856.
Ht., 2'6 cm.
TERRACOTTA IMITATIONS OF [KWELLERY. 247
2161. As last, but the terracotta is of a red colour. Same provenance.
Ht., 2-7 cm.
2162. As last. Upper part of the inverted i)yran)id onl)' preserved. Indistinct.
Same provenance.
Ht., I '6 cm.
2163. Terracotta pendant of inverted pyramid form. Linear and spiral decoration
in relief (representing filigree work). Presented by George Dennis, Esq.,
H.B.M. Consul at Benghazi, 1866.
Ht., 3 cm.
2164. Terracotta-gilt model of a gold earring of "leech" type, decorated with Plate XLII.
filigree and surmounted by a pahnette. At either end of the " leech " is a seated
figure of Victory holding a wreath or shield. Below are five disks representing
rosettes. There are remains of bronze attachments above and below for a disk
and pendants respectively. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Ht., 3' 3 cm. : widtli, 3'3 cm. Cf. Bull. Arch. h\ip., IV. (1S46), pi. iv., 4.
2165. Terracotta-gilt earring of the same type as the last. At either extremity of
the crescent is the figure of a Victory (?). Very obscure. Traces of bronze
attachments as before. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Ht., 3 '4 cm. ; width, 3' 5 cm.
2166. As last, but the wings of the Victory on the r. are broken away. From the
Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Dimensions as before.
2167. Terracotta-gilt earring of " leech " type, with palmette above and row of
rosettes below. Remains of bronze attachments for pendants underneath. Upper
ends of the earring broken away. Presented by Cecil H. Smith, Esq., 1906.
Width, 2'3 cm.
2168. Four small terracotta-gilt pendants, perhaps from the above earring, viz. (i)
upper part of human figure with bronze attachment on head. (2) Trunk of nude
female figure cut off at knees. (3) Bunch of grapes. (4) Half of an amphora
pendant cut vertically, with a bronze pin passed from top to bottom. Presented
by Cecil H. Smith, Esq., 1906.
Ht., I ■ I cm. to '5 cm.
2169. Terracotta head of a woman, surmounted by a palmette. Her hair is done Plate XLII
in a roll on the front of the head ; she wears earrings of the disk type and
a necklace. There are traces of bronze attachments beneath the ears (for
pendants .') and at the back of the head is a hole for a suspending pin (for the
ear). No traces of gilding remain. Castellani Coll., 1872.
248 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.-
2170. Head of woman as last, but smaller. Remains of bronze attachment behind Plate XLIL
palniLttc. ]'"roin the Cyrenaica. Acquired, ICS56.
Ht., I '9 i:iii.
2171. As last. There are traces of gilding. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856. Plate XLII.
Ht.. I '9 cm.
( i i ) . — Miscellaneous.
2172. Terracotta-gilt plaque, representing Apollo, Leto, and Artemis. The figures Plate XLII.
are roughly cut into shape, and stand on a base with a grooved line underneath
On the r. is Apollo to front, nude, holding kithara on his 1. shoulder, and
plectrum in his r. hand. In the centre is Leto seated slightly to 1. on a pile of
rocks ; she wears a chiton, and a himation pulled over her head as a veil and over
her knees, which she draws aside with her r. hand. On the 1. is Artemis in short
hunting chiton girt over the breasts with cross-bands. The end of her quiver
appears over her r. shoulder. She stands to r. with her r. leg (now for the most
part missing) drawn back. Her 1. hand was apparently placed on Leto's shoulder.
From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Ht., 3"2 cm. ; width, 3 '8 cm. The figures appear to be taken from a sculptured group, perhaps
from one of those by Praxiteles at Mantineia or Megara (cf. Paus. i., 44, 2 and viii., 9, l).
2172a. Terracotta relief (which has probably been gilt) representing Eros riding to Plate XLIL
r. on a galloping horse. From Athens. Burgon Coll., 1842.
L., 3'2 cm. Ant. Deiik., L, pi. xii., 1 1.
2173. Terracotta-gilt relief, representing a nude boy (Harpokrates) crouching with Plate XLIL
his 1. leg under him, His 1. hand rests on the ground. The figure is on the top
of an oblong plaque with double spiral decoration in relief Underneath the
plaque is a rosette. At the back is a vertical groove, possibly for the insertion of
a bronze pin. Imitation of gold work. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Ht., 2 cm. ; 1., I 7 cm.
2174-2182. Nine terracotta-gilt plaques, similar to last, some slightly larger than
others, and some partly broken. Same provenance.
2183. As last, but rather larger, without gilding. Same provenance.
Ht., 2 '2 cm. : 1., I -8 cm.
2184. Terracotta plaque similar to last, but the kneeling boy on the top seems to
be in lather a different attitude. Indistinct. Presented by George Dennis, Esq.,
H.B.M. Consul at Benghazi, 1866.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; 1., I -8 cm.
2185-9. Five terracotta plaques as last. Red terracotta. Same provenance.
Same dimensions.
TERRAf:OTTA IMITATIONS OF jEWKL[.KRY. 249
2190. Series of terracotta-gilt ornaments forming a necklace. They consist of Plate XLli.
(ir) Thirteen disks with ;i small rosette in the centre and a minute disk at the
bottom, covering a small bronze loop from which a pendant was suspended.
They vary in size, diminishing from the centre outwards, h^ach is pierced with
two holes for stringing. (/;) Seven palmettes with similar disk below and remains
of bronze attachment. Each palmette is pierced with two holes, (c) (Alternating
with the last) nineteen double " lotus-flower " pendants, with ro.sette at bottom,
and remains of bronze attachment for pendant. There is a rosette between the
two lotus-flowers. Pierced with two holes as before. Presented by Cecil H.
Smith, Esq., 1906.
L., 21 cm. ; lit., I '4 ciii. (larj^est) to 'S cm. (smallest).
2191. Series of thirty-eight terracotta-gilt amphora pendants, part ribbed and Plate XLli.
part plain, probably belonging to the above necklace. The tops show traces of
the original bronze attachments which apparently ran right through. Presented
with the last.
Ht. from I 'S cm. to 'S cm.
2192. Four terracotta-gilt pendants, each in the form of a ribbed amphora sur-
mounted by a band decorated with zigzags in relief Each band is pierced with
two holes for the connecting thread. From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
Ht., 2 cm.
2193. Terracotta-gilt ornament in the form of two .serpents intertwined in the shape piate XLII.
oi :>. nodus Hcrciilais. Imitation of the central part of a gold necklace or belt.
Below at the back are three incisions in a vertical direction (for bronze attach-
ments .'). From the Cyrenaica. Acquired, 1856.
L., 4' 2 cm. ; B., 3'5 cm.
2194. Similar nodus Herculeus. One of the serpents' heads is broken away. From
the Cyrenaica. Two incisions at the back (for bronze attachments ?). Acquired,
1856.
L., 2 '9 cm. ; width, 2*3 cm.
2195. Series of four terracotta reliefs, flat at back, representing the hunt of the piate XLII.
Kalydonian boar (.?). {a) Figure of boar to 1. at bay with head upturned and
forelegs extended close together ; (/;) two hounds rushing to r. upon the boar, the
one hound head and shoulders in front of the other ; (<:) huntsman standing to
r. with 1. leg advanced and slightly raised ; he holds his spear with uplifted point,
awaiting the attack of the boar He wears a pointed cap and a chlamys, which
is blown away behind him. yd) Second huntsinan to r. with 1. leg advanced, and
slightly raised. He is nude, and wears a pointed cap, holding out a round shield
on his 1. arm. Acquired, 1906.
L., of («), 2-8 cm. ; {b), 4-3 cm. ; (,;), 3-2 cm. ; {d), 3'2 cm.
2^0
G. LATER ETRUSCAN (ok ITALIAN).
(About the fiftli to the second ceiituiy ]i.C.)
Note. —Earlier examples are sonietiiiies included here in order to illustrate the contimcity
of a type. The earrings are arranged with a view to shelving the transition from
one type to another.
(a) Earrings. \o,s. 2196 — 2270.
[These date from the 6th t(j the 3rd cent. B.C. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschnmck, p. 66.
They were no doubt worn with the heads and beads downwards (cf. fig. 60 and
the pendants on Nos. 2228 ff). On plate xliii. they are arranged with a view to
showing the workmanship as clearly as possible. As Hadaczek remarks,
p. 65, n. I, these earrings were largely made for funeral purposes ; hence their
unpractical character.]
2196. Gold earring, composed of a hollow curved tube, terminating at the one end PlateXLIII.
in a ring of beaded wire, at the other in the head of a woman (negroid type)
wearing lofty stephanfe and thick fillet, the latter composed of a series of wire
loops. From Atri in the Abruzzi. Hamilton Coll. 6th-5th cent. B C
Diam., i'7 cm.; \vt., 47 gins. Found with No. 2197, the necklace No. 1460 above, a ring
{B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 216), and a bronze mirror {B.M. Cat. of Bronzes, No. 5,42).
2197. Gold earring, almost as last, but with minute differences of detail. Found PlateXLIII.
with the foregoing. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., i'" cm. : ut., 60 grns.
2198 9. Pair of pale gold earrings of "trumpet" type. Beaded wire round the PlateXLIII.
wide end, missing in one case.
Diam., i-9 cm. ; \vt., 15 and 11 grns. Cf. Karo in Milani, Stiidi c Mat., II., p. 123, figs. 100,
101 I'ca. 6th cent. B.C.).
2200 I. Pair of gold earrings of the same type as No. 2198. Beaded wire round PlateXLIII.
wide end, and, below it, six gold bosses arranged in the form of an inverted
pyramid. Narrow end filled with a globule. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2 '4 cm. : \vt., 22 and 23 grns.
2202. Gold earring of the same type as No. 2198. Wider end (now damaged) PlateXLIII.
decorated with a beaded wire and a palinette in filigree.
Diam., i"S cm. ; \vt., 16 grns. Cf. Miis. Etr. Vat., pi. l.Kxiv. : Hadaczek, Ohrsclunuck, p. 65,
fig. 125 ; Milani, Stndi c Mat., II., p. 123, fig. 102 (Karo).
LATER ETRUSCAN EARRINGS. 25 I
2203. Gold earring, as last.
Diani., 2 cm. ; \vt., 12 grns.
2204 5. Pair of gold earrings of the same type as No. 2198. Narrow end filled with
Ljlobulc (one missing) ; wider end decorated with a beaded and a plain wire, and
witli an incised palmctte. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Uiaiii., 2 cm. : \vt., 19 and 33 grns. Cf. Hadaczck, Olirschiiiiick, p. 65, fig. 125.
2206. Gold earring, composed of a hollow tube of gold filled with clay and bent PlateXLIll.
into a circle. At one extremity is the head of a lion with open mouth, at the
other three gold globules soldered to a larger globule. The eyes of the lion are
filled with a greenish-white enamel. The ring-tube is covered with a row of ivy-
leaves and two rows of scales in beaded filigree. Round the neck of the lion is a
collar of globules. Castellani Coll., 1872. 6th-5th cent. B.C.
Uiam., i'8 cm. ; 30 grns. Cf Hadaczek, Ohrsc/iiiu/ck,\i. 75, tigs. 152, 153 : Moii.di'/P [>is/.,\'\ .,
pi. xlvi. e (5th cent. \\x.).
2207. Gold earring, formed of a hollow tube of gold terminating at one end in a PlateXLIll.
lion's head, at the other open and decorated with three inverted pyramids in
granulation. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., i'6 cm. : \vt., 17 grns.
2208. Gold earring of sinn'lar type to No. 2207, but without the triangles in granula- PlateXLIll.
tion. Tl'.ere is a plain and twisted wire surrounding the end. Ca. 5th cent. li.C.
Diam., ['; cm.: wt.. 13 grns.
2209. Pale gold earring of type similar to No. 2207. The mane of the lion is PlateXLIll.
carefully indicated. Campanari Coll., 1846. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., I '7 cm. ; \vl,, 25 grns.
2210. Gold earring as last, except that it differs in some details, and is of yellower piateXLIII.
gold. The lion's head is very carefull)- rendered. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
Diam., i*6 cm. : wt., ig grns.
22II-2. Pair of gold earrings, hollow, consisting of a smooth tube of penannular form ; piateXLIll.
near one end is a plain bead, on each side of which are circles of wire, alternately
plain and twisted. Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 3-5 cm. ; wt. (together), 107 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmiick, p. 64 f. ; Martha, L'art
etrusque, p. 568 f. ; Notisie, 1900, p. 554 (fig. 2). The earrings which follow, up to No. 2249,
arc all of about the same date as No. 221 1, viz. 4th-3rd cent. r..C.
2213-4. Pair of gold earrings of siinilar type to No. 221 1, except that the rings on PiateXLIII.
each side of the bead are groove
Diam., 3"S cm. ; wt., 68 and 79 grns.
each side of the bead are grooved and not of wire.
252 CATALOGUE OV JEWELLERY.
2215 6. Pair of gold earrings as last, but with a ribbed wire round the bead. PlateXLIIL
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Uiani., 3' 5 cm. ; vvt., 65 and 80 grns.
2217 8. Pair of gold earrings of similar type. The beads are decorated with small piateXLllL
gold bosses, a triangle of which extends over the tube. Castellani Coll, 1872.
Diani., i '9 cm. ; \vt. (together), 30 grns.
2219. Gold earring of kindred type. Below the bead arc embossed two palmettes, PlateXLlll.
base to base, on a dotted ground. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., 2'7 cm. : \vt., 32 grns.
2220-1. Pair of gold earrings of similar type to No. 2219. The front part of the PlateXLIIL
tube is embossed with a palmette and an acanthus plant. Not far from the narrow
end the tube is decorated with a circle of twisted wire. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., ca. 3'5 cm. : \vt., 44 and 48 grns.
2222. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2219. The front part of the tube is
embossed with a palmette and a lotus-flower. On each side of the bead is a ring
of ribbon decorated with pattern of minute squares. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2'6 cm. ; \vt., 29 grns.
2223. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2219. Three palmettes are embossed on PlateXLIIL
the tube, and on each side of them is a row of wave pattern. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 3'6 cm. ; wt.. 49 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschvtiick. p. 65, fig. 128.
2224. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2219. A palmette and an acanthus plant
arc embossed on the tube. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 3'5 cm. ; ut., 41 grns.
2225-6. Pair of gold earrings of type akin to last, ending, however, not in a bead, PlateXLIIL
but in a lion's head with ribbed collar and beaded wire round neck. Much
crushed. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 3' i cm. : wt., 25 grns. each.
2227. Gold earring akin to last. The broader end terminates in the head of a lion, PlateXLIIL
the neck decorated with a double spiral in filigree and a wreath of small pointed
leaves. Below the lion's neck is suspended a small vase-like pendant with a
movable stopper, but this can hardly be in its original position.
Diam.. ca. 3'R cm. : wt., 55 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Okrschiiuick. p. 65, figs. 129-132.
2228 9. Pair of gold earrings akin to last. To the wide end of the tube is attached PlateXLIIL
a very slightly-worked lion's mask. The front of the tube is decorated with a
waved wire with a series of cable wires on each side. Underneath the tube, near
the lion's head, is a rosette of thin gold, from a loop in the middle of which hangs
LATER ETRUSCAN EARRINGS. 253
a ring decorated with twisted wires and fitted with a sliding tube. From the
ring is suspended a small vase with two handles and embossed linear decoration.
Castellani Coll., iiS/a.
Ht., 6-7 cm. ; wt., 1 17 and 1 1 1 ;.4rns. Cf. Hadaczek, /or. cit., tig. 132.
2229*. Gold earring nearly as last. The e.xpanding ring, which terminates at the
broad end in a lion's head, is covered with the finest cable filigree. Beneath the
lion's head is a loop surrounded by a flower of seven petals. From the loop
hangs a ring covered with fine filigree, from which is suspended a small vase with
two loop handles, also decorated with filigree. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Hi., 4'4 cm. ; wt., 63 yrns. Cf. Hadaczelc, Ohrschiiiiick, p. 65, tig. 132,
2230-1. Pair of gold earrings of similar type, but of unusual size and elaboration. PlateXLlll.
The front of the tube is embossed with a twining tendril, from which spring
honeysuckle, lotus and other flowers. This design is enclosed within a border of
waves. Below the flattened bead is a loop of wires in the form of a nodus
Herailens ; from the loop hangs a ring, formed of spirally twisted plain and
beaded wires. From Populonia. Acquired, 1H97.
Diam., 4-6 cm. ; wt. (together), 455 grns. Arch. Am., 1898, p. 236; cf. Hadaczek, loc. cit.,
tig. 128 ; Des Vergers, Einiric, pi. [xxxi.] 2 (Vulci). This and the following examples show
the position in which earrings of the type of Nos. 221 1 fT. were worn.
2232-3. Pair of gold earrings of similar type. The tube is embossed in front with PlateXLHI.
three palmettes. Round the edge of the embossed portion runs a row of nineteen
rosettes in gold wire. Itnmediately above the bead is a flower of six petals cut
out of thin gold. From a ring in the middle of this flower hangs a plain hollow
ring and a small vase (with two loop-handles) embossed with two palmettes.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 6 cm. : wt., 181 and 174 grns.
2234. Gold earring of type similar to last. The tube is ornamented with plain and
twisted filigree. Flower and pendent vase as before ; the vase is decorated with
plain and twisted wires and with a globule at the foot. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 5'7 cm. : wt., 146 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, /or. cit., tig. 131.
2235-6. Pair of gold earrings of type akin to last. Each consists of a hollow curved Plate XLIV.
tube broadening out into a wider tube, at the end of which is a flattened bead
with grooved ring at either end and a ribbed 'gold ring round its middle. The
wide tube is covered with an oblong curved plate, rounded at the top and bordered
with a series of hollow beads. The plate is embossed with a head of Athena to
the front, wearing a crested helmet with a feather on each side, and a necklace
with acorn pendants. Flower and pendent vase as before ; the vase is decorated
with a band of embossed volutes and ribbed circles. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Ht., 5 '4 cm. ; wt., 147 and 141 grns.
2 54 CATALOG UK OF JEWELLERY.
2237 8. Pair of gold earrings of kindred typc; composed of a curved tube expanding Plate XLIV.
towards one enil, where is a flattened bead. The tube is embossed with a female
head wearing a stephane and necklace, within a border of beaded wire. Above
the head is a small circular garnet in round gold setting, and below it a flower of
six petals with a loop in the centre, from which hangs a twisted gold ring and a
small plain vase. From Bagnorea, near Viterbo. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3'5 cm. : \vt., jcS and 57 griis.
2239 40. Pair of earrings of very pale gold. They arc composed of a hollow tube Plate XLIV.
expanding towards the lower end. The front part of this tube and its wide
mouth are ornamented with thick ribbed wire. Below, close to this mouth, is
soldered a pendant consisting of seven lenticular beads (two small, two medium,
and three large) separated from one another by lines of globules, and ornamented
with clusters of small beads. Castellani Coll., 1S72.
Ht., 5-7 cm. : wt., 74 and 87 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmiick, p. 60; aMhs. Etr. Val.,\.,
pL Ixxiii.
22^1-2. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type. They are composed of a curved Plate XLIV.
double plate of gold, embossed on the upper side with two palmettes. In this
plate was inserted a gold hook now missing. To the lower end of the plate is
hinged (hinge-pin missing in one case) a second, flat, shield-shaped plate, also
composed of a double plate of gold. The upper plate has decoration of two
embossed bow spirals back to back, a star with rays in filigree, and a border of
applied circles with globules interspersed. From Soracte. Castellani Coll., 1872.
4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 5' 5 cm. ; wt., 34 and 37 grns. respectively. Cf. the cheek-pieces of Italian helmets of this
period, e.g., J/o/i. Aiit., IX., pi. vi., 2 (Brizio).
2243-4. Pail" of sold earrings of "leech" type. The "leech" is decorated with Plate XLIV.
double spirals in filigree. Underneath is soldered a cluster of four beads with a
globule attached to each. Blacas Coll., 1867. 5th cent. B.C.
Ht., 2 '2 cm. : wt., together, go grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsdnnuck, p. 60, fig. 114.
2245. Gold earring of siinilar type. The " leech " is decorated with globules. Plain Plate XLIV.
tube above for fastening the earring.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 21 grns. Cf. Notizie, 1897, p. 263, fig. 5 (found with acs rude and with a ring
resembling B.M. Cat. of Rini^s, 216, probably of 5th cent. D.c).
2246. Gold earring, composed of a hollow gold ring, terminating at one end in a Plate XLIV.
biconical bead, decorated with leaves in filigree and a coil of corded wire on each
side. Just below this bead is soldered a cluster of four lenticular beads, with
three sets of four globules interspersed. The front of the ring just beyond this
cluster is decorated with small bosses and filigree work. Bequeathed by Miss
Auldjo, 1859. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 2' 8 cm. ; wt., 21 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmiick.^ p. 66, fig. 134.
LATER ETRUSCAN EARRINGS.
255
2247-8. Pair of gold earrings akin to last. Each consists of a hollow ring with open Plate XLIV.
ends, dccoiatcd 011 the sides vvitli beaded wires. Below is soldered a cluster of
beads with small globules attaclied. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2'n cm. : wt. togetlier, 53 grns. Cf. Hclbig, I)i7s horn. JCfios'-, p. 274, fig. 97.
2249. Gold earring of kindred type. To the lower part of an ojieii ring of flat gold Plate XLIV.
ribbon are soldered four large hollow globules, flattened at the back and embossed
with two concentric circles. Three pyramids of four small globules arc soldered
to the lowest part of the larger globules. Castellani Coll., 1S72.
Ht., 2'2 cm.; wt., 18 grns. Cf. Foiitenay, Les bijOKx ancinis ct »iodcnus, p. 91 : lladaczck,
Olirschmiick, p. 60, tig. 117.
2250. Gold earring of kindred type composed of a " leech " decorated with beaded Plate XLIV.
wire. The tube which joins the two ends is masked by three curved wires
soldered across one end of the " leech." Cluster of four gold beads below, as
before. Campanari Coll., 1 841. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
Mt., 2'3 cm. : wt., 20 grns. Cf. Helbig, Das Iioin. Epos"-, p. 274, fig. 98.
2251. Gold earring developed from preceding type. " Leech " decorated on the Plate XLIV.
sides with beaded wire, and in the centre and at the two ends with scales of
filigree. At one end of the " leech " a horse-shoe decoration of globules and
filigree masks the fastening of the earring. Castellani Coll., 1872. 5th-4th
cent. B.C.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 27 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsckiiiiick, p. 60, fig. 116 : iMon. delP Inst., VI.,
pi. xlvii.^"^ (5th cent. n.c.).
2252. Pair of gold earrings developed from pre-
ceding type. Above the flattened " leech " is a
horseshoe- shaped plaque decorated with two
bands of applied bosses, and one of applied
palmettes. Small crescents are fixed above and
below on the front of the " leech." The lower
part of the earring is formed of a cluster of
seven lenticular beads, with rosettes and triangles
of globules interspersed. From Populonia.
Acquired, 1895. 4th 3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 5 '9 cm. ; wt., 116 and 104 grns. Walters, Art oj
the Greeks, pi. ciii. ; cf. Hadaczek, p. 61, figs. 118, 119;
Mtis. Etr. Vat., I., pi. Ixxii., Ixxiii. ; B.M. Cat. of
Terracottas, B 621, 622 (= fig. 71*) ; Arch. Zeit., 1871,
pi. 41 ; Gerliard, Etnisk. Spiegel, V., pi. 156, fig. i.
Plate XLIV.
Fig. 71*. — Terracotta antefix, with head
wearing earrings similar 10 No. 2252.
2253-4. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 2252. The "horseshoe" is
decorated with small globules, bosses, and rosettes, separated from one another
by bands of filigree. The beads below are round, with globule clusters
256 CATALOGUE OF JEWE1,LEK\ ;
interspersed ; there are eight beads, seven to the front and one behind (in one
case one is missing). Campanari Coll., i<S4i.
Ht., 3 '6 cm. : \vt., 58 grns. each.
2255. Gold earring of type similar to No. 2252. The "horseshoe" is decorated with
a band of six rosettes ; below there are eight lenticular beads with globules
interspersed, forming with the " horseshoe " a continuous oval. Castellani Coll.
1872.
Ht., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 30 grns.
2256. Gold earring of type similar to No. 2252, but of unusual size. The " horseshoe " Plate XLIV.
above is decorated with plain and twisted wires, a row of small bosses, a large
crescent of plain gold in relief, a row of berries covered with small raised dots,
and a crescent placed immediately above the large " leech," which forms the
centre of the earring. The surface of the last is covered with small raised dots.
The portion of the " leech " which projects behind ends in a loop, and on either
side of it is a small loop attached to the back of the earring (evidently for a chain
attachment). On each side of the front part of the " leech " (and partially con-
cealed beneath it) is a disk, decorated with double spirals in filigree. The lower
part of the earring is formed by three large lenticular beads interspersed with
three clusters, each consisting of four smaller beads, and four rosettes, together
with a variety of globules. Campanari Coll., 1841.
Ht., I4'2 cm. ; width, 6"4 cm. ; wt., 526 grns.
2257-8. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 2252. The "horseshoe" plaque Plate XLIV.
is decorated with a ribbed band in relief and a row of bosses separated by filigree.
Above the large " leech " is a small crescent and a twisted wire ; on either side of
it a rosette and a female head in relief Below are three large lenticular beads
with three triangular clusters of smaller beads, and four sinall rosettes. The
back part of the " leech " ends in a loop ; in one of the earrings this part has
been broken away. Campanari Coll., 1S41.
Ht., 6-7 cm. ; wt., 73 and 82 grns.
2259. Gold earring developed from preceding type, with the ornaments stamped and Plate XLIV.
not applied. It consists of a thin pear-shaped plate of gold, embossed with the
" leech " in the centre, and a " horseshoe " of bosses above. Below are three
embossed disks with clusters of small bosses interspersed. At the back is a
sinall gold tube for insertion into the ear. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Ht.. 5'5 cm. ; wt., 27 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmiick, p. 61 f. (4), fig. 120; Mus. Etr. Vat.,
pi. Ixxi., Ixxii.
2260 I. Pair of pale gold earrings akin to last. The embossed design shows Plate XLIV.
considerable advance. Round the upper edge is a row of small bosses ; the
centre is occupied with a cluster of grapes. The lower edge is decorated with
r,AT]:R ETRUSCAN EARRINGS.
257
three larger bosses, the interval between which is filled with lines of returning
spirals. There is a loop of ribbon behind. Campanari Coll., 1846.
Ht., 3"6 cm. : \vt., 11 grns.
2262. Gold earring, composed of: {a) a hollow expanding ring, ending in a Plate XLIV.
lion's head, with grooved ring round neck. The ring is masked in front
by a large convex plate of gold, resembling a long and narrow shield.
"This is decorated above with a small Satyr's (?) head
in relief, and on the front and borders with h'nes of
small bosses and globules. At each corner is a rosette.
To the bottom of the shield are soldered two pairs of
bow spirals, from which various pendants are susi)ended
by means of rings, viz.: (i) (on the inside) four small
pomegranates, two of which are now missing ; (2) (on
the outside) two long vases ; (3) (in the centre) a large
hollow female head, wearing fillet and long earrings of
twisted wire. It is suspended by a ring, masked in front
by a flower. Below this head there were originally six
pendants, two of which are missing. The central
pendant is in the form of an acorn, and round this arc
ranged two small buds and an amphora. Found at
Perugia, 1869. Castellani Coll., 1884. 3rd cent. is.C.
Ht., 10-71 cm.; wt., 364 grns. CastelUiiii Sale Cal., Paris, 18S4,
pi. ii., 88 ; Conestabile, Moii. di Perugia, pi. lx.\x.-cvi., 2 ;
part 4, pp. 472, 505; Bull, deir Inst., 1869, p. 176; cf.
Hadaczek, Ohrschmuck, p. 67 f. ; Martha, Vart dtrusgue,
PP- 5^9) 57°- The companion earring is in the Museum of
Perugia. A similar pair of earrings has been found at Todi.
See Rom. Mitt., I., p. 329 : Nolizie, 18S6, p. 359.
Fig. 72 = No. 2262. 3 : 4.
2263-4. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a disk with raised wall, and beaded top, Plate XLIV.
within w hich is a rosette of twelve petals with beaded border. Behind the disk
a hook is soldered, below arc two wire rings from which hangs a large gold vase
with floral designs embossed in relief A large hollow bead is attached below ;
above is a suspending ring ornamented with filigree and globules. From Chiusi.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. B.C.
Ht., 7' I cm. : wt., 114 and no grns. Cf. fig. 78.
2265. Gold earring of " leech " form, decorated with three rows of beaded wire. The Plate XLIV.
thin wire, joining the ends together, is probably modern. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Uiam., I '7 cm.; wt., 29 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsehmuck, p. 64, figs. 122, 124. Similar
earrings have been found in the Marne province, France, with Latfene type fibulae
(ca. 4th cent. B.C.).
2266-7. Pair of hollow gold earrings in the form of Sirens. They have a fillet on Plate XLV.
their heads, and a long lock falling on each side of the neck, round whicli is
S
258 CATALOGUK OF JICWELLER/.
suspended a long necklace of bullae. Back flat and smooth. From the tail
springs a curved hollow rod for the suspension of the earring. Campanari
Coll., 1841.
L., 3-4 cm. ; vvt., together, l6o griis. Crushed and indistinct. Probably 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
2268-9. Pair of gold earrings, composed of an expanding gold rod, bent into a Plate XLV.
circle, and ornamented at the wider part with raised, grooved, and beaded lines
terminating in reels. The thin end of the rod passes into the reel.
Diani., 3' I cm. ; u't., 242 grns. Cf. B.M. Cat. 1'/ A'//{i;.<, No. 334.
2270. Gold earring of type similar to the last, but smaller. The thin end passes
into a plain ring. No reel decoration. From Ruvo. Bequeathed by Sir William
Temple, 1856.
Diam., 2' I cm. : wt., 35 grns.
(/') Necklaces. Nos. 2271 — 2286.
2271. Gold necklace, composed of a plaited chain ; at one end is a hook, springing piate XLV.
from a cylinder decorated with waved and plain bands of filigree (the hook in the
form of a serpent's head), at the other are an oval garnet and two loops springing
from a cylinder similarly decorated. On this chain are suspended nine hollow
bullae ; in the centre is the embossed head of a river-god, with horns, beard, and
pointed cars. The remaining eight bullae consist of: (a) three lenticular disks
with a chased and stippled border of wave pattern ; {l>} three vases with embossed
and chased designs of a youth's head in profile, wearing fillet (repeated on both
sides) and of three palmettes (repeated). Below is a star of five rays surrounded ■
by a wave pattern ; (c) two shells with surface left plain ; (tr) and (c) have the
back flat and a pcnanriular ring punched in it. From Tarquinii (Corneto).
Found with No. 1458. Castellani Coll., 1872. 5th cent. B.C.
L., 46-2 cm.; wt., ca. 1180 grns. A/o/i. dclP Just., \\., pi. xlvi,, (5 ; Aniiali, i860, p. 475 f.
(H. Brunn).
2272. Gold necklace, consisting of a plaited gold wire chain, ending in long narrow Plate XLV.
plates of gold, stamped with a lion's head and a bull's head respectively in relief.
These plates end the one in a hook, the other in an eye soldered to them. From
the chain hangs a pendant in the form of a negro's head (hollow), v.'ith hair
indicated in granulation. A beaded wire is soldered below the neck. To the
back of the head is attached a ring through which the chain passes. From
Canusium. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 5th cent. B.C.
L., 37 '3 cm. ; wt., 109 grns. With the pendant cf. Nos. 2196-7 above, which are probably
nearly contemporary with the present.
2273. tGold necklace composed of twent}--four gold beads alternating with twenty- Plate XLVL
one cariielian scarabs suspended from rings. At either end of the necklace is a
small oblong plaque decorated above with the figure of a horned river-god in
relief: one of these plaques has two hooks in the form of serpents' heads issuing
\
I.ATKR I'.TRUSCAN NECKLACES.
259
from it, which fit into two loops of beaded gold wire attached to the corresponding
])laquc. Of the beads, two arc smooth, three are entirely covered with granula-
tion while the remainder are ornamented with granulation and filigree designs of
jwinted leaves, crescents, palmettes, and other patterns. The beads diminish in
size from the centre of the necklace outwards, as do the scarabs, each of which is
set in a beaded gold band ornamented with four rosettes in filigree, with two
globules below ; a twisted gold
wire is fastened round each scarab,
which is suspended from a ring.
Kach scarab is engraved with a
design " a globolo tondo." The
designs are : (i) A Centaur lying
on his back and holding out a
branch with his r. hand. (2)
Kneeling warrior holding shield
and spear. (3) Monstrous figure ;
upper half human, lower half bird-
like. (4) Nude man fallen forward
on his face, attacked b)' bird. (5)
Horse, fallen forward. (6) Pair
of ox-horns, with two S-shaped
shields (.') above them. (7) Bird
on branch with wings spread. (8)
Fore-parts of two horses joined
together in opposite directions.
(9) Herakles holding club and bow. (lo) Kneeling male figure. (11) Two birds
flying side by side. (12) Nude youth running with dog before him. (13) Warrior,
armed with shield and spear, wounded in the leg. (14) Cow suckling calf. (15)
Man running. (16) Two stags. (17) Winged figure holding branch and vase.
(18) Ueer running. (19) Dog-headed "chimaera." (20) Gr3'phon. (21) Uncertain
animal (bird .''). From Canino. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 2S'i cm.: wt., 1262 gnis. Cf. Martha, Vart itnisqiie, pi. i., fig. 4; Furtwangler, ^«/.
Gcmiit., III., p. 176: Daremberg et Saglio, Diet, ^/t'f Aiit., s.v. Geiniiia, p. 1484, fig. 3539.
About 5th cent. B.C., if genuine.
2274. Gold necklace, composed of eighty-three beads, including {a) six small plain
rounded beads ; {b) four plain flattened beads ; {c) sixteen larger beads, plain and
rounded ; (d) six similar beads, granulated ; (<?) thirty-five rings, each consisting
of six globules soldered together ; (/) nine granulated beads with designs of
leaves and palmettes outlined in filigree on plain gold ; {g) two small wire rings ;
{h) two small granulated beads ; in the centre is an amulet consisting of a
triangular piece of flint with sharpened edges (arrowhead ?), set between two semi-
elliptical pieces of gold decorated with filigree and globules, and held in position
by a narrow gold ribbon fastened round it. From Vulci. Campanari Coll., 1846.
L., 42 '6 cm. ; wt., 334 grns.
Fig- 73 = Casts ol scai-.ibs in No. 2273.
26o CATALOGUE OF JEWELI,K7<i'-.
2275. Necklace, composed of: {a) twenty-two small plain gold beads ; (fi) twelve
small glass beads ; (c) four granulated beads ; (d) nine gold beads granulated
and decorated with palmettes, lotus-flowers, and other flowers outlined in filigree ;
(e) two light green porcelain beads ; (/) a gold bead decorated with triangles in
granulation, and with a ring of globules soldered at either end ; (j^) six light
porcelain beads enclosed within a network of wire ; {k) a similar bead with a
wire ring soldered below ; from the latter is suspended a large granulated ball
with globule lielow ; (/) two long cylindrical beads of thin rolled gold ; (/!') three
amulets in the form of animals' teeth in gold mounts with filigree decoration ;
(/) a cylindrical porcelain amulet with gold mount at either end. At each end of
the necklace is a double ring, probably modern. From Chiusi. Castellani Coll.,
1872.
L., 31 • 5 cm. ; \vt., 429 yrns. For the " leetli " amulets, cf. Nos. 2278 and 2304.
2275*- Gold necklace, composed of {a) thirty pendants, consisting of a small square
plate decorated with four filigree circles pendent from a cylinder ; to the plate is
attached by a ring a small hollow shell slightly embossed (two now missing) ;
(i>) nineteen small biconical beads ; (c) fifteen small rounded beads ; (d) six larger
biconical beads with a circle of beaded wire at either end ; (e) two vase-shaped
pendants, consisting of a dark porcelain bead set in gold ; the gold is decorated with
leaves and crescents in filigree ; (/) a central pendant composed of a triple volute
surmounted by a circular gold plate with dentated edge, suspended from an
openwork loop. From the two outer volutes hang f chains t which are joined
together below ; suspended from them is a pointed flake of flint, in gold setting ;
(g) two beads composed of a ring of wire loops between rings of small globules.
These various beads and pendants are strung on a chain of very fine plaited wires.
At either end of the necklace is a clasp consisting of four hollow beads of
diminishing size soldered together, each with a wire ring round its middle at the
point of juncture of its two halves. One clasp ends in a hook, the other in a
loop. From Corneto. Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1856.
L., 38 '6 cm. : \vL, 274 grns. Probably made up in modern times from various ancient beads.
2276. Part of a gold necklace, composed of (a) five plain hollow beads, pierced,
with a ring of six globules soldered at either end round the hole ; (/;) four beads
of a similar type, with a band of globules across the centre and others at either
end ; (c) a gold bead imitating an acorn ; and (<•/) a gold bead decorated with
trefoils in filigree within a circle. Bequeathed by Miss Auldjo, 1859.
L., 15-7 cm. ; ut., 164 grns. Cf. for the acorn pendant, Jlfo;/. dclV Inst., W., pi. xlvi., a.
2277. Part of gold necklace, composed of ten plain gold beads and nine granulated Plate XLV.
beads, alternating. They are separated from each other by twenty rings of open
wire-work. In the centre is an hexagonal pointed amulet of rock crystal set in
gold. The gold is decorated with two rows of waved wire between rows of two
beaded wires and one plain wire. Campanari Coll., 1846.
L., i8-8 cm. ; wi., 337 grns.
LATKR KTRUSCAN NECKl.ACKS. 26 I
2278. Necklace, composed of eighteen hexagonal oblong Ijcads of plasma, placctl nine Plate
on either side of a large central amulet of basalt (?) in the form of a tusk. The
beads decrease in size from the centre out\\ ards. The amulet is mounted in gold,
with elaborate filigree and granulated decoration, viz. : {t?) a band of imitation-
plaited wire ; (l)} a band of loop double spirals in filigree, with globules within
the loops; (c) a broader band of leaf pattern in filigree (lotus-flowers separated
by leaves) ; (</) a band of double spirals in filigree with globules interspersed ;
(e) a band of waved wire ; (/) at the bottom, a row of pointed teeth decorated
with granulation. The top of the niount is ornamented w ith a leaf in a bow-spiral
in filigree, and to it is soldered a tube for suspension. At either end of the tube
is a double-spiral loop in gold wire. The various bands are separated horizontally
by applied wires. The plasma beads are separated from the central pendant and
from one another by (a) two large, hollow gold beads ; (/') eight smaller beads,
alternately granulated and plain, with a ring of si.K globules soldered round the
hole on either side ; (c) two beads composed of a ring of si.v granulated globules
between two rings of plain globules ; (if) two plain gold beads ; (e) six smaller
plain gold beads, f Hook and loop of twisted wire, f From Chiusi. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
L., ca. 40 '6 cm. ; wt., 7S2 grns. For the form of the amulet, cf. No. 2304, etc., and Darcmberg
et Saglio, s.v. Amuletum, p. 254. The beads seem to be of various periods.
2279. Gold necklace, composed of: (a) twenty-three acorn-shaped beads with ribbed
and beaded decoration ; (b) twenty-four small plain beads, alternating with the
last ; {c) the gold setting of an amulet in the centre (the amulet is lost). The
cylindrical setting is decorated with a line of waved wire between two coils of
wire, and is surmounted by an openwork ring for suspension.
L., 33 cm. ; wt., 193 grns.
2280. Gold necklace, composed of: (a) twenty plain hollow beads (differing in size),
eacli suspended from a small loop, and having a globule .soldered beneath ;
{b) eighteen small plain beads pierced for stringing ; (c) fifteen similar beads,
with small globules soldered round the holes on either side ; {d) six beads similar
to the last, but with their surface granulated ; {e) eighteen small rings, each
formed of six globules soldered together ; (/) in the centre, a bulla consisting of
a dark stone in gold setting ornamented with circles of beaded wires. To the
ends are attached a wire hook and loop respectiveh', not contemporary, but late
and rough work.
L., 30'7 cm. ; wt. (with stringing silk), 331 grns.
2281. Part of a gold necklace, composed of eight gold vases suspended from
cylinders of gold, with a cluster of four globules below. Two of the vases are
broken away and only the cylinders and necks remain ; seven glass beads (two
white, two greenish-blue, one green, one black, one dark blue and biconical). In
the centre is a bearded mask in green glass.
L., ca. 1 3 '9 cm. : wt., 171 grns,
S 2
262
CATALOGUK OF JEWICLLKRY.
2282. Part of a gold necklace, composed of: (a) five plain hollow beads ; (b) eij^ht
granulated gold beads, with pointed leaves and bow spiral ornaments outlined in
filigree on plain gold ; (c) ten rings, composed each of six globules of gold
soldered together ; (d) two small, plain beads, and two with globule rings on
either side (one of these being granulated). Bequeathed by Miss Auldjo, 1S59.
L., ca. 1 3 '4 cm. ; wt. (including silk for stringing), 145 grns.
2283. Gold necklace, composed of: (a) seventeen small vases suspended from two
rings, with a movable stopper placed between them ; (/') nineteen plain hollow
beads ; (c) two similar beads, smaller ; (d) a central pendant in the form of a
female head (flat at the back), wearing necklace and crescent-shaped pendant.
The suspending cylinder is masked by a double rosette. Casteilani Coll., 1872.
L., 22 '9 cm. ; wt., 44S grns.
2284. t Necklace, consisting of eighteen gold beads
covered with very fine granulation ; eighteen
polygonal plasma beads of different shapes and
sizes ; two double rings of wire with a row of
globules between them ; two double rings of
wire without the globules ; eleven single wire
rings ; nine rings composed of globules bordered
with wires ; two small gold beads. In the centre
is a large hollow t bulla filled with mastic (.'), with
embossed design (very indistinct) : Nereid on
winged sea-horse to n, carrying a shell (.') in her
r. hand. The bulla is suspended from a gold
cylinder stamped with leaf patterns, and ending
in rings. At the ends of the necklace are placed
two clasps in the form of two amphora-shaped
beads placed side by side, and furnished with a
hook and a clasp respectively. It is doubtful
the necklace.
^..
Fig. 74. — Pendant uf Xo. 2284.
whether these really belong to
L., 46"4 cm.; wt., 1 102 grns. Probably put together in modern times from various ancient
beads. For the clasps, cf. Nos. 2320 ft.
2285. Gold necklace, composed of: («) si.xteen hollow gold beads; (d) ten double Plate XLVI.
cylinders, formed of a thin gold sheet ornamented with a network of embossed
lines intersecting one another at right angles ; (c) two oval frames decorated
with a border of bosses and small triangles of globules, and within with
three rows of wire, two beaded and one plain ; they are filled with a slightly
convex, transparent glass-paste ; ((/) three bullae with embossed designs. The
central one shows the rebirth of Dionysos from the thigh of Zeus. Zeus is in a
half-reclining attitude to r., with drapery over his lower limbs, holding (?) the
infant Dionysos, wrapped in drapery, on his 1. arm above his 1. thigh. In his
LATER ETRUSCAN liRACF.r.ETS.
26-
r. hand is a tluindcrbolt. Before and behind him respectively stand two winged
female figures (Kilithuiae) in long-sleeved chitons. The one before him (who has
a cap (?) decorated with ribbons on her head)
appears to be in the act of receiving the newly-
born Dionysos. The second and third bullae
show Herakles, nude, seated to r. on a rock. In
his r. hand he holds a club ; behind him, thrown
over the rock, is the lion's skin (.'). Before
Herakles is a nude male figure (lolaos) half
sitting upon a rock. In his r. hand he holds a
spear. Each of the bullae is bordered with a
beaded wire. The background is stippled.
From Italy. Acquired, 1892. 3rd cent. B.C.
I.., 53 '3 cm. ; \vl., 761 gnis. Arch. Aiiz., 1893, p. 186 ;
cf. De Witte, Cab. Dtirand, Nos. 2165 f. ; Lenormant
in Annali, V., p. ■i\'ii.; Visconti, Mas. Pio-Clcm.,
IV., Tav. /' i. ; Gerhard, Etr. Spia^el, I., pi. Ixxxii.
(engraved design on a mirror). The bulla described
by Lenormant corresponds so closely with the central
• one of the present necklace that they may be supposed
to be of identical design. Certain parts of his description do not, however,
seem to correspond. He supposes that the winged figure on the r. is Athena.
With the settings containing the glass ornaments, cf. the decoration on the
earrings, e.g. No. 2256 above. See Plin., H.A'.. XXXV., 140.
2286. t Gold necklace, composed of stamped plates of very thin gold
foil : {a) at each end, a semicircular plaque stamped with a Siren or
Sphinx to front, with very long wings. Obscure. (/') Three oval
plates, with a circular garnet in the middle, apparently stamped with
the design of a bearded Satyric mask, the garnet forming the mouth ;
below are four female heads, {c) Six heads of Satyrs (.'), with hair
brushed up in high locks over the forehead.
Kig. 75. — Central pendant of No. 2285.
[X.
L., ca. 30-4 cm.
wt..
23 grns.
{c) Bracelets. Nos. 2287—2291.
'>! ■
2287 8. Pair of gold bracelets, formed of a band of gold, convex without
and concave within. The ends overlap, and are richly decorated
with similar embossed designs. Below is a female head wearing lofty
headdress ; next above is a smaller female head, and above this a
figure of Eros standing with r. hand raised in the middle of a
palmette. He is crowned with another large palmette. These
designs are bordered with spirals in filigree and a beaded wire, and
are backed with a flat gold plate, with a hole pierced in it at either
end. From Italy. Acquired 1892. 4th-3rd cent. B.C.
Diam., 8-7 cm. ; wt., 392 and 409 grns. Arch. Anc, 1893, p. 186 ; cf Mo/i. Aiit.^
IX., pi. V. 3 (Brizio), from a tomb of the 4th-3rd cent. D.c. at Montefortino.
Plate
XLVIL
Fig. 76.— Pari of
Xo. 22S7-S.
264
CATALOOUK OF JKWELI-EKV.
2289. fPale gold bracelet, coin [losed of a flat ribbon with overlapping ends. The
outer side is dcctjratcd wilh a beaded ridge between two plain ridges. The ends
are of phallic (.') form, surmounted by a dog's head. .Said to be from Corneto.
Bequeathed by Sir William Temple, 1.S56.
niam., /•2 cm. ; wt., 371 {(''"s-
2290. fGold bracelet (.■'), composed of: (a) seven oblong plaques with four sets of
double truncated oval beads placed above them. These ovals are decorated
with intersecting lines. Between them are three small rosettes. The oval
beads are pierced lengthwise for the connecting wires to pass through them ;
(d) alternating with the above : five oblong plaques with two raised squares
above them, each decorated with a rosette. Each square is pierced at either end
with two holes for the passage of the connecting threads ; (c) at either end
respectively : embossed head of horned and bearded river-god, terminating in
a hook, and embossed head of a Gorgon with protruding tongue. The first
plaque is pierced with two holes, the Gorgon-plaque with four for the insertion of
connecting threads. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I3'4 cm. ; wt., loi gins.
2291. Part of a gold necklace or bracelet, composed of a round, shell-like" central
ornament with boss, to which are fastened, on either side, links in the form of
double myrtle leaves (eighteen in all), with two clusters of four leaves. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
L., 12 '4 cm. ; ut., 84 grns.
'(d) Wreaths. Nos. 2292—2303.
2292. Gold myrtle wreath, composed of two hollow curved rods hinged together in Plate
front. In each rod arc inserted twelve vertical rows of five myrtle leaves (the
leaves in a horizontal direction, one now missing). Between each row of myrtle
leaves is a row of five berries (one now missing). The gold stalks of the leaves
and the stems of the berries arc inserted into the hollow rods. Each rod is
pierced at the end for fastening. Campanari Coll., 1841. 5th cent. B.C. (.').
L. of inner cur\e, 37'9cni. ; wt., 783 grns. Cf.
the wreath worn by Semclc on an engraved
mirror (Gerhard, E/i-.S/i/c\i^cl, I., pi. Ix.xxiii.).
2293. Gold wreath, composed of a broad
oblong sheet of thin gold ending on
either side in semicircular plaques. Each
of these plaques is embossed with a
design of Helios driving a quadriga to
xLvni.
the front. The winged horses are
arranged heraldically in pairs on either
side, and are seen rearing up. Between
their heads is seen the head of Helios.
Plate XLIX.
Fig. 77.— End of No. 2293.
ETRUSCAN GOLD WREATHS.
265
To the oblong plate are attached forty-two veined bay leaves, arranged in two
groups placed in opposite directions ; they have been reattached in modern times.
The two groups are separated by two rosettes, each consisting of a boss sur-
rounded by twelve leaves. The diadem was fastened by narrow ribbons
attached to the semicircular plaques, part of them still remaining. From Chiusi.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 29-4 cm.; wt., 374 grns. The original fastenings of the
leaves are marked by four lines of double holes running
along the length of the sheet.
2294. Gold wreath, composed of two hollow ciu-ved VSf "^ ^""""■'-Z^^vvis Plate
rods hinged together, with loops at the ends. The /..''i^-^ir . . ' 'U. .^SSk XLVIII.
hinge is masked by a gold ivy-berry covered with a
cluster of small bosses. Thirty-seven ivy-leaves on
curved stalks are fastened into the hollow rods.
One row of leaves runs along the face of the rod,
while another row runs on either side. Some of
the leaves are missing. Campanari Coll., 1841.
Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L. on inside, 29'2 cm.; wt., 407 grns. Cf, Notizic, 1897,
p. 268, tig. 7. A wreath of vine-leaves, very similar in
style to the present, appears on a terracotta in the form
of a female head [B.Af. Ca/. Terracottas, D 196 = tig. 78)
from Calvi. The earrings there worn should be compared
with No. 2263. The terracotta may be dated to about
the third cent. l!.C.
Fig. 78. — Terracotta head wearing
vine-wreath.
2295. Gold wreath composed of myrtle leaves in thin gold with veins indicated by
engraving. The leaves are arranged in pairs, each pointing outwards. Along
the middle runs a row of ivy-leaves and twenty-two hollow berries. In the centre
is a sunk rosette of eight rounded petals, with the centre filled in with petals in
thin gold leaf and a hollow berry. It is decorated with filigree. From Vulci.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 34 cm. The ivy-leaves arc pierced as if for attachment. It is doubtful whether they belong
to a wreath.
2296. Gold wreath, composed of a thin oblong sheet of pale gold with a head of a Plate XLIX.
bearded Satyr in relief, stamped at either end. Upon this sheet are fastened by
wires three rows of ivy-leaves of redder gold. The outside rows consist each of
fourteen leaves pointing outwards ; the central row of thirteen leaves ranged
horizontally, si.x pointing in one direction and seven in the other. On either side
of the central row of leaves is a line of thirteen ivy-berries of pale gold (bosses
with concentric circles in relief). In the centre is fastened a hollow tube of gold
placed vertically, apparently to strengthen the diadem. From Tarquinii (Castel
d' Asso). Castellani Coll., 1872. Sth cent. B.C.
L., 31 ■75 cm.; wt., 791 grns. Moii. ckif Inst., \'I., pi. xlvii., <: {Ainia/i, 1S60, p. 476(-) ;
Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Corona, p. 1523, fig. 1974 ; Walters, Art of the Greeks, pi. ciii. ;
cf Bull, deir Inst., 1855, p. vii.
266
CATALOGUE OF JRWELLERV-
2297. Gold wreath, composed of clusters of three kinds of leaves in very thin gold,
bound l)y a ycjld ribbon to a long wire with hook and loop (modern?). In the
centre is a double rosette. The leaves arc : {a) long and pointed (willow .') ; (/;)
shorter, broader, and pointed (myrtle?) ; (c), as (/>), but with serrated edge (beech.').
L., 52 '7 cm. ; vvt., 438 grns.
2298.
Gold wreath, composed of a band of thin gold, ending on either side Plate XLIX.
nuc!
The design is sur-
in a semicircular plaque stamped with a design (now much damaged and
obscure) of two Centaurs hurling rocks on Kaineus
rounded by a raised ribbed border.
Upon the band are two clusters of
bay (.?) leaves attached by ribbons
passed through them and fastened
to the band. They are arranged
horizontally in two clusters of fifteen
each, placed in opposite directions.
In the centre is a rosette of ten
leaves, with cup-shaped depression
into which is fastened the head of
a river-god, horned and bearded.
An olive-leaf projects on each side.
From Tarquinii. Castellani Coll.,
1872. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 27 • I cm. ; wt., 207 grns. Cf. Notisie,
Fig, 79. — End of No. 2?y8.
)8, p. 201, fig. 3 (from a 3rd cent. H.C. tomb at
Populonia). For the mode of attaching the leaves, cf. Rosenberg, Gesch. d. Goldschmiede-
k II list, p. 115, tig. 124.
2299. Gold wreath composed of a long band of thin gold,
slightly broadening from the centre. To the centre is
attached a Gorgoneion in relief (late type) within a
ribbed border ; on each side is a triple row of broad-
headed leaves (laurel ?). All the leaves have been
reattached in modern times. At each end is a stamped
design, now much damaged by crushing, representing
Zeus and Semele. Zeus on the 1. kneels on his r.
knee. His face is turned to r., and his r. hand raises a
thunderbolt to hurl at Semele. His 1. hand is raised
to her face. Semele is apparently reclining on a couch
to 1., half leaning over on her 1. side. She places her
r. hand on the lower part of her body, which is draped. The details of the
bottom of the design cannot be made out with any certainty owing to the
crushing. A hole is pierced at each extremity. From Chiusi. Castellani Coll.,
1872. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 31 '4 cm. ; wt., 295 grns. (which includes a muslin backing). Cf., for the Zeus and Semelfe
design, Mon. dell' Inst., I., pi. .\lv., a.
Plate L.
Fig. 80. — End of No. 2299.
ETRUSCAN GOLD WREATHS.
267
2300. Gold wreath, consisting of a thin broad gold band with rounded ends. Kach Plate L.
end is stamped with the design of a bearded sea-deity, with legs ending in
fins. He kneels to the front, and
IkjUIs up a fish by the tail in each
hand. The band is covered by four
rosettes of laurel (.') leaves, amid
whicJi clusters of laurel (.') leaves
are interspersed. All arc attached
by clips of gold ribbon. From
Toscanella. Castellani Coll., 1S72.
3rd cent. li.C.
L., 30-7 cm. ; wt., 436 griis. There is a
similar stamped design at each end of
a diadem discovered in a sarcophagus
of the 3rd century 11. c. from Perugia.
.See Notizie, 1900, p. 554, fig. 2, and
cf the terracotta antefi.x, IS.M. Cat. of
Terracottas, B 587, which represents
a sea-deity grasping a fish in each
hand [and not a Typlion as stated].
Fig. 81. — End of No. 2300.
2301. Gold wreath, composed of an oblong
plate of thin gold with rounded ends.
Each end is stamped with the figure of a
peacock with tail spread. Three large
rosettes are attached to the plate. The
central is of laurel (.■') leaves, each of the
outer of veined leaves (bay .'). All are
attached by clips of gold ribbon. From
Chiusi. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 29-4 cm. ; wt., 373 grns. Cf. Sambon, Coll.
Guilhou, .Sale Cat., 1905, pi. ii., No. 141.
Plate L.
End of No. 2301.
2302. Gold wreath, composed of a thin gold band with
rounded ends. To this band is fastened, by means of
wires, a row of ivy-leaves on either side. Along the
centre is a line of fourteen large berries in the form of
convex bosses stamped with small circles. At either
rounded end is a stamped design : quadriga to the front
with Helios (.?) driving. The horses are nearly in profile,
facing one another in pairs from opposite sides ; only
one pair of horses and the head of another horse are
visible, the remainder having been cut awav. The
figures are very indistinct, but (beside Helios) the breast
and arm of draped figure on the r. are clearly visible.
Plate
XLVIII.
Fig. 83. — End of No. 2302.
A ribbed border has
been stamped round the semicircular end of the band without regard to the
268 CATAI.OfiUK OF JF.WELLERV?
interruption of the design. A round hole has been pierced in the ends for
fastening the diadem. From Vulci. Canino Coll., 1837.
L., 30-5 cm. ; \vt., 242 grns. Walters, Cat. of Bronzes, 2721 ; De Witte, Descr. de vases peinis,
268. Broken away at one end. Said to have been found with an Etruscan helmet. Cf.
Daremberg ct Saglio, s.\-. Coronu, p. 1534, fig. 2004.
2303. Two sections of a myrtle crown, each consisting of a tapering branch
pierced at either end. On each side of the branch three leaves are fastened by
a small gold pin. Casteliani Coll., 1872.
L., 5 "3 cm. ; \vt., 118 grns.
(e) Bullae and Miscellaneous Objects. Xos. 2304 2323.
2304. Gold bulla, composed of two convex plates of gold, the edge of the upper piate
being fastened over the lower. The upper plate is stamped with a Gorgoneion, XLVII.
with hair streaming away in all directions. Below the mask is a hole bordered
by five leaves arranged in rosette forrn. From this hole is suspended the
eye tooth of an animal, with gold mount at the top. This mount is decorated
with a wavy pattern in wire bordered above and below with a plain and twisted
wire. At the top is a suspension ring decorated with beaded wire and globules,
and in the back is pierced a hole. To the centre of the back is soldered a double
gold tube in a horizontal direction. From Chiusi. Casteliani Coll., 1872.
fc>
4th- 3rd cent. B C.
DLani., 4' 4 cm. ; ht., 7'7 cm. ; wi., 187 grns. Cf. No. 2278.
2305. Gold bulla, in the form of a vase. The body is ornamented with a series of Plate XLVI.
small lozenges in relief, alternately smooth and cross-hatched. At the bottom is
a rosette. The concave neck, which has a nail inserted on either side, is left
smooth, with a beaded wire soldered above and below. The top of the vase is
closed and has soldered to it a cylinder for suspension. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 2' I cm. : \vt., 102 grns. Cf. Chabouillct, Foiild Coll., No. 1170, pi. .\ii.
2306. Gold bulla, formed of two thin convex disks of gold, originally folded one
over the other, but now damaged and separated. At the top is a large ring of
gold, longer above than below, attached to the disks by means of gold nails
twisted spirally at the ends. The ring is decorated with twisted filigree and
triangles of raised dots. The bulla is suspended by a chain of si.x plaited strands,
with cylinders terminating in loops at the ends. The cylinders are decorated
with three circles of beaded wire and are attached to the chain by ribbons. From
Rome. Casteliani Coll., 1872.
L. of chain, 31 '4 cm. : \vt., 548 grns.
2307. Upper part of a pale gold bulla, formed of a circular piece of thin gold Plate
with embossed design (representing a voting scene or scene of divination ?). Two XLVII.
men with drapery over their loins are seated one on either side of a kratcr with
ETRUSCAN AMULETS AND BULLAE. 269
volute handles. The one on the r. appears to be in the act of droppintr some
object (a voting i/.^,/,09 .?) into the kmter. The one on tlie 1. lias his r. hand" raised,
apparently in preparation for a similar action ; his 1. hand rests on his r. thigh!
Iktween these two figures is a woman, draped in a chiton. Her r. arm is placed
across her breast, and her 1. rests on the shoulder of the youth on the r. All
three are intensely absorbed in the action taking place. Round the design is a
raised ribbed border, beneath which two pairs of holes arc pierced on the 1. hand
side ; on the r. is a single hole. There is a ring with a milled line down its centre
for suspension. Pourtales Coll., 1S65. Ca. 3rd cent. P..C.
Ht., 6-3 cm. ; u t., 52 grns. Po.ntatcs Sale Cat., 1865, No. 1357 ; De Witte, Cab. Duranci, Nos.
2167 f. ; Lenormant in Aiinali, 1833, p. 215. It seems possible that this design is intended
to represent Athena presiding at the voting in the trial of Orestes.
2308. Gold bulla in the form of a rounded vase, covered horizontally with circles of
plain and plaited wires. It was suspended by means of a cylinder soldered to
the top. The cylinder has a ring of beaded wire in the centre, and a ring of
plain and beaded wire at either extremity. Round the point of junction of the
ring and vase are soldered globules. Castellani Coll., 1S72.
Ht., 2-7 cm. : wt., 164 grns.
2309. tAmulet(.^) composed of a crescent-shaped, banded agate, with gold caps on Plate
each horn. Each tip has a ring of cable wire attached to it for the reception of XLVH.
the necklace (.?) thread. A cable-wire also runs round the wide ends of the caps.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 3-2 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
2310. Gold bulla, composed of two circular plates of gold, one of which is folded Plate
over the other. It is suspended from a ring of twisted wire, which passes through XLVII.
a large gold tube decorated on each side with a palmette ornament in relief.
The tube has a cable border in relief, and is fastened to the disks by three gold
wires finished off with a spiral twi.st. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 6-3 cm. ; diam., 4-9 cm. : ut., 271 grns. Cf. Smith. Did. oj .I,,/.-, p. 3,8, s.v. Bi.l/a ■
Arc/i. Jonni., VI., p. 113 ; ,)/„,-. Borb., II., pi. xiv. The present bulla may be as late as
the first cent, a.d., if the example last cited was found at Pompeii. This, however is
uncertain. '
2311. Gold bulla, suspended from a loop of flat wire. The ends of the wire are
twisted into one another. The bulla and its suspending cylinder are ornamented
with beaded wire and globules. Towneley Coll.
Ht., 2- 1 cm. : wt., 18 grns.
2312. Gold bulla, composed of two thin convex plates wired together at four jraints. Plate
It is suspended from a thin strip of gold embossed with a line of pellets between XLVII.
double beaded wires. It ends in a mask of Medusa(.'), with curled locks falling
on each side of the face. Very flimsy. The gold strip, which is fragmentary
170
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
has two holes pierced in it as if for attachment. The connexion of the two parts
is doubtful.
Ht., 5 '9 cm. : wl., 29 grns.
2313-4. Two bullae. Each consists of a conve.v (lisi<, with a hole above ; round Plate XL VL
the hole is soldered a beaded wire. On each side of the hole a plain ring
is soldered obliquely for suspension. From Perugia. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., I '7 cm.; wt., together, 58 grns. .'\ stopper has probably been lost from each. Cf. No.
2573, which makes it probable that these bullae are as late as the ist-2nd cent. a.d.
2315. Oval gold plaque, much crushed, embossed
milled border. It apparently represents a kin,c
thrones to r. ; before them are two figures,
probably bringing tribute in bags which are
received by a tall man who stands to r. The
two advancing figures wear pointed caps. Behind
them is a palm-branch. Beneath the bag held
by the tall figure are seen two leg.s, to the ankles
of which are attached wings ; the body to which
these legs belong cannot be traced on the
damaged plaque. Below, in the e.xergue, are
three ducks. The whole scene is suggestive
of the reception of tribute from a conquered
people. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 4' 7 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
2316-7. Two oval gold plaques with embossed
designs : two nude warriors, wearing crested
helmets and carrying shields and (in one case)
a short sword, engaged in combat. One is
apparently kneeling on both knees and forcing
down the other, whose r. arm he grasps at the
wrist. Damaged and obscure. Modern mounted
on mother-of-pearl.
L., 4-4 cm.
with a design within a
and queen (.') seated on
Fig. 84 = No. 2315.
Fig. 85 = No. 2316.
$
2318-9. Two semi-elliptical plaques of verj' thin gold, probably from the ends of a Plate
wreath (cf Nos. 2298, etc). Each is embossed with the same design : nude male XLVIL
figure, beardless and youthful, and with long streaming hair, kneeling to the front.
His arms are raised and placed beneath the necks of two hippocamps, one on
each side of him. Beneath each hippocamp is a serpent, facing outwards.
Beyond the tails of the hippocamps is a shell. Pelops and the horses of
Poseidon (.'). Ca. 3rd cent. B.C.
L., 9" 1 cm. : ut., together, 40 grns. Type apparently derived from that of the infant Herakles
strangling the serpents.
ETRUSCAN AMULETS AND BULLAE. 27 1
2320. Two parts of a silver clasp, probably belonging to a necklace. I'"ach is
in the form of two fluted amphorae, furnished re.sjjectively with a hook of
wire and a ring decorated with globules. Corroded. Casteilani Coll., 1872.
Ca. 5th cent. ii.c.
Ht., 3-1 cm. ; wl., 66 and 63 grns., respectively. Cf. Man. Ant., IX., col. 158, fig. 17 (found in
a tomb at Cetona with rings of the Jtb cent. B.C. and fibulae of an earher date). Cf the
clasps at the end of the necklace No. 2284.
2321. Two half silver clasps, gold-plated, of type .similar to last. Above the
amphorae is soldered a double loop. Casteilani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., r54 grn?.
2322. Half of a gold clasp of similar type. It is in the fortii of two acorns soldered Plate XLVI.
together, and surmounted by a loop of beaded wire decorated with four globules.
Casteilani ('oil., 1872.
Ht., 2'6 cm. ; wt., 74 grns.
2323. Half of a gold clasp of similar type. It consists of two pear-shaped drops Plate XLVI.
soldered side by side, each decorated with fine granulation. Above are four
palmettes, and below eight narrow leaves in filigree. The palmettes and leaves
are separated by a beaded wire. Above the two drops is soldered a wire hook
decorated with globules. Casteilani Coll., 1872. 5th cent. B.C. (.').
Ht., 2"7 cm. ; wt., 92 grns.
J y 2
H. GRAECO-ROMAN AND ROMAN.
(From about the second century B.C. to the end of the fourth century A.D.)
NOTE.^ — A feiv exaiiip/es of eai-lier date are included in this section ivith a vieiv to
slwtving the continuity of a type. As far as possible the examples of a type are
arranged in chronological order ; definite dates are assigned wherever this is
practicable.
{a) Earrings. Nos. 2324 — 2693.
The following is a conspectus of the principal sources of evidence used in dating
these earrings. The dates of related types are deduced by comparing them with
types of known date. Other approximate dates are furnished by particular forms
of stones, which occur also in rings of fairly well established date, or by the
similarity of settings to those enclosing Imperial coins. It must, however, be
borne in mind that nearly all these types extend over a long period, and that a
precise date cannot be safely assigned. Cf, for example, Nos. 1675 ff. with
Nos. 2356 ff., etc.
No. IN Cat.\logue. Date. Evidence.
2451 5th-4tli cent. n.c. Excav. in Cyprus, p. 82, Tomb 73 (a tomb at Curium of
the 5th-4th cent. i!.c.).
2460 (type related to 2nd-3rd cent. A.D. Excav. in Cyprus, p. ii8, Tomb 66 (a tomb at Amathus
last). Cf. Nos. 2454, containing Roman coins, the latest of the 3rd cent. A.D.).
etc.
2335 Ca. 2nd cent. l!.C. Similarity to earrings worn by Seianti Thanunia on the
Etruscan Sarcophagus of the 2nd cent. B.C. {Ant.
Dc'uk., I., pi. x.\.). But the type continues later.
2345 (reLited to last)... Ca. ist cent. A.D. Notizie, 1902, p. 460, fig. 29 (from a tomb at .Ancona of
about the 1st cent. .\.D.).
2565-2567 1st cent. A.D B. C. H., 1895, p. 206, figs. 20, 21 (from a tomb at
Orchomenos of about the ist cent. K.v>. [p. 146 f.]).
2624 1st cent. A.D Cotnpte-Rcndii (S. Petersburg), 1881, pi. i., fig. 10, p. 47
(found with a coin of Kotys I., 46-78 A.D.).
2616-2623 ist-2nd cent. .\.D. Mits. Borli., II., pi. xiv. (" frequently found at Pompeii");
Coll. Guillioii, pi. vii., 165 (from Boscoreale) ; Mon.
Plot, v., p. 267, fig. 57 (from Boscoreale) ; foiirn. Int.
d' Arcli. Num., 1907, pi. vii., 7, etc., (found at Eleuthero-
polis with coins, the latest of Hadrian).
I
KARRINGS OF THE ROMAN I'ERIOli. 273
No. IN CATAr.OCUK. DaTK. EvlDlCNCK.
2464 2ncl cent. A.D. ... Jmiiii. Int. ,1' Arili. Num., 1907, pi. vii., 10 (found at
Elcutheiopolis uitli coins, the latest of Hadrian).
2526 (cf. No. 2527) ... 2nd cent. A.D. ... E.vc. in Cyprus, p. 120, Tomb 95 (found at Amathus
with coins of Antoninus Pius and M. Aurelius;.
2384 2nd cent. A.i). ... E.vc. in Cyprus, pi. .\iv., 23 (found at Amathus with coins
of Antoninus Pius).
2376 lst-3rd cent. \.\i. Journ. Int. iV Arch. Num., 1907, pi. vii., 16 (found with
coins, the latest of Hadrian) ; Bull. Ci3;«., XVII,, pi. viii.
(a tomb at Rome shown by its contents to belong to the
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.). The type, however, is also found at
Pompeii. See Mus. Borb., XII., pi. xliv.
2650 ist-3rd cent. A.ii. .In/i. Am., 1908, p. 163, lig. 7 (found in a tomb at Batuni
with cameo portrait of Lucius Verus). The type, how-
ever, is also found at Pompeii. See .l/«.f. Borb., II., pi.
xiv. ; XII., pi. -xliv.
2655, 2659, etc 3rd cent. A.n. ... Comarmond, Vecriii (rune dame romaine, pi. i., 17, 18
(found at Lyons with coins, the latest of Septimius
Severus) ; Coll. Guilhon, pi. vi., 199 (found with other
ornaments and coins of the 3rd cent. a.d. at Villardu).
2684-5 4th cent. A.D V)z!aox\, B.M. Cat. of Christian Ant., No. 243 (Carthage
Treasure, 4th cent. A.n.).
2688-93 5th-6th cent. A.n. Riccio, Ornamcuti di una donna romana, figs. 3, 4 (found
with a coin of Arcadius) ; Mon. Ant., XII., pi. vi., 8,
X., 4 (6th-7th cent, tombs at Asculuni).
Note. — Many of tlic follo7ving types will be found in CesnoXs., Atlas, III., i)ls. xiii.-xxiii.
(i.) — Earrings with pendent stones, etc.
2324-5. Pair of gold earrings composed of a gold ring to which is attached a figure piate LI.
of Eros, decorated with a band passing across his body from the right shoulder
and twisted round both arms. Above Eros is a garnet in circular setting. Below
the figure is a hook, to which is attached an amphora with volute handles of
beaded wire. Round the shoulders of the vase is a beaded wire band, with
pendent leaf decoration, and on each shoulder a filigree decoration. The amphora
stands on a square base, beneath which is a loop, probably for a chain as in
No. 2331. From a tomb near Damascus. Acquired, 1905. Ca. ist. cent. a.d.
Ht., 7 cm. ; wt. (together), 312 grns. Found with the necklace No. 2718.
2326-7. Pair of gold earrings akin to last, but without pendant. Eros wears a Plate LI.
cross-band decorated with globules (vine-spray .'). The earrings, which arc of
gold wire twisted spirally, are fastened at the end with a hook and loop. Eroin
the same tomb at Damascus as the foregoing. Acquired, 1905.
Diam., 2-7 cm. ; wt. (together), 150 grns.
T
274 CATALOGUIi OF JKWKLLER*.
2328. Gold earring, consisting of a disl^ with j;;unet inset ; surrounded by a [jlain Plate LI.
wire between two rows of beads. Above arc soldered the disk and two feathers
of Isis (the former containing a garnet) between horns of wire. Below is a
pendant in the form of a vase with pointed base and two volute handles, decorated
with globules and three egg-shaped settings filled with garnets (one burnt and
one missing), and with a white glass bead below. Hook soldered to back of
disk. From Kalymnos. Excavated by C. T. Newton, Esq. Presented by Lord
Stratford de Redcliffe, 1856. Ca. i.st cent. A.D.
Ht., 6-2 cm. ; wt., 84 grns. Cf. with these and the following earrings, Comple-Rcndii, 1878-9,
P- 35, tigs. 3, 4-
2329 30. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to last. Stones missing from large
disk, and from the small disk and feathers. Below the disk is a pendant con-
sisting of a small disk and amphora with a round garnet, and chain pendants on
either side. Castcllani Coll., 1872. Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
Ht., 7'6 cm. ; wt. (together), 196 grns.
2331. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type, composed each of a round garnet in Plate LI.
disk setting surmounted by a small disk and two feathers (of Isis). The disk is
filled with garnet, in the one case conical, in the other circular. At the back of
the large disk is a hook, and from below it hangs an amphora pendant on square
base, the upper and lower part of gold, the middle formed of a garnet bead. The
handles are in the form of dolphins. On each side of the amphora hangs a
pendant of gold chains decorated with garnets, plasmas, and pearls. The two
earrings are connected below their bases by means of a long plaited chain.
Acquired, 1906. Ca. 1st cent. a.d.
Ht. of earrings, 7 cm. ; 1. of chain, 43 '3 cm. ; wt., 722 grns. Froehner, Coll. Tyszkiewicz, No. 183,
pi. x.\iii. (ed. Paris, 1898) = pi. xi., 9 (ed. Munich) ; Sambon, Coll. Giiilhoti, pi. vi., 120
(Sale Cat.,1905).
2332-3. Pair of gold earrings in the form of a concave disk surrounded by a ring Plate LI.
of small leaves, and filled with a double rosette of eight leaves, with a pearl in
its centre and six berries round it. Above is an acanthus leaf and honeysuckle
ornament, with four small flowers below on each side. There are slight traces of
bluish-green enamel. There are three pendants : (i) in the centre, a large
amphora on square base, composed of a plasma bead set in gold, with handles in
form of dolphins. On each side are three and four plaited chains respectively
with pearl and plasma decoration. Hook soldered at back of disk. Found in a
tomb at Ashmounein, Egypt, with the bracelet No. 2822. Acquired, 1904.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 6' 7 cm. : wt. (together), 303 grns.
2334. Gold earring, consisting of a disk with double five-petalled rosette in it, the Plate LI.
lower part granulated. Below is suspended a gold amphora with volute handles,
decorated with lozenges and rosettes in granulation. Two wire volutes (later
I
EARRINGS OK TIIIC ROMAN rEKIOO. 275
addition ?) are soldered in front before the handles. Wires arc soldered on each
side of the back of the disk, apparently for side pendants, now missing.
Towneley Coll. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
lit., 2 "6 cm. : wl., 24 griis.
2335- Gold earring, composed of a disk with border of granulated triant,des and Plate LI.
cight-leavcd rosette in centre, with traces of white enamel upon the leaves. Vase-
pendant, composed of two sections of dark-brown paste with gold mounts above
and below. These mounts are decorated with filigree and granulation. On each
side of the amphora are suspended two chains of plaited wire and cylindrical gold
beads. The one terminates in a flower, the other in a small gold amphora.
Usual hook behind the disk ending in a globule. From Vulci, Castellani Coll.,
1872. Ca. 2nd cent. B.C. or somewhat later.
Ht., 4'5 cm. ; wt., 126 grns. An earring of this type is worn by Seianti Thanunia on her
sarcophagus {BJI. Terracottas, D 786, ca. 150 B.C.). The workmanship of tliis earring is
good, but it may be later than the date suggested. Cf. No. 2345 and Nos. 1675 ff.
2336. Gold earring of similar type. The disk is decorated with a flower of five
granulated petals, with a green glass bead in the centre. The vase-shaped
pendant is composed of a garnet. Two chains with pendants as last. Acquired,
1865.
L., 4' 3 cm. ; wt., 96 grns.
^ZZl- Part of a gold earring of similar type. The vase-shaped pendant, composed
of a dark paste mounted in gold caps, probably does not belong to the disk from
which it is suspended. Towneley Coll.
Ht., 2 '8 cm. ; wt. 33 grns.
2338. Gold earring, composed of an ivy-leaf-shaped setting filled with a sard of Plate LI.
heart form, attached to which is a rounded bead of dark paste, set in gold caps
decorated with filigree. Soldered to the bottom are three globules. Castellani
Coll., 1872. From Vulci. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 cm. : wt., 38 grns.
2339. Gold earring, consisting of a disk with beaded border and double rosette with
enamelled centre (white). From the lower part of the hook soldered at the back
of the disk hangs a pendant in the form of an inverted pyramid, with clusters of
globules on each corner and at the back. There are traces of silver. Blacas
Coll., 1867.
Ht., ca. 2 cm. ; wt., 29 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmiick, p. 69 ff., figs. 138 f. ; Fontenay, p. 113.
2340. Gold earring of similar tj-pe, composed of a disk with circular garnet set in
its centre. Hook behind disk ; from its lower part, which is in the form of a
loop, hangs a pendant in the shape of an inverted pyramid. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3'5 cm. ; wt., 29 grns.
276 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
2341. Gold earring of similar type. The pyramid has a small egg-shaped garnet
set in its front side. Three globules are placed one above the other at each
corner. Castellani Coll., 1872.
lit., 3 cm. ; \vt., 29 grns.
2342. Gold earring, consisting of a hook bent up to form a loop ; from the loop hangs
an inverted pyramid, with a small flower below. The pyramid is decorated uith
twisted wire. Above, at each corner, is a cluster of globules. Blacas Coll., 1867.
lit., 3' 7 cm. ; \vt., 39 grns.
2343. Gold earring, composed of an openwork disk with border of ribbon stamped Plate LL
with cable pattern, containing a garnet in the centre. Hook soldered at the
back. Suspended from the lower part of the hook is a cone-shaped pendant
with pointetl base, the top formed by a garnet in round setting. A stone is
missing from the base of the vase. From Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria. Franks
Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. a.d.
Ht., 4'3 cm. ; \vt., 42 grns. Cf. the cable setting of No. 2655, etc.
2344. Gold earring, composed of a large disk with a rosette of twelve petals in Plate LL
filigree soldered to it. In the centre is set a garnet (?). Border of plain, twisted,
and beaded wires. Below this is suspended a similar disk, with a rosette of ten
petals and a smaller garnet (.'). A small facetted stud of gold masks the loop
joining the two disks. Castellani Coll., 1872. Late work, perhaps of the 4th or
5th cent. A.D.
Ht., 4'4 cm. ; wt., 75 grns. Modern pin at back. Loop also modern (?).
2345. Gold earring in the form of a disk with double five-petalled flower, granulated. Plate LL
From the disk hang : (a) in the centre, two cornucopiae springing from one base,
decorated with fillets ; (/;) on either side, a chain of small reels with a floweret at
end. Towneley Coll. Ca. 1st cent. a.d.
Ht., 2'4 cm. ; wt., 36 grns. Cf. Noti"tt\ 1902, p. 460, tig. 29 (from a tomb at Ancona of about
the 1st cent. a.d.).
2346. Gold earring of kindred type. The disk is decorated with a rosette of seven
petals outlined in filigree, from which hang two plaited chains with a floweret at
each end. Between them was a pendant, now missing. Remains of coloured
glass in two petals of the rosette. Hook at back of disk. Blacas Coll., 1867.
ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 17 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Olirsclimuck, p. 45, fig. 85.
2347. Gold earring of kindred type, consisting of disk with double rosette of five
petals, granulated ; in the centre is a green glass bead. From the disk hang five
pendants : in the centre a small krater, and on either side of it two chains, the one
plaited, with a cluster of globules at its end, the other composed of small beads
ending in flowerets. Hook soldered above disk. Townelej-Coll. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., y I cm. ; wt., 34 grns.
I
EARRINGS OF TIIK ROMAN PERIOD. 277
2348. Gold earring, composed of a disk filled with a rosette of five granulated petals,
with a small flower of five petals in its centre. I*"rom below the disk, on a loop
in the hook, hangs a vase-shaped pendant, consisting of a round garnet set in
gold. On each side arc two chains of " reel " links — the outer with flowerets at
their end. Towneley Coll. ist-2nd cent. a.d.
Ht., 3' 2 cm. ; wt., 44 grns.
2349. Gold earring, consisting of a disk decorated with a flower of five granulated
and five small plain petals, bordered with globules and wire. From it hang the
upper and lower settings (of vase form, decorated with globules and filigree)
belonging to a stone now missing. Above is a wire hook for insertion into the
ear. Presented by Miss Preston, 1899. Perhaps of rather earlier date than last.
Ht., 4' 5 cm. : wt., 62 grns.
2350. Gold earring, consisting of a disk open in the centre, with border of seven
chased leaves. To the back are soldered two gold rods which intersect. To the
point of intersection a gold hook is attached. In the front are two wire claws for
holding a stone now lost. Hamilton Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. a.d.
Ht., 2 '4 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
2351. Gold earring, composed of a flower of seven petals, with a pearl strung in the
centre on a wire ; below, from a loop, hangs a beaded rod with a pearl at the end
of it. Mamilton Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' 3 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
2352. Part of a gold earring, consisting of a disk with granulated rays round it,
and a garnet in its middle. Traces of the hook once attached to the back and
remains of wire loops for pendants at the sides.
Diam., I '4 cm. ; wt. 26 grns.
2353. Similar disk. The central stone and the side loops are wanting. Hamilton
Coll.
Diam., i'5 cm. : wt., 23 grns.
2354. Gold earring, composed of a disk with flower of eleven petals and a small
garnet in centre. Hook at back with loop below for pendant, now lost. 2nd-3rd
cent. A.D.
Ht., 2-6 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
2355. Gold earring, composed of a disk, with a rosette in the centre outlined in Plate LI.
filigree. Below is a pear-shaped sapphire pendant in gold mounts imitating
calices of flowers. Hook at back, the lower part serving as a loop for the pendant ;
a small loop is soldered on each side for other pendants, now lost. Castellani
Coll., 1872. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 '9 cm. ; wt., 30 grns. each.
278 CATALOGU]'. OF JEWEIJ.KRV.
2356 7. Pair of gold earrings, com])ose(l of a semicircular shield witli crescent- Plate LI.
shaped tjarnel set in the middle. 'Ihe shield is decorated with twisted and beaded
wire, and with granulated triangles. Above, is an egg-shaped garnet backed
with gold (stone missing in one case), with small setting in form of a dolphin (.')
on each side. Hook soldered behind gold plate. From the lower part of the
shield hang: (i) in the centre, a two-handled amphora on square base; it is
decorated on the front with rosettes and triangles in granulation ; (2) on the
outside, on either hand a chain of reel and loop links, with a small flower at the
end ; (3) between this chain and central vase on each side is a chain of plaited
wire, with a ring and cluster of globules at its end (one chain missing). From
Sardinia. CastcUani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2nd cent. B.C.
Ht., 5 ■ 5 cm. ; wt. of pair, 128 gnis. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrschmuck, pp. 34 f., 72 ; Fontenay, p. 1 10 ;
for the chain pendants, cf. also Notizic, 1902, p. 460, fig. 29, from a tomb of (probably) the
1st cent. A.D. Cf. No. 2328, etc. The close connection of this type with Nos. 1677, etc.,
suggests that those earrings may in some cases be as late as the early Imperial period, and
that the present earrings may be somewhat earlier than the date proposed. Cf. Miis. Borb.,
XII., pi. xliv., where the provenance is simply given as " a Greek tomb " ; Conestabile,
Moil, di Perugia, III., p. 133, pi. vii.-xxiii., 9 (found in an Etruscan tomb of about the
2nd cent. B.C.). The type apparently continues from about the 3rd cent. i;.c. over some
centuries.
2358. Gold earring of similar type. In the place of the egg-shaped garnet is a
round setting (now empty), surmounted by a palmette in filigree. The place of
the granulated triangles is taken by leaf-shaped compartments with traces of
enamel. There arc traces of green enamel on the pendent amphora. In the
pendants the place of the ring and globule cluster is taken by a small vase
decorated with a palmette and rosette in filigree. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca.
2nd cent. B.C.
Ht., 4'6 cm. ; \vt,. 64 grns.
2359- Gold earring of similar type. Above the crescent is an egg-shaped setting, Plate LI.
with another setting in the form of a small dolphin (.') on either side (all three
now empty). There are three pendants. The central amphora was filled with
a large oval stone, now missing. The chain on either side is of reel- and loop-
shaped links above, with spirally twisted wire below. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ca. 2nd cent. B.C.
Ht., 4"9 cm. ; wt., 85 grns.
2360. Gold earring, composed of a gold hook with an egg-shaped bead of blue Plate LI.
porcelain below it. At the lower extremity of the bead is attached a crescent-
shaped plate of gold with filigree decoration, and below this again a calyx and a
cluster of four globules are suspended. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2nd cent. B.C.
Ht., 3-3 cm. ; wt., 40 grns.
2361. Gold earring, consisting of a crescent-shaped plate of gold, decorated with
filigree and granulation, and with a crescent-shaped garnet inset. Above is an
\
EARRINGS OK THE ROMAN PERIOD.
-79
oval setting for a stone, now lost, surmounted by feathers and horns of Isis.
There are pendent chains on each side, and a small cylindrical pendant in the
middle (part broken away). Hook at back. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. ist
cent. A.l).
III., 3 cm. ; wl., 28 grns.
2362. Gold earring, consisting of a crescent with gold wire springing upwards from
its centre. Below is a pendent rod decorated with a pear-shaped saj^phire in a
gold setting. Hook behind crescent. Hamilton Coll. Ca. 2nd cent. A.i).
Ht., 3-4 cm. ; \vt., 25 grns. Cf. Nos. 2648, 2672, etc.
2363. Similar gold earring. Pendant missing.
III., I '6 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
2364 5. Pair of gold earrings in the form of a crescent with a butterfly (?) in the Plate LI.
middle. At the back are soldered a hook and two loops. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Hi., 1-7 cm. ; wt. (together), 34 grns. Cf. Pollak, Goldniiinirdcarb., pi. .\i., 247 ; Cesnola, Atlas,
III., pi. .\i.\., 25, 26, where the pendants are preserved.
2366. Gold earring, composed of an oval plate of gold with two rounded projections piate LI.
above it. The edges of the plate are decorated with a cable pattern. There are
three settings, two small ones projecting above and a larger oval in the gold
below. The latter and one of the upper settings contain garnets. Below is a
small crescent. Hook soldered at back of plate. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca.
2nd cent. a.d.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
2367-8. Pair of gold earrings in the form of a small crescent-shaped shield, bordered Plate LI.
with beaded wire, with a rosette of seven petals in the centre. From the lower
end of a hook soldered behind this shield is suspended a hollow bell-shaped
pendant, fluted at the sides and closed below. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2nd
cent. a.d.
Ht., 3"6 cm. : wl., 48 and 50 grns. Cf. Hadaczek, Ohrsclimuck, p. 74, (ig. 142.
2369. Gold earring, consisting of a flower of three curved leaves separated by three piate LI.
smaller ones, all in thin gold. From these is suspended a pendant of club-shape,
stamped on both sides and set with a small jacinth. Above is a rosette, below a
lion's mask. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2nd cent. \.V>.
Ht., 3'S cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
2370-1. Pair of earrings, composed of: {a) a ring ending in a heart-shaped plaque, piate LI.
containing a garnet cut into the form of a heart bordered by a beaded wire ; to
the bottom of the plaque is soldered a loop. From the ring hangs ib) a disk with
round garnet inset, surmounted by a leaf-shaped setting filled with a dark paste
(missing in one instance) and five small rosettes of globules ; (r) below this again
hangs an amphora with two volute handles ; its body is composed of a garnet
28o CATALOGUE 01' jKWELLKRY..
bead, and above is a small bead of .screen glass. The amphora stands on a square
base. Found in a tomb at Tortosa in Syria. Formerly in the Collection of
Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. 1st -2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 5-7 cm. ; wt. (together), 148 grns. Cf. Nos. 2394, 2406, 2532, 2659, and, for the shape of
tjarnet, No. 233S.
2372. Gold earring, consisting of an egg-shaped setting with flat garnet, surrounded Plate LI.
by three rows of beaded wire, with three circular settings below, each surrounded
by a beaded wire. There are two globules between the circular settings and one |
above the oval setting. The whole is soldered to a fiat plate of gold with a hook
behind it (hook broken). Castellani Coll., 1872. 2nd 3rd cent. A.D.
lit., 4'4 cm. ; \vt., 105 1,'rns.
2373. Gold earring, composed of a hook of twisted wire, from which a small amphora Plate LII.
with filigree decoration is suspended. Small convex shield above loop from
which the amphora hangs. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht., 4' 3 cm. : \vt., 32 grns.
2374 5- Pair of gold ear-pendants, composed of: (a) a disk with a double rosette Plate LII.
in its centre. The petals of the rosette are bordered with corded wire. From
the rosette a series of lightl}- incised lines radiate off to the border of the disk.
The border is formed by a plain wire circle between one circle of thick and
another of thin beaded wire ; (d) an oblong gold plate, slightly narrowing
towards the bottom. In the centre is an embossed figure of a winged Eros, nude
save for a small loin-cloth (cf No. 1894). (The back of the figure is embossed
on a piece of gold soldered on separately.) He stands to the front with legs
apart, with arms (formed simply of wire) clasped round the borders of the plate ;
in his r. hand he holds a phiale, in his 1. an oenochoe. Round his head is a semi-
circular head-dress bordered by a thick ribbed wire (a fillet .'). Under his feet
is an oval moulded base, and between his legs a rosette. He wears a necklace
of beaded wire twisted in continuous loop form. Two lines of similarly twisted
wire form a border to the plate on either side. From the base is suspended, by
means of four wire loops, (c) a crescent-shaped pendant with small embossed
beardless male (?) head. It has a border similar to that of the disk (a), and three
rosettes, of five petals each, soldered to the projections underneath. Five pendent
chains formed of 8-shaped links of double wire, with reel-like beads between the
loops, are placed below the crescent. Ornaments hang from the bottom of the
chains, viz. : (i) from the central chain a bell-shaped flower ; (2) on either side
of this a pomegranate ; (3) on the outside, hollow disks, with flowers of six
petals in filigree. A chain is fastened to a loop at the top of the disk, and to
another soldered behind the oblong plate. These were probably passed over the
ears. Found in Granada, Spain. Acquired, 1874. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht.. 1 1 ■ I cm. : \vt. (together), 480 grns. Cf. Nos. 1858 ff. and, for the method of wearing over
the ears, Nos. 1769 f. A similar method is seen in an earring from Castro de Laundos,
Portugal {Arch. Am., 1908, p. 262, fig. 14). The date is indicated by the form of the
pendant, which .should be compared with Nos. 2364, 2367, 2666, etc.
4
I
4
EARRINGS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. 28 1
2376. Gold earring, consisting of a wire bent into S-shapc, u itli a globule soldered at Plate LI I.
one end. The other end is in the form of a loop, with a gold bead soldered above
it ; from the loop is suspended a gold bead attached to a twisted wire. From
Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896. 2nd -3rd cent. a.d.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. E.vcavatious in Cyprus, p. 83, pi. xiii., 22, Tomb 81 ; cf. Cyprus Mas.
Cat., 4091 (pi. vii.) ; Journ. Inf. it Arch. Num., 1907, pi. vii., 16 (found at Elcutheropolis in
Palestine with coins, the latest of Hadrian).
2377. Gold earring of type similar to last. The place of the bead is taken by a Plate LII.
convex shield with globule in centre and twisted wire border. The pendant is in
the form of a small c}-linder, with three short wires and one longer issuing from
it. The ends of these wires are decorated with clusters of globules. The central
long wire has also a small circle of globules above the cluster. From a tomb at
Tortosa in Syria. Formerly in the Collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired,
1879. 2nd 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 "4 cm. ; wt. (together), 39 grns.
2378-9. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to last. The pendant is in the form Plate Lll.
of a cluster of five gold beads with globules interspersed, with a pyramid of globules
at the base (probably representing a bunch of grapes). From Smyrna. Presented
by Sydney Vacher, Esq., 1882. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 48 grns.
2380. Gold earring of type similar to last. From the loop is suspended a ribbed
gold rod with a large pearl at its end. Towneley Coll. 2nd- 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 cm. ; 36 grns. Cf. Bull. Com.. .XVII. (rSSg), pi. viii., p. 173 (from a tomb of the late
2nd to early 3rd cent. .'i.n.).
2381-2. Pair of gold earrings of similar t3'pe. The pendant is in the form of a gold
rod with a gold bead at its end. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. a.d.
Ht., ca. 2" 5 cm. ; wt. (together), 31 grns.
2383. Gold earring of kindred type, but with a round setting filled with blue paste
substituted for the convex gold shield. The pendant is in the form of a gold
bead suspended b}' a twisted wire. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 17 grns. Cf. Cyprus Museum Cat, pi. vii., 4091.
2384 5. Similar pair of earrings. The inset paste is lost. From Amathus, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2-3 cm. ; wt., 10 grns. each. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 122, pi. xiv., 23, Tomb 183.
Found with coins of Antoninus Pius.
2386. Gold earring as last.
Ht., 2" 3 cm. ; wt., 17 grns.
282 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY. .
2387. Gold earring as last. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations),
1894.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; wl., 14 grns. From Grave 201.
2388 9. Pair of gold earrings of similar type, composed of (a) a circular box-setting
containing a large pearl ; to the back of the setting is soldered a hook ; (d) a large
gold bead suspended from the looped end of the hook by a ribbed gold rod.
Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., ca. 3 '8 cm. ; wl. (together), 56 grns.
2390-1. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type. Instead of the round setting there Plate LU.
is a square setting with beaded w ire border, containing a plasma and a glass paste
respectivel)-. The pendant is in the form of a cluster of large and small globules,
imitating a bunch of grapes. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 cm. ; \vt. (together), 47 grns.
2392-3. Pair of gold earrings of siinilar type. The pendant is in the form of a gold
rod on which were threaded two beads, now missing. From Larnaka, Cyprus.
Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'9 cm. ; \vl. (togther), 23 grns.
2394 5- Pair of gold earrings of t)pe akin to last. The place of the square setting Plate LI L
is taken by one in the form of a truncated cone, across the top of which is a wire
with a pearl threaded upon it. The hook is attached to two intersecting ribbons
which are soldered to the back of the setting. The pendant is in the form of an
expanding gold rod with a pearl at the end. Found in a tomb at Tortosa in
Syria. Formerly in the collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879.
Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., ca. 3 '8 cm. ; \vt. (together), 57 grns.
2396. Gold earring of kindred type. The upper setting is circular, with fluted Plate LIL
border, and contains a pearl. The pendant is in the form of a beaded gold rod,
decorated with a sapphire and pearl which hang from it. Towneley Coll.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'8 cm. ; ut., 26 grns.
2397 8. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type. The front end of the hook passes piate LIL
through a heart-shaped sapphire. Below the sapphire hangs a nearly oval garnet,
and beneath this a polygonal plasma bead. Blacas Coll., 1867. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 4' 7 cm. ; wt. (together), 42 grns.
2399 2400. Pair of gold earrings formed of an S-shaped wire with a hollow lotus- Plate LIL
flower suspended from the lower end. On the thin end of the wire abo\-e the
lotus-flower is a series of small movable wire rings. From Bubastis, Egypt.
Acquired, 1886. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 4-4 cm. ; wt. (together), 100 grns. Cf. No. 2603.
EARRINGS OF TIIK ROMAX PERIOD. 283
2401. Gold earring with a hook similar to last. The pendant is in the form of a Plate LII.
shield suspended by a short double piaitetl chain. From the lower part of the
shield hangs a chain similar, but longer, with a gold crescent hanging from the
bottom by a loop. Castellani Coll., 1872. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 5'5 cm. : wt., 56 grns.
2402 3. Pair of gold earrings, composed of an oblong setting which has held a Plate Lll.
paste now for the most part missing. Behind this is soldered a hook ; below, a
triangular pendant (inverted) hangs from two loops. Across the front of the
triangle is stretched a scries of parallel gold wires, on which beads or pearls must
have been strung. Another bead was suspended from the inverted apex of the
triangle. From Larnaka, Cyprus. Franks Request, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. A.u.
Ht., 3 '8 cm. ; wt. (together), 36 grns. Cf. No. 2750.
2404-5. Pair of earrings, composed of an oval gold band setting, containing a glass piate LII.
paste imitating sapphire. From a loop attached to this setting hangs a second
pear-shaped setting containing a similar glass paste. Across the horizontal long
axis of the upper setting is a gold band in which is set the hook. This hook is
missing from one earring. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd -3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-8 cm. ; wt. (together), 35 grns.
2406. Gold earring of similar type. The oval bo.x-setting contains a sardonyx Plate LII.
intaglio : bull standing to 1. with head to front. Hook soldered to back, with
a pear-shaped convex gold pendant (hollow and flat back) hanging from the
loop. Found in a tomb at Tortosa in Syria. Formerly in the collection of
Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-3 cm. ; wt., 26 grns. Cf. Comarmond, Ih'criii cfiiiic dainc rouiai)ie, pi. ii., 21, 22 (early
3rd cent. .-V.D.).
2407-8. Pair of earrings of type akin to last, consisting of an oval gold bo.x-setting piate LII.
with remains of blue glass bead (imitating sapphire). From this setting hangs a
second, pear-shaped setting (open at back), also containing a blue paste. Hook
soldered to back of upper setting. Found at Enkomi, Cyprus. Acquired, 188 1.
2nd-3rd cent. a.d.
Ht., 2 '9 cm. ; wt. (together), 8g grns. From a late site at Enkomi.
2409. Gold earring akin to last. The gold hook is soldered to a circular gold
setting, from which the stone or paste is missing. Below the setting is a gold
loop from which hangs an oval dark sapphire threaded on a gold wire.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 2nd-3rd cent. a.d.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Cf. Pollak, ColdscJtmicdcarb., pi. xii., 2S6.
2410-I. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a square plate stamped with "flcurs- piate Lll.
dc-lys," and ornamented in the centre with a pearl (missing in one case), held in
position by two wires. There is a thin bar soldered beneath the plate, and a
284 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY. .
hook soldered behind. Below is a hook for the suspension of a pendant
(inverted in plate). From Smyrna. Presented by Sydney Vachcr, Esq., 1882.
Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., I '7 cm. ; \vl. (together), 11 grns.
2412. Gold earring, in the form of a club, the bottom filled with a convex glass Plate LIL
paste imitating garnet. The knots are represented by beaded wires and globules.
The club is suspended by a gold hook. From Olbia on the Black Sea.
Presented by M. Pierre Mavrogordato, 1906. Ca. 2nd cent. a.d.
Total ht., 5 '3 cm. ; \vt., 62 grns.
2413. Gold pendant in the form of a club (hollow). The club is very long and
narrow, and is decorated with small knots in beaded filigree, with globules inside
Ihem. Loop above for suspension. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht., 2-S cm. ; wt., 17 grns. Cf. Ant. tin BospJi. Ciinm., pi. xxiv., 4, and Compte-Rendii, 1865,
p. 5 1 n.
2414. Gold pendant of similar type, but the club is much shorter and thicker.
Decoration as before. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht.. I '6 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
2415. Similar pendant with the bottom of the club rounded. Upper part damaged.
Towneley Coll.
Ht., I '9 cm. : wt., 15 grns.
2416. Pendant of similar type, much larger. It is decorated with four vertical rows,
each consisting of five high leaf-shaped compartments for stones or pastes.
Loop above. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht., 3'8 cm. ; wt., ig grns.
2417. Gold pendant, similarly of club form, very large. It is divided into two com- Plate LIL
partmcnts by a horizontal belt of wire. The upper compartment is decorated
with four vertical rows of waved wire, the lower with four similar rows, which
separate four lines of pointed leaves (knots), three in each line. Grooved loop for
.suspension. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 4-5 cm. : wt., 85 grns.
2418. Similar gold pendant, decorated with two horizontal and four vertical lines
of twisted ribbon. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3-4 cm. ; wt., 57 grns.
2419. Gold pendant of similar type, decorated with raised dots and with a convex
dark blue paste set below. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2'6 cm. : wt., 38 grns.
EARRINGS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. 285
2420. Gold earring (hollow and filled with some substance). It is in the form of a
club-shaped pendant, decorated with rosettes, diamonds, and triangles in granula-
tion, and surmounted by a pear-shaped garnet bead. Towneley Coll.
Ht., 2'8 cm. ; vvt., 19 j^rns.
2420*. Gold pendant in the form of a knotted club, suspended from a ring fastened
by hook and loop, and passed through the top of the club. From Olbia
on the ]51ack Sea. Presented by M. Pierre MavTOgordato, 1906.
Ht., 3'7 cm. : \vt., 47 grns. Cf. .-/;//. du Ilospli. Cinnii., pi. xxiv.,4.
2421-2. Pair of gold earrings of similar type. A triple grooved band is incised Plate LI I.
round the thickest part of the ring. The club is suspended from a loop, the
knots on it are indicated by four lines of triangles in globules. From Tortosa
(Antaradus), Syria. Franks Bequest, 1S97. Ca. 2nd cent. A.i).
Ht., 3' 5 cm. : ut. ftoy ether), I27grns.
2423-4. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to last. I'rom Tortosa (Antaradus),
Syria. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.U.
Ht., 3 cm. ; \vt. (together), 55 grns.
2425. Earring, composed of a biconical bead of dark blue and white glass, mounted Plate LII.
in a gold setting. Through the bead passes a gold wire bent into the form of a
hook, to which is soldered a bird's (cock's ?) head in flat gold with two circular
settings for stones now missing. At the back of the plate is a loop with a short
chain of 8-shaped links fastened to it. From the lower end of the bead hangs
a small amphora with decoration of triangles in globules. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4' 4 cm. Cf. the amulet in the form of a cock's head on the necklace tigured in Uaremberg
et Saglio, s.v. Ainiiltiinn, p. 257, tig. 310.
(ii.) — Earrings of " ring- type.''
See Nos. 1684 ff., of which type these earrings are a continuation. Nos. 2426-2447
probably date for the most part from the lst-2nd cent. A.D. Cf Schafer, Aeg.
Goldschiniedearb., 1., p. 79, fig. 79 (an earring of this type on a mummy portrait of
about the second century A.D.) ; ibid., pi. xix., no. 149.
Nos. 2426-2432 represent Dolphins.
Nos. 2433-5, Bulls.
Nos. 2436-2443, Lynxes.
Nos. 2444-5, Lions.
Nos. 2446-7, Ducks.
2426 7. Pair of gold earrings, composed of two intertwisted wires ending in the Plate LIl.
head of a dolphin, with a fin on each side of his neck and a globule in his mouth.
Beyond the neck is a long sardonyx bead, terminated at each end by a triple
beaded ring. The earrings were fastened by means of a pin (missing) passed
2 86 CATAI.OGUF, OF JFWELLERY .
through two loops underneath the dolphin's mouth and one loop at the end of
the ring. Acquired, 1908.
L., 3' I cm. ; \vt. (together), 174 grns.
2428. Gold earring, of similar type, composed of a plain semicircle of gold, tapering
at one end into a hook, and three gold beads, alternating with four small gold
rings made up of minute globules. The earring ends in the head of a dolphin,
with a globule in its mouth and a loop for the reception of the hook soldered
beneath the mouth. The beads are strung on a wire soldered into the head.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2' 2 cm. : \vt., 54 grns.
2429. Gold earring of similar t)^pe, ending in a dolphin's head. The part near the
head was decorated with beads separated by three small gold reels. The beads
are now missing. Acquired, 1875.
Diam., 2'4 cm. ; \vt., 35 grns.
2430 I. Pair of gold earrings nearly as No. 2426. Cylindrical bead of dark glass Plate LI I.
at neck. The earrings were fastened by a pin (now missing) which was inserted
into two rings fastened under the head of the dolphin, and into one at the thin
end of the wires. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 40 grns.
2432. Gold earring composed of two intertwisted gold wires. One end terminates Plate LII.
in the head of a dolphin with a gold loop soldered beneath it. Into this loop the
other end of the earring is twisted. Immediately behind the dolphin's head are
strung a rounded plasma bead, a hollow gold bead, and a banded agate bead of
cylindrical form. The beads are separated from one another by four thin gold
rings decorated with globules. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2' 7 cm. ; wt., 50 grns. Cf. Arch.-ep. Mitt., XL, pi. v., 4 (from Pares) ; Vernier, Cat. dii
Mas. dc Cairc, Bijoux, II., pi. x.xxv., No. 52, 524.
2433. Gold earring of similar type, consisting of a ring round which a wire is
spirall}- twisted. The ring ends in the head of a bull, with a small loop soldered
below the mouth, into which the thin end of the ring is fastened. At the neck
of the bull is a green glass bead between two pearls. The pearls and bead are
separated by small gold beaded rings. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 1*7 cm. : ut., 16 grns.
2434- 5- Pair of gold earrings, composed of a body of spirally twisted wire, ending
in bulls' heads with long horns. The neck is decorated with three rows of small
granulated triangles, and a row of beaded wire. The narrow end of the ring is
inserted into a loop soldered to the mouth of the bull. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht., 3'2 cm. : wt., 166 grns.
2436. Gold earring of similar type, composed of a spirallj^ twisted gold wire on a Plate LII.
wire stem ; towards the neck are two green glass beads and one white and brown,
EARRINGS OF TIIK ROMAN PERIOD. 287
imitating onyx, separated from one another by four rings of gold globules. At
the end is the Jiead of a lynx in hollow gold, holding in its mouth a round garnet
set in gold, wliich serves to mask a gold loop into which the thin end of the ring
passes.
Diani., ca. 2 ■■5 cm.; ut., 36 grns. Cf. I'ollak, GohlsiJimicch-arb., pi. ix., 158; Schreiber,
Alcxandr. Tor., p. 305, fiy. 30.
2437. Gold earring, composed of a ring formed by {a) a gold cylinder, decorated Plate LII.
with triangles in granulation, and ending in the head of a lynx with open mouth ;
to the mouth of the lynx is soldered a cluster of four settings — the largest with a
garnet, the others containing plasmas. On each side of the settings three pearls
are strung on gold loops. (/;) A double twisted wire hinged to the cylinder by
loops and a gold pin ending in pearls ; the end of the wire is plain, and the
twisted and plain parts are separated by a cup-shaped ornament. This wire is
hinged to the settings by means of loops and a gold pin, the latter secured by a
plaited chain. From Syria. Castellani Coll., 1884.
Ht., 3-5 cm. ; wt. 152 grns. Castellani Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, No. 78.
24.38-9. Pair of gold earrings of ring type. The ring is fluted, and decorated at the
wider end with two circles of globules. Beyond this are two beads of green glass
(one missing from one of the earrings), strung on a gold wire. The earrings
terminate in the heads of lynxes. Below the mouth is soldered a loop, into which
the narrow end of the loop is hooked. Broken and defective. Woodhouse
Coll., 1868.
Ht., ca. 2' I cm. ; wt., 53 grns.
2440-1. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to the last, terminating in heads of
lynxes. Below the neck are two beads of garnet and a paste bead (the latter
missing in one case), separated from each other by rings of globules. The loop
in the mouth is missing in one of the earrings. Acquired, 1896.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt. (together), 76 grns. Cf. Aich. Anz., 1897, p. 196 (29).
2442 3. Pair of gold earrings of ring type. The ring is of spirally twisted gold Plate LH.
wires, alternately single and double, ending in the head of a lynx. The neck is
ornamented with a garnet bead, and with circles of globules. The end of the
ring, which tapers to a wire, is inserted into a gold loop beneath the mouth of the
lynx.' From the loop hangs an amphora, composed of an oval garnet bead with
gold caps at each end ; it has two volute-shaped handles, and is decorated with
granulation. Below is a small bead of green glass. A chain of plaited wire
hangs from the ring of the earring. Castellani Coll., 1872. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht. 5' I cm. : wt., 85 grns. each. Cf. Hadaczek, OhrsLiiiiinck, p. 46 ff. : No. 2437 and No. 2331.
2444 5. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a large elliptical ring, made up of two Plate Llll.
twisted wires and a beaded wire, terminating in a large cone, covered with
embossed dots (imitating mane of lion, cr club .') ; at the wide end of the cone is
a lion's head, into the mouth of which the pointed end of the ring is inserted.
288 CATALOGUE OF JFAVKI.I.KRV.
From the rint,' hangs a i^endaiit in the form of a tall amphora on a square base.
The wire forming the suspending loop for tiie amphora is carried through to the
base, there forming another loop, perhaps intended for a chain attachment as in
No. 3331. From Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
lit. II cm. ; \vl. ("togetlier), 896 grns.
2446 7. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a gold ring with loop at one end into Plate LI I.
which tlie other is fastened. Above the loop is a small circular .setting
containing a garnet. From the ring hangs a duck suspended from a loop
soldered to its back. The feathers are indicated in filigree ; the feet (of beaded
wire) are missing in one case. From a tomb at Tortosa in Syria. Formerh- in
the collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. 2nd-3rd cent. A.]>.
Ht., 2'7 cm. : \vt. (together), 63 grns. Cf. No. 2370, etc.
2448. Gold earring comjiosed of a tapering gold rod bent into penannular form. At Plate LIIL
the broad end is an ornament in blue glass in the form of a flower of si.\ petals.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3'7 cm. ; ut., 32 grns.
2449-50. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a rectangular strip of gold, with a Plate LIIL
grooved line running down the middle, bent into a circle. To the ends of the
strip are soldered two small rings through which a gold nail (missing from one of
the earrings) is passed. Each end of the ring is half-closed by a crescent of gold.
Castellani Coll., 1872. Uncertain date, but probably of the Roman period.
Diam., i 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 50 grns. Cf. Nos. 1597-8, and Vernier, Cat. die Miis. dc Caiic,
Bijoux, 11., pi. xxix., No. 52, 361.
2451-2. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a flat crescent, decorated with pal- Plate LIIL
mettes and spirals in filigree within a border consisting of a beaded wire between
plain wires. A row of globules is soldered to the outer edge and a gold hook to i
one end of the crescent (missing from one of the earrings). From excavations at
Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896. Ca. 400 B.C.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt. (together), 88 grns. Exiaz'atioiis ht Cyprus, pi. xiii., 9, p. 82, Tomb 73 (2)' ;
Walters, Art 0/ the Creeks, pi. cviii.
2453. Gold earring in the form of a flattened crescent, with border of twisted wire.
Loop and thin wire for attachment at ends of crescent. Ca. 2nd cent. .\.L).
Diam., 2' i cm. : wt., 10 grns. Cf. Cyprus A/us. Cat., 4066, pi. vii.
2454. Gold earring of similar type. The crescent is bordered with a plain wire. Plate LIII
Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
2455. Gold earring of similar type, \ery small. Found at Enkomi, Cyprus.
Acquired, 1881. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., I'l cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
F,AKRINC;S OF Til!'. ROMAN PERIOD. 289
2456-7. Pair of gold earrings of similar type, but with cable border, separately
attached. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. Ca. 2nd
cent. A.D.
Diam., i"9 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. each. Excavations in Cyprus, pp. 101, 116, Tomb 6, pi. xiv., 5 ;
cf. Olincfalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. ccxvii., 20.
2458 9. Pair of gold earrings, as last, except that the cable border runs along the Plate LIII.
bottom rim onl}-. From Larnaka, Cyprus. l-'ranks Request, 1897. Ca. 2nd
cent. A.D.
Diam., 2' 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 25 grns. Cf. Excavations in Cypiiis, pi. .xiv., 5*/.
2460. Gold earring as last, except that the lower rim is decorated with a line of
globules. ]""rom Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. C"a. 2nd
cent. A.D.
. Diam., 2'3 cm.; wt., 16 grns. Excavations in Cyprus^ pp. loi, 118, Tomb 66, pi., xiv. -^a (found
in a tomb with coins, the latest of the 3rd cent. \.V).).
2461. Gold earring of similar type. It is decorated with two leaves and two birds Plate LIII.
in filigree, the latter pecking at a bunch of grapes in granulation. There are two
other bunches of grapes, represented by triangles of granulation. Found at
Enkomi, Cyprus. Acquired, 1881. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., I '9 cm. : wt., 13 grns.
2462. Gold earring of similar type, decorated with three ivy-leaves in filigree and Plate LIII.
two triangles (grapes .') in granulation. From excavations at Curium, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest), 1896. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 83, Tomb ^]^ (l), pi. xiii., 24.
2463. Gold earring composed of a wire, one end of which is bent into a loop and Plate LIII.
then prolonged into a spiral below the loop. The middle of the spiral is filled
with light green enamel. The other end of the wire is bent into a ring and then
twisted into the loop. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations),
1894.
Ht., -9 cm.; wt., 5 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, \i. 124, Tomb 243. Found with a c.irtuuche
of Thothmes III., and therefore presumably of early date, though the general type is similar
to th.it of the following earrings, which are certainly of Roman date.
2464. Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2463, consisting of a slightly inflated Plate LIII.
hollow ring, with one end in the form of a loop into which the other end is
twisted. Found at Enkomi, Cyprus. Acquired, 1881. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., f; cm. ; wt., II grns. Ql.Journ. Int. d' Arcli. Num., 1907, pl.vii., 10 (found at Eleu-
theropolis in Palestine with coins, the latest of Hadrian). The earrings which follow, up to
2562 are mainly of the second century, .\.D., though in some cases they may extend into the
third.
2465. Gold earring, as No. 2464, hollow and filled with some substance. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'7 cm. ; wt., 11 grns.
290 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY..
2466. As No. 2464. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I "7 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2467. As No. 2464, but bent out of shape. Franks Bequest, 1897.
IJiani., I '5 cm. : wt., 11 grns.
2468. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2464. From excavations at Amathus
(Turner Bequest), 1894. Tomb 66.
Diam., I'8 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
2469. Gold earring similar to No. 2464, hollow and partly broken. From exca-
vations at Curium, Cyprus (Turner Bequest), 1896.
Oiani., 2 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
2470-2. Three gold earrings of type similar to No. 2464. From Larnaka, Cyprus.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i '6, i ■;, i '2 cm. ; wt., 10, 4, 4 grns., respectively.
2473. As No. 2464, but the ring is fluted spirally. From Larnaka, Cyprus. Franks Plate LIII.
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'3 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
2474-5. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2464. Found at Enkomi, Cyprus. Acquired,
18S1.
Diam., f6 cm. ; wt., 22 grns. Cf. Atluns. Milt., vi., p. 198.
2476-7. Pair of gold earrings, as No. 2464, much damaged. From Enkomi, 1881.
Diam., i -4 cm. ; wt. (together), 12 grns.
2478. Gold earring as No 2464. From Enkomi, 1881.
Diam., i'4 cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
2479. Gold earring, as No. 2464. From Enkomi, 18S1.
Diam., \ ' 2 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
2480. Gold earring as No. 2464, with small convex shield at base of loop. From
Enkomi, 1881.
Diam., i cm. : wt., 7 grns. Cf. Nos. 2509 ff.
2481. Gold earring as No. 2480, with small shield at base of loop. From
Enkomi, 1881.
Diam., i"6 cm. ; wt., 11 grns.
2482. Gold earring as No. 2480, with circle of wire attached to base of loop. From
Enkomi, 1881.
Diam., I '4 cm. ; wt., S grns.
KAKRINGS (IK -I'llK ROMAN I'lvRlDl). 29I
2483. Gold earring similar to No 2464. Im-gui Riivo. Bequeathed by Sir William
Temple, 1856.
Diam., 1-5 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
2484. 5. Pair of gold earrings similar to No. 2464. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diaiii., I -2 cm. ; wt. (together), 21 grns.
2486. Gold earring, akin to No. 2.464. It consists of a tapering wire Lent into a Plate LI 1 1,
ring with a loop and globule at the thicker end ; the thin end is twisted into the
loop. Incised with irregular lines. Found in a Roman tomb at Karpathos.
Acquired, 1859. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., ca. i'8 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Found with Nos. 2634, 2784, 3032 and the gold rings,
J!.M. Cell, of Kings, Nos. 522, 827.
2487. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2464, composed of a plain wire.
Diam., i '5 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
2488. Gold earring, as No. 2487. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., I'8 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
2489. As No. 2487. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2490. As No. 2487. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., i'5 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2491. As No. 2487. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., i'7cm.; wt., 13 grns.
2492. As No. 24S7. From Enkomi, 18S1.
Diam., 1 ■ I cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
2493. As No. 2487.
Diam., I '3 cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
2494 5. Pair of gold earrings of similar type to No. 2464, but of twisted wire
with a gold bead soldered just above the loop. From Amathus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1894.
Diam.. i'2 cm. : wt., 7 grns. each. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 11 8, Tomb 48.
2496-7. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2494, but with a boss at the base of the loop.
Diam., ca. 1 '4 cm. ; wt. (logether), 24 grns.
2498 9. Pair of gold earrings of similar type to No. 2494, with a large and a small
globule soldered below the loop. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., I ' I cm. ; wt. (together), 21 grns.
292 CATALOGUE OF JEWEI.LEkV. ■
2500. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2494, with remains of a pendant (an
ankh ?) on loop.
Diam., ca. i '2 cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
2501. Gold earring of type akin to No. 2464, with a cluster of four globules below. Plate LIII.
From excavations at Naukratis, 1885-6. Presented by the Committee of the
Egypt Exploration Fund, 1888.
Diam., 1-2 cm. ; wt., 11 grns. Cf. Nos. 470 ff, 1593*.
2502-3. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type, with a thin oval plate of gold folded
over the lower part of the loop. From Ruvo. Bequeathed by Sir William
Temple, 1856.
Diam., I'6 cm. ; wt. (together), 32 grns.
2504. Gold earring as last. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., I '3 cm. : wt., 9 grns.
2505. Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2464. It consists of a ribbed wire ring
fastened by a hook and a loop. From Aniathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest
Excavations), 1894.
Diam., ca. i'3 cm. ; wt., 6 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 123, Tomb 219.
2506-7. Pair of earrings akin to No. 2501, in the form of a hollow crescent with a Plate Llll.
sharp angle along its middle. The two ends taper and are prolonged into a
hook and loop. At the bottom of the crescent is a small raised disk to which a
globule is soldered. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., ca. i • 5 cm. ; wt. (together), 22 grns.
2508. Gold earring of a kindred type to No. 2464, consisting of a twisted wire ring piate LIII.
ending in a circular convex garnet with cable border. Above the setting is a
loop into which the thin end of the ring is inserted. From excavations at
Curium, Cyprus, 1884.
Diam., I '6 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
2509. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2508. The ring is ribbed. Above the Plate LIII.
loop is soldered a small convex disk. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I '5 cm. ; wt., II grns. Cf. Nos. 2480 ff., from Enkomi.
2510 I. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2509, except that the ring is of plain gold,
decorated in three places with incised rings. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I " 5 cm. ; wt. (together), 26 grns. Cf. De Ridder, Coll. de Clercq, III., pi. Ixi., 5 10 (where
the earring probably does not belong to the tigure).
2512-3. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2509, but with plain ring. Franks Bequest,
1897.
Diam., i 'i cm. ; wt. (together), 17 grns.
EARRINGS OF TIIK ROMAN PERIOD. 293
2514 5. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2509, except that the hoop is of twisted
wire and the conve.K disk is bordered with a beaded wire. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'7 cm. ; \vt. (together), 16 grns.
2516-7. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2509 ; the ring is of plaited wire and Plate LIII.
the disk has a border of beaded wire and a i^lobulc soldered to its centre. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., ca. i '4 cm. ; wt. (together), 26 grns.
2518-?. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2516. The rini; is plain. I'ranks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i '6 cm. ; wt. (together), 66 grns.
2520 I. Pair of gold earrings as No. 2518, except that in the centre of the convex
disk is a small ring of beaded wire. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., r2 cm. ; wt. (together), 16 grns.
2522-3. Pair of earrings as No. 2518. Three globules are soldered to the centre
of the disk. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 45 grns.
2524. Gold earring of type akin to No. 2509. The wire ring has three sets of Plate Llll.
circles incised on it, the disk is bordered by a beaded wire. From the ring hangs
a pendent rod with a gold bead with globule at its end. From Amathus, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Ht., 2'2cm. : wt., II grns. Cf. Cyprus Mus. Cat., pi. vii. No. 4044; De Ridder, Col/, ifc
Clcixq, III., pi. xiii., 86 for an earring of this type on a bronze statuette of Aphroditfe (possibly
a Liter addition).
2525. Gold earring a:j No. 2524.
L., 2 cm. ; uf., 1 1 grns.
2526. Gold earring, nearly as No. 2524. The wire ring is twisted, and three Plate LIII.
globules are soldered to the end of the bead. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner
Bequest Excavations), 1894.
L., 2'4cm. ; wt., 14 grns. E.x-cavatioiis in Cyprus, p. 120, Tomb 95. This tomb contained
coins of Antoninus Pius and M. Aurelius.
2527. Gold earring as No. 2526. From Amathus, 1894.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 119, Tomb 87. This tomb contained a
coin of .Xntoninus Pius.
2528 30. Three gold earrings, as No. 2526.
Ht., ca. 1 9 cm. ; wt. (singly), ca. 10 grns.
2531. Gold earring, nearly as No. 2526, but the ring is plain, not twisted. There
is no small globule attached to the bead. From excavations at Amathus, C\prus
(Turner Bequest), 1894. Tomb 270.
Ht., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
U 2
4
294 CATAI.OGUK OK JF.WKI.I.KRY .
2532. Gold earring of type similar to No. 2526. Twisted wire border round disk Plate LIU.
and globule in its centre. The i)endent rod is decorated at the top with volutes.
Found in a tomb at Tortosa in Syria. Formerly in the collection of Prince
Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3'3 cm. ; ut., 25 y'rns. See No. 2370, etc.
2533-4. Pair of gold earrings, of type similar to No. 2526. Three globules are
soldered beneath the loop of the pendent rod of beaded wire. Castellani Coll.,
1872.
Ht., 3' I cm. : wt. (tog-ether), 51 grns.
2535. Gold earring of kindred type to last, without pendant. To the base of the Plate LIII,
loop is soldered a square setting containing a green paste. Woodhouse Coll.,
1866.
Diam., i ' I cm. ; \vt., 10 grns.
2536. As No. 2535. The square setting contains an emerald. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; \vt., 12 grns.
2537. As No. 2535. The setting is circular, and contains a sard. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., i '3 cm. ; \vt., 13 grns.
2538. As No. 2535. The setting is oval, and contains a paste imitating opal.
Towneley Coll.
Ht.. I "3 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
2539. Gold earring akin to foregoing, composed of a ring fastened with a loop. Plate LIII.
To it is attached a gold disk. There is a pendant consisting of a beaded rod
with a disk of garnet at its base. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
2540 I. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 2539, each with a double
pearl pendent from a wire. Castellani Coll., 1S72.
Ht., 2 '4 cm. ; wt. (together), 33 grns.
2542. Gold earring akin to No. 2532. It consists of a wire ring fastened as before, Plate LIII.
with a circular setting, surrounded by a cable border, attached to it. Stone
missing. Below is a pendent bead suspended on a plain wire. From Amathus,
Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 18 grns.
2543-4. Pair of gold earrings of similar type to No. 2532. Below the loop is a
small circular setting containing the remains of a paste. From the ring hangs a
gold bead with globules underneath. From Smyrna. Presented by Sydney
Vacher, Esq., 1882.
Ht., I '8 cm. ; wt. (together), 12 grns.
(
I
EARRINGS OK TIIK ROMAN I'KRIOD. 295
2545. Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2543. The ring is of twisted wire, and
the place of the disk setting is taken by a hollow bead, broken in at the top.
From Smyrna. Presented by Sydney Vacher, Esij., 1882.
Ht., I '8 cm ; \vt., 7 grns.
2546 7. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2543. Above the loop is a bead. The
ring is plain and has a pendent wire rod with gold bead and globule at its end.
From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; \vt., 1 1 tjrns. each. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 122, Tomb 183.
2548. Gold earring akin to No. 2543. The pendant is in the form of a double
pearl suspended on a gold wire. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 2'3 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
2549. Gold earring as last, with very small pendent pearl. Blacas Coll., 1S67.
Ht., 2 '7 cm. : wt., 11 grns.
2550-1. Pair of gold earrings of type similar to No. 2548. A pearl is suspended
on a double twisted wire. From Smyrna. Acquired, 1873.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt. (together), 20 grns.
2552. Gold earring of kindred type to the foregoing. From the ring is suspended Plate LIII.
a long pendant, consisting of a narrow cone of gold ornamented with four rows of
globules, two large porcelain beads, a polygonal plasma bead, two gold wire
rings, and a small bead of blue glass. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 6 cm. ; wt., 58 grns. Cf. Pollak, Goldschmicdearbcit, pi. .\ii., 278.
2553. Gold earring, consisting of a ring similar to No. 2552, with an onyx in the
form of a truncated cone suspended from it. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2 '6 cm. ; wt. 15 grns.
2554. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2552. From the ring hangs a sardonyx Plate LIII.
bead in the form of a double truncated cone, attached by a V-shaped mount.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 52 grns.
2555- Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2524. Beneath the loop of the ring is
soldered a small convex shield, and from it hangs a fragment of twisted wire
belonging to a pendant.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2556. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2552. The pendant consists of a beaded
rod with a diamond-.shaped setting containing an emerald at its end.
Ht., 2'6 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
296
CATALOGUE OF JKWKI.LKRV.
2557 8. Pair of gold earrings of similar type to No. 2552. There is a pendant of
straii^ht wire ending in a twisted knot. The jDearl or paste pendent beacf has
been lost. From Tharros, Sardinia (Grave .\.\iii.), 1856.
Ht.,
\vt., 7 grns. each.
2559 60. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type to No. 2552. Beneath the loop is Plate LI 1 1.
(in one case) a t^arnet bead, in the other, a pearl, held in position by two pro-
jecting claws. The pendant consists of a jjold rod with a garnet bead between
two pearls strung on it. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., ca. 3'o4 cm. ; \vl. (lof^cther), 41 grns.
2561 2. Pair of gold earrings of similar type to last. There is a projecting
wire below the loop for a stone now missing. Found at Enkomi, Cyprus.
Acquired, 1881.
Diam., i'2 cm. ; \vt. (together), 13 grns.
2563. Gold earring consisting of a plain gold ring ending in an openwork bead.
From the ring is suspended a large pearl, in the form of four pearls clustered
together.
Ht., 3 '4 cm. ; «t., 22 grns.
2564. Gold earring akin to last. The bead is of openwork and the ring is of very
thin wire.
Diam., ca. i '7 cm. : ut., 7 grns.
2565. Silver earring (probably gilt originally) consisting /V. -4 ^'^^^X^ ^ Plate LIIL
of a wire ring fastened together by hook and loop.
On the end near the loop are three globular (slightly
oval beads) covered with small filigree circles. The
spaces between the beads are filled in with fine wire
twisted round the ring. From Thebes. Presented
by Mr. J. Kondylis, 1905. Ca. ist cent. A.D.
Diam., 4' 5 cm., \vt., 79 grns. Cf. B. C. H., 1895, p. 206, tigs. 20,
21 (earrings from a tomb (No. 36) of about the first cent. .A.D.
at Orchomenos). For the date of the tomb, see B. C.H.,
loc. cit., p. 146 f. Cf. B.M. Cat. of Rings, 12 14-5, perhaps
found with these earrings. A slate mould (fig. 86) found at
Ruvo in Italy {Notizie, 1880, pi. vi., 6) was evidently used
for the production of earrings akin to these.
I
t
Fig. 86. — Slate mould found at Ruvo.
2566. Part of a silver earring with three beads on it, forming a pair with the last.
From the same tomb.
L., 4' I cm. ; wt., 61 grns.
2567. Pair of silver-gilt earrings of kindred t>'pe, decorated towards the loop Plate LIIL
with a large globule bead covered with small circles in filigree, several being
enclosed within larger circles of twisted wire, and on either side of this with an
EARRINGS OF THE ROMAN PKRIOD.
297
openwork bead of conjoined circles of twisted wire. The parts of the riny
between the beads was covered with twisted wire wound round it. Part of the
rin<j of one of the earrings and one of the openwori< beads are wanting. I'rom
Thebes. Presented by Mr. J. Kondyhs, 1905. Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
Diani., y] cin. ; vvt., 87 and 110 ■^ii\%. Cf. B. C.ll., Inc. cit. ; Archacologia, XXXIII., p. 46
(from Illiaka).
2568. Gold earring composed of a plain ring soldered at one end to a large gold Plate LI 1 1,
bead made up of two hollow halves joined together. This bead is covered with
eight circles of twisted wire, each containing three small circles arranged
triangularly. Along the line of the join are four small jilain wire circles. One end
of the ring is pointed and fits into a hole in the bead. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Uncertain date.
Diam. of ring, I'g cm.; \vt., 22 grns. Cf. Bo?iner Jahrb., XLVII. and XLVIII., p. 152, and
No. 1543, above.
2569. Gold earring formed of a wire bent into a circle, and terminating at one end
in a cylinder of twisted wire.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
2570. Earring (?) in the form of a gold ring ending in a serpent's head ; on it is a
large pearl suspended by a wire. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4' 2 cm. ; wt., 53 grns. Much crushed. It is quite likely that the ring and pendant do not
belong to one another.
2571. Gold earring akin to No. 2554, in the form of a cornucopia with fruit repre- Plate LIII.
sented by a large pearl and a ring of small pearls strung on a wire. Small ring
soldered near the top of the cornucopia. Through this ring is passed a flat ring
ending in a hook and a loop. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
2572. Gold earring, composed of a wire ring twisted into a loop at one end and piate LIII.
bent into a hook at the other. On the ring is suspended a double mask (comic
or satyric .') of an elderly man, bald over the forehead, wearing a fillet. Below
the chin are two tufts of hair. Castellani Coll. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'7 cm. ; wt., 18 grns. Cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. xviii.
2573-4. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a thin wire ring ending in a hook and Plate LIII.
a loop. Suspended on this ring is a small hollow lenticular bulla, with two rings
for suspension soldered above it. Hole in top of bulla, once filled by a stopper
now lost. Campanari Coll., 1846. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 -8 cm. ; wt., 76 grns. Cf. No. 2313 above.
2575. Gold earring of similar type to last. The pendant consi.sts of a small gold Plate LIII.
bulla formed by two convex gold plates. One of these has its edge dentated,
298 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLKRY
and the teeth are folded over the rim of tlic other plate. " From Germany or
Austria-Hungary." Acquired, i860. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 '8 cm. ; \vt., 16 grns.
2576. Gold earring, composed of a wire ring of same type as before; soldered Plate LI 1 1,
to the ring is a circular amethyst in a gold box-setting, and from the ring
hangs an oval amethyst in an open band setting. From a tomb at Tortosa in
Syria. Formerly in the Collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'9 cm. ; \vt., 41 ^Tns. Cf. No. 2370.
2577. Gold earring as last. The upper amethyst is oval. Same provenance as
last. 2nd'-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 '3 cm : \vt., 26 grns.
2578. Gold earring, composed of a ring of similar type, decorated in front with Plate LIIL
beaded wires and globules. There were six pendants in the form of gold
chains. Four are complete and have at the ends a bead ; two of these are
of glass imitating onyx, and two are of porcelain. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca.
2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 47 cm. ; \vt., 94 grns.
2579. Gold earring, composed of a ring of similar form to last, but plain. From it Plate LIIL
are suspended three plaited chains with a pomegranate attached to each extremity,
the juncture of the chain and pomegranate being marked by a small ivy-leaf.
The chains pass through a small cup-shaped object, perhaps originally filled with
a bead. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 49 cm. ; wt., 36 grns. The ring seems of Roman date, the pendants seem Greek of a
good period. Cf., however, Coinptc- Rendu, 1880, pi. i., 10 and 17 (which shows that this
type of earring begins in the third cent. B.C.).
2580. Gold earring, consisting of a plain ring, one end in the form of a hook, the
other of a loop. On it are five pendants, viz., a plain gold bead, a pearl on a
pendent rod, a cross within a wheel, a green glass bead on a rod, and a double
ring of beads. Franks Bequest, 1 897.
Ht., 2' 7 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
2581 -2. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a gold ring fastened at the ends with Plate LIV.
a hook and loop. Beneath are soldered three rings from which hang plaited
chains with pendants at their ends. The pendants consist of an openwork bead
with a pearl below. The pearl of the central pendant is much larger than those
at the sides. From the Fayoum. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., ca. 10 cm. ; wt. (together), 296 grns. Cf. Vernier, Cat. du Miis. de Cai?c, Bijoux, II., pi.
xx.\ , Nos. 52, 439-40.
EARRINGS OK THE ROMAN PKklOD.
299
2583 4. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 25S1, composed of a ring open at one
side. To it are soldered three small rings from which hang short chains made
up of five links of 8-form. At the end of the chains hang large round beads, the
central one of amethyst, the outer ones of garnet. From Sidon. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 6-2 cm. ; wt. (together), 215 grns.
2585-6. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2581, composed of a thin wire ring with
one end in the form of a loop into which the other is twisted. To this ring three
wire loops are soldered, and from these hang three chains, each of two 8-shaped
links of double wire, ending in pendants. On the outside are hexagonal beads
of plasma, in the middle, a pear-shaped bead of sapphire. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 4 • 4 cm. ; wt. (together), 67 grns.
2587. Gold earring, composed of a ring ending in two small ring.s. Soldered below Plate LIV.
the ring is a hollow pendant in the form of a truncated pyramid (broken below).
On each side of the narrow top of the pyramid is a small ring, from which hangs
a pendent pearl (one missing). At each of the lower corners of the pyramid
are rings, from which a pendent pearl also hangs. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3-5 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
2588. Gold earring, composed of a thin ring with overlapping ends terminating in Plate LIV.
knobs. From the ring hangs a pendant in the form of an oval setting with oval
plasma ; the setting is prolonged into a rod at the end of which is a pearl.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3-4 cm. ; wt., 18 grns.
2589-2590. Pair of gold earrings akin to Nos. 2524, etc., composed of a ring Plate LIV.
ending in front in a pelta-shaped ornament of openwork. From the ring is
suspended a beaded rod, decorated at the top with four small volutes and ending
in a globule. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt. (together), 49 grns.
2591-2. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a ring which has one end in the form Plate LIV.
of a loop and the other twisted into it. To the ring is soldered a gold band
bent into ring form ; on a wire which spans the diameter of this ring is threaded
a garnet bead, below which is a bar ornamented with a leaf pattern. From three
loops attached to this bar hang three pendants in the form of gold cones, each
with a pearl and garnet bead stnmg at the end. The central pendant has an
extra pearl below it. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 4-3 cm. ; wt. (together), 126 grns. Cf. the pendant of No. 2866.
2593. Gold earring, hollow, and filled with some substance. The ring tapers towards Plate LIV.
the ends, which are intertwisted. Attached to the ring by a gold wire is a jacinth
of oval form. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt., S grns.
300 CATALOGUE OF JEWKLLKRY,.
2594. Gold earring, composed of a ring decorated with a spirally twisted wire, two
pearls, two pairs of thin globule-decorated gold rings, and a gold bead at the end.
As a pendant it has a small vase-shaped amethyst. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2595. Gold earring, composed of a plain wire ring to which a j^ear-shaped setting Plate LIV.
containing a garnet is soldered. The wire passes through a small ring soldered
to the back of the setting, to which are attached two small loops for pendants.
From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., I '4 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Evravatioiis in Cyprus, p. i ig, Tomb 79 ; p. loi, \A. xiv., 15.
2596 7. Two gold earrings, formed of a wire ring ending in a loop into which the Plate LIV.
other end is fastened. Below each ring is soldered a triangle of globules. From
Kouklia, Paphos. Acquired, 1899. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., ca. 2' I cm. ; wt., 15 and 7 grns. respectively. For the type. cf. Arch. Am., 1901, p. 211,
fig- 7-
2598 9. Pair of gold earrings of the same type as last. The ends of the ring are
hooked into one another, and the triangle pendant consists of fifteen globules
soldered together. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2'5 cm. ; wt. (together), 61 grns. Cf. Arch. Ariz., 1901, p. 211, fig. 7.
2600. Gold earring, consisting of a plain open ring tapering towards the end. To Plate LIV.
the bottom is soldered a cluster of eleven globules arranged in the form of a
triangle. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht.. 3" I cm. ; wt., 48 grns.
2601. Gold earring, composed of a hollow ring with open overlapping ends,
swelling out at the bottom. Soldered to the bottom of the ring is an inverted
pyramid covered with gold globules. " Cairo." Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3' I cm. ; wt., 51 grns.
2602. Gold earring (.'), composed of a hollow ring with tapering ends, which are Plate LIV.
twisted round each other. An oval ridged garnet in gold setting is fastened to
the ring bj' a loop of gold formed by a wire, which is passed through the setting
and then twisted round the ring. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., f7 cm. ; wt., 31 grns.
2603-4. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a gold ring, ending on one side in a Plate LIV.
horn. From the ring hangs a pendant in the form of a hollow lotus-flower.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht.. 2' 5 cm. : wt. i'togethcr\ 36 grns. Cf. No. 2399.
2605. Gold earring, composed of a horn-shaped ring, from which hangs a pendant
of white glass in the form of a dolphin (?), with head broken away. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
Ht., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 25 grns.
EARRINGS OK THE ROMAN PKKIOD. , 30I
2606. Gold earring, composed of a wire ring joined to a gold plate in the form of a Plate LIV.
triangle with the apex cut off. It is decorated with parallel lines of plain and
twisted wire. Below the plate are soldered two loops ; from one a circular
setting containing a garnet is suspended. Below the setting is fastened a finely-
plaited wire chain, which is attached to the second loop below the plate.
Castellani Coll., 1S72. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht, 5 '4 cm. ; wt., 25 grns. Cf. PoUak, Gohhchmiedcarb., pi. xi., 216, 217 ; Fontcnay, p. 116
(below, 1. corner).
2607-8. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a wire ring with loop at one end. Plate LIV.
Below the loop is soldered a disk decorated with filigree and surmounted by an
ivy-leaf ornament. In the centre is set a round garnet. From the ring hangs an
amphora with volute handles, the body composed of a garnet set in gold. Below
the amphora hangs another disk with round garnet inset, also decorated with an
ivy-leaf below. A chain of fine 8-shaped wire links is attached to the lower
pendant and to the ring above. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 7' 2 cm. ; wt. (together), 134 grns. Cf. Fontcnay, p. 107 and No. 2324, etc., above.
2609. Gold earring, composed of a ring of gold wire, thickened below by the Plate LIV.
application of three beaded wires. The ring is fastened by a hook and a loop.
Attached to the lower part of the ring is a double-conical garnet bead set in gold
at each end. The gold is decorated with leaves in filigree. From this pendant
hangs a small gold kithara. Presented by Miss Preston, 1899. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 5 '8 cm. ; wt., 60 gins.
2610. Gold ring in the form of three stout wires twisted together spirally, and
fastened above in the form of a nodus Hcrciilcns. At each end of the knot is a
spiral. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 64 grns. Perhaps a finger ring.
2611. Gold earring formed of a thin wire bent into a circle, with open ends in the
form of knobs. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i ' 2 cm. ; wt. 6 grns.
2612. Gold earring of similar type. It consists of a thick beaded wire ending on Plate LIV.
each side in a cluster of four globules. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 13 cm. : wt., 23 grns.
2613-4. Pair of gold earrings, composed of an open ring, the one half plain, the Plate LIV.
other ornamented with globules down the middle and twisted wires on either side.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., I'5 cm. ; wt. (together), 45 grns. Cf Sambon, Coll. GuiHidii, pi. v., No. 31.
2615. Gold earring fornicd of a gold wire originally bent into a circle and fastened
by one end being twisted into a loop on the other. Part of the earring is ribbed,
the ribs being terminated by a small gold wire ring. Bent and damaged.
L., 4' I cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
502 CATAl.OGUK OF Jl'.WELI.KRV.
(iii.) — Miscellajieoiis earrings of " /ioflk"-lype.
2616-7. Pair of gold earrings in the form of a very broad " boat-shaped " crescent. Plate LIV.
Tlic back is filled in with a concave plate of gold. Above is a lenticular disk
which masks the junction of the S-shaped wire hook with the body of the
earring. A circle of beaded wire runs round the base of the disk. Woodhouse
Coll., 1866. i.st-2nd cent. A.u.
Ht. 2' 5 cm. ; \vt., 61 grns. each. Cf. Pollak, Goldschmiedearb., pi. xi., 249 ; Fontcnay, p. 1 1 5 ;
Miis. Borb., II., pi. xiv. (where it is stated that the type is frequently found at Pompeii) ;
Sambon, Coll. Guilhou, pi. vii., 164 (from Boscoreale) ; Mon. Plot., V., p. 267, fig. 57 ;
Journ. Hell. .Stud., 1905, p. 230^.
2618-9. Pair of gold earrings, of t\'pc similar to the last, but in this case the back Plate LIV.
is open. A gold wire is stretched vertically across the back, and round this the
end of the hook is twisted. Four gold globules are soldered beneath the masking
shield. From Pozzuoli. Castellani Coll., 1872. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3' I cm ; \vt., 68 grns. each. Cf. Journ. hit. d'^Arch. Num., 1907, pi. vii., 7, il, 12, 13, 15
(found at Eleutheropolis in Palestine with coins, the latest of Hadrian) ; Cesno\n, Atlas, III.,
pi. XX., 6-10.
2620-1. Pair of gold earrings of type akin to last. Each is composed of a large Plate LIV.
hollow bead, to which is soldered a hook, masked at the base by a gold disk, and
twisted at the end round a small loop attached to the bead. The part of the
bead to which this loop is attached is flattened. Presented by the Cyprus
Exploration Fund, 1888. ist-2nd cent. A.li.
Ht., I "9 cm. ; wt,, 29 and 30 grns respectively.
2622-3. Pair of earrings, composed of a circular gold framework crossed by a Plate LIV.
series of wires, upon which a mass of hexagonal plasma cylinders is strung,
forming a boss. To the wire framework is attached a gold hook. Bequeathed by
Sir William Temple. 1856. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2'2 cm.; wt. (together), 171 grns. Cf. Sambon, Cell. Guilhou, pi. vii., 165 (from
Boscoreale) ; Cesnola, Atlas, 111., pi. xxiii., 25 ; Schafer, Aeg. Goldschmiedearb., I., p. 87,
fig. 84 (earrings of this type on a painted mummy portrait).
2624 5. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a tapering rod of gold bent into an Plate LIV.
S-shaped hook and decorated with three incised triple rings. The front of the
earring is formed by a triangular plate of gold covered with globules, with two
oblong strips above it, the lower decorated with a double-spiral in beaded wire,
the upper with a row of globules. Three wires, which pass through an oblong
plate, connect the front of the earring with the hooks. From Bubastis, Egypt.
Acquired, 1886. 1st- 2nd cent. .'\.D.
Diam., 2'5 cm. : wt. ilogether), 228 grns. Cf Compte-Reiidu, 1881, pi. i., fig. 10, p. 47 (found
with a coin of Kolys 1., d ite 46-78 A.D., in a S. Russian tomb).
2626 7. Pair of gold earrings in the form of plunging dolphins, with a hook Plate LIV.
soldered to the tail. The eyes are represented by rosettes, and over the forehead
EARRINGS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD.
303
is a palmcttc in corded wire. The line of juncture, where the two halves arc
soldered together, is covered by plain and beaded wires. From Tarentuin.
Castellan! Coll., 1884. Ca. 2nd cent. a.d.
Ht., 5-2 cm. ; wt. (together), 258 grns. Castcllani Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, pi. ii., No. 85.
2628. Gold earring in the form of a fly, roughly represented by a flat plate of gold. Plate LV.
Cross hatchings on the back. Hook soldered to the back of the plate.
Castcllani Coll., 1872.
Ht., I -5 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
2629. Gold earring in the form of the disk and feathers of Isis. The disk and Plate LV.
feathers are composed of compartments ornamented with a beaded wire at the
top. They were probably filled with stones or pastes.
Ht., 2-2 cm. ; wt., iS grns.
2630. Gold earring in the form of a Maenad's head, wearing ivy-wreath in filigree
over forehead. The head is hollow and open below the neck. There were two
loops for pendants, but only one remains. A double hook is soldered to the
back of the head. From Athens. Presented by Sydney Vacher, Esq., 1882.
Ht., 1-6 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Cf. Nos. 1684 ff.
2631. Gold earring, composed of a flat disk stamped with the head of Kybele in Plate LV.
profile to 1. She wears a turreted crown, a veil over the back of her head, and an
earring. The disk has a border of beaded wire, a hook for suspension, and the
remains of a small ring underneath for a pendant. A large hole is pierced
behind Kybele's head. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., i'7 cm. ; wt., 23 grns.
2632. Gold earring, composed of a small oval plate of gold, with a bust of Didius Plate LV.
Julianus to 1., draped and laureate, separately attached. Below is a pendent
pearl, and at the back is soldered a hook, now much bent out of position.
Towneley Coll. Probably 193 A.D.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
2633. Gold earring, composed of an openwork rosette, with a hook soldered to the Plate LV.
middle of two cross-strips of gold ribbon attached to the back of the rosette.
Across the middle of the front of the rosette is a gold wire, on which a pearl
(now missing) has been strung. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 1-5 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. x.vii., 33, etc.
2634. Gold earring in the form of a hook with a button soldered to the end. Found Plate LV.
in a Roman tomb at Karpathos. Acquired, 1859. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 1-7 cm. ; wt., 19 grns. Found witli Nos. 2486, 2784, 3032, and />'..!/. Cat. of Riiii^s, Nos.
522, 827.
304 CATALOGUE OK JEWELLERY.
2635. Gold earring in the form of a plain wire hook with small knob at one end and
oval convex shield at the other. From excavations at Naukratis. Presented by
the Connnittee of the I'^gypt I'Lxploration Fund, 1886. Ca. ist cent. A.D.
Ht., I '7 cm. ut., logins. Naukratis, part 1., pi. xxvii. ; cf. p. 43 f.
2636 7. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a very thin oval plate, decorated with Plate LV.
a dotted line round the margin and a cross. This is attached to a wire hook
with a small convex shield below. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-3 cm. ; ut., 13 grns.
2638. Gold earring, composed of a hook terminating in a gold plate with claws, Plate LV.
wln'ch clasp a polygonal plasma ; above the plasma is a pearl threaded on a wire
which springs from the upper edge of the plate. Castellani Coll., 1872. 2nd-3rd
cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; \vt., 35 grns.
2639. Earring, composed of a gold hook with claws, which clasp a round plasma
bead. Castellani Coll, 1872.
Ht., I '6 cm. : \vt., 14 grns.
2640. Gold earring, consisting of a hook with a loop at the lower end. P^rom the
loop hangs a wire, having a green glass bead with a pearl on either side attached
to the end of it. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2 '4 cm. : wt., 7 grns.
2641. Gold earring, composed of an oblong setting, filled with convex plasma and Plate LV.
surrounded by circles of beaded wire, which have had each a pearl threaded on
a wire stretched across them. At the back are soldered two diagonal rods of
gold. A hook is soldered to their point of intersection. Castellani Coll., 1872.
2nd- 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 33 grns.
2642. Gold earring, composed of a gold setting for a circular stone now missing.
Round the setting v/ere soldered si.x radiating wires strung with pearls. One of
the wires is lost. Hook soldered to back of setting. Castellani Coll., 1872.
lit., I '7 cm. ; wt. (in present condition), 19 grns.
2643-4. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of an S-shaped hook, with a ribbed bar Plate LV.
soldered horizontally to its extremity. Above the bar is a pearl bead on a wire
(missing in one case). From the bar two pearls are suspended at the end of wire
rods, which have a ribbed decoration. Franks Bequest, 1897. ist-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' I cm. ; wt. (together), 47 grns. Earrings of this type are represented on statues of
Palmyrene ladies. See De Ridder, Colt, de Clercq, IV., pi. x.\xi. (= fig. 88, d. 320).
We may probably see in this type of earring the crotalia of Pliny, H. N., IX., § 114.
(Cf. Nos. 2659 ff.). Earrings of this type ha\e been found at Pompeii {Mus. Borb., 1 1., pi.
xiv., XII., pi. xliv.), but they were still common in the 3rd cent. A.D.
EARRINGS Oi' 11 IF ROMAN PERIOD. 305
2645. Gold earring of similar tj'pe to No. 2643, composed of a horizuiital conve.K
bar of gold with a hook soldered to the back. From the bar are suspended two
rods of ribbed gold wire, with a green and a yellow glass bead at their ends
respectively. Castellani Coll., 1.S72. Ca. 3rd cent. A.u.
Ht., 3-3 (111. ; wl., 29Krns.
2646 7. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type to No. 2643, composed of an Plate LV.
oblong gold bo.\-setting, containing a piece of green glass. Hook soldered
behind setting. Above the setting is sokicred a rod, with a pearl placed on it.
Underneath are suspended two rods with a small circular setting containing a
garnet (missing in one case) and a pearl below this. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 '9 (111. ; ut. (toj.;i:tber), 85 jfrns.
2648 9. Pair of gold earrings of kindred type to No. 2643, composed of {,0 a Plate LV.
crescent with a pin within it, probably for a pearl ; (d) a line of two double-
spirals in wire ; (c) two pendants, one at each end of this line. Each consists of
a pear-shaped garnet in a gold setting, with a pearl at the end. One pearl and
one garnet are missing. S-shaped hook soldered behind crescent. Franks
]5cqucst, 1X97. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'6 1111. : wt. (togetht-r), 71 yrns. Cf. No. 2366, etc., 2672.
2650. Gold earring akin to last, composed of a crescent on a moulded horizontal Plate LV.
rod ; within, the crescent is an oval sapphire bead. Below the horizontal rod two
beaded rods are suspended, each with a sapphire bead at its end. A hook
(partly broken away) is soldered behind the crescent. From Smyrna. Presented
by Sydney Vacher, Esq., 18S2. 2nd -3rd cent. A.D.
Hi., 4-2 cm. ; wt., 44 gins. CI'. A/r/i. Ana., 1908, p. 163, tig. 7 (found with a cameo portrait
of Lucius Verus at Batuiii).
2651. Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2648, composed of a horizontal gold bar
surmounted by a disk with a long hook soldered behind. Below the bar are two
loops, from which two club-shaped pendants of dark blue glass were suspended.
One of these is now missing. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3" I cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
2652. Gold earring of type similar to last. From the bar hang two twisted wires Plate LV.
with pearls at their ends. Blacas Coll., 1S67. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 '4 cm. : wt., 32 grns. Cf. Miis. Borb., II., pi. xiv.
2653. Gold earring of similar type to No. 2652. The pendent wires are plain.
Towneley Coll.
Ht., 2 '9 cm. : wt., 16 grns.
2654. Gold earring of type akin to No. 2652. It is composed of a square setting
containing a large double pearl. From the setting two smaller pearls are
suspended by spirally-twisted wires. To the back is soldered a hook ending in
X
306 CATAI.oGlIK OK JKWICLLERY.
a small knob, and to the root of the hook a small pearl is fastened. Towneley
Coll.
Ht., 3-4 cm. ; wt., 36grns.
2655. Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2652. It consists of a square .setting Plate LV.
with an obliquely fluted border, containing a green glass paste. From two gold
rods soldered below hang two biconical facetted beads of dark blue glass. To
the back is soldered a hook. Castellani Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. A.V.
Ht., 32 cm; wt., 43 grns. Cf. Comarmond, .Z,Vcr/« tfuiic- liame roiiiaiiu, \)\. i, 17,18 (early
3rd cent. .A.D. : found with coins, the latest of Septimius Severus'l.
2656. Gold earring of kindred type to No. 2652, composed of a square bo.\ setting Plate LV.
containing an oval nicolo cameo : Cupid to 1., leaning on inverted torch. Below
are three rings for pendants, the rods for which remain in two cases. Hook from
behind setting lost. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
3rd cent. .\.D.
Ht., 23 cm. ; wt. 21 grns. Cf. II..U. Cat. o/' J^/ui;.?, No. 562.
2657. Gold pendant from earring of foregoing type, consisting of a bar with two
pendent pearls on wires. Loop for suspension. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I ' I cm. : wl., 7 grns.
2658. Gold earring akin to No. 2652, consisting of an oblong setting (stone missing),
with two pendent pearls suspended from coiled wires. At the back is a large
hook. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 2'.S cm. : wt , 30 gins.
2659 60. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a .square setting containing a Plate LV.
polygonal plasma, beneath which is a double spiral surmounting a horizontal gold
bar, beaded below. PVom the bar hang three wire pendants ending in globules ;
pearls or stones now missing have been threaded on them. Hook soldered at
back of setting. Found in a tomb at Tortosa in Syria. Formerly in the
Collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2'9 cm. ; w't., 66 grns. Comarmond, Vecriii iVutie dame romainc, pi. i. 17. iS found with
coins, the latest of Septimius Severus).
2661 2. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2659, composed of a flat bar with a hook
soldered to it (before in one case, behind in the other). Below are three loops
from which hang three pendants of spirally twisted wire, with a gold bead between
pearls (middle), and a pearl and green porcelain bead (outside) at their ends
respectively. Castellani Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-5 cm. : wt.. 23 grns.
2663-4. Pair of earrings, consisting of a thick gold hook, to the thicker end of Plate LV.
which is fastened a bead of lapis lazuli, with an oblong bar of lapis lazuli below.
Underneath this are three beads of the same material, suspended from loops by
EARRINGS OF THE RO MAN PERIOD.
307
means of gold wires. The wire in the centre is of tkjuble length, jointed in the
middle. Blaca.s Coll., 1867. 3rd cent. A.D.
I!l., 4-5 cm. ; ut. (together), 191 grns. Cf. Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Inuuris, fig. 4024 ; Joiirn.
IhU. S/KiL, 1905, p. 230/. (on Fayoum portraits).
2665. Gold earring, consisting of an oval frame with incised leaf decoration, and a Plate LV.
pol>-gonal plasma bead strung on a wire stretched across the frame. At the
back two gold rods intersect one another at right angles, and a gold pin springs
from their point of intersection. Soldered below the frame is an ornamental bar
of tendril pattern, with three loops soldered to the back. From these were
suspended three pendants, two of which remain. They are in the form of beaded
rods with a diamond-.shaped setting in the middle containing a plasma (missing
in one case), with a pearl and hexagonal plasma bead respectively at the bottom.
3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 4-2 cm. ; wt., 62 grns. Cf. Sambon, Coll. Giiilhoii, pi. vi., 199 (part of a Gaulish treasure
found at Villardu with coins of the third century A.D.) ; Compte-Rendu (St. Petersburg),
•905, P- 52, fig. 52-
2666 7. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2665, consisting of an oblong gold Plate LV.
.setting decorated with zigzags in faint relief ; the setting is open except for a
gold band with hook at the back, and contains a convex sard (in one case
engraved with a bee .?). Below the setting is a gold bar with zigzag pattern in
relief, to which three gold loops arc attached. From the middle loop hangs a
pendant in the form of two loops soldered side by side and ending in three rods
from which pendants (now lost) were suspended. Hamilton Coll. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-8 cm. : wt. (together), 134 grns.
2668 9. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2665, consisting of an oval garnet in Plate LV.
gold setting with oblong gold plate soldered below it. The latter has three
diamond-shaped settings filled with light green porcelain, now missing, except in
one case. Above the oblong plate on either side of the oval setting is an egg-
shaped setting in which a turquoise (.') remains. Below are three larger
egg-shaped pendants, the outer filled with garnets, the inner with a turquoise.
From these pendants hang three other semi-elliptical pendants open at the bottom.
The top oval setting has two rings soldered above it, in which a ring of " leech "
form remains in one case. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 5 '6 cm. ; wt., 261 grns.
2670-1. Pair of gold earrings akin to No. 2665, composed of a convex gold disk Plate LV.
ornamented with radiating lines, with an oblong plasma in the centre. Below is
soldered a narrow bar, and to this is joined another oblong bar on which three
circular settings containing pointed garnets are soldered. Below the settings are
three gold rods, each with a pearl at the end. The central setting and bar are
missing from one of the earrings. Castellan! Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt. (together), 65 grns.
3o8 CATAI.OGUK OK jKVVKI.I.KKV
2672 3. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a crescent with a bar of openwork Plate LV.
tendrils below. I'rom small rings attached to the bar hang three long cone-
shaped gold pendants, each terminating in a pearl strung on a wire. Within the
crescent is strung in one case a pearl, in the other a glass bead. Hook soldered
behind. Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. A.l).
Ht., 3'3 cm. ; \vt. (together), 60 grns. Cf. No. 2648.
2674. Gold earring akin to No. 2665, composed of a square gold frame ornamented Plate LV.
with eight chased leaves. Two intersecting rods are soldered to the back, and
from their point of intersection .springs a hook. A carnelian bead is strung on a
wire stretched across the square frame. Below the frame is a diamond-shaped
bo.K-setting, containing a bead of light-blue porcelain, which has slipped from its
position. ]5elow the setting, three polj-gonal plasma beads are suspended by
wires hooked into holes pierced in the sides of the setting. Castellan! Coll., 1872.
3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3-7 cm. ; \vt., 79 jjrns.
2675 6. Pair of earrings, composed of an oblong frame with bar of gold soldered
across at the back. Within the frame is an irregularly shaped plasma bead
strung upon a wire. A second bar (now missing) seems to have intersected the
bar at the back of the frame and ended in a hook for suspension. From a tomb
at Kymc in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877.
Ht., 1-7 cm. ; wt., 41 grns.
2677 8. Pair of gold earrings, composed of an S-shaped hook ornamented with Plate LV.
three incised rings, and ending in a globule. Elach earring is set with a thin
black oval intaglio, probably a glass composition. One has the design on one
side only, a head of Athena, wearing crested Corinthian helmet. The other has
designs on both sides, viz., a head of Hermes, wearing winged cap, with caduceus
behind him, and a scorpion respectively. From Episkopi, Cj'prus. Acquired,
1906. ist-2nd cent. A.n.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt. (together), 93 grns. Cf. Xo. 2624,
2679. Gold earring of the same type as last, composed of a wire ring, one end of Plate LV.
which is prolonged to form a hook. The other end is thinner, and upon it are
strung nine pearls ; it is ultimateh* twisted round the base of the hook. Castellani
Coll., 1872. lst-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2' 5 cm. : wt., 27 grns. Cf. Pollak, Gohlschmii-dearb., pi. .\i., 254, 5 : Jourii. Hell. Slud.,
1905, p. 230 (■ (on Fayoum portraits).
2680. Gold earring of S-shape, on w-hich is strung a dark blue cj-lindrical glass Plate LH.
bead between two small poh-gonal plasmas. Franks Bequest, 1897. ist-2nd
cent. A.D.
Ht., 2-8 cm. ; wt., 23 grns.
2681 2. Pair of gold earrings, composed of a rod of gold bent into penannular Plate LV.
form. Attached to the louer part are six small rings from each of which are
EARRINGS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD.
309
suspended a gold bead with a riny of globules above aiid below, and a pearl.
One of the pendants is mi.ssing. Franks Bequest, i8gy. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Diaiii., ca., 4 cm. ; ut. (together), 220 grns.
2683. Gold earring, consisting of an hc.xagonallj' facetted rod of gold bent into an piate LV.
oval shape. It is decorated below with a large cluster of globules ; also above,
at the side, and at the lower extremity are soldered rings of globules.
Ht., 2'6 cm. ; \vt., 40 grns.
2684. Gold earring, composed of a ring with open ends ; below the ring is a loop
from which hangs a wire rod passing through four pearls, a polygonal plasma
bead, and a minute gold bead. The rod is twisted at the end into a spiral.
Hamilton Coll. Ca. 4th cent. A.ix
• Ht., 3-4 cm. ; wt., 46 grns. Cf. Dalton, B.Af. Cat. of early C/in'.'.i. Anf., 243; Fontenay,
p. 103, lower r. hand corner ; Gaz. Arch., V., pi. 17 (from Tortosa in Phoenicia).
2685. Gold earring of similar type. On the pendent wire is an oval amethyst, four Plate LV.
pearls, and four minute gold rings. Gold bead at end of wire. Hamilton Coll.
Ca. 4th cent. a.d.
Ht., 6 cm. : wt., 55 grns.
2686. Pendant from an earring of similar t)pe. It consists of a wire on which are
strung : (a) a deep square setting containing a plasma, with two projecting beads
on one side, and a club-shaped bead below ; (b) a bead of dark porcelain ; (c) a
small gold bead ; {d) an oval sapphire. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 4' 8 cm. ; wt., 126 grns.
2687. Oblong gold setting, with border incised with short \-ertical lines, containing
a plasma, with loop below for a pendant now missing. Fragment of a looji behind.
Part of an earring. Towneley Coll.
L., I cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2688. Gold earring, consisting of a plain gold ring with open ends, below which is Plate LV.
soldered an openwork setting of spirally twisted wires, containing a conical ony.x.
Below the setting were two loops (one onl\- remains). From this hangs a gold pin
with deep square setting for a stone now lost. Hamilton Coll. 5th-6th cent. a.d.
Ht., 7-9 cm. : wt., 100 grns. Cf. Riccio, Onianu-iili ,li una donna rontana, figs. 3, 4 (found with
a coin of Arcadius) ; Mon. Ant., .\1I., pi. x., 4 (from a 6th-7th cent. Lombardic cemetery
at Asculum).
2689. Gold earring of tjpc similar to No. 268.S, composed of an open gold ring
decorated in front with a double beaded wire and a row of globules. To the ring
is attached a disk formed of concentric circles of gold wire and globules, with a
basket-like attachment of openwork at the back. In the centre of the disk is a
blue porcelain bead. From a ring below the disk hangs a long ribbed pear-
shaped blue paste pendant. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 6th cent. A.D.
Diam., 6' 5 cm. : wt., 144 grns.
X 2
jlO CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
2690. Gold earring "of similar type. Tlic disk and front of the ring arc ornamented
with beaded wire and globules, A pearl is suspended from below the disk.
Castellan! Coll., 1872. Ca. 6th cent. A.n.
Hi., 5' I cm. ; ut., I24j4riis.
2691. Gold earring of similar type. The place of the disk is taken by a hexagonal Plate LV.
gold plate with circular excision in the middle. It is decorated with circles and
triangles in filigree and globules. The openwork at the back (which has been
crushed in) consists of gold ribbon bent into spirals. Below, a pear-shaped
ornament of dark blue glass is suspended on a gold wire, which is bent into a
spiral at the bottom. Castellani CcjU., 1872. Ca. 6th cent. A.I).
Hi., 3'5 cm. ; wt., 121 ^rns. Cf. Moii. Ant., XII., pi. vi., 8.
2692. Pair of gold earrings, consisting of a large convex rosette of twelve petals Plate LV.
with raised borders of double corded wire. In the centre is a large square pro-
jecting boss ornamented with grooves. At the back of the rosette is soldered a
large hook, which tenniiiates below in a square facetted bead, a beaded ring, and
a plain bead, all soldered together and surmounted \>\ a spirally twisted wire.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 4th- 5th cent. A.U.
Ht., 4' I cm. ; wt., 135 grns.
2693. Gold earring of exactly similar t}pe to last. The borders of the petals are
decorated with double rows of corded wire ; the rosette is rather smaller than
before. At the back a loop is soldered close to the hook. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4' I cm. ; wt., 1 16 grns.
{b) Necklaces. Xos. 2694 2762.
2694. Gold necklace, composed of (a) two sets of six gold cylinders of thin ribbed Plate LVL
gold, each with a berry attached to their middle point ; (b) a set of double
ribbed cylinders each with a rosette of seven petals at one end ; {c) in the centre
is a pendent figure of Eros (unworked at back), with a sash passing across his
back and twisted round his arms. With his 1. hand he holds out a plaque,
embos.scd with a comic mask. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. Lst cent. A.D.
L., 23-4 cm. ; wt., 124 grns. Cf. Xo. 1S9S.
2695. Gold necklace, composed of a plaited chain with twenty-one small vase-shaped
pendants suspended from it. The end links of the chain are open for the
connecting thread. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 19 cm. ; wt., 201 grns.
2696. Necklace, composed of thirty-four cylindrical coral beads. From Naukratis.
Presented by the Committee of the Egypt Exploration Fund, 1886.
Average length of beads, ca. i -2 cm. Naukratis, I., p. 40 (" level of the fifth century H.C").
NRCKLACKS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD.
3"
2697. Gold necklace, consistinc^ (at present) of fifteen cyliiHlOrs of <;old diminishing Plate LVII.
in size towards either end. 'I'he cylinders are decorated witli varying designs
composed of filigree and garnets in settings within horizontal borders of embossed
ovals alternating with diamond-shai)cd filigree ornaments and vertical borders of
thick beaded wires. The following are the i)rincipal designs : (a) in tlie centre :
a large oval garnet with four pear-shajjcd garnets radiating from it ; two large
and four small rosettes and globules arc interspersed ; (/>) small circular garnet
in the middle, with three pear-shaped garnets on each side placed horizontally ;
rosettes and globules are interspersed (two examples) ; (c) small circular garnet
in the middle, with a heart-shaped garnet (cf. No. 2370) on each side ; rosettes
and ivy -leaves in filigree
are interspersed (two exam-
ples) ; three garnets missing ;
(c/) oval garnet in centre,
with cluster of laurel leaves
on each side in filigree
ending in nodus Herculeus ;
above and below is a border
of wave-pattern in filigree
(two examples) ; {e) small
garnet in the middle, with
a large pear-shaped garnet
on each side ; triangles of
globules and ivy-leaves in
filigree are interspersed, and
there is a border of rosettes
above and below (corre-
sponding cylinder missing) ; (/) small garnet in the middle, with two pear-shaped
garnets on each side ; rosettes are interspersed (cylinder smaller than before ;
corresponding one missing) ; {g) small circular garnet, surrounded by four oak-
leaves and four rosettes in filigree (two examples, same size as/) ; {Ji) small rosette
with cluster of laurel-leaves on either side. Above and below are spiral tendrils.
Two examples. Size as before. (/) Small circular garnet, surrounded by a star,
two ivy-leaves and two rosettes in filigree (two similar examples ; one garnet
missing). From Olbia in Sardinia. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. ist cent. .\.D.
L. of cylinders, 3'6 cm. to 2-8 cm. ; total \vt., 2S52 grns. Cf. Trollope, Illustrations of Auiient
A?-t (1854), pi. XXV., fig 5 — a necklace of similar type from Pompeii.
2698. Gold necklace, composed of thirty small cylinders of rolled gold sheet, and
forty small biconical beads placed at cither end of the cylinders. Incomplete.
. L., 31-1 cm. ; wt., 35 grnf.
2699. Part of a gold necklace, composed of (ti) fifteen links, each consisting of Plate LVI.
si.x lozenge-shaped ornaments, decorated in front with beaded wire and globules,
and at the back with coloured enamel. Each link had two pendants attached to
Kig. 87 = No,
,12
CATALOGUE OF TEWKI.LKRV.
it (five are now missing), and one in the form of an arrow- or spear-head, the
other in that of a lotus-flower. At the back are two tubes through which the
connecting threads passed ; (l>) fourteen double cylinders formed b)' the rolled
ends of a ribbed sheet of gold. Egypto- Roman (.').
1.., 24'6 cm. : wl., 15:: grns.
2700. Necklace, com[)osed of twenty-two diamond-shaped garnets diminishing in piate LVI.
size from the centre of the necklace towards its ends, and two oblong and
rectangular garnet beads. The garnets are separated from one another by
twenty-si.x gold beads, which also diminish in size from the centre outwards.
The centre of the necklace is formed by a small gold vase marked with flutings.
Castellan! Coll., 1872.
L.. 32
223 K'rns.
2701. Part of a necklace, consisting of five biconical gold beads, with beaded wires
at their ends, and a pendent vase. Towneley Coll.
L. of beads, i • 2 cm. : u t., 75 grns.
2702. Gold necklace, composed of fifty-two white glass beads, alternating with
fifty-three pairs of flattened biconical gold beads. The beads gradually increase
in size from the ends to the centre. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black
Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diam. of largest bead, "63 cm. ; diam. of smallest, '3 cm.
2703. Hollow gold bead, ribbed \erticall\' with lines alternately beaded and plain.
From a tomb at (Jlbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Uiam., I cm. ; \vt., 12 grns.
2704. Gold necklace, composed of thirty circular beaded links alternating with
thirty-one oblong links. Hook and e}'e at either end respectively. From Vulci.
Campanari Coll., 1S46.
1... 41 ■ I cm. ; \vt.. 142 grns.
2705. Necklace, composed of a chain of flat gold links of long oval form alternating Plate LVI.
with hexagonal cylindrical beads of dark blue glass threaded upon links of gold
wire with looped ends (twelve gold links and ten blue glass beads). The ends of
the chain are formed by a loop and hook of gold. In the centre is a small circular
pendant of gold, consisting of a flat disk with a girl's bust in relief applied to it.
She is draped in chiton and wears a stephane. The disk is bordered with a beaded
wire and is suspended from a ribbed gold cylinder. Franks Bequest, 1897.
2nd -3rd cent. A.D.
L., 37 '5 cm. ; \vt., 115 grns.
2706. Gold necklace (?) composed of flat 8-shaped links united by small elliptical
loops. Hook and eye soldered at each end respectivel}-. Blacas Coll., 1867.
L., 19 cm. ; wt., 75 grns.
NECKLACES OK THE ROMAN' PERIOD.
313
2708. Necklace comiioscd >>( plain gold wire looii liiil<s, upon each of which is
threaded a small bcail of blue glass. Incomplete.
L., 24' I cm.
2709. Necklace, composed of fifty-four garnet, seven dark blue porcelain, two light- Plate LVJ.
green porcelain, and twenty-seven spiral gold wire beads, with twenty-nine
pendants, each consisting of a pearl between two gold caps and a disk hung at
the bottom. The disk is pierced with a small hole, in which is a pearl strung on
a wire. The two central pendants are in the form of a green glass bead with a
cap at each end and a porcelain pendant in the form of an uraeus. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diaiii. of disks, '8 cm. ; \vt., 215 .ifrns.
2710. Necklace, composed of eighteen flat links of gold with loop at each end. They
are connected by small links of gold wire, between the loops of which are small
circular garnet beads, flattened on each side. Only fifteen of these remain. The
necklace is fastened by a plain hook and eye. From excavations at Enkomi,
Cyprus. Acquired, 1881. 2nd- 3rd cent. A.U.
L., 43' iS cm. : wt., 87 grns.
2711. Gold necklace, composed of forty links of gold wire in the form of a straight
rod with flattened loop ends. In the middle of the necklace is a pendant formed
of a horizontal grooved rod and two vertical beaded wires, which have probably-
had pearls at their ends. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 37-9 cm. ; wt., 76 grns. For the links, cf. AVi/. An//., N.S., XXL, pL .xiii.
2712. Necklace, composed of thin flat oval links of gold, joined together by thin wire Plate LVI.
links upon which are small disks of dark glass (twelve in all). At the ends are a
wire hook and loop respectively. From excavations at Amathus, Cyprus (Turner
Bequest), 1894. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 35 cm. ; wt., 60 grns. Excavcitioiis in Cyprus, p.
coins, the latest of the 3rd cent. A.D.).
118, pi. xiv., 17, Tomb 66 (found with
2713. Part of a gold necklace. It consists of two links in the form of a flat rod
with a ring at each end, connected by a gold wire upon which a sinall circular
porcelain bead revolves. From Amathus, Cyprus (Turner' Bequest), 1894.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
cf pi. .\iv., 17. Found
L.. 7-4 cm. : wt., 8 grns. Exiiivatioiis in Cyprus, p. 119, Tomb 75
with two Imperial coins.
2714. Necklace, composed of a row of fourteen gold beads, twisted like an S, PlateLVIII.
alternating with fifteen lenticular garnet beads. There are three festoons hanging
from the central part. Those on the outside are each formed of three gold beads
similar to those above and four similar garnet beads, that in the centre is double,
consisting in all of six gold and seven garnet beads. Between the festoons are
;, 1-1 CATALOGUE OF JRWKl.I.KRY,
pciidaiUs, each comi)i)sctl of two garnet beads. A single garnet bead also hangs
from the upper line within each of the side festoons. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 44" I cm. ; \vt., 468 ^q-ns. For the t^old beads, cf. Sambon, Coll. Guilliou, No. 71 (/).
2715- Gold necklace, consisting of a douljlc chain formed by two rows of links in Plate LVII.
the form of bent double loops. The two rows are attached to one another
by being soldered to small round studs of gold, which forni a line along the
middle of the chain. The hook and eye are decorated with scroll j^attern, made
of plain and twisted wires. From the centre of the chain hangs a pear-
shaped amethyst. A wire passes through it lengthwise and is bent up in front,
where a convex disk of gold (uraeus .'), with four globules soldered above, is
attached. Acquired, 1895. 2nd- 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 35 cm. : \vt., i\ 1 grns.
2716. Gold necklace, composed of a trii:)le chain of 8-shaped links of double gold Plate LIX.
wire, kept from tangling by passing through a movable bar of three moulded
rings soldered together. The necklace ends on each side in a similar bar of three
rings closed on the further side. To these ends are attached a hook and a loop
respectively, which are prolonged into spiral ornaments on either side. I'ound
with coins (the latest of M. Aurelius) on the site of the Roman wall, near Newton,
Carlisle, i860. Bequeathed by Wm. Forster, Esq., 1904. 2nd cent. A.D.
L., 38 "7 cm. ; \vt., 1296 grns. Bruce, Rmitaii Wall, p. 427 (1867 edn.).
2717. Part of a necklace, composed of {a) sixteen long hexagonal beads of
amethyst ; {b) six egg-shaped gold vase-pendants with two loop-handles ; (c) four
long thin beads with reel-shaped gold ornaments at each end ; id) two plain
rounded gold beads ; {c) two small cylinders of rolled gold ribbon decorated with
small raised squares ; (/) two gold heads of lions with open mouths suspended
from plain beads ; {g) a central pendant, consisting of an oval plate of gold
suspended from a plain cylindrical tube : the plate is stamped with two small
crescents. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L.,-ca. 25 '4 cm. ; wt., 173 gms.
2718. Gold necklace, composed of fifty-four beads. Each bead is formed of a ring Plate LVII.
of large globules with three diminishing coils of beaded wire on either side. The
ends of the necklace were formed by two club-shaped beads covered with small
knots of minute globules. In the centre is a pendant of gold in the form of a
crescent, decorated with beaded and plain wires. In the middle of the crescent
are set a pear-shaped garnet and a pear-shaped plasma respectively, forming
together a small inner crescent. Found in a tomb near Damascus. Acquired,
1905. Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
L. of crescent, 3^3 cm. : wt. (with silk), 748 grns. Found with Nos. 2324-7.
2719. Gold necklace, consisting of a band of four plaited strands ending in clasps of Plate LVII I.
semi- oval form, each with a ring soldered to the end. Soldered within each of
NECKLACES OF TIIK ROMAN PERTOn. 315
the clasps is an uraeus in gold. On the band is a movable pendant in the shape
of a crescent, facetted, the ends decorated with rosettes in globules. To the ring
of the pendant is attached another uraeus, with a rosette below. Franks Bequest,
1897. 1st cent. A.I). (.').
L., 43 '9 cm. ; wt., 537 griis. Cf. No. 2735 ^"(' Schiifer, At-g. Goliisrliiiiii-t/rnrb., I., p. 87, fig. 84
(a necklace of this type on an Egyptian mummy portrait).
2720. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of plaited wires ending in cylinders with Plate LVlil.
a loop at their extremity (one broken). A hook is attached to one of these
loops. On the chain is a movable crescent-.shaped ring, upon which a hexagonal
plasma cylinder revolves. The faces of the cylinder are inscribed respectively :
ei|HN|lz|nM|TE|eK|. Hamilton Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 42 '3 cm. ; wt., 408 grns.
2721. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of 8-shaped links of double wire (no
hook or eye remaining). From the chain hangs a gold crescent, suspended by
means of a fluted loop soldered above. Castellan! Coll., 1S72. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
L., 39 '8 cm. ; wt., 76 grns.
2722. Necklace, compo.scd of seventeen green glass beads, cylindrical and polygonal,
and one round green glass bead alternating with twenty cylindrical gold beads
ornamented with lines intersecting one another at right angles. In the centre is
a crescent of gold, ornamented with four rosettes and decorated on the surface
with a palmette, serpentine patterns, and spirals in beaded filigree. From the
crescent hang on either side a pear-shaped green glass bead, and in the centre, an
amphora in gold, decorated with a rosette and filigree patterns. Castellani Coll.,
1872. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 35-8 cm.
2723. Gold necklace, composed of pairs of 8-shaped links, alternating with links in Plate LVII.
the form of a straight rod with a loop at each end. In the centre is a pendant
in the form of a crescent with a facetted oblong burnt carnelian strung on a wire
in its middle. Hook and loop at either end respectively. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
L., 34-9 cm. ; wt., 57 grns. '
2724. Gold necklace, composed of thirty-three links of double wire in the form of a
rod ending in loops. Between the loops of one of the links is a cubical facetted
bead of gold. The necklace is fastened by a hook and eye, which are soldered to
a conical ornament of hollow gold. Hamilton Coll.
L., 45 '4 cm. ; wt., 210 grns.
2725. Gold necklace, consisting of a plaited chain (of square section) ending in a Plate LIX.
hook and loop respectively. Suspended from the chain b\- a fluted loop is a large
3l6 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
icctanj4ulai- setting (now empty), bordered with an f)penwoik leaf decoration.
Hamilton Coll. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 46' 7 cm.; wt., 324 grns. Cf. the settings of coins of the 3rd cent, a.d., e.g. Charvet,
Molina ies et hi jour antiques, tig. i .
2726. Gold chain of double 8-shaped link.s, forming a necklace. On it i.s a .sardonyx Plate LIX.
pendant in the form of a truncated cone in o\al gold box-setting with openwork
border of waved wire, suspended by a grooved loop of gold. Engraved design :
Aphrodite Anadyomene, wearing stephane, bracelets armlets, and anklets, stands
half-turned to her 1., wringing out her hair with both hands. A ring of pale gold
wire with overlapping ends also passes through the 1oo]j of the pendant.
Castellani Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 42'9 cm. : wt., 361 grn.s.
2727. Gold necklace composed of a chain of s-shaped links, ending in a hook and Plate LIX.
eye respectiveh-, each springing from a pyramidal base. Suspended from
the chain by a grooved loop is a pendant in the form of an aureus of Severus
Alexander in a gold mount, with impressed leaf-pattern round the border.
Ob%'. Bust of Severus Alexander to r., draped and laureate, wearing cuirass.
Inscribed : IMPCMAVRSEV ALEXANDAVG. Imp{erator) C(aesar) M(arais)
AHr{elius) Sa^cnts) Alexandre)') Aiig(ustus). Rev. Pax standing to 1. draped.
She holds an olive branch in her r. hand, and a sceptre in her 1. Inscr. : PAXAETER
NAAVG, Pax aetenia Aiigtisti. Castellani Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 53 cm. ; wt., 384 grns. Cf Cohen, Motiitairs ct M'fi'iiailles, IV-., p. 420, No. 182.
2728. Necklace, composed of thirty-six straight links of gold wire, ending in loops,
with a cylindrical facetted plasma bead between the loops. From the centre of
the chain hangs a pendant consisting of a pear-shaped sapphire, an egg-shaped
openwork bead of gold wire between two short chains of plaited wire, and a club-
shaped sapphire at the bottom. At equal intervals on either side of the central
pendants are two longer wire links with a pear-shaped garnet between the loops.
The necklace is fastened by a plain hook and eye. Towneley Coll. Ca. 3rd
cent. A.]).
L., 38-3 cm. : wt., 135 grns.
2729. Necklace, composed of eighteen links of thick gold wire in the form of a
straight rod with a loop at each end. Between the loops is a roughly cylindrical,
facetted plasma bead. The necklace is fastened by a hook and eye, each of
which is soldered to an openwork plate of gold with border of beaded wire.
Incomplete. Castellani Coll., 1872. 2nd 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 21-6 cm. ; wt., 221 grns. Cf Hev. Arch., N.S., XXL, pi. xiii. — a similar necklace found at
Toulon with coins of Antoninus Pius.
2730. Necklace, composed of nine flat gold links, each in the shape of a nodus Plate LX.
llcriiileus, alternating with nine polygonal and cylindrical plasma beads (burnt)
NFXKLACKS OF THE ROMAN TKRIOlJ. 3 1 7
on 8-shai)ecl gold links. Hook and eye at each end respectively ; the termina-
tions of these last are formed by gold wire twisted spirally. From Tortosa
(Antaradus), Syria. I'ranks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 35-5 cm. ; wt., i53Kriis.
2731. Necklace, composed of twenty-one polygonal plasma beads, each placed
between the loops of a gold wire link in the form of a rod with looped ends.
These links are connected together by means of rosette-shaped links of flat gold
composed of two double-loop members soldered at r. angles to one another.
There are twenty-three of these last links. The necklace is fastened by a [jlain
hook and eye of grooved gold wire. Towneley Coll. 2nd -3rd cent. .\.U.
L., 41 '6 cm. ; \vt. 239 grns.
2732. Necklace, composed of twenty-two gold wire links in the form of rods with
looped ends. Between the loops of each link a pearl has been strung. These
remain in three instances. At the ends are a hook and eye respectively, the
loops of which are formed by wires twisted backwards spirally. From Tortosa
(Antaradus). Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L.. 32' 2 cm. ; wt., 63 grns.
2733- Gold necklace of similar type to last, composed of thirty-three gold links of
similar form. Between the loops of each link a dark glass bead has been strung ;
this only remains in one instance. Hook and eye as before. From Sidon.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd 3rd cent. A.n.
L., 39' 5 cm. ; ut., 64 grns.
2734. Gold necklace (.■'), composed of a chain made up of 8-shaped links, each end Plate LVIII.
being attached to a disk in the form of a convex boss, surrounded by two beaded
wires and a plain wire. From Naukratis. Presented by the Committee of the
Egypt Exploration Fund, 1S86. ist 2nd cent. A.D.
L. (of chain doubled), 13 '7 cm. : \vl., 95 grns. Nir/f/.-rn/i.s; I., pi. xxvii., p. 44.
2735. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of plaited wire (four plaits united) of piate LIX.
square section. It terminates at either end in pear-shaped box-like ornaments,
decorated with an uraeus (.'') in plain wire, and bordered by a twisted wire.
Attached by loops to either of these ornaments is an open-work disk consisting of
a central convex shield surrounded by open scroll-work with globules interspersed.
The outer border of the disk is formed by a plain flat circle of gold and an outer
circle of twisted wire. The two disks are joined together by a wire hook which
thickens considerably towards the end ; one end of the hook is attached to a loop
soldered to one of the disks, while the other is inserted into a similar loop
soldered to the other disk. On the chain is a movable ring of gold ribbon
bordered with twisted wire ; from it hangs an aureus of Domitian {Obv. Head of
Domitian to r., wearing diadem and laurel-wreath. Inscribed : DOMITIANVS
AVGVSTVS. AVi'. Minerva standin<T to r., wearincr helmet. With her r. hand
3l8 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
she holds a tiopliy, with her 1., a spear. Ik-hind her, on the ground, is a shield,
half visible to r. Inscribed : GERMANICVS COSXV). The coin is in a plain
gold setting. From Egypt. Acquired, 1904. ist 2nd cent. A.D.
L., 50' 8 cm. : wt., 646 grns. Date of coin, 91 .a.d. Cf. Colt. P. Philip, Sale Cat., Paris, 1905,
No. 604 pi. ; Caylus, Rcairi/, Suppl. VIL, pi. xciv., 2 (Trom l.umeron in Switzerland).
2736. Gold necklace coni])osc(l of large double-loop links, terminating in reel- Plate LX.
shaped ends, which are furnished with a hook and loop respectively. Attached
to the middle of the chain is a small gold bust of Serapis (modelled on the front
only). Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
L., 35 '2 cm. : wt., 279 grns.
2736*. Parts of two gold necklaces similar to Nos. 2736 and 2737. They consist Plate LX.
of: (a) a reel end and a hook ; (/;) a second reel end ; (c) two centre disks as in
No. 2737, each stamped with a winged head of Medusa. Each disk is decorated
with a ribbed border, in one case of wire, in the other stamped, and has a ring for
attachment soldered on each side. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam. of disks, 2-4 and 2-i cm. ; wt. (total), 165 grns. Cf. P.M. Cat. of h'iiie^.f. No. 236.
2737. Gold necklace, composed of large links of bent double-loop form, ending in Plate LX.
hollow ribbed cylinders, to each of which a loop is soldered. To one of the loops
is attached a hook of gold wire, to the other a large disk stamped with a winged
head of Medusa to the front, bordered by two snakes, the tails of which are
fastened together below the chin. Round the head is an incised border in the
form of a branch with leaves. To the border of the disk are soldered four hollow
flowers of eight petals each, placed at equal intervals. Attached to the disk is a
second loop into which the hor)k of the necklace was fastened. Franks Bequest,
1897. Ca. 2nd cent. .\.D.
I... 30' 5 cm. ; wt., 697 grns.
2738. Gold necklace composed of a long chain of ninet\-five 8-shaped double links Plate LXL
of wire. Attached to one end is an eight-rayed wheel of beaded and plain wires
with a green paste bead streaked with red (imitating heliotrope) in the centre. A
globule has been placed at the base of each spoke (one now missing). At the
other end is a hook. The wheel has a gold rod, ending on each side in a loop,
soldered at the back of it — one loop for the attachment of the chain, the other
for the hook. On the twenty-third link from the wheel is a small crescent
pendant open at the bottom. The chain was doubled round the neck, with the
wheel at the back and the crescent hanging in front. Found near Backworth,
Northumberland, with coins, the latest of Antoninus Pius. Acquired, 1850.
2nd cent. .V.D.
I.., 92-6 cm.; wt., 932 grns. Arch. Jourii., VIII., pi. opp. p. 39; Hodgson, Hist, of
Nort/iiimbeiiami, part II., vol. III., App. p. 440 : Bruce, Roman Wall (1S67 edn.), p. 427.
Found with rings {P.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 451, 46of, 636, 943). Cf. Arch, fourn., \'II.,
p. 174 ; Mon. Plot, V., p. 264, fig. 56 (from the villa at Boscoreale).
NI'lCKl.ACICS OF- TlIK K(J.\IAX 1'1:KI0J).
319
2739. Gold necklace, as last, except that there is no glass paste in the middle of
the wheel (its place being taken by a gold globule) and the crescent pendant is
ribbed at the open ends. Found with the foregoing near Backvvorth,
Northumberland. Acquired, 1850. 2nd cent. A.D.
L., 84 cm. ; ut., 635 ynis. ArJi. Joicii.. VI 11., pi. cip]). p. 38.
2740. Gold necklace (?), composed of a chain of fifteen double links of 8-shape, with a Plate LXI.
hollow bead strung in the middle of each. The ends of the chain are attached \\>
the ends of a wheel of type similar to the last, but smaller and heavier. P'ound
at Backworth with the foregoing. Acquired, 1850. 2nd cent. A.u.
L., Q cm., ; \vt., 250 ,i,'ins. Arch. Joiirn.^ \'lll., pi. opp. p. 38.
2741. Gold necklace composed of s-shaped links of double wire. The clasp is in Plate LX.
the form of a wheel of beaded and plain wires; it has si.x spokes with a bow-
spiral between each pair. Globules are interspersed. At the back of the wheel
is soldered a rod ending in two hooks, for fastening the two ends of the chain
together. Found near Llandovery, S. Wales, with Nos. 2472, 27S7 8. Payne
Knight Coll. 2nd 3rd cent. A.n.
L., 53 cm. : \vt,. 584 grns. Aicli. Joiirii .. \'III.. pi. opp. |i. 39.
2742. Gold wheel, originally with eight spokes, of the same type as that of the
bracelet N(-). 2740. There are remains of the rod with looped ends soldered
behind. Found with the foregoing near Llandovery. Payne Knight Coil. 2nd
cent. A.U.
Diam., 2' r ( in. : \vt., 89 grns.
2743. Necklace, composed of nine .short pieces of plaited wire chain separated b}- Plate LVH,
oblong facetted beads of garnet (threaded on wire). In the centre is an openwork
disk containing a trefoil of settings for garnets decorated with filigree ; two of the
garnets are missing. At the ends are a small crescent-.shaped loop clasping a
facetted garnet, and a hook with pointed garnet in oval setting (apparent!}- an
earring not belonging to the necklace). lAnnul near the temple of Apollo, Curium,
C\prus. Acquired, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. .V.U.
L., 33 cm. ; wt.. I34t,'rns. Arch, .liiz., 1898, p. 236.
2744. Gold necklace, composed of s-shaped links of double wire fastened at one
end by a hook with root of square section, and at the other by an e\-e with a
similar root. The latter is much bent and damaged. P"ound with Nos. 279:; 6 and
rings {B.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 869-870) near New Grange, co. Meath, Ireland.
Acquired, 1884. 4th cent. A.D. (.').
L., 35-9 cm. ; wt, 177 grns. ArchacoUigia, XXX., pi. xii., i, p. 137: Fairholt, Misc. Gm/>h.,
pi. xvii., 3 ; Crofton Croker, Loiidcsborough Cat., 'No. 124.
2745. Gold necklace, composed of a chain of small s-shaped links, ending in a Plate LXI.
hook and loop with scroll decoration. From the middle of the chain hangs a
large pendant consi.sting of a glass paste (in the form of a truncated cone)
120
CATAI.OGUK OK IKWI'.LLERY,
imitatiii;^ sardonyx (black or dark blue with a white layer) in an oval gold setting
with a broad border of oj)enwork. Suspended from the setting by two loops are
two club - shaped pendants, polygonal
and ending below in caps, to each of
which a small ring is soldered, probably
for a further pendant. Franks Bccjuest,
1897. 3rd cent. A.D.
L. of chain, 42 cm. ; \vt., 583 ),'rns. Necklaces
with pendants of this type appear on the
statues of Palmyrene ladies of this period.
See Dc Ridder, Coll. de Clcrcg., IV'., pi. .\xxi.
( = tig. 88). For the setting, cf. the settings
of 3rd cent, coins, e.g., Nos. 2870, 2938, etc.
2746. Gold necklace, composed of an oval
sapphire (centre) in oblong gold bo.\-
setting with hinged rim ; it is hinged to
two oval garnets in similar settings on
each side. Next (on either side) are a
plate of gold in the form of a voluted
Corinthian capital with raised applied
border and central leaf ornament, an oval
setting with garnet, and a chain of fine
bent double-loop links. At the inner
end of the chain is a reel-shaped orna-
ment, at the outer is one in the form of
a double-cylinder to which loops are soldered. From the centra
a pendant in the form of a butterfly, made up of an oval garnet (above), for
the head, a circular sapphire for the bodj-, and two egg-shaped white stones
(one on each side) for the wings. From the low^er setting projects a loop of flat
gold with two wire spirals on each side. From Rome. Castellani Coll., 1872.
ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Plate LXI.
I'ig. 88. — SLtluc of Falm\n--m; lady, wearing necklace w jlh
pendant resembling that of No. 2745. For the earriogs,
cf. No. 2643, etc.
etting hangs
?2' 1 cm. : wt..
238 grns. Cf. Comptc-RcinlH (St. Petersburg), 1896, p. 76, fig. 323.
2747. Part of a necklace, consisting of («) an ameth\-st in oval gold box-setting, PlateLVlll.
with four pearls ranged round it ; (/') a similar setting containing an amethj^stine
garnet ; (c) another containing a topaz. The settings were hinged together by
means of pins passed through projecting loops. Two of the pins remain and
have a pearl at either end. Presented h\ Miss Preston, 1899. 2nd- 3rd cent. A.D.
L. of amethyst setting, 2"2 cm. : of the other settings, 2 cm. ; wt., together, 195 grns. Anli.
A /IS., 1900, p. 213 (6-8).
2748. Gold necklace, composed of two chains (incomplete) of bent double-loop
links attached to either side of an oval gold box-setting containing a w hite agate.
The chains are attached to the setting by means of a pin, w^ith head decorated
NECKLACES OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. -521
In- ;i rosette, which passes thiouf^h two nnt^s soldered to the setting. Castellani
Coll., 1872. 2nd 3i-d cent. a.d.
I.., S^'S cm. ; \vl., 150 gins.
2749. Necklace, composed of (a) eleven egg-shaped amethysts in plain gold band- Plate LXI.
settings with a small ring soldered at each end. These amethysts are connected
together by (/;) ten links in the form of a square plasma in deep bo.v-setting with
openwork ornament on either side. The end members of the chain are a hook
and a loop respectively, each decorated with a triangle attached to an ornament
similar to that of the links. Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 40 cm. ; wt., 650 grns. Cf. Comaniiond, Vecriii ifiinr daiiie rninabie, pi. i., 10 and pi. iii..
12 (found at Lyons with coins, the latest of Septimius Severus).
2750. Gold chain (broken) and pendant. The pendant is in the form of an Plate LVi 11.
isosceles triangle (inverted). Seven wires are stretched from one side of the
gold frame to the other. Upon these are threaded pearls (si.Kteen remaining).
A larger pearl is attached by a wire to the ape.x of the triangle. The chain
is of bent double-loop links. Hamilton Coll. 2nd 3rd cent. A.D.
L., i8'6 cm. ; wt., 57 grns. Said to have been found with the cameo inscribed darda viva
{B.M. Cat. of Gems, 2137). Cf. Vernier, Cat. dii .l/it.t. dc Caiir. Bijoux, No. 52, 1 51, pi. .\\ ].,
and the earring No. 2402, above.
2751. Necklace composed of fifty-three circular gold links, alternating with fifty- Plate LXI.
one circular blue glass links. The clasp is formed by a hook and loop, each
masked by a plate of gold in the form of an ivy-leaf From Corinth. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
L.. 39 '4 cm. : wt., 214 grns.
2752. Necklace (part of), or bracelet, composed of narrow rings of gold and blue
glass placed alternatel)'. At one end is an eye in gold, pierced at either end
for the insertion of a wire or thread. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 15-5 cm.
2753- Necklace composed of links in the form of a rod with a loop at each end,
on which various stones have been strung, viz., sixteen facetted beads of
greenish porcelain ; twenty-seven facetted beads of light porcelain ; fourteen
small pearls. Several of the beads and pearls are missing. The clasp is formed
b)- two ivy-leaf-shaped gold ornaments soldered together, ending in a loop at
the back and front, and b_\- a hook attached to the opposite end. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
L., 87 cm. ; wt., 89 grns.
2754. Fragment of necklace, composed of gold links as in last, with a cjlindrical
bead of green glass strimg between each pair of loops. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 12 '7 cm. ; wt., 20 grns.
Y
32 2 CATALOGUE Of JEWELLERY^
2755- Two gold clasps from the end of a necklace, consisting each of a leaf-shaped
oin;iinciit cnclintj on one side in a loop, on the other in a hook and ring
respectively. From Tortosa (Antaradus). Franks Bequest, 1897.
L , 4'2 rni., and 2"9 cm., respectively ; wt. (together), 67 grns.
2756. Gold chain, composed of fine links of bent double-loop form. Wire ring at
one end.
L., 26 '4 cm. : wt., 31 grns.
2757. Gold necklace, composed of small wire links formed of a loop in the middle
and a smaller loop at each end confined by a gold bead. The inner loop, in
alternate links, is filled with a sard in the form of a knucklebone (?). Chain
broken. Hook and loop fastening, which has been decorated with beads now
missing. In the centre hangs a small gold amphora.
L., 43'9 cm : wt., 91 grns,
2758. Fragment of a gold chain, with pendant. The chain is composed of
8-shaped wire links. The pendant is in the form of a hexagonal plasma
cylinder in crescent-shaped gold setting. Hamilton Coll.
L., 7 '8 cm. ; wt., 28 gins. Cf. No. 2720, above.
2759- Fragment of necklace, composed of eight green porcelain beads, cylindrical
and polygonal, placed between the loops of gold wire links, and of a polygonal
plasma bead on a similar link. They are connected by 8-shaped flat gold links.
L.. 18 '7 cm. ; wt., 45 grns.
2760. Two gold links of ivy-leaf shape, bordered by beaded wire ending in volutes.
They are attached to one another by a loop which passes through a hole pierced
in the pointed end of the leaf.
L., I '7 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
2761. Curved gold rod, hollow, ending in a loop, probably from a necklace.
Apparently a hook was originally attached to a similar rod and inserted into
the loop. From Tortosa. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 3-3 cm. : wt., 87 grns.
2762. Gold link of a chain with loop at one end, the join of which is masked by a
small rosette, and a globule at the other. The loop is joined to another loop at
the end of a hook. The join of the loop is masked by a large globule. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Ht.. 3"7 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
IIKACKLKTS, ETC., OK THK ROMAN PERIUli.
((■) Bracelets, armlets, torques, etc. Nos. 2763 2833.
Note. — Most 0/ these date from about the first to tlic fourth cent/try .i.D._ but Greek
examples are oceasionally included to slioiv the continuity of a type. Cf No. 2775.
2763. Gold bracelet, composed of a massive gold ring, ending in very rude heads Plate LXVI.
of lions. Round the neck is a decoration of pointed leaves (with the remains of
dark enamel). On the upper part of the lions' heads is in each case an oval
garnet in a gold setting. The leaf decoration has a similar setting in its upper
part. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., /•4 cm.: ut., 1249 yrns. Barbaric imitation of (Iraeco-Rdmaii work, perhaps from
S. Russia.
2764 5. Two torques of spirally grooved gold, slightly tapering towards the ends,
which are broken away. They are formed of eight bands of gold, twisted spirally.
The larger one has the remains of a ring of leaf-decoration round one of its ends.
Diam., i5"7 cm. and I4'7 cm. ; \vt., 1077 grns. and 1020 grns. respectively.
2766. Silver torque in the form of a twisted band of silver tapering towards each of
the open ends, where it is twisted into a loop. " From Austria- Hungary or
Germany." Acquired, 1S60.
Diam.. 14 cm. ; \vt., 759 grns.
2766*. Gold torque with bulla. It is of thin twisted gold ending on either side in Plate LXII.
a hook, fastened each into the other. A sinall bulla, formed of two convex disks
with flat edges is suspended from the torque by means of a loop decorated with
two bands in relief The wider edge of the bulla is dentated, and is turned back
. over the other. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., I4'4 cm. ; wt., 564 gnis. Cf. Fontenay, p. 178.
2767. Gold fragment of a bracelet (.'), in the form of a nodus Herculeus inade up Plate LXII.
of plain and beaded wires, with nine large pellets interspersed. Attached to one
end of the nodus is a portion of a band of thick twisted wires. From Ostia.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 5-6 cm. ; wt., 493 grns.
2768. Gold bracelet, hollow and of penannular form. It is narrow below, and
broadens out considerably at the open ends, which are decorated round the rim
with a thick beaded wire. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 6 cm. ; wt., 185 grns. Cf. Hahn, Der Fund von Lcngerich, pi. ii., fig. 5 (about 350 A.D.).
2769-70. Pair of gold bracelets, composed of two penannular tubes soldered side Plate LXVI.
by side. Between them is a rod of triangular section. The ends of the tubes
terminate each in a berry composed of a mass of globules soldered together.
Acquired from Smyrna. F" ranks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 6' i cm : wt. (together), 1423 grns.
324
CATALOGUE OF jl'AVKLI.ERY.
2771 2. Pair of gold bracelets, consisting of a plain gold rod of pcnanniilar foiiTi,
ending in heads of cubical form (hollow), in one case ])artially broken away.
Acquired from Smyrna. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Diam., (;:i. 3' 3 cm. ; wt. (toj^cllicr), 963 gnis.
2773. Gold bracelet, apparently for a chilil. It is composed of a narrow flat ribbon,
grooved in the centre on the outside. It is of penannular form, and ends in
roughly modelled heads of serpents. Woodhousc Coll., 1866.
Diani., 3'<'i riii. ; wt., 49 <i^rns.
2774. Gold plated bronze bracelet, composed of two stout wires twisted round one Plate LXII.
another and arranged in a double si^iral. The ends are in the form of serpents,
whose heads are turned outwards. The body is decorated with an incised pattern
(branch with leaves I) and with dotted lines. The bracelet is oval. From
Cumae. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 62 cm. ; wt., 55ogrns. A bracelet of this type is worn by the figure of Seianti Thanunia
on her sarcophagus {B.Af. Terracottas, D 786). This sarcophagus can be dated to
about 150 D.C., but the type no doubt continues later. The .serpent type is a favourite one
at Pompeii. Cf. Mus. Borb., II., pi. .\iv., \'II., j)!. .xlvi.. etc.
2775. Silver armlet, composed of a rod bent into a spiral of
six complete turns, terminating at each end in the head
of a serpent. The armlet is decorated at intervals with
incised patterns, representing ivy-sprays and palmettes.
On the fourth coil is inscribed : KAHTIO^, KX);t(09.
" Belonging to Kletis." From Vonitza, Akarnania.
Acquired, 1905.
Uiam., 6' 8 cm. ; wt., 2033 grns. The lettering suggests that this
armlet may be as early as the 4th-3rd cent. B.C. The type of
bracelet frequently appears on Greek vases, e.g., B.M. Cat. 0/
Vases, III., pis. x., xi. Cf. also p. 134, fig. 33 above.
N'o. 2775.
2776. Silver bracelet of five plain thin coils, ending in a serpent's head on each side.
The serpent's head and neck are chased. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Diam., 5 '3 cm. : wt., 537 grns.
2777. Silver bracelet of two and a half coils, thicker than last. It ends in heads
of serpents, the part below the heads being chased to indicate scales. Woodhouse
Coll., 1868.
Uiam., 7 '4 cm. : wt., 1000 grns. Both heads and necks have been broken off.
2778. Gold bracelet (oval), in the form of a thin band, rounded without, flat
within, ending in serpents' heads. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 4'('i rm. : wt., 54 grns.
2779. Massive gold armlet in the form of three intertwisted strands. One end piate LXII.
terminates in a hatched pattern, probably representing a serpent's scaly head, the
URACKLETS, I/IC, OF THK ROMAN TKRIOU. 325
other in a bust of Serapis, wearing a calathiis decorated in front with an incised
branch and leaves. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. a.d.
Di.'im., S cm. ; \vt., 139; jirns.
2780 I. Pair of gold bracelets in the form of a serpent with head and tail over- Plate LXIII.
lapping. The head is carefully worked and the scales of the neck are indicated
by cross-hatched incisions. The tail is waved and likewise decorated with cross-
hatched incisions. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
Diam., 6'7 cm.; \vt., 660 and 665 grns. Cf. Mus. Borb., II., pi. .\iv. (from Pompeii) ; lUoii.
Piot, v., p. 267 (from Boscoreale).
2782-3. Pair of silver bracelets, consisting of a broad band, convex on the outer PlateLXIII.
side, with a raised beaded rim. The band is penannular, and ends in the heads
of serpents. The scales of the serpents' necks are indicated by fine engraving,
and the band between is decorated with a dotted " anvil " pattern between
lines ending in lozenge patterns (also dotted). Found at Castlethorpe, Bucks.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 7"3 cm.; \vt., 1014 and 1271 grns. Reliquary, XII!., pi. \s\\\. \ Jonrn. Brit. Arch.
Ass., II., p. 353 ; Arcliacologia, XXXIII., p. 348. The bracelets were found with coins,
the latest of Antoninus Pius, Faustina, and Varus. Cf. also Archacolot^ia, XIV., pi. viii.
(from a 2nd-3rd cent. A.D. tomb at Southfleet, Kent).
2784. Silver bracelet in the form of a coiled serpent. The end of the tail has been
broken off. The head and upper part of the serpent are marked with incised
scales. Found in a Roman tomb at Karpathos. Acquired 1S59. 2nd-3rd
cent. A.D.
Uiam., ca. 7"7 cm. ; wt., 346 grns. Found with Nos. 2486, 2634, 3032, and the gold rings,
B.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 522, 827.
2785. Silver bracelet with overlapping ends. The hoop is decorated with ribbed PlateLXIII.
lines, plain and notched, with a band of circles in the middle. The tapering ends
are beaded, and terminate in rams' heads. Payne Knight Coll.
Piam., 7 '3 cm. ; wt., 651 grns.
2786. Silver bracelet of type nearly as last. It is formed of a ribbed band as last,
plain at the middle. The ends, which overlapped, were in the form of serpents
with twisted necks. One of the ends is broken awa\\ Payne Knight Coll.
Diam., 6'8 cm. : wt., 301 grns.
2787. Fragment of a gold armlet (.'), consisting of a massive gold rod (now bent PlateLXIII.
out of its proper curve), ending in the head of a serpent, with the eyes hollowed
out for the reception of stones or pastes. The neck is cross-hatched in imitation
of scales. To the serpent's mouth is hinged an oval box-setting containing a
sard. The hinge is formed b)- a pin passing through rings. One portion of the
armlet is missing, viz., a section corresponding to that ending in the serpent's
head, once hinged t(j the 1. of the sard, and also to the broad end of the rod
V 2
326 CATALOGUK <)1- jEWEI.l.KKN .
preserved, which lias the two rings for the hinge. The pivot pin was held in
position by a small stud passed through two holes pierced in one of these rings.
I""ound with Nos. 2741-2 and 2788 near Llandovery, S. Wales. Payne Knight
Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
I,., lo' 5 rill. : ut., 1 168 grns. Arcli. /oiirii.. V'l II., pi. opp. p. 39. For llic hiii};es, cf. No. 2812.
2788. Gold rod (probably once a bracelet with overlapping end as No. 2780). It
is now nearly straight, in the form of a serpent decorated towards the head with
cross-hatched lines imitating scales. The eyes are filled with green glass paste.
The under part, near the head, has a coarsely incised chevron pattern, l-'ound
with Nos. 2741-2 and 2787 near Llandovery. Payne Knight Coll. 2nd-3rd
cent. A.D.
I.., 24 cm. : \vt., 892 grns. Arch. Joiini., loc. cit.
2789. Gold bracelet, composed of a massive bar of gold, angular without, smooth PlateLXIIl.
within, bent into penannular form. It ends in serpents' heads, with eyes
hollowed out for the reception of stones or pastes now missing. The necks are
cross-hatched to imitate scales. On the smooth side, underneath one of the
serpents' heads, is an impressed dotted star of six rays. Found at Newport
Pagnell, Bucks. Acquired, 1869. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Di.-im., 5'7 cm. : wt., 1008 grns. Cf. the rings of this type, B.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 1 135 ff.
2790. Gold bracelet of oval form, composed of five intertwisted wires tapering and
uniting at the ends, which are intertwisted. Found with the following, and the
ring, B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 977, in the coffin of a young child at Chalkwell, near
Sittingbourne, Kent. Acquired, 1SS3. 3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 4"7 cm. ; inner diam., 4 cm. : wt., 175 grns. C. Roach Smith, Collect. Antigua, VII.,
p. 187 ; Arch. Cant., XVI., pi. opp. p. g, fig. I.
2791. Bracelet, composed of a plain rounded hoop (slightl}' oval) of thin gold filled
with sulphur. Damaged. Found at Chalkwell, with the foregoing. Acquired,
1883. 3rd cent. A.D.
iJiaiii.. 6' 7 cm. : inner diam.. 5 cm. ; wt., 408 grns. .4rch. Cant.. XVI., pi. opp. p. 9, 2.
2792. Jet bracelet of oval form, rounded without, fiat within. Found with the
foregoing.
Diiim., 6 cm. : inner diam.. 4' 7 cm. Arch. Cunt., XVI., pi. opp. p. 9, 3.
2793. Gold bracelet of type similar to No. 2790, composed of two spirally inter- PlateLXIIl.
twisted wires, tapering from below upwards. The catch is formed by the bending
up of one end into a hook (surmounted by a globule, with another globule at the
root of the hook) ; the hook is fastened into a loop at the other end of the
bracelet. At the base of the loop is a globule. Found in Sussex. Payne
Knight Coll. Ca. 3rd cent. a.d.
Diam., 6' 2 cm. : wt., 540 grns.
liRACKLK'l.S, KTC, OF THE RUMAN I'l-.RIOD. 327
2794. Gold bracelet as last, but more massive. To the loop are soldered two rings
of beaded wire. Found (with the la.st) in Sussex. Payne Knight Coll. Ca.
3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6-8 cm. : wt., 792 Hi'ns.
2795. Gold bracelet of type similar to No. 2793. Found near the caves at New
Grange, co. Meath, Ireland, with No. 2744, the following, and rings ili.M. Cat.
of Rings, Nos. 869, 870). Acquired, 1884.
IJiain., 3 '6 cm.: wt.. 397 },n'ns. Archaeologia, X.\.\., pi. xii.. 2; Fairholt, Misc. Grapli.,
|)1. xvii., 5 ; Crofton Croker. Lotukshnroiigli Cat., No. 129. Near the objects wa.s found a
rleiiarius of Geta.
2796. Gold bracelet as last, but thinner. No globule at root of hook. Found with
the foregoing near New Grange. Acquired, 1884.
Diam., 6' 7 cm. ; wt., 319 grns. Archaeologia, .\X.\., pi. xii., 4 : Fairholt, cp. (it., pi. xvii.. 4 :
Crofton Croker, op. fit.. No. 128.
2796*. Gold bracelet, as last. Bead at root of hook. Castellani Coll., 1872.
I... 7 '6 cm. : wt., 833 grns.
2797. Pair of gold bracelets (.'), consisting respectively of five and four gold Plate LXIV.
plaques of rectangular form. The end plaque is missing from one bracelet. To
the centre of each plaque is .soldered a box-setting of oval form, containing
alternately a flat sard and a convex blue glass paste, held in position by gold
teeth folded over the edge. Five sards and three blue pastes are preserved. Each
plaque has two loops soldered underneath each of its short ends, and is connected
with the next plaque by the insertion of these loops into a corresponding pair of
loops soldered beneath a small rectangular plaque stamped with five lilies. Tiie
end plaque has two hooks instead of loops soldered to one end. Each plaque has a
network of beaded wire running round the edge, and a leaf at each corner. Found
with Nos. 2798-9 and a ring (B.Hf. Cat. of Ri7tgs, No. 497) near Rha>-ader,
Radnorshire. Acquired, 1900. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L. of eacli plaque, 3x2-5 cm. : wt. (total), 1410 gnis. .hc/i. Ciiiibr., 1899, p. 264 f, figs. 3, 4.
Possibly the plaques formed a necklace.
2798-9. Parts of a pair of gold bracelets, composed of: (a) a fragment, consisting piate LXIV.
of part of a curved band, in the form of a moulded front plate and a flat backing
plate, with a rectangular plate placed across the end. This rectangular plate has
a ribbed cylinder soldered to the middle of its outer long side, forming part of
the clasp. The surface of the plate is decorated with tendrils and leaves in
beaded wire, which have been filled in with light green and dark blue enamel.
The bracelet-plate is decorated with two broad guilloche bands of three triple
intertwisted wires and with lines of corded and beaded wires. (<(;) Fragment of
curved band, as last ; this does not seem to fit on to {a), (c) Two rectangular
end-plates, with two cylinders (one with head of pin still adhering) soldered on
their outer edge, one at each extremit)', to combine with a third cylinder like
328 CATALUGUK OF JKWEI.I.F.RV .
that of (rt). r heir surface is decorated as before with beaded tendrils filled in
with light green and dark blue enamel. Found at Rhayader, Kadnorshirc, with
the preceding, and with the ring, B.I\1. Cat. of Rings. No. 497. Acquired, 1900
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., of (rt) : 8-3 cm.; {b) : 7'2 cm.; (<) : yz cm.: total \vt., 1261 k''"*. Aii/i. Camhr., 1899,
p. 261, tig. 2 ; Arch. Am., 1901, p. 160 ; B.M. Giiiite to Atit. of Eaity Inni Age, p. 90.
Romano-Celtic. For tlic guillochc band, cf. No. 2S23.
2800. Gold bracelet, composed of two thick intertwisted wires forming a series of
large loops. At the top is a hexagonal plate surrounded by a beaded wire and
decorated in the centre with a sunk flower of five petals, and round the border
with a stylised rosette of six petals, each petal .separated from the other by a
sunk bow-spiral ornament. Said to be from Ireland. Acquired, 1870.
Diam., S"5 cm. ; wt., 1205 grns.
2801-2. Pair of gold bracelets, formed of two thick intertwisted gold tubes. They piate LXIV.
end in ornaments roughly imitating serpents' heads, decorated with spiral
ornaments in filigree. The catch is formed by a pin passed through small rings,
attached (two and one respectively) to the mouth of each serpent. From
Mesopotamia. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6' 5 cm. : wt. (together), 628 grns
2803. Gold bracelet, composed of three hollow gold strands twisted spirally over a Plate LXIV.
plain gold wire of square section. The ends merge into a single gold wire which
is twisted in a spiral round the ends of the bracelet. Franks Bequest, 1897.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6'6 cm. ; wt., 667 gins. Cf. Comarmond, Ijeirin ifuiu dame romaiiic, pi. i., i, 2 ;
pi. iii., 7.
2804. Gold bracelet akin to No. 2S03, in the form of a facetted band with over-
lapping ends, which are twisted round each other in spirals. Franks Bequest,
1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6' 5 cm. : wt., 412 grns.
2805. Silver ring akin to No. 2S03, composed of a thick rod with tapering ends,
which overlap and are twisted round one another. 2nd-3rd cent. .^.D.
Diam., 3"5 cm : wt., 21S grns.
i8o6. Gold bracelet akin to No. 2S03, formed of a plain thin rod of wire, the ends
of which taper and are twisted round each other. Franks Bequest, 1897.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 5 cm. : wt., 95 grns.
2807-8. Pair of gold bracelets akin to No. 2803, composed of a hollow hoop, the
ends of which overlap, and then taper into wires, which are twisted round the
hoop in a spiral. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd -3rd cent. .\.D.
Diam., 6' 5 cm. ; wt., 167 and 191 grns. respectively.
15RACKI,KTS, ETC., OF TllK ROMAN I'i:KI01,. 329
2809. Gold bracelet al<iii to No. 2803, tapering towards the ends, which ovcrhip and Plate LXVI.
arc then twisted round one another. JIamiiton Coil. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
1... 4-(. cm. : wt.. 405 ,i;ni>. C f. Ait/, dii Bosph. Cimiii., pi. .\iv., 5 ; Rev. Arch., XI\\ (1866),
|j|>. 418, 420.
2810-1. Pair (?) of gold armlets, composed of a massive gold band bent into a
hoop and tapering upwards. The open ends of these hoops are pierceil with a
hole. Between them is hinged a large ornament in
the form of a shallow cup with broad rim, the latter
ornamented with impressed rings. The hinge is
formed by two rings, fastened to the cup ornament,
and placed on each side of the hole in the end of
the hoop. Through the rings and hole is passed a
gold wire with large conical (or rounded) head at one
end. The wire is finally twisted in a spiral round the _____
shoulders of the hoop. Part of the wire has been Fig.^ = noT^sio.
broken away ; in one instance it is twisted into a
spiral ornament in the middle of the coil on the shoulder. From Tortosa,
Antaradus (Syria). Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. A.D. (.').
Diam., 10 cm. ; inner diam., 9 cm. ; wt. (together), 5805 gins. The lioop of one of the bracelets
is flat, that of the other is polygonal, both without and within. The hoop of the latter is
broader at the base than that of the companion armlet.
2812. Gold bracelet, composed of: {a) four hollow gold tubes twisted spirally into Plate LXIV.
about three parts of a circle. At each end is a ribbed cylinder, to which a
small ring of grooved gold ribbon is soldered. The fastening of the bracelet is
formed by (b) two gold disks, soldered together. They are hollow and filled with
sulphur. To each of their ends are attached two small rings of grooved ribbon,
one set of which was permanently hinged to the ring at one end of the hoop.
The other end of the bracelet was open, and was fastened by means of a sliding
pin, still in position. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6-5 cm. ; wt., 407 gms. Cf. Pietro de Lama, Oniamcnti antichi tf oro, pi. 2 (jewellery
found at Parma with coins, the latest of Gallienus) ; and for the pin-hinges, No. 2787.
2813. Gold bracelet, composed of two thick spirally twisted wires terminating at Plate LXV.
either end in ribbed cylinders, to each of which a gold loop is soldered. To these
loops a deep gold setting with fluted border is hinged by two loops. On the one
side the hinge is fastened by a pin with expanding ends, on the other by a
movable pin of doubled ribbon. In the setting is a long oval sardonyx,
truncated at the top. A ribbon of gold runs inside the bracelet. 2nd-3rd
cent. A.D.
Diam., 4-7 cm. : wt., 486 grns. Cf. Schreiber, Alcxandr. Tor., p. 309, tig. 46 ; Vernier, Cat. tin
Mils, de Caire, Bi/oii.v, 1907, pi. xii.. No. 52, loi (from Abou BiUouh) : Sambon, Co//.
Gui/hoii, Sa/e Cat., 1905, pi. ix., No. 207 (part of a treasure found at Villardu with coins of
the 3rd cent. A.D.).
\o
CATAI.OGUK OK IKWKI.r.KKY.
2814. Gold bracelet of similar type, composed of spirally twisted wires terminating^ Plate LXV.
in ribbed cylinders with loops soldered to them. Attached to one of the loops by
a small gold ring is a deep fluted setting (eight ilutings). The small ring passes
through two loops soldered to the setting, while a movable pin, passing through
two similar loops soldered on the opposite side and a third loop at the end of the
bracelet, thus locks it. In the setting arc the remains of an oval white
glass paste, kept in position by a series of gold teeth. Franks Hequest, 1897.
2nd-3rd cent. a.d.
Diam., 5-5 cm.; wt., 28S gnis. See references appcndeci to No. 2813, and for tlie form of
setting, cf. No. 2797.
2815. Gold bracelet akin to the two preceding, composed of two thick spirally- Plate LXV.
twisted wires ending in large cha.sed heads of serpents. To the mouth of each
serpent is soldered a loop, which, together with two lof)ps soldered on either side
of a gold setting containing an oval sardony.x with truncated top, serves as a
hinge. A gold ribbon is passed through the loops on one side and bent into a
circle with overlapping ends ; the loops on the other side are fastened by a
movable pin, decorated at one end with a pyramid of four globules. From
Egypt. Acquired, 1894. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6-7 cm.; wt., 816 grns. Arc/t. Ai/z., 1895, p. 169. Cf. the references appended to
No. 2813, and see also Sambon, Coll. Giiillioii, pi. ix., fig. 148 : Vernier, Cat. d>i Mus. de
Caire, Bijoux, pi. xiii.. No. 52,099 (found at Zagazig).
2816. Gold bracelet or armlet, hollow and filled with some composition. The Plate LXV.
bracelet tapers slightly towards the ends, which take the form of hooks, and are
locked in one another. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 8-2 cm. : wt., 344 grns.
2817. Gold bracelet, now broken into two. It consists of a broad band decorated Plate LXV.
with pierced work, with designs interspersed. The band is divided into four
sections by means of plain gold disks surrounded by openwork : (a) Two men
draped in tunics advancing from r. and 1. respectively to seize a rabbit, which lies
on the around to 1. The man on the 1. has a short cloak which flies back from
fig- yi = ^<^* 2817.
his neck ; behind the one on the right hangs a bucket. (/') Two men walking
to r. They are draped in tunics, have a staff in their r. hand, and carry
each a bucket slung on a pole over their shoulder. Behind each is a large
vine-leaf (vintage-scene .'). {c) Two men similarly draped, moving to r. They
carry respectively a hare or rabbit and an uncertain quadruped (young pig .'),
slung over their shoulder at the end of a pole, (d) Three figures standing to front,
liKACKLKTS, KTC, OF THK KoMAX i'KKloi).
00'
draped. Tlic one on the 1. carries a rabbit in both hands ; the middle one seems
to grasp wilii two hands the tail of a quadruped lying on the ground ; the one on
the r. has also a quadruped (apparently dead) lying to the front. The head of
the animal has been broken away. Between the two figures on the right hangs
a large vine-leaf Franks Bequest, 1897. 4th century A. I).
Diam., 6 cm. ; wt., 329 ^ms. Cf. a },'old plaque found with ainci of Constantius (Ualton,
B.M. Cat. of Christian Ant., \,\. iv.. 252). It would be natural to suppose that the four
seasons are represented, but these can hardly be made out. The scenes seem to be those
of vintage and hunting respectively.
2818-9. Pair of gold bracelets, each composed of two gold rods, flat inside and Plate LXV.
angular on the outside, fastened together by six ribbed bands placed at regular
intervals. One section of the bracelet (imdcrneath) can be removed so as to
admit the wrist. It was fastened into position by gold pins with polygonal
heads, which were themselves held in position by small bronze studs. Only one
of these pins is preserved. At the top of the bracelet is a square setting, which
contains (in one case) a piece of blue glass cut into pyramid form. The glass is
missing in one instance ; it was held in position by four claws at the corner of the
setting. Franks Bequest, 1897. Late work, probably of the 4th or 5th cent. .\.D.
Diam., 5-8 cm. ; ut. (together), 1361 grns. Vox the pin-fastening, cf. No. 2787.
2820. Gold bracelet, formed of a ribbed hollow tube, divided horizontally by three Plate LXV.
raised gold lines. On one side is a small oval hole. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Uncertain date.
Dia]ii.. 7 cm. : wt.. 226 gins.
2821. Silver bracelet with open ends. It is of oval form decorated externally with
triple grooves alternating with incised circles. The tapering ends terminate in
double beads. '■ From Austria-Hungary or Germany." Acquired, i860.
Diam., S'9 cm. ; wt., 942 grns.
Plate LXVI.
2822. Bracelet, compo.sed of four thick waved gold wires, soldered to one another.
It terminates at each end in two grooved rings, and is fastened by a pin with
elastic sides, which fits into these rings and is held in position by a wire. The
outer surface of the bracelet is decorated with alternate pairs of pearls and
polygonal plasma beads, threaded upon two gold wires, which pass through
eighteen pairs of grooved ribbon rings soldered at intervals. Ten out of sixteen
pearls, and fifteen out of sixteen plasma beads remain. From a tomb at
Ashmounein, Egypt. Acquired, 1904. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 5-2 cm. : wt., 393 grns. Found with the earrings Xos. 2332-3.
2823. Gold bracelet (.'), composed of a large central ornament in the form ot a piate LXVI.
winged cornucopia, with wide mouth lavishly decorated. In the middle of the
vase is set a large oblong plasma, above which is soldered a wreath of ivy-leaves
and berries, meeting in the middle in the form of a nodus Herciileus with curling
332 CATAI.OGUK OF JKWKI.I.KKV.
ends. Above, on either side, and below the vase, is a square setting containing a
plasma, while from below, on either side, twines a tendril with three laurel (?)
leaves. These tendrils terminate above in serpents' heads. Below the heads on
either side is soldered a wing, serving as a kind of handle. The top of the vase
is bordered with an imitation plaited wire surmounted by a wavy wire ; on it
stand a plasma in square setting with a horn on either side, and on each side of
this an ear of corn (or feather of Isis ?) and a poppy-head. Hinged to one side of
the vase is an oblong openwork plate, originally curved and fastened by a similar
hinge (three beaded cylinders and a pin) to the other side of the vase. The plate
is made up of two rows of laurel (.') leaves with berries, separated by a plaited
guilloche band of filigree between triple plain and beaded wires. Similar wires
form the upper and lower horizontal borders ; the vertical borders are of plain
ribbon. The upper edge of the plate is rough, as though it had been cut from a
larger plate. Castellani Coll., 1884. 2nd-3rd cent. .A.D.
L., 15 '4 cm.; \vt., goo grns. Castellani Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, pi. ii., No. 155. For the
guilloche band, cf. No. 2798.
2824. Gold bracelet, composed of a central disk made up of a series of box-settings — Plate LXVI.
a large oval in the centre surrounded by a circle of eight smaller settings, alter-
nately round and oval. Between each pair of settings a wire ornament in the
form of a bow-spiral is soldered. Only a plasma and a sapphire remain in the
settings. Round the first circle is an outer circle of eight settings (three oval,
five square or oblong), alternating with small round compartments, each con-
taining a pearl which revolves on a wire. Two of the eight pearls are missing.
Two plasmas (each pierced in the middle) remain in the settings. On either side
of the central disk two openwork bands are hinged. Each is in the form of three
ivy-leaves surmounted by a triangle. The upper side is angular, the lower flat.
Each ivy-leaf contains three round open settings in each of which a pearl was
suspended on two projecting wires ; six of the pearls are now wanting. Each rod
terminates in a bow-spiral ornament, to which are soldered respectively one and
two loops. The pin, which passes through these loops and thus secures the
bracelet, is preserved. The bands are now almost straight, but must originally
have been bent into a curve. To the back of the central disk small flowers of
four petals are soldered to support the settings. Two small pieces of gold ribbon
are soldered behind the points where the ivj'-leaves conjoin. Found at Tunis.
Acquired, 1903. 3rd cent. a.d.
L., l6'5 cm.: wt., 706 grns. Cf. Arch. Anz., 1904, p. 214. Found with Nos. 2866-7. T^'-'
date is practically determined by the setting enclosing No. 2867.
2825. Forty-six ornaments of stamped hollow gold, probably belonging to a piate LXII.
necklace or bracelets. They are in the form of two triangles joined together at
the ape.x. Two holes are pierced on either side for threading. Towneley Coll.
Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht.. I ■ I cm. : \\\. (with connecting threads). 132 grns. Cf. Arch.-cp. Mitt, aiis Oesteir.-
Viii^.. .Will. (1895), p. 226, fig.f.
MliULAi: Ol'' TlIK ROMAN I'KKIOD. j^;^
2826-7. Pair of gold armlets, composed of a thick band of t^old, flat on the outside,
slii4htly rounded within. On the outside of the relief are ten eye-shaped
ornaments, bordered with two beaded wires with curved ends. At each extremity
of the ornaments is a globule. Found in a porphyry vase in the L,rrounds of the
Villa Borghese. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., 7-5 cm. ; wl. (together), 1249 grns.
2828 9. Pair of gold rings, composed of stout gold wire tai)ering towards the ends. Plate LXIII.
1 he ends overlap and are twisted each round the ring. (Jne of the rings has a
smaller ring of exactly similar type moving on its loop. Towneley Coll.
Diam., ca., 3 '6 cm. ; wt. (together), 210 grns.
2830. Gold bracelet, composed of a plain sheet of gold bent into tube form. The
top is slightly broader than the rest. Found at Foinpcii. Formerly in the
collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879. Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
Diam., 6 '2 cm. : wl., 241 yrns.
2831. Bracelet, composed of eight square plasmas in plain gold box-settings, Plate LXIII.
arranged four on either side of a larger plasma, also in plain gold setting. The
stones slightl)" diminish in size towards the extremities. Each pair of settings
is connected together by means of four nodi Hercidei, two of which are soldered
to each setting. These nodi are coupled to one another by four small gold rings
which pass through the loops of the knots. The bracelet is fastened by a hook
and a loop soldered below each extreme setting respectivcl\'. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ca. 3rd cent. .V.D.
L., 17 '7 cm, ; wl., 245 grns.
2832. Gold armlet (.''), formed of a broad concavo-conve.x band with a ribbed border
on either side. Gold very thin and broken. Campanari Coll., 1841.
Diam., io'7 cm. ; wt., 354 grns.
2833. Silver belt (.''), decorated in the middle with a raised band and a row of dots
on each side. The clasp is formed by four serpents, which twine away in pairs
from each end of the belt. Castellani Coll., 1872,
Diam., 26 '2 cm. ; width of band, '9 cm. ; wt., 558 grns.
{d) Fibulae and Brooches. Nos. 2834-2882.
2834. Gold fibula of type akin to Latene T The bow has a double groove along Plate
its top and a central ribbed ridge. The spring is two-sided and double. Above LXVII.
both spring and sheath is a short ribbon of gold terminating in a disk, embossed
in each case with a rude lion's mask. Presented by Miss Preston, 1899.
3rd cent. H.C.
L.. 3 "4 cm. ; wt., 3iS grns.
O-l-
CATAI.OGUE OF IF.WEI.I.KRV
2835. Bronze-gilt fibula in the form of a coiled serpent, in the middle of which is Plate
T "WTT
a lar<^e conical bead of opaque dark-blue glass. The serpent's body ends in a
double (two-sided) spring, from the middle of which rises the pin. This is
caught in a double hook formed by a loop of the serpent's body near the head.
Found in the Tiber at Rome. Acquired, 1900. 3rd-2nd cent. Kc.
L., 7 cm. ; Kl., 207 gi'iis. An//, .luz:, 1901. ]). j 5.S. AUiii to tlu l-;UL-ne type.
2836. Gold fibula, consisting of a plain bow decorated on the top with two wavy Plate
lines in relief The bow is separated from the upper part of the long .sheath by LXVII.
a flat oval disk. The sheath is decorated by an openwork maeander [jattcrn, and
(over half its length) with eight small rosettes. The pin issues from a double
coiled spring (three coils on one side, two on the other), decorated at the back
with a rude ram's head in thick wire. From Ravenna. Castellan! Coll., iSj2.
1st cent. P..c'.-ist cent. A.D.
L., lo'i cm. : ut , 1064 grns. Type as Meyer, Gmitia, \A. vi., 4 (" c. ist cent. li.C. — early
Imperial period") ; Boniicr Jahrb., LX.\X\'l., pi. iv., 26.
2837. Silver fibula, with ridged bow, spring on each side <jf the pin, and pierced Plate
sheath. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. ist cent. .\.\). LXVII.
L., 2'3cm. ; wt., 35 grns. Cf. Ferrer, Reallexikon, pi. 60, i, 2 : Meyer, Gitrina, pi. vi., i
(ist cent. B.C.-lst cent. .\.D.) ; Oesterr. Jaliresli., 1909, Bciblatt, p. 91, fig. 54 (from a tomb
of the ist-2ncl. cent. ,\.n. at Starigrad in N. Dalmatia).
2838. Silver fibula akin to last. Thin grooved bow with cross-pieces at the front Plate
and projecting hook, on which rests the crossing wire of the bilateral spring. The LXVII.
sheath, which has been ornamented with a zigzag pattern, is largely broken away.
Hole for knob ornament (?) pierced in the bow. " From the Rhine." Chaffers
Sale, 1855. Ca. ist cent. A.D.
L., 5 cm. : wt., 129 grns. Type akin to Forrer, Reallexikoti. pi. 60, i ; .Meyer, Giirhia, pi. vi, i.
2839. Silver fibula. Curved V-shaped bow, terminating at the narrow end in a Plate
bead, and at the broad end in a straight rod and pierced projection, through LXVII.
which passed part of the wire spring of the pin, now missing. The under part of
the bow is pierced. The sheath is in the form of a broad plate turned up below.
Above it, at the end of the fibula, is a large circular knob. " From Austria-
Hungary or Germany." Acquired, i86o. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
L., 5*1 cm.; wt., 326 grns. Type nearly as Forrer, Reallexikon, pi. 60, fig. 4; cf Meyer,
Guriim, pi. vi., 10 ; Oesterr. Jahresh., 1909, Beiblatt, p. 91, fig. 55.
2840. Silver fibula in the form of a dolphin, the hinder part of which curves up into Plate
a -duck's head with a fly(.'') behind it. The eyes of the dolphin and the duck LXVII.
have been filled with blue glass paste. The pin of the fibula works in a hinge
placed immediately below the dolphin's mouth, the sheath is in the form of a
narrow strip with upturned end soldered beneath the head of the duck. Castellani
Coll., 1872. 2nd-3rd cent. a.d.
L., 4" I cm. : wt., 221 grns.
LXVII.
KIBULM'; OK THK ROMAN PERIOD. 335
2841. Silver fibula, composed of a bow made up of five rosettes of six petals each, Plate
terminating on the right in a double leaf-shaped projection decorated with an
incised palmette and pierced near the apex for the pivot of the pin now missing.
On the 1. the bow terminates in a flower (lily) between two large cylinders, the
back of which is prolonged into a sheath ending in three teeth. Found in the
Vale of Tempe with the following and Nos. 3046-7. Acquired, 1903.
L., 7 '6 cm. ; wt., 445 gins. On these fibulae sec an article by V. (!:urcic in Jalirb. fiir Aller-
tiiiiiskKiide, igo8, pp. 1-14. Large numbers of the type have been found in Bosnia and
Herzegovina, and the author believes that their date is 4th cent. n.C. (contemporary with
Latine I.) They appear to be barbaric imitations of Greek fibulae (Curcic thinks they
were made by Greeks for barbarians). Curcid, loc. cit., p. 9, fig. 29, gives an example
very close to the present (found atStapci with several other fibulae of the same type).
2842. Silver fibula, very nearly as last, but smaller and in reverse direction. The
engraved patterns are slightly different. From the Vale of Tempe. Acquired, 1903.
L., 7-2 cm. ; wt., 365 grns.
2843-4. Pair of silver fibulae of the same type as last. The one is in the reverse Plate
direction to the other. The palmette design is in relief instead of engraved, and LXVII.
it is surrounded by a cable border. From the Vale of Tempe. Acquired, 1903.
L., "J-"] cm. ; wt., 360 grns, and 349 grns.
2845-6. Pair of silver fibulae of a type similar to those above (Nos. 2841 ff.), but P'ate^
of more solid make. On the bow are four rosettes of nine petals each. The leaf-
shaped projection is ornamented both sides with an engraved palmette. Both
the fibulae are in the same direction. They are connected by a long plaited
silver chain terminating in heads of serpents, each with a ring in its mouth. The
ring is connected with a large 8-shaped link attached to the fibulae. From a
tomb at Elis. Acquired, 1904.
L. of fibulae, 7'5 cm. ; 1. of chain, 58 cm. ; wt., 2432 grns. \ very similar fibula has been
found at Angora in Galatia. Sec Curcic \w Jahrhuch f. Altertiunskunde, 1908, p. 5, fig. 19 :
he d.itcs them to the 4th cent. B.i'.
2847 8. Pair of silver fibulae as last, but in reverse direction. Only the serpents'
heads and necks belonging to the attachment-chain are preserved. From the
same tomb at Elis. Acquired, 1904.
Dimensions as before. \Vt. I'together', 1964 grns.
2849. Silver fibula. Bow angular and facetted, ending on one /^^^^^^^^te^. piate
side in a semicircular plate beneath which is a vertical pierced qfJ'iniYriul WUlJIi)^ LXVII.
plate, with horizontal excision for holding the spring of the
pin (now missing). The other end terminates in a triangular
plate which covers the catch of the pin. '' From Austria-
Hungary or Germany." Acquired, i860. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 3 •& cm. ; wt., 135 grns. Type as Forrer, Reallcxikoii, pi. 60, fig. IJ..
For the facetting, cf. the 3rd cent, rings, e.g. B.M. Cat. of Rings,
No. 200. The spiral spring was originally wound round a bar
passed through the hole and was then caught down by the in-
sertion of the crossbow into the excision, as in fig. 92 ( = No. 2850). rig. 92.— Underside of No. 2850.
CATAI.OCL'K OK |F.\VKI.I,ERV.
2850. Silver fibula akin Ui last. The bilateral spiral spring' and the pin are Plate
preserved, with jjart of the sheath, which is decorated with incised zigzag lines LXVII.
forming a cross. " From the Rhine." Chaffers Sale, 1855. 3rd cent. A.o.
L., 3'8 cm. ; wt., 184 grns. Type as Forrcr, RcalUwikoii, pi. 60, 14 (" middle ot 3rd cent. a.d.").
2851. Silver-gilt fibula akin to last. The bow consists of a large oval ornament Plate
attached to the plate covering the bilateral spring, to which are attached a series LXVII.
of rings and beads, forming the remainder of the bow. The sheath is in the form
of a plate soldered beneath the bow near the end. Above it arc soldered a large
and small bead. Castellan! Coll., 1872. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 10 cm., : wt., 1406 grns.
2852. Silver fibula. I'lain bow with central ridge, ending on one side in long leaf-
shaped cover over the sheath, in the other in a projection with disk decoration.
The projection is pierced in two places for the spiral wire spring of the pin, now
missing. " From Austria-Hungary or Germany." Acquired, i860. 3rd-4th
cent. A.D.
L., 5 '9 cm. : wt., 207 grns. Cf. Grempler, Fund von Sackraii, pi. ;, \\a, b (3rd-4th cent. A.T).).
2853. Gold fibula of the cross-bow type, consisting of a
thick curved bar ending in a disk. The bar and disk
are ornamented with lines and pyramids of globules.
The spring of the pin is twisted round a rod passed
through a strip of gold soldered to the underside of
the disk. Its arrangement is made clear by the
accompanying figure. The two movable gold strips
on each side of the fixed strip terminate apparently
in a rude head of an animal. A chain of bent double-
loop links is attached to two loops soldered to the
underside of the disk. From Felegyhaza, Hungary ;
found with No. 2854. Acquired, 1900. 3rd-4th
cent. A.D.
L., 4'6 cm. : wt., 912 grns. Cf. Lindenschmit, Altcitliiinu-r
unserer heidnischen Vorseit, IV., pi. Ixw, figs. 3 and 3^7 ;
Forrer, Reallexikon, pl. 60, 16 (ca. 300 .A.D.).
Plate
LXVII.
Plate LXVI.
Underside of No. 2S53.
2854. Gold fibula, composed of a thick bow decorated with globules and twisted Plate LXVI.
wire. The pin has no spring, but is hinged on a rod. Short deep sheath, the
end of which is closed by an oval gold plate. Found at Felegyhaza, Hungary.
Acquired, 1900. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 212 grns. The decoration indicates that this fibula is nearly contemporary
with the foregoing, though the type is earlier. Cf. Riegl, Spdinon. Kiiiislindiistrii-, p. 151,
fig. 58 (3rd cent. --^.D.), and No. 2840 above.
2855. Bronze-gilt fibula akin to last. The top is fluted and beaded, with a line of
waved silver wire running along it. The bronze pin is hinged. The sheath is
FIBULAK OF TIIK ROMAN PKKIOD. 337
mainly broken away, but seems to have been i)ierce(I for a ring attachment
Payne Knight Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. A.n.
L., 3 cm. li.M. Cat. of Bronzes., 2122 ; cf. Meyer, Ciiriiia. pi. vi., 12.
2856. Gold fibula of the cross-bow tjpe. Tlie bow and sheath are ornamented on Plate LXII.
the top with an engraved band of guiiioche pattern, filled in with niello. The
sheath also has two pairs of bow-spiral ornaments in relief, one on each side of
the guiiioche band. The cross-bar, which is polygonal, has a cupola-shaped bead
soldered at each of its ends and one at its middle where it joins the bow. Along
its top runs an open-work floral pattern. There are four ribbed wire rings, placed
at each end of the cross-bar, round the button at the end of the bow, and round
the opposite end of the bow respectively. The hole for the insertion of the pin
still remains in the cross-bar, with the wire pivot on which it turned. Franks
Bequest, 1897. 4th cent. a.d.
L., 7-5 cm. ; wt., 831 gnis. Cf. Dalton, B.i\r. Cat. of Christian Ant., No. 256, where the
present fibula is said to come from Treves ; Hahn, Der Fund von Lengerich, pi. i.,
figs. \a, ill (about 350 A.D.) ; Compte-Rnidii (St. Petersburg), 1902, p. 44, fig. 76.
2857. Silver fibula of t}pe similar to No. 2856. The polygonal bow is decorated at
the side with a wave-pattern inlaid with niello, and along the top with a pattern
similarly inlaid. The cross-bar is polygonal ; one of the knobs from its ends
(which were in bronze) is missing. At the outer extremity of the bow is a bronze
knob with remains of gilding. The hinge of the pin remains. Ca.stellani
Coll., 1872.
L., 6'S cm, : wt., 382 gins.
2858. Gold fibula of type akin to No. 2856. The ends of the bow and of the cross- Plate LXII.
bar, which is hexagonal, are decorated with cupola-shaped beads, with a ring of
beaded wire round their base. The bow is quadrangular in section, decorated along
the top with an incised pattern of small superposed triangles filled with niello.
At the sheath end of the bow is a palmette with pierced leaves, and underneath
this are two beaded rings. The sheath is rounded at the bottom, and has a
narrow opening at the side. The top is decorated with the same pattern of
triangles, and is bevelled off at the sides. At its ends is an incised V decoration.
The pin, which hinged on a bar connecting the two cupola-decorations of the
cross-bar, is missing. Found at Odiham, Hants. Acquired, 1844. 4th cent. A.D.
L., 7-7 cm. : wt., 945 gnis. .Arch, fonrn., II., p. 46 (fig.) ; cf. the Julian fibula, Riegl, Spcitrom.
Kunstindiistrit\ |i. 149, fig. 55.
2859. Gold-plated bronze fibula of the cross-bow type. The bow is facetted, and Plate LXII.
ornamented with incised maeander and wave patterns. Along the back runs a
gold wire ornamented with globules. Pin missing. The gold plating has nearly
disappeared. From Alexandretta. Acquired, 1894. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 5-2 cm.; wt., 246 grns. B.lM. Cat. of Bronzes, 2100. Cf. Pietro de Lama, Ornamenti
Antic/ti d' oro, pi. ill., 5, 6 (disco\ered at Parma with coins, the latest of GaUienus).
Z
OJ
8 CATAt.OGUE OK IF.WF.I.I.KKV.
2860. Gold brooch, formed by a j^old coin of Jlonorius in plain gold setting with Plate LXIII.
beaded border. Soldered to the back arc the hinge and catch of a gold pin.
The pivot on which the pin moved is apparently of silver. The types on the
coin are : Obv. Bust of Honorius to r. wearing diadem and cuirass. Inscribed :
DNHONORI VSPPAVG, Rev. Honorius standing to r. in short tunic, holding
standard in r. hand and Victory on globe in 1. His left foot rests on the body
of a prostrate barbarian. l'".xergual line, below which is COMOB, Inscribed :
VICTORI AAVGGG. In the field are M D. ]-'ranks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 3'i cm. ; \vl., 214 grns. Cf. Culicn, Pcscr. hisl. dcs Moiin., \'IH^, p. 185, N'os. 44, 45.
2861. Gold clasp, in the form of a ring cut into two sections. The larger section piate LXV.
has on the outside six divisions for the insertion of strips of coloured glass, the
smaller has four divisions. The two sections were fastened together : {a) by a
pin passed through three tubes attached (two and one respectively) to the sections ;
this pin was kept in position by a minute pin passed through one tube ; (b) by a
pin passed through a loop attached to one of the sections and inserted into a
depression in the other section. Franks Bequest, 1897. Barbaric (Hunnic .') of
late Roman date.
Diam., 2 '2 cm. ; \vt., 306 ^'rns. Cf. Kondakof, 'J'olstoi and Reinach, Ant. dc la Ru.':sic Mcr.,
p. 498, fig. 459 (found on the border of the river Tchoulek near the mouth of the Don).
2862. Gold brooch, composed of an oval setting with cable border, from which the
stone or paste is now missing. At the back are soldered two rings which formed
part of the hinge of a pin, and a hook which served as a clasp. The pin is
missing. From Tortosa (Antaradus.), Syria. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd
cent. A.D.
L., 2' 8 cm. ; \vt., 55 grns.
2863. Gold brooch, nearly circular, with eight circular settings on its broad rim Plate LXV.
separated from each other by a double spiral in filigree. The fillings of four of
these settings remain, viz., two garnets, and two pastes imitating a sapphire and
a plasma respectively. The inner part of the brooch (now empty) probably held
a large stone or paste. At the back arc the hinge and catch of a jjin now
missing, each soldered to plates in the shape of a Maltese cross. From Tortosa
(Antaradus), Syria. F" ranks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 3 cm. ; \vt., 63 grns. For the cross-shaped plaques, cf. B.M. Cat. 0/ Rings, No. 763.
2864. Gold brooch, oval. Border of embossed palmettes. Oval stone or paste Plate LXV.
probably missing from centre. Hinge and clasp for pin (now missing) at back.
From Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 3rd cent. .A..1).
L., 3-2 cm. ; wt., 47 grns.
2865. Gold brooch in the form of a convex disk, backed with a flat plate and
bordered with a beaded wire. In the front plate is set an oval plasma surrounded
BROOCIIKS, ETC., OF THE ROMAN PERIOD.
339
by four small plasmas. At the back
Alexandria. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Uiam., I'lS nil. ; wt., 50 gins.
is a hinged pin and catch. From
Fig. 94. — Upper part of a statue
of a Palmyrene lady, wear-
ing hair-ornament similar to
No. 2866.
2866. Gold hair-ornament (?), of oblong form, with the upper end rounded. It Plate LXVI.
consists of three oval box-settings, separated from each other by an oblong and
a square setting respectively, each containing a jjlasma. The oval settings are
empty. The settings are surrounded vvitli a border of
globules, and the spaces between them are filled with
loops of beaded wire. The top setting is surmounted by
a bow spiral in beaded wire. Round the whole is a
border formed of twenty-eight round box-settings each
filled with a pearl. These settings have a ring of beaded
wire at the top. The pearls are kept in position by a
wire passing through them, and the wire itself is passed
through fifteen loops soldered at intervals to the setting.
From a loop soldered underneath the ornament hangs a
pendant consisting of a horizontal bar decorated with
leaf-pattern, from which three wire rods are suspended,
the two outer with a pearl, the ' central with a pear-
shaped sapphire at the end. The connection of the
various settings is strengthened by a series of rods soldered at the back cross-
wise. There is a single hook soldered behind at the top, and a double hook at
the bottom. Found at Tunis. Acquired, 1903. 3rd cent, A.D.
Ht., 10-7 cm. ; wt., 487 grns. Found widi Nos. 2824, 2867. Cf. No. 2822. These ornaments
were probably worn on the hair. Cf. the statue of a Palmyrene lady, De Ridder, Co/i. dc
Clercq, IV., pi. xxx (= fig. 94). The date is roughly determined by the setting of No. 2867,
a type of setting which constantly encloses coins of the third century .'\.D.
2867. Gold-mounted sardonyx cameo brooch. The cameo-design (in white on brown Plate LXVI.
background) represents the birth of Dionysos. In the centre Semele is seated to 1.
with drapery over her lower limbs. Before her is a nymph standing with her back
half turned to front and wearing drapery over her 1. arm and round her lower
limbs. With both hands she takes from Semele the infant Dionysos, who is
closely wrapped in swaddling clothes. Behind Semele stands a nude bearded
Satyr, who leans his raised r. hand against a tree-trunk, and with the 1. grasps
his tail. There is an exergual line below the figures, and a bordering line, broken
away in places, round the edge. The cameo is in a box-setting, with openwork
border of rounded leaves separated by V-shaped decoration. At the back
are soldered two double hooks of wire. Found at Tunis. Acquired, 1903.
3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 4-5 cm. ; wt., 383 grns. Arch. Anz., 1904, p. 214, III. (14). Cf.for the setting. No. 2871
(enclosing coin of Postumus) ; No. 2939 (enclosing coin of Gallienus) ; Chan-et, Monnaies
et Bijoux antiques, pi. i. (enclosing coin of Gallienus) ; Arch. Anz., 1892, p. 174 (enclosing
cameo portraits of Severus Alexander and Julia Mamaea). Found with Nos. 2824, 2866.
34° CATAI,OGUE OK jKWF.I.I.KRV.
2868. Gold brooch (?), composed of n half aiircits of Lucilla (147-183 A.D.j in goltl Plate LXIII.
setting. (9/;i'. Bust of Lucilla to r. Inscr. : LVCILLAE AVGVSTAE. Rev. ¥\t\.y
to 1., veiled, standing near a burning altar. She raises her r. hand, and with her
1. holds a casket for incense. Inscr. : PIETAS. The raised setting is bordered
witli waved openwork. On each side, at the back, is soldered a ring.
Diaiii., 2'2 cm. ; \vt., 96 gnis. Cf. Cohen, 1 1]-., p. 219.
2869. Gold brooch similar to last, but with a half aureus of Commodus in.set. Plate LXlll.
Obv. Bust of Commodus to r., with diadem and crown of laurel. Inscr. :
MCOMMANTAVG PBRITFEL. Rcv. Victory walking to 1., holding wreath in r.
hand and palm-branch in 1. In.scr. : PMTRPX IMPVII COS Mil P.P. Date of
coin, 185 A.D.
Diam., i' l cm. ; wt., 89 grns.
2870. Gold brooch, composed of an rt?//-«M- of the Emperor Philip (244-249 a. D.) in Plate LXIII.
gold setting. Obv. Bust of Philip to r., laureate ; inscr. : IMPMIVLPHILIPPVS AVG.
Rev. Liberality standing to 1., holding tessera in her r. and cornucopia in her 1.
hand. Inscr.: LIBERALITAS AVGGII. The setting is surrounded by an (imitation)
plaited wire and an open-work leaf border with wavy incised rim. On either
side at the back arc soldered two cylindrical rings to serve as hinges for a pin
now missing. Towneley Coll.
Diam., 4'3 cm. ; wt., 303 grns. Archaeologia, XXXI 1., pi. vii., tig. 4, p. 65 ; Cohen, V'-., p. 102,
No. 86.
2871. Gold brooch, composed of an aureus of Postumus (258-267 A.D.) in openwork Plate LXIII.
settmg. Obv. Head of Postumus to r., laureate, coupled with laureate bust of
Hercules. Inscr. : POSTVMVS PIVS FELIX AVG. Rev. Bust of Postumus as
Mars, to r., wearing helmet and cuirass, coupled with bust of Victory holding
crown and palm. Inscr. : CONSERVATORESAVG. The setting is bordered with
open rounded leaves separated by pointed leaves. At the back are soldered a wire
ring and a sheath of curled wire. The pin, now missing, was hinged to the
former.
Diam., 2"8 cm. ; wt., 186 grns. Archaeologia, XXXII., pi. vii., tig. 3, p. 65 : cf. Cohen, VI-.,
p. 17, No. 23. Cf. for the setting No. 2867.
2872. Gold brooch bordered with a row of bosses and furnished with a set of teeth Plate LXV.
for holding an oval sard intaglio : mounted Amazon attacking with spear a
standing Greek warrior who holds shield and sword. The Greek wears a
chlamys. At the back are the remains of two crescent-shaped attachments.
Acquired, 1876.
3-3x3 cm. ; wt., 139 grns.
2873. Gold brooch, consisting of a burnt sard (?) intaglio in a gold mount. The Plate LXV.
stone is oval and slightly convex. Victory stands to 1., writing upon an oval
shield held over a column. The setting has an obliquely-fluted border, sur-
rounded by a series of ten round, oval, and diamond-shaped settings separated by
BROOCHES, ETC., OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. 34 1
loopetl .spiral ornaments in wire. Two small settings have been broken away,
and all the stones are lost, with the exception of two sapphires. Two double
hooks are soldered to the back of the bnjoch. The stone is mucli cracked and
broken. Ca. 3rd cent. a.d.
L., 3'6 cm. : wl., i86},'rns.
2874. Gold brooch of square form, decorated with lines of small globules and looped Plate LXV.
wires, rising towards the centre, where a square banded onyx is set. Round the
edge is a series of loops for holding a string of pearls (?). At the back the
remains of the hinge and catch of a pin ; there is also a loop for a chain (.').
Ca.stellani Coll., 1872. 3rd-4th cent. A.H.
L., 2'9 cm. ; wt., 128 grns. Cf. Lindenschmit, Altcrtliiiincr mis. Iwidii. Vorzcil, IV., pi. 57,
fij^-. 2 (3rd-4th cent. .'V.D.).
2875. Gold plate of rectangular form. In the centre is a draped bust of Faustina Plate LXIII.
the elder to r., embossed in very low relief within a circular border of beaded and
continuous looped wire. Round this, and along the edge of the plaque, is a
border of impressed dots. The corners are pierced and decorated with beaded
wire in the shape of a pelta. At the back, near each of the short edges
respectively, arc soldered two double hooks, perhaps for attachment to a belt or
perhaps for use as a fibula. From Colchester. Acquired nS/O. 2nd cent. A.D.
3 "6 X 2 '95 cm. ; wt., 124 grns.
2876. Gold brooch, composed of a square box-setting, containing a convex plasma, Plate LXV.
with two pearls at either end, fastenAl by wires in open cup-shaped settings.
The latter are soldered on each side of the square setting. At the bottom are
soldered two long double hooks which project slightly on either side. Castellani
Coll., 1872. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 3 cm. ; wt., 59 grns.
2877. Gold buckle, composed of a loop-shaped frame, angular above and flat below, Plate LXV.
with two globules soldered to the bottom of the loop. A movable pin is attached
to the loop. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 61 grns.
2878-9. Pair of gold buckles, composed of a gold rod of irregular penannular
form, decorated with an engraved cable pattern. The open ends are bent back,
in the form of hooks ending in cupola-shaped beads. The movable pin is lost.
Found near Barnard Castle, Durham. Acquired, 1873. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 4-5 cm. ; wt. (together), 498 grns. Cf. Boiiiicr Jahrb., LXXXVI., pi. iv., 15 (from ist-
2nd cent, grave at Andernach).
2880. Silver buckle, consisting of a flat penannular ring, ending in rudely indicated
heads of animals (lions .■'). Moving on the ring is a pin of silver wire. Bequeathed
by Sir William Temple, 1856. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., yj cm. ; wt., 225 grns. For the type, cf. Comarmond, L'ccn'n d'une dame romaine,
pi. ii., 28 (early 3rd cent. A.D.) ; Olvtnpia, IV., p. 1S4, fig. 1146.
Z 2
342 CATALOGUE OK JEWP:[.I,KRY.
2880*. Silver buckle, as last, tcrminaliiiL; in licads of lions, rudely executed. I'in
missing. Tovvneley Coll.
IJiam., 2'7 cm. ; \vt., 193 j^riis.
2881. Gold buckle (.'') in the foim of a coiled serpent. Head and tail decorated Plate LXIII.
with incised lines (cross-hatched). Tin missing. Hamilton Coll.
I.., .y I iin. ; \\t., 125 sriis.
2882. Gold clasp in the form of a thin rod of crescent shape, convex above and
flat IjcIow. It terminates at one end in the head of a lion with a loop soldered
to its mouth ; the lion's mane is intlicated by curved incisions. At the other end
it terminates in a hook. Hamilton Coll.
L., 3'2 cm. : \vt., 21 grns.
(c) Miscellaneous pendants and amulets. Nos. 2883 3028.
2883. Gold pendant, consisting of a disk of thin gold with design embossed in high Plate
relief within a ribbed border. Bust of Aphrodite, with head turned slightl)- to LXVIII.
her r. She wears a stephane, a veil over the back of her head, and a chiton which
has slipped down over her r. shoulder. She is seated on a throne, the back of
which is indicated in low relief At her r. shotilder (probably on the arm of the
throne) stands Eros, with his r. arm behind him, and his 1. raised to his head.
Three gokl loops are soldered to the back of the disk. Found in Egypt.
Castellani Coll., 1SS4. Ca. i.st cent. A.D.
Diam., 4'4 cm. ; wt., 140 grns. Frohner, Miise'cs de France, pi. xxxv., 4 ; Schrciber, Alex. Tor.,
p. 311, tig. 51 ; Castellani Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, No. 99 ; cf. Coiiipte-Rcudii (S. Petersburg),
1903, p. 46, fig. 65.
2884. Gold disk, stamped with design of the three Graces in the usual attitude. Plate
On each side of the group stands an Eros on a cippus holding up a flower (?). LXVIII.
Border of beaded wire. A hole is pierced on each side of the disk, and there is
a loop attached to the back. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Uiam., I '7 cm. : wt., 10 grns.
2885. Gold disk, stamped with a design of the three Graces as before. The outer
Graces hold each an ear of corn (?). Embossed beaded border. There is a loop
above and below, and a hole pierced on either side. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Cf. Froehner, Coll. Goliiclww, No. 77, pi. v., 23 ; Roschcr, Lex'ikon,
s. V. Chariteii, 884 ; Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. iv., 2.
2886. Gold disk, stamped with a head of Medusa in relief with wings over Plate
forehead within a beaded wire border. Two loops soldered at back, above and LXVIII.
below respectively. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1 907.
Ca. 2nd cent. \S).
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 37 grns. Cf. Co?i!pte- Rendu, 1866, pi. ii., 35, p. 78 ; ibid., 1S73, pi. iii., 13,
p. 56, etc.
I'KNDANTS AND AMfl.lorS (Jl^' I'lli; KOMAX I'liRIOl). 343
2886*. As last, but somewhat smaller.
Di.ini., 2' I cm. ; \vl., 33 gi'ns.
2887. Similar gold disk with beaded border. It is stamped with an eye, from Plate
which radiate : (i) an elephant ; (2) a scorpion ; (3) a v/inged phallus ; (4) a lion LXVIII.
or dog ; (5) a serpent (.') ; (6) a swan (.') ; (7) a lizard (.') ; (8) a bee (.?). A loop
is soldered behind the disk. Beaded border. Hamilton Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 2 cm. ; \vt., 9 grns. On this class of amulet, cf. Jahn in Bix- d. sacks. GcscUsch., 1855, pi.
iii., Nos. 2-7, p. 96 ff. ; see also Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. iv., 5.
2888. Similar gold disk, with two loops attached. It is stamped with an eye, from Plate
which radiate : (i) a thunderbolt ; (2) a trident ; (3) a swan with wings raised ; LXVIII.
(4) a running dog ; (5) a scorpion ; (6) a vase, with the upper jiart of a child (.')
appearing from it ; (7) a serpent (.') ; (8) a winged phallus ; (9) a lion (.') ; (10) a
flying duck ; (11) a club. Double beaded border. Townelcy Coll.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 38 grns. Cf. Jahn, Inc. cit., and for the thunderbolt, No. 3015, below.
2889. Similar gold disk, suspended by a chain of double-looped links attached to Plate
a grooved ring fa.stened to the disk. It is stamped with an eye from which LXVIII.
radiate : (i) a panther (.') ; (2) a lion (.?); (3) a wild boar ; (4) an elephant ; (5) a
serpent ; (6) a man to r. ; (7) a dog (.?) ; (8) a scorpion. The part above the eye
has been obliterated by crushing. Towneley Coll.
Diam., I '8 cm. ; wt., 27 grns. Cf. Jahn, loc. cit.
2890. Gold disk, stamped with a bust of Eros to the front with high head-dre.ss
and raised wings. Border of twisted wire. Grooved loop and holes as before.
Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt. , 6 grns.
2891. Similar disk, stamped with a mask of Medusa slightly tinned to her 1.
Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
2892. Circular gold pendant with raised border, containing an embossed plaque : Plate
Bust of Selene wearing chiton. Her head is radiated and the ends of a crescent LXVIII.
appear on either side of her shoulders. Ring of grooved ribbon attached above
for suspension. Blacas Coll., 1867. Ca. 2nd cent. -X.D.
Ht., y^ cm. ; wt., 83 grns. Cf. Arch. Am., 1909, p. 142, iig. i (from tombs of about the 2nd
cent. A.D. at Tanais, S. Russia) ; Ocstcrr. Jahresh.,Bciblall, rgo9, p. 106, fig. 77 (from tombs
of the ist-2nd cent. k.\i. at Starigrad in N. Dalmatia).
2893. Similar gold disk, stamped with bust of Selene within a crescent. Woodhouse
Coll., 1866.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
344 CAIALOGUE OK JEWEI.I.ICRY.
2894. Similar gold disk, stamped with female bust to the front. Woodhousc Coll.,
I 866.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 gnis.
2895. Gold disk as before, stamped with the bust of Flora (?) to the front, wearing Plate
a chiton fastened by a brooch on the r. shoulder, and a wreath of flowers. LXVIII.
Woodhou.se Coll., 1866.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
2896. Gold disk, as before, stamped with the figure of a tortoise. Woodhousc Coll., Plate
1866. L^V"'-
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
2897. Gold pendant, composed of a plain disk, to the upper part of which is applied Plate
a gold crescent ; to the lower, an irregularly-shaped plate of thin gold, stamped
LXVIII.
with the figure of a roaring lion crouching to 1. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., I '8 cm. : wt., 17 gnis.
2898. Gold pendant in the form of a disk with a garnet inset and two feathers (of
Isis) rising above it. Round the disk is a wire ending in volutes representing
horns (.■'). These have been filled with enamel. Loop behind for suspension,
formed by the end of a grooved ribbon soldered behind the ornament. Campanari
Coll., 1846. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht., I '4 cm. ; wt., 7 grns.
2899. Gold pendant in the form of a bust of Serapis wearing calathus, chiton, and
himation over 1. shoulder. Loop behind head for suspension. Castellani Coll.,
1872. Ca. 2nd cent. .\.D.
Ht. I '6 cm. : wt. 20 grns. C(. No. 2736.
2900. Gold pendant (hollow) in the form of a vase, furnished with cover and loop for
suspension. The body of the vase is striated. Damaged. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., I '3 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2901. Gold pendant (hollow) in the form of a vase decorated with designs in relief Plate
representing two panthers walking to r. under vine-branches and grape- clusters. LXVIII.
The top was probably fitted with a cover furnished with a loop for suspension.
Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i '4 cm. ; wt., 62 grns.
2902. Gold amulet, composed of a hollow tube open underneath. It is decorated Plate
with four bands of filigree, the two central composed of ivy-leaves, the outer of LXVIII.
tendrils. Above is a cap of gold surmounted by two wire rings for suspension.
There are traces of enamel in the leaves. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4' 8 cm. ; wt., 62 grns.
PENDANTS AND AMULKTS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. 345
2903. jGold bulla of oblong form with rounded ends, composed of two plates, the Plate
under folded over the upper. The upper plate has a design in relief, within a LXVIII.
cable border : on the 1. is Dionysos, a nude figure veiled and holding a thyrsos
and torch, supported by Silcnos ; on the r. is Ariadne, partly draped, reclining on
a seat. She is approached by I'an (who holds a pcdmii) and a Maenad (?), the
latter draped round the loins. The design is worn and indistinct. The bulla is
suspended by means of a short chain of large oval links attached to two rings at
the top of the plate. To the chain adheres a lump of lava (.'). Hamilton Coll.
L., 4'2 cm. ; wt., 270 grns. Probably a replica of " The Mantuan Cameo." See A. H. Smith,
Cat. of Ant. at Brocklcsby Park\ p. 38, No. 15 ; Visconti, Mus. IVors.^ ])I. xx., i ; Gori,
Mus. Flor. I., pi. -xcii., i.
2904. Gold pendant in the form of a vase with rounded belly. Damaged. Two
holes in the neck for suspension. Hollow.
Ht., I ■ I cm. ; wt., 5 grns.
2905. Gold pendant in the form of a small disk ornamented below with a projecting
leaf, and above with a tendril ornament in twisted wire. The leaf and the border
are outlined in twisted wire. Both sides are similarly decorated. There is a
small grooved ring for suspension. From Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877.
Ht., 1 "3 cm. : wt., 5 grns.
2906. Gold boss, with stamped designs of concentric semicircles round the edge, Plate
and, in the centre, of a feather of Isis between two crescent horns above a sun's LXVIII.
disk. Four loops for attachment round the margin. From Naukratis. Presented
by the Committee of the Egypt Exploration Fund, 1888.
Diam., 2' 3 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
2907. Half of a silver buckle. It is in the form of a boss, decorated round the Plate
base with si.\; large spirals in filigree, and in the centre with the draped bust of a LXVIII.
woman in relief within a circle of twisted wire. The ground is covered with
incised dots. Soldered to the bottom of the boss is a large loop ending in
spirals.
L., 3 "2 cm. ; wt., 77 grns.
2908. Gold pendant in the form of a flat crescent, the ends of which are prolonged
into loops. A series of vertical grooved lines arc drawn across the crescent.
Hamilton Coll.
Ht., ( '3 cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
2909. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent (angular on either side), ending in
globules. A small loop of gold ribbon for suspension is soldered to the crescent
above. Hamilton Coll. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
Ht. I '4 cm.; wt., 12 grns. Cf. Froehner, Miisecs dc France, pi. .x.xxviii., 6 ; PoUak, Cold-
schrniedearb.. No. 233 ; Sambon, Coll. Guilhott, pi. vii., No. 161 (from Boscoreale, 1st cent.
A.D.) ; Bonner Jahrb., CIII., pi. vii., 8. p. 128.
346 CATALOGUE (IK ll'lWEl.LIOKV.
2910. Gold pendant as last. Woodhousc Coll., 1S66.
lit. 2'3 cm. ; \vt., 25 grns.
2911. Similar pendant. The suspending loop is longer and narrower. Woodhousc
Coll., 1868.
lit., 1 '4 cm. ; \vt., 8 grns.
2912. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent. Soldered above is a loop for
sus[)ension. Pellets are soldered at intervals to the face and back of the crescent
From Tortosa (Antaradus). Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diaiii., I '7 cm. ; \vt., 19 grns.
2913. Gold crescent-pendant as last, but smaller. Three small globules are
soldered to the back and front of the crescent respectivel)-. h'rom Tortosa.
F'ranks Bequest, 1897.
Di.im., I cm. : \vt., 6 grns.
2914. Gold crescent-pendant, bordered with a twisted wire, with a small circle of
twisted wire in the middle. Both sides are similar. Loop for suspension. From
Kyme in Aeolis. Acquired, 1877.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
2915. Gold pendant, formed of a convex crescent of plain gold (open behind),
ending in small shield-like disks. Loop for suspension soldered above, with
convex disk in front of it. Woodhousc Coll., 1866.
Ht., 3 '6 cm. ; vvt., 24 grns. " ,
2916. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent, with a ribbed ring for suspension.
Payne Knight Coll.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wt., 39 grns.
2917. Silver pendant as last. The crescent is facetted and has globules soldered to
the eiifls of the horns. Payne Knight Coll.
Ht., i-g cm. : wt., 33 grns.
2918. Gold pendant, formed of a crescent decorated with two rows of triangles in Plate
granulation on its angular face, and terminating in two larger granulated triangles. LXVIII.
At the back of the crescent is a flat plate, and in the middle a loop for suspen-
sion. This loop is masked by a disk and two feathers of Isis, with a horn on
each side ; the disk and feathers were filled with stones or pastes, now missing.
Below the disk is a rectangular gold plate on which is inscribed in globules :
epnc, "Epfo?. From Corfu. Woodhousc Coll., 1 866. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
L., 2'5 cm. ; wt., 21 grns. Found in an ancient tomb at St. Helena, Corfu, Feb. 23rd, 1S51.
Cf. Pollak, Goldschmicdearb.^ pi. .\iii., No. 333 ; Arch. A//~., 1894, p. 35, No. 43 : Fontenay,
p. 164.
PENDANTS AND AMUF-KTS OF '1 UK ROMAN I'ERIOD. 347
2919. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent, bordered with ])lain and beaded wires
and decorated with an ivy-leaf, tendrils, and two pointed lea\es in filigree. Loop
of gold ribbon above for suspension. Woodhouse Coll., 186S.
L. I •<-) cm. ; ut., y gnis.
2920. Gold pendant, similar to the last, except that the centre is occupied by a Plate
crescent-shaped garnet. Woodhouse Coll., 1866. LXVIII.
L., I '7 cm. : wl., 10 j,'rns. Cf. No. 27 iS.
2921. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent facetted tetragonally. I'elow, at each Plate
end of the crescent, is a round setting filled with dark blue paste. Within is a LXVIII.
pear-shaped setting ending in volutes (probably the headdress of Isis), also filled
with dark blue paste. The pendant was suspended by means of a groovctl ring
soldered to the top.
lit., 2' 2 cm. : \vt., 38 gins.
2922. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent, enclosing a pear-shaped gold setting piate
which contains a sard. The setting is surrounded by a band of twisted gold LXVIII.
work. Grooved ring for suspension. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea.
Acquired, 1907.
lit , 2 cin. ; wl., 37 grns.
2923. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent, decorated along the middle with an
embossed line, and along the inner edge with a beaded wire. At the end of each
horn is a circular setting, one of which contains a sapphire ; the other is em[)ty.
At the top is a ribbed loop for suspension. Acquired, 1870 (.').
Diam., 2-6 cm. ; \vt., 48 grns.
2924. Gold pendant akin to last. Very thin crescent, with globule at either end. Plate
Convex disk with rosette of ten filigree petals surrounded by circles of twisted LXVIII.
and plain wires. Plain suspending loop, masked by a rosette of nine petals.
Back unclosed. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I '5 cm. ; wt., 16 grns. Cf. Arclt. A?i"., 1S92, p. 16S, 39.
2925. Gold pendant akin to last. Thicker crescent, with small flower of six petals
in the centre, outlined in filigree. No masking flower to hide suspending loop.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i -4 cm. ; wt., 28 grns.
2926. Gold crescent-pendant, as last, but very small. Small masking flower at end
of loop. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., '9 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
2927. Gold pendant akin to last. The crescent ends in solid pyramids of globules
(that on the r. broken awa\'). The conve.x disk is surmounted by a large rosette
348 CATALOGUE OF JF.WKI.I.ERV.
of eleven petals in filigree, and surrounded by a border of plain and twisted wires.
Plain loop for suspension with globule underneath. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; \vt., 44 grns.
2028. Gold pendant akin to last. The pyramids are in relief and surmounted by Plate
rosettes. The convex disk is decorated by a rosette of five petals in filigree,
surrounded by a large rosette of fifteen petals. The disk is bordered with circles
of plain and beaded wires. Suspending loop of plain ribbon, with a small
rosette soldered to front. Back closed in with a flat sheet of gold, held in
position by two gold .strips at right angles to one another. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i '8 cm. ; \vt., 41 grns.
2929. Gold pendant, akin to last. Globule instead of rosette above pyramids and
below ribbed loop. Convex disk in centre surmounted by a rcsette of four
pointed leaves in beaded filigree, bordered with plaited and beaded wires. Back
of di.sk hollow and not closed. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Diam., 1 '6 cm. ; wl., 41 grns.
2930. Gold pendant, consisting of a crescent, ending on either side in a pyramid of Plate
globules surmounted by a rosette of eight petals. The crescent is filled in with
a convex disk, decorated in the middle with a rosette of eight petals surrounded
with tendrils in filigree. This is bordered with circles of plain and twisted wires.
The ribbed suspending loop at the top of the crescent is masked by a double
rosette. The back is closed in with a plain .sheet of gold. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 '9 cm. ; \vt., 125 grns. Cf. Froehner, Coll. Golucliow, pi. x., 71.
2931. Gold pendant, composed of a crescent ending on either side in a globule, and Plate
suspended from a loop of ribbed ribbon, beneath which is a globule. From a
loop (masked by a rosette) in the middle of the crescent is suspended a second
crescent, ending at each side in a pyramid of globules surmounted by a rosette.
In the middle is a sitting male figure holding something across his knees, sur-
rounded by acanthus tendrils. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 2"4 cm. : \vt., 46 grns.
2932. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent. It is decorated with a border of two Plate
LXVIII.
LXVIII.
twisted wires imitating a plait. Within is the representation (inverted) of a
shrine in filigree, probably containing a mummified figure of Osiris, very rudely
indicated in granulation. On each side is an uraeus in filigree, with a rosette of
globules below. Loop for suspension. The lower part of the loop and the ends
of the crescent are decorated with gold bosses. At the back are soldered two
rings for pendants. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 '7 cm. ; wt., 54 grns.
2933. Gold pendant of crescent form, as last. The middle field is decorated with a Plate
shrine. In the shrine is an uraeus, with the sun's disk in the pediment above, LXVIII.
PENDANTS AND AMULETS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD.
349
and on each side of it is a tendril and scroll pattern in filij^rcc. Design inverted
as before. Two rings at the back for pendants. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2'5 cm. ; \vl., 53 grns. Cf. Froeliner, Coll. Goluclum^ pi. ix., 56.
2934. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent. The crescent is composed of a broad Plate
plate of gold decorated with spiral and looj) patterns in filigree, with a ring of LXVIII.
filigree at the end of each horn. The design is a|)parently derived from the fore-
going. There is a ribbed loop for suspension, through which is passed a plain
wire ring with intertwisted ends. Roach Smith Coll., 1856.
Ht., 3' I cm. ; B., i ^^ cm. ; \vt., 24 grns. Roach .Smith, Cat. 0/ Mils, of Loud. Ant., 272.
2935. Gold pendant in the form of a crescent, with a grooved ring for suspension. Plate
Pivoted to the ends of the crescent is a flattish, but polygonal, plasma bead. LXVIII.
From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907. 2nd-3rd cent. .\.D.
Ht., I '6 cm. ; wt., 24 grns. Cf. No. 2720.
2936. Pendant composed of a silver coin of Augustus in plain gold setting, furnished
on the reverse side with four gold studs to keep the coin in position. To the top of
the setting is soldered a small loop for suspension. Obv. Head of Augustus to r.
wearing laurel wreath and diadem. Inscr. : CAESARAVGVSTVS DIVIFPATERPATRIAE.
Rev. Gains and Lucius Caesar standing, each holding spear and shield. In the
fi&\d, sinipnlnm diwd litiiHS. Inscr. : CLCAESARES AVGVSTIFCOSDESIGPRINCIVVENT.
Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 2 A.D.
Diam., 2'2 cm. ; wt., 83 grns. Cohen, I-., p. 69, No. 43.
2937. Gold pendant, consisting of a disk stamped with the head of the Emperor Plate
Philip (.') (244-9 A.D.) to 1., wearing laurel-wreath and diadem, within a beaded LXVIII.
ring. There is an openwork border of leaf-pattern, and a ribbed loop for suspen-
sion, to the bottom of which is soldered a button of gold. Franks Bequest, 1897.
3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 3'2 cm. ; wt., 59 grns. Cf., for the setting, the necklace figured by Babelon, Camhs
Antiques, pi. xli., 367.
Plate
LXVIII.
2938. Gold setting with openwork border, containing an auirus of Voiusianus.
Obv. Bust of Voiusianus to r., wearing radiated crown and diadem. Inscr. :
IMPGAECVIBVOLVSIANOAVG. Rcv . Liberty standing to front with face to 1.,
holding a cap in r. hand and sceptre in 1. Inscr. : LIBERTAS AVGG The setting is
bevelled on the front, and surrounded b)' an openwork border, partly broken
away. Date of coin, 251-4 A.D.
Diam., 3 cm. ; wt., 151 grns. Cf. Cohen, V-., p. 271, No. 53, and, for the setting, Sammiiiiig
Bachofen von Edit, pi. xlvi. (enclosing coins of Faustina the Elder, Antoninus Pius,
M. Aurelius, and Gordianus III.)
2939. Gold pendant in the form of an aureus of Gallienus (253-268 A.D.) in gold Plate
setting. Obv. Bust of Gallienus to r., wearing radiated crown and diadem. LXVIII.
Inscr. : GrtLLlEN\/SA\/G. Rev. Jiqiiter, nude, standing to his r., with head turned
350 CATALOGUE OF JKWELI.KRV.
to his 1. In his raised r. hand ho holds a thundL'ibolt, over liis 1. arm is a mantle.
Inscribed : io\/i\/ltori. In the field, S- The front side of the gold setting is
bevelled. Round it is an openwork border. Above is a loop of ribbed gold
ribbon. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ui.am., 29 cm. ; wt., 116 grns. Cf. Cohen, V-., p. 383, No. 407 ; Chars'et, Monnaies et Bijoiix
.'Intiqiies, liji. i (similar pendant in treasure of the latter part of the 3rd cent. A.n. found at
Sault du Rhone) ; Arch. Anz., 1892, p. 174, 200 (portraits of Severus Alexander and Julia
Mamaea).
2940. Pale gold pendant, much broken. It consists of disk stamped with a bust Plate
of Probus (.'') (276-282) in profile to 1., within a beaded border. He wears LXVIII.
laurel wreath and diadem. Round the edge of the disk is an openwork border of
leaves and triangles, much broken away, and backed in two places with plain
gold strips, which are probably antique. Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 3 '2 cm. ; wt., 38 grns.
2941. Pendant consisting of a gold coin of Con.stantius II. (324-361 a.d.) to which is
soldered a plain gold loop. Obv. Head of Constantius to r., wearing beaded
diadem. Inscr. : DNCONSTAN TIVSPPAVG. i?^?A Antioch, in the form of a female
figure, wearing turreted crown, seated to 1., holding sceptre in her 1. hand and
supporting wreath in r. ; opposite her is Victory seated and supporting the
wreath, within which is inscribed : xxxX' Round the coin is the legend
GLORIA REI PVBLIGAE, and in the exergue ANT6. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 68 grns.
2942. Gold coin (half aureus?) of Justinian (527-565 A. D.), pierced with two holes.
Obv. Head of Justinian to r, Inscr.: DNIVSTINI ANVSPPAVG. J^ev. Victory
standing with head turned to 1., holding wreath in her r. hand and globus crucifer
in her left Inscr. : viCTORIA(A)VGVSTORVM. Beneath exergual line, CONOB.
From Kalymnos. Acquired 1901.
Diam., I '5 cm. ; wt., 16 grns.
2943. Gold pendant, composed of aw//V//« of Justin II (565-578 A.D.). Obv. Bust of Plate
Justin to front, holding figure of Victory on globe in r. hand. Inscr.: dni VSTI LXVIII.
NVSPPAVG. Rev. Constantinople seated, holding spear in r. hand and globus
crucifer in 1. Inscr. : viCTORl AAVGGGS CONOB. The coin is surrounded by five
circles of beaded wire soldered together. Above is a large biconical gold bead,
decorated with two rows of small circles in beaded wire on either side of a central
beaded wire. The bead, which is pierced lengthwise, is soldered to the setting,
the line of juncture being masked by two beaded wires. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2'9 cm. ; wt., 146 grns. Cf. Wroth, B.M. Cat. of Byzantine Coins, L, p. 76, n. i ; iMon.
Ant., XIL, pi. II, 3, p. 279.
2944. Pendant, composed of an open gold ring, horn-shaped (like Nos. 2603-4). It
passes through a projection attached to a circular green variegated glass pendant
with raised border. On this is the bust of a woman in relief, in profile to 1. Her
PENDANTS AND AMULKTS OF THE ROMAX PICRIOI). 35 I
liair is in tlie style of that of Julia Mamaca. The ring has also a gold phallus
attached to it by a loop. From a tomb at Amiens. Franks liequest, 1S97. 3rd
cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 cm. ; wt., 48 gnis. Arcliaeoloi^ia, .\.\.\III., ]). 174, pi. vii, 5. Formerly in the Londes-
Ijorough Coll. Said to have been found in a lead coffin with other objecLs, including two
early Italian fibulae and a gold ring {B.M. Cal. of Kiiigs^ No. 513). Cf Dc Ridder, Coll.
dc Ckra/, VI., pi. \x.\ii., 672 ; ibid., 664.
2945. Disk of pale gold, ornamented with a round garnet in the centre and four Plate LX.
pear-shaped garnets radiating from it ; all are in gold settings. The pear-shaped
garnets are separated from one another by four vase-shaped ornaments in
embossed gold soldered to the disk. The radiating ornaments are divided from
each other by a plain wire between two beaded wires. The beaded wires
terminate in volutes with a globule in their centre. Two circles of beaded wire
form a border. Two loops are soldered opposite one another to the back of the
disk. 2nd-3rd cent. A.l>.
Diam., 3 '6 cm. ; wt., 88 grns. Perhaps for connecting the ends of a necklace.
2946. Gold ornament in the form of a disk of openwork, with a rosette of seven Plate LX.
pointed petals in the middle. The rosette is made up of a circular garnet in the
centre, surrounded by seven pear-shaped garnets, all set in gold. Border of raised
dots round the edge of the disk. The settings are strengthened at the back by a
circular strip of gold and seven short radiating strips, Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 3' i cm. ; wt., 59 grns.
2947-8. Two amethyst pendants in the form of bees. A hole for a suspending
thread is pierced in their heads. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., I '7 cm. ; wt, (together), 26 grns. Cf. Caylus, Rccucil, IV., pi. xci.x., S.
2949-50. Pair of gold bullae, composed of two hollow convex disks fastened
together by the folding over of their edges. They seem to have been suspended
by means of large gold rings, formed of two intertwisted gold wires with a loop
at the top. The ends of these rings are flattened at the points where they were
inserted into the bullae. P'rom Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria. Franks Bequest,
1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 6' 35 cm. ; wt. (together), 1076 grns.
2951. Gold pendant with chain. The pendant is in the form of a hollow bulla with Plate
loop for suspension ; beneath the loop are soldered globules. The chain is LXVIII.
composed of links in the form of a wire rod with a loop at each end ; between the
loops are (alternately) a pearl and facetted heliotrope (or porcelain) bead. These
links alternate with links of 8-shaped wire. Two pearls, one heliotrope, and two
green porcelain beads remain. Towneley Coll. 2nd-3rd cent. .\.D.
L., 7'8 cm. ; wt., 42 grns.
352 CATALOGUE OF JKWKLLEKV.
2952. Gold pendant in tin- form df a nnind-bcllicd vase. Small rosette stamped
below. I lole for fastening lid pierced on either side of tlic neck. Bequeathed
Ijy Miss Auldjo, 1^59.
III., I '7 cm. ; wt., 20 grns.
2953. Gold pendant, in the form of a small, round-bellied vase. Grooved loop for
suspension. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Ht., I'5 cm. ; \vt., 7 grns.
2954. Gold seal, composed of a handle consisting of two curved bars, cut so as to Plate
show an openwork ivy-leaf between them. In their ends are set a pyramidal LXVIII.
diamond and pointed jacinth respectively. Attached to the bars is a nearly
circular setting containing an oval black agate (?) intaglio : "FRI. 7'ari. A small
hole, perhaps for a ring attachment, is pierced in the back of the setting.
From Rome. Castellani Coll., 1872. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wl., 1 17 grns. For the name Tariiis, cf. C.I.L., VI., 27106-7.
2955- Gold mount for revolving seal (.■'). It consists of two serpents, whose tails are Plate
intertwined, and whose heads (pierced for insertion of a swivel) form the LXVIII.
extremities of the mount. The serpents' bodies are chased in imitation of scales.
Ht., V2 cm. ; \vt., 52 grns.
2956. Gold pendant in the form of a small trident suspended from a .short chain of
bent double-loop links. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Ht., 4' 2 cm. ; wl., 13 grns. Cf. No. 28StS.
2957- Gold pendant in the shape of a tabula ai/sata cut out of tliin
gold and furnished with a loop for suspension. Stamped with a
crescent and inscribed : 'AprefiiSi T[apaKia(i.) 'ET^eSi^/tiou (sc. aidO-q^a).
Bequeathed by W. Burges, Esq., 1S81. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., I '6 cm. : B., '/ cm. ; wt., 7 grns. For .Artemis of the .Salt Lake, Larnaka,
Cyprus, see Reseller, Ltw., s.\-. Paralia.
2958. Fragment of a gold chain, composed of links of small facetted beads with
a loop on each side ; from it is suspended a phallus in red coral. Towneley Coll.
Ht., 12 '3 cm. ; wt., 26 grns. Cf Comptc-Reiidii, 1S72, pi. iii., 10, p. 163 f.
2959. Fragment of a gold chain with a phallus in red coral suspended from it.
Payne Knight Coll.
Ht., 3"4 cm. ; wt., 11 gnis.
2960. Gold chain of forty-three flat oblong links, fastened in a circle with loop for
suspension. On it is a pendant in the form of a phallus in thin stamped gold,
fastened to the chain by a grooved loop. Hamilton Coll.
L. of chain, 28 "9 cm. ; ht. of pendant, I ' 5 cm. ; wt., 40 grns.
2961. Gold pendant in the form of a phallus, with loop above. Towneley Coll.
Hi., I cm. ; wt., 7 grns.' Cf. Arch.-ep. Mitt, aus Oesterr.-Ung., XIX., p. 176.
B PENDANTS AND AMULETS OV THE ROMAN PERIOD. 353
2962. Gold pendant as last.
III., F '.S cm. ; wt., 21 grns.
2963. Gold pendant in the form of a phallus (hollow). The suspending ring is
composed of a plain ribbon with a beaded wire on each side. Towneley Coll.
Ht., I "6 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
2964. Gold pendant in the form of an arm with clenched hand, making the gesture Plate
ofihejica. Loop at end for suspension. On the back of the hand is a beaded LXVIII.
gold ring, filled in with the remains of a white glass paste. From Olbia on the
Black Sea. Presented by M. Pierre Mavrogordato, 1906.
L., 2'9 cm. ; wt., 34 grns. Cf. Compte-Rcndii, 1872, pi. iii., 1 1, p. 164.
2965. Gold pendant, composed of three small disks with border of plain and beaded
wires, soldered together (bunch of grapes .■'). In the middle is a circular setting,
which has been filled with enamel or paste. Loop for suspension, to which a
small rosette of eight petals has been soldered. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., I "6 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
2966. Gold pendant in the form of a bunch of grapes (J), made up of five bosses Plate
decorated with small wire circles. On each side of the rim round the top is a LXVIII.
pair of gold loops for suspension. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 1 -5 cm. ; wt., 55 grns.
2967. Gold pendant in the form of a bunch of grapes, with a ring for suspension.
From Olbia on the Black Sea. Presented by M. Pierre Mavrogordato, 1906.
Ht , I "6 cm. ; wt., 47 grns.
2968. Gold pendant composed of a cluster of five globules (bunch of grapes .') to Plate
which four pyramids of small globules are soldered. Above is a grooved ring for LXVIII.
suspension. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Ht., 2-5 cm. ; wt., 29 grns. Cf. Arch. Aus., 1890, p. 95 (top 1. hand figure).
2969. Pale gold button decorated with two palmettes and two floral designs on
the convex surface. On the flat back are soldered two loops for attachment.
Beaded border. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., I '7 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
2970. Electrum pendant in the form of a ram's head (hollow), backed by a plain Plate
plate and suspended by a ring. From Olbia on the Black Sea. Presented by LXVIII.
M. Pierre Mavrogordato, 1906.
L., I '7 cm. : wt., 29 grns.
2971. Gold pendant in the form of an ox-head (hollow), with very long horns. Plate
Open at back. Grooved ring for suspension. From a tomb at Olbia on the LXVIII.
Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Ht., I '0 cm. : wt., 25 grns.
354 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERV.
2972. Gold fibula (?) or brooch, in the form of a wheel with four spokes, composed Plate LX.
of a broad beaded wire between two plain wires. The extremities of the plain
wires forming the spokes are in the form of volutes. In the centre is a double
flower of five pointed and five rounded petals, the latter granulated. From
Dr. Nott's Collection. Acquired, 1855. ist-2nd cent. A.D.
L., 27 cm. ; wt., 100 grns. Ciueton Sale, Lot 172. Cf. Mon. J'io/, V., p. 264, fig. 56 (from
Boscorcale, ist cent, a.d.), whence it is clear that disks of this type were sometimes used in
connection with breast-chains. Sometimes they occur as clasps of necklaces. See Joicrn.
Ivt. d' Arch. Niiiii., 1907, pi. vii., 2 (early 2nd cent. .^.D.), found with coins, the latest of
Hadrian. Cf. Nos. 2738 ff.
2973. Gold wheel, composed of a rim of a plain wire between two beaded wires.
The spokes are in the form of two beaded wires crossing one another at r. angles.
The four segments thus formed are filled in with beaded wire ornaments of bow-
spiral form, now largely broken away. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2' 5 cm. ; «t., 96 grns.
2974. Gold pendant, wheel-shaped with six spokes. The rim is composed of a
plain wire with a be<ided wire on either side : the spokes of beaded wire with
plain wire on either side. The latter are also decorated with globules. In the
centre is set a round convex garnet. There is a loop fastened to the back for
suspension. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 48 grns.
2975. Gold pendant in the form of a wheel with eight spokes, formed of plain and Plate LX.
beaded wiies. There is a fluted loop for suspension. At the back are soldered
on opposite sides of the rim a small disk pierced with a hole and an irregularly-
shaped gold plate with three crescent-form excisions. Found on the plain of
La Guillotiere, Rhone, 1819. Comarmond Coll., 1S51. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2' i cm. ; wt., 42 grns. The attachments suggest that the object originally served as a
fastening for the ends of chains as in Mo?!. Piot, V., p. 264 ; but it may have been fastened
to a bracelet as in the e.\ample published in Oesterr. Jahresh., Beiblatf, 1909, p. 103, fig. 73.
2976. Gold wheel with four spokes, the junction of which is masked at the centre
by a garnet in a circular setting. Loop attached to wheel, from which is suspended
a rosette of nine petals, with a beaded loop on either side. Found in a tomb at
Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Ht., 3-3 cm. ; wt. 23 grns.
2977. Gold pendant (hollow) in the form of the wolf-god Uapuaut, with pointed Plate
head, prominent teeth, long upright ears, thin body, and long tail touching the
ground. There are four loops soldered to the same side of the animal, two to the
side and two to the base. Said to have been found near Cyrene. Acquired, 1859.
Ca. 1st cent. A.D.
Ht., 3'3 cm.; w^t., 86 grns. There are four similar objects in Berlin, which come from Nubia
(Meroe). See Lepsius, Denkmakr, V., pi. xlii., Nos. 20-23 ; Schafer, Acg. GoUischmicdeayb.,
PENDANTS AND AMULETS OK THE ROMAN I'ERIOU. 355
I., Nos. 241-4. Schiifer {op. ci/.\ p. 99) dates the treasure of Meroe, of which these objects
formed part, to the ist cent. a.D.
2978. Gold plaque, nearly square, stamped with three standing figures with Egyptian Plate LXIX.
headdresses. On the 1. is a draped woman holding torch in r. hand (Demeter-
Isis..') ; in the centre, a child with his r. hand raised to his head (Horus .') ; above
him are two uraei ; on the r. is a draped figure with palm sceptre in 1. hand.
Raised beaded border. Ring soldered behind for suspension. Franks Bequest,
1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 2' 5 cm. : wt., 26 grns.
2979. Gold pendant in the form of an oblong plaque with two rings for suspension Plate LXIX.
soldered above. The plaque is embossed with four rude standing Egyptian
figures, viz. (from 1. to r.) : {a) Bearded draped figure wearing feather headdress
and holding his drapery in a fold in his two hands ; {b) bearded draped figure
wearing disk on head ; {c) draped female figure wearing uncertain headdress ;
{d) Horus wearing pschent and cuirass, and carrying shield on his 1. arm.
Beneath the figures is a tendril design. Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 2'7 cm. ; wt., 22 grns. For Horus, cf. Rev. Arch., 4'"° Sdr., IIL, p. 117.
2980. Gold pendant, in the form of a circular plaque, stamped with three standing Plate LXIX.
draped female figures on a raised platform. There is a border consisting of a
beaded wire between two plain wires. Ring soldered behind for suspension.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2"4 cm. ; wt., 35 grns.
2981. Gold amulet-pendant in the form of a hollow cylinder, with a fitted cap at
one end. To it are soldered three rings for suspension, each decorated with
three globules. Upon the cap's removal, the cylinder was found to be filled
with sulphur : this was taken away, and at the far end was found a mass of white
silk thread, originally twisted up into a strand. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 4 cm. ; wt., 46 grns. The silk was apparently inserted as a Kai-dSeo-fios-. Threads played an
important part in magic. See, e.g., Kenyon, B.M. Papyri, 1893, p. 98,1.452; Petron.,
131 : ilia (anicula) de sinu licium protulit varii coloris fills intortum cei'vicemciue vinxit
meam. For the form of case, cf. Bottiier Jahrb., CIIL pi. vii., 9-1 1, and below. No. 3156.
2982. Pendant, composed of a garnet bead of cylindrical form with tapering ends. Plate LXIX.
Each of the ends is covered with a ribbed gold cap, to which a ribbed gold ring
is attached. " Bought at Cairo." Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 3"6cm. ; wt., 34 grns.
2983. Gold amulet, composed of a cylinder with cap at either end. The cylinder is Plate LXIX.
filled with a composition of sulphur, and has a ribbed ring for suspension, beneath
which is soldered a triangle of globules on each side. The cylinder is ornamented
with three lines of globules arranged alternately in single globules and triangles,
with a rosette in the centre. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2'2 cm. ; diam., "8 cm. ; wt., 51 grns.
356 CATALOGUE OF jKWEI.IKKV
2984. Gold cylindrical amulet as last. The globules are differently arranged (the
triangles arc larger), and one end cap is missing. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2 cm. ; diam., '8 cm. : wt., 27 grns.
2985. Gold pendant, cylindrical, with closed ends. It is divided into three bands Plate LXIX.
by means of vertical raised lines, the intervals between which are filled with
double spirals in wire. Loop for suspension. Three pyramids of globules below.
Perhaps the pendant is reminiscent of a caterpillar. From a tomb at Olbia on
the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
L., I '9 cm. : wt., 28 grns.
29S6. G'ld cylinder, decorated with loops and circles in wire and groups of three
globules arranged triangularis'. Hollow, with open ends. From a tomb at Olbia
on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
L., 2'7 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
2987 "8. Two cylinders, composed of a network of wire circles with globules soldered piate LXIX.
at the point of contact. In the middle is a hollow gold tube, ending in a cap at
either end. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., 2 '4 cm. : wt. (together), 75 grns.
2989. Gold cylinder, divided by a wire into two compartments, within each of which
are six triangles in globules. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired,
1907.
L., I -6 cm. : ut., 1 1 grns.
2993. Gold pendant (.'), consisting of two double spirals on each side of a central
rod, suspended from a double grooved ring. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 1 1 grns.
2991-2. Pair of pendants, each consisting of a rectangular piece of dark glass in
open gold setting. A ribbed gold ring is soldered above each for suspension.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., I '2 cm. ; wt. (together), 34 grns.
2993. Gold pendant consisting of an oval sardonyx in gold bo.x -setting. A loop of
wire ending in volutes is soldered above. From Kalymnos. Acquired, 1901.
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 28 grns. Arch. Anz., 1902, p. 119, I. (4).
2994. Oval ivory pendant. Within a raised rim is a thin sheet of gold, decorated
with incised zigzag and oblique lines. To this background was attached a thin
gold plate in the form of a female figure (Aphrodite .'') seated on a rock and
playing with a child (Eros .■') on her knee. On her shoulder stands another child
(Eros .'), adjusting her hair. The plate has been covered with a thin piece of
glass, now broken. A hole is pierced lengthwise through the back for a swivel
PENDANTS ANIi AMUI.KIS OF IIIK ROMAN PERIOD.
557
atlachmcnt. From Olbia on the Black Sea. Presented by M. I'icrrc Mavrogor-
dato, 1906, Ca. ist cent. A.D.
L., 2'2 cm. For the lechnique, cf. B.M. Cat. of Jiiiigs, p. x.vxvi. : Jiiliib. </. Arch. Iiisl., 1908,
p. 163-4, fiy. 7 (portrait (if Lucius Verus).
2995. Gold figure of dove (hollow). The figure is flat beneath, where it has two
Ijairs of small rings soldered to it. The wings of the dove are indicated by
incised markings. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
2996. Gold pendant in the form of a mule's head embossed in gold. Ring on to])
of head for suspension. Below is a bell (.'). Hamilton Coll.
L., I ■ I cm. ; wt., 9 grns. Cf. B.M. Cat. of Rings, pi. xii.. No. 389. Evidently used as an
amulet.
2997. Gold pendant of oval form, consisting of an oval
engraved lapis lazuli set in a gold open setting, with
border of gold moulded into cable form. Ribbed
loop for suspension. The stone is engraved on both
sides. Obv. Gnostic divinity (Abrasa.x .') standing
to front. He has a headdress of three feathers,
two pairs of wings and a cock's tail, and holds a
staff in either hand. Re%'. Aphrodite Anadyomene
with lower limbs draped, standing and wringing her
h<iir. Inscribed round the figure is ; APU)PI<J>(P)ACIC,
'Apcopi (ppaat<;. From Tarsus. Franks Bequest,
1897. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 3 '8 cm. ; wt., 82 grns. Part of the '" treasure of Tarsus.'
the objects there mentioned, including coins, the latest of Gordianus III. See /icz'. Niiiii..
1868, p. 333 (7), and p. 335 ; cf. also Smith and HuttOD, Cat. of Cook Coll., Nos. 237, 257.
Plate LXIX.
W| f
Fig. 95. — Obverse and reverse uf
No. 2997.
Found with Nos. 3008-9, and
2998. Gold pendant, composed of an oval bo.x-setting surrounded by a cable-border,
containing a convex red sard. There is a small loop for suspension. Franks
Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
L., 3-1 cm., ; wt., 51 grns. Cf. fa/iri. d. Arch. Inst., 1908, p. 163, hg. 7 1 below), found with
portrait of Lucius Verus in gold setting.
2999. Oblong gold setting with cable border. It contains a semi-cylindrical plasma. Plate LXIX.
Two holes for threading pierced on either long side of the setting. From
Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
3000. Gold oval box-setting with cable border, now empt}-. Pierced on each side w ith
two holes (in one case double) for threading. From Tortosa. Franks Bequest,
1897.
L., 2" I cm. ; ut., 39 grns.
2 A 3
358 CATALOGUE OK JKVVELLERY.
3001. Gold setting of same type as last, but rtjund. Pierced with two pairs of holes.
From Tortosa. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I '3 cm. ; wt., 14 grns.
3002. Oval gold setting of same type as last, crushed. I-rom Tortosa. F'ranks
Bequest, 1897.
L., 1-8 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
3003. Similar gold setting, containing a convex garnet. F'rom Tortosa. FVanks
Bequest, 1897.
L., 1 '9 cm. ; wt., 49 grns.
3004. Similar oval gold setting, empty. From Tortosa. I'ranks Bequest, 1897.
1,., 2' 5 cm. : \M., 54 grns.
3005. Similar setting, empty, l^'rom Tortosa. F" ranks Bequest, 1S97.
L., 2 cm. ; wt., 36 grns.
3006. Gold setting with cable border, containing a sard (slightly burnt) or sardony.x (.'),
with the engraved design of an eagle looking backwards and a crescent. Remains
of a loop for suspension. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
3007. Gold pendant, consisting of an oval bo.x setting with openwork border con- Plate LXIX.
taining an amethyst. Suspended below from a loop is a pendant consisting of
five globules arranged in a pyramid, with clusters of smaller globules interspersed.
The whole pendant is suspended by two chains of 8-shaped links of gold wire,
each link having a garnet disk in its middle. At the end of the chain is a gold
crescent used for suspending the whole. From Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 15 cm. ; wt., 231 grns.
3008-9. Pair of small gold bells, with handles in the form of finger-rings with Plate LXIX.
projecting and facetted shoulders (cf. B.M. Cat. of Rings, pi. xxv., No. 977).
Round the outside of the bells [passing from 1. to r.] are figures in relief represent-
ing the labours of Hercules. On one bell are : (i) Hercules wrestling with the
lion ; he stands to r. and grasps its neck with both hands ; (2) Hercules to r.,
with club raised over his head with r. hand and lion's skin over 1. shoulder,
attacking the hydra ; (3) Hercules lifting the Erymanthian boar with both arms
over his head, about to throw it upon Eurystheus, who crouches in ^pithos. The
figure of Eurystheus is very rudely indicated by engraving ; (4) Hercules to r.,
grasping with his r. hand the horns of the Keryneian stag which lies upon the
ground, and holding his club in his 1. hand ; (5) Hercules to r., holding in his 1.
hand the bow and in his r. hand an arrow (Stymphalian birds) ; (6) Hercules
standing over and grasping Hippolyta, queen of the Amazons, who kneels
on the ground. On the second bell are : (7) Hercules standing to r. with club
PENDANTS AND AMULETS OV THE ROMAN PERIOD.
359
in r. hand, graspini,^ by the horn the Cretan bull (with 1. hand) ; the bull is
half kneeling on the ground ; (8) iicrcules standing to r., with club raised over
his head ; his I. hand grasps the liead of one of the horses of Diomede, which
bounds to the r. ; below is another horse lying on the ground ; (9) Hercules to r.,
carrying off the oxen of Geryon, two of which are represented (one by the head
only) ; (10) Hercules standing to front with lion's skin over his I. shoulder; with
his r. hand he leads out the triple-headed Kerberos from a cave; (il) Hercules
grasping the apple-tree in the garden of the Hesperides ; round the tree is coiled
Fig. 96 = Nos. 3008-9.
a serpent ; (12) Hercules standing in profile to r., with the lion's skin over his 1.
arm (?) ; he is cleansing the Augean stables ; in his r. hand he holds a kind of large
ladle, beneath which is a basket of woven work. Within the bells remain the loops
for the suspension of the metal clappers, which are now missing. Found about
1863 with other gold ornaments at Tarsus. Franks Bequest, 1897. 3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 3-2 cm. ; ht., 3 cm. ; \vt., 355 and 359 grns. respectively. /!ev. Num., 1868, p. 333 f.
(Nos. 5 and 6) ; Froehner, Mus. de France, pi. 38, i, 2,3 ; Pichon Sale Cat., 1897, Nos. 155,6,
pi. iv. Found with B.M. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 188, 268, 801, and No. 2997 above. Coins
were found with the treasure, the latest of Gordianus III. Cf. Kliigmann in Annali dell''
Inst., 1864, p. 304 ff. It will be noticed that there is some departure from the normal order
of the exploits. In (i), (2), (5), (6), Hercules is probably beardless, in the rest bearded. Cf.
B.M. Cat. of Sculpt., III., No. 2300. Ste also Annali, 1875, p. 53.
3010. Gold amulet in the form of a hollow recumbent figure with hands clasped over Plate LXIX.
breast. There is a girdle round the waist from which two serpents (uraei .'') spring.
360 CATAI,()(;L'K ok JKVVKl.I.ERV. _
The lower part of the body is in the form of a hand with the first finger pointing.
Two rings for suspension are soldered at the back, one vertically underneath the
head, the other horizontally at the bottom. Blacas Coll., 1867. Romano-
Egyptian.
L., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 37 grns. There is a similar amulet in the Department of Egyptian Antiquities
(Case J. No. 122-26327).
3011. Gold amulet akin to last. There is no girdle, and the ribs are carefully Plate LXIX.
indicated. The lower part of the body is normal, and the feet rest upon a
circular base decorated with two rows of egg-moulding. The figure evidently
represents a mummy in general form, but has an e.xaggerated phallus. At the
back were two rings for suspension, the upper one of which has been broken
away. The figure is hollow and filled with sulphur. From Cyprus. Acquired,
1893.
Ht., 3' 5 cm. ; ut., 40 grns. Ohnefalsch-Richter, Kypros, etc., pi. cc.xvii., 4 ; p. 494 (bottom) ;
Arch. Am., 1896, p. 143 ; cf. Cesnola, Atlas, III., pi. iv., 8, 25, where it is said that similar
amulets contained an inscribed silver leaf in the base. The present amulet seems simply to
be filled with sulphur.
3012. Gold pendant in the form of a hollow statuette of Amen-Ra wearing disk Plate LXIX.
(filled with blue paste) and feathers on his head (which is covered with a cap with
lappets over the ears), and loin-cloth. In his r. hand he carries an uraeus, and in
his 1. an aiikli, made separately of wire. He wears a pectoral of egg-pattern, and
stands upon a rounded hollow base, with 1. foot slightly advanced. At the back
of his neck and shoulders is soldered a stout ring for suspension. Castellani Coll.,
1872. Romano- Egyptian.
Ht., 9' 7 cm. ; wt., 21S grns.
3013. tGold statuette representing a nude standing figure of Mars. He wears a Plate LXIX.
crested helmet, and has his r. hand raised, probably for holding a spear now
missing. His 1. hand is lowered, and carries an oval shield with embossed cable
border. The shield is attached to the wrist by a wire. The top and edge of the
base are ornamented with a pattern of thunderbolts in relief The figure is
hollow, and the helmet, head and neck, arms, trunk as far as the knees, and the
lower parts of the legs seem to have been made separate!}-, and then soldered
together. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., IO-6 cm, : wt.. 302 grns. Biiii. dcW lust., 1863, p. 7.
3014. Figure of Fortuna in solid gold. She is draped in chiton and mantle, and Plate LXIX.
carries steering oar in r. hand and cornucopia over 1. shoulder. On her head is a
calathus. Back unworked, with loop for suspension. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., 2- 1 cm. ; wt., 44 grns.
3015. Gold pendant in the form of a winged thunderbolt. It is of thin gold with Plate LXX.
three prongs at either end filled with glass paste, beatitifulh- iridised. They arc
PENDANTS ANI1 AMULKTS OF THK ROMAN PKRIOl). 36 1
arranged in lotus-form. Between the prongs on each side arc spn-ally-twisted
ribbons of gold. In the centre is a lozenge-shaped compartment filled with glass
paste, with four small circles ranged round it, similarly filled. From either side
a pendant is suspended from a wire loop ; it consists of a small disk stamped with
a mask of Medusa of late type, below which are three chains with small paste
beads at the end. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 5'7 cm. ; lit., 6' 8 cm. ; \vt., 90 grns. Probably an amulet. This type of thunderbolt occurs
in Hellenistic times, e.g. on the great altar at Pergamon (Jacobsthal, Der Blitz, pi. ii.,
No. 69), but the technique of the present points to a Roman date. Cf. Nos. 2578, 2888.
3016. Gold chain with pendent glass imitating sapphire. The chain is of 8-shaped
links of double wire, partly broken away. The sapphire-paste is pear-shaped,
but nearly flat. Hamilton Coll.
L., 7 • 8 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
3017. Gold pendant, consisting of a small egg-shaped setting containing a sapphire,
with a cylindrical plasma bead suspended below. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., 2'8 cm. : wt., 12 grns.
3018. Oval amethyst with groove running round the sides. Pierced at the top for
suspension. Modern mount. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I "8 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
3019. Pendant consisting of a garnet, convex on both sides and rising to a point, set
in gold band with a loop at either end. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 11 grns.
3020. Gold oval setting containg a sapphire. At either end a pearl is fastened by a
wire. Two holes are pierced in the lower part of the setting for threading.
Hamilton Coll.
L., I ■ \ cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
3021. Gold pendant in the form of a wire rod with loop ; upon the rod are strung
a facetted garnet bead and a pearl.
Ht., I "9 cm. ; wt., 10 grns.
3022. Gold pendant in the form of a vase with hollow circular body, having a garnet Plate LXIX.
set in the middle. A beaded rod is attached to the disk above and below. On
either side of the upper portion of the rod is an S-shaped handle, at the top of
all is a loop for suspension. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Ht.. 3' I cm. : wt.. 36 grns.
3023. Gold pendant of nearly semicircular form, made up of bands of plain and
spirally-twisted wires, and a beaded border, soldered to a gold plate. An oval
green paste is set in the centre. Loop for suspension. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Ht., I '3 cm. : wt., 15 grns.
362 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
3024. Sardonyx bead in the form of a club. Hamilton Coll.
Ht., I '4 cm,
3025. Part of an oval gold box (?) decorated along the .side with triangles of
globuie.s with apices pointing alternately upwards and downwards. The ends
are open, possibly having been broken away. One of the faces of the box is
impressed with a palmette on a capital with volutes, the other with filigree and
globules, possibly designed to represent the columns of a temple and its semi-
circular forecourt.
L., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 28 grns.
3026-8. Three gold pendants, consisting each of a ring soldered to a disk, the latter
stamped with a flower of nine petals. In the ring is inserted a second ring from
which hang four pendants, suspended from chains of two links. The pendants
are shell-shaped, with a boss in the middle of one side and a beaded border
round the bottom. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Ht., 3' 2 cm. ; wt. (singly), 96 grns.
(/) Hair-pins. Nos. 3029-3041.
3029. Silver pin with large hollow globular head. Below the head is a moulding
terminating in a ring of ribbed wire. Much oxydised. From Curium, Cyprus
(Turner Bequest Excavations), 1896. Tomb 63.
Ht., 8'6 cm. : wt., 194 grns. Excavations in Cyprus, p. 84, Tomb 63 (3).
3030. Gold hair-pin with head in the form of a lotus-bud. Castellani Coll., 1872. Plate LXIX.
L., i2'2 cm. ; wt., 67 grns. Cf. Fontenay, p. 395, No. 27.
3031. Gold pin with hollow gold head in the form of a pine-cone. From the cone, Plate LXIX.
fastened by a wire ring and loop, hangs a leaf in gold.
Ht., 6'3 cm. : wt., 21 grns.
3032. Silver pin with head in the form of a pine-cone, with vertical striations. Below Plate LXIX.
is a base in the form of an inverted truncated pyramid. The bottom of the pin
is broken away. Found in a Roman tomb at Karpathos. Acquired, 1859.
2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Ht., 6-1 cm. : wt., 77 grns. Found with Nos. 2486, 2634, 2784, and rings, B.M. Cat. of Rings,
Nos. 522, 827.
3033. Gold pin-head (.') in the form of a cone. It is composed of a bone core over
which gold leaf has been pressed, and is marked with deep vertical grooves and
horizontal striations. Below is part of a gold rod broken away. Blacas Coll.,
1867.
Ht., 2' 8 cm. ; wt., 45 grns.
PINS OF TIIK ROMAN TERIOD.
363
3034. Gold pin in the form of a Corinthian column surmounted by a figure of Plate LXIX.
Aphrodite. The pin is facetted octagonally, the point being broken off. The 1.
side and arm of the goddess lean on a pillar, and with the hand she holds up
the drapery over her lower limbs. Her r. arm is raised from the elbow, and the
hand grasps a loose tress of hair. She appears to wear a stephani. On one
side of the pin is soldered a loop to which is attached a plaited chain. From
Syria. Castellani Coll., 1884. 3rd-4th cent. A.D.
Ht., 12-6 cm. ; wt., 555 grns. Castellani Sale Cat., Paris, 1884, pi. i., No. 1 15 ; Cf. Pollak,
Goldschmiedcarb., pi. vi., 30 ; Fontenay, p. 395 ; Arneth, Gold-- u. Silbermoti., S i, No. 38 ;
Dalton, B.M. Cat. of Christian Ant., Nos. 232 f. (Esquilinc Treasure, 4th cent. .\.D.).
3034*. Silver pin (solid) in the form of a column with square abacus. On
the abacus stands Aphrodite to front, her weight resting on her 1. leg.
Her r. leg is slightly bent, and has drapery across it from above the
knee. This drapery, which is clasped between the legs, is carried up
the back on the 1. side and over the 1. shoulder. Each arm is raised
from the elbow and grasps a tress of hair. The rest of her hair falls
in a mass on her back. Acquired, 1910. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
L., lo'S cm. ; wt., 166 grns.
3035. Silver pin, with plain flat circular head, upon which is a seated |§ Plate LXIX.
figure of Eros with r. leg tucked under his 1. His r. hand rests on
the ground, his 1. on his 1. thigh. Hair indicated on back and sides
of head only. End of pin broken away. Acquired, 1909. Ca.
3rd cent. A.D.
L., 1 1 '7 cm. ; wt., 290 grns.
3036. Gold pin with broad circular head. Hamilton Coll.
L., 5 '6 cm. ; wt., 20 grns.
3037. Ivory pin with head in the form of a pine-cone overlaid with gold.
Comarmond Coll., 1851.
L., 5 '7 cm.
3038. Fragment of ivory pin, with cone-shaped head overlaid with gold.
L., 5-9 cm.
3039. Ivory pin with moulded head. It has been completely covered
with gold. Blacas Coll., 1867.
L., 9' 7 cm.
3040. Ivory hair-pin, with gold-covered head. The point is broken away.
L., 5-5 cm.
3041. Gold pin, with hollow head in the shape of an inverted cone. The inverted
base is stamped with a rosette. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 12-5 cm. ; wt., 53 grns.
Fig. 97 =
No. 3034*.
364 CATALOGUE Ol- JEWKI.LKKV.
(i,'-) Embossed plaques, etc. Nos. 3042 3132.
3042. Gold frontlet with pointed oval ends, each pierced with three holes surrounded
by a ring of dots (probably a rude imitation of serpents' heads). The band,
except at the extreme edges, is decorated with a crinkled pattern. " Found
between {sic) a Roman wall in Queen Street, Chcapside, London, 1839."
Acquired, 1840.
I.., 34 cm. ; wt., 106 grns.
3043. Gold band as last. Hroken in two. The breaks have been pierced with three
holes on each side with a view to joining. Found in Queen Street, with the last.
Acquired, 1840.
L., 34 cm. ; wt., 105 gnis.
3044. Part of a gold diadem, composed of a thin strij) of gold, much crushed, with Plate LXX.
an oval onyx intaglio set in it ; Fortuna, calathus-crowned, standing to r., holding
cornucopia in r. and steering-oar in I. From a tomb at Tortosa in Syria.
Formerly in the Collection of Prince Napoleon. Acquired, 1879.
T.., S-S cm. ; wt., 36 grns. Cf. Pollak, Goldschinieilfarb., pi. iv., 11.
3045. Part of a gold diadem, consisting of a flat band with rounded ends, broadening P'a'e LXX.
towards the middle, where one half is broken away. At the end preserved is
TiBepioc
an impressed inscription : l<^/\yZ^10C , 'Vi/deptO'; KXauSto? 'Apre/i/Swpo?.
yXprc-Ml^oc
From 1. to r. follow three embossed figures, and a part of a fourth. The fir.st, in
very high relief, is a bust of Helios on a raised disk, wearing radiated crown ;
the next, also in high relief (but lower than the preceding), represents Horus
standing on a base, with phiale in lowered r. hand ; his 1. hand is raised, as
though supported on a staff. He has a hawk's head, and wears toga (.') and
chiton, and the crowns cf the North and South (Roman Emperor in character of
Horus i"). Next follows Demeter with girt chiton and himation drawn over her
head as a veil. She holds a torch in her 1. hand. She has two feathers of
Isis .' rising above her head. Only the upper part of the fourth figure is
preserved. It is that of a fem.ale wearing chiton, himation, and high ornamented
stephane on her head (Hera ?). Round the border of the band is a series of
holes for attachment to some stuff or leather foundation. From Naukratis.
Presented by the Committee of the Egypt Exploration Fund, 1886. ist cent. A.D.
L., 19-5 cm. ; greatest width, 4'6 cm. ; wt., 226 grns. Naukratis, I., pi. xxvii., p. 43 : for tlic
representation of Horus, cf. Rev. Arch., 4""' Serie, III., p. 117 f. ; Coll. Greaii, pi. .wii.,
No. 849. On gold diadems ornamented with the figures of deities, cf. Hill in Oesterr.
Jalirc.<:li.. II., p. 245 ft"., and Froehner, Ci>ll. Goluchow. pL vii., 33.
3046-7. Pair of silver embossed disks, perhaps the decoration of horse-harness. Plate LXX.
Design of a Nereid, v\ith draper)- over lower limbs, riding to r. on a sea-monster,
EMBOSSED PLAQUES OK TTTK ROMAN PERIOD. 305
which has a dog's head and a spiked mane. Border of incised zigzags and
beaded rim. Two silver loops arc soldered at the back (one missing from one
of the disks), decorated down the middle with a kind of herring-bone pattern
in relief, in one case merely with impressed dots. From the vale of Tempe.
Found with the fibulae, Nos. 2841 ff. Acquired, 1903.
Diam., 63 cm. ; wt., 285 and 298 grns. respectively.
For the mode of attachment, cf. Curcic, in Jahrb. f. Alto tiimskiiiidc, 1908, p. 12, fig. 34. If
durcic is right in dating the type of fibulae with which these disks were found, we have here
liaibaric imitation of Greek work of the fourth century B.C.
3048. Gold bracteate disk, with impression from a coin of Korkyra ; amphora with Plate LXIX.
volute handles and the monogram ^ within a border of dots. Woodhouse
Coll., 1 868.
Diam., i 'S cm. : wt., 3 grns. Cf. R.M. Coins, Thessaly to Aetolia, pi. xxi., 6, etc. These disks
were frequently used as the central ornaments of wreaths. See Comptc-Rcndu, 1875,
p. 25 : Kondakof, Tolstoi et Reinach, Ant. de la Ritssic Mer., p. 44, figs. 49, 50.
3049. Similar gold disk. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Diam., i"4 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
3050. Thin gold disk stamped with the design of a kantharos within a border of Plate LXIX.
dots. On the 1. side is g, on the r. a bunch of grapes (?). Woodhouse Coll.,
1868.
Diam., 1 -7 cm. : wt., 4 grns. Cf. B.M. Coins, Tliessaly to Aetolia, pi. .\xiii., i i, etc.
3051. Similar gold disk embossed witli the prow of a war-galley to r. and the Plate LXIX.
monogram g. On the side of the galley faint traces of an inscription (? NIKA).
Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Diam., 1-3 cm. ; wt., i grn. Cf. B.M. Coins, Tliessaly to Aetolia, pi. x.xiii., 17.
3052. Similar gold disk. There are faint traces of an embossed design of the prow
of a war-galley. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Diam., I '4 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
3053. Gold bracteate disk embossed with design of Pegasus to r. Underneath is
g. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Diam., 1-5 cm.; wt., i grn. From a coin of Korkyra. Ci. B.M. Coins, Tliessaly to Aetolia,
pi. xxi\-., 9.
3054. Similar bracteate disk, with design of Pegasus to r. Underneath is g ivp.
Dotted border. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Diam., 1-8 cm.; wt., 2 grns. From a coin of Korkyra. Ci. B.M. Coins, Tliessaly to Aetolia,
pi. xxiv., !.
3055. Bracteate disk of pale gold, embossed with the head of an ox to the front.
Woodhouse Coll.. 1868.
Diam., i'7 cm. : wl., 3 grns. Probably from a coin uf Korkyra. Cf. B..^'I. Coins, Thessaly to
Aetolia, pi. xxiii., j f.
366 CATA]X)GUK OF J KWKI.LERY,
3056. Gold bracteate disk, embossed with an ear of barley within a dotted border. Plate LXIX.
On each side is a leaf. On the v., a small club. Woodhouse Coll., 1868.
Diani., 1-7 cm. ; \vt., 5 grns. Cf. the coins of Metapontuin, e.g. /JJf. Greek Coins of Italy,
p. 258, No. 154.
3057. Gold bracteate disk, stamped over a coin of Lysimachos. Head of Alexander
to r. wearing ram's horns. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. : wt., 4 grns. Cf. Coiiiple-Kendii, 1875, pi. ii., 8.
3058 3062. Five gold bracteate disks with impression of coin. Head of Anti-
ochus I. (.'j within beaded border. Before him a sceptre (.'). Franks Bequest,
1897.
Diam., i "3 cm. ; wt. (together), 7 grns.
3063 4. Two similar gold bracteate disks, stamped with the head of Antiochus I. (.'')
in profile to r. within beaded border, h'ranks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I"4 cm. ; wt. (together), 3 grns.
3065. Gold bracteate disk stamped with coin impression. Dove flying to 1. with
branch in mouth (.'). Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I • 2 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
3066. Small gold disk stamped on either side with the figure of a flying dove.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2"S cm. ; wt., 13 grns.
3067. Gold disk stamped with head of Herakles to r. within dotted border. Franks
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i'7 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Cf. coins of Laconia with head of Herakles. See B.M. Cat. of
Coins, Peloponnesus, p. 121 f, Nos. 2-13, pi. x.\iv., 4-6.
3068. Gold bracteate disk, stamped o\er a coin of Kolophon : Homer seated to I.
on a throne. Inscr. ArioAAAZ. The inscription runs vertically, in front of the
figure. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2- 1 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Cf. B.Af. Coins of Ionia, pi. viii., 10.
3069. Gold bracteate disk stamped over a coin of Kolophon : Homer seated to 1. Plate LXIX.
on a throne. Inscr. nYOEoZ. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 3 grns. Cf. B.M. Coins of lonio, p. 41, No. 43.
3070. Gold bracteate disk, with impression of Roman Republican coin. Head of Plate LXIX.
Ceres to 1., wearing corn wreath. Inscribed, C-CICIAI = Cae(i)cian[us]. In the
field behind the head, F. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., I '9 cm. ; wt., 2 grns. See Babelon, Monn. de la Rep., I., p. 327. Coin of L. Cassius
Caecianus (ca. 90 B.C.).
EMBOSSED I'LAQUKS f;F THE ROMAN PERIOD. 367
3071. Gold bracteate disk stamped over a coin. Head of Tiberius to r. Inscription
nearly illegible : Ti CAES DIVI .. AVGVSTi. Woodhouse Coll., i868.
Diam., i "8 cm. ; \vt., 5 grns.
3072. Gold bracteate disk, imitating a coin of the Bosporan King Eumelos. It is Plate LXIX.
stamped with a winged caduceus \\ ithin a circle of dots. In the field, Z. l""rom
a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diani., 2 cm. ; wt., 5 griis. From a coin of King Eumelos struck in 304 B.C. Sec Compte-Rciidii,
1875, pi. ii., 6, p. 16 ff.
3073. Gold disk, stamped with the head of a woman to r. She wears an opistho- Plate LXIX.
sphendone and a necklace with pendant. Beaded border, near which four holes
are pierced. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., i'6 cm.; wt., 4 grns. Ci. Coinpte-Reiuiii, 1876, pi. iii., 30. Type of the 4th cent. B.C.,
but probably impressed in Imperial times.
3074. Pale gold disk, with stamped design of a woman's head to 1. in profile, Plate LXIX.
wearing stephane. Beaded border. Four holes pierced for attachment. Small
piece broken away. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., i '7 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
3075. Gold disk, stamped with a female bust in high relief. The hair streams away Plate LXIX.
in thick locks suggestive of serpents. Border of twisted wire. From a tomb at
Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., I '6 cm. ; wt., 6 grns.
3076. Gold disk (broken into two halves), stamped with a design of a female head Plate LXX.
(Medusa .-") to front with upstanding locks of hair, wearing necklace and amphora-
shaped earrings. Beaded border. Pierced with four holes for attachment.
From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., 2-5 cm. ; wt., 13 grns. Similar disk published in CoinpU- Rendu (St. Petersburg), 1897,
p. 32, fig. 98 ; ibid., 1903, p. 166, fig. 323.
3077. Gold disk as last, but with about a third broken away From a tomb at Olbia.
Acquired, 1907.
Wt., 8 grns.
3078. Gold disk with a stamped design representing a head of Medusa (.') to front. Plate LXX.
Pierced with three holes for attachment. From a tomb at Olbia. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., 2 cm. : wt., 15 grns. Cf. Ant. dt- In Riissie Mdr., p. 44, fig. 50.
3079. Thin gold disk, stamped with the head of Medusa (.') to front, with thick hair Plate LXX.
completely framing the face. Pierced for attachment. From a tomb at Olbia.
Acquired, 1907.
Diam., 2 ' I cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
368 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
3080. Thin gold disk, as last, similarly stamped. Pierced for attachment. From
a tomb at Olbia. Acquired, 1907.
Diani., 2' i cm. ; wt., 2 fjrns.
3081. Gold disk with the impression of a coin. Heads of Agrippina and Nero Plate LXX.
facing one another. Inscribed : NepnNA ceBAC TON. From a tomb
at Olbia. Acquired, 1907.
Diam.. 2' r cm. ; wt.. 10 griis. There are traces of bronze inside.
3082. Gold bracteate disk with impression of coin. Bustof Salonina to r. In.scribed :
- - CAAQN From a tomb at Olbia. Acquired, 1907.
Diam.. 2' i cm ; wt., 2 grns.
3083. Gold bracteate disk, as last, with bust of Salonina to r. From a tomb at
Olbia. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., 2' i cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
3084. Gold disk, stamped with male head to r. Very rude. Inscribed : BAClAenc
. Pierced with eight holes for attachment. From a tomb at Olbia.
Acquired, 1907.
Diam., I'g cm.; wt., 3 grns. Probably from a Pontic coin of the 3rd cent. .\.D. Cf. B.M.
Coins of Ponti/s, pi. xviii., 2, etc.
3085. Gold disk with stamped design : bearded head of a Satyric type in profile Plate LXX.
to r., with hair streaming away behind. Beaded border. Four holes pierced
near the margin for attachment. From a tomb at Olbia. Acquired, 1907.
Diam., 2" 2 cm. ; wt., 12 grns. Similar disk published in Compte-Rendii (St. Petersburg), 1897,
p. 32, fig. 99 ; ibid., 1903, p. i56, fig. 323. Probably adapted from coins of Panticapaeum.
3086. Gold disk, similar to No. 2980, stamped with the design of three draped
figures standing to the front on a platform. There is a border consisting of a
beaded wire between two plain wires. At the back were (originally) three small
rings at equidistant points ; two remain. Franks Bequest, 1 897.
Diam., 2*3 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
3087. Gold disk, or button, with design in relief of a female figure standing to the piate LXIX.
front. She wears a long chiton girt under the breast, and places her r. hand on
her breast, the 1. behind her. Embossed beaded border and ring of beaded wire
round the rim. To the back is soldered a ring. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., i '7 cm. ; wt., 34 grns.
3088. Gold embossed disk, stamped with the figure of a flying eagle. Round the Plate LXX.
edge of the disk is soldered a border composed of a beaded wire between two
plain wires. Franks Bequest, 1S97.
Diam., 12 cm. ; wt., 26 grns.
EMBOSSraj PLACJUKS UK THE KUiMAN PKKKiI). 369
3089. Gold disk, with bust of I'austina the younger in relief applied to it. The Plate LXX.
head is in profile to the r. The hair is brushed back in waves from the forehead
and fastened in a knot behind. The chiton is fastened with a brooch on the r.
shoulder, and a mantle is thrown over the 1. shoulder. Hole pierced beneath
bust. Rude dotted border. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., 1 "9 cm. ; wt., 87 grns. Cf. Bernoulli, Riim. Ikon., 1 1. 2., Munzlaf., i\-., 19-21 and v., 1-3.
3090. Gold disk embossed with the figure of an owl to r. Blacas Coll., 1867.
Diam., i '3 cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
3091. Gold disk. On it in relief (attached separately) is the bust of a youthful
Satyr in profile to r., wiih pedum over shoulder. Hamilton Coll.
Diam., i '4 cm. ; wt., 17 yrns.
3092. Small oval gold plate, composed of two plaques soldered together. Each is
embossed with a head of Medusa. Hole pierced at top for suspension. Acquired,
1846.
Ht., I cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
3093. Gold mask of a beardless j-oung Satyr (.''), with hair standing up over forehead.
Embossed in thin gold. Indistinct. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., I '9 cm. ; wt., 9 grns. Apparently backed with silver, a piece of which still adheres behind
the nose.
3094- Gold mask of a negro, with hair indicated by raised dots. From excavations
at Benghazi and Teuchira (Dennis), 1867.
Ht., I '4 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
3095. Gold figure of a frog, with details elaborately chased. The underside is flat. Plate LXX.
In the middle is a projection, probably belonging to a pin which has been broken
off short. Blacas Coll., 1867.
L., '9 cm.; wt., 14 grns. Cf. B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 220, with reff. there given, and Mies.
Borb., II., pi. xiv., where a frog similar to this decorates the ends of a necklace from
S. Agata dei Goti.
3096. Gold amulet, consisting of a thin plate of gold in the form of a human eye.
From the Mausoleum, Halikarnassos. Excavated by C. T. Newton, Esq., 1857.
L., I '7 cm. ; wt., 4 grns.
3097. Disk of very thin gold, stamped with the figure of an emperor advancing to Plate LXXI.
the front in quadriga. He wears a radiated crown, and holds up the sceptre in
his r. hand and globe in 1. On either side of his extended arms is a star. Just
above the globe is a Victory flying towards the Emperor with crown in out-
stretched hand. Exergual line composed of two palm branches between beaded
lines. In exergue : a nude crouching figure (captive) between serpent and hound.
The whole within a beaded border. Woodhouse Coll., 1866. 4th cent. A.D.
Diam., 5*3 cm. ; wt., 39 grns. Cf. the medallions of Constantius II. (Froehner, Les mMaillons
de V Empire romain, p. 310), and of Valens (p. 327).
2 B
;},'JO CATALOGUE OF JEWELl.EkV.
3098. Gold plaque, cut from a thin gold sheet. It is of oblong form, with corners Plate LXXI.
rounded off. The top is prolonged into a narrow strip, which has formed a loop
for suspension. Round the edge is a border of dots, double at the bottom.
Within is the stamped figure of a woman, moving to r. in long mantle ; in her
r. hand she holds an uncertain object, in her 1. a palm-branch. A hole is pierced
at each lower corner. From Kos. Acquired, 1901.
Dimensions of plaque, 2' 5 x i '4 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Arch. Am., 1902. p. 1 19 (7).
3099. Gold plaque of rectangular form, stamped with the figure of a bull standing Plate LXXI.
to 1. The horns are curved, and the dewlap is marked with wavy lines. Round
the border is a series of small foui -leaved rosettes. A small loop of gold ribbon
is passed through the centre of the upjicr edge of the jilaquc for its suspension.
From Kos. Acquired, 1901.
Dimensions, yj x 4-9 cm. ; wt., 101 grns. Arch. Anc, 1902, p. 119 (6;.
3100. Oblong plaque of thin gold, probably stamped with a design now obliterated.
From Kos. Acquired, 1901.
Dimensions, i ■ i .x 2'9 cm. ; wt., 4 gins. Arch. A//z., 1902, p. 119 (8).
3101. Thin gold plaque in the form of an ivy-leaf, outlined in beaded wire. Franks
Bequest, lii^J'/.
Ht., I '4 cm. ; wt., 2 grns.
3102. Semi-elliptical gold plaque, stamped with a palmette. Two holes for attach-
ment pierced at the apex, and one on each side of the base. From a tomb at
Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
L., I ■ 5 cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
3103. Semi-elliptical gold plaque with pointed apex. Upper part stamped with
chevron pattern, the lower with two horizontal lines, the bottom one of which is
ribbed. Pierced with three holes at the corners, and with a fourth (accidental)
in the middle. From a tomb at Olbia on the Black Sea. Acquired, 1907.
L., I '2 cm. ; wt., 3 grns.
3104. Eight small stamped gold disks, with central boss surrounded by a raised Plate LXX.
ring. Two small holes for attachment are pierced opposite one another on the
circumference. From Amathus, C\'prus (Turner Bequest Excavations), 1894.
Diam., "6 cm. ; total wt., 6 grns. Found in a Roman tomb with coins, the latest of Pupienus
(238 A.D.). E.\-cavatioiis hi Cyprus, pp. 102, iiS, Tomb 66, pi. xiv., fig. 28.
3105. Twenty-four small stamped gold bosses, pierced on either side for threading.
From Larnaka, Cj'prus.
Diam., "7 cm. ; wt. (together), 21 grns.
3106. Gold rosette in the form of a box-setting, beaded round the edge, containing
a dark blue paste. There are si.x rounded petals. Roach Smith Coll., 1S56.
Diam., i cm. ; wt., 7 grns. Roach Smith, Ca/. of Land. Ant., 274.
EMBOSSED PLAQUES OF THE ROMAN PERIOU. 37 1
3107. Circular gold plaque, grooved round the edt^e, within which is a circle of
dots. In the centre of the disk is 'a small circular plaque fastened to the large
disk by three gold nails. The centre of the small disk is embossed, and has five
holes in it for stones now missing. The small disk is covered with a pattern of
zigzags, etc., in dotted lines, and there are two dotted circles round it on the
larger disk, which also has a hole pierced in its centre, corresponding to a hole in
the top of the boss. From Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., lo'y cm. ; wt., 1455 grns.
3108. Gold plaque, roughly semi-elliptical in shape, embossed in relief with a calyx Plate LXXI.
springing from acanthus leaves. From the calyx rises a palmctte, also
springing from acanthus leaves, with twining tendrils on either side. On the
border of the plaque is an openwork wave pattern. Between the wave pattern
and the tendrils is a thick cable border ending above in volutes. At the back
are traces of four loops for attachment. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., 4' I cm. ; B., 5 '6 cm. ; wt., 225 grns.
3109. Gold disk (pin head ?) with beaded wire border, decorated with a double
rosette of six inner and seven outer petals. Traces of attachment underneath.
Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2 '7 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
3110-2. Three rectangular plaques of thin gold with embossed design. Above are
two female heads in relief on either side of a disk with three feathers (.?). Below
the panels is a fringe of five feathers {?), with lines incised obliquely upon them.
The edges of the plaque are turned over slightly. Two holes for threadirig were
pierced on either side in two cases.
7 '7 X 2' 7 cm. Probably connected with the worship of Isis.
3113. Gold plaque, similar to the last, except that above there is a single female piate LXXI.
head between two disks with triple feathers issuing from them.
Dimensions as before. Two of the plaques are modern-mounted on mother-of-pearl. Wt. of
the two unmounted, 55 grns.
3114. Small oval gold plate, which has probably formed the bezel of a ring. In Plate LXX.
relief is a figure of Eros, leaning upon an inverted torch, or perhaps a mattock.
Blacas Coll., 1S67.
L., '8 cm. ; wt., 5 grns. Cf. Furtwiingler, A/i/. Gciiidi.. pi. Ivii., 9.
31 15. Similar gold plate, the upper side convex, the lower flat. Inscribed :
^^^. " Belonging to Geladius (.?)." Hamilton Coll.
L., I cm. ; wt., 15 grns.
3116. Gold model of a sistrum with three cross-wires. Blacas Coll., 1867. pjate LXX
Ht., 2 cm. ; wt., 32 grns.
372 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
3117. Gold figure of an eagle, with head turned back. The body is composed of
two gold plates folded over one another at the edges, the legs and feet of gold
wire. Hamilton Coll.
Hi., 1 '5 cm. ; wt., 5 gins.
3118. Disk of thin gold, stamped with fourteen rays diverging from the centre.
Damaged. From Naukratis. Presented by the Committee of the Egypt
Exploration Fund, 1886. 1st cent. A.D.
Diam., V3 cm. ; wt., 15 grns. Naukratis, L, ])1. xxvii. (top r. hand corner), p. 44..
3119. Disk as last, stamped with similar rays. Through the centre is passed a silver
loop for suspension. Same provenance.
Diam., 2 ■ 5 em. ; wt., 8 grns. Naukratis, Inc. cit.
3120. Gold boss, plain, with loop soldered to the toj). Same provenance.
Diam., 2' i cm. ; wt., 10 grns. Naukratis, loc. cit. (1. hand side).
3121. Similar boss. Loop missing. Same provenance.
Diam., I '7 cm. ; wt., 6 .ijrns. Naukratis, loc. cit. (r. hand side).
3122. Similar gold boss. Loop missing. Same provenance.
Diam., 3'6 cm. ; wt., 19 grns. Naukratis, loc. cit. Howcr 1. hand corner).
3123. Boss of very thin gold with four rosettes indicated by dots, each Plate LXX.
separated from the other in a compartment outlined in dotted lines. Same
provenance.
Diam., 3' I cm. ; wt., 8 grns. Naukratis, toe. cit. (lower r. hand corner).
3124. Two fragments of a large gold shell. The fragments fit on to one another.
Same provenance.
L. (together), 1 1 ' I cm. ; wt , 248 grns. Naukratis, loc. cit.
3125. t Gold plate, composed of two sheets of gold soldered together. On each of the Plate LXXI.
long sides it projects to a point. To the centre is soldered a disk composed of a
finely granulated band between two circles of globules (cf. No. 1424, etc.),
enclosing a carnelian cut into the form of a lotus-flower. The two projections are
decorated respectively with a rosette of rather larger globules and a heart-shaped
garnet (cf No. 2370, etc.), in a gold setting. The plate is bordered with a beaded
wire between two plain wires, and at the ends are two semicircular decorations
in beaded wire and globules. Below the central projection hangs the mask
of a river-god, horned and bearded, in the back of which is set an oval green
stone. Four chains hang from the bottom of the plate, and a fifth from
below the river-god's mask. They are composed of small beads and reels
on gold wire links, ending in flowerets and globule-clusters. There are three
EMBOSSED PLAQUES OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. 373
small rinc^s for attachment soldered to either side of the ornament. Castellani
Coll., 1872.
L., y I cm. ; wt., 252 grns. The ornament is a modern mixture of various ancient elements.
The garnet is Roman, the central ornament, if antique, early Etruscan. The head of the
river-god is probably not antique, but in any case purports to be archaic.
3126. t Oval gold plaque stamped with the figure of a beetle. Four holes pierced
near the edge for attachment. Woodhouse Coll., 1S66.
2'5 X fScm. ; wt., 10 grns.
3127. tOval gold plaque with embossed design; bearded Dionysos, nude, half
turned to his 1. In his raised r. hand he holds an object resembling a thunder-
bolt, in his lowered 1. a bunch of grapes. In the field on his r. is a krater-like
bowl with one handle, on his 1. an ox-head. Raised dotted line round a fourth
of the border. Eight holes are pierced near the edge for attachment. Wood-
house Coll., 1 866.
L., 3 cm. ; wt., 26 gins.
3128. fOval gold plaque, with embossed design; nude Satyr walking to 1. He is
bearded and holds a bunch of grapes in his r. hand. Six holes pierced near the
edge for attachment. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
L., 2' 5 cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
3129. t Oval gold plaque with embossed design : dolphin swimming to r. Behind
it is a trident, the prongs of which appear over the dolphin's back. Below is a
line of impressed dots occupying a fourth of the oval rim. Four holes pierced
for attachment. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
L., 3 cm. ; wt., 19 grns.
3130. t Thirty-three stamped square gold plaques, with a hole pierced at each
corner for attachment. Each plaque is stamped with a female head in relief to
front. Franks Bequest, 1897.
L. of side, I ■ I cm. ; wt. (together), 1 17 grns.
3131. t Gold bracelet, now in two halves, apparently intended to be joined together
by folding the respective edges over one another. The bracelet consists of three
bands, decorated with impressed dots and a lozenge-pattern in the middle with
a circular depression in the centre. The three bands are connected by two open-
work bands, consisting of two sets of three dolphins on either side of a central
flower. Very thin and flimsy. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 7 cm. ; wt., 180 grns.
3132. t Two stamped circular gold pendants, with a ribbed cylinder for suspension.
Female mask of the Medusa type with hair and eyebrows indicated. Ribbed
border. The edge seems to have been folded over a second plate attached to the
back. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i"7 cm. ; wt. (together), 17 grns,
2 B 2
374 CATALOGUE OF JEWKLLKRY.
(h) Miscellaneous. Nos. 3133 -3145.
3133. Gold clasp, in the foim of an anchor-shaped ornament with a loop, on either
side of which are globules. Into the loop is fastened a hook with a short wire
rod attached to it. Towneley Coll.
Ht., 3 '3 cm. ; wt., 24 grns.
3134. Part of a silver spoon, gold-plated. The lower part of the handle, near the Plate LXX.
bowl, is ribbed. At the back of the bowl is a pear-shaped garnet within a
dentated setting and a border of grains. From Mari (between Larnaka and
Limassol), Cyprus. Acquired, 1889.
L., 3' 5 cm. ; wt., 51 grns.
3135. Gold amulet in the form of a boot for the 1. foot. It is laced up the shin. Plate LXXI.
The lace ends on either ankle in an inverted pyramid of globules. On the sole
of the boot is ^^^T®^^, iraTov, indicated in globules. Castellani Coll., 1872.
L., 19 cm. ; wt., 22 grns. B.M. Guide to Greek a?u/ Rotiiati Life, p. 134; cf. Daremberg et
Saglio, p. 1828, fig. 4968, s.v. Meretrix. The natural meaning of Trarov would be ' Be
trodden on.' The middle form in the sense of ' walk ' does not seem to occur. It is just
possible that the form is from naTfOfiai, 'taste.' Cf. Clem. Alex., Paed. II., xi. § 116:
TToXXni hk Kai €pi»iTiKovs danacnovs cy\(ipaTTOvtTiv avTois (sc. KarTv^atri), <os av €k ttjs €Vt/3uo"f6)f
pvO^i^ovaat. rijv yriv Km to fraipiKov tov (ppovrjfiaTos €< tov ^ahitrp-dTos €vaiTo<r<ppayt(r<i)i'Tai.
3136. Gold ornament for heel of sandal (?). It is composed of a curved gold plate piate LXXI.
rising in the centre (like a stephane), and bordered with a thick ribbed wire and
a plain wire. Soldered to the front of the plate are three figures embossed in
gold. On either side is a Nereid riding on a hippocamp. The one on the 1.
rides to r. ; she has drapery over her lower liinbs, and holds a kithara in her
raised r. hand, resting the 1. on the shoulder of the hippocamp. The latter has a
spiked mane, and fins instead of forelegs. The Nereid on the r. rides to 1. ; she
has drapery over her lower limbs, and has a veil over her head, and pulls it aside
with her r. hand ; she rests her 1. hand on the curled tail of the hippocamp, which
has the ordinary mane and forelegs of a horse. In the centre is a figure of
Hercules iiiiiigens to r., with the lion's skin hanging from his shoulders. A loop
of ribbed wire (for attachment) is soldered to each side of the curved plate, while,
below, are fastened four plain loops. Into these loops two long stout wires,
which meet in the form of a nodus Hcratleiis, are inserted by means of hooks.
Towneley Coll.
Diam., 6'3 cm.; wt., 681 grns. Cf. Clem. Alex., Paed., II., xi . § 116: x^'V"" (iTiov ras
€7n\pv(Ttiv^ Km diaXtOovs twu (ravdaXicoi' fiaTaiGrfj(in.as ; Plin.; A'.//., IX., § 1 14.
3137. Lead rod with a knob at each end, the middle part gold-plated. From
Naukratis. Presented b\- the Committee of the Egypt Exploration Fund, 1888.
L., 5-2 cm. ; wt., 155 grns.
MISCELLANEOUS ORNAMENTS OF THE ROMAN PERIOD. 375
3138. Gold box-setting, minute and pear-shaped, containing- a [ilasma. Hamilton
Coll.
Hi., -6 cm. ; wl., 4 grns.
3139. Circular gold setting, containing a .small convex amethystine garnet. Be-
queathed by Miss Auldjo, 1859.
Diam., -9 cm. ; wt., 8 grns.
3140. Small gold cap, fluted, and ornamented above with a polygonal plasma bead
strung on a wire. A small hole is pierced on each side at the bottom of the cap.
Hamilton Coll.
Diam.. I cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
3141. Small gold ornament of heart shape, with a convex oblong plasma set in it.
Underneath is soldered a heart-shaped wall of gold ("with rim) for insertion into
some object. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Ht., I '5 cm. ; wt., 22 grns.
3142. Gold ornament in the form of a krater with ribbed under-body supported on Plate LXXL
a gold tube. On each side is a volute handle of gold ribbon. Above the mouth
of the vase is an oblong frame of gold ribbon with incised leaf-decoration
(probably for supporting a string of pearls). Found near Cremieux, Isere, 1817.
Comarmond Coll., 18 17. 3rd cent. a.d.
Ht., 2" 5 cm. ; wt., 42 grns. The leaf-decoration is common in the settings round Imperial coins
of the 3rd cent. a.d. Cf., e.g., No. 2727.
3143. Gold ornament, consisting of an oblong openwork setting, narrowing from Plate LXXL
below upwards. It contains an oblong convex plasma. The lower edge is cut
into the form of pointed leaves. On each side are two openwork ornaments.
3rd cent. A.D.
L., 1-5 cm. ; wt., 48 grns. Cf. B.M. Cat. of Rings, No. 792.
3144-5. Two thin plates of gold, oblong, with the lower end rounded. They are Plate LXXL
stamped at the top with a Corinthian capital, between the volutes of which is a
head of Eros (?). Underneath is a line of dots. The lower part of the plate is
ornamented with fifteen and fourteen rows of leaves respectively. A hole is
pierced at either side on the top, and a third at the bottom. Castellani Coll.,
1872.
Ht., 6" 5 cm.; wt., together, 56 grns. Cf. Coniptc-Rciuhi, 1869, pi. i., 11, p. 17. From a
tiara with side lappets (o-rXfyy/r) (?).
176
CATALOGUE OK JEWELLERY.
(i) Inscribed objects. Nos. 3146-3157.
3146. Gold bar, rectangular and oblong in shape, narrowing from the top to the Plate
base. On its upper .surface are five oblong stamps (viz. from 1. to r.) : LXXII.
(a), within a beaded border.
F/{avi»s) FlaviaiiHs pro(bator\
sig(iiavit) ad digma.
{b) The same stamp repeated. The upper line is defective, the stamj) having
overlapped the edge of the bar. {c) The same stamp inverted, {d) A smaller
stamp, also within a beaded border:
Liicia7ius obr{yzaiii) (priimis)
sig(>iavit). jB>
The r. margin is obliterated by the 1. margin of {e) which is stamp {a) inverted.
The upper r. margin of the stamp has not been properly impressed. Found at
Kraszna, near Kronstadt (about 28 miles to the E.), Transylvania, with other
bars, 1887. Acquired, 1894.
L., 16-7 cm. ; wt., 7348 grns. From the mint at Sirmium, 367-395 a.d., as is shown by the
inscriptions on other bars found with these. C.I.L., \\\. {Suppl.), 8,oSo (I.); Arch.-ep.
Milt., XII. (1888), pi. iii., p. I ff. and 66 ff. ; Zcii.f. Num., XVI., p. 351 ff. ; Hill, Greek
and Roman Coins, p. 136, fig. 122 ; Willers, Die rom. Bronzeeimcr von Hemmoor, p. 228 ff. ;
cf Num. Zeii., XXX. (1898), p. 212; Arch. Aiiz., 1895, p. 169; Proc. of Soc. of Ant.
(Lond.), 2nd Series, .XX., p. 90 ff. ; Class. Rev., III., p. 186. For a good summary, see
Babelon, Traits des Monnaics, I., cols. 880 ff. The date is determined by the fact that one
bar of this find is stamped with the busts of three Emperors and the inscr. DDD NNN a
circumstance applicable to the mint at Sirmium only in the period mentioned. The names
of the three Emperors cannot be determined with certainty.
•nrri'!iTrrTi'nniM,-j-'
3147. Fragment of a gold bar similar to the last. It has been cut
away tranversely. Near the uncut extremity is the stamp :
Found with the last near Kronstadt, Transylvania, 1887.
Acquired, 1894.
L., 5'9 cm. ; wt., 2063 grns. Cf B.C.H., IX. (1885), p. 231 f, 1. 35 ff. (fragment of Diocletian's
edict) ; TTcpl -j^pviiov ■ x,pvcTov lipv(ris iv pi)[-y]Xioir (bars) 17 iv oXokottLvoh . . . See ibid., p. 237f.,
and cf Babelon, Traite des Monnaies, I., col. 880.
==1? Plate
LXXII.
3148. Gold bar of oblong form with the edges rounded. At one end of the bar is an Plate
oblong deeply sunken stamp within a beaded border
Thi
LXXII.
stamp appears to have been added subsequently to another stamp, traces of
which remain and form a border round the sunken stamp. Above are remains
of letters — ANTIVS, below is [PJRGBAVIT ; on the r. side is a tendril design with
MISCliLLANl-XJUS INSCRIBED OBJECTS. 377
berries. To the r. of the first stamps, with a space left plain in between, is another
smaller stamp, deeply sunken :
' Said to have been found with a number
of other bars at Aboukir, 1901-2. Acquired, 1904. Ca. end of 3rd cent. A.D.
L., 18-28 cm. ; wt., 5325 grns. Hill in Proc. of Soc. of An/. (Lond.), 2nd series, XX., p. 90 ff.
(figin-ed) ; Arc/i. Aiiz., 1902, p. 46 ; ibid., 1905, p. 166.
The stamps have been resolved : {i) Ac Ve p(riie)p{ositi) sig{navcrunt) and
A{iilus) C{acc!fins) Ve{stimis) p{rae)p{ositus) sig{navif) ; (2) 'Ep/ioufTrciXfws) ; (3) antius
[pyobavii. The lettering points to a date decidedly earlier than that of the bars from
Kronstadt. There are conflicting versions as to the nature of the find. According to one
report eighteen bars were found with coins, chiefly of Diocletian ; according to another,
with coins ranging from Severus Alexander to Constantius I. Chlorus. A date of the time
of Diocletian or Constantius Chlorus seems probable.
3140. Gold bar of oblon<j form, with a raised wall at each end. Towards the r. end Plate
t. ' LXXII.
of the bar is an oblong stam]) fxT' cral Benigniis coxit. From the 1. side of
this stamp a trickle of gold runs to the other end of the bar, showing that the
gold has been tilted from one end of the mould to the other. Said to have been
found with the foregoing and other gold bars at Aboukir, 1901-2. Acquired,
1904.
L., 18-79 ctn. : wt., 5293 grns. Hill in Proc.of Soc. of Ant. (Lend.), 2nd series, XX., p. 90 ff.
(tigured) ; A}-ch. Ans., 1902, p. 46 ; ibid, 1905, p. 166. This bar, which is very nearly of
the same weight as the previous one, is signed by the refiner (Benignus) only. It is pretty
clear that all the bars were in this rough state on leaving the refiner's workshop. They
were then melted down and recast in more finished form, when they were stamped with the
signature of the proia/or or assayer, and other officials of the mint, and also with the name
of the mint-town Hermupolis. Another suggestion is that "Ep; ov is to be referred to a
" standard of Hermes."
3150. Gold pendant in the form of a round-bellied vase with incised decoration. On Plate LXXI.
the bottom is a flower of five petals with festoons between their points ; on the
shoulders is a ring of vertical lines. The vase has a cover in the form of a flat
gold plate with a loop for suspension, fastened by the fold-over of the outer edge
of the vase. The bottom of the vase is torn. Within was a plate of thin gold,
folded up very tightly into a square mass. When unfolded it proved to be of
oblong shiipe with rounded corners, engraved with a Gnostic inscription (almost
illegible through damage) in seven lines :
(1) ArAeHTYX(H) A - - ar/aOfj tvxO - -
(2) lAOJ AaCjO 'law- 'Aho}{vai)
(3) CABACoe ta^awO
(4) TOO
(5)
(6) €1
(7) ePOOTOOIAU) epfUTW 'law - -
378
CATALOGUE OK JEWELLERY.
There were about sixteen to twenty letters (of comparatively large size) in each
line. Hamilton Coll.
Ht. of vase, 2 "4 cm.; wt., 35 grns. Dimensions of tablet, 6 x
3- 1 cm. ; wt., 24 grns. Cf Uonncr Jahrb., 79, p. 215 ff, and
Wessely, Neue Griech. Zauberpap. [Deiikschr. d. Wiener
Ak. d. Wiss., XLII.), p. 39, 1. 589 ff. : (^v\aKTi]piov
<ra>^aTO(jiv\a^ irpoi datfiovas npos <liavTij(Tp.a(r)a niioi Trtiirav nfi^
votTOf KOI TTiiBos eVty/ja^o/Aei/oi/ fTri xpvtreov 7r(T(i\nv r/ dpyvpeov
5 KaiTcriTepimv .... For eparS) cf. Dicterich, Abrasa.x;
p. 1 86, 1. 4 f : iav &f Ti (paiiXov aKuitr;]!, pr]
Kpa^ij^t M') 'f^"'^"",V^» tWXa epojTu
3151. Seven fragments of a thin
silver plate with Gnostic inscription
intersected by lines. Here repro-
duced in natural size. From Haifa,
Syria. Presented by Miss Con-
stance M. Swan, 1900. Ca, 3rd
cent. A.u.
LI. 2 and 8 contain apparently the mystic
name ; €Cjl)I, 6AI0J, lAU).
3152. Oblong Strip of thin gold, partly cut away on the
w ith a Gnostic inscription :
It is inscribed, as follows.
Qf?uo ierojrA,AAcMC'S'BKxON^B|.|_Y h '
hguo
y\ € Cej^/^^^ ■ Coy c . C'^Te i-'\g_£jN A
jsjAjC ■ HA'--' VoVeA "■AGAvjoeThPh''
C/O
\ctU5
L. I. [e]\a)a(, {a)a^aw{6). Cf No. 3153. 1- i-
L. 3. [a8]MWue, -iTavxovOa, aal3aa>6. Cf Hid., 11. I and 4.
L. 4. [o-ejVe? etXa/x. Cf tl'id., 1. 3.
Campanari Coll., 1846.
L., 8-5 cm. ; B., 1-35 cm. ; wt., 11 grns. The strip has apparendy been rolled up.
3153. Rectangular plaque of thin gold which
has been rolled up horizontally. It is
inscribed with a Gnostic inscription in ten
lines, damaged and in places very difficult
to read. From Amphipolis. Acquired,
1867. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
HapovY ASwi/at JLcaco "Ea^acoO EXoate OvpcrfK
Tal3pi7]X ML-)(ar]\ PacjjarjX AvarjX (i>avari\ 'S.apa({>t\
lapa7]\ aiXafx ae/JLe^ eiXafj, 0u>/3appa/3av Af3paaa^
A^XavaOavaX^a Travxovx'' Oaaaov 6i,aa-eox a-
5 ypau7](}^i Jyj\yUi X''VI^^''>X aKpafi^iaxafJ-a-
MISCELLANEOUS INSCRIBED OBJECTS. 379
pel a€a-€vyev/3ap(f>apafy'yr]'; Sia (^iKnyova.
•TTuvTO'i haifiovioi) apaeviKov Kai Oi] - — — — —
Aarjyioyioyio ei eri, >] irapafiovn MeX^ias Me\-
X^'i ayoe Oee ayoMV /xovo'; cuoovwv <f)v\a^ e-
lO i Bia ape{a)Tav.
[Dots are placed under doubtful letters.]
LI. 1-3. These are practically a transliteration from the Hebrew. Cf. B.M.
Papyri, 1893, p. 80, 1. 480 ff.
^snix 'n^N nus3^- nin* »nx inn
^SQX" ^5X33 '?X3« ^ND-i "pso'D "PiSnaJ
"Blessed is the Lord God of Hosts, the God of Uriel, Gabriel, Michael,
Raphael, Anael, Phanael, Saraph(e)l, Israel the liternal, Eternal Sun.".
L. I. These are four of the six chief Aeons— Lio, Sabaoth, Adonai, Eloi,
Oraios and Astaphaios.
L. 3. dco^appalSav 'X^paaa^. Cf. B.M. Papyri, 1893, p. 1 1 5 (^'), 1- 5-
L. 4. ' h.^\ava6avaX^a. Cf. ibid., p. 122.
— ■jrav)(ov)(^i Oacraov. Cf. idici., p. 99, 1. 480.
— uypa/J.ri(f)L Cf. ih'd., p. 94, 1. 316.
L. 5. This line contains the Agathodaemon serpent. We have the variety
■yyi-iixewx for the usual ;^z^ou^t9 or ■)^vovfj-i<;. Cf. Carnegie, Cat. of
Sonthesk Gems, I., N. 79.
— (iKpafifiaxafiapet. Cf. B.M. Papyri, 1893, p. 67, 1. 6l, etc.
L. 6. aeaevyep(3ap(f}apayyrii;. ibid., p. 82, 1. 34.
L. 7. 71-dvTO? Batfioviov dpaeviKov Kal 6ri\\vyivov^ ''.\ "Every demonic power,
male or female." hai^ioviov is probable, though the incisions suggest
hai/xoiiiKov. Cf /. G., XIV., 872, 1. 4 : Salfiove'; Kal irvevfiaTa 01 ev rep
[TojTTfO TOVTW OlfKVKMV KoX app€VlK[o)V.
L. 8. This seems a corruption of (f)do<; ayiov or the like. For an analogous
repetition, cf. B.M. Papyri, 1893, p. 96, 1. 379.
L. 8-10. This makes fairly good sense . . . eVt /; Trapap-ovd, Me\;^('a9, Me\;^('a9,
dyie dee, ayimv fi6vo<; alcovcov (f)v\a^ el Bid upe{a)Tdv. " Thou art still
the watcher, Melchias, Melchias, holy God, thou art the sole guardian
of the holy aeons because of thy virtue." For MeX^'as" cf the
Hebrew -\hc. king.
L., 5-2 cm. ; B., 2- 1 cm. ; wt., 14 grns. Cf. throughout the Gnostic ring, B. Af. Cat. of Rings,
(X) _ {v)
No. 654, which should read : (ro/iHwlpfio-rf I uSwIi/oi aiXwIm i Mfix«';|p /^i^nlX?; |i crio-d'ycvTrl
av^apavy^\viiauvx. See also in general on these Gnostic inscriptions, Siebourg in Bonner
Jahrh., cm., p. 123 ft'. ; ibid., CXVIII., p. 158 ft'. ; Kenyon, Greek Pap. in B. A/., 1893, p.
255 ft".; Schwab in Acad, des Inscr. ct Bclles-Lettres, Mi^moires par divers Savants, 1897,
p. 382 ft". ; Rom. Qiiartalschriff, VI. (1892), pi. x., p. 162 ft". ; iW Jahrb. f. Phil.. Suppl.
XVI., p. 788.
38o
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
3154. Oblong tablet of thin gold with
rounded corners. It is inscribed
in Greek cursive letters, impressed
by means of a blunt point :
"EpT^erat e/c Kadapoiv icadapd, -^Povlow /BacriXeia,
EiJ/cXees" Fjv/3ou\ev re, Aio? teko?, dyXaii e;^&) Be
y[vrifjLoauin}i; Tohe Bc/tpov dolBi,/j,ov uvOpioTrocaiv.
KaiKiXla "EeKowSeiva, vop-m Wi (h)la yeywaa.
F"ound near S. Paolo fuori le Mura, Rome, with other inscriptions. Acquired,
icSgg. 2nd-3rd cent. .\.l).
L. 6-5 (>io/ TS) X -'4 cm- ; wt., 25 grns. A/f/ie e Noma, 1903, Nos. 54-55, p. 162 ff. (Coni-
paretti) ; id., Laminettc Orfiche, p. 42 ff., pi. iv., 2 ; G. G. A. Murray, apiid Miss Harrison,
Prolegomena to Gk. Religion, p. 673 ; ibid., p. 586 ff. ; Diels, Bin orphischer Totenpass,
p. 8 (Separatabdruck aus der Philotesia f. Paul Kleinert), where the readings are mainly
due to F. G. Kenyon ; Daremberg et Saglio, s.v. Orphici, p. 253, fig. 5438. Diels, loc. cil.,
reads 5(f)in in 1. 4. A comparison with the Petelia plaque No. 3155 makes it probable
that Aiof TiKni (cf. avTiifi (fio'i yivoi ovjjavtov) refers to Caecilia Secundina. Again the dWit
Stir' (i?\|/u I \j/iixiJiii' v&ap TTpnpiov Tfjs Mvrjiioa-vvtji ottu Xifivrjs of the Petelia plaque makes it
likely that this water, and not the tablet, is the Swpov iwiSipov rndpuiroia-ii'. Comparetti,
however, prefers to consider the Soipov as the memory of a well-spent life. In the last line the
reading 'idt is hardly open to doubt ; aid' seems impossible. The slight scratches before the
I are accidental, and quite different in character from the engraved letters. The inscription
appears to fall into three parts, viz. : (l) The announcement of the spirit's arrival ; (2) its
claim to possess the gift of Memory ; (3) the grant of immortality.
3155. Gold chain with amulet case. The chain is composed of 8-shaped links of Plate LXXI.
double wire with hook and eye at either end respectively. On the chain is
suspended a long pentagonal cylinder closed at one end, to the top of which two
grooved rings are soldered. The chain passes through these rings. With the
cylinder was found a tablet of very thin gold of oblong shape, cut away in two
places below.
/'f^pftj £ / /Aft i^AG^owAwtrtf/ tT[r»j>j,
- - f p w s-
evprjaaei'i S' 'AiBao B6/j.cov eV dpicrrepd Kpi]vriv,
Trap 8' avTrji XevKt]V eaTTjKvlav KUTrdpiaaoV
TavTT]'; T^9 Kprjvrji; firjBe a'ffehov €fnreXda-eia<;.
evpr](Tei'i 8' erepav, r!}^ Mmj/Jiocrvvr]^ diro \i/xi>rj^
5 ■yjrv^pov vB(op Trpopiov ' (f>vXaK€<i i-irlTTpoadev eacriv'
MISCELLANEOUS INSCRIBED OBJECTS. 38 1
enrelv ' yfj'i irnl'^ €(,/j.i, koX ovpavov darepoemo^,
avTap e/j-oi yei'O'i ovpiiviov ' rohe h' tare Kal avToi
Siyfr7]i. o elfil avij Kal <'nruXX.vfj,ai ' dXKa Sot' alyfra
^p-vypoi' vBiop Trpopiov rrji; Mpi]fj.oavi'yj^ utto \[(f^)ut]<; •
10 Kav{Ti)[Ka crot] hwaovcn inelv deiijs a7r[o Kp)'i\(v)Tj'i,
KOI tot' e-ireiT a\Xkoi,m /tie^'] ypcoeaaiv dvd^ei[<;
-----??•? ToSe (i') - ^ - - 6ave2(a-)0(a)[i\
— — -----"--- ToBe 'ypa{'^) - — - - -
- - POrAQIEinb ----- OTKOTO^ dfj.cj)CKaXv-\lra<;.
The end of the inscription runs up the r. side of the plaque. The last three lines
cannot be restored with any certainty, but they may have been somewhat as
follows :
Mv7]/j,oa'v](v)'rj<; ToSe (v)[afj,a -kloiv ' eVet ovTe\ 6aveiada\i,
fj,eW€i<;, dv7jTb<; ecov,] ToSe 7pa'>|r[a<?, oure - - -
---------- - - -- - - aKOTO'i dfi^iKcikvi\ra<;'
Found at Petelia, S. Italy. Formerly in the Millingen Coll. Acquired, 1843.
L. of chain, 27 '9 cm. ; of cylinder, 3' 5 cm. ; dimensions of tablet, 4' 5 x 2'7cm. ; wt., 182 grns.
Bull. deW Inst., 1836, p. 149 f ; Gbttling, Narratio de oraculo Trophonii {Gesamm.
Abhandl., I., p. 166 ff.) ; C. I. G., 111., 5772 ; Kaibel, Epigramm. Graeca, 1037 ; Comparetti
in /. H. S., III., p. Ill ff. ; id., l.aminette Orjiche, p. 31 ff., pi. ii., I ; id. in Notizie, 1880,
p. 160, n. 2 ; /. G; XIV., 638 ; G. G. A. Murray, apud Miss Harrison, Proleg. to Gk.
Relig., p. 660 f. (cf. p. 574 ff.) ; Dials, Ein orphischer Totenpass, p. 5 f. (Separatabdruck
aus der Philotesia f. Paul Kleineri). For the gift of cold water, cf. the often-recurring
formula : Soi'i; o-oi o "Otripis- r'a ^vxpov vSwp (/. G., XIV., Nos. 1488, 1705, 1782, etc.) Cf
Nos. 2981 ff. above for the form of amulet case. The chain and amulet case can hardly be
earlier than the second to third century .\.T>. If (as seems probable) the plaque was really
found with the case, it must have been carefully preserved and placed in the amulet in Roman
times. The inscription on the plaque may pretty certainly be dated to the fourth centur\-
B.C. It has been folded up breadthwise, and bears the marks of the folds. The other
Orphic tablets, which have been found in the territory of Sybaris (/. //. S., loc. cit.)
and are nearly contemporary with the present, were not enclosed in amulets, but simply
laid by the hand or head of the corpse. On the other hand it was a common practice
to place Gnostic and late magical tablets in cylindrical cases [Bonner Jahrb., CI 1 1.,
p. 125 ff.)
3156. Gold cylinder, originally octagonal, but now crushed nearly flat. It is inscribed Plate LXXI.
on each of the facets —
E I c z
E V c c
I c E rr I '^''> Jj^ei)? Sjepa7r;t9 'ETT/'c^rJi/?;?, | Wcr/cXi? Tiio? j S&)Ti;p-
."^ ^*' ^ " ' Rogers Coll., 1856. Ca. 3rd cent. A.D.
V I
W T ° H '^ p
L.,3'6 cm. ; wt., 55 grns. Cf C. I. G., 6002 c, 7042, 8528 b, etc. For 'Em^aviir, cf. C. I. G.,
1392. See in general Jahn in AVr. d. sdc/is. Gc'si'll.tcl!. d. IVis.w, 1855, p. 46.
382 CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
3157. Part of a gold band, broken away on either side. Inscribed: j^uu ^Torf^fie/
The letters in the upper line are much heavier than those in the lower. From
Crete. Acquiretl, 1875.
Dimensions, 2 cm. x l cm. ; wt., 9 grns.
(/;•) Finger-Rings. Nos. 3158-3167.
3158. Gold finger-ring in the form of a serpent. Scales are indicated by dots and
incised lines. Woodhouse Coll., 1866.
Diam., 1-5 cm. ; wt., 23 grns. Cf. B.M. Cut. of Rings, Nos. 929 ff.
3159. Gold spiral finger-ring (.'), composed of thick beaded wire ending in heads of
serpents.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 58 grns.
3160. Small flat gold ring, polygonal and broadening upwards. Inscribed on the
enA
bezel in dotted letters : rAe eV a'^adol^. From Larnaka, Cyprus. Franks
oic '
Bequest, 1897.
Diam., i • i cm. ; wt., S grns. Cf. B. Af. Cat. of Rings, Nos. 616 f.
3161. Gold ring. On the outside is a stamped pattern. Each shoulder has two Plate LXXI.
double-spirals, and underneath them is a palm-branch. Oval bezel, from which
the stone is now missing. Very flimsy. From Tortosa (Antaradus), Syria.
Franks Bequest, 1897. 2nd-3rd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2'3 cm. : wt., 32 grns. Cf. /?. M. Cat. of Rings, No. 810.
3162. Gold finger-ring (hollow). Thin hoop, broadening out suddenly from the
shoulders into an oval bezel, which contains a garnet partly broken away.
From Larnaka, Cyprus. Franks Bequest, 1897. Ca. 2nd cent. A.D.
Diam., 2 cm. ; wt., 19 grns. Cf. B. Af. Cat. of Rings, No. 732.
3163. Gold finger-ring, formed of a plain ring with overlapping ends which are
twisted round one another and finished off in a spiral on either side. From
Tortosa. Franks Bequest, 1897.
Diam., 2' i cm. : wt., 28 grns. Cf. B..iif. Cat. of Rings, No. 9S6.
3164. Gold ring of twisted wire, with open overlapping ends terminating in knobs.
Diam., ca. i'5 cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
3165. Gold beaded ring, gradually increasing in size. Castellani Coll., 1872.
Diam., 2' 2 cm. ; wt., 51 grns.
MISCELLANEOUS OBJECTS. 383
3166. Gold twisted ring. CastcUani Coll., 1872.
Diani., 2" I cm. ; wt., 26 gins.
3167. Gold ring, as last ; thinner. Castellan! Coll., 1872.
Diam., I'g cm. ; wt., 12 grns.
(/) Gold vase. No. 3168.
3168. Gold vase, with circular mouth and foot. Underneath the rim is an incised Plate
band. The foot is engraved with a central point (lathe mark) and three circles,
two of these being close together. Within the last two circles is inscribed in
dotted letters: L •• '^' I / P(ondo) II, S(emtssem), Seniunciaiii, {Scriptidum) I.
Found in sponge-fishing off Samos. According to another account, this and
another gold vase were found by a sponge-trawler off the harbour of Knidos
(C. Krio). Acquired, 1894. Ca. ist cent. A.D.
Ht., 19 cm. ; wt., II484"4 grns. Arch. Anz., 1895, p. 169. The Roman weight amounts to
12852"9 grns. The vase, which is intact e.vcept for one small portion cut away near the
foot, is lined with a deposit of lime. The discrepancy between the actual and the Roman
weight can only be accounted for by supposing the loss of a handle, though there are no
actual traces of this. For the form of the vase, cf. Ceci, Broiizi, Tav. ii., 30 ; for the
inscr., Mon. Plot, V., p. 84, fig. l6, etc. ; C. I. L., X., 8071,2. There are several bronze
vases of this form in the Museo Nazionale at Naples.
LXXIII.
I. — INDEX OF FLACKS.
3«5
I.— INDEX OF PLACES.
Africa.
BKNGHA^il, 2134, 2158-9, 2163, 2r84-9, 3094
Cyrene and the Cyrenaica, 1901, 2131-3,
2136-9, 2 1 41-3, 2154, 2160-2, 2164-6,
2170-83, 2192-4, 2977
Tunis, 2824, 2866-7
Asia Minor.
ASSARLIK. (Caria), 12 12-8
Dardanelles, 1628-9
Ephesus, 827-1102
Halikarnassos, 3096
Knidos, 3168
Kyme in Aeolis, 1611-4, 1632, 1662-5,
1670-3, 1709, 1844, 1889-90, 1936-42,
1944-6, 1953-6, 2002-7, 2010-2, 2036-7,
2059-61, 2082-7, 2097-2103, 2675-6, 2905,
2914
MyndOS (Caria), 800, 1245
Smyrna, 840, 864-9, 892-6, 952-3, '048,
1593*, 1813, 1905, 1949. 2378-9, 2410-1,
2543-5, 2550-1, 2650, 2769-72
Tarsus, 2997, 3008-9
Uncertain Localities, 1235-6, 1238
Black Sea Region.
Kertch, 1649-50, 2104-2106^'.
Odessa, 1823-4.
Olbi a, 1860,2412, 2420*, 2444-5, 2656, 2702-3,
2886, 2922, 2935, 2953, 2964, 2967-71,2976,
2985-6, 2989, 2994, 3072-85, 3102-3
Corfu, 2918
Crete, 815-7, 1239, '634, 1655-6, 1684-5,
1687-8, 1714-5, 1765, 1896-7, 1909-10, 1974,
2064, 2152-3, 3157
Cyprus.
Amathus, 822-4, 826, 1252, 1492, 1594-6,
1605-6, 1616-25, 1641-2, 1644-7, I72I,
1782-4*, 1800, 1957, 1993-6, 2034, 2046,
2048-9, 2052, 2074, 2088-9, 2384-5, 2387,
2456-7, 2460, 2463, 2468, 2494-5, 2505, 2524,
2526-7,2531,2542,2546-7,2595,2712-3,3104
Curium, 790, 792, 796-8, 805-6, 1244, 1 591-2,
1601*, 1602-4, 1635-40, 1728-9, 1784, 1812,
1818, 1838-9, 1959-60, 1985-6, 2017-9,
2030, 2045, 2050-1, 2073, 2376, 2451-2,
2462, 2469, 2508, 2743, 3029
Enkomi (Salamis), pp. 47-9, Nos. 821,
1583-4, 1722-3, 2407-8, 2461, 2464, 2474-82,
2492, 2561-2, 2710
Episkopi, 2677-8
Klaudia (Larnaka), 144
Kouklia (Paphos), 1999, 2596-7
Larnaka, p. 50, 783-4, 825, 2392-3, 2402-3,
2458-9, 2470-3, 3105, 3160, 3162
LiMASSOL, 1581
Mari, 1590, 3134
Maroni, p. 50, 671, 814, 818-9
Nicosia, 582
Poli-tis-Chrysokhou, 771, 1576-80, 1593,
1599, 1987-8, 2031-2, 2053-7, 2072, 2077
Uncertain Localities, 776-82 (?), 1254,
1485-8, 1666-7, 1785. 1958, 2023, 2047
2620-1, 301 1
Egypt.
Aboukir, 3148-9
Alexandria, 2865
Ashmounein, 2332-3, 2822
Bubastis, 2399-2400, 2624-5
Cairo, 2601, 2982
Canopus, 2111
Favoum, 2581-2
Naukratis, 2156, 2501, 2635, 2696, 2734,
2906, 3045, 3118-24, 3137
Nebesheh, 1241
Uncertain Localities, 2735, 2815
England and Wales.
BackwoRIH (Northumberland), 2738-40
Barnard Castle (Durham), 2878-9
Castlethorpe (Bucks), 2782-3
Chalkvvell (Kent), 2791-2
Colchester (Essex), 2875
Llandovery (Caermarthen), 2741-2, 2787-8
London, Cheapside, 3042
Newport Pagnell (Bucks), 2789
2 C
386
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLERY.
Newton (Cumberland), 2716
Odiham (Hants), 2858
Rhayader (Radnor), 2797-9
Sussex, 2793-4
France.
Amiens, 2944
Cr#.mieux (Istre), 3142
La GuiLLOTUllRE (Rhone), 2975
Vaison, 1874
Germany.
Rhine, 1410*, 1412*, 2838, 2850
Uncertain, 2575, 2766, 2821, 2839, 2849,
2852
Greece and the Islands.
Aegina, 6S3-768, 1822, 1837
Amphipolis, 3153
Argos, Heraeum, 1250; 1599*
Athens, 1240, 1716, 1719, 1904, 1983,2028-9,
2140, 2172 a, 2630
Corinth, 2081, 2751
Elis, 2108, 2845-8
Eretria, 1653-4
Kalymnos, 1660-1, igco, 2328, 2942, 2993
Karpathos, 2486, 2634, 2784, 3032
Kephallenia, 1847-8, 2027
Kos, 3098-3100
Melos, 1332, 1607, 1724, 1947, 1961, 2014
Mycenae, 801-2
Rhodes, 772-5, 785-6, 791, 793-5, 799,
807-13 (lalysos); 1103-1211, 2067 (Kamei-
ros) ; 2068-9, 2079 (uncertain locality).
Samos, 3168
Tempe, 2841-4, 3046-7
Thebes, 2565-7
VONITZA (Akarnania), 2775
Hungary.
Felegyhaza, 2853-4
Kronstadt, 3146-7
Uncertain, 2575, 2766, 2821, 2839, 2S49,
2852
Ireland.
New Grange (Meath), 2744, 2795-6
Uncertain Locality, 2800
Italy.
Atri (Abruzzi), 1460, 2196-7
Bagnorea, 2237-8
Benevento, 1255
Bolsena, 1845-6
Caere (Cervetri), 1265-8, 1360-r, 1364-5,
1371, 1391, '463
Caning, 1309-10, 2273
Canusium, 2272
Capua, 1769-70, 1948, 1966, 1968
Castel d'Asso, 2296
Chiusi, 1269, 1294-5, 1303-4, 1350, 1433-9,
1679, 1980, 2263-4, 2275, 2278, 2293, 2299,
2301, 2304
Corciano, 1284-5
Corneto (Tarquinii), 1355*, 1358-9, 1368-9,
1458, 2271, 2275,* 2289, 2298
CUMAE, 2774
Falerii, 1680
LOCRI, 1472
Magna Graecia, 1293, 1414, 1631
OSTiA, 2767
Perugia, 1427-32, 1464, 2262, 2313-4
Petelia, 3155
Pompeii, 2830
PoPULONiA, 2230-1, 2252
PozzuoLi, 2618-9
PraENESTE (Palestrina), 1256, 1356-7, 1357*,
1448
Ravenna, 1376^, 2836
Rome, 2306, 2746, 2954, 3154
Campagna, 1370
Ruvo, 1408, 1768, 1858, 1867, 186S, 1923,
2270, 2483, 2502-3
Santa Eufemia (Calabria), 21 13-2129
Soracte, 2241-2
Tarentum, 1657-8, 1952, 2070, 2626-7
Tarquinii. See Corneto and Castel
d'Asso.
Tiber, 2835
Toscana, Maremma of, 1461
Toscanella, 1381, 2300
VuLCi, 1257-61, 1376, 1675-8, 1681, 1805, 1977,
1979, 2104-5, 2274, 2295, 2302, 2335, 2338
Uncertain Localities, 1626, 2285, 2287-8
Mesopotamia, 1248, 2801-2
Sardinia.
Olbia, 2697
Tharros, 1481-4, 1489-91, 1495-1512, 1514-
37, 1542-54, 1556-9, 1 560-1
Uncertain Localities, 2356-7
I. — INDEX OI'" ri.ACES.
;87
Sicily.
(;iKi;i:\'ri (S. AiikcIo), 1574
Spain.
Granada, 2374-5
Valencia, 1633, 1950
Syria.
Alexandretta, 2859
Damascus, 2324-7, 27 nS
Haifa, 3151
SiDON, 2583-4, 2733
Tortosa (Tartus or Antaradus), 2343,
2370-1, 2377, 2394-5, 2406, 2421-4, 2446-7,
2532, 2576-7, 2659-60, 2730, 2732, 2755,
2761, 2SI0-I, 2862-4, 2912-3, 2949-50,
2999-3005, 3007, 3044, 3107, 3I6I, 3163
Uncertain Localities, 1235-6, 1238, 2oor,
2437, 3034
?88
(■ATAI.OGUF. OF JKWKLI.KRV.
II.— GENERAL INDEX.
.\H, 1546
Abrasax, 2997, 3153
Acorn, 753-5, 1277, 1457-S, 1461, 1628, 1633,
1950, 1952, 1957, 2028-9, 2040, 2235-6,
2262, 2276, 2279, 2322
Agathodaemon Serpent, 3153
Agrippina, 3081
Alexander the Grea r, 1956, 3057
Ai.tar, 144
Amazon, 1949, 2872, 3008-9
Amen-Ra, 3012
Amphora. See Vase.
Anael, 3153
Animal's Head, 2853
Antelope, 1218
Antioch, 2941
Antiochos I., 3058-64 (coin impression)
Ape, 763-6
.Aphrodite (or V'enus).
Anadyomen6, 2726, 2997, 3034, 3034*
Miscellaneous, 1999, 2883, 2994
Apollo, 2144-6, 2172
Aratos, 1999
Ariadn>;, 2903
Arm (votive), 916
Arrowheai), 2274, 2699
Artemis
Oriental, 1040, 1 103-9, '120-53. 1230-1,
1265-6, 1294-5, 1356-7, 1357*, 1362-3.
1366-7, 1449, 1576- Cf. No. 908
Miscellaneous, 2172, 2957 (Paralia)
Asklepios, 3156
.'\ssayer's Marks, 1628, 3146-9
AsTARTE, 1487-8
Athena (or Minerva)
Head of, 1632, 1634. 1056, 2134-43, 2147-9,
2235-6, 2677-8
Miscellaneous, 2285 n.. 2307 n., 2735
AuGEAX Stables, 300S-9
Augusti'S, 2936 fcoin)
Ba-Bird, 1253
Bar (gold), 648, 3146-9
Barbarian, 2860
Barley-corn, 8S0-1, 981 ; car of barley, 3056
Basket, 959-60
Bay, 2293, 2298
Bear, 1828-9
Bee, 890-7, 1031, 121 1, 1239, 162S, 1914-5.
2887, 2947-8
Bee-Goddess, iii8-g, 1655-6
Beech, 2297
Beetle, 1394-5, 2049. 3126
Bell, 1660-1, 2078, 2996, 3008-9
Belt, 2125-6
Benignus, 3149
BeRENIKE, 21 II
Bes, 1570, 1576, 2112
Bird, 762, 909, 1131, 1218, 1236, 1285, 1575,
1655-6, 21 12, 2273, 2461
Stymphalian birds, 3008-9
Boar, 2075, 2195, 3008-9
Boat, 762
Boot, 3135
Breast, hand grasping, 753, 756, 760, 1 137-44,
"52-3
Bucket, 2817
Bucranium (or Ox-head), 133, 147-50, 161,
488-545, 779-82, 1255, 1913, 3127
Bill (or Ox), 582, 1198, 1574, 1808-19, '825,
1973-4, 1978, 1989-90, 2272, 2406, 2433-5,
2971,3008-9,3055,3099
Bulla, 1267-8, 1446-7, '460, 1473-4, 1952,
2266-7, 2271, 2280, 2284-5, 2304-8, 2310-4,
2573-5, 2766*, 2949-51
Butterfly, 1513, 1979, 2364-5, 2746
Caduceus, 3072
Caecianus, coin of, 3070
Caecilia Secundina, 3154
Caesar, C. and L., 2936 (coin.
Calf, 144, 1603, 1820-4, 2273
Candlestick {'■), '574
Capital (Corinthian), 2070, 2746, 3144-5
Captive, 3097
Cartouche, 1538
Cat, 1546, 2050
Centaur, 1115-7, 1681, 2273, 2298
Ceres. See Demeter.
Chariot, 1282, 1485-6, 1655-6, 1983*. 210S,
2293, 2302, 3097
Chimaera, 1257, 1390, 2273
11.
-GENF.RAI, INDF.X.
>89
Chrysalis, 1498
Cicada, 1628
Cippus, 1556
Cluh, 1952, 2036-9, 2369, 2412-24, 2686, 2718,
3024
Cock, 1164, 1675-9, 2053, 2425
Column, 3034, 3034*
CoNLMonus, 2869 (coin)
CONSTANTINOIM.E, 2943
CONSIANTIUS II., 2941, 3097 (coin)
Convolvulus, 21 13
Cornucopia, 2345, 2571, 2823, 3014, 3044
Cow, 2273
Cowrie Shell, 579, 666-9. 6/8. 7S7-9, 790-2
Crane, 1575
Crescent, 615, 1263, 135S-9, 1485-6, 1952,
2090, 2252, 2256-8, 2273, 2283, 2356-7,
2360-5, 2367-8, 2374-5, 2401, 2449-62,
2506-7, 2616-7, 2648-9, 2650, 2718-23.
2738-9, 2743, 2872, 2882, 2892-3, 2897,
2908-35, 2957, 3006-7
Crux ansata, 1499-15 13
Cup, 641, 768, 820-1
Cupid. .See Ero.s.
Cylinder (inscribed), 3156
Cypriote inscriptions, 1583-4
Dacger-sheath, 2079
Deer, 1115-7, 1412*, 2273
Demeter (or Ceres), 3070
DeiMeter-Isis, 2978, 3045
Demon (wolf-headed), 1599
Didius Jui.iANiis, 2632
Digma, 3146
Dionysos, 1464, 2285, 2S67, 2903, 3127
Divination-scene, 2307
Dog, 763-6, 1828-37, 1978, 2195, 2273, 2289,
2887-9, 3097
Dolphin, 1677-8, 1681, 2067, 2108, 2331-3,
2356-7, 2359, 2426-32, 2605, 2626-7, 2840,
3129, 3131
Domitian, 2735 (coin)
Dove, 1614*, 1666-9, 1840-1, 1917-28, 1999,
2995, 3065-6
Dragon (horned), 1785
Ducks, 746, 1255-6, 1293-5, 1302,2315, 2446-7,
2840, 2888
Eagle, 1682, 1930-4, 3006, 3088, 3117
„ with Ganymede, 193 1-2
Ear, 923
Eilithuiae, 2285
Elephant, 2887, 2889
E.MPEROR, 3097
Eros or Cupin :
With Alabastron, 1887
„ Amphora, 1984
„ Bags (.>), 1879
„ Ball (?), 1902
„ Bee, 1914-5
„ Bow, 2001
„ Cocks, 2053
„ Flutes, 1984
„ (drapes, 1888
„ Kithara, 1891, 1984
„ Magic wheel, 1670-3, 1905, 1911 (?),
1946, 2067
„ Mask, 1898, 2694 (cf. No. 1882)
„ Mirror-Case, 1901, 1903
As Pan, 1896-7
„ Papposilenos, 1884
With Phiale or Oenochoc, 1631, 1858-78,
1S83, 1885-7, 2159, 2374-5
,, Rhyton, 1880-2
Riding, 2172 «
With Rod, 1899, 1909
„ Scarf, 1900
„ Syrinx, 171 8, 1892-7
„ Thyrsos and grapes, 1888
,, Wreath, 1885-6, 1909
„ Writing-tablet, 1889-90
Miscellaneous types, 1614*, 1710-20, 1904-16,
2287-8, 2324-7, 2883-4, 2994, 3035, 3144-5
Euboula, 1999
eubouleus, 3154
Eukles, 3154
EUMELOS, coin of, 3072
Eurystheus, 3008-9
Eye, 917-22, 925, 1050, 1539, 1546, 1554, 1565,
1569, 1571-3,2887-90, 3096
Faustina the Elder, 2875
Fau-stina the Younger, 3089
FiC.A, hand making gesture of, 2964
Finger-rings, 609, p. 56A-E, 3008-9, 3158-67
Fish, 1254, 1935
Flavianus, 3146
Flora, 2895
Fly, 663-4, 2628, 2840
Fortuna, 3014, 3044
Frog, 3095
Funnel, 650-5
Gabriel, 3153
Gallienus, 2939 (coin)
Ganymede, 193 1-2
Gnostic Divinity, 2997
2 C 2
390
CATALOGUE 01' ^r■•,\VI•:I.I.I•.R^■
Gnostic inscriptions, 2997, 3150-3, 3157 (?)
Goat, 144, 194, 815, 1165, 1381, 1576, 1786-
1804, 1975-6, '999
Goddess (winged), 907 ; (unwingeci), 908. Sec ]
also Aktf.mis. I
G(MiGONF,ioN (or Mi:DrsA-HEAD), 1460, 1473,
1582, 1601, 2063, 2085, 2097-8, 21 12, 2150-1,
2290, 2299, 2304, 2312, 2736*, 2737, 2886, ,
2886*, 2891, 3015, 3076-80, 3092, 3132
Graces, 2884-5
Grapes, 545, 1861, 188S, 215S, 2168, 2260-1,
2378-g, 2390-1, 2461-2, 2901,2965-8, 3050, ]
3127 [
Grotesque, 2093 i
Gryphon, 904,907,909, 1163, 1234-5, 1358-9- 1
1575-6, 1644-7, 2104, 2io6f7, 2273
Hand
Graspint; breast, 753.756, 760, i 137-44- 1 '52-3
Making gesture of fica, 2964 i,cf. No. 3010)
Handle of Cup, 2112
Hare, 2106^, 2817
Harpokrates, 2052, 2112, 2173-89. Sec also
HORUS.
H.\thor, 1545, 1555, 1578
Hawk, 817, 1036-7, 1039, 1041-4,1091-2, 1107,
1236, 1490-1, 1495, '546, 1555, 3045
Helios. See Sun-god.
Helmet, 1255, 2067. See also Athena, Man,
Warrior.
Hera, 3045
Herakles (or Hercules)
In chariot, 12S2
Labours of, 3008-9
Mingens, 3136
Miscellaneous, 2273, 22S5, 2871
Hermes, 2677-8
Hermupolis, 3148-9
Hesperides, Garden of, 3008-9
Hippocamp, 2318-9, 3046-7, 3136
HiPPOLYTA, 3008-9
Homer, 3068-9
HoNORius, 2860 (coin)
Horn. 1045-6
HORSK, 1376, 1390, 1479, 1655-6, 210S, 2273,
2302, 3008-9. Cf. Nos. 1474, 1485-6
HORUS, 2978-9, 3045. Sec also Harpokrates.
Huntsman, 2195
Hut, 963
Hydra, 3008-9
lAO, 3150-1,3153
Insects, 2122
lo, 1952
lOLAOS, 2285
Isis, headdress of, 1808-9, 2328-31, 2361, 2629,
2823, 2898, 2906, 2918, 2921, 3 1 10-3
Israel, 3153
Ivy, 136-7, 139, 169-70, 798, 1234, 1 280- 1,
1429-32, 1605, 1627, 1681, 1684-1705, 1768,
1771-3, 1778, 1780, 1855-6, 1947, 2014-5,
2059, 2093, 2110, 2206, 2294-6, 2462, 2579,
2607-8, 2630, 2697, 2751, 2753, 2760,
2823-4, 2902, 2919, 2954, 3101
Julia Mamaea, 2944
Jupiter. See Zeus.
Justin II., 2943
Justinian, 2942
Kaineus, 2298
Kalydonian Boar, 2195
Kantharos, 3050
Kerheros, 3008-9
King and Queen (?), 2315
KiTHAKA, 189I, 1984, 2172, 2609. 3136
Knucklebone, 2757
KoLOPHON, 3068-9 (coin impression)
KORKYRA, 3048-55 (coin impression)
Krater, 1610, 2347, 3127, 3142
kvbebe, ii03
Kybele, 2631
Laurel, 1627, 2064, 2110, 2299-2301, 2697,
2823
Leg, 915
Leopard, 1176, 1825. Sec also Panther.
Leto, 2172
Liberality, 2870
Liberty', 293S
Lizard, 2887
Lion
Head or Mask of, 144, 583, 746, 816, 1 152-3,
1 176, 1188, 1202-8, 1230-1, 1265-6, 1311-7,
1366-9, 1376, 1415-6, 1460, 1560-2, 1581,
1641-3, 1721-81, 1943, 1958, 1968-72,
1991-2, 1997-8, 2046-7, 2099, 21 12, 21 18,
2206-10, 2225-9*, 2262, 2272, 2369, 2444-5,
2717, 2763, 2S34, 28S0. 2880*, 2882
Horned, 1610, 1782-4*, 1826, 1964-7
Winged, 1356-7, 1357*, 1392, 1610, 1826,
2051
^lisccUaneous, 195, 908, 1107, 1120-30, 1164,
1218-9, 1257, 1294-5, 1376, 1391, 1482-3,
1576-7, 1599, 1599*, 2106,:, 2887-9. 2897,
3008-9
II.
-GENERAL INDEX.
391
Lotus-Flowkk (or Lii.y), 134, 144, 150, 581,
762, 796-7, 908, 1257. I280-I, 1356-7,
■362-3, 1398-9. i4>9. '43'> '433-9. 1461-2,
1472, 1474, '485, 1542, 1545, 1547, 1576*,
r6i4*, 1616, 1626, 1635-40, 2093-4, 2190,
2222, 2230-1, 2275, 2278, 2399-2400, 2410-1,
2603-4, 2699, 2841. 3030, 3'25
LUCIANUS, 3146-7
LUCILLA, 2868 (coin)
Lynx, 1806-7, 1977, 2436-43
Lysimachos, 3057 (coin)
Makn'AI), 1270, 1684-1705, 1855 7, 2076, 21 10,
2630, 2903
Magical Inscriptions. Sec Gxostic In-
scriptions .\Ni) Index iv.
Maltese Cross, 2863
Man (or YOUTHJ, 761-2, 1090, 1219 (helmeted),
1256 (wearing crown of S.), 1358-9, 1450,
1485-6, 1541, 1546, 1657-8, 2105-6, 2109.
2271,2273,2281,2307, 2374-5, 2572,2817,
2889, 2931, 2979
Mars, 2871, 3013
M.iSK, 680, 1320, 1882, 1898, 2572
Medusa. See Gokgoneion.
Melchias, 3153
Melissa, ii 18-9
Michael, 3153
Minerva. See Athena.
Mnemosyne, 3154-5
Monster, 1825, 2273
Moulds, 609, 2 112, 2565
Mule, 2996
Mummy, 2932, 3011
Myosotis, 1 631
Myrtle, 955, 1630, 1632, 2110, 2291-2, 2295,
2297, 2303
Nautilus, 793-4
Negro (or Negress), 144, 1709, 1961-3,2114-7,
2196-7, 2272, 3094
Nereid, 2067, 2284, 3046-7, 3136
Nero, 3081
Nike (or VicTuRY\ 1610, 1663, 1670-3, 1845-
54, 1956. 1983*, 2076, 2147,2154-5,2164-6,
2869, 2873, 2941-3, 3097
Nodus Hercui.kus, 1537, 1607-9, 1675-6,
1861-2, 1S71, 1873, 1885-6, 1958, 1984,
2001, 2013-6, 2193-4, 2230-1, 2610, 2697,
2730, 2767, 2823, 2831, 3136
Nugget (gold or silven, 642-8, 822-4
Oak-i.eaves, 1628, 1633, 1950, 2697
Obkyza, 3146-7
Oenochok, 813. See also Kuos.
Olive, 1047, 2298
Orestes, Trial of- (.'), 2307
Orphic Tablets, 3155
Osiris (niummified), 2932
Owl, 752, 763-6, 3090
Ox-H()RNS, 2273. See also Bucraniim.
Palm-tree, 194, 814
Pan, 1464, 2903
Panther, 1599, 2889, 2901. Sec also Lkoparm.
Papposilenos, 1884
Parsley-leaf, 2088
Partridge, 1929
Pax, 2727
Peacock, 2301
Pear, 1088
Pectoral, 581, 3012
Pegasus, 1473, 3053-4
Pelops, 2318-9
Pelta, 198 1, 2589-90
Phalera, 2108
Phallus, 1934, 2887-9, 2944, 2958-63
Phanael, 3153
Philip (Emperor), 2870, 2937
Piety, 2868
Pig, 2817
Pine-cone, 3031-3, 3037-8
P0MEGRAN.\TE, 549, 623, 623*, 678, 880- 1 , 958,
1028, 1 108-9, 1 1 15-7, 1126-30, 1 137-8,
'237-8, '347-9. i35', '353, 1472, i955.
1974, 1984, 2025, 2064, 2262, 2374-5, 2579
Poppy, 2823
PosTU.MUS, 2871 (coin)
pROB.vroR, 3146
Probus (Emperor), 2940
PSAMMETICHOS L, scarab of, 1103
Ptah, 640
PTOLEMV EUERGETES I., 21 II
OUADRUPEU (uncertain!, 1 163,
Quince, 2070
121S
Rakiiit, 1285, 2S17
Ram, 145-6, 157-60, 1408, 1453-4. '651, 1985-8,
2023, 2084*, 2785, 2836, 2970
Raphael, 3153
RiVER-GOD, 1461, 2271, 2273, 2290, 229S, 3125
392
CATALOGUK OK JICWKLLKKY.
Sai.onina, 3082-3
Sandal, ornament for, 3136
Saraphel, 3153
Satyr, 1270, 1463-4, 204!!, 2262, 2286, 2296,
3085, 3091,3093, ;i28
SCliFIRK, 2070
Scorpion, 2677-8, 2887-9
Scythian Archer, 2106 (/
Sea-deity, 2300
Sekhkt, 1254, 1560, [562
Selene, 2892-3
Semele, 2299, 2867
Serapis, 2736, 2779, 2899, 3156
Serpent, 763-6, 1321, 1360-1, 1364-5, 1498,
1601*, 1602, 1959, 1968-9, 1995-6, 2095,
2193-4, 2271, 2273, 2318-9, 2570, 2773-4,
2786-9, 2801-2, 2815, 2823, 2853, 2835,
2845-8, 2881, 2887-9, 2955, 300S-9, 3042,
3075, 3097, 3158-9
Severus Alexander, 2727 fcoiii)
Sheep, 1599
Shell, 816, 1362, 1449, 1453, 1595, 1653-4,
2120, 2284, 2291, 2318-9, 3026-8
Shields, 150, 580, 678, p. 56 A, 1981, 2273,
2356,2367, 2735, 3013
Shrine, 2932-3
Shu, 1254
SiLENos, 2903
Siren, 1269, 1275-7, 12S3, 1358-9, 1419, 1422-3,
1461, 1653-4, 2058, 2152-3, 2266-7, 2286
SlSTRUM, 31 16
Spear-head (pendanti, 1662-3, '672-3, 1943-6,
2699
Sphinx, 84, 140, 196, 772-5, 905-6, 1 108-14,
1164, 1271-4, 1277, 1284, 1299-130T, 1358-9,
1362-3, 1370-1, 1376, 1383, 15765% 1580,
1827, 2077, 2286
Spoon, 3134
Stag, I577', 2273, 3008-9
Stand (for amphora), 1441-5
Star-fish, 814
Statuette, 1090, 3012-3
Steering-oar, 3014. 3044
Sturgeon, 2104
Suyyei'ijt, 1999
Sun-god (or Helios), 1847-8, 2068-9, 2108,
21 13, 2144-6, 2293, 2302, 3045
Swan, 1452, 1680, 2887-8
Swastika, 1255, 1446
Syrinx, 1718, 1892-7, 2152-3
Tabula ansata, 2957
Tamisa, 1999
Tefnui', 1254
Temple, 3025
Terracotia jewkller\', 2130 ff.
Thetis, 2067
Thread, 2981
Thunderdoli, 2888, 3013, 3015
Tiberius, 3071
Tiger, 1805
Torc:h, [61 1-4, 1681, 1849-50, 1984
Torques, 2764-6*
torioise, 2896
Tree, Assyrian, 1218
Triangle, 2107, 2402-3, 2750
Tributaries (?), 2315
Trident, 2888, 2956
Trophy, 1851
Tusk (or Tooth), io4'', 1551, 2024, 2275, 2278,
2304
Uapuaut (wolf-god;, 2977
Uraeus, 1 107, 1547, 1555, 1562, 2709, 2715,
2719, 2735, 2932-3, 2978, 3010, 3012
Uriel, 3153
Vase (or Amphora , 1452, 1458-9, 1471, 1495,
1545, 1547, 1563-4, 1943, '947, 1952, i960,
1977, 1983-4, 2026-9, 2031-5, 2120, 2168,
2191-2, 2328-37, 2348-9, 2356-9, 2370-1,
2373, 2425, 2442-5, 2695, 2700-1, 2717,
2823, 2826-7, 2900-1, 2904, 2952-3, 3022,
304S-50, 3150
Victory. See Nike.
Vintage, 2817
Volusianus, 2938 (coin)
Voting- SCENE (?), 2307
Vulva (?), 924
War-galley, 3051-2
Warrior, 1358-9, '474, 2273, 2316-7, 2S72
Wheel, 2738-42, 2972-6
Willow-leaf, 1626, 2297
Wolf-god. See Uapuaut.
Woman (or Girl), 347, 649, 803-4, 963 (?),
1164, 1267-8, 1 28 1, 1307, 1356-7, 1370,
1413, 1472, 1546 (with infant), 1578, 1590,
1610 (winged), 1662-3, 1670-1, 1674, 1706-8,
1710, 1952, 2000, 2063, 2076, 2084, 21 14-6,
2156-7, 2168-71, 2237-8, 2257-8, 2262,
2283, 2287-8, 2307, 2705, 2894, 2907,
2979-80, 3074-5, 3087, 3098, 3" 0-3, 3130
Zeus (or Jupiikr), 2285, 2299, 2939, 3156
111.
-INDEX OF STONES, PASTES, ENAMELS, ETC.
.•)V0
III. INDEX OF STONES, PASTES, ENAMELS, etc.
Agatk, 1 55 1, 2309, 2432, 274S, 2954 (?)
Ambkr, 1451, 1461, 1465-8, i55r
..\MF.1HY.ST, 760, 2576-7, 2583-4. 2594, 2685,
2715, 2717, 2747. 2749, 2947-«, 3007, Soi'^i
Basalt, 2278 (?)
Caknei.ian (or Sard), 580, 622, 626-63[, 639,
640, 671, 678-9, 752-3, 758-760, 763-6,
1457, 1497, 1546, 1550-', 1595. 1957, 2or7,
2273, 2537, 2666-7, 2674, 2723, 2757, 2787,
2797, 2872, 2873 (:), 2922, 2998, 3006, 3125
Chalcedony, 2045
Coral, 2696, 2958-9
UiAMuND, 2954
ICmkrald, 2536, 2556
Enamel, 1267, 1289, 1290, 1460, 1605, 1607-8,
1626, 1631, 1641-2, 1646-7, 1653-4, 1675-
1681, 1684-5, '694-6, 1704-5, 1780, 1914-5,
'936-1943, '947, '95', '954-5, '968, '973,
'975-6, '979, '985^8, 2013, 2053, 2059,
2068-9, 2"o, 2206, 2332-3, 2335, 2339,
2358, 2463, 3699, 2763, 2798-9, 2965. Sec
also Ci ass.
Flin'L, 2274, 2275*
Garnet, 1607-8, 1677-8, 1681, 1709, 1803-4,
1820-2, 1835-7, '840-1, 1876, 1921-2, 1942,
'961-3, '966, '974-6, 1989-1990, 2237-8,
2271, 2286, 2324-7, 2328-2331. 2336,
2340-1, 2343-4, 2348, 2352, 2354, 2356-8,
2361, 2370-2, 2397-8, 2420, 2440-3, 2446-7,
2508, 2539, 2559-2560, 2583-4, 2591-2,
2595, 2602, 3606-9, 2646-9, 2668-2671,
2697, 2700, 2709-2710, 2714, 2718, 2728,
2743, 2746-7, 2763, 2863, 2898, 2920,
2945-6, 2974, 2976, 2982, 3003, 3007, 3019,
3021-2, 3125, 3134, 3139
Glass and Glass-paste, 552, 581, 623, 657,
658*. 753, 756, 761, p. 56 a, b, c, n, 812,
817. 1239, 1353, 1419, 1449-1452, 1454-5,
1464, 1545, '547, '549, '550, i552-'554,
1571, 1632, 1644, 1647, 1675, 16S1-2,
'772-3, 1776, '780, 1795, '805-7, 1810,
1813, 1855-6, 1964, 1975, 1977-9, 1989,
1990, 2046, 2049, 2070, 2275, 2281, 2285,
2328, 2335-8, 2346-7, 2370-1, 2383, 3390-1,
2404-5, 2407-8, 2419, 2425, 2430-1, 2433.
2436, 2438-9, 244(^3, 2448, 3535, 353S,
2543-4, 2552, 3578, 2580, 2640, 2645-7,
2651. 2655, 2672-3, 3677-8, 3680, 3689,
3691, 2703, 3705, 2708-9, 2712, 2722, 3733,
3738, 3745, 275 '-2, 2754, 3788, 3797, 3814,
2818-9, 2835, 2840, 2861, 2863, 2931, 3944,
2964-5, 2991-2, 3012, 3015-6, 3023. Sec
also Enamel.
HELi(.)rK()PE (or Bloodslone), 2951
Ivory, 1048, 153S, 2375, =994, 3037-3040
Jacinth, 2369, 2593, 2954
Jet, 2792
Lapis Lazuli, 2663-4, 2997
Limestone, 2051
Miscellaneous Stones, 753-5, 1546, 1551,
33S0. 3746, 3135
NlCOLO, 3656
Niello, 2857-8
394 CATALOGUK OF JEWliLLEKY.
Onyx, 1461, 1469-1470, 2553, 26.S8, 2874, 3044
I'KAKi, 1999, 2331-3, 2351, 2388 9, 2394-6,
2402-3, 2410, 2433, 2437, 2540-1, 2549-
2551. 2559-2560, 2563, 2571, 2580-2, 2587-8,
2591-2, 2633, 2638, 2640, 2642-4, 2646-9,
2652, 2654, 2657-8, 2661-2, 2665, 2670-3,
2679, 2681-2, 2684-5, 2690, 2709, 271 1,
2732, 2750, 2753, 2822, 2824, 2866, 2876,
2951, 3020-1, 3142
Plasma, 1917, 2278, 2284, 2331-3, 2390-1,
2397-8, 2432, 2437, 2552, 2585-6, 2588,
2622-3, 2638-9, 2641, 2659-2660, 2665,
2670-1, 2674-6, 2680, 2684, 2686-7, 2718,
2720, 2728-2731, 2749, 2758-9, 2822-4,
2831, 2865-6, 2876. 2935, 2999, 3017,
3138, 3140-1,3143
Porcelain-, 549. 55°. 562, 579> 659-662, 674-5,
678, 1 188, 1420, 1449, 1453, 1456-7. 1546,
2552, 2578, 2661-2, 2668-9, 2674, 2686,
2689, 2709, 2713, 2753> 2759, 2951
ROCK-CKVSTAL, 757, S14, 1 546, I55O, 2080,
2277
Sapphirk, 2355, 2362, 2396-8, 2409, 2585-6,
2650, 2686, 2728, 2746, 2824, 2923, 3017,
3020
Sard. Sec Carnklian.
Sardonyx, 1189, 1546, 1550, 1595, 1935,2406,
2426-7, 2554, 2726, 2813, 2815, 2867, 2993,
3006 (?)
Stka'iti'e, 609
Topaz, 2747
1549, i;53-5> 1962, 2093, 2275, 2275*, 2360, I Turquoise, 2050, 2668-9
IV. INDEX OF INSCRIPTIONS.
395
IV._INDEX OF INSCRII'TION.S.
Ac — Vf — p{rae)p{psiti) sii;{iia7'eriint), 3i4<S
'Aya^.V rvxn, etc., 3150
'.\Xf^ai/S(poi;), 1956
ANT6, 2941
aiitixs probavit, 3 1 48
'ATTiiXXnr, 3068
\\(/>/)o^([r]r;ii I ll«(^('a(t) 'EvjStivXa (i'\\^i)i'] K.r.X.,
1999
'ApTffiiHi napa\la{i) 'Exf^'jpni', 2957
Bapoii;^ '.\Sa>vm Ekico ^n[iau)0 k.t.\., 3 1 53
Bao'iXft'? riroXf/iaio? YlToXffitttov Ka'i 'Apo-ii'd^;?
6(liiV tldf\(j>(i)l/ K.T.X., 21 I I
Bao"tXf(of , 3084
Benigiuis coxit, 3149
CAESARAVGVSTVS Dl VI FPATER PATRIAE,
2936
C/EICIAl, ',070
CLCAESARES AVGVSTIFCOSDESIGPRIN^
CIVVENT, 2936
COMOB, 2860
GONOB. 2942-3
CONSERVATORES AVG, 2871
DNCONSTAN TIVSPPAVG, 2941
DNHONORl VSPPAVG, 2S60
DNIVSTINI ANVSPPAVG, 2942
DNI VSTINVSPPAVG. 2943
DOMITIANVSAVGVSTVS, 2735
€IHNI5:nMTZ0K, 2720
Eif ZiVi SfpOTTlf 'Y.TTl'jxlln'jS, 'AcT/cXl'/TriOf ^aiTi'ip,
3156
'Ett' dynSms, 3 1 60
Hpfiov — Ermu, 3148
EpX^Tai fK Ka6apu>v Knffnpn, ^ffnvlwv liaalXfta,
k.tX, 3154
"Epwf, 29 1 S
Kvprjo-afts 5' 'Aifi<io ^opwi' eV upLtrrepa Kpi]vi^v^
A.-.T.X., 3155
F/(aT!!/x) Flciviaiiiis proybator) sii^yiiai'it) ad
digiim, 3146
GALLIENVSAVG, 2939
TEAAAI, 3115
GERMANICVS COSXV, 2735
GLORIA RE! PVBLICAE, 2941
IMPCAECVIBVOLVSIANOAVG, 293S
IMPCMAVRSEV ALEXANDAVG, 2727
IMPMIVLPHILIPPVS AVG, 2870
lOVIVLTORI, 2939
KX/,ri<.f, 2775
LIBERALITAS AVGGII, 2870
LIBERTAS AVGG, 2938
Lii-iio-ja-i-int--iie-c, 1 583
Lncianiis ohHyzam) (primus) sigijuu'il) S,
3146-7 *■
LVCILLAE AVGVSTAE, 2868
MCOMMANTAVG PBRITFEL, 2869
NePQNA CeBAGTON. 3081
NIKA, 3051
PAXAETERNAAVG, 2727
PI ETAS, 286S
l\ondo) n, SXcm/s.f,-///^ Si-miiiiiiaiii {Soip/u-
/ II III) /, 3168
PMTRPX • IMPVIICOSIIIIP- P, 2S69
POSTVMVS PIVS FELIX AVG, 2871
YliiBfos, 3069
C AAON
3082
Tnn, 2954
Ti'ir "H/jnc, 1250
Tl CAES DIVI AVGVSTI, 3071
'Vtiiipioi KXm'(^(o? \\pTept^wpns, 3045
VICTORI AAVGGG, 2860
VICTOR! AAVGGGS, 2943
VICTORIA <A)VGVsfoRVM, 2942
VOT, 2941
XXXX
;q6
CATALOGUE OK | i;\vi;llf.ry.
MAGICAL WORDS.
Alil>a<m^. 3153
Ay liaiJLri4>i, 3 1 53
A8o>mi, 3150, 3152-3
AiXofi, 3153
AK()n/j^ia;(nfiti/)(i, 3 I 53
Arai;X, 3153
Apwpi <j}f)ttaii, -997
i'"/'""X' 3153 '
rf./ii/u.;X, 3153
Aaifioi^tol/ n/)0-(l'iKi)l' <(il ^r;[Aiiy(i'ff], 3' 53
EXcodi, 31 52-3
emrrfiix, 3153
Oa^appafinv, 3153
li.w, 3i5''-i- 3'53
Itrpai/A, 3 '53
MfA^ms, 3' 53
Mixo-jX, 3153
0,Y«r,X, 3153
n«i';^oi'^«, 31 52
nal';foi';^t ^fio-o-nti, 3 '53
\'ii(JHiri\, 3153
^iifjaoid. 3150, 3152-3
2npii0iX, 3153
2f;iff ftXa/i, 3152-3
1(iT(vyfvfiap<l><ifiayyr^i, 3 '53
*«9ytoytoyfo, 3' 53
'^f(^ar;X, 3' 53
'tiXfi;i(ora, 3153
XlTj^trnX, 3' 53
V.-
-INDF.X TO INTRODUCTIOX.
v.— INDEX TO INTRODUCTION.
Abrasax, xlviii
AEGINA (?) TRRASIIRK, xvi, x\ iii, xlix
Aeons, xlviii
Agate, Ivii, Iviii
Alexander the Great, effect of liis conquests
on jewellery, xlii, Iviii
Alexandria, as centre of icwcUeiy production,
xlii
Amber, Ivii
Amethyst, Iviii
Amphipolis, Gnostic tablet from, xlviii
Amulets, xxix, xli, xlvi, Iviii
Antioch, as centre of jewellery production, xlii
Antiochos Epiphanes, xlii, xliii
ArsENIATES used in soldering, liv
Artemis (Oriental), xxiv ff.
Assarlik, jewellery from, xxi
Assyrian influence on jewellery, xxi,
xxiii, xxix, xlixf.
Aurum interrasile, xlix, li
Basilia, xlviii
Bee, XXV, 1, Iviii
Belts, xxxix
Blacas Collection, xv
Bloodstone. See Heliotrope.
Bosnia and Herzegovina, fibulae from, xlv
BrACELETS or armlets, XXX xliv, xlviii
Bulla, xli, 1
BURGON COLLEC'liON, XV
CaLLAIS, Ixii
Campanari Collection, xv
Campanian jewellery, xxxiv, xxxvi
Carbunculi, lix
CarXELIAN, Ivii, hiiif.
Castellani on granulated jewellery, liv
Castellani Collection, xv
Casting of jewellery,
Chalcedony, lix
Chrysocolla, liv, n. 4
Chrvsolithus, Ixii
Coins as pendants, xlvii
li
Coral, lix
Coronae .SUTILES, xlif.
Crescents as amulets, xlvi
Crowns. See Wreaths.
CylINDRI, xlviii, Ixi
Cyprus, jewellery from, xvi, xvii f., xlix
Demetrios Poliorketes, xxxii
Diamond, lix
Disks with magical symbols, xlvi
Earrin(;s, xxxii-xxxvi (Greek) ; xxvii, xl (Etrus-
can) ; .xliii f., 1 (Roman)
Egypt, Roman jewellery from, xlii f.
Emerald, lix
Enamel, xxxi, Ivi f.
Enkomi, jewellery from, xvii f., xlix
EpHESUS, jewellery from, xvi, xxii
Eros, earrings in form of, xxxv f.
Etruscan jewellery, xxvi ff., I, liv (earlier) ;
xxxix ff., 1 (later)
Etruscans and Lydians, xxvi
Fibulae, xxvii f. (Italian) ; xlv (Roman)
Figure-work in jewellery, xxxi, 1
Filigree, xx, xxvii, 1, Iv
Franks Collection, v (Preface), xvi
Funerary jewellery, xxxii, xl
Garnet, xxxi, xxxviii, Iviii, lix
Geometric period, jewellery of iho, xxi, xxvi
Gnostic tablets, xlvii f.
Goldsmith, monument of a, liii
Gorgon EiON, as amulet, xlvi
Graechwvl, bronze from, xxv
Graeco-Roman jewellery, xlii
Granulation, xxvi f., xxxi, liii ff.
Graver, liii
Greek jewellery, xxi ff. (primitive) ; xxix tt".
(archaic) : xxxi ft'., 1 (fine)
Gyges, xxiv
398
CATAl.OGUK OK MAVKLLKKV.
HaMII.ION COLI.KCJ'ION, XV
Hawk, xxii, xxv, 1
Hemotropk, lix
Horse, xxv, n. 4
HVACINTHIJS, Ixi
IaIA'SOS, jewellery from, xvi, xx
Inscriptions describixg jfavii i krn-, xKiii
Ionian jewellery, xxv, 1
Isis, disk and feathers of, xliv
ITALLAN jewellery, xxvi (earliest)
Ivy, xlix
Jacinth, Ix
KameiROS, jewellery from, xv, 1, li\
Kertch. See Pantikapaeon, Km-i.-()i!A.
Koul-Oba, jewellery from, xxxvii
K/)to^i'\os-, XXX f.
Kvavof, Ix, n. I, 2
Kykehe, xxiv
KvME IN Aeolis, iewellcry from, xv, xxxviii
Lapis Lazuli, Kii, Ix
" Lily" pattern, xx, xlix
Lions, xxiv
Lydian influence on jewellery, xxiv
LYNCURIUM, Ix
Maenads, earrings in form of, xxxv
Margarita. See Pearls.
Mermnadae, dynasty of, xxiv
"Minoan" period, xvi
Moulds, xx, xlii, li ff.
Mycenaean period, jewellery of the, xvi ff.,
xlix, liv
Naturalistic motives, xlix
Necklaces, xxxvif. (Greek): xli (Etruscan) ;
xliv (Roman)
Negroes, figures of in jewellery, xxxvi, xxxviii
NiCOLO, Ix, n. 4
Niello, Ivii
Oliua on the Black Sea, jewellery from,
xvi, xxxviii
Onyx, Ix
Orientalizing decora fion in jewellery, xxi f.,
xxvi
Orphic tablets, xlvii f.
OrPHISM and GNOS'iTCrsM, xlviii
Palmyra, influence of on Roman jewellery,
xliii, li
Pantikapaeon, ornaments from, xxxvii
Pas IE, inlay of, xix f , xxi, li
Payne Knight Collection, xv
Pearls, xlviii, Ix
Persicus smaragdus, Ixii
Petelia tablet, xlvii
Phalli, xlvii, lix
Phoenician jewellery, xx, xxviii f.
Phokaeans, influence of on West, xxv, xxix
Phrvnichos, crown voted to, xxxii
Pierced work. See Aurum interrasile.
Plasma, Ix
Pollux, names of earrins;s given by, xxxvi
Pomegranaies, xxv
Pompeii, earrings from, xliv
POMPEV, effect of his conquests on jewellery,
.xlii, xlix, Iviii, Ix
Ptolemy Lagos, xxxii
Ptolemy Philadei.phos, xlii
Punches, liii
Ouadribacia, xhiii
Rhea, xxiv
Rock-crystal, Ixi
Roman jewellery, xlii ff., 1
Rome, as centre of jewellery production, xliii
Rosette, xlix, 1
Russia, ornaments from S., xxxvii
Santa Eufemia, ornaments from, xxxviii f.
Sapphire, Ixi
Sapphirus, Ix
Sard, Iviii. See also Carnelian.
Sardonyx, Ivii, Ix, Ixi
Scarabs, chronological evidence furnished by,
xvii
Scythian influence on jewellery, xxxvii
Septentriones, xlviii
Serapis, pendants in form of, xlvii
Serpent, jewellery in form of, xliv
Sm.\RAGDI, xlviii, hx
INDEX TO INTRODUCTION.
399
SOLDKR. Sec CHRVS(JCOI,l,A.
Spatalia, xlviii
Sphinx, xxiv, xxv
Stones, precious, xxxi, xxxviii, xlii, 1, Iv, Ivii ((.
Syria, jewellery from, xliii
Tkmple Collection, xv
Temple-inventories, jewellery nientioned in,
xxxvi f.
Terracotta imitation jewellekv, xxxix
TfTTiyf f, nature of, xxx f.
Thakros, jewellery from, xxviii
Threads used as charms, xlviii
Topaz, Ixii
TortOSA, jewellery from, xvi
TowNELEY Collection, xv
Turquoise, Ixii
Twelve Tables, provisions of as to jewellery, xl
Uraeus as pendant, xlvi
Victory, earrings in form of, xxxv
Wax, use of in casting jewellery, lii ; in
embossing, li
Wheels, as amulets, xlvi
WooDHousE Collection, xv
Wreaths (or Crowns), xxxi f. (Greek) ; xli f
(Etruscan) ; xlvf. (Roman)
400
CATALOGUE OF JEWELLtRY.
TABLE OF THE RELATIVE WEIGHTS OF ENGLISH
GRAINS AND FRENCH GRAMMES.
Grains.
Grammes.
Grains.
Grammes.
Grains.
Grammes.
Grains.
Grammes.
Grains.
Grammes.
Grains.
Gramme.s.
Grains.
Grammes.
1
•064
47
3-045
93
6-026
139
9-007
185
11-988
231
14-968
276
17-884
2
129
48
3
110
94
0 091
140
9-072
186
12 052
232
15
033
277
17
949
3
194
49
3
175
95
6-156
141
9-136
187
12-117
233
15
098
278
18
014
4
259
50
3
240
96
6-220
142
9-200
188
12-182
234
15
162
279
18
079
5
324
51
3
304
97
6-285
143
9 265
189
12-247
L'35
15
227
280
18
144
6
388
52
3
368
98
6-350
144
9-330
190
12-312
236
15
292
290
18
792
7
453
53
3
434
99
6-415
145
9-395
191
12-376
237
15
357
300
19
440
8
518
54
3
498
100
6-480
146
9-460
192
12-441
238
15
422
310
20
088
9
583
55
3
564
101
6 -.544
147
9-525
193
12-506
239
15
487
320
20
736
10
648
56
3
628
102
6-609
148
9-590
194
12-571
240
15
552
330
21
384
11
712
57
3
693
103
6-674
149
9-655
195
12-636
241
15
616
340
22
032
12
777
58
3
758
104
6-739
150
9-720
196
12-700
242
15
680
350
22
680
13
842
59
3
823
105
6-804
151
9-784
197
12-765
243
15
745
360
23
328
14
907
60
3
888
106
6-868
152
9-848
198
12-830
244
15
810
370
23
976
15
972
61
3
952
107
6-933
1,53
9-914
199
12-895
245
15
875
380
24
624
16
036
62
4
017
108
6-998
154
9-978
200
12-960
246
15
940
390
25
272
17
101
63
4
082
109
7-063
155
10 044
201
13 024
247
16
005
400
25
920
18
166
64
4
146
110
7-128
156
10 108
202
13-089
248
16
070
410
26
568
19
231
65
4
211
111
7-192
157
10-173
203
13-154
249
16
135
420
27
216
20
296
66
4
276
112
7-257
158
10-238
204
13-219
250
16
200
430
27
864
21
360
67
4
341
113
7-322
159
10-303
205
13-284
251
16
264
440
28
512
22
425
68
4
406
114
7-387
160
10-368
206
13-348
252
16
328
450
29
160
23
490
69
4
471
115
7-452
161
10-432
207
13-413
253
16
394
460
29
808
24
555
70
4
536
116
7-516
162
10-497
208
13-478
254
16
458
470
30
456
25
620
71
4
600
117
7-581
163
10-562
209
13-543
-55
16
524
480
31
104
26
684
72
4
665
118
7-646
164
10-626
210
13-608
256
16
588
490
31
752
27
749
73
4
729
119
7-711
165
10-691
211
13-672
257
16
653
500
32
400
28
814
74
4
794
120
7-776
166
10-7.56
212
13-737
258
16
718
510
33
048
29
879
75
4
859
121
7 -840
167
10-821
213
13-802
259
16
783
520
33
696
30
944
76
4
924
122
7-905
168
10-886
214
13-867
260
16
848
530
34
344
31
2
008
77
4
989
123
7-970
169
10-951
215
13-932
261
16
912
540
34
992
32
2
073
78
5
054
124
8-035
170
11016
216
13-996
262
16
977
550
35
640
83
2
138
79
5
119
125
8 100
171
11-080
217
14 061
263
17
042
560
36
288
34
2
202
80
5
184
126
8 164
172
11-145
218
14-126
264
17
106
570
36
936
35
2
267
81
5
248
127
8-229
173
11-209
219
14-191
265
17
171
580
37
584
36
2
332
82
5
312
128
8-294
174
11-274
220
If -256
266
17
236
590
38
232
37
2
397
83
5
378
129
8 -359
175
11-339
221
14-320
267
17
301
600
38
880
38
2
462
84
5
442
130
8-424
176
11-404
222
14-385
268
17
366
700
45
360
39
2
527
85
5
508
131
8-488
177
11-469
223
14-450
269
17
431
800
51
840
40
2
592
86
5
572
132
8-553
178
11-534
224
14-515
270
17
496
900
58
320
41
2
656
87
5
637
133
8-618
179
11-599
225
14-580
271
17
560
1000
64
•800
42
2
720
88
5
702
134
8-682
180
11-664
226
14-644
272
17
625
2000
129
600
43
2
785
89
5
767
135
8-747
181
11-728
227
14-709
273
17
689
3000
194
400
44
2
850
90
5
832
136
8-812
182
11-792
228
14-774
274
17
754
4000
259
200
45
2
915
91
5
896
137
8-877
183
11-858
229
14-839
275
17-819
5000
324-000
46
2-980
92
5-961
138
8-942
184
11-922
230
14-904
Inches
2-
7-5 2-5
3-5
SCALE FOR CONVERTING MILLIMETRES INTO INCHES.
X
u
y.
/— <
f.
5
7)
•/i
■J)
o
G 2
<^
w
Q
Z
<
o
t-'
D
C
U
'S,
^ 2
— a
— o
r.
X
O
2:
a
"^'^^^nrji
u
C c
y. 2
^
•x
u
C/5
(J
5 5
y.
« ,-
Z
a
<
z
O^ J^
•J
5
o
fa
■Ti
H
Z
z
z
<
a.
<
z
u
Cu
y.
y. s
■f. —
% i
■J}
O
z
6
I
y.
'%
r,
r.
■■/) t
i I
o
(
X
u
X
z M
z u
~ t-
y.
y.
— ■^.
2
3
•Ti
w
Q
O
<
•X"
K ?
Z
z
K
k'
J
z
<
-J
o
X
•J
< z
^ U
z
75
I
Z
o
k- <
>
c7)
>
u
<
0-
a
a
In
<
a
5 5
C/0 !-
r- S
K >
< iS
Z H
O b
^ <
a
>
7,
a
c
o
/.
.^^^tm
m\
im
mt
'1mi
^m:^
'J
'A
Z
z
z
U
'>S - -y)
-H ^
E
H
I ^
<
J
a
, 1
J
'r^
^
2:
— >
5:
^
2:
0
*--
T-
U
r-
n
~
D
li
x
a
m
&H
UJ
J
L)
^
3
w
^
«--
X
■SI
t"
t ,
z
M
z
U
<t;
:::
o
H
1/1
o
C/J
>-
Plate XVlll.
m
;V r
-m
Ml
"mi
I]'
1368
1359
1360
EARLY ETRUSCAN BRACELETS.
Eighth — Sevknth Ce.vturv b.c.
:£
^
X.
ca
'^
3:
z
<
f7j
i
,_j
I
a: ^-
G
ES
<
x;
<
>
i— I —
"^'miiaW
y.
'W ^
X =
-1 >
< X
r- 'X
A
■A
f-
X
X -
4.
\r.
.1
^.
y
G.^-
o e
^ _
<• r;
Q
UJ
C/5
i—H
^
-y)
^ a
r' z
-' u
-J 1
C «
<
a:
X 'J
X
-1-
c
y.
a ^
2 o
<
O
G
h
o
CO
s
o
■3
ir.
O
Z
<
Q
-1
o 0
o
o
m
>■
a:
z>
f-
z
u
o
M
X
o
o
<
s
G
a:
■y.
2
■<
O
OS
■J-i
J2 I
z ~
z
z
o
^
a:
(/)
1^
C-i
I-
2
iz
_a
---^
O
/-v
~«
^
z
2S
y
I
■J
<:
z
y.
Cu
y
■r, H
y.
>
y.
y.
I
I
Qi
_1 2
X
>C
y.
Hi
H
<
0.
Q
O
2
5
f-
z
U
— ' ^
a
o g
U
J
U
z
o
c
2
w
CL,
o
<:
u
< x
r-
72 i-
« <
23
O
z
u
<;
:*:
u
w
z
X
0.
a
a
^
r. U
a
¥
u
H
J
a-
o
a
z
a
'^ z
a '^
a s
a r
a
a
y.
—I u
^1 a
o =
z
z
O
o
X
1-
<
a-
<
H
O
u
>~ '.J
Z z
J X
_ as
' O
5
>^
i-
<
Oh
J =
r.
'J
z
z
I
c S
1 ii.
Z
<
u
h
z
U
z
< =
c
z
<
f-
i
>
u
h
<
Oh
>
W
w >
rr- a:
Li: r-
— . Z
2 =^
<- Q
_: '-^
J =
< H
h I
C f-
<:
cc
o
*■
a f-
>^
a.
J
>
w
z
<
H
6
u
a
<
'J
as
3
rJkX^
vi«*
^\
<
u
J o
-yj
O
o
«)
HLATIi L.
2301
GOLD WREATHS. LATER ETRUSCAN.
Third CENTrKv b.c.
^
H
<
Ol,
H
■J)
<
Z
z
z
z
'J
Z
o
X
u
3
<
^^.^^<f9^\
Si
35 Z
ic
2: u
o
G
Z
o
u
O
>■
O
2
<
U
a
tu
o
a
II]
H
<
Oh
'Q;nBS»sss5^?S53s=5E3S5nvO^''^''^^
o
z
?3
z I
< !;;
a:
X
2 J
5 c^
<
o
<r.
z
c
u
< r-
-J 5
IX
'^^^*'^^,jl
o
as
"Z, Id
< CJ
cs =
< E
OS ^
U
a
2
a.
z
z'.
< u
O 2
V)
;z
C^^^tS^^SVr^'^^arf-^^X^^ ,
Cf
(4
Q
O
t— «
O p
-' a
X
J
2:
— z
o i
2:
X
J
a-
Q
O
5
7C
c p,
'SI '^■
— c u
Si
u
u
-1
a.
;;?c/^^':-?G»0<^'^'*<*3^^^
"^
— z
2: a;
z
o
f
O
5
a
Cm
o
ft;
cj
s
o
1
z
1
c
7.
s
c
u
<
l:]
z
CD
ck;
U4
o
C-
0}
H
;::j
^
o
a
^
a
<.
2
.^
*^
J
J
M
O
O)
Id
<
2
(-
U
:z: ...
o <
z
X
< >
O h
u
z
o
<
2
X
H
a-
o
<
o
X'
rr
1— (
5
iz
u,
a
I
^
^
<^
:^
'^
"-^
^
>.
^-•
-1
■/^
cr.
<
:j
^
r^
s_>
i^
Z
^
J
>
rri
u
'j:
■'777>iTi4»5***
<
a,
o
2
a-
— . Id
o
^ 2
O J=
z
(71
<E_^vi^^*?»Trt ^
►4
<
CU
Q
O
5
w
Cm
o
o
-J
-J"
-i
>
H
<
0^
yT,
?;
t— ■
o
<
-^
2:
v>
/!:
A
z
O
u
V-
o
(/;
o
'rl
z
u
X
"4tt^
''^ijjmai
O
o
o
z
<
U
0
z:
X
/<
o
CO
H
Z
z
5
z
'A
.A
i-^
^n
>j
-<>
z
wBmf'im
7.
< <
I i
^ C
r. -
fi
o
'J~J
o
J)
a
in
X
7.
D
J
O
O
\ \'
^w^.
:;;'#'■:■?-
:vr:M.:^-^..
-,vV-f>/>^-r-. "■•'■■
University of California
SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY
405 Hllgard Avenue, Los Angeles, CA 90024-1388
Return this material to the library
from which it was borrowed.
^f C'O /.o.
URL
^0^251996
OCT II 99R
DUE 2 WKb l-KUiyi U/i 1 1 htCEIVED
^K'D ID-URL
llJAN2 3 19^0t(; 9 2 7597
Ry?i
■A' V
m
naff
*
D 000 315 376
, >MV¥H. •'*x--H
w
•«' •
ru^vi'i^'
•-:-i»:'A^
i^m^
B|:
If-".;
te
l|^i£»l|iSi^^
1
tSJT'
W'^'^j'
*-),*. '*"■■■ J ■■:■ -,1';^ ;;
I
I
«ijmiiai
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11